0001653242ntb:ForeignCurrencyTransactionGainLossbeforeTaxMemberus-gaap:CurrencySwapMemberus-gaap:FairValueHedgingMemberus-gaap:DesignatedAsHedgingInstrumentMember2020-01-012020-12-31
false--12-31FY20190001653242falseBank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Ltd0.0450.0770.0450.0750.0450.0730.0450.0780.0450.0770.0450.075P15Y0.441280.001.521.760.441.281.521.760.010.012000000000600000000020000000006000000000553592185300517755359218530051770.022550.016950.0492959000005900000590000059000001076979000103018300000000P3YP5YP3YP3YP3Y0.250.250.250.250.250.250.251020000016000000189000000.11254212619212 0001653242 ntb:OffbalanceSheetMember us-gaap:CreditAvailabilityConcentrationRiskMember ntb:HospitalityMember 2019-01-01 2019-12-31

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 

FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 20192021
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
For the transition period from ___________________________ to ___________________________

Commission file number: 001-37877
 
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Bermuda
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

65 Front Street,, Hamilton,, HM 12Bermuda
(Address of principal executive offices)
Shaun Morris,, 65 Front Street,, Hamilton,, HM 12Bermuda
Telephone: (441295-1111;(441) 295-1111; Fax: (441) 292-4365
E-mail: Shaun.Morris@Butterfieldgroup.com
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
Title of each classTrading Symbol (s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Voting ordinary shares of par value BM$ 0.01 eachNTBNew York Stock Exchange
Voting ordinary shares of par value BM$ 0.01 eachNTB.BHBermuda Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the
period covered by the annual report.
As at December 31, 2019,2021, there were 53,005,17749,911,351 shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding.

1


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
xYes oNo
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
oYes xNo
Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
xYes oNo
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
xYes oNo
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.filer, or an emerging growth company. See
definition of “accelerated"large accelerated filer,"accelerated filer," and large accelerated filer”"emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filerx Accelerated filero Non-accelerated fileroEmerging growth company ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.                      o

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.                 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAPx
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Boardo
Othero

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the
registrant has elected to follow.
oItem 17 oItem 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act).
Yes xNo




2



TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cross Reference Sheet
Explanatory Note
Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
Information on the Company
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data
Risk Factors
Market Information
Dividend Policy
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Selected Statistical Data
Risk Management
Supervision and Regulation
Management
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Certain Taxation Considerations
Enforcement of Civil Liabilities
Disclosure Control and Procedures
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Where You Can Find More Information
Index to the Financial Statements




CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

Form 20-F
Item CaptionLocationPage
Part I
Part I
Item 1Not ApplicableN/A
Item 2Not ApplicableN/A
Item 3Key InformationExplanatory Note
Item 3Risk Factors
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data
Item 4Information on the Company
Supervision and Regulation
Where You Can Find More Information
Item 4ANot ApplicableN/A
Item 5Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 6Information on the Company
Management
Item 7
Item 7
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
Item 8Financial InformationReports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
Item 8Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Dividend Policy
Item 9Market Information
Item 10Additional InformationManagement
Supervision and Regulation
Certain Taxation Considerations
Item 10
3


Item 11Risk Management
Item 12Not ApplicableN/A
Part II
Item 13NoneN/A
Item 14Not ApplicableN/A
Item 15Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Item 16
Item 16AManagement - Audit Committee
Item 16BManagement - Code of Conduct and Ethics and Whistleblower Policy
Item 16CPrincipal Accountant Fees and Services
Item 16DNot ApplicableN/A
Item 16EIssuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 16FNot ApplicableN/A
Item 16GSignificant Differences in Corporate Governance PracticesManagement - Foreign Private Issuer Status
Item 16G
Item 16HNot ApplicableN/A
110

i


Item 16I
Part III
Item CaptionLocationPage
Part III
Item 17Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
Item 18N/AN/A
Item 19ExhibitsExhibits



ii




EXPLANATORY NOTE

In this report, unless the context indicates otherwise, the term:
"Bank" or "Butterfield" refers to:
Bank" or "Butterfield" refers to:
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited;
"BMA" refers to:
BMA" refers to:
The Bermuda Monetary Authority;
"Board" refers to:
Board" refers to:
The Board of Directors of the Bank;
"IPO" refers to:
our initial public offering on the New York Stock Exchange of 12,234,042 common shares completed on September 21, 2016;
" refers to:
common shares" refers to:
the voting ordinary shares of par value BM$ 0.01 each in the Bank; and
"we", "our", "us", "the Company" and "the Group" refer to:
we", "our", "us", "the Company" and "the Group" refer to:
the Bank and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Refer also to the Glossary at the end of this document for additional terms.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

In this report, references to “BMD”, “BM$”, or “Bermuda Dollars” are to the lawful currency of Bermuda, and “USD”, “US$”, “$” and “US Dollars” are to the lawful currency of the United States of America. The Bermuda Dollar is pegged to the US Dollar on a one‑to‑one basis and therefore, for all periods presented, BM$1.00 = US$1.00.
Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this report have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.
Our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 20192021 and 20182020 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 20172019 have been audited, as stated in the report appearing herein, by PricewaterhouseCoopers Ltd., Bermuda, and are included in this report and are referred to as our audited consolidated financial statements. We have prepared these financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”).GAAP.
We believe that the non‑GAAP measures included in this report provide valuable information to readers because they enable the reader to identify the financial measures we use to track the performance of our business and guide management. Furthermore, these measures provide readers with valuable information regarding our core activities, which allows for a more meaningful evaluation of relevant trends when considered in conjunction with measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Non‑GAAP measures used in this report are not a substitute for GAAP measures and readers should consider the GAAP measures as well. For more information on non‑GAAP measures, including a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other DataItem 5.A. "Operating Results — Reconciliation of Non‑GAAP Financial Measures”.
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
Some of the discussion contained in this report relies on certain market and industry data obtained from third‑party sources that we believe to be reliable. Market estimates are calculated by using independent industry publications and third‑party forecasts in conjunction with our assumptions about our markets. While we believe the industry and market data to be reliable as of the date of this report, this information is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward‑Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this report.
TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS
We own or have rights to trademarks and service marks for use in connection with the operation of our business. All other trademarks or service marks appearing in this report that are not identified as marks owned by us are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this report are listed without the ®, (TM) and (sm) symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our applicable rights in these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

1


iii



IMPLICATIONS OF BEING A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

We are a foreign private issuer, and so long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to US domestic public companies, including:
the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;
the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time;
the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") of quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8‑K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events; and
Regulation Fair Disclosure ("Regulation FD"), which regulates selective disclosures of material information by issuers.
We are, however, required to file an annual report on Form 20‑F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we have published and intend to continue to publish our results on a quarterly basis through press releases, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE"). Press releases related to financial results and material events have been and will continue to be furnished to the SEC on Form 6‑K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC is less extensive and less timely compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information that would be made available to you, were you investing in a U.S. domestic issuer. For additional discussion on our foreign private issuer status, see “Management — Foreign Private Issuer Status”.


iv


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they are based on our current beliefs, expectations or assumptions regarding the future of our business, future plans and strategies, our operational results and other future conditions. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as "anticipate," "assume," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "indicate," "intend," "may," "plan," "point to," "predict," "project," "seek," "target," "potential," "will," "would," "could," "should," "continue," "contemplate" and other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this annual report and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectation concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, capital and liquidity requirements, prospects, growth, strategies and the industry in which we operate.
There are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We believe that these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in the section captioned "Risk Factors" sectionthat appear in Item 3.D. "Risk Factors" of this annual report, which include, but are not limited to, the following:
changes in economic and market conditions, particularly in our primary markets;
the impact of geopolitical events;
changes in market interest rates;
the lack of a central bank or lender of last resort in Bermuda and certain other jurisdictions in our primary markets;
a decline in tourism in Bermuda or certain other jurisdictions in our primary markets;
severe weather and natural disasters disrupting our business;
competition in the markets in which we operate;
our ability to successfully execute our business plan and implement our growth strategy;
our ability to successfully expand our business through acquisitions or investments;
our ability to successfully develop and commercialize new or enhanced products and services;
damage to our reputation from any of the factors described in this section, in "Risk Factors" and in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations";
a decline in the residential real estate markets in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands or the Channel Islands and the United Kingdom ("UK");
our reliance on appraisals and valuation techniques;
changes in the value of our investment portfolio;
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
fluctuations in interest rates and inflation;
prepayments of our loan and investment portfolios;
our access to sources of liquidity and capital to address our liquidity needs;
our reliance on other financial institutions and counterparties, such as clearing houses;
changes in banks' inter-bank lending rate reporting practices;
our ability to attract and retain wealth management, trust and banking clients;
a decline in our credit ratings;
our ability to attract and maintain highly skilled and qualified employees, including our senior management, other key employees and members of the Board;
our reliance on third-party vendors;
our reliance on representations provided to us about clients and counterparties;
our exposure to litigation and regulatory actions;
our ability to protect our intellectual property;
the effectiveness of our insurance coverage;
our reliance on the effective implementation, use and protection of technology systems used by us and by our vendors;
our ability to identify and address cyber-security risks;
the effectiveness of our internal disclosure controls and procedures;
the adequacy of our risk management framework, systems and processes;
the complex and changing regulatory environment in which we operate, including any changing regulatory requirements and restrictions placed on us by our principal regulator, the BMA, and other regulators, as well as our ability to comply with regulatory schemes in multiple jurisdictions;
our effectiveness in complying with applicable privacy, data security and data protection laws;
changes in accounting policies;
our effectiveness in complying with applicable anti-corruption legislations;
the impact of decisions made by the Financial Action Task Force ("FATF") relating to our operating jurisdictions;
the impact of economic substance legislation and regulations in our operating jurisdictions;
the impact of proposed tax reform in Bermuda; and
the impact of US Federal income tax and tax information reporting requirements.
report. These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read with the other cautionary statements in this annual report.
Although we base these forward-looking statements on assumptions that we believe are reasonable when made, we caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this report. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and

v


liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this report, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.
Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement that we make in this report speaks only as of the date of such statement. Except to the extent required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of those statements to reflect future events or developments. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless specifically expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

vi


IMPLICATIONS OF BEING A FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
Overview
We are a fullforeign private issuer, and so long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to US domestic public companies, including:
the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;
the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time;
the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8‑K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events; and
Regulation FD, which regulates selective disclosures of material information by issuers.
We are, however, required to file an annual report on Form 20‑F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we have published and intend to continue to publish our results on a quarterly basis through press releases, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. Press releases related to financial results and material events have been and will continue to be furnished to the SEC on Form 6‑K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC is less extensive and less timely compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by US domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information that would be made available to you were you investing in a US domestic issuer.

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

The Bank is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, the rights of holders of the Bank’s common shares will be governed by Bermuda law, the Butterfield Act and the Bank’s bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. Some of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this annual report are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service bankof process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in US courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws. However, we may be served with process in the United States with respect to actions against us arising out of or in connection with violations of US federal securities laws relating to offers and wealth manager headquarteredsales of common shares made hereby by serving C T Corporation System, 28 Liberty Street, New York, NY 10005, our US agent irrevocably appointed for that purpose.

It is doubtful whether courts in Hamilton, Bermuda. We operateBermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions, or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.


2



PART 1

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
A.[Reserved]

B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable

3



D. Risk Factors

The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. Any of the following risks, as well as risks that we do not know of or currently deem immaterial, could have a material adverse effect on our business, through three geographic segments:financial condition or results of operations. Further, the risk factors below include cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. See "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."
Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic has created economic and financial disruptions that have adversely affected, and are likely to continue to adversely affect, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will continue to negatively affect our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and the emergence of new variants, the continued effectiveness of our business continuity plan (including remote working arrangements implemented for staff), the direct and indirect impact of the pandemic on our employees, customers, clients, counterparties and service providers, as well as other market participants, actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties in response to the pandemic, and the effectiveness and acceptance of COVID-19 vaccines.
The COVID-19 pandemic has contributed to, among other things, (i) sudden and significant declines, and significant increases in volatility, in global financial markets; (ii) ratings downgrades, credit deterioration and defaults of companies operating in many industries; (iii) significant reductions in interest rates implemented by the US Federal Reserve and other central banks further contributing to a low interest rate environment globally; and (iv) heightened cybersecurity, data privacy, information security and operational risks as a result of remote working arrangements or otherwise. In addition, many of our customers, counterparties and third-party service providers have been, and may further be, affected by travel restrictions, quarantines and/or curfews in various jurisdictions, market volatility and other factors that increase their risks of business disruption or that may otherwise affect their ability to repay loans, perform under the terms of any agreements with us or provide other essential services. As a result, our credit, operational and other risks are generally expected to increase until the pandemic subsides.

We continue to monitor the sectors that are most susceptible to economic uncertainty as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the potential impact to our business. The continuing implications of the pandemic on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations will depend on factors such as, but not limited to, the following:

The duration and scope of the pandemic.

The efficacy of vaccines and other actions taken to contain COVID-19 and its variants.

The continuation of a low interest rate environment, or further reductions in interest rates, over the medium or long term, which would adversely impact our net interest income and net interest margin, as well as increase our reliance on fee businesses.

A slow or incomplete recovery of tourism in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, which would adversely affect our revenues, including fee income, as well as increase our credit exposure.

Increased unemployment and decreased business in the jurisdictions in which we operate.

An increase in defaults on our residential mortgage loans.

Ratings downgrades, credit deterioration and defaults in many industries, including the hotel/restaurants/hospitality sector, financial services and commercial real estate.

Further decreases in the rates and yields on US Government guaranteed securities and increased pre-payments in mortgage backed securities we hold, which may lead to further decreases in the yield on our investment portfolio.

Heightened cybersecurity, information security and operational risks as a result of remote working arrangements implemented for staff or otherwise.

Government and regulatory scrutiny on market and economic conditions or actions governmental authorities take in response to the pandemic.

Governmental authorities have taken measures in response to the pandemic, and may take further action in the future to provide economic assistance to individual households and businesses, stabilize the markets and support economic growth. The success of existing and future measures to provide economic assistance and increase the pace and magnitude of economic recovery is unknown, and they may not be sufficient to fully mitigate the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The duration and scope of the pandemic and related economic consequences, as well as the efficacy of the measures being put in place to address it, are unknown. Until the pandemic subsides, we expect reduced interest income and revenues from card service fees, and increased customer and client loan defaults, including defaults in unsecured loans. Changes in the macroeconomic environment are extremely impactful to our provision for credit losses under CECL, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Even after the pandemic subsides, our businesses would be materially and adversely affected by any subsequent, prolonged recession in the jurisdictions in which we have banking and trust operations. To the extent the pandemic adversely affects our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks set out herein.

Risks Relating to the Markets in Which We Operate
Adverse economic and market conditions in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and the UK, and other markets in which we operate, have in the past resulted in and could in the future result in lower revenue, lower asset quality, increased provisions and lower earnings.
Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of our borrowers to pay interest and repay principal on outstanding loans and the value for the collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services we offer and whose success we rely on to drive our future growth, are highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets in which we operate. A downturn in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK. We offer bankingUK can have a profound impact on our business performance. Some elements of the business environment that affect our financial performance include short-term and long-term interest rates, any downgrade in sovereign credit ratings to which our credit ratings are correlated, the prevailing yield curve, inflation and price levels, monetary policy, regulatory or legal changes (including changes in tax laws) or changes in enforcement thereof, unemployment rates, investor or business confidence, natural or man-made disasters, the strength of the local economy
4


in the markets in which we operate, or a combination of these or other factors.

Unfavorable market conditions (including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic) can result in a deterioration in the credit quality of our borrowers and the demand for our products and services, comprisingan increase in the number of retailloan delinquencies, defaults and corporate banking, treasury services,charge-offs, additional provisions for loan losses, decreases in asset values, deterioration in investment performance and wealth management, which consistsan overall material adverse effect on the quality of investment management, advisory and brokerage services, trust, estate, and company managementour loan portfolio.
Unlike banks that are more geographically diversified, our business is concentrated primarily in both our Bermuda, andthe Cayman Islands, segments, as well as custody services in our Bermuda segment. Theand the Channel Islands and the UK, segment includeand we may be more affected by a downturn in these markets than more diversified competitors.
Our banking operations are concentrated in Bermuda, the jurisdictions of GuernseyCayman Islands, and Jersey (Channel Islands), and the UK. In the Channel Islands a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial intermediaries including private bankingthe UK, and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management and fiduciary services. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgage services for high-value residential properties. We also have operationswe serve customers in the jurisdictions of The Bahamas, Canada, Mauritius, Singapore and Switzerland, which we include in our Other segment.
Forthese markets. In the year ended December 31, 2019 we generated $532.6 million in net revenue after provision for credit losses2021, 45%, 29% and other gains/losses ("net revenue"). Our20%, of our total net revenue before inter-segment eliminations, by each ofwas derived from our three geographicBermuda, Cayman Islands, and Channel Islands and UK segments, and our non-reportable "Other" segment for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:
 For the year ended
In millions of $2019 2018 2017
Net Revenue     
Bermuda$272.1
 $299.4
 $268.7
Cayman Islands$168.9
 $152.6
 $133.1
Channel Islands and the UK$82.9
 $59.0
 $46.8
Other$22.2
 $15.2
 $11.6
Our net revenue forrespectively. In addition, in the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted2021,39%, 20% and 39%, of 49.8% from our loans originated in Bermuda, segment, 30.9% from ourthe Cayman Islands, segment, 15.2% from ourand Channel Islands and the UK, segment and 4.1% fromrespectively. Accordingly, a downturn in these markets may have a profound effect on our Other segment. As at December 31, 2019, we had $13.9 billion in total assets, $5.1 billion in net loans, $12.4 billion in customer deposits (54% USD deposits, 15% USD-pegged deposits), $91.7 billion and $30.3 billion, respectively, of trust and custody businesses assets under administration ("AUA"), and $5.6 billion of assets under management ("AUM").
In our Bermuda and Cayman Islands segments, our bank provides a full range of retail and corporate banking services to individuals, local businesses, captive insurers, reinsurance companies, trust companies, and hedge funds. The key products we offer include personal and business deposit services, residential and commercial mortgages, small and medium-sized enterprise and corporate loans, credit and debit card suite, merchant acquiring, mobile and internet banking, and cash management.
In all of our segments, we offer wealth management to high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals, family offices, and institutional and corporate clients. Our wealth management platform has three lines of business: trust, private banking, and asset management.
The trust business line, which utilizes specialists in each of our geographic areas, responds to client needs in estate and succession planning, administration of complex asset holdings, and efficient coordination of family affairs.business. In addition, thewe have sought to expand our core business provides pension and employee benefitslines, including through recent acquisitions. Any failure in our ability to expand our core business lines, or any reduction in demand for our core services for multinational corporations, as well as services that involve administration of and fiduciary responsibility for customized trust structures holding a wide range of asset types including financial assets, property, business assets, and art.
Our private banking business line offers access to a suite of services, targeted toward high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals, trusts, and family offices, that can be customized to each client's needs and preferences and delivered as part of a coordinated strategy by a dedicated private banker. We provide clients in our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands and UK segments, including due to perceived reputational risks, increasing regulatory scrutiny over activities in these jurisdictions or otherwise, may adversely impact our business and results of operations, including the ongoing success of any of our acquired businesses.
Geopolitical events could disrupt our businesses and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
We are exposed to risks arising out of geopolitical events, such as trade barriers, including the imposition of tariffs and other limitations on international trade and travel, exchange controls, government shutdowns, other measures taken by sovereign governments, including by the US, and uncertainty arising from recent or upcoming elections that can hinder economic or financial activity levels. Furthermore, unfavorable political, military or diplomatic events, armed conflict, terrorist acts and threats, and pandemics, and the responses to them by governments, could also negatively affect economic activity and have an adverse effect upon our business, financial condition or results of operations.
In addition the UK segmentsformally leaving the EU (“Brexit”) and the US's present and future policies may increase the uncertainty and instability in the global financial markets, which could lead to weaker macroeconomic conditions, globally and in our key markets. Such economic weakness and uncertainty may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Political and economic uncertainty has in the past led to, and could in the future lead to, declines in market liquidity and activity levels, volatile market conditions and exchange rates, a contraction of available credit, lower or negative interest rates, declines in the real estate market, weaker economic growth and investment performance and reduced business confidence, all of which could impact our business. The post-Brexit relationship between the UK and the EU continues to evolve, which could cause disruptions to and create uncertainty surrounding our business. Further, any continuing legal or economic disruptions resulting from Brexit may negatively impact our operations in the UK and certain UK territories and dependencies, namely Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands. It may also be time-consuming and expensive for us to alter our internal operations in order to comply with new regulations.
Furthermore, changes in legislation and regulation or an integrated modelattempt by any territory or dependency of the UK in which we operate to declare independence from the UK or to implement changes in its constitution, including its fiscal and monetary policies, could have a negative effect on the applicable jurisdiction's position as an international business center. This could have a significant negative effect on the local economy and in turn negatively affect our business.
Because the primary markets in which we operate do not have well-diversified economies, a downturn in their key industries could affect their economies as a whole and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Bermuda is among the largest reinsurance markets in the world. The Cayman Islands is a leader in fund domiciliation for global asset managers, with 12,719 regulated mutual funds as at December 31, 2021 according to CIMA. International financial services account for a significant portion of the economies of the Channel Islands. Many of our commercial customers are reinsurance or regulated fund service providers. As a result, a downturn in these key sectors, a change in laws or regulations (including the favorable tax treatment of entities in these jurisdictions), or a shift of business away from Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, or the Channel Islands, including as a result of the inclusion of any of these jurisdictions on the EU list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes or the implementation of the global minimum tax regime proposed by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development ("OECD") in any of these jurisdictions, could result in job losses and adversely impact the economies in these markets. Any downturn or further concentration in the reinsurance, investment and asset management and banking markets could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Banks domiciled in Bermuda, including us, are not supported by a central bank from which to borrow funds, so if we are unable to maintain sufficient liquidity by continuously attracting deposits and other short-term funding, our financial condition, including our capital ratios, funding costs or results of operations could be adversely affected.
Unlike many other jurisdictions, there is no central bank or similar governmental agency in Bermuda from which we may borrow US or Bermuda Dollars if we experience liquidity shortages, which may leave us without a lender of last resort in the event that combines traditionalBermuda suffers a severe economic downturn at the same time as a liquidity shortage. Similarly, there is no central bank in the Cayman Islands, Jersey or Guernsey to act as a lender of last resort. Accordingly, we may not have a lender of last resort in case of future liquidity shortages and we may be unable to sufficiently fund our liquidity needs. While there is no central bank or similar governmental agency in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Jersey or Guernsey that insures bank deposits, such as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the United States, the Governments of Bermuda and Jersey and the Government of the States of Guernsey have each implemented a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme. See Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation" and "- Certain jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, Guernsey and Jersey, have a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme and we incur ongoing costs as a result.” The regulators in these jurisdictions have also required us to hold capital add-ons to compensate for the systemic importance of our bank to the economy in the absence of a central bank. Without a central bank from which we could borrow funds, liquidity management will be critical to the management of our consolidated balance sheet, and an inability to obtain sufficient liquidity could adversely affect our financial condition.
Certain jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, Guernsey and Jersey, have a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme and we incur ongoing costs as a result.
As a bank licensed by the BMA, we are required to be a member of the Deposit Insurance Scheme ("DIS") and pay contributions to the Deposit Insurance Fund. Currently, our premium contribution is calculated by the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation as 0.25% per annum of the average total amount of our Bermuda Dollar deposits that are covered by the DIS guarantee over a rolling three-month period, payable every three months in arrears. The amount of the contribution we are liable to pay may change from time to time as the total level of our insured Bermuda Dollar deposits changes; in addition, there is no guarantee that the current rate of premium contributions charged by the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation will stay the same and not increase or that the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation will not require additional contributions in the event that the Deposit Insurance Fund is insufficient to pay compensation due to insured depositors. We may also not be able to recover our contributions to the Deposit Insurance Fund from any failed institution whose insured depositors receive payments from the Deposit Insurance Fund. Any contributions we are required to make as part of the DIS (and any associated costs) are a cost to our business, and such costs, including any future increases, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
5


As a bank licensed by the Guernsey Financial Services Commission, we are required to pay contributions to the Guernsey Deposit Compensation Scheme (the "Guernsey DCS"). Currently, we are required to pay an administration levy which is calculated by the Guernsey DCS Board. The amount of the contribution we are liable to pay may change from time to time and there is no guarantee that the current rate charged by the Guernsey DCS Board will stay the same and not increase. In the event of the failure of a Guernsey licensed bank, the Guernsey DCS Board will estimate the total level of compensation levy required and the Bank will be liable in equal shares with every other participant (i.e., every other licensed bank in Guernsey) for the first £10,000,000. If the total compensation levy exceeds £10,000,000, then the Bank will be liable on a pro-rata basis (calculated by reference to the total "value at risk" of our Guernsey deposits compared to the Guernsey market) with every other participant for the amount of such excess. We may also not be able to recover our contributions to the Guernsey DCS from any failed licensed bank whose insured depositors receive payments from the Guernsey DCS. Any contributions we are required to make as part of the Guernsey DCS (and any associated costs) are a cost to our business, and such costs, including any future increases, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The Jersey Bank Depositors Compensation Scheme ("Jersey DCS") is funded primarily through an upfront loan from the States of Jersey. In the event of a bank failing, levies would be raised on Jersey banks, subject to certain caps for banking groups over a five-year period, based on the proportion of protected deposits each bank holds to repay the loan. In the event that the full £100 million liability of the Jersey DCS was called upon, banks would contribute approximately two-thirds of funding, with the States of Jersey contributing one-third.
We are not currently required to pay any contributions to the Jersey DCS. Any contributions we may be required in future to make as part of the Jersey DCS (and any associated costs) are a cost to our business, and such costs, including any future increases, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
A decline in tourism in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands has, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and could in the future, adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Tourism is a major contributor to the economies of Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a significant decline in worldwide travel and tourism, including in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. See "Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic.”
A delayed or incomplete recovery of tourism in Bermuda or the Cayman Islands could have adverse effects on the economic stability of these jurisdictions, and our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, a continued decline in tourism could lead to further (i) decreases in the value of hotels and other commercial properties, which could further adversely affect our commercial loan portfolio, and (ii) increases in unemployment, which could further affect the ability of our residential borrowers to make payments on their loans.
Severe weather, natural disasters and potential impacts of climate change could disrupt our businesses and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
The key markets in which we operate include Bermuda and the Cayman Islands and our business is therefore subject to the risks associated with severe tropical storms, hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes and rising sea levels, including downed telephone lines, flooded facilities, power outages, fuel shortages, damaged or destroyed property and equipment, and work interruptions. Although hurricanes in the Caribbean during 2019, 2020 and 2021 did not negatively impact the Bank's operations or cause any insurable losses,such severe weather conditions and natural disasters may, in the future, negatively impact us and our clients and their ability to meet their financial obligations to us, including the repayment of loans. Such events may also result in an impairment of the value of property or other collateral used to secure the loans that we extend.Climate change will likely aggravate the impact and increase the incidence of such severe weather conditions and natural disasters. Furthermore, severe weather events may have a significant impact on the economies of the key markets in which we operate, which could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
We cannot predict whether we will continue to be able to obtain insurance for hazard-related damages to our premises or, if obtainable and carried, whether this insurance will be adequate to cover our losses. Moreover, we expect any insurance of this nature to be subject to substantial deductibles and to provide for premium adjustments based on claims, and we do not carry insurance against all types of losses. For all these reasons, any future hazard-related costs and work interruptions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The majority of the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports.
Unlike the US where the Fair Credit Reporting Act ("FCRA") is designed to help ensure that credit bureaus furnish correct and complete information when evaluating loan applications, the majority of the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports. Therefore, we review each loan and we use a formal and documented tiered credit approval process that is administered through and governed by our risk management framework. Due to limitations in the availability of information, our assessment of credit risk associated with a particular customer may not be based on complete, accurate or reliable information. In addition, although we have made and continue to make improvements to our credit scoring systems to better assess borrowers' credit risk profiles, we cannot provide assurance that our credit scoring systems collect complete or accurate information reflecting the actual behavior of customers or that their credit risk can be assessed correctly. Without complete, accurate and reliable information, we have to rely on other publicly available resources and our internal resources, which may not be effective. As a result, our ability to effectively manage our credit risk and subsequently our impairment losses and allowance for credit losses may be materially adversely affected. In addition, because our credit approval process involves detailed analyses of the customer or credit risk, taking into account both quantitative and qualitative factors, it is subject to human or information technology systems errors. In exercising their judgment on current or future credit risk behavior of our customers, our employees may not always be able to assign an accurate credit rating, which may result in our exposure to higher credit risks than indicated by our risk rating system. In addition, we have been refining our credit policies and guidelines to address potential risks associated with particular industries or types of customers. However, we may not be able to timely detect all possible risks before they occur, or due to limited tools available to us, our employees may not be able to effectively implement them, which may increase our credit risk. Failure to effectively implement, consistently follow or continuously refine our credit risk management system may result in an increase in the level of nonperforming loans and a higher risk exposure for us, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Risks Relating to Our Strategy, Brand, Portfolio and Other Aspects of Our Business
We rely on our reputation and the appeal of our brand to our customers. Any damage to our reputation and appeal could harm us and our business prospects.
The success of our strategy relies significantly on our reputation and the reputation of our senior management and the Board. In addition, our customers and key introducers must continue to associate our brand with meeting customer needs and delivering value to those customers. Adverse publicity (whether or not justified) relating to activities by our management, employees, agents or others with whom we do business, such as customer service mishaps or noncompliance with laws, could tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. With the increase in the use of social media outlets, adverse publicity can be disseminated quickly and broadly, making it increasingly difficult for us to effectively respond. Such unfavorable publicity could also require us to allocate significant resources to rebuild our reputation.
As a bank operating in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and other international financial centers, we are subject to increasing scrutiny with respect to potential or alleged legal and regulatory breaches and unethical behavior and associated reputational risks, including with respect to the general perception and reputation of financial institutions in those jurisdictions, which may in turn be affected by factors including the EU list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes, and policies on
6


controversial industries such as gaming and cryptocurrencies, among others. See "Our business may be negatively impacted by the economic substance legislation and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands." Any circumstance that causes real or perceived damage to our brand or reputation, or banking or wealth management generally in these jurisdictions, may negatively affect our relationships with our customers and key introducers, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Potential reputational issues include, but are not limited to:
breaching or facing allegations of having breached legal and regulatory requirements (including, but not limited to, conduct requirements, anti-money laundering requirements, anti-terrorism financing requirements, laws against assisting in tax evasion, cybersecurity and data protection laws, bribery and corruption);
legacy issues we inherit from the businesses we acquire through a merger or acquisition;
acting or facing allegations of having acted unethically (including having adopted inappropriate sales and trading practices);
failing or facing allegations of having failed to maintain appropriate standards of customer privacy, customer service and record-keeping;
failing to appropriately address potential conflicts of interest;
experiencing technology failures that impact customer services and accounts;
failing to properly identify legal, reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in products offered; and
changing the terms of our product offerings and pricing that may result in outcomes for customers that are unfair or perceived to be unfair.
A failure to address the above or any other relevant issues appropriately could make customers unwilling to do business with us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and could damage our relationships with our employees and regulators.
We could be negatively affected if the soundness of other financial institutions and counterparties deteriorates or if such counterparties, including clearing houses, are unwilling to do business with us, in particular in respect of US Dollar transactions.
Given the high level of interdependence between financial institutions, we are and will continue to be subject to the risk of actual or perceived deterioration in the commercial and financial soundness of other financial services institutions. Within the financial services industry, the default by any one institution could lead to defaults by other institutions. Concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, because the commercial and financial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely related as a result of their credit, trading, clearing or other relationships. Even the perceived lack of creditworthiness of, or questions about, a financial institution may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. This risk is sometimes referred to as "systemic risk" or "contagion" and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses and banks with whom we interact on a daily basis. In particular, BNYM and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ("Wells Fargo") act as clearing houses for all our US Dollar transactions. If BNYM's or Wells Fargo's ability to act as our clearing houses becomes impaired or BNYM or Wells Fargo cease to act as our clearing houses for any other reason and other financial institutions are not willing to provide the services currently provided to us by BNYM and Wells Fargo, we could lose our ability to engage in US Dollar transactions, which could lead to severe disruptions in our operations and adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our strategy includes expansion of our business through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies or new products and services, but we may not be able to achieve regulatory approval for such transactions or be able to achieve the anticipated cost savings, growth opportunities and other benefits anticipated from such transactions.
We seek to grow both organically and through acquisitions. In the past several years, we have made various acquisitions and investments intended to complement and expand our businesses, including our July 2019 acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited, our February 2018 agreement with Deutsche Bank to refer Deutsche Bank's clients from their banking lending, cashand custody business in the Cayman and Channel Islands to us, and our March 2018 acquisition of Deutsche Bank’s GTS business, excluding its US operations. Our long-term growth strategy includes identifying and effecting selective acquisitions in our core geographies, but we cannot be sure that we will be able to continue to identify suitable acquisition candidates or investment opportunities. Even if we identify suitable targets, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain the necessary funding on acceptable terms, if at all, to finance any of those potential acquisitions or investments.
We may also be required to obtain regulatory approval (including from the BMA) prior to any potential acquisition or investment depending on the transaction and the laws and regulations of the target’s country of incorporation (for example, from the Guernsey Financial Services Commission in respect of the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited). Regulators consider a number of factors when determining whether to approve a proposed transaction, and we may have difficulty obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals, government permits or licenses required for such acquisitions. We may fail to pursue, evaluate or complete strategic and competitively significant business opportunities as a result of our inability, or our perceived inability, to obtain any required regulatory approvals in a timely manner or at all.
Even where we are able to complete an acquisition or an investment, we cannot be sure that such acquired entity, business or asset or such investment will perform in line with our assumptions or expectations or otherwise complement our business or strategy due to a variety of factors, including lower revenues than expected, unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, customer loss and business disruption (including, without limitation, difficulties in maintaining relationships with employees, customers, clients or suppliers) and risks associated with the disruption of management’s attention from ongoing business operations due to acquisition and integration activities.
In addition, integrating an acquired company, business or technology possesses significant risks, including, among other things:
the incorporation of new technologies into our existing business infrastructure;
the maintenance of standards, controls, procedures and policies throughout the organization (including effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures);
the consolidation of our corporate or administrative functions;
the coordination of our sales and marketing functions to incorporate the new business or technology;
the potential for liabilities and claims arising out of the acquired businesses;
the integration of corporate cultures;
the maintenance of morale, retention and integration of key employees to support the new business or technology and management of our expansion in capacity; and
compliance with the regulatory regimes of newly entered jurisdictions.
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies that we may acquire may be allocated to goodwill and other intangible assets. Intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or when there is a triggering event requiring such testing; an intangible asset that is subject to amortization is periodically reviewed for impairment.
7


Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis. As at December 31, 2021, we had $25.4 million and $60.8 million of goodwill and intangible assets, respectively. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns or there are changes in discount rates, we may be required to take additional charges to our earnings based on the impairment assessment process, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
A decline in the residential real estate market, including in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and the United Kingdom, could increase the risk of loans being impaired and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers may not repay their loans according to their contractual terms and that the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient. As at December 31, 2021, approximately 53% of our Bermuda loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, was composed of residential mortgages in Bermuda; approximately 68%of our Cayman Islands loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, was composed of residential mortgages in the Cayman Islands and approximately 84% of our Channel Islands and UK loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, was composed of residential mortgages in the Channel Islands and the UK. A decline in the real estate market, in particular in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and the UK (including as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic), would mean that the collateral for our loans would hold less value. As a result, our ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate would be diminished, and we would be more likely to suffer losses on the defaulted loans. Declines in the real estate market, including as a result of lower infrastructure spending in the markets in which we operate, could also adversely affect demand for new loans, further decreasing the interest revenue generated by our loan portfolio. In addition, if our estimate for our allowance for credit losses proves to be inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance accordingly and may have future charge-offs. This may lead to impairment charges on loans and other assets, higher costs and higher incurred loan-loss provisions.
The risk of loan impairment may be compounded by the fact that there is limited economic and statistical data regarding the Bermuda, the Cayman Islands and the Channel Islands real estate markets.Although reliable and comprehensive economic and statistical data is available for certain real estate markets, such as the Case-Schiller Home Price Index in the United States, there is no comparable statistical data or mechanism to value the overall real estate market in all our markets.This lack of information makes it difficult to assess the market value of real estate in these markets, and requires us to rely on observations of the valuation of our own real estate originations in order to assess whether the value of mortgaged real estate has declined. See "- The appraisals and other valuation techniques we use in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property may not accurately describe the net value of the collateral that we can realize." Any of the above factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The value of the securities in our investment portfolio may decline in the future.
As at December 31, 2021, we owned $6.2 billion of investment securities consisting primarily of securities issued by the US government and US governmental agencies. In 2021, our investment portfolio had an average yield of 1.79%.
The fair value of our investment securities may be adversely affected by market conditions, including changes in interest rates, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, and the occurrence of any events adversely affecting the issuer of particular securities in our investment portfolio. We perform periodic reviews to determine if a credit impairment exists. Our Group Asset and Liability Committee reviews the results of the impairment analysis and advises whether a credit impairment exists. The process for determining whether a credit impairment exists usually requires complex, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer of the relevant security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security.
We did not record any credit impairment losses on investments in the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. We may be required to recognize credit impairments in the future periods, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial conditions or results of operations. See "- If we are unable to effectively manage our liquidity we may need to seek additional financing and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected."
Fluctuations in interest rates and inflation may negatively impact our net interest margin and our profitability.
Net interest income is a significant component of our revenues and changes in prevailing interest rates may adversely affect our business, including the level of net interest income we earn, and for our banking business, the levels of deposits and the demand for loans.
If interest rates increase, our net interest income would narrow if our cost of funding increased without a correlative increase in the interest we earn from loans and investments. Because we rely extensively on deposits to fund our operations, our cost of funding would increase if there is an increase in the interest rate we are required to pay our customers to retain their deposits. This could occur, for instance, if we are faced with competitive or regulatory pressures to increase rates on deposits.In addition, our cost of funding would increase if the interest rates we are required to pay for other sources of funding increase. Moreover, increases in interest rates may decrease customer demand for loans as the higher cost of obtaining credit may deter customers from seeking new loans. Further, higher interest rates might also lead to an increased number of delinquent loans and defaults, which would affect the value of our loans.
Changes in interest rates may negatively affect the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains or avoid losses from the sale of those assets, all of which also ultimately affect earnings and capital, as well as our regulatory solvency position. A sustained increase in the inflation rate in our key markets may also have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. For example, a sustained increase in the inflation rate may result in an increase in nominal market interest rates. A failure to accurately anticipate higher inflation and factor it into our product-pricing assumptions may result in mispricing of our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial position or results of operations. On the other hand, recent concerns regarding negative interest rates and the low level of interest rates generally may negatively impact our net interest income, which may have an adverse impact on our profitability.
Our loan and investment portfolios are subject to risk of prepayment, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Our fixed rate loan and investment portfolios are subject to prepayment risk, which results from the ability of a borrower or issuer to pay a debt obligation prior to maturity. Generally, in a low interest rate environment, prepayment activity increases, which reduces the weighted average lives of our earning assets and could have a material adverse effect on us. For example, recent decreases in global market interest rates and increased prepayment speeds resulted in lower yields on the Bank's investments. Prepayments also require us to recognize net premiums or commissions as income over a shorter period of time, thereby reducing the corresponding asset yield and net interest income. Prepayment risk also has a significant adverse impact on credit card and collateralized mortgage loans, since prepayments could shorten the weighted average life of these assets, which may result in a mismatch in our funding obligations and reinvestment at lower yields. Prepayment risk is inherent to our commercial activity and an increase in prepayments could have a material adverse effect on us.
Volatility levels and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may affect our business, financial position and results of operations.
We are exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of our holdings of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, investment in foreign subsidiaries, and future foreign currency denominated revenue and expense. Fluctuations in exchange rates may raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions, where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a foreign currency do not offset each other or offset each other in different time periods. Exchange rate volatility may have negative impacts on our business, financial position and results of operations.
8


We also provide foreign exchange services custodyto our clients, including trading on behalf of clients in all major currencies and providing hedging solutions to manage foreign exchange risk. Foreign currency volatility influences the level of client activity. Changes in client activity may result in reduced foreign exchange trading income.
In addition, the Bermuda Dollar and the Cayman Islands Dollar are pegged to the US Dollar at exchange rates of 1 Bermuda Dollar to 1 US Dollar and 1 Cayman Islands Dollar to 1.20 US Dollar, respectively. However, we cannot make assurances that these pegs will be maintained. In the event that the Bermuda Dollar or Cayman Islands Dollar is de-pegged or the current ratios are changed, including as a result of changes in laws, regulations or policies in these jurisdictions, the value of our common shares could be adversely affected. Moreover, our US Dollar deposits are used to fund mortgages in Bermuda Dollars and Cayman Islands Dollars. As the Bermuda Dollar and the Cayman Islands Dollar are pegged to the US Dollar, we do not engage in hedging activities to counteract this currency risk. If the Bermuda Dollar or Cayman Islands Dollar ceased to be pegged to the US Dollar at the current ratios, however, we could be exposed to significant currency risks.
If we are unable to effectively manage our liquidity we may need to seek additional financing and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
We need liquidity to pay our operating expenses, fund depositor withdrawals, interest on our debt and dividends on our common shares, and to replace certain maturing liabilities. Without sufficient liquidity, we will be forced to curtail our operations and our business will suffer.
Our main source of funding is customer deposits. As at December 31, 2021, we had $13.9 billion in deposits (55% USD deposits, 18% USD-pegged deposits), with 33% of our deposits derived from our Bermuda segment, 33% from the Cayman Islands segment, and 34% from the Channel Islands segment. In addition, we source our funding from net income generated by the Bank, net of dividends paid, and to a lesser extent from other sources including the sale of securities to institutional counterparties under repurchase agreements and the sale of equity securities and AFS securities. Our deposit base includes both demand and term liabilities, but the significant majority of such deposits are demand deposits or are due within six months. Because we rely primarily on short-term deposits for funding, a sudden or unexpected shortage of funds in the banking systems in which we operate may prevent us from obtaining necessary funding without incurring higher costs. Our deposit base includes deposits from commercial and institutional clients which may be more sensitive to financial strength rating changes. A significant withdrawal of deposits in either of these markets could significantly affect our liquidity and our ability to meet our funding needs.
In addition, as a bank with subsidiaries located in various jurisdictions, the Bank’s access to assetinter-company funds can be restricted because our regulated banking subsidiaries are required to maintain certain liquidity ratios or minimum levels of capital in accordance with the laws of the jurisdictions in which they operate or otherwise. The necessity of maintaining these ratios or levels of capital or other liquidity considerations could restrict the ability of these subsidiaries to transfer funds to us, in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances.
In the event that our current resources do not satisfy our needs, we may need to seek additional financing. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that customers or lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects, including as a result of economic uncertainty or any downgrade in sovereign credit ratings in key markets in which we operate.
Changes in banks’ inter-bank lending rate reporting practices and the phase-out of the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
For several years, global regulators and central banks have been pursuing international efforts to reform interest rate benchmarks, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). In July 2017, the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that the FCA will no longer persuade or compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. On March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, the authorized and regulated administrator of LIBOR, announced that all the GBP, CHF, JPY, EUR LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will cease after December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will cease after June 30, 2023.
Uncertainty as to the nature of potential changes, alternative reference rates or other reforms may adversely affect market liquidity, the pricing of LIBOR-based instruments and the availability and cost of associated hedging instruments and borrowings. Payments under contracts referencing new reference rates may differ from those referencing LIBOR. The transition may change the Bank’s risk profile and require changes to its risk and pricing models, valuation tools, product design and hedging strategies. Although the Bank is unable to quantify the ultimate impact of the transition from LIBOR given the uncertain nature of the potential changes, it continues to monitor the developments related to the future of LIBOR in line with any regulatory or quasi-regulatory guidance. Moreover, the failure to manage any potential transition from LIBOR to a different reference rate, or rates, may adversely affect the Bank’s reputation, business and financial condition, and results of operations.
We face competition in all aspects of our business, and may not be able to attract and retain wealth management, trust and trust professionals within Butterfield. banking clients at current levels.
We also provide our clientscompete with immediate access to their account information through the use of internet and mobile banking.
Our asset management business line provides a broad range of portfolio managementfinancial institutions. Many of our competitors are larger and have broader ranges of product and service offerings, increased access to capital, greater efficiency and pricing power. We face competition from other lending institutions and from numerous other providers of financial services, including the following:
Non-banking financial institutions. The ability of these institutions to institutionaloffer services previously limited to commercial banks has intensified competition. Because non-banking financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks, they can often operate with greater flexibility and private clients. Our target client base includes institutionslower cost structures; and
Competitors that have greater financial resources. Some of our larger competitors, including certain international banks that have a significant presence in our market area, may have greater capital and resources and higher lending limits and may offer products, services and technology that we do not. We cannot predict the reaction of our customers and other third parties with respect to our financial or commercial strength relative to our competition, including our larger competitors.
In our banking business, we face competition mainly from other local banks, such as pensionBermuda Commercial Bank and Clarien Bank in Bermuda and from Cayman National Corporation in the Cayman Islands, as well as from subsidiaries of international banks, being Royal Bank of Canada in the Cayman Islands and HSBC in Bermuda, whom we view as our most significant competitors. In our wealth management business line, we face competition from local competitors, as well as much larger financial institutions, including financial institutions that are not based in the markets in which we operate. Revenues from the trust and wealth management business depend in large part on the level of AUA.
In our trust business, we face competition primarily from other specialized trust service providers. Many of our competitors in the international financial sector offer fund administration and corporate services work alongside private client fiduciary services.
Our ability to successfully attract and retain trust, wealth management and banking clients is dependent upon our ability to compete with competitors' investment products, retail products and services, level of investment performance, client services and marketing and distribution capabilities. If we are not successful, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
9


The Bank's credit ratings have a direct effect on its competitive position, and declines in the Bank's ratings would increase the cost of borrowing funds and captive insurance companies with investable assets over $10 millionmake our ability to raise new funds, attract and private clients suchretain deposits or renew maturing debt more difficult, which may negatively affect long-term and short-term funding.
The Bank's credit strength ratings are an important component of its liquidity profile and competitive position. Ratings show each agency's view of our financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet debt obligations as high net worththey become due. Nationally recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs") periodically review the financial performance and ultra-high net worth individuals, families,condition of banks and trusts with investable assets over $1 million. Our principal services include discretionary investment management, managed portfolio services, money market, and mutual fund offerings. We also offer advisory and self-directed brokerage options. Over 90%may downgrade or change the outlook on a bank's ratings due to, for example: a change in a bank's regulatory capital ratios; a change in an NRSRO's determination of the business's discretionaryamount of capital cushion required to maintain a particular rating; an increase in the perceived risk of a bank's investment mandates call for balanced growth to conservative allocations. We focus on delivery of reasonable appreciation with an emphasis on capital preservation.portfolio; reduced confidence in management; or other considerations that may or may not be under our control. The Bank relieshas credit ratings from Standard & Poor's ("S&P"), Moody's Investor Service ("Moody's") and Kroll Bond Rating Agency ("KBRA"). Each of the rating agencies reviews its ratings and rating methodologies on a recurring basis and may decide on a downgrade at any time. The Bank's ratings as at December 31, 2021 are shown in the table below:
Ratings
KBRAMoody'sS&P
Long-term issuerA+A3BBB+
Short-term issuerK1P-2A-2
Subordinated debtA3
Long-term counterparty risk assessmentA2
Short-term counterparty risk assessmentP-1
A downgrade in our credit ratings could adversely affect clients' perception of us and our ability to compete successfully in the marketplace for deposits (or result in the withdrawal of deposits). A downgrade in our short-term debt ratings will affect our short-term funding capabilities. As a result, the impact of a one-notch downgrade in credit ratings is currently not likely to have a direct impact on funding programs, activities, borrowing capacity or borrowing costs. In addition, there has been no measurable correlation or effect on deposit levels during previous downgrades and, as a result, historically, no material impacts on the Bank's operations or results.
Negative changes in the Bank's long-term deposit ratings would also likely increase the cost of raising long-term funding in the capital markets or of borrowing funds. Even where we can access the capital markets, negative changes in our ratings could affect our share price and make any equity offerings more difficult and dilutive to current shareholders, further driving down the Bank's share price. Our ability to replace maturing or existing debt may be more difficult and expensive. In addition, our lenders and counterparties in derivative transactions are sensitive to the risk of a ratings downgrade. However, we may issue additional debt securities in the future which may increase the impact of a one-notch downgrade in credit ratings.
Management cannot predict what actions rating agencies may take, or what actions we may take in response to the actions of rating agencies that could adversely affect our business. As with other companies in the financial services industry, our ratings could be downgraded at any time and without any notice by any NRSRO, which could adversely affect our business, financial conditions or results of operations.
We could fail to attract, retain or motivate highly skilled and qualified personnel, including our senior management, other key employees or members of the Board, which could adversely affect our business.
Our ability to implement our strategic plan and our future success depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled, diverse and qualified personnel, including our senior management and other key employees and directors, competitively with our peers. The marketplace for skilled personnel is becoming more competitive, which means the cost of hiring, incentivizing and retaining skilled personnel may continue to increase. The failure to attract or retain, including as a result of an untimely death or illness of key personnel, or replace a sufficient number of appropriately skilled and key personnel could place us at a significant competitive disadvantage and prevent us from successfully implementing our strategy or effectively managing our risk framework and business operations. This could impair our ability to implement our strategic plan successfully, achieve our performance targets and otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We may also be unable to attract and retain staff due to our locations. Many of our employees are employed in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands, which are small markets. To the extent we have needs for employees in these locations, this may be an impediment to attracting and retaining experienced personnel. Further, immigration laws in small markets may impose limitations on attracting experienced personnel.
In addition, governmental scrutiny with respect to matters relating to compensation and other business practices in the financial services industry has increased dramatically in the past several years and has resulted in more aggressive and intense regulatory supervision in certain markets in which we operate. Future legislation or regulation or government views on compensation may result in us altering compensation practices in ways that could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain talented employees.
We rely on third parties to provide researchservices that are integral to our ordinary operations, and their failure to perform in a satisfactory manner could negatively affect us.
We rely on third parties to provide services that are integral to our ordinary course operations, including providers of information technology, administrative or investment management expertise, whileadvisory services. These third party supported functions or operating systems may not function properly, become insufficient to support our evolving business needs or become defective or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events beyond our control. Enhancements and upgrades to third party supported infrastructure or operating systems may entail significant time and costs, and create risks associated with implementing new systems and integrating them with existing ones. Due to the complexity of our systems, across multiple jurisdictions and product types, the process of enhancing our infrastructure and operating systems, including their security measures and controls, can create a risk of system disruptions and security issues. Similarly, we may not be able to timely recover critical business processes or operations that have been disrupted, which may further increase the associated costs and consequences of such disruptions. Although we have business continuity plans in place, cybersecurity and other safeguards in place to help provide operational resiliency, our business operations may be adversely affected by significant and prolonged disruption to our operating systems that support our businesses and customers. Furthermore, third parties on which we rely, could also introduce operational risk to us, including from information breaches or loss, breakdowns, cyber incidents, disruptions or failures of their own systems or infrastructure, or any deficiencies in the performance of their responsibilities. A material breach of customer data may negatively impact our business reputation and cause a loss of customer business; may result in increased expense to contain the event and/or require that we provide credit monitoring services for affected customers; may result in regulatory fines and sanctions; and/or may result in litigation. We rely on our outsourced service providers to implement and maintain prudent cyber-security controls. We have procedures in place to assess a vendor's cyber security controls prior to establishing a contractual relationship and to periodically review assessments of those control systems; however, these procedures are concentratednot infallible and a vendor's system can be breached despite the procedures we employ. In addition, outsourcing is subject to regulatory controls in certain jurisdictions in which we operate and we may not always be able to obtain approval to outsource on portfolio constructionterms available or sought by us, which could adversely affect our ability to enter into outsourcing arrangements.
10


In addition, BNYM and managing client relationships.Wells Fargo act as clearing houses for all our US Dollar transactions and, if our relationships with BNYM and Wells Fargo are terminated, we could lose our ability to engage in US Dollar transactions. For more information see " - We could be negatively affected if the soundness of other financial institutions and counterparties deteriorates or if such counterparties, including clearing houses, are unwilling to do business with us, in particular in respect of US Dollar transactions."
Information provided to us about clients and counterparties may not be accurate or complete.
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we rely on information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also provide customized reportingmay rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to meet specific needsthe accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. Such information could turn out to be inaccurate, including as a result of fraud or misrepresentation on behalf of our major clients.
From 2015 to 2019,clients, counterparties or other third parties, which would increase our GAAP net income to common shareholderscredit risk and our core net income to common shareholders (‘‘Core Net Income to Common’)(1) had compound annual growth rates (‘‘CAGR’’) of 24% and 15%, respectively. Our earnings generation has allowedexpose us to build capitalpossible write-downs and losses.
We cannot be certain that our underwriting and operational controls will prevent or detect such fraud or that we will not experience fraud losses or incur costs or other losses related to returnsuch fraud. Our clients and counterparties may also experience fraud in their businesses which could adversely affect their ability to shareholders and invest strategically, both organically and through acquisitions, to further enhance the growth prospectsrepay their loans or make use of our Company. We aimservices.
During the periods reported in this annual report, we have not experienced any material losses, or had to continuewrite down collateral, as a result of fraud or misrepresentation, but we cannot be certain that the Bank will not experience any such losses or have to build excess capitalwrite down any such collateral in the future, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operation and financial condition.
Our business is subject to risks related to litigation and regulatory actions.
We are, from time to time, involved in various legal and regulatory proceedings arising from our normal business activities. These claims and legal actions, including supervisory actions by our regulators or proceedings or investigations brought by other regulators, could involve large monetary claims and significant defense costs. The outcome of these cases is uncertain. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have material financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to us, which in turn could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may be exposed to substantial uninsured liabilities, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition.
As previously publicly announced, in November 2013, the USAO applied for and secured the issuance of so-called John Doe Summonses to six US financial institutions with which the Bank had correspondent bank relationships. The purpose of these summonses was to identify US persons who may have been using our banking, trust, or other services to evade their own tax obligations in the United States. The Bank cooperated with the US authorities in their investigation and reached a resolution with the US Department of Justice in July 2021. The resolution is in the form of a non-prosecution agreement with a three-year term and payment of $5.6 million.
The appraisals and other valuation techniques we use in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property may not accurately describe the net value of the collateral that we can redeploy into growingrealize.
In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made, and, as real estate values may change significantly in relatively short periods of time (especially in periods of heightened economic uncertainty), this estimate may not accurately describe the net value of the real property collateral after the loan is made. As a result, we may not be able to realize the full amount of any remaining indebtedness when we foreclose on and sell the relevant property. In addition, we rely on appraisals and other valuation techniques to establish the value of our OREO and to determine certain loan impairments. If any of these valuations are inaccurate, our consolidated financial statements may not reflect the correct value of our OREO, and our allowance for credit losses may not reflect accurate loan impairments. This could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Relating to Operations, Risk Oversight and Internal Controls
Our operations are reliant on effective implementation and use of technology and require us to adapt to new technologies, and a breach, interruption or failure of our technology services or the inability to effectively integrate new technologies could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct business. In particular, we rely on technology to provide key components of our information system infrastructure, including loan, deposit and general ledger processing, risk management information collection and processing for internal control purposes, internet connections and network access. Any disruption in service of these key components, due to system errors, a natural catastrophe, or the termination of any third-party software licenses upon which any of these systems is based, could adversely affect our ability to effectively deliver products and services to clients, to detect, assess and manage risk and otherwise to conduct operations. See "- We rely on third parties to provide services that are integral to our ordinary operations, and their failure to perform in a satisfactory manner could negatively affect us.” Furthermore, any security breach, due to computer viruses, programming, malfeasance or human errors or other events or developments, of information systems or data, whether managed by us or third parties, could interrupt our business, harm our reputation or cause a decrease in the number of clients using our services. The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new, and technology-driven products and services. We face the risk of having to establish and maintain further improved technological capabilities, and our future success depends, in part, on our ability to recognize and implement new technologies to address our operational and internal control needs, operational efficiencies and to meet the demands of our clients. See "- Cyber-attacks, distributed denial of service attacks and other cyber-security matters, if successful, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.”
The widespread adoption of new technologies, including cryptocurrencies and payment systems, could require substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our existing products and services as we continue to grow our internet and mobile banking capabilities. The persistence or acceleration of this shift in demand towards internet and mobile banking may necessitate changes to our retail distribution strategy, which may include restructuring our branches and work force. These actions could lead to losses on these assets and may lead to increased expenditures to reform our retail distribution channel.
Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements than we do. We may not be able to effectively implement new, technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. In addition, the implementation of technological changes and upgrades to maintain current systems and integrate new ones may also cause service interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays and may cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry and avoid interruptions, errors and delays could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or competitive position.


11


Cyber-attacks, distributed denial of service attacks and other cyber-security matters, if successful, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are under continuous threat of loss due to cyber-attacks, especially as we continue to expand customer capabilities to utilize the internet and other remote channels to transact business. Third parties with whom we or our customers do business also present operational and information security risks to us, including security breaches or failures of their own systems. Two of the most significant cyber-attack risks that we face are e-fraud and loss of sensitive customer data. Such attacks are infrequent, but could present significant reputational, legal and regulatory costs to us if successful.
We also face risks related to cyber-attacks and other security breaches in connection with credit card transactions that typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding our customers through various third parties, including merchant acquiring banks, payment processors, payment card networks (e.g., Visa or Mastercard), our processors, and BNYM and Wells Fargo as clearing banks. Some of these parties have in the past been the target of security breaches and cyber-attacks, and because the transactions involve third parties and environments such as the point of sale that we do not control or secure, future security breaches or cyber-attacks affecting any of these third parties could impact us through no fault of our own, and in some cases we may have exposure and suffer losses for breaches or attacks relating to them, including from remediation costs, increased future protection costs, reputational harm, loss of customers and potential regulatory inquiries and/or civil litigation. We also rely on numerous other third-party service providers to conduct other aspects of our business operations and face similar risks relating to them.
In addition, in April 2016, the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication ("SWIFT") announced that one of its member banks was a target of a cyber-attack in February 2016. During 2017 and 2018, there were several instances of cyber-attacks involving access to the SWIFT platform.The SWIFT platform is used by more than 10,000 financial institutions around the world, including us, to effect fund transfers. A cyber-attack on the SWIFT network can result in theft of funds and other adverse consequences, and our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected in the event that such a cyber-attack is successful.
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, many of our employees (and staff of service providers) have been working remotely or from other sites. These working arrangements could potentially provide increased opportunities for cyber threat actors to exploit.
Our risk management framework, systems and process, and related guidelines and policies, may prove inadequate to manage our risks, and any failure to properly assess or manage such risks could harm us.
Our approach to risk management requires senior management to make complex judgments, including decisions (based on assumptions about economic factors) about the level and types of risk that we are willing to accept in order to achieve our business objectives. These also include the maximum level of risks we can assume before breaching constraints determined by regulatory capital and liquidity needs and our regulatory and legal obligations including, among others, from a conduct and prudential perspective. Given these complexities, and the dynamic environment in which we operate, the decisions made by senior management may not be appropriate or yield the results expected. In addition, senior management may be unable to recognize emerging risks quickly enough for us to take appropriate action in a timely manner.
Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures that govern operations, financial reporting and compliance across jurisdictions, including those to mitigate the risk of human error, fraud or breach of fiduciary duties relating to our trust services by employees or outsiders, or to monitor financial reporting, may be inadequate, circumvented or exposed to variations in compliance at the local level, thereby causing inaccuracies in data and information or delays in the detection of errors. At present, we do not have a uniform core banking platform in place across the jurisdictions in which we operate and, therefore, we need to use manual processes to compile certain financial information from certain subsidiaries. Moreover, in the past, our information technology capabilities in Bermuda and other jurisdictions have experienced difficulties with certain identified weaknesses, including internal control deficiencies in our operations (including interest rate calculation functions).To address this, we used manual processing, data spreadsheets or a combination thereof. Use of such manual procedures and data spreadsheets presents financial reporting and operational risks and increases the importance of staff compliance with internal operating and security procedures. In addition, we may incur operational losses due to non-compliance by our staff with internal operating and control procedures and arising from human error. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with any current or future regulations related to controls and procedures could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Regulatory and Tax-Related Risks
We operate in a complex and changing regulatory environment and legal and regulatory changes or our failure to comply with laws and regulations could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business is subject to ongoing changes in laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and interpretations in the markets in which we operate. We currently face an increasingly extensive and complex set of laws, regulations and standards as a result of the concerns enveloping the global financial sector. We are exposed to potential changes in governmental or regulatory policies, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, other restrictive actions, unfavorable political and diplomatic developments, and changes in legislation.
Some areas of potential regulatory change involve multiple jurisdictions seeking to adopt a coordinated approach. This may result in conflicts with specific requirements of the jurisdictions in which we operate and, in addition, such changes may be inconsistently introduced across jurisdictions. See "- Our international business model exposes us to various and possibly conflicting regulatory regimes across multiple jurisdictions."
Changes may also occur in the oversight approach of regulators. It is possible that governments in jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding might revise their application of existing regulatory policies that apply to, or impact, the Bank's business, including for reasons relating to national interest and/or systemic stability. The powers exercisable by our regulators may also be expanded in the future.
Regulatory changes and the timing of their introduction continue to evolve and we manage our businesses in the context of regulatory uncertainty. The nature and impact of future changes are not predictable and are beyond our control. Regulatory compliance and the management of regulatory change are an important part of our planning processes. We expect that we will be required to continue to invest significantly in compliance and the management and implementation of regulatory change and, at the same time, significant management attention and resources will be required to update existing, or implement new, processes to comply with new regulations.
Changes and restrictions imposed by our primary lead regulator, the BMA, and other regulators may also impact our operations by requiring us to have increased levels of liquidity, and higher levels of, and better quality, capital and funding, as well as placing restrictions on the businesses we conduct (including limiting our ability to provide products and services to certain customers), requiring us to amend our corporate structure or requiring us to alter our product or service offerings. If a regulatory change has any such effect, it could adversely affect one or more of our businesses, restrict our flexibility, require us to incur substantial costs and impact the profitability of one or more of our business lines. Any such costs or restrictions could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

12


Our failure or inability to fully comply with the laws and regulations could lead to fines, public reprimands, reputational damage, civil liability, enforced suspension of operations or, in extreme cases, withdrawal of authorization to operate, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We could also be required to incur significant expenses to comply with new or revised regulations. Future developments or changes in laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and their effects are expected to require greater capital resources and significant management attention, and may require us to modify our business strategies and plans.
The costs of complying with, or our failure to comply with, US and foreign laws related to privacy, data security and data protection, such as the EU General Data Protection Regulation, could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and reputation.
Regulatory authorities have increased their focus on how companies collect, process, use, store, share and transmit personal data. New privacy security laws and regulations, including the UK's Data Protection Act 2018, the Data Protection (Jersey) Law 2018, the Data Protection (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 2017, The Cayman Islands Data Protection Law 2017 (which became effective on September 30, 2019), Bermuda’s Personal Information Protection Act 2016, and the EU General Data Protection Regulation 2016, pose increasingly complex and rigorous compliance challenges, which may increase our compliance costs. Any failure to comply with data privacy laws and regulations could result in significant penalties, fines, legal challenges and reputational harm. See Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation".
Failure to comply with any applicable anti-corruption legislation could result in fines, criminal penalties and an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We must comply with all applicable laws and regulations, which include anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, international financial sanctions and anti-terrorist financing laws and regulations. Recently, there has been a substantial increase in the global enforcement of these laws and regulations, in particular in respect of the financial services industry. The measures and procedures we have in place may not be entirely effective in preventing third parties from using us (and our correspondent banks) as a conduit for money laundering (including illegal cash operations), terrorist financing or other financial crimes without our (and our correspondent banks') knowledge or consent. Although, as of the date of this report, we have not been subject to any fines or penalties, as a result of violations of anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism laws and regulations, there can be no assurances that we will not be subject to such fines, penalties or losses or harm in the future. If we were to be associated with money laundering (including illegal cash operations) or terrorist financing, our reputation could be harmed and we could become subject to fines, sanctions or legal enforcement (including being added to any "blacklists" that would prohibit certain parties, potentially including US Dollar clearing banks, from engaging in transactions with us), which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our international business model exposes us to various and possibly conflicting regulatory regimes across multiple jurisdictions.
Our international business model exposes us to different regulatory schemes across multiple jurisdictions. Although our central management and a large part of our business are located in Bermuda, our operations are spread throughout ten international jurisdictions. In addition to the logistical and communications challenges this creates, the financial services industry is heavily regulated in many jurisdictions, and each line of the business is exposed to different, constantly evolving and possibly conflicting regulatory schemes. Our management has enacted internal controls and procedures that are designed to result in compliance with these regulatory schemes, which are periodically reviewed and updated, but in the future we might have difficulty meeting and remaining in compliance with existing or new regulatory requirements imposed by a particular jurisdiction, particularly in light of the increasing regulatory scrutiny of financial institutions and their subsidiaries. Our current internal controls for one jurisdiction may not sufficiently comply with the demands of increased oversight in another jurisdiction.
To the extent we are unable to comply with the regulatory scheme of a particular jurisdiction, we might not be able to operate in that jurisdiction, or we may incur fines or penalties for compliance failures or incur costs in order to remediate compliance failures, any or all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The Financial Action Task Force (“FATF”) may identify any of the jurisdictions in which we operate as a jurisdiction which has systemic anti-money laundering and/or anti-terrorist financing deficiencies, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
The FATF is an international body that identifies jurisdictions with weak measures to combat money laundering and terrorist financing in public documents published three times a year. FATF and its regional bodies work with such jurisdictions, governments, and regulatory bodies and report on progress made in addressing identified deficiencies. Such reviews are at a country level, rather than an entity-specific level. Thus, while the Bank can have in place globally accepted standards to fight money laundering and terrorist financing, the existing regulations in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate may not meet FATF requirements. Failure to comply with FATF standards by any jurisdictions in which we operate could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to obtain financing from the international markets and attract foreign investments.
Our business may be negatively impacted by the economic substance legislation and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands.
In 2018, all major offshore jurisdictions enacted legislation in response to new requirements imposed by the EU’s Economic and Financial Affairs Council (“ECOFIN”) regarding the need for entities registered in offshore jurisdictions to demonstrate economic substance. Compliance with these requirements is necessary to avoid a jurisdiction being placed on the EU’s list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes. Many of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, The Bahamas, Guernsey and Jersey have enacted legislation that will require entities registered, incorporated or continued under certain legislation in the respective jurisdictions engaged in “relevant activities” (which includes engaging in banking or financing activities) to satisfy economic substance requirements by maintaining a substantial economic presence in the respective jurisdiction. For example, in December 2018, Bermuda passed The Economic Substance Act 2018, the Cayman Islands passed International Tax Co-operation (Economic Substance) Law, Guernsey passed the Income Tax (Substance Requirements) (Implementation) Regulations, 2018 and Jersey passed the Taxation (Companies - Economic Substance) (Jersey) Law 2019. Any entity that must satisfy economic substance requirements but fails to do so could face financial penalties, a restriction of its business activities or being struck-off as a registered entity in the relevant jurisdiction.
From February to October 2020, the Cayman Islands were on the EU’s list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes. ECOFIN concluded that the Cayman Islands did not have appropriate measures in place relating to collective investment vehicles, and in response the Cayman Islands adopted reforms sufficient to address this deficiency. Bermuda was similarly placed on the EU’s list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions in March 2019, but removed from this list in May 2019 and added, along with The Bahamas, to the EU's list of cooperative tax jurisdictions in February 2020. EU Finance Ministers signaled their approval of the economic substance regulations by placing Jersey and Guernsey on the EU's list of cooperative tax jurisdictions in March 2019, and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development has endorsed Jersey and Guernsey’s domestic legal framework as being in line with the relevant standard. As the EU continues to monitor compliance by the jurisdictions in which we operate, further economic substance requirements imposed by these jurisdictions or a future addition of these jurisdictions to the EU's list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions could have a material adverse effect on us.
There is significant uncertainty with respect to the impact of these new economic substance requirements, and any past or future addition to the EU's list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions on the economies of the jurisdictions in which we operate that have enacted economic substance legislation. In particular, our existing customers
13


may be out of scope of economic substance requirements, may already be compliant with the economic substance requirements, or may be required to restructure their business and operations to comply with economic substance requirements, which may include exiting jurisdictions and terminating their banking relationship with us. The new economic substance requirements and any addition of a jurisdiction to the EU's list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions may lead to a decline in AUM, a reduction in our client base and/or a general economic downturn in the jurisdictions in which we operate, any or all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are also required to evidence our compliance (and the compliance of each of our subsidiaries located in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, The Bahamas and the Channel Islands) with applicable economic substance requirements. Ensuring and reporting on our compliance with new economic substance requirements may require us to devote additional resources or divert resources from other aspects of our business, and/or restructure certain aspects of our operations, all of which may lead to greater expense and could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business in Bermuda may be negatively impacted by the proposed Bermuda Tax Reform legislation.
On January 14, 2021, the Bermuda government announced that a new Tax Reform Commission (the “2021 Tax Commission”) would be established in 2021 with the view to completing a wholesale review of Bermuda’s tax system by the end of 2021. The 2021 Tax Commission replaces the Tax Reform Commission that was established in 2017 and subsequently disbanded at the end of 2018. Any additional taxes that are identified by the 2021 Tax Commission and subsequently enacted by the government could potentially result in i) an increase in costs associated with our business and returnoperations in Bermuda; ii) a decrease in demand for our banking services in Bermuda; and iii) a negative impact on our results of operations.

We are required to shareholders.obtain approval from our regulators before engaging in certain activities.
The laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and interpretations applicable to us govern a variety of matters, including acquisitions and other activities we may engage in. As our primary lead regulator, the BMA requires that we obtain its prior consent, letter of no objection and/or approval before engaging in certain activities, including paying dividends on our common shares, entering into material acquisitions or issuing or repurchasing our common shares, and there can be no assurance that any regulatory approvals we may require will be obtained, either in a timely manner or at all. See "- Our strategy includes expansion of our business through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies or new products and services, but we may not be able to achieve regulatory approval for such transactions or be able to achieve the anticipated cost savings, growth opportunities and other benefits anticipated from such transactions." Our regulators have the ability to compel us to, or restrict us from, taking certain actions entirely, such as actions that our regulators deem to constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Any restrictions on our business placed by a regulator could have a negative impact on our ability to execute on our growth strategy. See "- Laws in certain jurisdictions in which we operate and our bye-laws could adversely affect the rights of our shareholders or prevent or delay a change in control.”
Our ability to pay dividends to non-residents of Bermuda and the transfer of our common shares to non-residents of Bermuda could be impaired by Bermuda regulations.
A large number of our shareholders are resident outside of Bermuda, and our common shares are listed on the BSX and the NYSE. Bermuda regulations impacting non-Bermuda holders of our common shares are set by the Bermuda Controller of Foreign Exchange, whose current policy:
permits the conversion of Bermuda Dollars for payment of dividends in foreign currency to shareholders who are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided that all payments are processed through an authorized dealer, including, for this purpose, us; and


(1)permits the free transferability of equity securities of a Bermuda company for so long as such equity securities of such company are listed on an ‘‘appointed stock exchange’’ appointed by the Minister of Finance under section 2(9) of the Companies Act 1981.
Core Net Income to Common is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by adjusting net income for income or expense items which management considers not to be representative of the ongoing operations of our business and preference share dividends, guarantee fees and premiums paid on preference share buybacks and redemptions. For a reconciliation of Core Net Income to Common to GAAP net income to common, see "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".


However, if the Controller of Foreign Exchange were to change the foregoing policies, our ability to pay dividends in US Dollars to non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes could be impaired. Furthermore each transfer of our common shares to or from non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes could require specific approval by the Controller of Foreign Exchange. This could impact the liquidity of the market for our common shares, and the value of the common shares could be adversely affected.
If we are considered to be a passive foreign investment company, such characterization could result in adverse US federal income tax consequences to shareholders that are US investors.
Special adverse US federal income tax rules apply if a US shareholder holds shares of a company that is treated as a passive foreign investment company ("PFIC"), for any taxable year during which the US shareholder held such shares. A foreign corporation will be considered a PFIC for any taxable year in which (1) 75% or more of its gross income is passive income, or (2) 50% or more of the average fair market value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the "asset test"). Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated, for purposes of the PFIC tests, as owning a proportionate share of the other corporation's assets and receiving its proportionate share of the other corporation's income.
Banks generally derive a substantial part of their income from assets that are interest-bearing or that otherwise could be considered passive under the PFIC rules. The US Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), has issued a notice, and has proposed regulations, that exclude from passive income any income derived in the active conduct of a banking business by a qualifying foreign bank.
Based upon the proportion of our income derived from activities that are "bona fide" banking activities for US federal income tax purposes, we believe that we were not a PFIC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2021(the latest period for which the determination can be made) and, based further on our present regulatory status under local laws, the present nature of our activities, and the present composition of our assets and sources of income, we do not expect to be a PFIC for the current year or for any future years. However, because PFIC status is a factual determination and because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, there can be no assurances that we will not be a PFIC for any particular year. If we were a PFIC in any taxable year during which a US shareholder owns our common shares and the US shareholder does not make a "mark-to-market" election, as discussed under the heading "Certain Taxation Considerations - Material US Federal Income Tax Consequences - US shareholders - Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations," or a special "purging election," we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such US shareholders in all succeeding years, regardless of whether we continue to meet the income or asset test discussed above. US shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the tax consequences to them if we were to become a PFIC for any taxable year in which they own our common shares.
US withholding tax and information reporting requirements imposed under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act may apply.
As discussed below under the heading "Certain Taxation Considerations - Material US Federal Income Tax Consequences - Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act Withholding," pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ("FATCA") enacted in 2010, a 30% withholding tax will be imposed on certain payments to certain non-US financial institutions that fail to comply with certain information-reporting, account identification, withholding, certification and other FATCA-related requirements in respect of their
14


direct and indirect US shareholders and/or US account holders. To avoid becoming subject to FATCA withholding, we and other financial institutions may be required to report information to the IRS regarding the holders of our common shares and to withhold on a portion of payments under our common shares to certain holders that fail to comply with the relevant information reporting requirements (or that hold our common shares directly or indirectly through certain non-compliant intermediaries). However, under proposed Treasury regulations, such withholding will not apply to payments made before the date that is two years after the date on which final regulations defining the term “foreign passthru payment” are enacted. The rules for the implementation of this legislation have not yet been fully finalized, so it is impossible to determine at this time what impact, if any, this legislation will have on holders of the common shares.
Many countries, including Bermuda, have entered into agreements with the United States ("intergovernmental agreements" or "IGAs") to facilitate the implementation of FATCA. These IGAs modify the FATCA withholding regime described above. In December 2013, Bermuda entered into a Model 2 IGA with the United States pursuant to which Bermudian financial institutions are directed by the Bermudian authorities to register with the IRS and to enter into an agreement with the IRS to perform specified due diligence, reporting and withholding functions.
Risks Relating to the Common Shares
Purchases of our common shares under our share repurchase program may result in the price of our common shares being higher than the price that otherwise might have existed in the open market.
On February 14, 2022, the Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program. Pursuant to the program, the Bank is authorized to repurchase up to 2.0 million common shares of the Bank through February 28, 2023. This was executed following the expiration of the previous share repurchase program of 2.0 million common shares approved by our Board of Directors on February 10, 2021. The timing, manner, price and amount of any repurchases will be determined by the Company, in its discretion, based upon the evaluation of economic and market conditions, stock price, available cash, applicable legal and regulatory requirements and other factors, and which may include purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act. The program does not require the Company to repurchase any specific number of shares and there can be no assurance that any shares will be repurchased under the program. The program may be suspended, extended, modified or discontinued by the Company at any time. These activities may have had the effect of maintaining the market price of our common shares or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares, and, as a result, the price of our common shares may have been higher than the price that otherwise might have existed in the open market.
We are a "foreign private issuer" under US securities law. Therefore, we are exempt from certain requirements applicable to US domestic registrants.
Although we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the periodic disclosure required of foreign private issuers, including us, under the Exchange Act is different from periodic disclosure required of US domestic registrants. Therefore, there may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about US domestic registrants. We are exempt from certain other sections of the Exchange Act to which US domestic registrants are subject, including the requirement to provide our shareholders with information statements or proxy statements that comply with the Exchange Act. In addition, our insiders and large shareholders are not obligated to file reports under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. See ‘‘Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer.”
As a foreign private issuer, we are also permitted by the NYSE to comply with Bermuda corporate governance practice in lieu of complying with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. This means that we are not required to comply with NYSE requirements that:
the board of directors consists of a majority of independent directors;
independent directors meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions;
the audit committee satisfy NYSE standards for director independence;
the audit committee has a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;
we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;
we have a compensation committee composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;
we establish corporate governance guidelines and a code of business conduct;
our shareholders approve any equity compensation plans; and
there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.
With the exception of having shareholders approve equity compensation plans, we have elected to comply with the NYSE requirements listed above, notwithstanding the exemptions available to us as a foreign private issuer. However, as ongoing compliance is not required by the NYSE, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.
We are a Bermuda company. Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and might afford less protection to shareholders.
We are a Bermuda-based company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law, including the Companies Act, the Butterfield Act and our bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. In particular, under Bermuda law, the duties of directors and officers of a company are generally owed to the company only, and shareholders do not generally have rights to take action against directors or officers of the company. In addition, class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The status of laws currently in place, and areas not currently governed, are subject to change. The interests of our shareholders could be adversely affected if significant regulations are added or deleted from Bermuda’s existing statutory framework. For a summary of the existing legal framework in Bermuda, see Item 4.B. “Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation.”
In addition, our business is based outside of the United States, a majority of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States and a majority of our assets and some or all of the assets of such persons are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible to effect service of process on us or our directors and officers in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in the United States courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the United States securities laws. Furthermore, it is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.
There are provisions in our bye-laws that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt, which could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of the Bank and could adversely impact the value of our common shares. For a detailed summary of the anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws, see "Description of Share Capital" in our registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017 with file number 333-216018.

15


Laws in certain jurisdictions in which we operate and our bye-laws could adversely affect the rights of our shareholders or prevent or delay a change in control.
Under the provisions of Bermuda's Banks and Deposit Companies Act 1999 ("BDCA"), the rights of our shareholders could be impaired if any such shareholder becomes a shareholder controller. If a shareholder controller fails to comply with the notice requirements in connection with a change in control under the BDCA or continues as such after being given notice of objection to its being a shareholder controller, the BMA may take the actions specified in the BDCA, including, among other things, revoking the relevant license of the Bank under the BDCA. For more information, see the summaries of relevant provisions of the BDCA regulations under Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation” and "Description of Share Capital" in our registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017 with file number 333-216018.
Similarly, in Guernsey certain changes to the ownership structure of our Guernsey company (which is licensed by the Guernsey Financial Services Commission) may be considered to be a change of control requiring a declaration of "no objection" from the regulator, and in Jersey a change to the ownership or control of the Jersey regulated entity may also require regulatory approval.
In addition to these restrictions, the provisions of our bye-laws provide that a person who is not "Bermudian" (as such term is defined in the Companies Act) who is "interested" (as such term is defined in the bye-laws) in our shares which constitute more than 40% of all shares then issued and outstanding is not entitled to vote the shares which are in excess of such 40% interest at any general meeting without the prior written approval of the Minister of Finance. See also Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation.”
Our common shares trade on more than one market and this may result in price variations; in addition, investors may not be able to easily move shares for trading between such markets.
Our common shares have traded on the BSX since 1971 and began trading on the NYSE in September 2016. Trading in our common shares on these markets takes place in different currencies (US Dollars on the NYSE and Bermuda Dollars on the BSX), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days and different public holidays in the United States and Bermuda). The trading prices of our common shares on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors. Any decrease in the price of our common shares on the BSX could cause a decrease in the trading price of our common shares on the NYSE, or vice versa. Investors could seek to sell or buy our common shares to take advantage of any price differences between the markets through a practice referred to as arbitrage. Any arbitrage activity could create unexpected volatility in both our share prices on one exchange, and the shares available for trading on the other exchange.
General Risk Factors
We may be alleged to have infringed upon intellectual property rights owned by others or may be unable to protect our own intellectual property.
Competitors or other third parties may allege that we, or consultants or other third parties retained or indemnified by us, infringe on their intellectual property rights. Even in instances where we believe that claims and allegations of intellectual property infringement against us are without merit, defending against such claims is time consuming and expensive and could result in the diversion of time and attention of our management and employees. In addition, although in some cases a third party may have agreed to indemnify us for such costs, such indemnifying party may refuse, or be unable, to uphold its contractual obligations.
Moreover, we rely on a variety of measures to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information, including copyrights, trademarks, and controls on access and distribution. These measures may not prevent misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property or proprietary information and a resulting loss of competitive advantage. In any event, we may be required to litigate to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information from misappropriation or infringement by others, which is expensive and could cause a diversion of resources and may not be successful.
Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that we could suffer, and our insurance costs could increase in the future.
Our insurance policies do not cover all types of potential losses and liabilities and are subject to limits and excesses. There can be no assurance that our insurance will be sufficient to cover the full extent of all losses or liabilities for which we are ultimately responsible, which could result in losses being incurred by the Bank. Additionally, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew our current insurance policies on favorable terms, or at all.
Changes in accounting policies and practices may be adopted by applicable regulatory agencies or other authoritative bodies, which could materially impact our financial statements.
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, applicable regulatory agencies and other authoritative bodies change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.
The value of the common shares may fluctuate significantly.
The value of our common shares may fluctuate significantly as a result of a large number of factors, including, in part, changes in our actual or forecasted operating results and the inability to fulfill the profit expectations of securities analysts, as well as the high volatility in the securities markets generally, and more particularly in shares of financial institutions. The current market price of our common shares may not be indicative of future market prices.
Other factors, besides our financial results, that may impact the price of our common shares include, but are not limited to:
market expectations of the performance and capital adequacy of financial institutions in general;
investor perception of the success and impact of our strategies;
investor perception of our positions and risks, including risks associated with economic uncertainty in key markets in which we operate;
a downgrade or review of our credit ratings;
potential litigation or regulatory action involving us;
announcements concerning financial problems or any investigations into the accounting practices of other financial institutions; and
general market circumstances.

Holders of our common shares may not receive dividends.
The dividend policy described under Item 8.A. "Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information - Dividend Policy" should not be construed as a dividend forecast. Our results of operations and financial condition are dependent on our performance. There can be no assurance that we will declare and pay dividends in the future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be subject to the prior approval of the BMA and be made at the discretion of the Board. Such dividends shall be
16


declared and paid by the Board only as permitted under applicable law. In determining the amount of any future dividends, factors the Board may take into account include: (1) our financial results; (2) our available cash, as well as anticipated cash requirements (including debt servicing); (3) our capital requirements, including the capital requirements of our subsidiaries; (4) our capital requirements to fund potential acquisitions; (5) contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions on, and implications of, the declaration and payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or share buy-back activity; (6) general economic and business conditions; (7) restrictions applicable to the Bank and its subsidiaries under Bermuda and other applicable laws, regulations and policies, including the requirement to obtain a letter of no objection from the BMA for the payment of dividends on our common shares; and (8) any other factors that the Board may deem relevant. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will declare or pay any dividends to holders of the common shares, or as to the amount of any such dividends.
Our ability to declare and pay dividends may also depend on the level of distributions, if any, received from our operating subsidiaries. Our operating subsidiaries may be precluded from declaring and paying dividends by various factors, such as their own financial condition, or restrictions applicable to us and our subsidiaries under Bermuda and other applicable laws, regulations and policies. The ability of certain of our subsidiaries to upstream funds has been increasingly restricted due to changes in the business and regulatory environments in the jurisdictions in which those subsidiaries operate. In addition, any change in tax treatment of dividends or interest received by us may reduce the level of yield received by our shareholders.
The issuance of additional shares in connection with future acquisitions, any share incentive or share option plan or otherwise may dilute all other shareholdings.
We may seek to raise capital to fund future acquisitions and other growth opportunities. We may, for these and other purposes, such as in connection with share incentive and share option plans, issue additional equity or convertible securities. Any issuance of additional shares, however, is subject to prior BMA approval, and we cannot guarantee that their approval will be obtained, either in a timely manner or at all. In the event that we are able to and do issue additional shares, existing shareholders could suffer dilution in their percentage ownership.
17


ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
A.History and Development of the Company
Corporate Information
We are a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, incorporated on October 22, 1904, pursuant to the The N.T. Butterfield & Son Bank Act, 1904 (the "Butterfield Act"). We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 2106. Our registered office and principal executive offices are located at 65 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda. Our agent for service of process in the United States is C T Corporation System, 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005. Our telephone number is (441) 295 1111. We maintain a website at www.butterfieldgroup.com. Neither this website nor the information on or accessible through this website is included or incorporated in, or is a part of, this report.
The SEC maintains an internet site at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports, information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
Our HistoryCorporate Information
The originWe are a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, incorporated on October 22, 1904, pursuant to the The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited traces back to 1784, toBank Act, 1904 (the "Butterfield Act"). We are registered with the foundingRegistrar of the trading firm of Nathaniel Butterfield. In 1858, our company was established as a bankCompanies in Bermuda under registration number 2106. Our registered office and has been instrumental to the local economy ever since. The Bank was later incorporated under a special actprincipal executive offices are located at 65 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda. Our agent for service of the local Parliament in 1904. In the 1960s, as international businesses began contributing substantially to Bermuda's economy, we developed services to work to meet their needs. In 1967, we opened officesprocess in the Cayman Islands and byUnited States is C T Corporation System, 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005. Our telephone number is (441) 295 1111. We maintain a website at www.butterfieldgroup.com. Neither this website nor the 1980s had expanded our operations to include retail banking, investment management, and fund administration. In 1973, we opened our Guernsey officeinformation on or accessible through this website is included or incorporated in, order to provide customers with access to the Pound Sterling currency after Bermuda's departure from the British Sterling zone. In addition to being Bermuda's first bank, we opened the first ATMs in Bermuda in the 1980s and launched Bermuda's first internet banking service in 2001. In 1971, we listed our common shares on the BSX ("Bermuda Stock Exchange") under the ticker symbol "NTB.BH". In 2016, we listed our common shares on the NYSE under the ticker symbol "NTB".
In 2008 and 2009, asor is a result of the global financial crisis, we realized losses attributable primarily to US non-agency mortgage backed securities in our investment portfolio, as well as write-downs on local market hospitality loans. To raise capital to offset these losses, the Bank executed a $200 million preference share offering in June 2009. In 2009 and 2010, we implemented a comprehensive restructuring plan for the Company: we hired a new management team, de-risked our balance sheet, and raised $550 million of common equity from a group of investors that included Carlyle Global Financial Services and related entities (collectively, "The Carlyle Group" or "Carlyle") and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce ("CIBC"), as well as existing shareholders. As part of, the transaction, we launched a rights offering of $130 million on April 12, 2010, so as to allow the pre-transaction shareholders to participate in the recapitalization of the Company. this report.
The rights offering, which closed on May 12, 2010, was fully subscribed to,SEC maintains an internet site at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports, information statements, and the proceeds were used to repurchase shares from the recapitalization investors. As a result, the recapitalization investors' total investment was reduced to $420 million.
Since our restructuring, we have pursued a strategy to focus on our core business in banking and wealth management. We have executed upon our strategy by streamlining the Company's operations through exiting non-core markets, repositioning our balance sheet, investing in efficiency initiatives, and continuing to invest in our core business lines to grow both organically and through acquisitions. By following this strategy, we have improved our financial results and have been able to initiate a progressive capital return policy for investors. The following items were key steps in executing our strategy:
In 2010, we sold our operations in Hong Kong and Malta, and in 2012, we sold our operations in Barbados as they were no longer consistent with our strategy.
In 2010, we sold $820 million of asset-backed securities to cleanse our investment portfolio.
In 2013, we implemented an annual cash dividend of $0.40 per year plus a $0.10 per year special dividend.
In 2014, we completed two acquisitions, which allowed us to both expand and complement our existing business lines: Legis Group Holdings' Guernsey-based trust and corporate services business, as well as a significant portion of HSBC's corporate and retail banking business in the Cayman Islands.
In April 2015, CIBC sold its 19% ownership stake. We repurchased and retired 8 million shares for a total of $120 million, and The Carlyle Group purchased CIBC's remaining 2.3 million shares and subsequently sold them to other existing investors.
In December 2015, we repositioned our balance sheet to better match the duration of our assets and liabilities and to reclassify a portion of our Available-for-sale ("AFS") portfolio as Held-to-maturity ("HTM").
In February 2016, we commenced an orderly wind-down ("OWD") of our UK operations. We exited our private banking and asset management operations in our UK segment, but retained our UK high net worth and ultra-high net worth mortgage lending business. The OWD was completed by early 2017information regarding issuers that file electronically with the change in the business operations to mortgage lending services and the change of name of our UK operations to Butterfield Mortgages Limited. The excess capital in the UK was released early in 2017, which we invested in other areas of our business.SEC.
In April 2016, we completed an acquisition of HSBC's Bermuda trust business and private banking investment management operations that added $1.6 billion of deposits to our balance sheet. As part of the transaction, HSBC also entered into an agreement to refer its existing private banking clients to Butterfield.
In September 2016, we successfully completed a $288 million initial public offering and listing on the NYSE, through which we raised approximately $126 million in net primary proceeds.
In December 2016, we redeemed and canceled all of our issued and outstanding preference shares, which had a book value of $183 million, removing approximately $16 million of annual preference dividend and guarantee fees. We also repurchased for cancellation the outstanding warrant from the Government of Bermuda, removing a potentially dilutive instrument.
In February 2017, we successfully completed a first follow-on offering of 10,989,163 Common Shares. Following the closing of the offering, The Carlyle Group no longer held any Common Shares and the Investment Agreement between Butterfield and Carlyle was terminated.
In October 2017, we entered into an agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank AG’s ("Deutsche Bank's") Global Trust Solutions (“GTS”) business, excluding its US operations. Upon completion of the transaction, Butterfield took over the ongoing management and administration of the GTS portfolio, comprising approximately 1,000 trust structures for some 900 private clients in Guernsey, Switzerland, the Cayman Islands and Singapore. As part of the deal, we also purchased a service company in Mauritius to provide operations and support services to the Cayman Islands and the Channel Islands banking and custody businesses. This transaction was completed in March 2018.
In February 2018, we entered into an agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank’s banking and custody business in the Cayman Islands, Jersey and Guernsey, which provides services primarily to financial intermediaries and corporate clients. The Bank began to onboard certain customer deposits relating to the acquisition in 2018, and this onboarding activity was completed in the first half of 2019.
In May 2018, we issued $75 million of 5.25% Fixed to Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2028 to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes.
In July 2019, we completed the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited ("ABN AMRO (Channel Islands)"), which provides banking, investment management and custody products to three distinct client groups, including trusts, private clients, and funds.
Our Markets
As at December 31, 2019, 37% of our total assets were held by our Bermuda segment, 27% by our Cayman Islands segment, and 36% were held by our Channel Islands and the UK segment. As at December 31, 2019, our Bermuda segment had $5.2 billion of assets, $44.4 billion and $15.2 billion of trust and custody businesses AUA, respectively, and $4.0 billion of AUM, our Cayman Islands segment had $3.8 billion of assets, $7.7 billion and $2.6 billion of trust and custody businesses AUA, respectively and $0.8 billion of AUM, and our Channel Islands and the UK segment had $5.1 billion of assets, $20.4 billion and $12.5 billion of trust and custody businesses AUA, respectively and $0.8 billion of AUM.

The charts below provide the geographic distribution of our Net Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019.
chart-b9e4c5cadaa654da950a02.jpg
2019 Net Revenue: $532.6 million

The Bermuda and Cayman Islands banking markets have historically been characterized by a limited number of participants and significant barriers to entry. In addition, these markets provide us with access to several attractive customer bases: in retail banking, we serve local residents and businesses; in corporate banking, we serve captive insurers, hedge funds, middle-market reinsurers, and other corporates; and in wealth management, we serve private trust clients and high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals and families.
The international trust market is primarily concentrated in select jurisdictions, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Jersey, Hong Kong, Singapore, and Switzerland. The leading international trust law firms serve as key introducers of clients to Butterfield and are the primary source of new business. Trust clients often hold assets that are international in nature, and as a result, performance of trust businesses is not generally linked to performance of the domestic economies where clients are served.
The private banking market in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Guernsey is composed largely of resident high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals meeting minimum deposit and/or loan thresholds. Clients are introduced to the private bank through Butterfield's retail banking operation upon reaching the appropriate deposit or loan threshold, Butterfield's trust and asset management arms, as well as through external introducers. Although locally based, private banking clients often hold international assets, and as a result, business performance is not necessarily correlated to the domestic economies where clients are served.
Our asset management business line operates in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Guernsey. As at December 31, 2019, 70% of our AUM was in Bermuda, 15% was in the Cayman Islands, and 15% was in Guernsey. In Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, a majority of our institutional and private clients are domestic from a domicile perspective while a majority of our clients in Guernsey are tied to our trust business and are international in nature.
Corporate Information
We are a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, incorporated on October 22, 1904, pursuant to the The N.T. Butterfield & Son Bank Act, 1904 (the "Butterfield Act"). We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 2106. Our registered office and principal executive offices are located at 65 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda. Our agent for service of process in the United States is C T Corporation System, 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005. Our telephone number is (441) 295 1111. We maintain a website at www.butterfieldgroup.com. Neither this website nor the information on or accessible through this website is included or incorporated in, or is a part of, this report.
The SEC maintains an internet site at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports, information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Our History
The origin of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited dates back to the founding of the trading firm of Nathaniel Butterfield circa 1784. In 1858, our company was established as a bank in Bermuda and has been instrumental to the functioning of the local economy ever since. The Bank was later incorporated under a special act of the local Parliament in 1904. In the 1960s, as international businesses began contributing substantially to Bermuda's economy, we developed services to work to meet their needs. In 1967, we opened offices in the Cayman Islands and by the 1980s had expanded our operations to include retail banking, investment management, and fund administration. In 1973, we opened our Guernsey office in order to provide customers with access to the Pound Sterling currency after Bermuda's departure from the British Sterling zone. In addition to being Bermuda's first bank, we opened the first ATMs in Bermuda in the 1980s and launched Bermuda's first internet banking service in 2001. In 1971, we listed our common shares on the BSX ("Bermuda Stock Exchange") under the ticker symbol "NTB.BH". In 2016, we listed our common shares on the NYSE under the ticker symbol "NTB".
In 2008 and 2009, as a result of the global financial crisis, we realized losses attributable primarily to US non-agency mortgage backed securities in our investment portfolio, as well as write-downs on local market hospitality loans. To raise capital to offset these losses, the Bank executed a $200 million preference share offering in June 2009. In 2009 and 2010, we implemented a comprehensive restructuring plan for the Company: we hired a new management team, de-risked our balance sheet, and raised $550 million of common equity from a group of investors as well as existing shareholders.
Since our restructuring, we have pursued a strategy to focus on our core business in banking and wealth management. We have executed upon our strategy by streamlining the Company's operations through exiting non-core markets, repositioning our balance sheet, investing in efficiency initiatives, and continuing to invest in our core business lines to grow both organically and through acquisitions. By following this strategy, we have improved our financial results and have been able to initiate a progressive capital return policy for investors. The following are the most recent key steps in executing our strategy:
In October 2017, we entered into an agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank AG’s ("Deutsche Bank's") Global Trust Solutions (“GTS”) business, excluding its US operations, for net cash payments of $24.7 million. Upon completion of the transaction, Butterfield took over the ongoing management and administration of the GTS portfolio, comprising approximately 1,000 trust structures for some 900 private clients in Guernsey, Switzerland, the Cayman Islands and Singapore. As part of the transaction, we also acquired a service company in Mauritius to provide operations and support services to our trust businesses. This transaction was completed in March 2018.
In February 2018, we entered into an agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank’s banking and custody business in the Cayman Islands, Jersey and Guernsey, which provides services primarily to financial intermediaries and corporate clients. The Bank began to onboard certain customer deposits relating to the acquisition in 2018, and this onboarding activity was completed in the first half of 2019.
In May 2018, we issued $75 million of 5.25% Fixed to Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due in 2028 to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes.
In July 2019, we completed the £160.7 million ($201.1 million) acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited ("ABN AMRO (Channel Islands)"), which provides banking, investment management and custody products to three distinct client groups, including trusts, private clients, and funds.
In June 2020, we issued $100 million of 5.25% Fixed to Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due in 2030 for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of a portion of our previously outstanding debt.















3
18


B.Business Overview
Overview
We are a full service bank and wealth manager headquartered in Hamilton, Bermuda. We operate our business through three geographic segments: Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK. We offer banking services, comprising of retail, private and corporate banking, treasury services, and wealth management, which consists of investment management, advisory and brokerage services, trust, estate, and company management in both our Bermuda and Cayman Islands segments, as well as custody services in our Bermuda segment. The Channel Islands and the UK segment include the jurisdictions of Guernsey and Jersey (Channel Islands), and the UK. In the Channel Islands, a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial intermediaries including private banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management and fiduciary services. In 2021, the Channel Islands entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgage services for high-value residential properties. We also have operations in the jurisdictions of The Bahamas, Canada, Mauritius, Singapore and Switzerland, which we include in our Other segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, we generated $499.7 million in net revenue after provision for credit losses and other gains/losses ("net revenue"). Our total net revenue, before inter-segment eliminations, by each of our three geographic segments and our non-reportable "Other" segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
For the year ended
In millions of $202120202019
Net Revenue
Bermuda$233.7 $238.0 $272.1 
Cayman Islands$150.7 $145.6 $168.9 
Channel Islands and the UK$105.2 $101.9 $82.9 
Other$27.6 $14.4 $22.2 
As at December 31, 2021, we had $15.3 billion in total assets, $5.2 billion in net loans, $13.9 billion in total deposits (55% USD deposits, 18% USD-pegged deposits), $106.4 billion and $36.8 billion of trust and custody businesses assets under administration, respectively, and $5.5 billion of assets under management.
In our Bermuda and Cayman Islands segments, our bank provides a full range of retail and corporate banking services to individuals, local businesses, captive insurers, reinsurance companies, trust companies, and hedge funds. The key products we offer include personal and business deposit services, residential and commercial mortgages, small and medium-sized enterprise and corporate loans, credit and debit cards, merchant acquiring, mobile and internet banking, and cash management.
In our Channel Islands and UK segment, our bank provides a broad range of services to private clients and financial institutions including private banking, corporate banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management, mortgage lending and fiduciary services. In 2021, the segment entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgages for high-value residential properties.
In all of our segments, we offer wealth management to high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals, family offices, and institutional and corporate clients. Our wealth management platform has three lines of business: trust, private banking, and asset management.
The trust business line, which utilizes specialists in each of our geographic areas, responds to client needs in estate and succession planning, administration of complex asset holdings, and efficient coordination of family affairs. In addition, the business provides pension and employee benefits services for multinational corporations, as well as services that involve administration of and fiduciary responsibility for customized trust structures holding a wide range of asset types including financial assets, property, business assets and art.
Our private banking business line offers access to a suite of services, targeted toward high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals, trusts, and family offices, that can be customized to each client's needs and preferences and delivered as part of a coordinated strategy by a dedicated private banker. We provide clients in our Bermuda, Cayman Islands, and Channel Islands and the UK segments with an integrated model that combines traditional wealth management with banking, lending, cash management, foreign exchange services, custody and access to asset management and trust professionals within Butterfield. We also provide our clients with access to their account information through the use of internet and mobile banking.
Our asset management business line provides a broad range of portfolio management services to institutional and private clients. Our target client base includes institutions such as pension funds and captive insurance companies with investable assets over $10 million and private clients such as high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals, families, and trusts with investable assets over $1 million. Our principal services include discretionary investment management, managed portfolio services, money market, and mutual fund offerings. We also offer advisory and self-directed brokerage options. Over 90% of the business's discretionary investment mandates call for balanced growth to conservative allocations. We focus on delivery of reasonable appreciation with an emphasis on capital preservation. The Bank relies on third parties to provide research and investment management expertise, while our own services are concentrated on portfolio construction and managing client relationships. We also provide customized reporting to meet specific needs of our major clients.
From 2016 to 2021, our GAAP net income to common shareholders and our core net income to common shareholders ("Core Net Income to Common")(1) had compound annual growth rates ("CAGR") of 18.6% and 4.9%, respectively. Our earnings generation has allowed us to build capital to return to shareholders and invest strategically, both organically and through acquisitions, to further enhance the growth prospects of our Company. We aim to continue to build excess capital in the future, which we can redeploy into growing our business and return to shareholders.




__________________________
(1)Core Net Income to Common is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by adjusting net income for income or expense items which management considers not to be representative of the ongoing operations of our business and preference share dividends, guarantee fees and premiums paid on preference share buybacks and redemptions. For a reconciliation of Core Net Income to Common to GAAP net income to common, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
19


Our Markets
The charts below provide the geographic distribution of our Net Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021.
ntb-20211231_g1.jpg
2021 Net Revenue: $499.7 million

The Bermuda and Cayman Islands banking markets have historically been characterized by a limited number of participants and significant barriers to entry. In addition, these markets provide us with access to several attractive customer bases: in retail banking, we serve local residents and businesses; in corporate banking, we serve captive insurers, hedge funds, middle-market reinsurers, and other corporates; and in wealth management, we serve private trust clients and high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals and families.
The international trust market is primarily concentrated in select jurisdictions, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Jersey, Hong Kong, Singapore, and Switzerland. The leading international trust law firms serve as key introducers of clients to Butterfield and are the primary source of new business. Trust clients often hold assets that are international in nature, and as a result, performance of trust businesses is expected to have limited correlation with the performance of the domestic economies where clients are served.
The private banking market in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Guernsey is composed largely of resident high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals meeting minimum deposit and/or loan thresholds. Clients are introduced to the private bank through Butterfield's retail banking operation upon reaching the appropriate deposit or loan threshold, Butterfield's trust and asset management arms, as well as through external introducers. Although locally based, private banking clients often hold international assets, and as a result, business performance is not necessarily correlated to the domestic economies where clients are served.
Our asset management business line operates in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Guernsey. As at December 31, 2021, 69% of our AUM was in Bermuda, 16% was in the Cayman Islands, and 15% was in Guernsey. In Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, a majority of our institutional and private clients are domestic from a domicile perspective while a majority of our clients in Guernsey are tied to our trust business and are international in nature.

20


Our International Network and Group Structure
The following map presents the several geographic regions in which our business operates. Non-client facingBusiness support centers in Canada and Mauritius are not shown.
a20fmap1a01.jpgntb-20211231_g2.jpg
The following chart presents our corporate structure, indicating our principal regulated subsidiaries as at December 31, 2019.2021. All of the subsidiaries listed below are wholly owned by the Bank.

orgstructure2a01.jpgntb-20211231_g3.jpg
Bermuda
The Bank itself is licensed in Bermuda to provide banking services and wealth managementcustody services. Through Butterfield Asset Management Limited and Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited, it is licensed and provides asset managementinvestment services and, through Butterfield Trust (Bermuda) Limited and Bermuda Trust Company Limited, it is licensed and provides corporate trustee, fiduciary and corporate administration services. Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited also provides investment advisory and listing sponsor services.
Bahamas
Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited provides trust and fiduciary services.
Cayman Islands
Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited provides banking services and Butterfield Trust (Cayman) Limited provides trustee, fiduciary and corporate administration services.
Guernsey
Butterfield Bank (Guernsey) Limited provides private banking, corporate banking, custody services and administered banking services.mortgage lending. Butterfield Trust (Guernsey) Limited provides trustee and fiduciary services.
BahamasUnited Kingdom
Butterfield Trust (Bahamas)Mortgages Limited provides trust and fiduciaryresidential property lending services.

21


Switzerland
Butterfield Holdings (Switzerland) Limited provides investment services and Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Limited provides trust and fiduciary services.
United Kingdom
Butterfield Mortgages Limited provides residential property lending services.
Singapore
Butterfield (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. provides trust and fiduciary services.
Jersey
Butterfield Bank (Jersey) Limited provides deposit-taking, mortgage services, investment business and custody services.
Singapore
Butterfield Trust (Asia) Limited provides trust and fiduciary services.
Competition
The financial services industry and each of the markets in which we operate are competitive. We face strong competition in gathering deposits, making loans and obtaining client assets for management. We compete, both domestically and internationally, with globally oriented asset managers, retail and commercial banks, investment banking firms, brokerage firms and other investment service firms. Due to the trend toward consolidation in the global financial services industry, our larger competitors tend to have broader ranges of product and service offerings, increasedgreater access to capital, and greater efficiency. Larger financial institutions may also have greater ability to leverage increasing regulatory requirements and investment in expensive technology platforms. We also face competition from non-banking financial institutions. These institutions have the ability to offer services previously limited to commercial banks. In addition, non-banking financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks, and can often operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures.
The Bermuda banking industry currently consists of four licensed banks and one licensed deposit-taking institution. These include one large subsidiary of an international bank, HSBC, and three domestic institutions, includinginstitutions: Butterfield, Bermuda Commercial Bank and Clarien Bank. In the Cayman Islands, the Bank is one of six Class 'A' full service retail banks licensed to conduct business with domestic and international clients. There are also threefour non-retail Class 'A' banks and 11698 limited service Class 'B' banks according to CIMA ("Cayman Islands Monetary Authority").CIMA. In the Channel Islands, Guernsey has 2220 licensed banks and Jersey has 29,20, the majority of which are topsubsidiaries of global banking groups and brands such as Barclays, RBS, Lloyds, Credit Suisse, Investec, RBCRoyal Bank of Canada and Northern Trust. In certain interest rate environments, additional significant competition for deposits may be expected to arise from corporate and government debt securities and money market mutual funds. We view HSBC in Bermuda and Scotia and CIBC FirstCaribbean in the Cayman Islands as our most significant competitors in those markets.
In our wealth management business line, we face competition from local competitors, as well as much larger financial institutions, including financial institutions that are not based in the markets in which we operate. Revenues from the trust and wealth management business depend in large part on the level of assets under management, and larger international banks may have higher levels of assets under management.
In our trust business line, we face competition primarily from other specialized trust service providers. There are many trust companies in the main international financial centers, and many of our competitors in this sector offer fund administration and corporate services alongside private client fiduciary services.
Competition for deposits is also affected by the ease with which customers can transfer deposits from one institution to another. Our cost of funds fluctuates with market interest rates and may be affected by higher rates being offered by other financial institutions. Our management believesWe believe that our most direct competition for deposits comes from international and domestic financial services firms that target the same customers as the Bank.
Deposits
We are a deposit-led institution with leading market shares in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands1, and a small but a relatively smallgrowing market share in the Channel Islands. We strive to maintain deposit growth and to maintain a strong liquidity profile through a significant excess of deposits over loans through market cycles.
Our deposits are generated principally by our banking business line, which offers retail and corporate checking, savings, and term deposits through our segments in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands and the Channel Islands. In addition, wealth management, through its private banking business line, also provides deposit services to high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients in those same geographic segments. As at December 31, 2019,2021, our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands and the UK segments contributed $4.4$4.5 billion, $3.5$4.6 billion and $4.6$4.7 billion, respectively, to our total customer deposit base.
Total deposits as at December 31, 20192021 were $12.4$13.9 billion, up 31.6%4.7% over total deposits as at December 31, 2018. Customer demand2020. Demand deposits, which include checking, savings and call accounts, totaled $9.4$10.9 billion, or 75.4%78.8% of customerour total deposits, as at December 31, 2019,2021, compared to $7.4$10.6 billion, or 79.1%79.9%, as at December 31, 2018. Customer term2020. Term deposits totaled $3.0$2.9 billion as at December 31, 2019.2021. The cost of funds on total deposits increaseddecreased from 1821 basis points in 20182020 to 4711 basis points in 2019. Deposit2021. The increase in deposit balances increased primarily as a result ofwas driven by retail and corporate deposit increases in Cayman and the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisitionChannel Islands, and partially offset by expected corporate deposit decreases in 2019 while costBermuda. Cost of funds increaseddecreased primarily due to higher interest rates as well as increased costthe active repricing of funding associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.deposits.
Lending
We offer a broad set of lending products and services including residential mortgage lending, automobile lending, credit cards, consumer financing, and overdraft facilities to our retail customers, and commercial real estate lending, commercial and industrial loans, and overdraft facilities to our commercial and corporate customers. These offerings are provided to our retail, commercial, and private banking clients in our key jurisdictions of Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. We also offer residential mortgage lending through our private banking business in Guernsey and to our high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients in the UK. Our loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, stood at $5.1$5.2 billion as at December 31, 2019.2021 compared to $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2020. The loan portfolio represented 36.9%34.2% of total assets as at December 31, 2019,2021, and loans, net of allowance for credit losses, as a percentage of customertotal deposits were 41.4%37.8%. The effective yield on total loans for the year ended December 31, 20192021 was 5.36%4.26%, compared to 5.47%4.54% for the year ended December 31, 2018.2020.
Residential Mortgage Lending
The residential mortgage portfolio comprises mortgages to clients with whom we are seeking to establish (or already have) a comprehensive financial services relationship. It includes mortgages to individuals and corporate loans secured by way of first ranking charges over the residential property to which each specific loan relates, generally on terms which allow for the repossession and sale of the property if the borrower fails to comply with the terms of the loan. As at December 31, 2019,2021, residential

mortgages (after specific allowance for credit losses) totaled $3.2$3.6 billion, (a $557.7 million increase from December 31, 2018), accounting for approximately 62.3%68.8% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio (after specific allowance for credit losses) and approximately 76.1%with $36.6 million of residential mortgage non-accrual loans representing 59.9% of total non-accrual loans in the Group's loan portfolio.
1 Based on interpretive data provided by the BMA and CIMA respectively.
22


Consumer Lending
We provide loans, as part of our normal banking business, in respect of automobile financing, consumer financing, credit cards and overdraft facilities to retail and private banking clients in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As at December 31, 2019,2021, non-residential loans to consumers (after specific allowance for credit losses) totaled $256.5$214.8 million, accounting for approximately 5.0%4.1% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio (after specific allowance for credit losses) and approximately 2.5%1.9% of total non-accrual loans in the Group's loan portfolio.
Commercial Real Estate Lending
Commercial real estate loans are offered to real estate investors, developers and builders domiciled primarily in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and the UK. To manage the Group's credit exposure on such loans, the principal collateral is real estate held for commercial purposes and is supported by a registered mortgage. Cash flows from the properties, primarily from rental income, are generally supported by long-term leases.
As at December 31, 2019,2021, our commercial real estate loan portfolio (after specific allowance for credit losses) totaled $753.8$693.2 million, accounting for approximately 14.6%13.2% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio and approximately 6.4%with $4.7 million of commercial real estate non-accrual loans representing 7.8% of total non-accrual loans in the Group's loan portfolio.
Our commercial real estate loan portfolio is broken down into two categories: commercial mortgage and construction. As at December 31, 2019,2021, commercial mortgages totaled $658.8$683.5 million, (after specific allowance for credit losses), and construction loans totaled $94.9$9.6 million, accounting for approximately 87.4%98.6% and 12.6%1.4% of our commercial real estate loan portfolio, (after specific allowance for credit losses), respectively.
Other Commercial Lending
The commercial and industrial loan portfolio includes loans and overdraft facilities advanced primarily to corporations and small and medium-sized entities, which are generally not collateralized by real estate and where loan repayments are expected to flow from the operation of the underlying businesses. As at December 31, 2019,2021, the Group's other commercial loan portfolio, excluding loans to governments, totaled $559.4$478.4 million, (after specific allowance for credit losses), accounting for approximately 10.9%9.1% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio (after specific allowance for credit losses). As of the same date,and the Group's loans to governments totaled $370.8$259.6 million, accounting for approximately 7.2% of our loan portfolio (after specific allowance for credit losses). As at December 31, 2019, other commercial loans accounted for approximately 15.0%4.9% of our total gross loan portfolio. There was $18.6 million of other commercial non-accrual loans.loans representing approximately 30.4% of total non-accrual loans in the loan portfolio.
Investments
Given the large customer deposit base commanded in our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands operations, and the relatively low volume of lending demand from our customer base, our investment strategy is more important than may be the case for most financial institutions. In recognition of this, we maintain what we believe to be a conservative approach to investments, requiring the purchase of mainly fixed-rate investments in order to manage interest rate risk. Our investment portfolio comprises of mainly securities issued or guaranteed by the US Governmentgovernment or federal agencies. The securities in which we invest are limited generally to securities that are considered investment grade (i.e., "BBB" and higher by S&P's Financial Services LLC or an equivalent credit rating). Effective July 31, 2012,April 1, 2013, we entered into an agreement with Alumina Investment Management LLC ("Alumina") pursuant to which Alumina provides investment advisory services to us in respect of our US Treasury and agency portfolio.
As at December 31, 2019,2021, the Group held $4.4$6.2 billion in investments, representing approximately 31.9%40.7% of total assets.
Cash and Liquidity Management
We operate across multiple currency jurisdictions with multi-currency products. In our deposit taking jurisdictions—Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and Jersey—there are currently no dedicated central banks, and no pre-funded deposit insurance scheme infrastructures (such as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the United States), with the exception of Bermuda, where a pre-funded deposit insurance scheme has been implemented, and as described below in “Supervision“- Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors - Risks Relating to the Markets in Which We Operate - Certain jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, Guernsey and Jersey, have a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme and we incur ongoing costs as a result”. In addition, we do not have access to borrowing or deposit facilities with the US Federal Reserve or the European Central Bank; therefore, we conservatively manage client deposit balances and the liquidity risk profile of our balance sheets. This involves the retention of significant cash or cash equivalent balances, management of intra-bank counterparty exposure and management of a significant short-dated Canadian, UK and US Treasury Bill portfolio. As at December 31, 2019,2021, the cash due from banks of $2.6$2.2 billion was composed primarily of $1.6 billion in interest earning cash equivalents, which are investments with a less than ninety day90-day duration. The remaining amounts were comprised of non-interest earningbearing and interest earningbearing deposits of $0.1 billion and $0.8$0.4 billion, respectively.
Foreign Exchange Services
We provide foreign exchange services in the normal course of business in all banking jurisdictions. The major contributors to foreign exchange revenues are Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, accounting for 84% and 92%78% of our foreign exchange revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.2021. We do not maintain a proprietary trading book. Foreign exchange commission income is generated from client-driven transactions and totaled $37.0$43.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $32.9 million for the comparative period in 2018. The $4.1 million period-over-period increase reflects increased client activity and related volumes in retail and institutional foreign exchange flows, as well as increased unrealized gains on client service derivatives held over period ends.2021.
Administration Services
Through our wholly-owned trust subsidiaries, we provide custody administration and settlement services to a wide range of internal and external investment clients dealing in global markets. Our custody service currently offers custody settlement and safekeeping services in 39 markets globally, including major markets and smaller, less-developed markets, with principal markets covered being the United States, Canada, Europe and the Far East.Asia.
Our custody service offers safekeeping services for physical and book-entry assets. Custody for listed securities is conducted through Bank of New York Mellon ("BNYM").BNYM. Hedge funds, mutual funds and Exchange Traded Fundsexchange traded funds are held by Brown Brothers Harriman ("BBH").Harriman. Trading in investment transactions is settled via our global sub-custodians, BNYM and BBH. Custody services are offered from our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands segments and complement core wealth management services offered by other parts of the Group, and we currently anticipate this business to grow generally proportionallyin line with our wealth management business. Clients of our custody service include a wide range of investment funds and other investment vehicles, corporations and trusts whose related banking requirements are provided by the Bank. As such, the custody client base, in addition to delivering a fee based income, also provides cash balances and foreign exchange transaction flows.

Custody fees comprise a basis point chargeare earned based on the value of Assets Under Custody, ("AUC"), which are subject to a minimum levellevels for smaller, less complex portfolios and charged on a reducing scale as AUC values increase.portfolios. In addition to these fees, custody clients are charged banking transactionstransaction fees based on account activity.
Employees
As at December 31, 2019, we had 1,512 employees on a full-time equivalency basis, which included 1,389 full-time and part-time employees and 123 temporary employees. As at December 31, 2019, we had 520 employees in Bermuda, 296 employees in the Cayman Islands, 425 in the Channel Islands and the UK, and 271 employees in the Other segment. As at December 31, 2018, we had 1,373 employees on a full-time equivalency basis, which included 1,274 full-time and part-time employees and 99 temporary employees. As at December 31, 2018, we had 572 employees in Bermuda, 277 employees in the Cayman Islands, 331 in the Channel Islands and the UK, and 194 employees in the Other segment. As at December 31, 2017, we had 1,190 employees on a full-time equivalency basis, which included 1,117 full-time and part-time employees and 34 temporary employees. As at December 31, 2017, we had 590 employees in Bermuda, 270 employees in the Cayman Islands, 207 in Guernsey, 22 employees in the United Kingdom, 20 employees in The Bahamas and 9 employees in Switzerland.
The increase from 2018 to 2019 was a result of the Halifax service center expansion and the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition. The increase from 2017 to 2018 was a result of the two Deutsche Bank acquisitions completed during 2018.
We have not experienced any material employment-related issues or interruptions of services due to labor disagreements and are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.
Information TechnologyRisks Relating to the Markets in Which We Operate
We devote significant resources to maintain stable, reliable, efficientAdverse economic and scalable information technology systems. We work with our third-party vendors to monitor and maximizemarket conditions in Bermuda, the efficiency of our use of their applications. We use integrated systems to originate and process loans and deposit accounts, which reduces processing time, improves customer experience and reduces costs. Most customer records are maintained digitally. We are also currently executing several initiatives to enhance our online and mobile banking services to further improveCayman Islands, the overall client experience.
Since 2011, we have made significant investments to align banking operations, as well as harmonize across the Group for products, services, licensing and hosting locations. Currently, our information technology is operationally divided into two platforms: (i) Bermuda and Cayman and (ii) Channel Islands and the UK, and Group Trust. In 2011,other markets in which we operate, have in the past resulted in and could in the future result in lower revenue, lower asset quality, increased provisions and lower earnings.
Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of our borrowers to pay interest and repay principal on outstanding loans and the value for the collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services we offer and whose success we rely on to drive our future growth, are highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets in which we operate. A downturn in Bermuda, andthe Cayman operations transitioned to a single industry standard banking technology platform utilizing a predominantly outsourcedIslands, and supported model hosted in Canada. In late 2013, our Guernsey and UK operations were placed under the Group Technology governance structure with a goal to hub core services in the Channel Islands and the UK segmentcan have a profound impact on our business performance. Some elements of the business environment that affect our financial performance include short-term and long-term interest rates, any downgrade in sovereign credit ratings to which our credit ratings are correlated, the prevailing yield curve, inflation and price levels, monetary policy, regulatory or legal changes (including changes in tax laws) or changes in enforcement thereof, unemployment rates, investor or business confidence, natural or man-made disasters, the strength of the local economy
4


in the markets in which we operate, or a combination of these or other factors.

Unfavorable market conditions (including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic) can result in a single location, Guernsey.
Protecting our systems to ensuredeterioration in the safetycredit quality of our customers' information is critical to our business. We use multiple layers of protection to control accessborrowers and reduce risk, including conducting penetration testing and regular vulnerability scanning on our platforms, systems and applications to reduce the risk that any attacks are successful. To protect against disasters, we have a backup offsite core processing system and recovery plans. For more information, see "Risk Factors - Risks Relating to Risk Oversight and Internal Controls".
Marketing
Through our Marketing & Communications department, we engage select advertising, branding and promotional companies on an as-needed basis and provide business development and sales supportdemand for businesses in all jurisdictions. In support of our banking businesses, we broadly market our products and services, through print, broadcast, web and social media advertisingan increase in the majornumber of loan delinquencies, defaults and charge-offs, additional provisions for loan losses, decreases in asset values, deterioration in investment performance and an overall material adverse effect on the quality of our loan portfolio.
Unlike banks that are more geographically diversified, our business is concentrated primarily in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK, and we may be more affected by a downturn in these markets than more diversified competitors.
Our banking operations are concentrated in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK, and we serve customers in these markets. In the year ended December 31, 2021, 45%, 29% and 20%, of our total net revenue was derived from our Bermuda, Cayman Islands, and Channel Islands and UK segments, respectively. In addition, in the year ended December 31, 2021,39%, 20% and 39%, of our loans originated in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Channel Islands and the UK, respectively. Accordingly, a downturn in these markets may have a profound effect on our banking business. In addition, we have sought to expand our core business lines, including through recent acquisitions. Any failure in our ability to expand our core business lines, or any reduction in demand for our core services in our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands and UK segments, including due to perceived reputational risks, increasing regulatory scrutiny over activities in these jurisdictions or otherwise, may adversely impact our business and results of operations, including the ongoing success of any of our acquired businesses.
Geopolitical events could disrupt our businesses and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
We are exposed to risks arising out of geopolitical events, such as trade barriers, including the imposition of tariffs and other limitations on international trade and travel, exchange controls, government shutdowns, other measures taken by sovereign governments, including by the US, and uncertainty arising from recent or upcoming elections that can hinder economic or financial activity levels. Furthermore, unfavorable political, military or diplomatic events, armed conflict, terrorist acts and threats, and pandemics, and the responses to them by governments, could also negatively affect economic activity and have an adverse effect upon our business, financial condition or results of operations.
In addition the UK formally leaving the EU (“Brexit”) and the US's present and future policies may increase the uncertainty and instability in the global financial markets, which could lead to weaker macroeconomic conditions, globally and in our key markets. Such economic weakness and uncertainty may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Political and economic uncertainty has in the past led to, and could in the future lead to, declines in market liquidity and activity levels, volatile market conditions and exchange rates, a contraction of available credit, lower or negative interest rates, declines in the real estate market, weaker economic growth and investment performance and reduced business confidence, all of which could impact our business. The post-Brexit relationship between the UK and the EU continues to evolve, which could cause disruptions to and create uncertainty surrounding our business. Further, any continuing legal or economic disruptions resulting from Brexit may negatively impact our operations in the UK and certain UK territories and dependencies, namely Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands. It may also be time-consuming and expensive for us to alter our internal operations in order to comply with new regulations.
Furthermore, changes in legislation and regulation or an attempt by any territory or dependency of the UK in which we operate to declare independence from the UK or to implement changes in its constitution, including its fiscal and monetary policies, could have a negative effect on the applicable jurisdiction's position as an international business center. This could have a significant negative effect on the local economy and in turn negatively affect our business.
Because the primary markets in which we operate. Trustoperate do not have well-diversified economies, a downturn in their key industries could affect their economies as a whole and fiduciaryhave an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Bermuda is among the largest reinsurance markets in the world. The Cayman Islands is a leader in fund domiciliation for global asset managers, with 12,719 regulated mutual funds as at December 31, 2021 according to CIMA. International financial services account for a significant portion of the economies of the Channel Islands. Many of our commercial customers are marketed primarilyreinsurance or regulated fund service providers. As a result, a downturn in these key sectors, a change in laws or regulations (including the favorable tax treatment of entities in these jurisdictions), or a shift of business away from Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, or the Channel Islands, including as a result of the inclusion of any of these jurisdictions on the EU list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes or the implementation of the global minimum tax regime proposed by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development ("OECD") in any of these jurisdictions, could result in job losses and adversely impact the economies in these markets. Any downturn or further concentration in the reinsurance, investment and asset management and banking markets could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Banks domiciled in Bermuda, including us, are not supported by a central bank from which to intermediaries through representative attendanceborrow funds, so if we are unable to maintain sufficient liquidity by continuously attracting deposits and other short-term funding, our financial condition, including our capital ratios, funding costs or results of operations could be adversely affected.
Unlike many other jurisdictions, there is no central bank or similar governmental agency in Bermuda from which we may borrow US or Bermuda Dollars if we experience liquidity shortages, which may leave us without a lender of last resort in the event that Bermuda suffers a severe economic downturn at the same time as a liquidity shortage. Similarly, there is no central bank in the Cayman Islands, Jersey or Guernsey to act as a lender of last resort. Accordingly, we may not have a lender of last resort in case of future liquidity shortages and sponsorshipwe may be unable to sufficiently fund our liquidity needs. While there is no central bank or similar governmental agency in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Jersey or Guernsey that insures bank deposits, such as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the United States, the Governments of industry conferencesBermuda and through print advertising in international trade journals.
Intellectual Property
InJersey and the highly competitive banking industryGovernment of the States of Guernsey have each implemented a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme. See Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation" and "- Certain jurisdictions in which we operate, intellectual property is importantincluding Bermuda, Guernsey and Jersey, have a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme and we incur ongoing costs as a result.” The regulators in these jurisdictions have also required us to hold capital add-ons to compensate for the systemic importance of our bank to the successeconomy in the absence of a central bank. Without a central bank from which we could borrow funds, liquidity management will be critical to the management of our business.consolidated balance sheet, and an inability to obtain sufficient liquidity could adversely affect our financial condition.
Certain jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, Guernsey and Jersey, have a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme and we incur ongoing costs as a result.
As a bank licensed by the BMA, we are required to be a member of the Deposit Insurance Scheme ("DIS") and pay contributions to the Deposit Insurance Fund. Currently, our premium contribution is calculated by the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation as 0.25% per annum of the average total amount of our Bermuda Dollar deposits that are covered by the DIS guarantee over a rolling three-month period, payable every three months in arrears. The amount of the contribution we are liable to pay may change from time to time as the total level of our insured Bermuda Dollar deposits changes; in addition, there is no guarantee that the current rate of premium contributions charged by the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation will stay the same and not increase or that the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation will not require additional contributions in the event that the Deposit Insurance Fund is insufficient to pay compensation due to insured depositors. We ownmay also not be able to recover our contributions to the Deposit Insurance Fund from any failed institution whose insured depositors receive payments from the Deposit Insurance Fund. Any contributions we are required to make as part of the DIS (and any associated costs) are a varietycost to our business, and such costs, including any future increases, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of trademarks, service marks, trade names and logos and spendoperations.
5


As a bank licensed by the Guernsey Financial Services Commission, we are required to pay contributions to the Guernsey Deposit Compensation Scheme (the "Guernsey DCS"). Currently, we are required to pay an administration levy which is calculated by the Guernsey DCS Board. The amount of the contribution we are liable to pay may change from time to time and resources maintaining this intellectual property portfolio.there is no guarantee that the current rate charged by the Guernsey DCS Board will stay the same and not increase. In the event of the failure of a Guernsey licensed bank, the Guernsey DCS Board will estimate the total level of compensation levy required and the Bank will be liable in equal shares with every other participant (i.e., every other licensed bank in Guernsey) for the first £10,000,000. If the total compensation levy exceeds £10,000,000, then the Bank will be liable on a pro-rata basis (calculated by reference to the total "value at risk" of our Guernsey deposits compared to the Guernsey market) with every other participant for the amount of such excess. We control accessmay also not be able to recover our contributions to the Guernsey DCS from any failed licensed bank whose insured depositors receive payments from the Guernsey DCS. Any contributions we are required to make as part of the Guernsey DCS (and any associated costs) are a cost to our intellectual propertybusiness, and such costs, including any future increases, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The Jersey Bank Depositors Compensation Scheme ("Jersey DCS") is funded primarily through license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreementsan upfront loan from the States of Jersey. In the event of a bank failing, levies would be raised on Jersey banks, subject to certain caps for banking groups over a five-year period, based on the proportion of protected deposits each bank holds to repay the loan. In the event that the full £100 million liability of the Jersey DCS was called upon, banks would contribute approximately two-thirds of funding, with third parties, employment agreementsthe States of Jersey contributing one-third.
We are not currently required to pay any contributions to the Jersey DCS. Any contributions we may be required in future to make as part of the Jersey DCS (and any associated costs) are a cost to our business, and such costs, including any future increases, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
A decline in tourism in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands has, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and could in the future, adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Tourism is a major contributor to the economies of Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a significant decline in worldwide travel and tourism, including in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. See "Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic.”
A delayed or incomplete recovery of tourism in Bermuda or the Cayman Islands could have adverse effects on the economic stability of these jurisdictions, and our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, a continued decline in tourism could lead to further (i) decreases in the value of hotels and other contractual rightscommercial properties, which could further adversely affect our commercial loan portfolio, and (ii) increases in unemployment, which could further affect the ability of our residential borrowers to protectmake payments on their loans.
Severe weather, natural disasters and potential impacts of climate change could disrupt our intellectual property.businesses and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
The key markets in which we operate include Bermuda and the Cayman Islands and our business is therefore subject to the risks associated with severe tropical storms, hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes and rising sea levels, including downed telephone lines, flooded facilities, power outages, fuel shortages, damaged or destroyed property and equipment, and work interruptions. Although hurricanes in the Caribbean during 2019, 2020 and 2021 did not negatively impact the Bank's operations or cause any insurable losses,such severe weather conditions and natural disasters may, in the future, negatively impact us and our clients and their ability to meet their financial obligations to us, including the repayment of loans. Such events may also result in an impairment of the value of property or other collateral used to secure the loans that we extend.Climate change will likely aggravate the impact and increase the incidence of such severe weather conditions and natural disasters. Furthermore, severe weather events may have a significant impact on the economies of the key markets in which we operate, which could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
We cannot predict whether we will continue to be able to obtain insurance for hazard-related damages to our premises or, if obtainable and carried, whether this insurance will be adequate to cover our losses. Moreover, we expect any insurance of this nature to be subject to substantial deductibles and to provide for premium adjustments based on claims, and we do not carry insurance against all types of losses. For moreall these reasons, any future hazard-related costs and work interruptions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The majority of the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports.
Unlike the US where the Fair Credit Reporting Act ("FCRA") is designed to help ensure that credit bureaus furnish correct and complete information see "Risk Factors - when evaluating loan applications, the majority of the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports. Therefore, we review each loan and we use a formal and documented tiered credit approval process that is administered through and governed by our risk management framework. Due to limitations in the availability of information, our assessment of credit risk associated with a particular customer may not be based on complete, accurate or reliable information. In addition, although we have made and continue to make improvements to our credit scoring systems to better assess borrowers' credit risk profiles, we cannot provide assurance that our credit scoring systems collect complete or accurate information reflecting the actual behavior of customers or that their credit risk can be assessed correctly. Without complete, accurate and reliable information, we have to rely on other publicly available resources and our internal resources, which may not be effective. As a result, our ability to effectively manage our credit risk and subsequently our impairment losses and allowance for credit losses may be materially adversely affected. In addition, because our credit approval process involves detailed analyses of the customer or credit risk, taking into account both quantitative and qualitative factors, it is subject to human or information technology systems errors. In exercising their judgment on current or future credit risk behavior of our customers, our employees may not always be able to assign an accurate credit rating, which may result in our exposure to higher credit risks than indicated by our risk rating system. In addition, we have been refining our credit policies and guidelines to address potential risks associated with particular industries or types of customers. However, we may not be able to timely detect all possible risks before they occur, or due to limited tools available to us, our employees may not be able to effectively implement them, which may increase our credit risk. Failure to effectively implement, consistently follow or continuously refine our credit risk management system may result in an increase in the level of nonperforming loans and a higher risk exposure for us, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Risks Relating to Our Strategy, Brand, Portfolio and Other Aspects of Our Business".Business
PropertiesWe rely on our reputation and the appeal of our brand to our customers. Any damage to our reputation and appeal could harm us and our business prospects.
The success of our strategy relies significantly on our reputation and the reputation of our senior management and the Board. In addition, our customers and key introducers must continue to associate our brand with meeting customer needs and delivering value to those customers. Adverse publicity (whether or not justified) relating to activities by our management, employees, agents or others with whom we do business, such as customer service mishaps or noncompliance with laws, could tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. With the increase in the use of social media outlets, adverse publicity can be disseminated quickly and broadly, making it increasingly difficult for us to effectively respond. Such unfavorable publicity could also require us to allocate significant resources to rebuild our reputation.
As a bank operating in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and other international financial centers, we are subject to increasing scrutiny with respect to potential or alleged legal and regulatory breaches and unethical behavior and associated reputational risks, including with respect to the general perception and reputation of financial institutions in those jurisdictions, which may in turn be affected by factors including the EU list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes, and policies on
6


controversial industries such as gaming and cryptocurrencies, among others. See "Our business may be negatively impacted by the economic substance legislation and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands." Any circumstance that causes real or perceived damage to our brand or reputation, or banking or wealth management generally in these jurisdictions, may negatively affect our relationships with our customers and key introducers, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Potential reputational issues include, but are not limited to:
breaching or facing allegations of having breached legal and regulatory requirements (including, but not limited to, conduct requirements, anti-money laundering requirements, anti-terrorism financing requirements, laws against assisting in tax evasion, cybersecurity and data protection laws, bribery and corruption);
legacy issues we inherit from the businesses we acquire through a merger or acquisition;
acting or facing allegations of having acted unethically (including having adopted inappropriate sales and trading practices);
failing or facing allegations of having failed to maintain appropriate standards of customer privacy, customer service and record-keeping;
failing to appropriately address potential conflicts of interest;
experiencing technology failures that impact customer services and accounts;
failing to properly identify legal, reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in products offered; and
changing the terms of our product offerings and pricing that may result in outcomes for customers that are unfair or perceived to be unfair.
A failure to address the above or any other relevant issues appropriately could make customers unwilling to do business with us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and could damage our relationships with our employees and regulators.
We could be negatively affected if the soundness of other financial institutions and counterparties deteriorates or if such counterparties, including clearing houses, are unwilling to do business with us, in particular in respect of US Dollar transactions.
Given the high level of interdependence between financial institutions, we are and will continue to be subject to the risk of actual or perceived deterioration in the commercial and financial soundness of other financial services institutions. Within the financial services industry, the default by any one institution could lead to defaults by other institutions. Concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, because the commercial and financial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely related as a result of their credit, trading, clearing or other relationships. Even the perceived lack of creditworthiness of, or questions about, a financial institution may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. This risk is sometimes referred to as "systemic risk" or "contagion" and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses and banks with whom we interact on a daily basis. In particular, BNYM and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ("Wells Fargo") act as clearing houses for all our US Dollar transactions. If BNYM's or Wells Fargo's ability to act as our clearing houses becomes impaired or BNYM or Wells Fargo cease to act as our clearing houses for any other reason and other financial institutions are not willing to provide the services currently provided to us by BNYM and Wells Fargo, we could lose our ability to engage in US Dollar transactions, which could lead to severe disruptions in our operations and adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our corporate headquarters is locatedstrategy includes expansion of our business through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies or new products and services, but we may not be able to achieve regulatory approval for such transactions or be able to achieve the anticipated cost savings, growth opportunities and other benefits anticipated from such transactions.
We seek to grow both organically and through acquisitions. In the past several years, we have made various acquisitions and investments intended to complement and expand our businesses, including our July 2019 acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited, our February 2018 agreement with Deutsche Bank to refer Deutsche Bank's clients from their banking and custody business in the Cayman and Channel Islands to us, and our March 2018 acquisition of Deutsche Bank’s GTS business, excluding its US operations. Our long-term growth strategy includes identifying and effecting selective acquisitions in our core geographies, but we cannot be sure that we will be able to continue to identify suitable acquisition candidates or investment opportunities. Even if we identify suitable targets, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain the necessary funding on acceptable terms, if at 65 Front Street, Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda. all, to finance any of those potential acquisitions or investments.
We may also be required to obtain regulatory approval (including from the BMA) prior to any potential acquisition or investment depending on the transaction and the laws and regulations of the target’s country of incorporation (for example, from the Guernsey Financial Services Commission in respect of the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited). Regulators consider a number of factors when determining whether to approve a proposed transaction, and we may have difficulty obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals, government permits or licenses required for such acquisitions. We may fail to pursue, evaluate or complete strategic and competitively significant business opportunities as a result of our inability, or our perceived inability, to obtain any required regulatory approvals in a timely manner or at all.
Even where we are able to complete an acquisition or an investment, we cannot be sure that such acquired entity, business or asset or such investment will perform in line with our assumptions or expectations or otherwise complement our business or strategy due to a variety of factors, including lower revenues than expected, unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, customer loss and business disruption (including, without limitation, difficulties in maintaining relationships with employees, customers, clients or suppliers) and risks associated with the disruption of management’s attention from ongoing business operations due to acquisition and integration activities.
In addition, integrating an acquired company, business or technology possesses significant risks, including, among other things:
the incorporation of new technologies into our existing business infrastructure;
the maintenance of standards, controls, procedures and policies throughout the organization (including effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures);
the consolidation of our corporate or administrative functions;
the coordination of our sales and marketing functions to incorporate the new business or technology;
the potential for liabilities and claims arising out of the acquired businesses;
the integration of corporate cultures;
the maintenance of morale, retention and integration of key employees to support the new business or technology and management of our expansion in capacity; and
compliance with the regulatory regimes of newly entered jurisdictions.
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies that we may acquire may be allocated to goodwill and other intangible assets. Intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or when there is a triggering event requiring such testing; an intangible asset that is subject to amortization is periodically reviewed for impairment.
7


Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis. As at December 31, 2021, we had $25.4 million and $60.8 million of goodwill and intangible assets, respectively. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns or there are changes in discount rates, we may be required to take additional charges to our corporate headquarters we also maintain officesearnings based on the impairment assessment process, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
A decline in the residential real estate market, including in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and the United Kingdom, could increase the risk of loans being impaired and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers may not repay their loans according to their contractual terms and that the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient. As at December 31, 2021, approximately 53% of our Bermuda loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, was composed of residential mortgages in Bermuda; approximately 68%of our Cayman Islands loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, was composed of residential mortgages in the Cayman Islands Guernsey, Jersey,and approximately 84% of our Channel Islands and UK loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, was composed of residential mortgages in the Channel Islands and the UK. A decline in the real estate market, in particular in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and the UK The Bahamas, Switzerland, Singapore, Mauritius(including as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic), would mean that the collateral for our loans would hold less value. As a result, our ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate would be diminished, and Canada. Additionallywe would be more likely to suffer losses on the defaulted loans. Declines in the real estate market, including as a result of lower infrastructure spending in the markets in which we operate, three branch locationscould also adversely affect demand for new loans, further decreasing the interest revenue generated by our loan portfolio. In addition, if our estimate for our allowance for credit losses proves to be inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance accordingly and may have future charge-offs. This may lead to impairment charges on loans and other assets, higher costs and higher incurred loan-loss provisions.
The risk of loan impairment may be compounded by the fact that there is limited economic and statistical data regarding the Bermuda, the Cayman Islands and the Channel Islands real estate markets.Although reliable and comprehensive economic and statistical data is available for certain real estate markets, such as the Case-Schiller Home Price Index in the United States, there is no comparable statistical data or mechanism to value the overall real estate market in all our markets.This lack of information makes it difficult to assess the market value of real estate in these markets, and requires us to rely on observations of the valuation of our own real estate originations in order to assess whether the value of mortgaged real estate has declined. See "- The appraisals and other valuation techniques we use in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property may not accurately describe the net value of the collateral that we can realize." Any of the above factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The value of the securities in our investment portfolio may decline in the future.
As at December 31, 2021, we owned $6.2 billion of investment securities consisting primarily of securities issued by the US government and US governmental agencies. In 2021, our investment portfolio had an average yield of 1.79%.
The fair value of our investment securities may be adversely affected by market conditions, including changes in interest rates, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, and the occurrence of any events adversely affecting the issuer of particular securities in our investment portfolio. We perform periodic reviews to determine if a credit impairment exists. Our Group Asset and Liability Committee reviews the results of the impairment analysis and advises whether a credit impairment exists. The process for determining whether a credit impairment exists usually requires complex, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer of the relevant security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security.
We did not record any credit impairment losses on investments in the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. We may be required to recognize credit impairments in the future periods, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial conditions or results of operations. See "- If we are unable to effectively manage our liquidity we may need to seek additional financing and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected."
Fluctuations in interest rates and inflation may negatively impact our net interest margin and our profitability.
Net interest income is a significant component of our revenues and changes in prevailing interest rates may adversely affect our business, including the level of net interest income we earn, and for our banking business, the levels of deposits and the demand for loans.
If interest rates increase, our net interest income would narrow if our cost of funding increased without a correlative increase in the interest we earn from loans and investments. Because we rely extensively on deposits to fund our operations, our cost of funding would increase if there is an increase in the interest rate we are required to pay our customers to retain their deposits. This could occur, for instance, if we are faced with competitive or regulatory pressures to increase rates on deposits.In addition, our cost of funding would increase if the interest rates we are required to pay for other sources of funding increase. Moreover, increases in interest rates may decrease customer demand for loans as the higher cost of obtaining credit may deter customers from seeking new loans. Further, higher interest rates might also lead to an increased number of delinquent loans and defaults, which would affect the value of our loans.
Changes in interest rates may negatively affect the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains or avoid losses from the sale of those assets, all of which also ultimately affect earnings and capital, as well as our regulatory solvency position. A sustained increase in the inflation rate in our key markets may also have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. For example, a sustained increase in the inflation rate may result in an increase in nominal market interest rates. A failure to accurately anticipate higher inflation and factor it into our product-pricing assumptions may result in mispricing of our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial position or results of operations. On the other hand, recent concerns regarding negative interest rates and the low level of interest rates generally may negatively impact our net interest income, which may have an adverse impact on our profitability.
Our loan and investment portfolios are subject to risk of prepayment, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Our fixed rate loan and investment portfolios are subject to prepayment risk, which results from the ability of a borrower or issuer to pay a debt obligation prior to maturity. Generally, in a low interest rate environment, prepayment activity increases, which reduces the weighted average lives of our earning assets and could have a material adverse effect on us. For example, recent decreases in global market interest rates and increased prepayment speeds resulted in lower yields on the Bank's investments. Prepayments also require us to recognize net premiums or commissions as income over a shorter period of time, thereby reducing the corresponding asset yield and net interest income. Prepayment risk also has a significant adverse impact on credit card and collateralized mortgage loans, since prepayments could shorten the weighted average life of these assets, which may result in a mismatch in our funding obligations and reinvestment at lower yields. Prepayment risk is inherent to our commercial activity and an increase in prepayments could have a material adverse effect on us.
Volatility levels and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may affect our business, financial position and results of operations.
We are exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of our holdings of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, investment in foreign subsidiaries, and future foreign currency denominated revenue and expense. Fluctuations in exchange rates may raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions, where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a foreign currency do not offset each other or offset each other in different time periods. Exchange rate volatility may have negative impacts on our business, financial position and results of operations.
8


We also provide foreign exchange services to our clients, including trading on behalf of clients in all major currencies and providing hedging solutions to manage foreign exchange risk. Foreign currency volatility influences the level of client activity. Changes in client activity may result in reduced foreign exchange trading income.
In addition, the Bermuda Dollar and the Cayman Islands Dollar are pegged to the US Dollar at exchange rates of 1 Bermuda Dollar to 1 US Dollar and 1 Cayman Islands Dollar to 1.20 US Dollar, respectively. However, we cannot make assurances that these pegs will be maintained. In the event that the Bermuda Dollar or Cayman Islands Dollar is de-pegged or the current ratios are changed, including as a result of changes in laws, regulations or policies in these jurisdictions, the value of our common shares could be adversely affected. Moreover, our US Dollar deposits are used to fund mortgages in Bermuda Dollars and Cayman Islands Dollars. As the Bermuda Dollar and the Cayman Islands Dollar are pegged to the US Dollar, we do not engage in hedging activities to counteract this currency risk. If the Bermuda Dollar or Cayman Islands Dollar ceased to be pegged to the US Dollar at the current ratios, however, we could be exposed to significant currency risks.
If we are unable to effectively manage our liquidity we may need to seek additional financing and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
We need liquidity to pay our operating expenses, fund depositor withdrawals, interest on our debt and dividends on our common shares, and to replace certain maturing liabilities. Without sufficient liquidity, we will be forced to curtail our operations and our business will suffer.
Our main source of funding is customer deposits. As at December 31, 2021, we had $13.9 billion in deposits (55% USD deposits, 18% USD-pegged deposits), with 33% of our deposits derived from our Bermuda segment, 33% from the Cayman Islands segment, and 34% from the Channel Islands segment. In addition, we source our funding from net income generated by the Bank, net of dividends paid, and to a lesser extent from other sources including the sale of securities to institutional counterparties under repurchase agreements and the sale of equity securities and AFS securities. Our deposit base includes both demand and term liabilities, but the significant majority of such deposits are demand deposits or are due within six months. Because we rely primarily on short-term deposits for funding, a sudden or unexpected shortage of funds in the banking systems in which we operate may prevent us from obtaining necessary funding without incurring higher costs. Our deposit base includes deposits from commercial and institutional clients which may be more sensitive to financial strength rating changes. A significant withdrawal of deposits in either of these markets could significantly affect our liquidity and our ability to meet our funding needs.
In addition, as a bank with subsidiaries located in various jurisdictions, the Bank’s access to inter-company funds can be restricted because our regulated banking subsidiaries are required to maintain certain liquidity ratios or minimum levels of capital in accordance with the laws of the jurisdictions in which they operate or otherwise. The necessity of maintaining these ratios or levels of capital or other liquidity considerations could restrict the ability of these subsidiaries to transfer funds to us, in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances.
In the event that our current resources do not satisfy our needs, we may need to seek additional financing. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that customers or lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects, including as a result of economic uncertainty or any downgrade in sovereign credit ratings in key markets in which we operate.
Changes in banks’ inter-bank lending rate reporting practices and the phase-out of the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
For several years, global regulators and central banks have been pursuing international efforts to reform interest rate benchmarks, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). In July 2017, the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that the FCA will no longer persuade or compel banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. On March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, the authorized and regulated administrator of LIBOR, announced that all the GBP, CHF, JPY, EUR LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will cease after December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will cease after June 30, 2023.
Uncertainty as to the nature of potential changes, alternative reference rates or other reforms may adversely affect market liquidity, the pricing of LIBOR-based instruments and the availability and cost of associated hedging instruments and borrowings. Payments under contracts referencing new reference rates may differ from those referencing LIBOR. The transition may change the Bank’s risk profile and require changes to its risk and pricing models, valuation tools, product design and hedging strategies. Although the Bank is unable to quantify the ultimate impact of the transition from LIBOR given the uncertain nature of the potential changes, it continues to monitor the developments related to the future of LIBOR in line with any regulatory or quasi-regulatory guidance. Moreover, the failure to manage any potential transition from LIBOR to a different reference rate, or rates, may adversely affect the Bank’s reputation, business and financial condition, and results of operations.
We face competition in all aspects of our business, and may not be able to attract and retain wealth management, trust and banking clients at current levels.
We compete with a broad range of financial institutions. Many of our competitors are larger and have broader ranges of product and service offerings, increased access to capital, greater efficiency and pricing power. We face competition from other lending institutions and from numerous other providers of financial services, including the following:
Non-banking financial institutions. The ability of these institutions to offer services previously limited to commercial banks has intensified competition. Because non-banking financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks, they can often operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures; and
Competitors that have greater financial resources. Some of our larger competitors, including certain international banks that have a significant presence in our market area, may have greater capital and resources and higher lending limits and may offer products, services and technology that we do not. We cannot predict the reaction of our customers and other third parties with respect to our financial or commercial strength relative to our competition, including our larger competitors.
In our banking business, we face competition mainly from other local banks, such as Bermuda Commercial Bank and Clarien Bank in Bermuda and four branch locationsfrom Cayman National Corporation in the Cayman Islands.Islands, as well as from subsidiaries of international banks, being Royal Bank of Canada in the Cayman Islands and HSBC in Bermuda, whom we view as our most significant competitors. In our wealth management business line, we face competition from local competitors, as well as much larger financial institutions, including financial institutions that are not based in the markets in which we operate. Revenues from the trust and wealth management business depend in large part on the level of AUA.
Legal ProceedingsIn our trust business, we face competition primarily from other specialized trust service providers. Many of our competitors in the international financial sector offer fund administration and corporate services work alongside private client fiduciary services.
FromOur ability to successfully attract and retain trust, wealth management and banking clients is dependent upon our ability to compete with competitors' investment products, retail products and services, level of investment performance, client services and marketing and distribution capabilities. If we are not successful, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
9


The Bank's credit ratings have a direct effect on its competitive position, and declines in the Bank's ratings would increase the cost of borrowing funds and make our ability to raise new funds, attract and retain deposits or renew maturing debt more difficult, which may negatively affect long-term and short-term funding.
The Bank's credit strength ratings are an important component of its liquidity profile and competitive position. Ratings show each agency's view of our financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet debt obligations as they become due. Nationally recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs") periodically review the financial performance and condition of banks and may downgrade or change the outlook on a bank's ratings due to, for example: a change in a bank's regulatory capital ratios; a change in an NRSRO's determination of the amount of capital cushion required to maintain a particular rating; an increase in the perceived risk of a bank's investment portfolio; reduced confidence in management; or other considerations that may or may not be under our control. The Bank has credit ratings from Standard & Poor's ("S&P"), Moody's Investor Service ("Moody's") and Kroll Bond Rating Agency ("KBRA"). Each of the rating agencies reviews its ratings and rating methodologies on a recurring basis and may decide on a downgrade at any time. The Bank's ratings as at December 31, 2021 are shown in the table below:
Ratings
KBRAMoody'sS&P
Long-term issuerA+A3BBB+
Short-term issuerK1P-2A-2
Subordinated debtA3
Long-term counterparty risk assessmentA2
Short-term counterparty risk assessmentP-1
A downgrade in our credit ratings could adversely affect clients' perception of us and our ability to compete successfully in the marketplace for deposits (or result in the withdrawal of deposits). A downgrade in our short-term debt ratings will affect our short-term funding capabilities. As a result, the impact of a one-notch downgrade in credit ratings is currently not likely to have a direct impact on funding programs, activities, borrowing capacity or borrowing costs. In addition, there has been no measurable correlation or effect on deposit levels during previous downgrades and, as a result, historically, no material impacts on the Bank's operations or results.
Negative changes in the Bank's long-term deposit ratings would also likely increase the cost of raising long-term funding in the capital markets or of borrowing funds. Even where we can access the capital markets, negative changes in our ratings could affect our share price and make any equity offerings more difficult and dilutive to current shareholders, further driving down the Bank's share price. Our ability to replace maturing or existing debt may be more difficult and expensive. In addition, our lenders and counterparties in derivative transactions are sensitive to the risk of a ratings downgrade. However, we may issue additional debt securities in the future which may increase the impact of a one-notch downgrade in credit ratings.
Management cannot predict what actions rating agencies may take, or what actions we may take in response to the actions of rating agencies that could adversely affect our business. As with other companies in the financial services industry, our ratings could be downgraded at any time and without any notice by any NRSRO, which could adversely affect our business, financial conditions or results of operations.
We could fail to attract, retain or motivate highly skilled and qualified personnel, including our senior management, other key employees or members of the Board, which could adversely affect our business.
Our ability to implement our strategic plan and our future success depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled, diverse and qualified personnel, including our senior management and other key employees and directors, competitively with our peers. The marketplace for skilled personnel is becoming more competitive, which means the cost of hiring, incentivizing and retaining skilled personnel may continue to increase. The failure to attract or retain, including as a result of an untimely death or illness of key personnel, or replace a sufficient number of appropriately skilled and key personnel could place us at a significant competitive disadvantage and prevent us from successfully implementing our strategy or effectively managing our risk framework and business operations. This could impair our ability to implement our strategic plan successfully, achieve our performance targets and otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We may also be unable to attract and retain staff due to our locations. Many of our employees are employed in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands, which are small markets. To the extent we have needs for employees in these locations, this may be an impediment to attracting and retaining experienced personnel. Further, immigration laws in small markets may impose limitations on attracting experienced personnel.
In addition, governmental scrutiny with respect to matters relating to compensation and other business practices in the financial services industry has increased dramatically in the past several years and has resulted in more aggressive and intense regulatory supervision in certain markets in which we operate. Future legislation or regulation or government views on compensation may result in us altering compensation practices in ways that could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain talented employees.
We rely on third parties to provide services that are integral to our ordinary operations, and their failure to perform in a satisfactory manner could negatively affect us.
We rely on third parties to provide services that are integral to our ordinary course operations, including providers of information technology, administrative or investment advisory services. These third party supported functions or operating systems may not function properly, become insufficient to support our evolving business needs or become defective or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events beyond our control. Enhancements and upgrades to third party supported infrastructure or operating systems may entail significant time and costs, and create risks associated with implementing new systems and integrating them with existing ones. Due to the complexity of our systems, across multiple jurisdictions and product types, the process of enhancing our infrastructure and operating systems, including their security measures and controls, can create a risk of system disruptions and security issues. Similarly, we may not be able to timely recover critical business processes or operations that have been disrupted, which may further increase the associated costs and consequences of such disruptions. Although we have business continuity plans in place, cybersecurity and other safeguards in place to help provide operational resiliency, our business operations may be adversely affected by significant and prolonged disruption to our operating systems that support our businesses and customers. Furthermore, third parties on which we rely, could also introduce operational risk to us, including from information breaches or loss, breakdowns, cyber incidents, disruptions or failures of their own systems or infrastructure, or any deficiencies in the performance of their responsibilities. A material breach of customer data may negatively impact our business reputation and cause a loss of customer business; may result in increased expense to contain the event and/or require that we provide credit monitoring services for affected customers; may result in regulatory fines and sanctions; and/or may result in litigation. We rely on our outsourced service providers to implement and maintain prudent cyber-security controls. We have procedures in place to assess a vendor's cyber security controls prior to establishing a contractual relationship and to periodically review assessments of those control systems; however, these procedures are not infallible and a vendor's system can be breached despite the procedures we employ. In addition, outsourcing is subject to regulatory controls in certain jurisdictions in which we operate and we may not always be able to obtain approval to outsource on terms available or sought by us, which could adversely affect our ability to enter into outsourcing arrangements.
10


In addition, BNYM and Wells Fargo act as clearing houses for all our US Dollar transactions and, if our relationships with BNYM and Wells Fargo are terminated, we could lose our ability to engage in US Dollar transactions. For more information see " - We could be negatively affected if the soundness of other financial institutions and counterparties deteriorates or if such counterparties, including clearing houses, are unwilling to do business with us, in particular in respect of US Dollar transactions."
Information provided to us about clients and counterparties may not be accurate or complete.
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we rely on information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. Such information could turn out to be inaccurate, including as a result of fraud or misrepresentation on behalf of our clients, counterparties or other third parties, which would increase our credit risk and expose us to possible write-downs and losses.
We cannot be certain that our underwriting and operational controls will prevent or detect such fraud or that we will not experience fraud losses or incur costs or other losses related to such fraud. Our clients and counterparties may also experience fraud in their businesses which could adversely affect their ability to repay their loans or make use of our services.
During the periods reported in this annual report, we have not experienced any material losses, or had to write down collateral, as a result of fraud or misrepresentation, but we cannot be certain that the Bank will not experience any such losses or have to write down any such collateral in the future, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operation and financial condition.
Our business is subject to risks related to litigation and regulatory actions.
We are, from time to time, we are a partyinvolved in various legal and regulatory proceedings arising from our normal business activities. These claims and legal actions, including supervisory actions by our regulators or proceedings or investigations brought by other regulators, could involve large monetary claims and significant defense costs. The outcome of these cases is uncertain. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have material financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to various litigation matters incidentalus, which in turn could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may be exposed to the conductsubstantial uninsured liabilities, which could materially affect our results of operations and in the ordinary course of our business.financial condition.
As previously publicly announced, in November 2013, the US Attorney's Office ("USAO")USAO applied for and secured the issuance of so-called John Doe Summonses to six US financial institutions with which the Bank had correspondent bank relationships. The purpose of these Summonsessummonses was to identify US persons who may have been using our banking, trust, or other services to evade their own tax obligations in the US.United States. The Bank has been cooperatingcooperated with the US authorities in their investigation and reached a resolution with the US Department of Justice in July 2021. The resolution is in the form of a non-prosecution agreement with a three-year term and payment of $5.6 million.
The appraisals and other valuation techniques we use in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property may not accurately describe the net value of the collateral that we can realize.
In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made, and, as real estate values may change significantly in relatively short periods of time (especially in periods of heightened economic uncertainty), this estimate may not accurately describe the net value of the real property collateral after the loan is made. As a result, we may not be able to realize the full amount of any remaining indebtedness when we foreclose on and sell the relevant property. In addition, we rely on appraisals and other valuation techniques to establish the value of our OREO and to determine certain loan impairments. If any of these valuations are inaccurate, our consolidated financial statements may not reflect the correct value of our OREO, and our allowance for credit losses may not reflect accurate loan impairments. This could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Relating to Operations, Risk Oversight and Internal Controls
Our operations are reliant on effective implementation and use of technology and require us to adapt to new technologies, and a breach, interruption or failure of our technology services or the inability to effectively integrate new technologies could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct business. In particular, we rely on technology to provide key components of our information system infrastructure, including loan, deposit and general ledger processing, risk management information collection and processing for internal control purposes, internet connections and network access. Any disruption in service of these key components, due to system errors, a natural catastrophe, or the termination of any third-party software licenses upon which any of these systems is based, could adversely affect our ability to effectively deliver products and services to clients, to detect, assess and manage risk and otherwise to conduct operations. See "- We rely on third parties to provide services that are integral to our ordinary operations, and their failure to perform in a satisfactory manner could negatively affect us.” Furthermore, any security breach, due to computer viruses, programming, malfeasance or human errors or other events or developments, of information systems or data, whether managed by us or third parties, could interrupt our business, harm our reputation or cause a decrease in the number of clients using our services. The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new, and technology-driven products and services. We face the risk of having to establish and maintain further improved technological capabilities, and our future success depends, in part, on our ability to recognize and implement new technologies to address our operational and internal control needs, operational efficiencies and to meet the demands of our clients. See "- Cyber-attacks, distributed denial of service attacks and other cyber-security matters, if successful, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.”
The widespread adoption of new technologies, including cryptocurrencies and payment systems, could require substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our existing products and services as we continue to grow our internet and mobile banking capabilities. The persistence or acceleration of this shift in demand towards internet and mobile banking may necessitate changes to our retail distribution strategy, which may include restructuring our branches and work force. These actions could lead to losses on these assets and may lead to increased expenditures to reform our retail distribution channel.
Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements than we do. We may not be able to effectively implement new, technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. In addition, the implementation of technological changes and upgrades to maintain current systems and integrate new ones may also cause service interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays and may cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry and avoid interruptions, errors and delays could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or competitive position.


11


Cyber-attacks, distributed denial of service attacks and other cyber-security matters, if successful, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are under continuous threat of loss due to cyber-attacks, especially as we continue to expand customer capabilities to utilize the internet and other remote channels to transact business. Third parties with whom we or our customers do business also present operational and information security risks to us, including security breaches or failures of their own systems. Two of the most significant cyber-attack risks that we face are e-fraud and loss of sensitive customer data. Such attacks are infrequent, but could present significant reputational, legal and regulatory costs to us if successful.
We also face risks related to cyber-attacks and other security breaches in connection with credit card transactions that typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding our customers through various third parties, including merchant acquiring banks, payment processors, payment card networks (e.g., Visa or Mastercard), our processors, and BNYM and Wells Fargo as clearing banks. Some of these parties have in the past been the target of security breaches and cyber-attacks, and because the transactions involve third parties and environments such as the point of sale that we do not control or secure, future security breaches or cyber-attacks affecting any of these third parties could impact us through no fault of our own, and in some cases we may have exposure and suffer losses for breaches or attacks relating to them, including from remediation costs, increased future protection costs, reputational harm, loss of customers and potential regulatory inquiries and/or civil litigation. We also rely on numerous other third-party service providers to conduct other aspects of our business operations and face similar risks relating to them.
In addition, in April 2016, the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication ("SWIFT") announced that one of its member banks was a target of a cyber-attack in February 2016. During 2017 and 2018, there were several instances of cyber-attacks involving access to the SWIFT platform.The SWIFT platform is used by more than 10,000 financial institutions around the world, including us, to effect fund transfers. A cyber-attack on the SWIFT network can result in theft of funds and other adverse consequences, and our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected in the event that such a cyber-attack is successful.
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, many of our employees (and staff of service providers) have been working remotely or from other sites. These working arrangements could potentially provide increased opportunities for cyber threat actors to exploit.
Our risk management framework, systems and process, and related guidelines and policies, may prove inadequate to manage our risks, and any failure to properly assess or manage such risks could harm us.
Our approach to risk management requires senior management to make complex judgments, including decisions (based on assumptions about economic factors) about the level and types of risk that we are willing to accept in order to achieve our business objectives. These also include the maximum level of risks we can assume before breaching constraints determined by regulatory capital and liquidity needs and our regulatory and legal obligations including, among others, from a conduct and prudential perspective. Given these complexities, and the dynamic environment in which we operate, the decisions made by senior management may not be appropriate or yield the results expected. In addition, senior management may be unable to recognize emerging risks quickly enough for us to take appropriate action in a timely manner.
Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures that govern operations, financial reporting and compliance across jurisdictions, including those to mitigate the risk of human error, fraud or breach of fiduciary duties relating to our trust services by employees or outsiders, or to monitor financial reporting, may be inadequate, circumvented or exposed to variations in compliance at the local level, thereby causing inaccuracies in data and information or delays in the detection of errors. At present, we do not have a uniform core banking platform in place across the jurisdictions in which we operate and, therefore, we need to use manual processes to compile certain financial information from certain subsidiaries. Moreover, in the past, our information technology capabilities in Bermuda and other jurisdictions have experienced difficulties with certain identified weaknesses, including internal control deficiencies in our operations (including interest rate calculation functions).To address this, we used manual processing, data spreadsheets or a combination thereof. Use of such manual procedures and data spreadsheets presents financial reporting and operational risks and increases the importance of staff compliance with internal operating and security procedures. In addition, we may incur operational losses due to non-compliance by our staff with internal operating and control procedures and arising from human error. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with any current or future regulations related to controls and procedures could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Regulatory and Tax-Related Risks
We operate in a complex and changing regulatory environment and legal and regulatory changes or our failure to comply with laws and regulations could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business is subject to ongoing investigation.changes in laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and interpretations in the markets in which we operate. We currently face an increasingly extensive and complex set of laws, regulations and standards as a result of the concerns enveloping the global financial sector. We are exposed to potential changes in governmental or regulatory policies, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, other restrictive actions, unfavorable political and diplomatic developments, and changes in legislation.
Some areas of potential regulatory change involve multiple jurisdictions seeking to adopt a coordinated approach. This may result in conflicts with specific requirements of the jurisdictions in which we operate and, in addition, such changes may be inconsistently introduced across jurisdictions. See "- Our international business model exposes us to various and possibly conflicting regulatory regimes across multiple jurisdictions."
Changes may also occur in the oversight approach of regulators. It is possible that governments in jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding might revise their application of existing regulatory policies that apply to, or impact, the Bank's business, including for reasons relating to national interest and/or systemic stability. The powers exercisable by our regulators may also be expanded in the future.
Regulatory changes and the timing of their introduction continue to evolve and we manage our businesses in the context of regulatory uncertainty. The nature and impact of future changes are not predictable and are beyond our control. Regulatory compliance and the management of regulatory change are an important part of our planning processes. We expect that we will be required to continue to invest significantly in compliance and the management and implementation of regulatory change and, at the same time, significant management attention and resources will be required to update existing, or implement new, processes to comply with new regulations.
Changes and restrictions imposed by our primary lead regulator, the BMA, and other regulators may also impact our operations by requiring us to have increased levels of liquidity, and higher levels of, and better quality, capital and funding, as well as placing restrictions on the businesses we conduct (including limiting our ability to provide products and services to certain customers), requiring us to amend our corporate structure or requiring us to alter our product or service offerings. If a regulatory change has any such effect, it could adversely affect one or more of our businesses, restrict our flexibility, require us to incur substantial costs and impact the profitability of one or more of our business lines. Any such costs or restrictions could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

12


Our failure or inability to fully comply with the laws and regulations could lead to fines, public reprimands, reputational damage, civil liability, enforced suspension of operations or, in extreme cases, withdrawal of authorization to operate, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We could also be required to incur significant expenses to comply with new or revised regulations. Future developments or changes in laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and their effects are expected to require greater capital resources and significant management attention, and may require us to modify our business strategies and plans.
The costs of complying with, or our failure to comply with, US and foreign laws related to privacy, data security and data protection, such as the EU General Data Protection Regulation, could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and reputation.
Regulatory authorities have increased their focus on how companies collect, process, use, store, share and transmit personal data. New privacy security laws and regulations, including the UK's Data Protection Act 2018, the Data Protection (Jersey) Law 2018, the Data Protection (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 2017, The Cayman Islands Data Protection Law 2017 (which became effective on September 30, 2019), Bermuda’s Personal Information Protection Act 2016, and the EU General Data Protection Regulation 2016, pose increasingly complex and rigorous compliance challenges, which may increase our compliance costs. Any failure to comply with data privacy laws and regulations could result in significant penalties, fines, legal challenges and reputational harm. See Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation".
Failure to comply with any applicable anti-corruption legislation could result in fines, criminal penalties and an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We must comply with all applicable laws and regulations, which include anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, international financial sanctions and anti-terrorist financing laws and regulations. Recently, there has been a substantial increase in the global enforcement of these laws and regulations, in particular in respect of the financial services industry. The measures and procedures we have in place may not be entirely effective in preventing third parties from using us (and our correspondent banks) as a conduit for money laundering (including illegal cash operations), terrorist financing or other financial crimes without our (and our correspondent banks') knowledge or consent. Although, as of the date of this report, we have not been subject to any fines or penalties, as a result of violations of anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism laws and regulations, there can be no assurances that we will not be subject to such fines, penalties or losses or harm in the future. If we were to be associated with money laundering (including illegal cash operations) or terrorist financing, our reputation could be harmed and we could become subject to fines, sanctions or legal enforcement (including being added to any "blacklists" that would prohibit certain parties, potentially including US Dollar clearing banks, from engaging in transactions with us), which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our international business model exposes us to various and possibly conflicting regulatory regimes across multiple jurisdictions.
Our international business model exposes us to different regulatory schemes across multiple jurisdictions. Although our central management and a large part of our business are located in Bermuda, our operations are spread throughout ten international jurisdictions. In addition to the logistical and communications challenges this creates, the financial services industry is heavily regulated in many jurisdictions, and each line of the business is exposed to different, constantly evolving and possibly conflicting regulatory schemes. Our management has enacted internal controls and procedures that are designed to result in compliance with these regulatory schemes, which are periodically reviewed and updated, but in the future we might have difficulty meeting and remaining in compliance with existing or new regulatory requirements imposed by a particular jurisdiction, particularly in light of the increasing regulatory scrutiny of financial institutions and their subsidiaries. Our current internal controls for one jurisdiction may not sufficiently comply with the demands of increased oversight in another jurisdiction.
To the extent we are unable to comply with the regulatory scheme of a particular jurisdiction, we might not be able to operate in that jurisdiction, or we may incur fines or penalties for compliance failures or incur costs in order to remediate compliance failures, any or all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The Financial Action Task Force (“FATF”) may identify any of the jurisdictions in which we operate as a jurisdiction which has systemic anti-money laundering and/or anti-terrorist financing deficiencies, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
The FATF is an international body that identifies jurisdictions with weak measures to combat money laundering and terrorist financing in public documents published three times a year. FATF and its regional bodies work with such jurisdictions, governments, and regulatory bodies and report on progress made in addressing identified deficiencies. Such reviews are at a country level, rather than an entity-specific level. Thus, while the Bank can have in place globally accepted standards to fight money laundering and terrorist financing, the existing regulations in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate may not meet FATF requirements. Failure to comply with FATF standards by any jurisdictions in which we operate could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to obtain financing from the international markets and attract foreign investments.
Our business may be negatively impacted by the economic substance legislation and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands.
In 2018, all major offshore jurisdictions enacted legislation in response to new requirements imposed by the EU’s Economic and Financial Affairs Council (“ECOFIN”) regarding the need for entities registered in offshore jurisdictions to demonstrate economic substance. Compliance with these requirements is necessary to avoid a jurisdiction being placed on the EU’s list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes. Many of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, The Bahamas, Guernsey and Jersey have enacted legislation that will require entities registered, incorporated or continued under certain legislation in the respective jurisdictions engaged in “relevant activities” (which includes engaging in banking or financing activities) to satisfy economic substance requirements by maintaining a substantial economic presence in the respective jurisdiction. For example, in December 2018, Bermuda passed The Economic Substance Act 2018, the Cayman Islands passed International Tax Co-operation (Economic Substance) Law, Guernsey passed the Income Tax (Substance Requirements) (Implementation) Regulations, 2018 and Jersey passed the Taxation (Companies - Economic Substance) (Jersey) Law 2019. Any entity that must satisfy economic substance requirements but fails to do so could face financial penalties, a restriction of its business activities or being struck-off as a registered entity in the relevant jurisdiction.
From February to October 2020, the Cayman Islands were on the EU’s list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes. ECOFIN concluded that the Cayman Islands did not have appropriate measures in place relating to collective investment vehicles, and in response the Cayman Islands adopted reforms sufficient to address this deficiency. Bermuda was similarly placed on the EU’s list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions in March 2019, but removed from this list in May 2019 and added, along with The Bahamas, to the EU's list of cooperative tax jurisdictions in February 2020. EU Finance Ministers signaled their approval of the economic substance regulations by placing Jersey and Guernsey on the EU's list of cooperative tax jurisdictions in March 2019, and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development has endorsed Jersey and Guernsey’s domestic legal framework as being in line with the relevant standard. As the EU continues to monitor compliance by the jurisdictions in which we operate, further economic substance requirements imposed by these jurisdictions or a future addition of these jurisdictions to the EU's list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions could have a material adverse effect on us.
There is significant uncertainty with respect to the impact of these new economic substance requirements, and any past or future addition to the EU's list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions on the economies of the jurisdictions in which we operate that have enacted economic substance legislation. In particular, our existing customers
13


may be out of scope of economic substance requirements, may already be compliant with the economic substance requirements, or may be required to restructure their business and operations to comply with economic substance requirements, which may include exiting jurisdictions and terminating their banking relationship with us. The new economic substance requirements and any addition of a jurisdiction to the EU's list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions may lead to a decline in AUM, a reduction in our client base and/or a general economic downturn in the jurisdictions in which we operate, any or all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are also required to evidence our compliance (and the compliance of each of our subsidiaries located in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, The Bahamas and the Channel Islands) with applicable economic substance requirements. Ensuring and reporting on our compliance with new economic substance requirements may require us to devote additional resources or divert resources from other aspects of our business, and/or restructure certain aspects of our operations, all of which may lead to greater expense and could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business in Bermuda may be negatively impacted by the proposed Bermuda Tax Reform legislation.
On January 14, 2021, the Bermuda government announced that a new Tax Reform Commission (the “2021 Tax Commission”) would be established in 2021 with the view to completing a wholesale review of Bermuda’s tax system by the end of 2021. The 2021 Tax Commission replaces the Tax Reform Commission that was established in 2017 and subsequently disbanded at the end of 2018. Any additional taxes that are identified by the 2021 Tax Commission and subsequently enacted by the government could potentially result in i) an increase in costs associated with our business and operations in Bermuda; ii) a decrease in demand for our banking services in Bermuda; and iii) a negative impact on our results of operations.

We are required to obtain approval from our regulators before engaging in certain activities.
The laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and interpretations applicable to us govern a variety of matters, including acquisitions and other activities we may engage in. As our primary lead regulator, the BMA requires that we obtain its prior consent, letter of no objection and/or approval before engaging in certain activities, including paying dividends on our common shares, entering into material acquisitions or issuing or repurchasing our common shares, and there can be no assurance that any regulatory approvals we may require will be obtained, either in a timely manner or at all. See "- Our strategy includes expansion of our business through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies or new products and services, but we may not be able to achieve regulatory approval for such transactions or be able to achieve the anticipated cost savings, growth opportunities and other benefits anticipated from such transactions." Our regulators have the ability to compel us to, or restrict us from, taking certain actions entirely, such as actions that our regulators deem to constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Any restrictions on our business placed by a regulator could have a negative impact on our ability to execute on our growth strategy. See "- Laws in certain jurisdictions in which we operate and our bye-laws could adversely affect the rights of our shareholders or prevent or delay a change in control.”
Our ability to pay dividends to non-residents of Bermuda and the transfer of our common shares to non-residents of Bermuda could be impaired by Bermuda regulations.
A large number of our shareholders are resident outside of Bermuda, and our common shares are listed on the BSX and the NYSE. Bermuda regulations impacting non-Bermuda holders of our common shares are set by the Bermuda Controller of Foreign Exchange, whose current policy:
permits the conversion of Bermuda Dollars for payment of dividends in foreign currency to shareholders who are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided that all payments are processed through an authorized dealer, including, for this purpose, us; and
permits the free transferability of equity securities of a Bermuda company for so long as such equity securities of such company are listed on an ‘‘appointed stock exchange’’ appointed by the Minister of Finance under section 2(9) of the Companies Act 1981.
However, if the Controller of Foreign Exchange were to change the foregoing policies, our ability to pay dividends in US Dollars to non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes could be impaired. Furthermore each transfer of our common shares to or from non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes could require specific approval by the Controller of Foreign Exchange. This could impact the liquidity of the market for our common shares, and the value of the common shares could be adversely affected.
If we are considered to be a passive foreign investment company, such characterization could result in adverse US federal income tax consequences to shareholders that are US investors.
Special adverse US federal income tax rules apply if a US shareholder holds shares of a company that is treated as a passive foreign investment company ("PFIC"), for any taxable year during which the US shareholder held such shares. A foreign corporation will be considered a PFIC for any taxable year in which (1) 75% or more of its gross income is passive income, or (2) 50% or more of the average fair market value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the "asset test"). Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated, for purposes of the PFIC tests, as owning a proportionate share of the other corporation's assets and receiving its proportionate share of the other corporation's income.
Banks generally derive a substantial part of their income from assets that are interest-bearing or that otherwise could be considered passive under the PFIC rules. The US Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), has issued a notice, and has proposed regulations, that exclude from passive income any income derived in the active conduct of a banking business by a qualifying foreign bank.
Based upon the proportion of our income derived from activities that are "bona fide" banking activities for US federal income tax purposes, we believe that we were not a PFIC for the taxable year ended December 31, 2021(the latest period for which the determination can be made) and, based further on our present regulatory status under local laws, the present nature of our activities, and the present composition of our assets and sources of income, we do not expect to be a PFIC for the current year or for any future years. However, because PFIC status is a factual determination and because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, there can be no assurances that we will not be a PFIC for any particular year. If we were a PFIC in any taxable year during which a US shareholder owns our common shares and the US shareholder does not make a "mark-to-market" election, as discussed under the heading "Certain Taxation Considerations - Material US Federal Income Tax Consequences - US shareholders - Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations," or a special "purging election," we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such US shareholders in all succeeding years, regardless of whether we continue to meet the income or asset test discussed above. US shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the tax consequences to them if we were to become a PFIC for any taxable year in which they own our common shares.
US withholding tax and information reporting requirements imposed under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act may apply.
As discussed below under the heading "Certain Taxation Considerations - Material US Federal Income Tax Consequences - Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act Withholding," pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ("FATCA") enacted in 2010, a 30% withholding tax will be imposed on certain payments to certain non-US financial institutions that fail to comply with certain information-reporting, account identification, withholding, certification and other FATCA-related requirements in respect of their
14


direct and indirect US shareholders and/or US account holders. To avoid becoming subject to FATCA withholding, we and other financial institutions may be required to report information to the IRS regarding the holders of our common shares and to withhold on a portion of payments under our common shares to certain holders that fail to comply with the relevant information reporting requirements (or that hold our common shares directly or indirectly through certain non-compliant intermediaries). However, under proposed Treasury regulations, such withholding will not apply to payments made before the date that is two years after the date on which final regulations defining the term “foreign passthru payment” are enacted. The rules for the implementation of this legislation have not yet been fully finalized, so it is impossible to determine at this time what impact, if any, this legislation will have on holders of the common shares.
Many countries, including Bermuda, have entered into agreements with the United States ("intergovernmental agreements" or "IGAs") to facilitate the implementation of FATCA. These IGAs modify the FATCA withholding regime described above. In December 2013, Bermuda entered into a Model 2 IGA with the United States pursuant to which Bermudian financial institutions are directed by the Bermudian authorities to register with the IRS and to enter into an agreement with the IRS to perform specified due diligence, reporting and withholding functions.
Risks Relating to the Common Shares
Purchases of our common shares under our share repurchase program may result in the price of our common shares being higher than the price that otherwise might have existed in the open market.
On February 14, 2022, the Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program. Pursuant to the program, the Bank is authorized to repurchase up to 2.0 million common shares of the Bank through February 28, 2023. This was executed following the expiration of the previous share repurchase program of 2.0 million common shares approved by our Board of Directors on February 10, 2021. The timing, manner, price and amount of any repurchases will be determined by the Company, in its discretion, based upon the evaluation of economic and market conditions, stock price, available cash, applicable legal and regulatory requirements and other factors, and which may include purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act. The program does not require the Company to repurchase any specific number of shares and there can be no assurance that any shares will be repurchased under the program. The program may be suspended, extended, modified or discontinued by the Company at any time. These activities may have had the effect of maintaining the market price of our common shares or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares, and, as a result, the price of our common shares may have been higher than the price that otherwise might have existed in the open market.
We are a "foreign private issuer" under US securities law. Therefore, we are exempt from certain requirements applicable to US domestic registrants.
Although we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the periodic disclosure required of foreign private issuers, including us, under the Exchange Act is different from periodic disclosure required of US domestic registrants. Therefore, there may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about US domestic registrants. We are exempt from certain other sections of the Exchange Act to which US domestic registrants are subject, including the requirement to provide our shareholders with information statements or proxy statements that comply with the Exchange Act. In addition, our insiders and large shareholders are not obligated to file reports under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. See ‘‘Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer.”
As a foreign private issuer, we are also permitted by the NYSE to comply with Bermuda corporate governance practice in lieu of complying with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. This means that we are not required to comply with NYSE requirements that:
the board of directors consists of a majority of independent directors;
independent directors meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions;
the audit committee satisfy NYSE standards for director independence;
the audit committee has a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;
we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;
we have a compensation committee composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;
we establish corporate governance guidelines and a code of business conduct;
our shareholders approve any equity compensation plans; and
there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.
With the exception of having shareholders approve equity compensation plans, we have elected to comply with the NYSE requirements listed above, notwithstanding the exemptions available to us as a foreign private issuer. However, as ongoing compliance is not required by the NYSE, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.
We are a Bermuda company. Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and might afford less protection to shareholders.
We are a Bermuda-based company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law, including the Companies Act, the Butterfield Act and our bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. In particular, under Bermuda law, the duties of directors and officers of a company are generally owed to the company only, and shareholders do not generally have rights to take action against directors or officers of the company. In addition, class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The status of laws currently in place, and areas not currently governed, are subject to change. The interests of our shareholders could be adversely affected if significant regulations are added or deleted from Bermuda’s existing statutory framework. For a summary of the existing legal framework in Bermuda, see Item 4.B. “Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation.”
In addition, our business is based outside of the United States, a majority of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States and a majority of our assets and some or all of the assets of such persons are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible to effect service of process on us or our directors and officers in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in the United States courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the United States securities laws. Furthermore, it is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.
There are provisions in our bye-laws that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt, which could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of the Bank and could adversely impact the value of our common shares. For a detailed summary of the anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws, see "Description of Share Capital" in our registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017 with file number 333-216018.

15


Laws in certain jurisdictions in which we operate and our bye-laws could adversely affect the rights of our shareholders or prevent or delay a change in control.
Under the provisions of Bermuda's Banks and Deposit Companies Act 1999 ("BDCA"), the rights of our shareholders could be impaired if any such shareholder becomes a shareholder controller. If a shareholder controller fails to comply with the notice requirements in connection with a change in control under the BDCA or continues as such after being given notice of objection to its being a shareholder controller, the BMA may take the actions specified in the BDCA, including, among other things, revoking the relevant license of the Bank under the BDCA. For more information, see the summaries of relevant provisions of the BDCA regulations under Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation” and "Description of Share Capital" in our registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017 with file number 333-216018.
Similarly, in Guernsey certain changes to the ownership structure of our Guernsey company (which is licensed by the Guernsey Financial Services Commission) may be considered to be a change of control requiring a declaration of "no objection" from the regulator, and in Jersey a change to the ownership or control of the Jersey regulated entity may also require regulatory approval.
In addition to these restrictions, the provisions of our bye-laws provide that a person who is not "Bermudian" (as such term is defined in the Companies Act) who is "interested" (as such term is defined in the bye-laws) in our shares which constitute more than 40% of all shares then issued and outstanding is not entitled to vote the shares which are in excess of such 40% interest at any general meeting without the prior written approval of the Minister of Finance. See also Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation.”
Our common shares trade on more than one market and this may result in price variations; in addition, investors may not be able to easily move shares for trading between such markets.
Our common shares have traded on the BSX since 1971 and began trading on the NYSE in September 2016. Trading in our common shares on these markets takes place in different currencies (US Dollars on the NYSE and Bermuda Dollars on the BSX), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days and different public holidays in the United States and Bermuda). The trading prices of our common shares on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors. Any decrease in the price of our common shares on the BSX could cause a decrease in the trading price of our common shares on the NYSE, or vice versa. Investors could seek to sell or buy our common shares to take advantage of any price differences between the markets through a practice referred to as arbitrage. Any arbitrage activity could create unexpected volatility in both our share prices on one exchange, and the shares available for trading on the other exchange.
General Risk Factors
We may be alleged to have infringed upon intellectual property rights owned by others or may be unable to determineprotect our own intellectual property.
Competitors or other third parties may allege that we, or consultants or other third parties retained or indemnified by us, infringe on their intellectual property rights. Even in instances where we believe that claims and allegations of intellectual property infringement against us are without merit, defending against such claims is time consuming and expensive and could result in the diversion of time and attention of our management and employees. In addition, although in some cases a third party may have agreed to indemnify us for such costs, such indemnifying party may refuse, or be unable, to uphold its contractual obligations.
Moreover, we rely on a variety of measures to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information, including copyrights, trademarks, and controls on access and distribution. These measures may not prevent misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property or proprietary information and a resulting loss of competitive advantage. In any event, we may be required to litigate to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information from misappropriation or infringement by others, which is expensive and could cause a diversion of resources and may not be successful.
Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that we could suffer, and our insurance costs could increase in the future.
Our insurance policies do not cover all types of potential losses and liabilities and are subject to limits and excesses. There can be no assurance that our insurance will be sufficient to cover the full extent of all losses or liabilities for which we are ultimately responsible, which could result in losses being incurred by the Bank. Additionally, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew our current insurance policies on favorable terms, or at all.
Changes in accounting policies and practices may be adopted by applicable regulatory agencies or other authoritative bodies, which could materially impact our financial statements.
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, applicable regulatory agencies and other authoritative bodies change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.
The value of the common shares may fluctuate significantly.
The value of our common shares may fluctuate significantly as a result of a large number of factors, including, in part, changes in our actual or forecasted operating results and the inability to fulfill the profit expectations of securities analysts, as well as the high volatility in the securities markets generally, and more particularly in shares of financial institutions. The current market price of our common shares may not be indicative of future market prices.
Other factors, besides our financial results, that may impact the price of our common shares include, but are not limited to:
market expectations of the performance and capital adequacy of financial institutions in general;
investor perception of the success and impact of our strategies;
investor perception of our positions and risks, including risks associated with economic uncertainty in key markets in which we operate;
a downgrade or review of our credit ratings;
potential litigation or regulatory action involving us;
announcements concerning financial problems or any investigations into the accounting practices of other financial institutions; and
general market circumstances.

Holders of our common shares may not receive dividends.
The dividend policy described under Item 8.A. "Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information - Dividend Policy" should not be construed as a dividend forecast. Our results of operations and financial condition are dependent on our performance. There can be no assurance that we will declare and pay dividends in the future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be subject to the prior approval of the BMA and be made at the discretion of the Board. Such dividends shall be
16


declared and paid by the Board only as permitted under applicable law. In determining the amount of any future dividends, factors the Board may take into account include: (1) our financial consequences, fines and/or penalties resulting from thisresults; (2) our available cash, as well as anticipated cash requirements (including debt servicing); (3) our capital requirements, including the capital requirements of our subsidiaries; (4) our capital requirements to fund potential acquisitions; (5) contractual, legal, tax compliance review, we have recorded as at December 31, 2019, a provision of $5.5 million (December 31, 2018: $5.5 million). As the investigation remains ongoing at this time, the timing and termsregulatory restrictions on, and implications of, the final resolution, including any finesdeclaration and payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or penalties, remain uncertainshare buy-back activity; (6) general economic and the financial impactbusiness conditions; (7) restrictions applicable to the Bank could exceedand its subsidiaries under Bermuda and other applicable laws, regulations and policies, including the requirement to obtain a letter of no objection from the BMA for the payment of dividends on our common shares; and (8) any other factors that the Board may deem relevant. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will declare or pay any dividends to holders of the common shares, or as to the amount of the provision. In this regard, we note that the US authorities have not approved or commentedany such dividends.
Our ability to declare and pay dividends may also depend on the adequacylevel of distributions, if any, received from our operating subsidiaries. Our operating subsidiaries may be precluded from declaring and paying dividends by various factors, such as their own financial condition, or reasonablenessrestrictions applicable to us and our subsidiaries under Bermuda and other applicable laws, regulations and policies. The ability of certain of our subsidiaries to upstream funds has been increasingly restricted due to changes in the business and regulatory environments in the jurisdictions in which those subsidiaries operate. In addition, any change in tax treatment of dividends or interest received by us may reduce the level of yield received by our shareholders.
The issuance of additional shares in connection with future acquisitions, any share incentive or share option plan or otherwise may dilute all other shareholdings.
We may seek to raise capital to fund future acquisitions and other growth opportunities. We may, for these and other purposes, such as in connection with share incentive and share option plans, issue additional equity or convertible securities. Any issuance of additional shares, however, is subject to prior BMA approval, and we cannot guarantee that their approval will be obtained, either in a timely manner or at all. In the event that we are able to and do issue additional shares, existing shareholders could suffer dilution in their percentage ownership.
17


ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
A.History and Development of the provision.Company
Corporate Information
We are a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, incorporated on October 22, 1904, pursuant to the The provisionN.T. Butterfield & Son Bank Act, 1904 (the "Butterfield Act"). We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 2106. Our registered office and principal executive offices are located at 65 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda. Our agent for service of process in the United States is C T Corporation System, 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005. Our telephone number is (441) 295 1111. We maintain a website at www.butterfieldgroup.com. Neither this website nor the information on or accessible through this website is included onor incorporated in, or is a part of, this report.
The SEC maintains an internet site at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports, information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the consolidated balance sheets under other liabilities.



7


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
Consolidated Financial Information
The following tables present our selected consolidated financial information as at and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016, and 2015.SEC.
Our historical results for any prior period do not necessarily indicate our results to be expected for any future period. History
The following data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".
The selected consolidated financial information presented as at December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statementsorigin of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited included elsewheredates back to the founding of the trading firm of Nathaniel Butterfield circa 1784. In 1858, our company was established as a bank in Bermuda and has been instrumental to the functioning of the local economy ever since. The Bank was later incorporated under a special act of the local Parliament in 1904. In the 1960s, as international businesses began contributing substantially to Bermuda's economy, we developed services to work to meet their needs. In 1967, we opened offices in the Cayman Islands and by the 1980s had expanded our operations to include retail banking, investment management, and fund administration. In 1973, we opened our Guernsey office in order to provide customers with access to the Pound Sterling currency after Bermuda's departure from the British Sterling zone. In addition to being Bermuda's first bank, we opened the first ATMs in Bermuda in the 1980s and launched Bermuda's first internet banking service in 2001. In 1971, we listed our common shares on the BSX ("Bermuda Stock Exchange") under the ticker symbol "NTB.BH". In 2016, we listed our common shares on the NYSE under the ticker symbol "NTB".
In 2008 and 2009, as a result of the global financial crisis, we realized losses attributable primarily to US non-agency mortgage backed securities in our investment portfolio, as well as write-downs on local market hospitality loans. To raise capital to offset these losses, the Bank executed a $200 million preference share offering in June 2009. In 2009 and 2010, we implemented a comprehensive restructuring plan for the Company: we hired a new management team, de-risked our balance sheet, and raised $550 million of common equity from a group of investors as well as existing shareholders.
Since our restructuring, we have pursued a strategy to focus on our core business in banking and wealth management. We have executed upon our strategy by streamlining the Company's operations through exiting non-core markets, repositioning our balance sheet, investing in efficiency initiatives, and continuing to invest in our core business lines to grow both organically and through acquisitions. By following this report.strategy, we have improved our financial results and have been able to initiate a progressive capital return policy for investors. The selected consolidatedfollowing are the most recent key steps in executing our strategy:
In October 2017, we entered into an agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank AG’s ("Deutsche Bank's") Global Trust Solutions (“GTS”) business, excluding its US operations, for net cash payments of $24.7 million. Upon completion of the transaction, Butterfield took over the ongoing management and administration of the GTS portfolio, comprising approximately 1,000 trust structures for some 900 private clients in Guernsey, Switzerland, the Cayman Islands and Singapore. As part of the transaction, we also acquired a service company in Mauritius to provide operations and support services to our trust businesses. This transaction was completed in March 2018.
In February 2018, we entered into an agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank’s banking and custody business in the Cayman Islands, Jersey and Guernsey, which provides services primarily to financial information presentedintermediaries and corporate clients. The Bank began to onboard certain customer deposits relating to the acquisition in 2018, and this onboarding activity was completed in the first half of 2019.
In May 2018, we issued $75 million of 5.25% Fixed to Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due in 2028 to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes.
In July 2019, we completed the £160.7 million ($201.1 million) acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited ("ABN AMRO (Channel Islands)"), which provides banking, investment management and custody products to three distinct client groups, including trusts, private clients, and funds.
In June 2020, we issued $100 million of 5.25% Fixed to Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due in 2030 for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of a portion of our previously outstanding debt.















18


B.Business Overview
Overview
We are a full service bank and wealth manager headquartered in Hamilton, Bermuda. We operate our business through three geographic segments: Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK. We offer banking services, comprising of retail, private and corporate banking, treasury services, and wealth management, which consists of investment management, advisory and brokerage services, trust, estate, and company management in both our Bermuda and Cayman Islands segments, as atwell as custody services in our Bermuda segment. The Channel Islands and the UK segment include the jurisdictions of Guernsey and Jersey (Channel Islands), and the UK. In the Channel Islands, a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial intermediaries including private banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management and fiduciary services. In 2021, the Channel Islands entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgage services for high-value residential properties. We also have operations in the jurisdictions of The Bahamas, Canada, Mauritius, Singapore and Switzerland, which we include in our Other segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2017, 20162021, we generated $499.7 million in net revenue after provision for credit losses and 2015other gains/losses ("net revenue"). Our total net revenue, before inter-segment eliminations, by each of our three geographic segments and our non-reportable "Other" segment for the years ended December 31, 20162021, 2020 and 2015 have been derived from2019 are as follows:
For the year ended
In millions of $202120202019
Net Revenue
Bermuda$233.7 $238.0 $272.1 
Cayman Islands$150.7 $145.6 $168.9 
Channel Islands and the UK$105.2 $101.9 $82.9 
Other$27.6 $14.4 $22.2 
As at December 31, 2021, we had $15.3 billion in total assets, $5.2 billion in net loans, $13.9 billion in total deposits (55% USD deposits, 18% USD-pegged deposits), $106.4 billion and $36.8 billion of trust and custody businesses assets under administration, respectively, and $5.5 billion of assets under management.
In our Bermuda and Cayman Islands segments, our bank provides a full range of retail and corporate banking services to individuals, local businesses, captive insurers, reinsurance companies, trust companies, and hedge funds. The key products we offer include personal and business deposit services, residential and commercial mortgages, small and medium-sized enterprise and corporate loans, credit and debit cards, merchant acquiring, mobile and internet banking, and cash management.
In our Channel Islands and UK segment, our bank provides a broad range of services to private clients and financial institutions including private banking, corporate banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management, mortgage lending and fiduciary services. In 2021, the audited consolidatedsegment entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgages for high-value residential properties.
In all of our segments, we offer wealth management to high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals, family offices, and institutional and corporate clients. Our wealth management platform has three lines of business: trust, private banking, and asset management.
The trust business line, which utilizes specialists in each of our geographic areas, responds to client needs in estate and succession planning, administration of complex asset holdings, and efficient coordination of family affairs. In addition, the business provides pension and employee benefits services for multinational corporations, as well as services that involve administration of and fiduciary responsibility for customized trust structures holding a wide range of asset types including financial statementsassets, property, business assets and art.
Our private banking business line offers access to a suite of services, targeted toward high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals, trusts, and family offices, that can be customized to each client's needs and preferences and delivered as part of a coordinated strategy by a dedicated private banker. We provide clients in our Bermuda, Cayman Islands, and Channel Islands and the UK segments with an integrated model that combines traditional wealth management with banking, lending, cash management, foreign exchange services, custody and access to asset management and trust professionals within Butterfield. We also provide our clients with access to their account information through the use of internet and mobile banking.
Our asset management business line provides a broad range of portfolio management services to institutional and private clients. Our target client base includes institutions such as pension funds and captive insurance companies with investable assets over $10 million and private clients such as high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals, families, and trusts with investable assets over $1 million. Our principal services include discretionary investment management, managed portfolio services, money market, and mutual fund offerings. We also offer advisory and self-directed brokerage options. Over 90% of the business's discretionary investment mandates call for balanced growth to conservative allocations. We focus on delivery of reasonable appreciation with an emphasis on capital preservation. The Bank relies on third parties to provide research and investment management expertise, while our own services are concentrated on portfolio construction and managing client relationships. We also provide customized reporting to meet specific needs of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited,our major clients.
From 2016 to 2021, our GAAP net income to common shareholders and our core net income to common shareholders ("Core Net Income to Common")(1) had compound annual growth rates ("CAGR") of 18.6% and 4.9%, respectively. Our earnings generation has allowed us to build capital to return to shareholders and invest strategically, both organically and through acquisitions, to further enhance the growth prospects of our Company. We aim to continue to build excess capital in the future, which are not included elsewhere in this report.
Statement of Operations Data
  
For the year ended
December 31,
(in millions of $, unless indicated otherwise) 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015
Total interest income 405.1
 367.6
 305.6
 274.9
 262.6
Total interest expense 59.4
 24.6
 15.9
 16.4
 23.3
Net interest income before provisions for credit losses 345.7
 343.0
 289.7
 258.5
 239.3
Provision for credit recoveries (losses) 0.2
 7.0
 5.8
 (4.4) (5.7)
Net interest income after provisions for credit losses 345.9
 350.0
 295.6
 254.1
 233.5
Total non-interest income 184.0
 168.7
 157.8
 147.5
 140.2
Total other gains (losses) 2.8
 (0.9) 1.3
 1.0
 (9.4)
Total net revenue 532.6
 517.8
 454.7
 402.6
 364.3
Total non-interest expense 356.9
 321.3
 300.3
 285.9
 285.2
Net income before income taxes 175.7
 196.5
 154.3
 116.7
 79.0
Income tax benefit (expense) 1.4
 (1.3) (1.1) (0.7) (1.3)
Net income 177.1
 195.2
 153.3
 115.9
 77.7
Net income to common shareholders 177.1
 195.2
 153.3
 58.4
 61.2
Earnings per common share from continuing operations (in US$)(1)
        
  
Basic 3.33
 3.55
 2.82
 1.20
 1.25
Diluted(2)
 3.30
 3.50
 2.76
 1.18
 1.23
Cash Dividends declared per common share (in BM$)(1)
 1.76
 1.52
 1.28
 0.40
 0.50
Dividends declared per preference share (in US$) 
 
 
 80.00
 80.00


(1)Figures reflect the reverse share split that the Bank effected on September 6, 2016.
(2)Reflects only "in the money" options and warrants to purchase the common shares as well as certain unvested share awards, which have a dilutive effect. Warrants issued to the Government of Bermuda in exchange for the Government's guarantee of the preference shares are not included in the computation of earnings per share because the exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares for the relevant periods. In December 2016, in connection with the preference share redemption, the warrant issued to the Government of Bermuda was repurchased for cancellation by the Bank. Only share awards and options for which the sum of (1) the expense that will be recognized in the future (i.e., the unrecognized expense) and (2) its exercise price, if any, was lower than the average market price of the common shares were considered dilutive, and therefore, included in the computation of diluted earnings per share.


Balance Sheet Data
  As at December 31,
(in millions of $) 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015
Assets  
  
  
  
  
Cash due from banks 2,550.1
 2,053.9
 1,535.1
 2,101.7
 2,288.9
Of which cash and demand deposits with banks — non-interest bearing(1)
 88.0
 91.7
 55.6
 79.1
 71.5
Of which demand deposits with banks — interest bearing(1)
 839.3
 520.0
 374.0
 358.1
 418.0
Of which cash equivalents — interest bearing 1,622.7
 1,442.1
 1,105.5
 1,664.5
 1,799.4
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 142.3
 27.3
 178.8
 148.8
 
Short-term investments 1,218.4
 52.3
 250.0
 519.8
 409.5
Investment in securities 4,436.4
 4,255.4
 4,706.2
 4,400.2
 3,223.9
Of which equity securities at fair value(2)
 7.4
 6.5
 6.8
 6.3
 6.2
Of which trading(2)
 
 
 
 
 315.1
Of which available-for-sale 2,220.3
 2,182.7
 3,317.4
 3,332.7
 2,201.3
Of which held-to-maturity(3)
 2,208.7
 2,066.1
 1,382.0
 1,061.1
 701.3
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 5,142.6
 4,043.9
 3,776.9
 3,570.5
 4,000.2
Premises, equipment and computer software, net of accumulated depreciation 158.2
 158.1
 164.8
 167.8
 183.4
Accrued interest 23.6
 20.9
 24.9
 22.8
 17.5
Goodwill 24.8
 24.0
 21.5
 19.6
 23.5
Other intangible assets, net 71.7
 50.8
 39.1
 42.3
 27.7
Equity method investments 14.5
 14.7
 14.1
 13.5
 12.8
Other real estate owned, net 3.8
 5.3
 9.1
 14.2
 11.2
Other assets 135.2
 66.7
 58.7
 82.5
 77.1
Total assets 13,921.6
 10,773.2
 10,779.2
 11,103.5
 10,275.6
Liabilities          
Total customer and bank deposits 12,441.6
 9,452.2
 9,536.5
 10,033.6
 9,182.1
Of which customer deposits — non-interest bearing 2,230.0
 2,111.5
 2,479.7
 2,385.0
 1,881.7
Of which customer deposits — interest bearing 10,177.9
 7,306.9
 7,044.3
 7,624.8
 7,285.9
Of which bank deposits 33.8
 33.8
 12.5
 23.8
 14.5
Employee benefit plans 110.3
 117.2
 128.8
 140.0
 122.1
Accrued interest 8.4
 5.1
 2.4
 2.1
 2.7
Preference share dividends payable 
 
 
 
 0.7
Pending payable for investments purchased 
 
 51.9
 
 
Other liabilities 254.0
 173.0
 119.8
 100.0
 100.5
Long-term debt 143.5
 143.3
 117.0
 117.0
 117.0
Total liabilities 12,957.8
 9,890.8
 9,956.4
 10,392.8
 9,525.2
Total shareholders' equity(4)(5)
 963.7
 882.3
 822.9
 710.7
 750.4
Of which common share capital(5)
 0.5
 0.6
 0.5
 0.5
 
0.5(6)

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 13,921.6
 10,773.2
 10,779.2
 11,103.5
 10,275.6
Common shares outstanding (number)(5)
 53.0
 55.4
 54.7
 53.3
 47.3

(1)For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the classification of certain interest bearing and non-interest bearing cash items was amended.
(2)For the year ended December 31, 2015, investments in trading securities has been split into equity securities at fair value and trading debt securities to align with current GAAP guidance.
(3)Fair value of HTM debt securities was $2,256.0 million as at December 31, 2019, $2,036.2 million as at December 31, 2018, $1,377.4 million as at December 31, 2017, $1,046.8 million as at December 31, 2016 and $701.5 million as at December 31, 2015.
(4)As at December 31, 2019 the number of outstanding awards of unvested common shares was 0.9 million (December 31, 2018: 0.9 million, December 31, 2017: 0.9 million, December 31, 2016: 0.8 million and December 31, 2015: 0.9 million). Only awards for which the sum of 1) the expense that will be recognized in the future (i.e., the unrecognized expense) and 2) its exercise price, if any, was lower than the average market price of the Bank‘s common shares were considered dilutive and, therefore, included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. A warrant, outstanding until the Bank repurchased it in December 2016, to purchase 0.43 million shares (December 31, 2015: 0.43 million) was excluded from the computation of earnings per share because the exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares. Figures reflect the reverse share split that the Bank effected on September 6, 2016.
(5)Figures reflect the reverse share split that the Bank effected on September 6, 2016 and the retirement of 2,928,788 shares during the year ended December 31, 2019 (December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015: nil).
(6)Reflects the repurchase for cancellation of 8,000,000 common shares previously held by CIBC effected on April 30, 2015. Figures reflect the reverse share split that the Bank effected on September 6, 2016.

Financial Ratios and Other Performance Indicators
We use a number of financial measures to track the performance ofwe can redeploy into growing our business and guide our management. Some of these measures are defined by, and calculated in compliance with, applicable banking regulations, but such regulations often provide for certain discretion in defining and calculating the measures. These measures allow managementreturn to review our core activities, enabling us and our investorsshareholders.




__________________________
(1)Core Net Income to evaluate relevant trends meaningfully when considered in conjunction with (but not in lieu of) measures that are calculated in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures used in this report are notCommon is a substitute for GAAP measures and readers should consider the GAAP measures as well.
The following table shows certain of our key financial measures for the periods indicated. Because of the discretion that we and other banks and companies have in defining and calculating these measures, care should be taken in comparing such measures used by us with similarly titled measures of other banks and companies, as such measures may not be directly comparable.
Many of these measures are non-GAAP financial measures. We believemeasure that each of these measures is useful for investors in understanding trends in our business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying solely on our GAAP-calculated results. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures presented below, including a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, see "— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures."
  For the year ended December 31,
(in %, unless otherwise indicated) 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015
Return on average common shareholders' equity(1)
 19.1
 23.1
 19.9
 8.9
 10.1
Core return on average tangible common equity(2)
 23.4
 25.6
 22.4
 20.5
 17.6
Return on average assets(3)
 1.4
 1.8
 1.4
 1.1
 0.8
Core return on average tangible assets(4)
 1.6
 1.8
 1.5
 1.3
 1.1
Net interest margin(5)
 2.86
 3.25
 2.73
 2.45
 2.48
Efficiency margin(6)
 66.4
 61.8
 66.2
 69.3
 74.0
Core efficiency ratio(7)
 62.2
 61.5
 64.3
 63.8
 66.0
Fee income ratio(8)
 34.7
 32.5
 34.8
 36.7
 37.5
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio(9)(10)
 17.3
 19.6
 18.2
 15.3
 N/A
Tier 1 common ratio(9)
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 N/A
 12.0
Tier 1 capital ratio(9)
 17.3
 19.6
 18.2
 15.3
 16.2
Total capital ratio(9)
 19.4
 22.4
 19.9
 17.6
 19.0
Leverage ratio(9)(10)
 5.9
 7.6
 6.9
 5.8
 6.4
Tangible common equity/tangible assets(11)
 6.3
 7.5
 7.1
 5.9
 5.1
Tangible total equity/tangible assets(12)
 6.3
 7.5
 7.1
 5.9
 6.8
Non-performing assets ratio(13)
 0.4
 0.4
 0.4
 0.5
 0.7
Non-accrual ratio(14)
 1.0
 1.2
 1.2
 1.3
 1.6
Non-performing loan ratio(15)
 1.3
 1.4
 1.3
 1.6
 2.0
Net charge-off ratio(16)
 
 0.1
 0.1
 0.3
 0.2
Core net income attributable to common shareholders(17)(18) (in $ million)
 197.9
 197.0
 158.9
 123.0
 97.4
Core earnings per common share fully diluted(19)(21) (in $)
 3.69
 3.53
 2.86
 2.48
 1.95
Common equity per share(20)(21) (in $)
 18.40
 15.94
 15.05
 13.34
 12.24

(1)Return on average common shareholders' equity ("ROE") measures profitability revealing how much profit is generated with the money invested by common shareholders. ROE represents the amount of net income to common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity and calculated as net income to common shareholders / average common equity. Net income to common shareholders is net income for the full fiscal year, before dividends paid to common shareholders but after dividends to preference shareholders. Average common equity does not include the preference shareholders' equity.
(2)Core return on average tangible common equity ("Core ROATCE") is a non-GAAP financial measure. Core ROATCE measures core profitability as a percentage of average tangible common equity. Core ROATCE is the amount of core income to common shareholders as a percentage of average tangible common equity and is calculated as core earnings to common shareholders / average tangible common equity. Core earnings to common shareholders is net earnings to common shareholders for the full fiscal year (before dividends paid to common shareholders but after dividends to preference shareholders) adjusted to exclude certain items that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. Average tangible common equity does not include the preference shareholders' equity or goodwill and intangible assets. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see "— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(3)Return on average assets ("ROA") is an indicator of profitability relative to average total assets and is intended to demonstrate how efficient management is at using the assets to generate earnings. The ROA ratio is calculated as net income / average total assets.
(4)Core return on average tangible assets ("Core ROATA") is a non-GAAP financial measure. Core ROATA is an indicator used to assess the core profitability of average tangible assets and is intended to demonstrate how efficiently management is utilizing its tangible assets to generate core net income. Core ROATA is calculated by taking the core income as a percentage of average tangible assets and is calculated as core net income / average tangible assets. Core net income is the net income adjusted to exclude certain items that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. Core ROATA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see "— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(5)Net interest margin ("NIM") is a performance metric that examines how successful the Bank's investment decisions are compared to its cost of funding assets and is expressed as net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. NIM is calculated as net interest income before provision for credit losses / average interest-earning assets. Net interest income is the interest earned on cash due from banks, investments, loans and other interest earning assets minus the interest paid for deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. The average interest-earning assets is calculated using daily average balances of interest-earning assets.

(6)Efficiency margin is a non-GAAP financial measure. Efficiency margin is an indicator used to assess operating efficiencies and is intended to demonstrate how efficiently management is controlling expenses relative to generating revenues. The efficiency margin is calculated by taking the non-interest expenses as a percentage of total net revenue before total other gains (losses) and provisions for credit losses, and is calculated as (non-interest expense - amortization of intangible assets) / (total non-interest income + net interest income before provision for credit losses). For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see "— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(7)The core efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. The core efficiency ratio is an indicator used to assess operating efficiencies and is intended to demonstrate how efficiently management is controlling expenses relative to generating revenues on our core activities. The core efficiency ratio is calculated by taking the core non-interest expenses as a percentage of total net revenue before provision for credit losses and other gains and losses and is calculated as (core non-interest expenses - amortization of intangible assets) / (core non-interest income + core net interest income before provision for credit losses). Core non-interest expenses exclude certain items that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP including income taxes and amortization of intangible assets. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see "— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(8)The fee income ratio is a measure used to determine the proportion of revenues derived from non-interest income sources. The ratio is calculated as non-interest income / (non-interest income + net interest income after provision for credit losses).
(9)The total capital ratio measures the amount of the Bank's capital in relation to the amount of risk it is taking. All banks must ensure that a reasonable proportion of their risk is covered by permanent capital. Prior to January 1, 2015, the Bank's regulatory capital was determined in accordance with Basel II guidelines issued by the BMA. Under Basel II, Pillar I, banks must maintain a minimum total capital ratio of 14.46%, inclusive of all capital buffers. In effect, this means that 14.46% of the risk weighted assets ("RWA") must be covered by permanent or near permanent capital. The risk weighting process takes into account the relative risk of various types of lending and asset placements. The higher the capital adequacy ratio a bank has, the greater the level of unexpected losses it can absorb before becoming insolvent. Under Basel III as implemented by the BMA for 2019, we must maintain a total capital ratio of 16.3%. The tier 1 capital ratio is the ratio of the Bank's core equity capital, as measured under Basel II, to its total RWA. RWA are the total of all assets held by the Bank weighted by credit risk according to a formula determined by the regulator. The Bank follows the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision ("BCBS") guidelines in setting formulas for asset risk weights. The tier 1 common ratio is equivalent to the tier 1 capital ratio except that it only includes common equity in the numerator and deducts the preference shareholders' equity. Note that the tier 1 common ratio is calculated in the same manner as the common equity tier 1 ("CET1") ratio discussed below, but differs in its inputs based upon RWA calculations under Basel II versus Basel III.
(10)Effective January 1, 2015, the Bank's regulatory capital is determined in accordance with current Basel III guidelines issued by the BMA. However, the Bank was not required to publish its capital ratios under Basel III until January 1, 2016 as per guidance from the BMA and continued to publish certain ratios under Basel II during 2015. Basel III adopts CET1 as the predominant form of regulatory capital with the CET1 ratio as a new metric. Under Basel III as implemented by the BMA, we must maintain a minimum CET1 ratio of 10%. Basel III also adopts the new Leverage Ratio regime, which is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital by an exposure measure. Under Basel III, banks must maintain a minimum Leverage Ratio of 5.0%. The exposure measure consists of total assets (excluding items deducted from tier 1 capital) and certain off balance sheet items converted into credit exposure equivalents as well as adjustments for derivatives to reflect credit and other risks.
(11)The tangible common equity/tangible assets ("TCE/TA") ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. The TCE/TA ratio is a measure used to determine how significant of an unexpected loss can be incurred by the Bank before other forms of capital, other than common equity, are impacted. The TCE/TA ratio is calculated as (common equity - intangible assets - goodwill) / tangible assets. Tangible common equity does not include the preference shareholders' equity or goodwill and intangible assets. Tangible assets are the Bank's total assets from continuing operations less goodwill and intangibles. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see "— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(12)The tangible total equity/tangible assets ("TE/TA") ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. The TE/TA ratio is a measure used to determine how much loss the Bank can absorb before subordinated debt capital is impacted. The TE/TA ratio is calculated as (total shareholders' equity - intangible assets - goodwill) / tangible assets. Tangible assets are the Bank's total assets from continuing operations less intangible assets and goodwill. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see "— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(13)The non-performing assets ("NPA") ratio is an indicator of the credit quality of the Bank's total assets by expressing the non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets. The NPA ratio is calculated as (gross non-accrual loans - specific allowance for credit losses on non-accrual loans + accruing loans past due 90 days + other real estate owned ("OREO")) / total assets.
(14)The non-accrual ("NACL") ratio is an indicator used to assess the credit performance of the Bank's loan portfolio by calculating the non-accrual loans as a percentage of loans. The NACL ratio is calculated as gross non-accrual loans / gross total loans. Note the reference to gross implies the amounts prior to loan allowances for credit losses.
(15)The non-performing loan ("NPL") ratio is an indicator used to assess the credit performance of the Bank's loan portfolio by calculating the non-performing loans as a percentage of loans. The NPL ratio is calculated as total gross non-performing loans / total gross loans.
(16)The net charge-off ("NCO") ratio is an indicator used to assess the net credit loss of the Bank's loan portfolio by calculating the net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans. The NCO ratio is calculated as net charge-off expense / average total loans. Average total loan is calculated as the average of the month-end asset balances during the relevant period.
(17)Core net income is a non-GAAP financial measure. Core net income measures net income on a core basis. Core net income is calculated by adjusting net income for income or expense items which are not representative of the ongoing operations of our business. For a reconciliation of core net income to net income, see "— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(18)Core net income attributable to common shareholders ("CEACS") is a non-GAAP financial measure. CEACS measures profitability attributable to common shareholders on a core basis. For a reconciliation of CEACS to net income, see "— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(19)Core net income per common share — fully diluted is a non-GAAP financial measure. Core net income per common share —  fully diluted measures core profitability attributable to common shareholders on a per share basis. For a reconciliation to net income per share, see "— Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(20)Common equity per share is calculated as total common equity / number of common shares issued and outstanding at period end.
(21)Figures reflect the reverse share split that the Bank effected on September 6, 2016.


11


Net Interest Income
Net interest income is the amount of interest earned on our interest‑earning assets less interest paid on our interest bearing liabilities. The following table shows our net interest income before provision for credit losses for the periods indicated.
 For the year ended December 31,
 2019 2018
(in millions of $)
Average
balance
($)
 
Interest
($)
 
Average
rate
(%)
 
Average
balance
($)
 
Interest
($)
 
Average
rate
(%)
Assets           
Cash due from banks, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and short‑term investments3,233.3
 41.6
 1.29 % 1,977.3
 24.8
 1.26 %
Investment in securities4,474.9
 129.4
 2.89 % 4,578.9
 124.3
 2.71 %
Loans4,369.5
 234.0
 5.36 % 3,995.8
 218.5
 5.47 %
Interest earning assets12,077.6
 405.1
 3.35 % 10,552.0
 367.6
 3.48 %
Other assets371.5
     350.7
    
Total assets12,449.1
     10,902.7
    
Liabilities           
Deposits8,851.5
 (51.5) (0.58)% 7,375.8
 (17.6) (0.24)%
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase0.7
 
 (2.12)% 1.6
 
 (2.11)%
Long-term debt143.4
 (7.9) (5.49)% 133.4
 (6.9) (5.21)%
Interest bearing liabilities8,995.5
 (59.4) (0.66)% 7,510.8
 (24.6) (0.33)%
Non-interest bearing current accounts2,147.2
     2,231.8
    
Other liabilities310.4
     281.0
    
Total liabilities11,453.1
     10,023.7
    
Shareholders’ equity995.9
     879.0
    
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity12,449.1
     10,902.7
    
Non‑interest bearing funds net of non‑interest earning assets (free balance)3,082.1
     3,041.1
    
Net interest margin  345.7
 2.86 %   343.0
 3.25 %

 For the year ended December 31,
 2017 2016 2015
(in millions of $)
Average
balance
($)
 
Interest
($)
 
Average
rate
(%)
 
Average
balance
($)
 
Interest
($)
 
Average
rate
(%)
 
Average
balance
($)
 
Interest
($)
 
Average
rate
(%)
Assets                 
Cash due from banks, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and short‑term investments2,372.7
 17.2
 0.72 % 2,655.3
 9.8
 0.37 % 2,407.9
 6.5
 0.27 %
Investment in securities4,573.9
 101.4
 2.22 % 3,940.6
 77.2
 1.95 % 3,217.0
 69.6
 2.16 %
Loans3,665.8
 187.0
 5.10 % 3,921.1
 188.0
 4.78 % 4,026.7
 186.5
 4.63 %
Interest earning assets10,612.4
 305.6
 2.88 % 10,517.0
 275.0
 2.61 % 9,651.6
 262.6
 2.72 %
Other assets346.0
     343.4
     371.5
    
Total assets10,958.4
     10,860.4
 

   10,023.1
    
Liabilities                 
Deposits7,445.0
 (10.9) (0.15)% 7,733.8
 (11.8) (0.15)% 7,156.7
 (18.4) (0.26)%
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
 
  % 16.0
 (0.1) (0.73)% 2.1
 
  %
Long-term debt117.0
 (5.0) (4.24)% 117.0
 (4.5) (3.84)% 117.0
 (4.9) (4.15)%
Interest bearing liabilities7,562.0
 (15.9) (0.21)% 7,866.8
 (16.4) (0.21)% 7,275.8
 (23.3) (0.32)%
Non-interest bearing current accounts2,393.1
     2,042.5
     1,720.7
    
Other liabilities254.4
     123.7
     196.8
    
Total liabilities10,209.6
     10,033.0
     9,193.3
    
Shareholders’ equity748.9
     827.4
     829.8
    
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity10,958.4
     10,860.4
     10,023.1
    
Non-interest bearing funds net of non-interest earning assets (free balance)3,050.3
     2,650.2
     2,375.8
    
Net interest margin  289.7
 2.73 %   258.6
 2.45 %   239.3
 2.48 %

12


Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The tables below present computations of earnings and certain other financial measures, which exclude certain significant items that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP.
We focus on core net income in many of these measures and ratios, which we calculate by adjusting net income for income or expense items which aremanagement considers not to be representative of the ongoing operations of our business which results in non-core gains, losses and expense measures.preference share dividends, guarantee fees and premiums paid on preference share buybacks and redemptions. For a reconciliation of Core Net Income to Common to GAAP net income includes revenue, gains, lossesto common, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
19


Our Markets
The charts below provide the geographic distribution of our Net Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021.
ntb-20211231_g1.jpg
2021 Net Revenue: $499.7 million

The Bermuda and expense items incurredCayman Islands banking markets have historically been characterized by a limited number of participants and significant barriers to entry. In addition, these markets provide us with access to several attractive customer bases: in retail banking, we serve local residents and businesses; in corporate banking, we serve captive insurers, hedge funds, middle-market reinsurers, and other corporates; and in wealth management, we serve private trust clients and high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals and families.
The international trust market is primarily concentrated in select jurisdictions, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Jersey, Hong Kong, Singapore, and Switzerland. The leading international trust law firms serve as key introducers of clients to Butterfield and are the primary source of new business. Trust clients often hold assets that are international in nature, and as a result, performance of trust businesses is expected to have limited correlation with the performance of the domestic economies where clients are served.
The private banking market in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Guernsey is composed largely of resident high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals meeting minimum deposit and/or loan thresholds. Clients are introduced to the private bank through Butterfield's retail banking operation upon reaching the appropriate deposit or loan threshold, Butterfield's trust and asset management arms, as well as through external introducers. Although locally based, private banking clients often hold international assets, and as a result, business performance is not necessarily correlated to the domestic economies where clients are served.
Our asset management business line operates in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Guernsey. As at December 31, 2021, 69% of our AUM was in Bermuda, 16% was in the normal course of business. We considerCayman Islands, and 15% was in Guernsey. In Bermuda and the normal course of business to be the general operationsCayman Islands, a majority of our institutional and private clients are domestic from a domicile perspective while a majority of our clients in Guernsey are tied to our trust business linesand are international in nature.

20


Our International Network and Group Structure
The following map presents the several geographic regions in which our business operates. Business support centers in Canada and Mauritius are not shown.
ntb-20211231_g2.jpg
The following chart presents our corporate structure, indicating our principal regulated subsidiaries as at December 31, 2021. All of the subsidiaries listed below are wholly owned by the Bank.
ntb-20211231_g3.jpg
Bermuda
The Bank itself is licensed in Bermuda to provide banking and custody services. Through Butterfield Asset Management Limited and Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited, it is licensed and provides investment services and, through Butterfield Trust (Bermuda) Limited and Bermuda Trust Company Limited, it is licensed and provides corporate trustee, fiduciary and corporate administration services. Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited also provides investment advisory and listing sponsor services.
Bahamas
Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited provides trust and fiduciary services.
Cayman Islands
Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited provides banking services and Butterfield Trust (Cayman) Limited provides trustee, fiduciary and corporate administration services.
Guernsey
Butterfield Bank (Guernsey) Limited provides private banking, corporate banking, custody services and mortgage lending. Butterfield Trust (Guernsey) Limited provides trustee and fiduciary services.
United Kingdom
Butterfield Mortgages Limited provides residential property lending services.
21


Switzerland
Butterfield Holdings (Switzerland) Limited provides investment services and Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Limited provides trust and fiduciary services.
Jersey
Butterfield Bank (Jersey) Limited provides deposit-taking, mortgage services, investment business and custody services.
Singapore
Butterfield Trust (Asia) Limited provides trust and fiduciary services.
Competition
The financial services industry and each of the markets in which we operate are competitive. We face strong competition in gathering deposits, making loans and obtaining client assets for management. We compete, both domestically and internationally, with globally oriented asset managers, retail and commercial banks, investment banking firms, brokerage firms and other investment service firms. Due to the trend toward consolidation in the global financial services industry, our larger competitors tend to have broader ranges of product and service offerings, greater access to capital, and greater efficiency. Larger financial institutions may also have greater ability to leverage increasing regulatory requirements and investment in technology platforms. We also face competition from non-banking financial institutions. These institutions have the ability to offer services previously limited to commercial banks. In addition, non-banking financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks, and can often operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures.
The Bermuda banking industry currently consists of four licensed banks and one licensed deposit-taking institution. These include one subsidiary of an international bank, HSBC, and three domestic institutions: Butterfield, Bermuda Commercial Bank and Clarien Bank. In the Cayman Islands, the Bank is one of six Class 'A' full service retail banks licensed to conduct business with domestic and international clients. There are also four non-retail Class 'A' banks and 98 limited service Class 'B' banks according to CIMA. In the Channel Islands, Guernsey has 20 licensed banks and Jersey has 20, the majority of which are subsidiaries of global banking groups and brands such as Barclays, RBS, Lloyds, Credit Suisse, Investec, Royal Bank of Canada and Northern Trust. In certain interest rate environments, additional significant competition for deposits may be expected to arise from corporate and government debt securities and money market mutual funds. We view HSBC in Bermuda and Scotia and CIBC FirstCaribbean in the Cayman Islands as our most significant competitors in those markets.
In our wealth management business line, we face competition from local competitors, as well as much larger financial institutions, including financial institutions that are not based in the markets in which we operate. Revenues from the trust and wealth management business depend in large part on the level of assets under management, and larger international banks may have higher levels of assets under management.
In our trust business line, we face competition primarily from other specialized trust service providers. There are many trust companies in the main international financial centers, and many of our competitors in this sector offer fund administration and corporate services alongside private client fiduciary services.
Competition for deposits is also affected by the ease with which customers can transfer deposits from one institution to another. Our cost of funds fluctuates with market interest rates and may be affected by higher rates being offered by other financial institutions. We believe that expressing earningsour most direct competition for deposits comes from international and certain otherdomestic financial measures excluding these non-core itemsservices firms that target the same customers as the Bank.
Deposits
We are a deposit-led institution with leading market shares in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands1, and a small but growing market share in the Channel Islands. We strive to maintain deposit growth and to maintain a strong liquidity profile through a significant excess of deposits over loans through market cycles.
Our deposits are generated principally by our banking business line, which offers retail and corporate checking, savings, and term deposits through our segments in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands and the Channel Islands. In addition, wealth management, through its private banking business line, also provides deposit services to high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients in those same geographic segments. As at December 31, 2021, our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands and the UK segments contributed $4.5 billion, $4.6 billion and $4.7 billion, respectively, to our total deposit base.
Total deposits as at December 31, 2021 were $13.9 billion, up 4.7% over total deposits as at December 31, 2020. Demand deposits, which include checking, savings and call accounts, totaled $10.9 billion, or 78.8% of our total deposits, as at December 31, 2021, compared to $10.6 billion, or 79.9%, as at December 31, 2020. Term deposits totaled $2.9 billion as at December 31, 2021. The cost of funds on total deposits decreased from 21 basis points in 2020 to 11 basis points in 2021. The increase in deposit balances was driven by retail and corporate deposit increases in Cayman and the Channel Islands, and partially offset by expected corporate deposit decreases in Bermuda. Cost of funds decreased primarily due to the active repricing of deposits.
Lending
We offer a meaningful basebroad set of lending products and services including residential mortgage lending, automobile lending, credit cards, consumer financing, and overdraft facilities to our retail customers, and commercial real estate lending, commercial and industrial loans, and overdraft facilities to our commercial and corporate customers. These offerings are provided to our retail, commercial, and private banking clients in our key jurisdictions of Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. We also offer residential mortgage lending through our banking business in Guernsey and to our high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients in the UK. Our loan portfolio, net of allowance for period-to-period comparisons,credit losses, stood at $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2021 compared to $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2020. The loan portfolio represented 34.2% of total assets as at December 31, 2021, and loans, net of allowance for credit losses, as a percentage of total deposits were 37.8%. The effective yield on total loans for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 4.26%, compared to 4.54% for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Residential Mortgage Lending
The residential mortgage portfolio comprises mortgages to clients with whom we are seeking to establish (or already have) a comprehensive financial services relationship. It includes mortgages to individuals and corporate loans secured by way of first ranking charges over the residential property to which management believes will assist investors in analyzingeach specific loan relates, generally on terms which allow for the operating resultsrepossession and sale of the Bank and predicting future performance. Non-core items are determinedproperty if the borrower fails to comply with the terms of the loan. As at December 31, 2021, residential mortgages totaled $3.6 billion, accounting for approximately 68.8% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio with $36.6 million of residential mortgage non-accrual loans representing 59.9% of total non-accrual loans in the loan portfolio.
1 Based on interpretive data provided by the ChiefBMA and CIMA respectively.
22


Consumer Lending
We provide loans, as part of our normal banking business, in respect of automobile financing, consumer financing, credit cards and overdraft facilities to retail and private banking clients in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As at December 31, 2021, non-residential loans to consumers totaled $214.8 million, accounting for approximately 4.1% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio and approximately 1.9% of total non-accrual loans in the Group's loan portfolio.
Commercial Real Estate Lending
Commercial real estate loans are offered to real estate investors, developers and builders domiciled primarily in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and the UK. To manage the Group's credit exposure on such loans, the principal collateral is real estate held for commercial purposes and is supported by a registered mortgage. Cash flows from the properties, primarily from rental income, are generally supported by long-term leases.
As at December 31, 2021, our commercial real estate loan portfolio totaled $693.2 million, accounting for approximately 13.2% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio with $4.7 million of commercial real estate non-accrual loans representing 7.8% of total non-accrual loans in the loan portfolio.
Our commercial real estate loan portfolio is broken down into two categories: commercial mortgage and construction. As at December 31, 2021, commercial mortgages totaled $683.5 million, and construction loans totaled $9.6 million, accounting for approximately 98.6% and 1.4% of our commercial real estate loan portfolio, respectively.
Other Commercial Lending
The commercial and industrial loan portfolio includes loans and overdraft facilities advanced primarily to corporations and small and medium-sized entities, which are generally not collateralized by real estate and where loan repayments are expected to flow from the operation of the underlying businesses. As at December 31, 2021, the Group's commercial loan portfolio, excluding loans to governments, totaled $478.4 million, accounting for approximately 9.1% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio and the Group's loans to governments totaled $259.6 million, accounting for approximately 4.9% of our total gross loan portfolio. There was $18.6 million of other commercial non-accrual loans representing approximately 30.4% of total non-accrual loans in the loan portfolio.
Investments
Given the large customer deposit base commanded in our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands operations, and the relatively low volume of lending demand from our customer base, our investment strategy is more important than may be the case for most financial institutions. In recognition of this, we maintain what we believe to be a conservative approach to investments, requiring the purchase of mainly fixed-rate investments in order to manage interest rate risk. Our investment portfolio comprises mainly securities issued or guaranteed by the US government or federal agencies. The securities in which we invest are limited generally to securities that are considered investment grade (i.e., "BBB" and higher by S&P's Financial Officer ("CFO")Services LLC or an equivalent credit rating). Effective April 1, 2013, we entered into an agreement with Alumina pursuant to which Alumina provides investment advisory services to us in conjunctionrespect of our US Treasury and agency portfolio.
As at December 31, 2021, the Group held $6.2 billion in investments, representing approximately 40.7% of total assets.
Cash and Liquidity Management
We operate across multiple currency jurisdictions with multi-currency products. In our deposit taking jurisdictions—Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and Jersey—there are currently no dedicated central banks, and no pre-funded deposit insurance scheme infrastructures (such as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the United States), with the Chairmanexception of Bermuda, where a pre-funded deposit insurance scheme has been implemented, and Chief Executive Officer ("CEO"),as described below in “- Supervision and approved byRegulation” and “Risk Factors - Risks Relating to the Markets in Which We Operate - Certain jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, Guernsey and Jersey, have a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme and we incur ongoing costs as a result”. In addition, we do not have access to borrowing or deposit facilities with the US Federal Reserve or the European Central Bank; therefore, we conservatively manage client deposit balances and the liquidity risk profile of our Boardbalance sheets. This involves the retention of Directors. Consideration is given as to whethersignificant cash or cash equivalent balances, management of intra-bank counterparty exposure and management of a significant short-dated Canadian, UK and US Treasury Bill portfolio. As at December 31, 2021, the expense, gain or loss is a resultcash due from banks of exceptional circumstances or other decisions made not$2.2 billion was composed primarily of $1.6 billion in the normal course of business. Itemsinterest earning cash equivalents, which are notinvestments with a less than 90-day duration. The remaining amounts were comprised of non-interest bearing and interest bearing deposits of $0.1 billion and $0.4 billion, respectively.
Foreign Exchange Services
We provide foreign exchange services in the normal course of business in all banking jurisdictions. The major contributors to foreign exchange revenues are Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, accounting for 78% of our foreign exchange revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021. We do not maintain a proprietary trading book. Foreign exchange commission income is generated from client-driven transactions and totaled $43.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Administration Services
Through our wholly-owned trust subsidiaries, we provide custody administration and settlement services to a wide range of internal and external investment clients dealing in global markets. Our custody service currently offers custody settlement and safekeeping services in 39 markets globally, including major markets and smaller, less-developed markets, with principal markets covered being the United States, Canada, Europe and Asia.
Our custody service offers safekeeping services for physical and book-entry assets. Custody for listed securities is conducted through BNYM. Hedge funds, mutual funds and exchange traded funds are held by Brown Brothers Harriman. Trading in investment transactions is settled via our global sub-custodians, BNYM and BBH. Custody services are offered from our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands segments and complement core wealth management services offered by other parts of the Group, and we currently anticipate this business to grow in line with our wealth management business. Clients of our custody service include a wide range of investment funds and other investment vehicles, corporations and trusts whose related banking requirements are provided by the Bank. As such, as business acquisition costs or impairment losses, orthe custody client base, in addition to delivering a result of exceptional circumstances, such as business restructuring costs,fee based income, also provides cash balances and foreign exchange transaction flows.
Custody fees are considered non-core. These non-GAAP financial measuresearned based on core net incomethe value of Assets Under Custody, which are also used by managementsubject to assess the performance of the Bank's business because management does not consider the activities relateda minimum levels for smaller, less complex portfolios. In addition to the adjustments to be indications of core operations. We believe that presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will permit investors to assess the performance of the Bank on the same basis as that applied by management. Management and the Board utilize these non-GAAP financial measures as follows:
Preparation of the Bank's operating budgets;
Quarterly financial performance reporting; and
Monthly reporting of consolidated results (management reporting only).
We calculate core net income attributable to common shareholders by deducting preference dividend and guarantee fees, from core net income. We calculate core net income per common share by dividing the core net income attributable to common shareholders by the average number of common shares issued and outstanding during the relevant period.
The core efficiency ratio (non-GAAP), which is a measure of productivity, is generally calculated by taking the core non-interest expenses (which is the total non-interest expenses excluding non-core non-interest expenses) as a percentage of total net revenue before provision for credit losses and other gains and losses and is calculated as (core non-interest expenses - amortization of intangible assets) / (core non-interest income + core net interest income before provision for credit losses). Management uses this ratio to monitor performance regarding the efficiency of expense management and believes this measure provides meaningful information to investors.
Tangible common shareholders' equity ratios and tangible total asset ratios have become a focus of some investors in analyzing the capital position of the Bank absent the effects of intangible assets and preference shareholders' equity. Traditionally, the BMA and othercustody clients are charged banking regulatory bodies have assessed a bank's capital adequacytransaction fees based on Tier 1 capital, and from January 1, 2016 onwards, CET1 capital, the calculation of which is codified in the Basel II and Basel III framework, respectively, as implemented by the BMA. Because tangible common shareholders' equity and tangible total assets are not formally defined by GAAP, these measures are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures and other entities may calculate them differently. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess the Bank's capital adequacy using tangible common shareholders' equity or tangible assets, the Bank believes that it is useful to provide investors the ability to assess the Bank's capital adequacy on this same basis. The Bank calculates tangible common equity and tangible total assets on a period end basis. The Bank also measures performance relative to core net income over average tangible common shareholders' equity and average tangible assets to monitor performance and efficiency relative to the Bank's capital adequacy.account activity.
We believe the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this report provide useful information to management and investors that is supplementary to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows computed in accordance with GAAP; however, we acknowledge that our non-GAAP financial measures have a number of limitations. As such, these disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, and they are not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP financial measures that other companies use.
The following tables provide: (1) a reconciliation of net income (GAAP) to core net income and core net income attributable to common shareholders (non-GAAP), (2) a computation of core net income attributable to common shareholders per common share fully diluted (non-GAAP), (3) a reconciliation of average and total shareholders' equity (GAAP) to average and total equity and average tangible common equity (non-GAAP), (4) a computation of core return to average tangible common equity (non-GAAP), (5) a reconciliation of average total assets (GAAP) to average tangible assets (non-GAAP), (6) a computation of core return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP), (7) a computation of tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP), (8) a computation of tangible total equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP), (9) a reconciliation of non-interest expenses (GAAP) to core non-interest expenses (non-GAAP), (10) a computation of the efficiency ratio (non-GAAP), and (11) a computation of the core efficiency ratio (non-GAAP).

  For the year ended December 31, 
(in millions of $, unless otherwise indicated) 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 
   
  
  
  
  
 
Reconciliation of net income (GAAP) to core net income (non-GAAP)           
Net incomeA177.1
 195.2
 153.3
 115.9
 77.7
 
Dividends and guarantee fee of preference shares 
 
 
 (15.7) (16.5) 
Premium paid on repurchase/redemption of preference shares(1)
B
 
 
 (41.9) 
 
Net income to common shareholdersC177.1
 195.2
 153.3
 58.4
 61.2
 
Non-core (gains), losses and expenses        
  
 
Non-core (gains) losses        
  
 
Gain on disposal of a pass-through note investment (formerly a SIV)(2)
 (1.0) (1.2) (2.6) (0.6) 
 
Impairment of and gain on disposal of fixed assets (including software)(3)
 
 
 
 
 5.1
 
Change in unrealized (gains) losses on certain investments(4)
 
 
 
 
 0.7
 
Adjustment to holdback payable for a previous business acquisition(5)
 
 
 0.1
 0.9
 
 
Settlement loss on de-risking on a defined benefit plan(6)
 
 1.5
 
 
 
 
Total non-core (gains) lossesD(1.0) 0.3
 (2.5) 0.3
 5.8
 
Non-core expenses        
  
 
Early retirement program, redundancies and other non-core compensation costs(7)
 16.3
 
 0.2
 1.8
 8.2
 
Tax compliance review costs(8)
 
 0.5
 2.1
 1.6
 3.8
 
Provision in connection with ongoing tax compliance review(9)
 
 
 
 0.7
 4.8
 
Business acquisition costs(10)
 5.5
 1.0
 2.0
 3.2
 1.0
 
Restructuring charges and related professional service fees(11)
 
 
 1.8
 6.3
 2.5
 
Investigation of an international stock exchange listing costs(12)
 
 
 
 
 10.1
 
Cost of 2010 legacy option plan vesting and related payroll taxes(13)
 
 
 
 8.8
 
 
Secondary offering costs (14)
 
 
 2.0
 
 
 
Total non-core expensesE21.8
 1.5
 8.1
 22.4
 30.4
 
Total non-core (gains), losses and expensesF=D+E20.8
 1.8
 5.6
 22.7
 36.2
 
Core net incomeG=A+F197.9
 197.0
 158.9
 138.6
 113.9
 
Reconciliation of return on equity (GAAP) to core return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)           
Core net income attributable to common shareholders(1)
H=C-B+F197.9
 197.0
 158.9
 123.0
 97.4
 
Average shareholders' equity 927.7
 843.2
 771.9
 826.0
 791.8
 
Less: average preference shareholders' equity 
 
 
 (168.8) (182.9) 
Average common equityI927.7
 843.2
 771.9
 657.2
 608.9
 
Less: average goodwill and intangible assets (83.2) (74.6) (61.4) (58.6) (54.8) 
Average tangible common equityJ844.5
 768.6
 710.5
 598.6
 554.1
 
Return on equityC/I19.1
%23.1
%19.9
%8.9
%10.1
%
Core return on average tangible common equityH/J23.4
%25.6
%22.4
%20.5
%17.6
%


  For the year ended December 31, 
(in millions of $, unless otherwise indicated) 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 
Reconciliation of diluted earnings per share (GAAP) to core earnings per common share fully diluted (non-GAAP)           
Adjusted weighted average number of diluted common shares (in thousands)(15)
K53.7
 55.7
 55.5
 49.6
 50.0
 
Earnings per common share fully dilutedC/K3.30
 3.50
 2.76
 1.18
 1.23
 
Non-core items per share(F-B)/K0.39
 0.03
 0.10
 1.30
 0.72
 
Core earnings per common share fully diluted 3.69
 3.53
 2.86
 2.48
 1.95
 
Reconciliation of return on average assets (GAAP) to core return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)        
  
 
Total average assetsL12,471.8
 10,851.2
 10,926.1
 10,842.6
 9,967.5
 
Less: average goodwill and intangible assets (83.2) (74.6) (61.4) (58.6) (54.8) 
Average tangible assetsM12,388.5
 10,776.6
 10,864.8
 10,784.0
 9,912.7
 
Return on average assetsA/L1.4
%1.8
%1.4
%1.1
%0.8
%
Core return on average tangible assetsG/M1.6
%1.8
%1.5
%1.3
%1.1
%
Tangible equity to tangible assets        
  
 
Shareholders' equity 963.7
 882.3
 822.9
 710.7
 750.4
 
Less: goodwill and intangible assets (96.5) (74.7) (60.6) (61.9) (51.1) 
Tangible total equityN867.2
 807.6
 762.3
 648.8
 699.3
 
Less: preference shareholders' equity 
 
 
 
 (182.9) 
Tangible common equityO867.2
 807.6
 762.3
 648.8
 516.4
 
Total assets 13,921.6
 10,773.2
 10,779.2
 11,103.5
 10,275.6
 
Less: goodwill and intangible assets (96.5) (74.7) (60.6) (61.9) (51.1) 
Tangible assetsP13,825.1
 10,698.4
 10,718.6
 11,041.6
 10,224.5
 
Tangible common equity to tangible assetsO/P6.3
%7.5
%7.1
%5.9
%5.1
%
Tangible total equity to tangible assetsN/P6.3
%7.5
%7.1
%5.9
%6.8
%
Efficiency ratio 

      
  
 
Non-interest expenses 356.9
 321.3
 300.3
 285.9
 285.2
 
Less: amortization of intangibles (5.5) (5.1) (4.2) (4.5) (4.4) 
Non-interest expenses before amortization of intangiblesQ351.5
 316.3
 296.1
 281.4
 280.8
 
Non-interest income 184.0
 168.7
 157.8
 147.5
 140.2
 
Net interest income before provision for credit losses 345.7
 343.0
 289.7
 258.5
 239.3
 
Net revenue before provision for credit losses and other gains/lossesR529.7
 511.7
 447.6
 406.0
 379.5
 
Efficiency ratioQ/R66.4
%61.8
%66.2
%69.3
%74.0
%
Core efficiency ratio 

      
  
 
Non-interest expenses 356.9
 321.3
 300.3
 285.9
 285.2
 
Less: non-core expensesE(21.8) (1.5) (8.1) (22.4) (30.4) 
Less: amortization of intangibles (5.5) (5.1) (4.2) (4.5) (4.4) 
Core non-interest expenses before amortization of intangiblesS329.7
 314.7
 288.0
 259.0
 250.4
 
Core revenue before other gains and losses and provision for credit lossesT529.7
 511.7
 447.6
 406.0
 379.5
 
Core efficiency ratioS/T62.2
%61.5
%64.3
%63.8
%66.0
%

(1)Premium paid on the preference share buy-backs and redemption are removed from core net income available to common shareholders as management views these premium amounts as non-core.
(2)Reflects a gain realized on a liquidation settlement from the Avenir pass-through note, our last remaining structured investment, in 2014. As the Bank no longer holds structured investment products, management determined the gains represented by these liquidation settlements to be non-core. In 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Bank received further distributions on this liquidation settlement.
(3)In 2015, reflected impairment write-downs on the core banking system in the UK related to the orderly wind-down of the deposit taking and investment management businesses. The loss was a result of decisions made which are not part of the core business strategy and therefore management considers this loss to be non-core.
(4)These gains and losses were a result of the price movements of certain securities which were previously classified as AFS for our operations in Guernsey and the UK but should have been classified as trading securities in the previously published financial statements since 2011, which have been subsequently revised. This classification introduced unintended asymmetry between core accounting performance measures of the Bank and economic/risk performance of the Bank, and led management to the decision to prospectively dispose of the securities. Management considers this to be an exceptional circumstance, and accordingly has classified these as non-core items.
(5)In 2017 and 2016, reflected an adjustment to the holdback payable for the acquisition of Legis due to continued strong revenue from legacy clients. While management considers the integrated operations of acquired entities to be core to our business operations, due to the limited and isolated nature of acquisitions, management does not consider the costs associated with these acquisitions to be a part of the normal course of business. Therefore management considers costs associated with acquisitions, including these contractual adjustments to the holdback payable amount, to be non-core.
(6)In 2018, these losses reflected a non-core settlement loss on the de-risking of a defined benefit pension plan.

(7)In 2015, predominantly reflected the cost of negotiated packages for three executives who stepped down from their positions during the year. In 2016, reflected payments to non-executive management staff whose roles were made redundant resulting from a span of control review. In 2017, primarily reflected severance payments to staff in our Bahamas segment as a result of management rescinding our banking license in that jurisdiction. In 2019, primarily related to the costs associated with the departure of a senior executive, severance payments relating to the closure of a branch location, and staff exit costs associated with the implementation of a target operating staffing model for the combined Channel Islands segment following the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited acquisition. Management does not consider the costs associated with these projects to be core to the strategy of the business.
(8)In each of the periods reflected costs associated with a review and account remediation exercise to determine the US tax compliance status of US person account holders linked to the publicly announced so-called John Doe Summonses in November 2013 issued by the USAO to six US financial institutions with which the Bank had correspondent banking relationships. These expenses are a result of exceptional circumstances which arose outside of the normal course of business.
(9)In 2015 and 2016, reflected a provision associated with the aforementioned review and account remediation exercise referenced in the above footnote. Although the Bank is unable to determine the amount of financial consequences, fine and/or penalties resulting from this tax compliance review, this reflects a provision which management believes to be appropriate. These expenses are a result of exceptional circumstances which arose outside of the normal course of business.
(10)In 2015 and 2016, reflected contract negotiation, due diligence and IT implementation costs relating to the acquisition of the Bermuda Trust Company Limited and the private banking investment management of operations of HSBC Bank Bermuda Limited. In 2017 and 2018, reflected contract negotiation, due diligence and other legal costs relating to the agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank’s GTS business, excluding its US operations. In 2019, reflected contract negotiation, due diligence and other legal costs relating to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited. As above, due to the limited nature of acquisitions, management does not consider the costs associated with these acquisitions to be a part of normal course of business. Therefore, management considers costs associated with acquisitions, specifically including the costs associated with negotiation and integration of operations, to be non-core.
(11)In 2015, 2016 and 2017, reflected costs associated with the orderly wind-down of the deposit taking, investment management and custody businesses of Butterfield Bank (UK) Limited which included staff redundancy expenses and professional fees. These expenses are a result of exceptional circumstances which arose outside of the normal course of business.
(12)In 2015, reflected professional and legal fees related to the research and evaluation of an international stock exchange listing for the Bank's common shares. This research and evaluation was undertaken in an effort to provide a means for liquidity for the Bank's shareholders, and was therefore not in the normal course of business. Accordingly, management considers the expenses associated with this investigation to be non-core.
(13)In 2016, reflected the expense for the vesting of the outstanding 2010 Performance Options resulting from the IPO which led to an $8.5 million salaries and other employee benefits expense, and a related payroll tax expense of $0.3 million. Management does not consider these expenses to be core to the strategy of the business.
(14)In 2017, reflected professional and legal fees related to the secondary follow-on offering of the Bank's common shares. This offering was undertaken in an effort to provide further liquidity for the Bank's shareholders, and was therefore not in the normal course of business. Accordingly, management considers the expenses associated with this offering to be non-core.
(15)Figures reflect the reverse share split that the Bank effected on September 6, 2016.

16


RISK FACTORS
The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect us are described below. Any of the following risks, as well as risks that we do not know of or currently deem immaterial, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Further, the risk factors below include cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. See "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."
Risks Relating to the Markets in Which We Operate
Adverse economic and market conditions in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and the UK, and other markets in which we operate, have in the past resulted in and could in the future result in lower revenue, lower asset quality, increased provisions and lower earnings.
Our financial performance generally, and in particular the ability of our borrowers to pay interest and repay principal on outstanding loans and the value for the collateral securing those loans, as well as demand for loans and other products and services we offer and whose success we rely on to drive our future growth, are highly dependent upon the business environment in the markets in which we operate. A downturn in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK can have a profound impact on our business performance. Some elements of the business environment that affect our financial performance include short-term and long-term interest rates, any downgrade in sovereign credit ratings to which our credit ratings are correlated, the prevailing yield curve, inflation and price levels, monetary policy, regulatory or legal changes (including changes in tax laws) or changes in enforcement thereof, unemployment rates, investor or business confidence, natural or man-made disasters, the strength of the local economy
4


in the markets in which we operate, or a combination of these or other factors.

Unfavorable market conditions (including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic) can result in a deterioration in the credit quality of our borrowers and the demand for our products and services, an increase in the number of loan delinquencies, defaults and charge-offs, additional provisions for loan losses, decreases in asset values, deterioration in investment performance and an overall material adverse effect on the quality of our loan portfolio.
Unlike banks that are more geographically diversified, our business is concentrated primarily in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK, and we may be more affected by a downturn in these markets than more diversified competitors.
Our banking operations are concentrated in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK, and we serve customers in these markets. In the year ended December 31, 2019, 50%2021, 45%, 31%29% and 15% respectively,20%, of our total net revenue was derived from our Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK segments.segments, respectively. In addition, in the year ended December 31, 2019, 40%2021,39%, 21%20% and 39% respectively,39%, of our loans originated in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK.UK, respectively. Accordingly, a downturn in these markets may have a profound effect on our banking business. In addition, we have sought to expand our core business lines, including through recent acquisitions. Any failure in our ability to expand our core business lines, or any reduction in demand for our core services in our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands and the UK segments, including due to perceived reputational risks, increasing regulatory scrutiny over activities in these jurisdictions or otherwise, may adversely impact our business and results of operations, including the ongoing success of any of our acquired businesses.
Geopolitical events could disrupt our businesses and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
We are exposed to risks arising out of geopolitical events, such as trade barriers, including the imposition of tariffs and other limitations on international trade and travel, exchange controls, government shutdowns, other measures taken by sovereign governments, including by the US, and uncertainty arising from recent or upcoming elections (including in the US and the UK) that can hinder economic or financial activity levels. Furthermore, unfavorable political, military or diplomatic events, armed conflict, pandemics and terrorist acts and threats, and pandemics, and the responses to them by governments, could also negatively affect economic activity and have an adverse effect upon our business, financial condition or results of operations.
For example,In addition the UK formally leaving the EU (“Brexit”) and the US's present and future policies may increase the uncertainty and instability in the global financial markets, which could lead to weaker macroeconomic conditions, globally and in our key markets, that continue for the foreseeable future.markets. Such economic weakness and uncertainty may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We expect that Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the UK determines which EU laws to replicate or replace and we could face associated costs, particularly as they relate to our operations in the UK and certain UK territories and dependencies, namely Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands. It may also be time-consuming and expensive for us to alter our internal operations in order to comply with new regulations. The long-term financial and legal effects of Brexit will depend in part on any agreements the UK makes to retain access to EU markets following the UK's withdrawal from the EU, and there remains considerable uncertainty as to when any relationship will be agreed and implemented. The UK formally left the EU on January 31, 2020 (subject to transitional arrangements which on current plans would expire by January 2021). The political and economic instability created by Brexit may cause significant volatility in the global financial market. Political and economic uncertainty has in the past led to, and could in the outcome of Brexit couldfuture lead to, declines in market liquidity and activity levels, volatile market conditions and exchange rates, a contraction of available credit, lower or negative interest rates, declines in the real estate market, weaker economic growth and investment performance and reduced business confidence, all of which could impact our business. The post-Brexit relationship between the UK and the EU continues to evolve, which could cause disruptions to and create uncertainty surrounding our business. Further, any continuing legal or economic disruptions resulting from Brexit may negatively impact our operations in the UK and certain UK territories and dependencies, namely Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands. It may also be time-consuming and expensive for us to alter our internal operations in order to comply with new regulations.
Also,Furthermore, changes in legislation and regulation or an attempt by any territory or dependency of the UK in which we operate to declare independence from the UK or to implement changes in its constitution, including its fiscal and monetary policies, could have a negative effect on the applicable jurisdiction's position as an international business center. This could have a significant negative effect on the local economy and in turn negatively affect our business.
Because the primary markets in which we operate do not have well-diversified economies, a downturn in their key industries could affect their economies as a whole and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Bermuda is among the largest reinsurance markets in the world. The Cayman Islands is a leader in fund domiciliation for global asset managers, with 10,88512,719 regulated mutual funds as at December 31, 20192021 according to CIMA. TheInternational financial services account for a significant portion of the economies of the Channel Islands are among the leading financial centers for banking, investment funds and other financial services.Islands. Many of our commercial customers are reinsurance or regulated fund service providers. As a result, a downturn in these key sectors, a change in laws or regulations (including the favorable tax treatment of entities in these jurisdictions), or a shift of business away from Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, or the Channel Islands, including as a result of the inclusion of any of these jurisdictions on the EU list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes or the implementation of the global minimum tax regime proposed by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development ("OECD") in any of these jurisdictions, could result in job losses and adversely impact the economies in these markets. Any downturn or further concentration in the reinsurance, investment and asset management and banking markets could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Banks domiciled in Bermuda, including us, are not supported by a central bank from which to borrow funds, so if we are unable to maintain sufficient liquidity by continuously attracting deposits and other short-term funding, our financial condition, including our capital ratios, funding costs or results of operations could be adversely affected.
Unlike many other jurisdictions, there is no central bank or similar governmental agency in Bermuda from which we may borrow US or Bermuda Dollars if we experience liquidity shortages, which may leave us without a lender of last resort in the event that Bermuda suffers a severe economic downturn at the same time as a liquidity

shortage. Similarly, there is no central bank in the Cayman Islands, Jersey or Guernsey to act as a lender of last resort. Accordingly, we may not have a lender of last resort in case of future liquidity shortages and we may be unable to sufficiently fund our liquidity needs. While there is no central bank or similar governmental agency in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Jersey or Guernsey that insures bank deposits, such as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the United States, the Governments of Bermuda and Jersey and the Government of the States of Guernsey have each implemented a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme. See "SupervisionItem 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation" and "- Certain jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, Guernsey and Jersey, have a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme and we incur ongoing costs as a result.” The regulators in these jurisdictions have also required us to hold capital add-ons to compensate for the systemic importance of our bank to the economy in the absence of a central bank. Without a central bank from which we could borrow funds, liquidity management will be critical to the management of our consolidated balance sheet, and an inability to obtain sufficient liquidity could adversely affect our financial condition.
Certain jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, Guernsey and Jersey, have a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme and we incur ongoing costs as a result.
As a bank licensed by the BMA, we are required to be a member of the Deposit Insurance Scheme ("DIS") and pay contributions to the Deposit Insurance Fund. Currently, our premium contribution is calculated by the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation as 0.25% per annum of the average total amount of our Bermuda Dollar deposits that are covered by the DIS guarantee over a rolling three-month period, payable every three months in arrears. The amount of the contribution we are liable to pay may change from time to time as the total level of our insured Bermuda Dollar deposits changes; in addition, there is no guarantee that the current rate of premium contributions charged by the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation will stay the same and not increase or that the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation will not require additional contributions in the event that the Deposit Insurance Fund is insufficient to pay compensation due to insured depositors. We may also not be able to recover our contributions to the Deposit Insurance Fund from any failed institution whose insured depositors receive payments from the Deposit Insurance Fund. Any contributions we are required to make as part of the DIS (and any associated costs) are a cost to our business, and such costs, including any future increases, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
5


As a bank licensed by the Guernsey Financial Services Commission, we are required to pay contributions to the Guernsey Deposit Compensation Scheme (the "Guernsey DCS"). Currently, we are required to pay an administration levy which is calculated by the Guernsey DCS Board .Board. The amount of the contribution we are liable to pay may change from time to time and there is no guarantee that the current rate charged by the Guernsey DCS Board will stay the same and not increase. In the event of the failure of a Guernsey licensed bank, the Guernsey DCS Board will estimate the total level of compensation levy required and the Bank will be liable in equal shares with every other participant (i.e., every other licensed bank in Guernsey) for the first £10,000,000. If the total compensation levy exceeds £10,000,000, then the Bank will be liable on a pro-rata basis (calculated by reference to the total "value at risk" of our Guernsey deposits compared to the Guernsey market) with every other participant for the amount of such excess. We may also not be able to recover our contributions to the Guernsey DCS from any failed licensed bank whose insured depositors receive payments from the Guernsey DCS. Any contributions we are required to make as part of the Guernsey DCS (and any associated costs) are a cost to our business, and such costs, including any future increases, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The Jersey Bank Depositors Compensation Scheme ("Jersey DCS") is funded primarily through an upfront loan from the States of Jersey. In the event of a bank failing, levies would be raised on Jersey banks, subject to certain caps for banking groups over a 5 yearfive-year period, based on the proportion of protected deposits each bank holds to repay the loan. In the event that the full £100 million liability of the Jersey DCS was called upon, banks would contribute approximately two-thirds of funding, with the States of Jersey contributing one third.one-third.
We are not currently required to pay any contributions to the Jersey DCS. Any contributions we may be required in future to make as part of the Jersey DCS (and any associated costs) are a cost to our business, and such costs, including any future increases, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
A decline in tourism in Bermuda orand the Cayman Islands has, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and could have a material adverse effect onin the future, adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Tourism is a major contributor to the economies of Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. In 2018,The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a significant decline in worldwide travel and tourism, contributed 13% of GDPincluding in Bermuda and 30% of GDP in the Cayman Islands. The deteriorationSee "Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic.”
A delayed or incomplete recovery of the tourism industry could decrease the value of hotels and other commercial properties, which could adversely affect our commercial loan portfolio. A decline in tourism could similarly result in an increase in unemployment, which could affect the ability of our residential borrowers to make payments on their loans. Accordingly, a decline in tourism in Bermuda or the Cayman Islands could have a material adverse effecteffects on the economic stability of these jurisdictions, and our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, a continued decline in tourism could lead to further (i) decreases in the value of hotels and other commercial properties, which could further adversely affect our commercial loan portfolio, and (ii) increases in unemployment, which could further affect the ability of our residential borrowers to make payments on their loans.
Severe weather, and natural disasters and potential impacts of climate change could disrupt our businesses and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
The key markets in which we operate include Bermuda and the Cayman Islands and our business is therefore subject to the risks associated with severe tropical storms, hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes and earthquakes,rising sea levels, including downed telephone lines, flooded facilities, power outages, fuel shortages, damaged or destroyed property and equipment, and work interruptions. Although hurricanes in the Caribbean during 2017, 20182019, 2020 and 20192021 did not negatively impact the Bank's operations noror cause any insurable losses,such severe weather conditions and natural disasters may, in the future, negatively impact us and our clients and their ability to meet their financial obligations to us, including the repayment of loans. Such events may also result in an impairment of the value of property or other collateral used to secure the loans that we extend.Climate change maywill likely aggravate the impact and increase the incidence of such severe weather.weather conditions and natural disasters. Furthermore, severe weather events may have a significant impact on the economies of the key markets in which we operate, which could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
We cannot predict whether we will continue to be able to obtain insurance for hazard-related damages to our premises or, if obtainable and carried, whether this insurance will be adequate to cover our losses. Moreover, we expect any insurance of this nature to be subject to substantial deductibles and to provide for premium adjustments based on claims, and we do not carry insurance against all types of losses. For all these reasons, any future hazard-related costs and work interruptions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The majority of the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports.
Unlike the US where the Fair Credit Reporting Act ("FCRA") is designed to help ensure that credit bureaus furnish correct and complete information when evaluating loan applications, the majority of the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports. Therefore, we manually review each loan and we use a formal and documented tiered credit approval process that is administered through and governed by our risk management framework. Due to limitations in the availability of information, our assessment of credit risk associated with a particular customer may not be based on complete, accurate or reliable information. In addition, although we have made and continue to make improvements to our credit scoring systems to better assess borrowers' credit risk profiles, we cannot provide assurance that our credit scoring systems collect complete or accurate information reflecting the actual behavior of customers or that their credit risk can be assessed correctly. Without complete, accurate and reliable information, we have to rely on other publicly available resources and our internal resources, which may not be effective. As a result, our ability to effectively manage our credit risk and subsequently our impairment losses and allowance for credit losses may be materially adversely affected. In addition, because our credit approval process involves detailed analyses of the customer or credit risk, taking into account both quantitative and qualitative factors, it is subject to human or information technology systems

errors. In exercising their judgment on current or future credit risk behavior of our customers, our employees may not always be able to assign an accurate credit rating, which may result in our exposure to higher credit risks than indicated by our risk rating system. In addition, we have been refining our credit policies and guidelines to address potential risks associated with particular industries or types of customers. However, we may not be able to timely detect all possible risks before they occur, or due to limited tools available to us, our employees may not be able to effectively implement them, which may increase our credit risk. Failure to effectively implement, consistently follow or continuously refine our credit risk management system may result in an increase in the level of nonperforming loans and a higher risk exposure for us, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Risks Relating to Our Strategy, Brand, Portfolio and Other Aspects of Our Business
We rely on our reputation and the appeal of our brand to our customers. Any damage to our reputation and appeal could harm us and our business prospects.
The success of our strategy relies significantly on our reputation and the reputation of our senior management and the Board. In addition, our customers and key introducers must continue to associate our brand with meeting customer needs and delivering value to those customers. Adverse publicity (whether or not justified) relating to activities by our management, employees, agents or others with whom we do business, such as customer service mishaps or noncompliance with laws, could tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. With the increase in the use of social media outlets, adverse publicity can be disseminated quickly and broadly, making it increasingly difficult for us to effectively respond. Such unfavorable publicity could also require us to allocate significant resources to rebuild our reputation.
As a bank operating in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and other international financial centers, we are subject to increasing scrutiny with respect to potential or alleged legal and regulatory breaches and unethical behavior and associated reputational risks, including with respect to the general perception and reputation of financial institutions in those jurisdictions, which may in turn be affected by factors including the EU list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes, and policies on
6


controversial industries such as gaming and cryptocurrencies, among others. See "Our business may be negatively impacted by the economic substance legislation and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands." Any circumstance that causes real or perceived damage to our brand or reputation, or banking or wealth management generally in these jurisdictions, may negatively affect our relationships with our customers and key introducers, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Potential reputational issues include, but are not limited to:
breaching or facing allegations of having breached legal and regulatory requirements (including, but not limited to, conduct requirements, anti-money laundering requirements, anti-terrorism financing requirements, laws against assisting in tax evasion, cybersecurity and data protection laws, bribery and corruption);
legacy issues we inherit from the businesses we acquire through a merger or acquisition;
acting or facing allegations of having acted unethically (including having adopted inappropriate sales and trading practices);
failing or facing allegations of having failed to maintain appropriate standards of customer privacy, customer service and record-keeping;
failing to appropriately address potential conflicts of interest;
experiencing technology failures that impact customer services and accounts;
failing to properly identify legal, reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in products offered; and
changing the terms of our product offerings and pricing that may result in outcomes for customers that are unfair or perceived to be unfair.
A failure to address the above or any other relevant issues appropriately could make customers unwilling to do business with us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and could damage our relationships with our employees and regulators.
We could be negatively affected if the soundness of other financial institutions and counterparties deteriorates or if such counterparties, including clearing houses, are unwilling to do business with us, in particular in respect of US Dollar transactions.
Given the high level of interdependence between financial institutions, we are and will continue to be subject to the risk of actual or perceived deterioration in the commercial and financial soundness of other financial services institutions. Within the financial services industry, the default by any one institution could lead to defaults by other institutions. Concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, because the commercial and financial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely related as a result of their credit, trading, clearing or other relationships. Even the perceived lack of creditworthiness of, or questions about, a financial institution may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. This risk is sometimes referred to as "systemic risk" or "contagion" and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses and banks with whom we interact on a daily basis. In particular, BNYM and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ("Wells Fargo") act as clearing houses for all our US Dollar transactions. If BNYM's or Wells Fargo's ability to act as our clearing houses becomes impaired or BNYM or Wells Fargo cease to act as our clearing houses for any other reason and other financial institutions are not willing to provide the services currently provided to us by BNYM and Wells Fargo, we could lose our ability to engage in US Dollar transactions, which could lead to severe disruptions in our operations and adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our strategy includes expansion of our business through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies or new products and services, but we may not be able to achieve regulatory approval for such transactions or be able to achieve the anticipated cost savings, growth opportunities and other benefits anticipated from such transactions.
We seek to grow both organically and through acquisitions. In the past several years, we have made various acquisitions and investments intended to complement and expand our businesses, including our July 2019 acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited, our February 2018 agreement with Deutsche Bank to refer Deutsche Bank's clients from their banking and custody business in the Cayman and Channel Islands to us, and our March 2018 acquisition of Deutsche Bank’s GTS business, excluding its US operations. Our long-term growth strategy includes identifying and effecting selective acquisitions in our core geographies, but we cannot be sure that we will be able to continue to identify suitable acquisition candidates or investment opportunities. Even if we identify suitable targets, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain the necessary funding on acceptable terms, if at all, to finance any of those potential acquisitions or investments.
We may also be required to obtain regulatory approval (including from the BMA) prior to any potential acquisition or investment depending on the transaction and the laws and regulations of the target’s country of incorporation (for example, from the Guernsey Financial Services Commission in respect of the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited). Regulators consider a number of factors when determining whether to approve a proposed transaction, and we may have difficulty obtaining the necessary regulatory approvals, government permits or licenses required for such acquisitions. We may fail to pursue, evaluate or complete strategic and competitively significant business opportunities as a result of our inability, or our perceived inability, to obtain any required regulatory approvals in a timely manner or at all.
Even where we are able to complete an acquisition or an investment, we cannot be sure that such acquired entity, business or asset or such investment will perform in line with our assumptions or expectations or otherwise complement our business or strategy due to a variety of factors, including lower revenues than expected, unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures.expenditures, customer loss and business disruption (including, without limitation, difficulties in maintaining relationships with employees, customers, clients or suppliers) and risks associated with the disruption of management’s attention from ongoing business operations due to acquisition and integration activities.
In addition, integrating an acquired company, business or technology possesses significant risks, including, among other things:
the incorporation of new technologies into our existing business infrastructure;
the maintenance of standards, controls, procedures and policies throughout the organization (including effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures);
the consolidation of our corporate or administrative functions;
the coordination of our sales and marketing functions to incorporate the new business or technology;
the potential for liabilities and claims arising out of the acquired businesses;
the integration of corporate cultures;
the maintenance of morale, retention and integration of key employees to support the new business or technology and management of our expansion in capacity; and
compliance with the regulatory regimes of newly entered jurisdictions.
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies that we may acquire may be allocated to goodwill and other intangible assets. Intangible assets are tested for impairment annually or when there is a triggering event requiring such testing; an intangible asset that is subject to amortization is periodically reviewed for impairment.
7


Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis. As at December 31, 2019,2021, we had $24.8$25.4 million and $71.7$60.8 million of goodwill and intangible assets, respectively. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns or there are changes in discount rates, we may be required to take additional charges to our earnings based on the impairment assessment process, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We rely on our reputation and the appeal of our brand to our customers. Any damage to our reputation and appeal could harm us and our business prospects.
The success of our strategy relies significantly on our reputation and the reputation of our senior management and the Board. In addition, our customers and key introducers must continue to associate our brand with meeting customer needs and delivering value to those customers. Adverse publicity (whether or not justified) relating to activities by our management, employees, agents or others with whom we do business, such as customer service mishaps or noncompliance with laws, could tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. With the increase in the use of social media outlets such as Facebook, YouTube, Instagram and Twitter, adverse publicity can be disseminated quickly and broadly, making it increasingly difficult for us to effectively respond. This unfavorable publicity could also require us to allocate significant resources to rebuild our reputation.
As a bank operating in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and other international financial centers, we are subject to increasing scrutiny with respect to potential or alleged legal and regulatory breaches and unethical behavior and associated reputational risks, including with respect to the general perception and reputation of financial institutions in those jurisdictions, which may in turn be affected by factors including the EU list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes (for example, the inclusion of the Cayman Islands on the list in February 2020), and policies on controversial industries such as gaming and cryptocurrencies, among others. See "Our business may be negatively impacted by the economic substance legislation and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands." Any circumstance that causes real or perceived damage to our brand or reputation, or banking or wealth management generally in these jurisdictions, may negatively affect our relationships with our customers and key introducers, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Potential reputational issues include, but are not limited to:
breaching or facing allegations of having breached legal and regulatory requirements (including, but not limited to, conduct requirements, money laundering, anti-terrorism financing requirements, laws against assisting in tax evasion, cybersecurity and data protection laws, bribery and corruption);
legacy issues we inherit from the businesses we acquire through a merger or acquisition;
acting or facing allegations of having acted unethically (including having adopted inappropriate sales and trading practices);

failing or facing allegations of having failed to maintain appropriate standards of customer privacy, customer service and record-keeping;
failing to appropriately address potential conflicts of interest;
experiencing technology failures that impact customer services and accounts;
failing to properly identify legal, reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in products offered; and
changing the terms of our product offerings and pricing that may result in outcomes for customers that are unfair or perceived to be unfair.
A failure to address the above or any other relevant issues appropriately could make customers unwilling to do business with us, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and could damage our relationships with our employees and regulators.
A decline in the residential real estate market, including in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and the United Kingdom, could increase the risk of loans being impaired and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are exposed to the risk that our borrowers may not repay their loans according to their contractual terms and that the collateral securing the payment of these loans may be insufficient. As at December 31, 2019,2021, approximately 53.4%53% of our Bermuda loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, was composed of residential mortgages in Bermuda andBermuda; approximately 68.3% 68%of our Cayman Islands loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, in our remaining jurisdictions was comprisedcomposed of residential mortgages.mortgages in the Cayman Islands and approximately 84% of our Channel Islands and UK loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, was composed of residential mortgages in the Channel Islands and the UK. A decline in the real estate market, in particular in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and the UK (including as a result of Brexit)the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic), would mean that the collateral for our loans would hold less value. As a result, our ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate would be diminished, and we would be more likely to suffer losses on the defaulted loans. Declines in the real estate market, including as a result of lower infrastructure spending in the markets in which we operate, could also adversely affect demand for new loans, further decreasing the interest revenue generated by our loan portfolio. In addition, if our estimate for our allowance for credit losses proves to be inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance accordingly and may have future charge-offs. This may lead to impairment charges on loans and other assets, higher costs and higher incurred loan-loss provisions.
The risk of loan impairment may be compounded by the fact that there is limited economic and statistical data regarding the Bermuda, the Cayman Islands and the Channel Islands real estate markets.Although reliable and comprehensive economic and statistical data is available for certain real estate markets, such as the Case-Schiller Home Price Index in the United States, there is no comparable statistical data or mechanism to value the overall real estate market in all our markets.This lack of information makes it difficult to assess the market value of real estate in these markets, and requires us to rely on observations of the valuation of our own real estate originations in order to assess whether the value of mortgaged real estate has declined. See "- The appraisals and other valuation techniques we use in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property may not accurately describe the net value of the collateral that we can realize." Any of the above factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The appraisals and other valuation techniques we use in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property may not accurately describe the net value of the collateral that we can realize.
In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made, and, as real estate values may change significantly in relatively short periods of time (especially in periods of heightened economic uncertainty), this estimate may not accurately describe the net value of the real property collateral after the loan is made. As a result, we may not be able to realize the full amount of any remaining indebtedness when we foreclose on and sell the relevant property. In addition, we rely on appraisals and other valuation techniques to establish the value of our OREO and to determine certain loan impairments. If any of these valuations is inaccurate, our consolidated financial statements may not reflect the correct value of our OREO, and our allowance for credit losses may not reflect accurate loan impairments. This could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The value of the securities in our investment portfolio may decline in the future.
As at December 31, 2019,2021, we owned $4.4$6.2 billion of investment securities consisting primarily of securities issued by the US government and US governmental agencies. In 2019,2021, our investment portfolio had an average yield of 2.89%1.79%.
The fair value of our investment securities may be adversely affected by market conditions, including changes in interest rates, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, and the occurrence of any events adversely affecting the issuer of particular securities in our investment portfolio. We perform periodic reviews to determine if an other-than-temporarya credit impairment ("OTTI") has occurred.exists. Our Group Asset and Liability Committee reviews the results of the impairment analysis and advises whether an OTTIa credit impairment exists. The process for determining whether ana credit impairment is other-than-temporaryexists usually requires complex, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer of the relevant security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security.
We did not record any OTTIcredit impairment losses on investments in the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 2017. However,2019. We may be required to recognize credit impairments in priorthe future periods, wewhich could have experienced higher OTTIan adverse effect on investments, in particular as a resultour business, financial conditions or results of investments in structured securities.operations. See "- If we are unable to effectively manage our liquidity we may need to seek additional financing and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected."
We may be required to recognize OTTI in future periods, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Volatility levels and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may affect our business, financial position and results of operations.
We are exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of our holdings of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, investment in foreign subsidiaries, and future foreign currency denominated revenue and expense. Fluctuations in exchange rates may raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions, where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a foreign currency do not offset each other or offset each other in different time periods. In addition, Brexit and the recent UK elections have introduced volatility for the Pound Sterling, which may continue in the future. Such volatility may adversely affect our operations that employ the Pound Sterling as the functional currency and materially affect our results of operations. US political events and policy have also caused significant volatility for the US dollar, which may continue in the future. Such volatility may have negative impacts on our business, financial position and results of operations.
We also provide foreign exchange services to our clients, including trading on behalf of clients in all major currencies and providing hedging solutions to manage foreign exchange risk. Foreign currency volatility influences the level of client activity. Changes in client activity may result in reduced foreign exchange trading income.
In addition, the Bermuda Dollar and the Cayman Islands Dollar are pegged to the US Dollar at exchange rates of 1 Bermuda Dollar to 1 US Dollar and 1 Cayman Islands Dollar to 1.20 US Dollar respectively. However, we cannot make assurances that these pegs will be maintained. In the event that the Bermuda Dollar or Cayman Islands Dollar is de-pegged or the current ratios are changed, including as a result of changes in laws, regulations or policies in these jurisdictions, the value of our common shares could be adversely affected. Moreover, our US Dollar deposits are used to fund mortgages in Bermuda Dollars and Cayman Islands Dollars. As the Bermuda Dollar and the Cayman Islands Dollar are pegged to the US Dollar, we do not engage in hedging activities to counteract this currency risk. If the Bermuda Dollar or Cayman Islands Dollar

ceased to be pegged to the US Dollar at the current ratios, however, we could be exposed to significant currency risks.
Fluctuations in interest rates and inflation may negatively impact our net interest margin and our profitability.
Net interest income is a significant component of our revenues and changes in prevailing interest rates may adversely affect our business, including the level of net interest income we earn, and for our banking business, the levels of deposits and the demand for loans. The low interest rate environment following the global financial crisis has led to changes in savings rates and continues to shift the interest of savers away from low-rate retail bank deposits.
If interest rates increase, our net interest income would narrow if our cost of funding increased without a correlative increase in the interest we earn from loans and investments. Because we rely extensively on deposits to fund our operations, our cost of funding would increase if there is an increase in the interest rate we are required to pay our customers to retain their deposits. This could occur, for instance, if we are faced with competitive or regulatory pressures to increase rates on deposits.In addition, our cost of funding would increase if the interest rates we are required to pay for other sources of funding increase. Moreover, increases in interest rates may decrease customer demand for loans as the higher cost of obtaining credit may deter customers from seeking new loans. Further, higher interest rates might also lead to an increased number of delinquent loans and defaults, which would affect the value of our loans.
Changes in interest rates may negatively affect the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains or avoid losses from the sale of those assets, all of which also ultimately affect earnings and capital, as well as our regulatory solvency position. A sustained increase in the inflation rate in our key markets may also have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. For example, a sustained increase in the inflation rate may result in an increase in nominal market interest rates. A failure to accurately anticipate higher inflation and factor it into our product-pricing assumptions may result in mispricing of our products, which could adversely affect our business, financial position or results of operations. On the other hand, recent concerns regarding negative interest rates and the low level of interest rates generally may negatively impact our net interest income, which may have an adverse impact on our profitability.
Our loan and investment portfolios are subject to risk of prepayment, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
Our fixed rate loan and investment portfolios are subject to prepayment risk, which results from the ability of a borrower or issuer to pay a debt obligation prior to maturity. Generally, in a low interest rate environment, prepayment activity increases, which reduces the weighted average lives of our earning assets and could have a material adverse effect on us. We wouldFor example, recent decreases in global market interest rates and increased prepayment speeds resulted in lower yields on the Bank's investments. Prepayments also be requiredrequire us to recognize net premiums or commissions as income over a shorter period of time, thereby reducing the corresponding asset yield and net interest income. Prepayment risk also has a significant adverse impact on credit card and collateralized mortgage loans, since prepayments could shorten the weighted average life of these assets, which may result in a mismatch in our funding obligations and reinvestment at lower yields. Prepayment risk is inherent to our commercial activity and an increase in prepayments could have a material adverse effect on us.
Volatility levels and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may affect our business, financial position and results of operations.
We are exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of our holdings of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities, investment in foreign subsidiaries, and future foreign currency denominated revenue and expense. Fluctuations in exchange rates may raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions, where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a foreign currency do not offset each other or offset each other in different time periods. Exchange rate volatility may have negative impacts on our business, financial position and results of operations.
8


We also provide foreign exchange services to our clients, including trading on behalf of clients in all major currencies and providing hedging solutions to manage foreign exchange risk. Foreign currency volatility influences the level of client activity. Changes in client activity may result in reduced foreign exchange trading income.
In addition, the Bermuda Dollar and the Cayman Islands Dollar are pegged to the US Dollar at exchange rates of 1 Bermuda Dollar to 1 US Dollar and 1 Cayman Islands Dollar to 1.20 US Dollar, respectively. However, we cannot make assurances that these pegs will be maintained. In the event that the Bermuda Dollar or Cayman Islands Dollar is de-pegged or the current ratios are changed, including as a result of changes in laws, regulations or policies in these jurisdictions, the value of our common shares could be adversely affected. Moreover, our US Dollar deposits are used to fund mortgages in Bermuda Dollars and Cayman Islands Dollars. As the Bermuda Dollar and the Cayman Islands Dollar are pegged to the US Dollar, we do not engage in hedging activities to counteract this currency risk. If the Bermuda Dollar or Cayman Islands Dollar ceased to be pegged to the US Dollar at the current ratios, however, we could be exposed to significant currency risks.
If we are unable to effectively manage our liquidity we may need to seek additional financing and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.
We need liquidity to pay our operating expenses, fund depositor withdrawals, interest on our debt and dividends on our common shares, and to replace certain maturing liabilities. Without sufficient liquidity, we will be forced to curtail our operations and our business will suffer.
Our main source of funding is customer deposits. As at December 31, 2019,2021, we had $12.4$13.9 billion in customer deposits (54%(55% USD deposits, 15%18% USD-pegged deposits), with 35%33% of our deposits derived from our Bermuda segment, and 28% of our deposits derived33% from the Cayman Islands segment, and 37% derived34% from the Channel Islands.Islands segment. In addition, we source our funding from net income generated by the Bank, net of dividends paid, and to a lesser extent from other sources including the sale of securities to institutional counterparties under repurchase agreements and the sale of equity securities and AFS securities. Our deposit base includes both demand and term liabilities, but the significant majority of such deposits are demand deposits or are due within six months. Because we rely primarily on short-term deposits for funding, a sudden or unexpected shortage of funds in the banking systems in which we operate may prevent us from obtaining necessary funding without incurring higher costs. Our deposit base includes deposits from commercial and institutional clients which may be more sensitive to financial strength rating changes. A significant withdrawal of deposits in either of these markets could significantly affect our liquidity and our ability to meet our funding needs.
In addition, as a bank with subsidiaries located in various jurisdictions, the Bank’s access to inter-company funds can be restricted because our regulated banking subsidiaries are required to maintain certain liquidity ratios or minimum levels of capital in accordance with the laws of the jurisdictions in which they operate or otherwise. The necessity of maintaining these ratios or levels of capital or other liquidity considerations could restrict the ability of these subsidiaries to transfer funds to us, in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances.
In the event that our current resources do not satisfy our needs, we may need to seek additional financing. The availability of additional financing will depend on a variety of factors, such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the volume of trading activities, the overall availability of credit to the financial services industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as the possibility that customers or lenders could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects, including as a result of economic uncertainty or any downgrade in sovereign credit ratings in key markets in which we operate.
We could be negatively affected if the soundness of other financial institutions and counterparties deteriorates or if such counterparties, including clearing houses, are unwilling to do business with us, in particular in respect of US Dollar transactions.
Given the high level of interdependence between financial institutions, we are and will continue to be subject to the risk of actual or perceived deterioration in the commercial and financial soundness of other financial services institutions. Within the financial services industry, the default by any one institution could lead to defaults by other institutions. Concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions, because the commercial and financial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely related as a result of their credit, trading, clearing or other relationships. Even the perceived lack of creditworthiness of, or questions about, a financial institution may lead to market-wide liquidity problems and losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. This risk is sometimes referred to as "systemic risk" or "contagion" and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses and banks with whom we interact on a daily basis. In particular, BNYM and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ("Wells Fargo") act as clearing houses for all our US Dollar transactions. If BNYM's or Wells Fargo's ability to act as our clearing houses becomes impaired or BNYM or Wells Fargo cease to act as our clearing houses for any other reason and other financial institutions are not willing to provide the services currently provided to us by BNYM and Wells Fargo, we could lose our ability to engage in US Dollar transactions, which could lead to severe disruptions in our operations and adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Changes in banks’ inter-bank lending rate reporting practices orand the method pursuant to whichphase-out of the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") is determined may adversely affect our business and results of operations.
LIBORFor several years, global regulators and other indices which are deemed “benchmarks” arecentral banks have been pursuing international efforts to reform interest rate benchmarks, such as the subject of recent national, international, and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. Some of these reforms are already effective while others are still to be implemented. These reforms may cause such benchmarks to perform differently than in the past, or have other consequences which cannot be predicted.London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). In particular, on July 27, 2017, the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuadingthe FCA will no longer persuade or

compelling compel banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021 (the “2017 Announcement”). The 2017 Announcement indicated thatfor the continuationcalculation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. This was confirmed in a 2019 Announcement from the FCA which required firms to transition to alternative rates before 2021. In September 2018, a joint Dear CEO letter was sent fromOn March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, the Prudential Regulation Authorityauthorized and regulated administrator of LIBOR, announced that all the GBP, CHF, JPY, EUR LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will cease after December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will cease after June 30, 2023.
Uncertainty as to major banksthe nature of potential changes, alternative reference rates or other reforms may adversely affect market liquidity, the pricing of LIBOR-based instruments and insurers supervised in the UK, asking foravailability and cost of associated hedging instruments and borrowings. Payments under contracts referencing new reference rates may differ from those referencing LIBOR. The transition may change the preparationsBank’s risk profile and actions they are takingrequire changes to manageits risk and pricing models, valuation tools, product design and hedging strategies. Although the Bank is unable to quantify the ultimate impact of the transition from LIBOR given the uncertain nature of the potential changes, it continues to alternative interest rate benchmarks. The FCA and Bankmonitor the developments related to the future of England are workingLIBOR in line with market participantsany regulatory or quasi-regulatory guidance. Moreover, the failure to support themanage any potential transition away from LIBOR in sterling markets through the Working Group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates (“RFR Working Group”). In April 2017, the RFR Working Group recommendedto a reformed version of the Sterling Overnight Index Average, known as the “SONIA benchmark.” The SONIA benchmark has been proposed as a robust alternative to LIBOR and is based on overnight interest rates in wholesale markets. The Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large US financial institutions, has also proposed replacing USD-LIBOR with a new index calculated by short-term repurchase agreements - the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"). It is not possible to predict whether the SONIA benchmark, SOFR or any otherdifferent reference rate, will become an accepted alternative to LIBOR or rates, may adversely affect the effect of such an alternative on the value of LIBOR-linkedBank’s reputation, business and financial instruments.
LIBOR is used as a reference or base rate in a portion of our loan portfolio, our investment portfolio and our subordinated debt outstanding. Any of the above changes or any other consequential changes to LIBOR or any alternative rate or benchmark as a result of any international, national, or other proposals for reform or other initiatives or investigations, or any further uncertainty in relation to the timing and manner of implementation of such changes, could have a material adverse effect on the value of the investment portfolio, or impact the interest earned on loans and interest payable on our subordinated debt.
As a result of the transition away from LIBOR, we are reviewing our loan agreements and our investments to understand the events that trigger a LIBOR substitution event and how a LIBOR substitution will be implemented on a case-by-case basis. In certain instances, legacy instruments do not address these matters in clear and workable ways, and we are working with counterparties to address these on a case-by-case basis to determine the most effective transition.
Any alternative reference or base rate may result in interest payments that are lower than or that do not otherwise correlate over time with the payments that would have been made on the elements of our balance sheet if the LIBOR rate was available in its current form.
More generally, any of the above changes or any other consequential changes to LIBOR as a result of international, national or other proposals for reform or other initiatives or investigations, or any further uncertainty in relation to the timing and manner of implementation of such changes, could have a material adverse effect on our businesscondition, and results of operations, including pricing volatility, loss of market share in certain products, adverse tax or accounting impacts, compliance, legal and operational costs and risks associated with client disclosures, as well as systems disruption, model disruption and other business continuity issues. In addition, uncertainty relating to LIBOR could result in increased capital requirements for the Bank given potential low transaction volumes, a lack of liquidity or limited observability for exposures linked to LIBOR or any emerging successor rates and operational incidents associated with changes in and the discontinuance of LIBOR. Any of the above changes or any other consequential changes to LIBOR may also adversely affect the yield on loans or securities held by us, amounts paid on securities we have issued, amounts received and paid on derivative instruments we have entered into, the value of such loans, securities or derivative instruments, the trading market for securities, the terms of new loans being made using different or modified reference rates, or the availability or cost of our floating-rate funding and our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.operations.
We face competition in all aspects of our business, and may not be able to attract and retain wealth management, trust and banking clients at current levels.
We compete with a broad range of financial institutions. Many of our competitors are larger and have broader ranges of product and service offerings, increased access to capital, greater efficiency and pricing power. We face competition from other lending institutions and from numerous other providers of financial services, including the following:
Non-banking financial institutions. The ability of these institutions to offer services previously limited to commercial banks has intensified competition. Because non-banking financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks, they can often operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures; and
The ability of these institutions to offer services previously limited to commercial banks has intensified competition. Because non-banking financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks, they can often operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures; and
Competitors that have greater financial resources. Some of our larger competitors, including certain international banks that have a significant presence in our market area, may have greater capital and resources and higher lending limits and may offer products, services and technology that we do not. We cannot predict the reaction of our customers and other third parties with respect to our financial or commercial strength relative to our competition, including our larger competitors.
In our banking business, we face competition mainly from other local banks, such as Bermuda Commercial Bank and Clarien Bank in Bermuda and from Cayman National Corporation in the Cayman Islands, as well as from subsidiaries of international banks, being RBCRoyal Bank of Canada in the Cayman Islands and HSBC in Bermuda, whom we view as our most significant competitors. In our wealth management business line, we face competition from local competitors, as well as much larger financial institutions, including financial institutions that are not based in the markets in which we operate. Revenues from the trust and wealth management business depend in large part on the level of AUM, and larger international banks may have higher levels of AUM.AUA.
In our trust business, we face competition primarily from other specialized trust service providers. There are approximately 500 trust companies in the main international financial centers, and manyMany of our competitors in thisthe international financial sector offer fund administration and corporate services work alongside private client fiduciary services.
Our ability to successfully attract and retain trust, wealth management and banking clients is dependent upon our ability to compete with competitors' investment products, retail products and services, level of investment performance, client services and marketing and distribution capabilities. If we are not successful, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
9


The Bank's credit ratings have a direct effect on its competitive position, and declines in the Bank's ratings would increase the cost of borrowing funds and make our ability to raise new funds, attract and retain deposits or renew maturing debt more difficult, which may negatively affect long-term and short-term funding.
The Bank's credit strength ratings are an important component of its liquidity profile and competitive position. Ratings show each agency's view of our financial strength, operating performance and ability to meet debt obligations as they become due. Nationally recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs") periodically review the financial performance and condition of banks and may downgrade or change the outlook on a bank's ratings due to, for example: a change in a bank's regulatory capital ratios; a change in an NRSRO's determination of the amount of capital cushion required to maintain a particular rating; an increase in the perceived risk of a bank's investment portfolio; reduced confidence in management; or other considerations that may or may not be under our control. The Bank has credit ratings from Standard & Poor's ("S&P"), Moody's Investor Service ("Moody's") and Kroll Bond Rating Agency ("KBRA"). Each of the rating agencies reviews its ratings and rating methodologies on a recurring basis and may decide on a downgrade at any time. The Bank's ratings as at December 31, 20192021 are shown in the table below:

Ratings
KBRAMoody'sS&P
Long-term issuerA+A3BBB+
Short-term issuerK1P-2A-2
Subordinated debtA3
Long-term counterparty risk assessmentA2
Short-term counterparty risk assessmentP-1
A downgrade in our credit ratings could adversely affect clients' perception of us and our ability to compete successfully in the marketplace for deposits (or result in the withdrawal of deposits). A downgrade in our short-term debt ratings will affect our short-term funding capabilities. As a result, the impact of a one-notch downgrade in credit ratings is currently not likely to have a direct impact on funding programs, activities, borrowing capacity or borrowing costs. In addition, there has been no measurable correlation or effect on deposit levels during previous downgrades and, as a result, historically, no material impacts on the Bank's operations or results.
Negative changes in the Bank's long-term deposit ratings would also likely increase the cost of raising long-term funding in the capital markets or of borrowing funds. Even where we can access the capital markets, negative changes in our ratings could affect our share price and make any equity offerings more difficult and dilutive to current shareholders, further driving down the Bank's share price. Our ability to replace maturing or existing debt may be more difficult and expensive. In addition, our lenders and counterparties in derivative transactions are sensitive to the risk of a ratings downgrade. However, we may issue additional debt securities in the future which may increase the impact of a one notchone-notch downgrade in credit ratings.
Management cannot predict what actions rating agencies may take, or what actions we may take in response to the actions of rating agencies that could adversely affect our business. As with other companies in the financial services industry, our ratings could be downgraded at any time and without any notice by any NRSRO, which could adversely affect our business, financial conditions or results of operations.
We could fail to attract, retain or motivate highly skilled and qualified personnel, including our senior management, other key employees or members of the Board, which could adversely affect our business.
Our ability to implement our strategic plan and our future success depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled, diverse and qualified personnel, including our senior management and other key employees and directors, competitively with our peers. The marketplace for skilled personnel is becoming more competitive, which means the cost of hiring, incentivizing and retaining skilled personnel may continue to increase. The failure to attract or retain, including as a result of an untimely death or illness of key personnel, or replace a sufficient number of appropriately skilled and key personnel could place us at a significant competitive disadvantage and prevent us from successfully implementing our strategy or effectively managing our risk framework and business operations. This could impair our ability to implement our strategic plan successfully, achieve our performance targets and otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We may also be unable to attract and retain staff due to our locations. Many of our employees are employed in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands, which are small markets. To the extent we have needs for employees in these locations, this may be an impediment to attracting and retaining experienced personnel. Further, immigration laws in small markets may impose limitations on attracting experienced personnel.
In addition, governmental scrutiny with respect to matters relating to compensation and other business practices in the financial services industry has increased dramatically in the past several years and has resulted in more aggressive and intense regulatory supervision in certain markets in which we operate. Future legislation or regulation or government views on compensation may result in us altering compensation practices in ways that could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain talented employees.
We rely on third parties to provide services that are integral to our ordinary operations, and their failure to perform in a satisfactory manner could negatively affect us.
We rely on third parties to provide services that are integral to our ordinary course operations, including providers of information technology, administrative or investment advisory services. For example,These third party supported functions or operating systems may not function properly, become insufficient to support our evolving business needs or become defective or damaged as a result of a number of factors including events beyond our control. Enhancements and upgrades to third party supported infrastructure or operating systems may entail significant time and costs, and create risks associated with implementing new systems and integrating them with existing ones. Due to the complexity of our systems, across multiple jurisdictions and product types, the process of enhancing our infrastructure and operating systems, including their security measures and controls, can create a risk of system disruptions and security issues. Similarly, we may not be able to timely recover critical business processes or operations that have been disrupted, which may further increase the associated costs and consequences of such disruptions. Although we have a contract with Alumina pursuantbusiness continuity plans in place, cybersecurity and other safeguards in place to help provide operational resiliency, our business operations may be adversely affected by significant and prolonged disruption to our operating systems that support our businesses and customers. Furthermore, third parties on which it provides investment advisory serviceswe rely, could also introduce operational risk to us, and a contract with DXC Technologies ("DXC") to supply technologyincluding from information breaches or loss, breakdowns, cyber incidents, disruptions or failures of their own systems or infrastructure, and application development management, information security and technical support for our locationsor any deficiencies in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. We rely on Alumina to provide investment advisory services in respectperformance of our US treasury and agency portfolio and to provide investment advice. Poor performance on the part of providers of investment advisory services could adversely affect our financial performance.their responsibilities. A material breach of customer data including by DXC, may negatively impact our business reputation and cause a loss of customer business; may result in increased expense to contain the event and/or require that we provide credit monitoring services for affected customers; may result in regulatory fines and sanctions; and/or may result in litigation. We rely on our outsourced service providers to implement and maintain prudent cyber securitycyber-security controls. We have procedures in place to assess a vendor's cyber security controls prior to establishing a contractual relationship and to periodically review assessments of those control systems; however, these procedures are not infallible and a vendor's system can be breached despite the procedures we employ. In addition, outsourcing is subject to regulatory controls in certain jurisdictions in which we operate and we may not always be able to obtain approval to outsourcingoutsource on terms available or sought by us, which could adversely affect our ability to enter into outsourcing arrangements.
10


In addition, BNYM and Wells Fargo act as clearing houses for all our US Dollar transactions and, if our relationships with BNYM and Wells Fargo are terminated, we could lose our ability to engage in US Dollar transactions. For more information see " - We could be negatively affected if the soundness of other financial institutions and counterparties deteriorates or if such counterparties, including clearing houses, are unwilling to do business with us, in particular in respect of US Dollar transactions."
Information provided to us about clients and counterparties may not be accurate or complete.
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we rely on information furnished by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. Such information could turn out to be inaccurate, including as a result of fraud or misrepresentation on behalf of our clients, counterparties or other third parties, which would increase our credit risk and expose us to possible write-downs and losses.
We cannot be certain that our underwriting and operational controls will prevent or detect such fraud or that we will not experience fraud losses or incur costs or other losses related to such fraud. Our clients and counterparties may also experience fraud in their businesses which could adversely affect their ability to repay their loans or make use of our services.

During the periods reported in this annual report, we have not experienced any material losses, or had to write down collateral, as a result of fraud or misrepresentation, but we cannot be certain that the Bank will not experience any such losses or have to write down any such collateral in the future, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operation and financial condition.
Our business is subject to risks related to litigation and regulatory actions.
We are, from time to time, involved in various legal and regulatory proceedings arising from our normal business activities. These claims and legal actions, including supervisory actions by our regulators or proceedings or investigations brought by other regulators, could involve large monetary claims and significant defense costs. The outcome of these cases is uncertain. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have material financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to us, which in turn could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We may be exposed to substantial uninsured liabilities, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition.
As previously publicly announced, in November 2013, the USAO applied for and secured the issuance of so-called John Doe Summonses to six US financial institutions with which the Bank had correspondent bank relationships. The purpose of these summonses was to identify US persons who may have been using our banking, trust, or other services to evade their own tax obligations in the United States. Although theThe Bank has been cooperatingcooperated with the US authorities in their ongoing investigation and reached a resolution with the US Department of Justice in July 2021. The resolution is in the form of a non-prosecution agreement with a three-year term and payment of $5.6 million.
The appraisals and other valuation techniques we are unable at this point to predictuse in evaluating and monitoring loans secured by real property may not accurately describe the timing or outcomenet value of the investigationcollateral that we can realize.
In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made, and, itas real estate values may change significantly in relatively short periods of time (especially in periods of heightened economic uncertainty), this estimate may not accurately describe the net value of the real property collateral after the loan is possible thatmade. As a result, we may not be able to realize the ultimate resolution of this matter may be material to our financial results. Although we are unable to determine the precisefull amount of financial consequences, fines and/or penalties resulting from this tax compliance review,any remaining indebtedness when we have recorded as at December 31, 2019, a provision of $5.5 million (December 31, 2018: $5.5 million). Asforeclose on and sell the investigation remains ongoing at this time, the timing and terms of the final resolution, including any fines or penalties, remain uncertain and the financial impact to the Bank could exceed the amount of the provision.relevant property. In this regard, we note that the US authorities have not approved or commented on the adequacy or reasonableness of the provision.
We may be alleged to have infringed upon intellectual property rights owned by others or may be unable to protect our own intellectual property.
Competitors or other third parties may allege that we, or consultants or other third parties retained or indemnified by us, infringe on their intellectual property rights. Even in instances where we believe that claims and allegations of intellectual property infringement against us are without merit, defending against such claims is time consuming and expensive and could result in the diversion of time and attention of our management and employees. In addition, although in some cases a third party may have agreed to indemnify us for such costs, such indemnifying party may refuse, or be unable, to uphold its contractual obligations.
Moreover, we rely on a varietyappraisals and other valuation techniques to establish the value of measuresour OREO and to protectdetermine certain loan impairments. If any of these valuations are inaccurate, our intellectual property and proprietary information, including copyrights, trademarks, and controls on access and distribution. These measuresconsolidated financial statements may not prevent misappropriation or infringementreflect the correct value of our intellectual property or proprietary informationOREO, and a resulting loss of competitive advantage. In any event, we may be required to litigate to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information from misappropriation or infringement by others, which is expensive and could cause a diversion of resources andallowance for credit losses may not be successful.
Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that wereflect accurate loan impairments. This could suffer, andhave an adverse effect on our insurance costs could increase in the future.
Our insurance policies do not cover all typesbusiness, financial condition or results of potential losses and liabilities and are subject to limits and excesses. There can be no assurance that our insurance will be sufficient to cover the full extent of all losses or liabilities for which we are ultimately responsible, which could result in losses being incurred by the Bank. Additionally, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew our current insurance policies on favorable terms, or at all.operations.
Risks Relating to Operations, Risk Oversight and Internal Controls
Our operations are reliant on effective implementation and use of technology and require us to adapt to new technologies, and a breach, interruption or failure of our technology services or the inability to effectively integrate new technologies could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct business. In particular, we rely on technology to provide key components of our information system infrastructure, including loan, deposit and general ledger processing, risk management information collection and processing for internal control purposes, internet connections and network access. Any disruption in service of these key components, due to system errors, a natural catastrophe, or the termination of any third-party software licenses upon which any of these systems is based, could adversely affect our ability to effectively deliver products and services to clients, to detect, assess and manage risk and otherwise to conduct operations. See "- We rely on third parties to provide services that are integral to our ordinary operations, and their failure to perform in a satisfactory manner could negatively affect us.” Furthermore, any security breach, due to computer viruses, programming, malfeasance or human errors or other events or developments, of information systems or data, whether managed by us or third parties, could interrupt our business, harm our reputation or cause a decrease in the number of clients using our services. The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new, and technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency, enables financial institutions to better serve customers, and to reduce costs. We have continually invested in upgrades to our core banking systems in our largest markets, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and the UK, and have introduced mobile banking in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands. However, we face the risk of having to establish and maintain further improved technological capabilities, and our future success depends, in part, on our ability to recognize and implement new technologies to address our operational and internal control needs, operational efficiencies and to meet the demands of our clients. See "- Cyber-attacks, distributed denial of service attacks and other cyber-security matters, if successful, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.”
The widespread adoption of new technologies, including cryptocurrencies and payment systems, could require substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our existing products and services as we continue to grow our internet and mobile banking capabilities. The persistence or acceleration of this shift in demand towards internet and mobile banking may necessitate changes to our retail distribution strategy, which may include restructuring our branches and work force. These actions could lead to losses on these assets and may lead to increased expenditures to reform our retail distribution channel.
Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements than we do. We may not be able to effectively implement new, technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. In addition, the implementation of technological changes and upgrades to maintain current systems and integrate new ones may also cause service interruptions, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays and may cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry and avoid interruptions, errors and delays could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, or our competitive position.


11


Cyber-attacks, distributed denial of service attacks and other cyber-security matters, if successful, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are under continuous threat of loss due to cyber-attacks, especially as we continue to expand customer capabilities to utilize the internet and other remote channels to transact business. Third parties with whom we or our customers do business also present operational and information security risks to us, including security

breaches or failures of their own systems. Two of the most significant cyber-attack risks that we face are e-fraud and loss of sensitive customer data. Loss from e-fraud occurs when cyber-criminals extract funds directly from customers' or our accounts using fraudulent schemes that may include internet-based funds transfers. Such attacks are infrequent, but could present significant reputational, legal and regulatory costs to us if successful.
We also face risks related to cyber-attacks and other security breaches in connection with credit card transactions that typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding our customers through various third parties, including merchant acquiring banks, payment processors, payment card networks (e.g., Visa or Mastercard), our processors, and BNYM and Wells Fargo as clearing banks. Some of these parties have in the past been the target of security breaches and cyber-attacks, and because the transactions involve third parties and environments such as the point of sale that we do not control or secure, future security breaches or cyber-attacks affecting any of these third parties could impact us through no fault of our own, and in some cases we may have exposure and suffer losses for breaches or attacks relating to them, including from remediation costs, increased future protection costs, reputational harm, loss of customers and potential regulatory inquiries and/or civil litigation. We also rely on numerous other third-party service providers to conduct other aspects of our business operations and face similar risks relating to them.
Often there are distributed denial of service attacks on financial services companies. Distributed denial of service attacks are designed to saturate the targeted online network with excessive amounts of network traffic, resulting in slow response times, or in some cases, causing the site to be temporarily unavailable. Generally, these attacks are conducted to interrupt or suspend a company's access to internet service. The attacks can adversely affect the performance of a company's website and in some instances prevent customers from accessing a company's website. Potential cyber threats that include hacking and other attempts to breach information technology security controls are rapidly evolving and we may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks. As these threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our layers of defense or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. We may also be required to incur significant costs in connection with any regulatory investigation or civil litigation resulting from a cyber-attack or information security breach that impacts us.
In addition, in April 2016, the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication ("SWIFT") announced that one of its member banks was a target of a cyber-attack in February 2016. During 2017 and 2018, there were several instances of cyber-attacks involving access to the SWIFT platform.The SWIFT platform is used by more than 10,000 financial institutions around the world, including us, to effect fund transfers. A cyber-attack on the SWIFT network can result in theft of funds and other adverse consequences, and our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected in the event that such a cyber-attack is successful.
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, many of our employees (and staff of service providers) have been working remotely or from other sites. These working arrangements could potentially provide increased opportunities for cyber threat actors to exploit.
Our operational risk management and controlframework, systems and processesprocess, and related guidelines and policies, may prove inadequate to manage our risks, and any failure to properly assess or manage such risks could harm us.
Our approach to risk management requires senior management to make complex judgments, including decisions (based on assumptions about economic factors) about the level and types of risk that we are designedwilling to help ensure thataccept in order to achieve our business objectives. These also include the maximum level of risks associated withwe can assume before breaching constraints determined by regulatory capital and liquidity needs and our activities,regulatory and legal obligations including, those arisingamong others, from cyber-attacks, breaches of information securitya conduct and failure of securityprudential perspective. Given these complexities, and physical protection, are appropriately controlled. However, these systems and processes have inherent limitations, and it is possible thatthe dynamic environment in which we operate, the decisions made by senior management may not be able to anticipate, detectappropriate or recognize threats to our systems or data or that our preventative measures will not be effective to prevent an attack or a security breach. We also have insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain losses associated with cyber-attacks or information security breaches, but ityield the results expected. In addition, senior management may be insufficientunable to cover all losses from any such attack or breach. A successful cyber-attack could resultrecognize emerging risks quickly enough for us to take appropriate action in reputational harm, loss of customers, regulatory fines, civil litigation, remediation costs, increased insurance premiums and/or additional cybersecurity protection costs, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.a timely manner.
Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures that govern operations, financial reporting and compliance across jurisdictions, including those to mitigate the risk of human error, fraud or breach of fiduciary duties relating to our trust services by employees or outsiders, or to monitor financial reporting, may be inadequate, circumvented or exposed to variations in compliance at the local level, thereby causing inaccuracies in data and information or delays in the detection of errors. At present, we do not have a uniform core banking platform in place across the jurisdictions in which we operate and, therefore, we need to use manual processes to compile certain financial information from certain subsidiaries. Moreover, in the past, our information technology capabilities in Bermuda and other jurisdictions have experienced difficulties with certain identified weaknesses, including internal control deficiencies in our operations (including interest rate calculation functions).To address this, we used manual processing, data spreadsheets or a combination thereof. Use of such manual procedures and data spreadsheets presents financial reporting and operational risks and increases the importance of staff compliance with internal operating and security procedures. In addition, we may incur operational losses due to non-compliance by our staff with internal operating and control procedures and arising from human error. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with any current or future regulations related to controls and procedures could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our risk management framework, systems and process, and related guidelines and policies, may prove inadequate to manage our risks, and any failure to properly assess or manage such risks could harm us.
Our approach to risk management requires senior management to make complex judgments, including decisions (based on assumptions about economic factors) about the level and types of risk that we are willing to accept in order to achieve our business objectives. These also include the maximum level of risks we can assume before breaching constraints determined by regulatory capital and liquidity needs and our regulatory and legal obligations including, among others, from a conduct and prudential perspective. Given these complexities, and the dynamic environment in which we operate, the decisions made by senior management may not be appropriate or yield the results expected. In addition, senior management may be unable to recognize emerging risks for us quickly enough to take appropriate action in a timely manner.
Regulatory and Tax-Related Risks

We operate in a complex and changing regulatory environment and legal and regulatory changes or our failure to comply with laws and regulations could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business is subject to ongoing changes in laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and interpretations in the markets in which we operate. We currently face an increasingly extensive and complex set of laws, regulations and standards as a result of the concerns enveloping the global financial sector. We are exposed to potential changes in governmental or regulatory policies, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, other restrictive actions, unfavorable political and diplomatic developments, and changes in legislation.
Some areas of potential regulatory change involve multiple jurisdictions seeking to adopt a coordinated approach. This may result in conflicts with specific requirements of the jurisdictions in which we operate and, in addition, such changes may be inconsistently introduced across jurisdictions. See "- Our international business model exposes us to various and possibly conflicting regulatory regimes across multiple jurisdictions."
Changes may also occur in the oversight approach of regulators. It is possible that governments in jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding might revise their application of existing regulatory policies that apply to, or impact, the Bank's business, including for reasons relating to national interest and/or systemic stability. The powers exercisable by our regulators may also be expanded in the future.
Regulatory changes and the timing of their introduction continue to evolve and we manage our businesses in the context of regulatory uncertainty. The nature and impact of future changes are not predictable and are beyond our control. Regulatory compliance and the management of regulatory change are an important part of our

planning processes. We expect that we will be required to continue to invest significantly in compliance and the management and implementation of regulatory change and, at the same time, significant management attention and resources will be required to update existing, or implement new, processes to comply with new regulations.
Changes and restrictions imposed by our primary lead regulator, the BMA, and other regulators may also impact our operations by requiring us to have increased levels of liquidity, and higher levels of, and better quality, capital and funding, as well as placing restrictions on the businesses we conduct (including limiting our ability to provide products and services to certain customers), requiring us to amend our corporate structure or requiring us to alter our product or service offerings. If a regulatory change has any such effect, it could adversely affect one or more of our businesses, restrict our flexibility, require us to incur substantial costs and impact the profitability of one or more of our business lines. Any such costs or restrictions could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.
Effective as of January 1, 2015, the BMA adopted capital and liquidity regulatory requirements consistent with Basel III, a framework released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. Because the Basel III framework is relatively new and the BMA retains certain limited discretions, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to fully comply with all regulatory requirements. We also cannot predict what effect Bermuda's adoption of Basel III will have on our operations in other jurisdictions, some of which have not yet adopted Basel III and still operate under the Basel II framework. Furthermore, because Basel III can require capital to be held sometimes far in excess of capital required under Basel II, if other jurisdictions in which we operate move to a Basel III framework, we may not be able to meet our total capital adequacy requirements in those jurisdictions, which may lead us to move more capital into a given jurisdiction. Further, as our capital requirements remain under continuous review by the BMA, we cannot guarantee that the BMA will not seek a higher total capital ratio requirement at any time. Finally, we may be subject to heightened regulatory oversight by the BMA or other regulatory bodies in the future. For more information, see "Supervision and Regulation - Bermuda - Supervision and Monitoring by the BMA.”
12


Our failure or inability to fully comply with the laws and regulations could lead to fines, public reprimands, reputational damage, civil liability, enforced suspension of operations or, in extreme cases, withdrawal of authorization to operate, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We could also be required to incur significant expenses to comply with new or revised regulations. Future developments or changes in laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and their effects are expected to require greater capital resources and significant management attention, and may require us to modify our business strategies and plans.
The costs of complying with, or our failure to comply with, US and foreign laws related to privacy, data security and data protection, such as the EU General Data Protection Regulation, could adversely affect our financial condition, operating results and reputation.
Regulatory authorities have increased their focus on how companies collect, process, use, store, share and transmit personal data. New privacy security laws and regulations, including the UK's Data Protection Act 2018, the Data Protection (Jersey) Law 2018, the Data Protection (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 2017, The Cayman Islands Data Protection Law 2017 (which became effective on September 30, 2019), Bermuda’s Personal Information Protection Act 2016, and the EU General Data Protection Regulation 2016, pose increasingly complex and rigorous compliance challenges, which may increase our compliance costs. Any failure to comply with data privacy laws and regulations could result in significant penalties, fines, legal challenges and reputational harm. See "SupervisionItem 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation".
Changes in accounting policies and practices may be adopted by applicable regulatory agencies or other authoritative bodies, which could materially impact our financial statements.
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, applicable regulatory agencies and other authoritative bodies change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to comply with any applicable anti-corruption legislation could result in fines, criminal penalties and an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We must comply with all applicable laws and regulations, which include anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, international financial sanctions and anti-terrorist financing laws and regulations. Recently, there has been a substantial increase in the global enforcement of these laws and regulations, in particular in respect of the financial services industry. The measures and procedures we have in place may not be entirely effective in preventing third parties from using us (and our correspondent banks) as a conduit for money laundering (including illegal cash operations), terrorist financing or other financial crimes without our (and our correspondent banks') knowledge or consent. Although, as of the date of this report, we have not been subject to any fines or penalties, as a result of violations of anti-money laundering and countering terrorismcounter-terrorism laws and regulations, there can be no assurances that we will not be subject to such fines, penalties or losses or harm in the future. If we were to be associated with money laundering (including illegal cash operations) or terrorist financing, our reputation could be harmed and we could become subject to fines, sanctions or legal enforcement (including being added to any "blacklists" that would prohibit certain parties, potentially including US Dollar clearing banks, from engaging in transactions with us), which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our international business model exposes us to various and possibly conflicting regulatory regimes across multiple jurisdictions.
Our international business model exposes us to different regulatory schemes across multiple jurisdictions. Although our central management and a large part of our business are located in Bermuda, our operations are spread throughout ten international jurisdictions. In addition to the logistical and communications challenges this creates, the financial services industry is heavily regulated in many jurisdictions, and each line of the business is exposed to different, constantly evolving and possibly conflicting regulatory schemes. Our management has enacted internal controls and procedures that are designed to result in compliance with these regulatory schemes, which are periodically reviewed and updated, but in the future we might have difficulty meeting and remaining in compliance with existing or new regulatory requirements imposed by a particular jurisdiction, particularly in light of the increasing regulatory scrutiny of financial institutions and their subsidiaries. Our current internal controls for one jurisdiction may not sufficiently comply with the demands of increased oversight in another jurisdiction.
To the extent we are unable to comply with the regulatory scheme of a particular jurisdiction, we might not be able to operate in that jurisdiction, or we may incur fines or penalties for compliance failures or incur costs in order to remediate compliance failures, any or all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The Financial Action Task Force (“FATF”) may identify any of the jurisdictions in which we operate as a jurisdiction which has systemic Anti-Money Launderinganti-money laundering and/or Anti-Terrorist Financialanti-terrorist financing deficiencies, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
The FATF is an international body that identifies jurisdictions with weak measures to combat money laundering and terrorist financing in public documents published three times a year. FATF and its regional bodies work with such jurisdictions, governments, and regulatory bodies and report on progress made in addressing identified deficiencies. Such reviews are at a country level, rather than an entity-specific level. Thus, while the Bank can have in place globally accepted standards to fight money laundering and terrorist financing, the existing regulations in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate may not meet FATF requirements. In March 2019, the Caribbean FATF concluded that the Cayman Islands had major shortcomings on operational effectiveness and placed the Cayman Islands under a 12-month observation period. Failure to comply with FATF standards by any jurisdictions in which we operate could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to obtain financing from the international markets and attract foreign investments.

Our business may be negatively impacted by the economic substance legislation and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands.
In 2018, all major offshore jurisdictions enacted legislation in response to new requirements imposed by the EU’s Economic and Financial Affairs Council (“ECOFIN”) regarding the need for entities registered in offshore jurisdictions to demonstrate economic substance. Compliance with these requirements is necessary to avoid a jurisdiction being placed on the EU’s list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes. Many of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, The Bahamas, Guernsey and Jersey have enacted legislation that will require entities registered, incorporated or continued under certain legislation in the respective jurisdictions engaged in “relevant activities” (which includes engaging in banking or financing activities) to satisfy economic substance requirements by maintaining a substantial economic presence in the respective jurisdiction. For example, in December 2018, Bermuda passed The Economic Substance Act 2018, the Cayman Islands passed International Tax Co-operation (Economic Substance) Law, Guernsey passed the Income Tax (Substance Requirements) (Implementation) Regulations, 2018 and Jersey passed the Taxation (Companies - Economic Substance) (Jersey) Law 2019. Any entity that must satisfy economic substance requirements but fails to do so could face financial penalties, a restriction of its business activities or being struck-off as a registered entity in the relevant jurisdiction.
InFrom February to October 2020, the Cayman Islands were placed on the EU’s list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes. ECOFIN concluded that the Cayman Islands did not have appropriate measures in place relating to collective investment vehicles.vehicles, and in response the Cayman Islands adopted reforms sufficient to address this deficiency. Bermuda was similarly placed on the EU’s list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions in March 2019, but removed from this list in May 2019 and added, along with The Bahamas, to the EU's list of cooperative tax jurisdictions in February 2020. EU Finance Ministers signaled their approval of the economic substance regulations by placing Jersey and Guernsey on the EU's list of cooperative tax jurisdictions in March 2019, and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development has endorsed Jersey and Guernsey’s domestic legal framework as being in line with the relevant standard. As the EU continues to monitor compliance by the jurisdictions in which we operate, further economic substance requirements imposed by these jurisdictions or a future addition of these jurisdictions to the EU's list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions could have a material adverse effect on us.
There is significant uncertainty with respect to the impact of these new economic substance requirements, and any past or future addition to the EU's list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions on the economies of the jurisdictions in which we operate that have enacted economic substance legislation. In particular, our existing customers
13


may be out of scope of economic substance requirements, may already be compliant with the economic substance requirements, or may be required to restructure their business and operations to comply with economic substance requirements, which may include exiting jurisdictions and terminating their banking relationship with us. The new economic substance requirements and any addition of a jurisdiction to the EU's list of non-cooperative tax jurisdictions may lead to a decline in AUM, a reduction in our client base and/or a general economic downturn in the jurisdictions in which we operate, any or all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are also required to evidence our compliance (and the compliance of each of our subsidiaries located in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, The Bahamas and the Channel Islands) with applicable economic substance requirements. Ensuring and reporting on our compliance with new economic substance requirements may require us to devote additional resources or divert resources from other aspects of our business, and/or restructure certain aspects of our operations, all of which may lead to greater expense and could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our business in Bermuda may be negatively impacted by the proposed Bermuda Tax Reform legislation.
On October 29, 2018,January 14, 2021, the Bermuda government announced that a new Tax Reform Commission (the “Tax“2021 Tax Commission”) releasedwould be established in 2021 with the view to completing a report onwholesale review of Bermuda’s tax system by the end of taxation. In particular,2021. The 2021 Tax Commission replaces the Tax Reform Commission focused on reforms that would increasewas established in 2017 and subsequently disbanded at the Bermuda Government’s tax revenue from 17%end of gross domestic product, or GDP, to 20% of GDP, an increase representing approximately $147 million of additional taxes. A number of the2018. Any additional taxes that are identified by the 2021 Tax Commission would both directly and indirectly impactsubsequently enacted by the government could potentially result in i) an increase in costs associated with our business and operations in our largest market, Bermuda. In particular, the Tax Commission proposed bothBermuda; ii) a general services tax on the value of services provideddecrease in Bermuda and a “managed services” withholding tax, both of which could potentially result in increased costs to our business and operations in Bermuda, and lead to decreased demand for our banking services in Bermuda. In addition, the Tax Commission recommendedBermuda; and iii) a taxnegative impact on rental income from residential properties; the imposition of such rental income tax could materially affect the ability of our residential mortgage customers to service their loans, which may lead to a reduction in our interest income and an increase in loan impairment charges. While none of the Tax Commission’s proposals have been legislated as yet, if such proposals or similar reforms were enacted, any one of or combination of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are required to obtain approval from our regulators before engaging in certain activities.
The laws, regulations, policies, voluntary codes of practice and interpretations applicable to us govern a variety of matters, including acquisitions and other activities we may engage in. As our primary lead regulator, the BMA requires that we obtain its prior consent, letter of no objection and/or approval before engaging in certain activities, including paying dividends on our common shares, entering into material acquisitions or issuing or repurchasing our common shares, and there can be no assurance that any regulatory approvals we may require will be obtained, either in a timely manner or at all. See "- Our strategy includes expansion of our business through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies or new products and services, but we may not be able to achieve regulatory approval for such transactions or be able to achieve the anticipated cost savings, growth opportunities and other benefits anticipated from such transactions." Our regulators have the ability to compel us to, or restrict us from, taking certain actions entirely, such as actions that our regulators deem to constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Any restrictions on our business placed by a regulator could have a negative impact on our ability to execute on our growth strategy. See “"-"- Laws in certain jurisdictions in which we operate and our bye-laws could adversely affect the rights of our shareholders or prevent or delay a change in control.”
Our ability to pay dividends to non-residents of Bermuda and the transfer of our common shares to non-residents of Bermuda could be impaired by Bermuda regulations.
A large number of our shareholders are resident outside of Bermuda, and our common shares are listed on the BSX and the NYSE. Bermuda regulations impacting non-Bermuda holders of our common shares are set by the Bermuda’sBermuda Controller of Foreign Exchange, whose current policy:
permits the conversion of Bermuda Dollars for payment of dividends in foreign currency to shareholders who are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided that all payments are processed through an authorized dealer, including, for this purpose, us; and
permits the free transferability of equity securities of a Bermuda company for so long as such equity securities of such company are listed on an ‘‘appointed stock exchange’’ appointed by the Minister of Finance under section 2(9) of the Companies Act 1981.
However, if the Controller of Foreign Exchange were to change the foregoing policies, our ability to pay dividends in US Dollars to non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes could be impaired. Furthermore each transfer of our common shares to or from non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes could require specific approval by the Controller of Foreign Exchange. This could impact the liquidity of the market for our common shares, and the value of the common shares could be adversely affected.

If we are considered to be a passive foreign investment company, such characterization could result in adverse US federal income tax consequences to shareholders that are US investors.
Special adverse US federal income tax rules apply if a US shareholder holds shares of a company that is treated as a passive foreign investment company ("PFIC"), for any taxable year during which the US shareholder held such shares. A foreign corporation will be considered a PFIC for any taxable year in which (1) 75% or more of its gross income is passive income, or (2) 50% or more of the average fair market value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the "asset test"). Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated, for purposes of the PFIC tests, as owning a proportionate share of the other corporation's assets and receiving its proportionate share of the other corporation's income.
Banks generally derive a substantial part of their income from assets that are interest-bearing or that otherwise could be considered passive under the PFIC rules. The US Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), has issued a notice, and has proposed regulations, that exclude from passive income any income derived in the active conduct of a banking business by a qualifying foreign bank.
Based upon the proportion of our income derived from activities that are "bona fide" banking activities for US federal income tax purposes, we believe that we were not a PFIC for the taxable year endingended December 31, 20192021(the latest period for which the determination can be made) and, based further on our present regulatory status under local laws, the present nature of our activities, and the present composition of our assets and sources of income, we do not expect to be a PFIC for the current year or for any future years. However, because PFIC status is a factual determination and because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, there can be no assurances that we will not be a PFIC for any particular year. If we were a PFIC in any taxable year during which a US shareholder owns our common shares and the US shareholder does not make a "mark-to-market" election, as discussed under the heading "Certain Taxation Considerations - Material US Federal Income Tax Consequences - US shareholders - Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations," or a special "purging election," we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such US shareholders in all succeeding years, regardless of whether we continue to meet the income or asset test discussed above. US shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the tax consequences to them if we were to become a PFIC for any taxable year in which they own our common shares.
US withholding tax and information reporting requirements imposed under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act may apply.
As discussed below under the heading "Certain Taxation Considerations - Material US Federal Income Tax Consequences - Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act Withholding," pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ("FATCA") enacted in 2010, a 30% withholding tax will be imposed on certain payments to certain non-US financial institutions that fail to comply with certain information-reporting, account identification, withholding, certification and other FATCA-related requirements in respect of their
14


direct and indirect US shareholders and/or US accountholders.account holders. To avoid becoming subject to FATCA withholding, we and other financial institutions may be required to report information to the IRS regarding the holders of our common shares and to withhold on a portion of payments under our common shares to certain holders that fail to comply with the relevant information reporting requirements (or that hold our common shares directly or indirectly through certain non-compliant intermediaries). However, under proposed Treasury regulations, such withholding will not apply to payments made before the date that is two years after the date on which final regulations defining the term “foreign passthru payment” are enacted. The rules for the implementation of this legislation have not yet been fully finalized, so it is impossible to determine at this time what impact, if any, this legislation will have on holders of the common shares.
Many countries, including Bermuda, have entered into agreements with the United States ("intergovernmental agreements" or "IGAs") to facilitate the implementation of FATCA. These IGAs modify the FATCA withholding regime described above. In December 2013, Bermuda entered into a Model 2 IGA with the United States pursuant to which Bermudian financial institutions are directed by the Bermudian authorities to register with the IRS and to enter into an agreement with the IRS to perform specified due diligence, reporting and withholding functions.
Risks Relating to the Common Shares
The value of the common shares may fluctuate significantly.
The value of our common shares may fluctuate significantly as a result of a large number of factors, including, in part, changes in our actual or forecasted operating results and the inability to fulfill the profit expectations of securities analysts, as well as the high volatility in the securities markets generally, and more particularly in shares of financial institutions. The current market price of our common shares may not be indicative of future market prices.
Other factors, beside our financial results, that may impact the price of our common shares include, but are not limited to:
market expectations of the performance and capital adequacy of financial institutions in general;
investor perception of the success and impact of our strategies;
investor perception of our positions and risks, including risks associated with economic uncertainty in key markets in which we operate;
a downgrade or review of our credit ratings;
potential litigation or regulatory action involving us;
announcements concerning financial problems or any investigations into the accounting practices of other financial institutions; and
general market circumstances.

Holders of our common shares may not receive dividends.
The dividend policy described under "Dividend Policy" should not be construed as a dividend forecast. Our results of operations and financial condition are dependent on our performance. There can be no assurance that we will declare and pay dividends in the future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be subject to the prior approval of the BMA and be made at the discretion of the Board. Such dividends shall be declared and paid by the Board only as permitted under applicable law. In determining the amount of any future dividends, factors the Board may take into account include: (1) our financial results; (2) our available cash, as well as anticipated cash requirements (including debt servicing); (3) our capital requirements, including the capital requirements of our subsidiaries; (4) our capital requirements to fund potential acquisitions; (5) contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions on, and implications of, the declaration and payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or share buy-back activity; (6) general economic and business conditions; (7) restrictions applicable to the Bank and its subsidiaries under Bermuda and other applicable laws, regulations and policies, including the requirement to obtain a letter of no objection from the BMA for the payment of dividends on our common shares; and (8) any other factors that the Board may deem relevant. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will declare or pay any dividends to holders of the common shares, or as to the amount of any such dividends.
Our ability to declare and pay dividends may also depend on the level of distributions, if any, received from our operating subsidiaries. Our operating subsidiaries may be precluded from declaring and paying dividends by various factors, such as their own financial condition, or restrictions applicable to us and our subsidiaries under Bermuda and other applicable laws, regulations and policies. The ability of certain of our subsidiaries to upstream funds has been increasingly restricted due to changes in the business

and regulatory environments in the jurisdictions in which those subsidiaries operate. In addition, any change in tax treatment of dividends or interest received by us may reduce the level of yield received by our shareholders.
Purchases of our common shares under our new share repurchase program may have resultedresult in the price of our common shares being higher than the price that otherwise might have existed in the open market.
On December 3, 2019, we announced that ourFebruary 14, 2022, the Board of Directors approved a new $125 million share repurchase program. Pursuant to the program, the Bank is authorized to repurchase up to 3.52.0 million common shares of the Bank through February 28, 2021.2023. This was executed following the completionexpiration of the previous share repurchase program of 2.52.0 million common shares approved by our Board of Directors on December 6, 2018 with effect from DecemberFebruary 10, 2018 to February 28, 2020.2021. The timing, manner, price and amount of any repurchases will be determined by the Company, in its discretion, based upon the evaluation of economic and market conditions, stock price, available cash, applicable legal and regulatory requirements and other factors, and which may include purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act. The program does not require the Company to repurchase any specific number of shares and there can be no assurance that any shares will be repurchased under the program. The program may be suspended, extended, modified or discontinued by the Company at any time. These activities may have had the effect of maintaining the market price of our common shares or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares, and, as a result, the price of our common shares may have been higher than the price that otherwise might have existed in the open market.
We are a "foreign private issuer" under US securities law. Therefore, we are exempt from certain requirements applicable to US domestic registrants.
Although we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the periodic disclosure required of foreign private issuers, including us, under the Exchange Act is different from periodic disclosure required of US domestic registrants. Therefore, there may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about US domestic registrants. We are exempt from certain other sections of the Exchange Act to which US domestic registrants are subject, including the requirement to provide our shareholders with information statements or proxy statements that comply with the Exchange Act. In addition, our insiders and large shareholders are not obligated to file reports under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. See ‘‘Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer.”
As a foreign private issuer, we are also permitted by the NYSE to comply with Bermuda corporate governance practice in lieu of complying with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. This means that we are not required to comply with NYSE requirements that:
the board of directors consists of a majority of independent directors;
independent directors meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions;
the audit committee satisfy NYSE standards for director independence;
the audit committee has a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;
we have a nominating and corporate governance committee composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;
we have a compensation committee composed of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee's purpose and responsibilities;
we establish corporate governance guidelines and a code of business conduct;
our shareholders approve any equity compensation plans; and
there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.
With the exception of having shareholders approve equity compensation plans, we have elected to comply with the NYSE requirements listed above, notwithstanding the exemptions available to us as a foreign private issuer. However, as ongoing compliance is not required by the NYSE, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.
We are a Bermuda company. Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and might afford less protection to shareholders.
We are a Bermuda-based company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law, including the Companies Act, the Butterfield Act and our bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. In particular, under Bermuda law, the duties of directors and officers of a company are generally owed to the company only, and shareholders do not generally have rights to take action against directors or officers of the company. In addition, class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The status of laws currently in place, and areas not currently governed, are subject to change. The interests of our shareholders could be adversely affected if significant regulations are added or deleted from Bermuda’s existing statutory framework. For a summary of the existing legal framework in Bermuda, see “SupervisionItem 4.B. “Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation.”
In addition, our business is based outside of the United States, a majority of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States and a majority of our assets and some or all of the assets of such persons are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible to effect service of process on us or our directors and officers in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in the United States courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the United States securities laws. Furthermore, it is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.
There are provisions in our bye-laws that may be used to delay or block a takeover attempt, which could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of the Bank and could adversely impact the value of our common shares. For a detailed summary of the anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws, see "Description of Share Capital" in our registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017 with file number 333-216018.

15


Laws in certain jurisdictions in which we operate and our bye-laws could adversely affect the rights of our shareholders or prevent or delay a change in control.
Under the provisions of Bermuda's Banks and Deposit Companies Act 1999 ("BDCA"), the rights of our shareholders could be impaired if any such shareholder becomes a shareholder controller. If a shareholder controller fails to comply with the notice requirements in connection with a change in control under the BDCA or continues as such after being given notice of objection to its being a shareholder controller, the BMA may take the actions specified in the BDCA, including, among other things, revoking the relevant license of the Bank under the BDCA. For more information, see the summaries of relevant provisions of the BDCA regulations under "SupervisionItem 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation” and "Description of Share Capital" in our registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on February 13, 2017 with file number 333-216018.
Similarly, in Guernsey certain changes to the ownership structure of our Guernsey company (which is licensed by the Guernsey Financial Services Commission) may be considered to be a change of control requiring a declaration of "no objection" from the regulator, and in Jersey a change to the ownership or control of the Jersey regulated entity may also require regulatory approval.

In addition to these restrictions, the provisions of our bye-laws provide that a person who is not "Bermudian" (as such term is defined in the Companies Act) who is "interested" (as such term is defined in the bye-laws) in our shares which constitute more than 40% of all shares then issued and outstanding is not entitled to vote the shares which are in excess of such 40% interest at any general meeting without the prior written approval of the Minister of Finance. See also "SupervisionItem 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation.”
The issuance of additional shares in connection with future acquisitions, any share incentive or share option plan or otherwise may dilute all other shareholdings.
We may seek to raise capital to fund future acquisitions and other growth opportunities. We may, for these and other purposes, such as in connection with share incentive and share option plans, issue additional equity or convertible securities. Any issuance of additional shares, however, is subject to prior BMA approval, and we cannot guarantee that their approval will be obtained, either in a timely manner or at all. In the event that we are able to and do issue additional shares, existing shareholders could suffer dilution in their percentage ownership.
Our common shares trade on more than one market and this may result in price variations; in addition, investors may not be able to easily move shares for trading between such markets.
Our common shares have traded on the BSX since 1971 and began trading on the NYSE in September 2016. Trading in our common shares on these markets takes place in different currencies (US Dollars on the NYSE and Bermuda Dollars on the BSX), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days and different public holidays in the United States and Bermuda). The trading prices of our common shares on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors. Any decrease in the price of our common shares on the BSX could cause a decrease in the trading price of our common shares on the NYSE, or vice versa. Investors could seek to sell or buy our common shares to take advantage of any price differences between the markets through a practice referred to as arbitrage. Any arbitrage activity could create unexpected volatility in both our share prices on one exchange, and the shares available for trading on the other exchange.

General Risk Factors
30

We may be alleged to have infringed upon intellectual property rights owned by others or may be unable to protect our own intellectual property.

Competitors or other third parties may allege that we, or consultants or other third parties retained or indemnified by us, infringe on their intellectual property rights. Even in instances where we believe that claims and allegations of intellectual property infringement against us are without merit, defending against such claims is time consuming and expensive and could result in the diversion of time and attention of our management and employees. In addition, although in some cases a third party may have agreed to indemnify us for such costs, such indemnifying party may refuse, or be unable, to uphold its contractual obligations.
MARKET INFORMATIONMoreover, we rely on a variety of measures to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information, including copyrights, trademarks, and controls on access and distribution. These measures may not prevent misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property or proprietary information and a resulting loss of competitive advantage. In any event, we may be required to litigate to protect our intellectual property and proprietary information from misappropriation or infringement by others, which is expensive and could cause a diversion of resources and may not be successful.
The Bank's common shares trade onOur insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that we could suffer, and our insurance costs could increase in the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB"future.
Our insurance policies do not cover all types of potential losses and on the Bermuda Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB.BH".


31


DIVIDEND POLICY

Dividend Policy

It is our intention to pay a quarterly dividendliabilities and are subject to the requisite approvals.limits and excesses. There can be no assurance however,that our insurance will be sufficient to cover the full extent of all losses or liabilities for which we are ultimately responsible, which could result in losses being incurred by the Bank. Additionally, we cannot guarantee that we will pay any dividend for any given period,be able to renew our current insurance policies on favorable terms, or at all.
Changes in accounting policies and practices may be adopted by applicable regulatory agencies or other authoritative bodies, which could materially impact our financial statements.
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, applicable regulatory agencies and other authoritative bodies change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations.
The value of the common shares may fluctuate significantly.
The value of our common shares may fluctuate significantly as a result of a large number of factors, including, in part, changes in our actual or forecasted operating results and the declarationinability to fulfill the profit expectations of securities analysts, as well as the high volatility in the securities markets generally, and more particularly in shares of financial institutions. The current market price of our common shares may not be indicative of future market prices.
Other factors, besides our financial results, that may impact the price of our common shares include, but are not limited to:
market expectations of the performance and capital adequacy of financial institutions in general;
investor perception of the success and impact of our strategies;
investor perception of our positions and risks, including risks associated with economic uncertainty in key markets in which we operate;
a downgrade or review of our credit ratings;
potential litigation or regulatory action involving us;
announcements concerning financial problems or any investigations into the accounting practices of other financial institutions; and
general market circumstances.

Holders of our common shares may not receive dividends.
The dividend policy described under Item 8.A. "Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information - Dividend Policy" should not be construed as a dividend forecast. Our results of operations and financial condition are dependent on our performance. There can be no assurance that we will declare and pay dividends remainsin the future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be subject to the prior approval of our Boardthe BMA and receipt of a letter of no objection from the BMA.

Although we currently expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may elect not to pay dividends. Any declarations of dividends will be made at the discretion of the Board and will be subject to the receipt of a letter of no objection from the BMA.Board. Such dividends mayshall be
16


declared and paid by the Board only as permitted under applicable law. In determining the amount of any future dividends, factors the Board may take into account:account include: (1) our financial results; (2) our available cash, as well as anticipated cash requirements (including debt servicing); (3) our capital requirements, including the capital requirements of our subsidiaries; (4) our capital requirements to fund potential acquisitions; (5) contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions on, and implications of, the declaration and payment of dividends by us to our shareholders; (5)shareholders or share buy-back activity; (6) general economic and business conditions; (6)(7) restrictions applicable to usthe Bank and ourits subsidiaries under Bermuda and other applicable laws, regulations and policies, including the requirement to obtain a letter of no objection from the BMA for the payment of dividends on our common shares; and (7)(8) any other factors that the Board may deem relevant. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will declare or pay any dividends to holders of the common shares, or as to the amount of any such dividends. See ‘‘Risk Factors — Risks Relating
Our ability to declare and pay dividends may also depend on the level of distributions, if any, received from our operating subsidiaries. Our operating subsidiaries may be precluded from declaring and paying dividends by various factors, such as their own financial condition, or restrictions applicable to us and our subsidiaries under Bermuda and other applicable laws, regulations and policies. The ability of certain of our subsidiaries to upstream funds has been increasingly restricted due to changes in the business and regulatory environments in the jurisdictions in which those subsidiaries operate. In addition, any change in tax treatment of dividends or interest received by us may reduce the level of yield received by our shareholders.
The issuance of additional shares in connection with future acquisitions, any share incentive or share option plan or otherwise may dilute all other shareholdings.
We may seek to raise capital to fund future acquisitions and other growth opportunities. We may, for these and other purposes, such as in connection with share incentive and share option plans, issue additional equity or convertible securities. Any issuance of additional shares, however, is subject to prior BMA approval, and we cannot guarantee that their approval will be obtained, either in a timely manner or at all. In the event that we are able to and do issue additional shares, existing shareholders could suffer dilution in their percentage ownership.
17


ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
A.History and Development of the Company
Corporate Information
We are a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, incorporated on October 22, 1904, pursuant to the Common Shares — HoldersThe N.T. Butterfield & Son Bank Act, 1904 (the "Butterfield Act"). We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 2106. Our registered office and principal executive offices are located at 65 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda. Our agent for service of process in the United States is C T Corporation System, 28 Liberty Street, New York, New York 10005. Our telephone number is (441) 295 1111. We maintain a website at www.butterfieldgroup.com. Neither this website nor the information on or accessible through this website is included or incorporated in, or is a part of, this report.
The SEC maintains an internet site at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports, information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
Our History
The origin of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited dates back to the founding of the trading firm of Nathaniel Butterfield circa 1784. In 1858, our company was established as a bank in Bermuda and has been instrumental to the functioning of the local economy ever since. The Bank was later incorporated under a special act of the local Parliament in 1904. In the 1960s, as international businesses began contributing substantially to Bermuda's economy, we developed services to work to meet their needs. In 1967, we opened offices in the Cayman Islands and by the 1980s had expanded our operations to include retail banking, investment management, and fund administration. In 1973, we opened our Guernsey office in order to provide customers with access to the Pound Sterling currency after Bermuda's departure from the British Sterling zone. In addition to being Bermuda's first bank, we opened the first ATMs in Bermuda in the 1980s and launched Bermuda's first internet banking service in 2001. In 1971, we listed our common shares may not receive dividends.’’on the BSX ("Bermuda Stock Exchange") under the ticker symbol "NTB.BH". In 2016, we listed our common shares on the NYSE under the ticker symbol "NTB".

Our Historical Dividends

In 2008 and 2009, as a result of the global financial crisis, we realized losses attributable primarily to US non-agency mortgage backed securities in our investment portfolio, as well as write-downs on local market hospitality loans. To raise capital to offset these losses, the Bank executed a $200 million preference share offering in June 2009. In 2009 and 2010, we implemented a comprehensive restructuring plan for the Company: we hired a new management team, de-risked our balance sheet, and raised $550 million of common equity from a group of investors as well as existing shareholders.
Since 2013our restructuring, we have declaredpursued a strategy to focus on our core business in banking and paid dividends onwealth management. We have executed upon our strategy by streamlining the Company's operations through exiting non-core markets, repositioning our balance sheet, investing in efficiency initiatives, and continuing to invest in our core business lines to grow both organically and through acquisitions. By following this strategy, we have improved our financial results and have been able to initiate a quarterly basis. progressive capital return policy for investors. The following are the most recent key steps in executing our strategy:
In October 2017, we entered into an agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank AG’s ("Deutsche Bank's") Global Trust Solutions (“GTS”) business, excluding its US operations, for net cash payments of $24.7 million. Upon completion of the transaction, Butterfield took over the ongoing management and administration of the GTS portfolio, comprising approximately 1,000 trust structures for some 900 private clients in Guernsey, Switzerland, the Cayman Islands and Singapore. As part of the transaction, we also acquired a service company in Mauritius to provide operations and support services to our trust businesses. This transaction was completed in March 2018.
In February 2018, we entered into an agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank’s banking and custody business in the Cayman Islands, Jersey and Guernsey, which provides services primarily to financial intermediaries and corporate clients. The Bank began to onboard certain customer deposits relating to the acquisition in 2018, and this onboarding activity was completed in the first half of 2019.
In May 2018, we issued $75 million of 5.25% Fixed to Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due in 2028 to repay a portion of our outstanding indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes.
In July 2019, we completed the £160.7 million ($201.1 million) acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited ("ABN AMRO (Channel Islands)"), which provides banking, investment management and custody products to three distinct client groups, including trusts, private clients, and funds.
In June 2020, we issued $100 million of 5.25% Fixed to Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due in 2030 for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of a portion of our previously outstanding debt.















18


B.Business Overview
Overview
We are a full service bank and wealth manager headquartered in Hamilton, Bermuda. We operate our business through three geographic segments: Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK. We offer banking services, comprising of retail, private and corporate banking, treasury services, and wealth management, which consists of investment management, advisory and brokerage services, trust, estate, and company management in both our Bermuda and Cayman Islands segments, as well as custody services in our Bermuda segment. The Channel Islands and the UK segment include the jurisdictions of Guernsey and Jersey (Channel Islands), and the UK. In the Channel Islands, a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial intermediaries including private banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management and fiduciary services. In 2021, the Channel Islands entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgage services for high-value residential properties. We also have operations in the jurisdictions of The Bahamas, Canada, Mauritius, Singapore and Switzerland, which we include in our Other segment.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, we generated $499.7 million in net revenue after provision for credit losses and other gains/losses ("net revenue"). Our total net revenue, before inter-segment eliminations, by each of our three geographic segments and our non-reportable "Other" segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
For the year ended
In millions of $202120202019
Net Revenue
Bermuda$233.7 $238.0 $272.1 
Cayman Islands$150.7 $145.6 $168.9 
Channel Islands and the UK$105.2 $101.9 $82.9 
Other$27.6 $14.4 $22.2 
As at December 31, 2021, we declaredhad $15.3 billion in total assets, $5.2 billion in net loans, $13.9 billion in total deposits (55% USD deposits, 18% USD-pegged deposits), $106.4 billion and $36.8 billion of trust and custody businesses assets under administration, respectively, and $5.5 billion of assets under management.
In our Bermuda and Cayman Islands segments, our bank provides a full range of retail and corporate banking services to individuals, local businesses, captive insurers, reinsurance companies, trust companies, and hedge funds. The key products we offer include personal and business deposit services, residential and commercial mortgages, small and medium-sized enterprise and corporate loans, credit and debit cards, merchant acquiring, mobile and internet banking, and cash management.
In our Channel Islands and UK segment, our bank provides a broad range of services to private clients and financial institutions including private banking, corporate banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management, mortgage lending and fiduciary services. In 2021, the segment entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgages for high-value residential properties.
In all of our segments, we offer wealth management to high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals, family offices, and institutional and corporate clients. Our wealth management platform has three lines of business: trust, private banking, and asset management.
The trust business line, which utilizes specialists in each of our geographic areas, responds to client needs in estate and succession planning, administration of complex asset holdings, and efficient coordination of family affairs. In addition, the business provides pension and employee benefits services for multinational corporations, as well as services that involve administration of and fiduciary responsibility for customized trust structures holding a wide range of asset types including financial assets, property, business assets and art.
Our private banking business line offers access to a suite of services, targeted toward high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals, trusts, and family offices, that can be customized to each client's needs and preferences and delivered as part of a coordinated strategy by a dedicated private banker. We provide clients in our Bermuda, Cayman Islands, and Channel Islands and the UK segments with an integrated model that combines traditional wealth management with banking, lending, cash management, foreign exchange services, custody and access to asset management and trust professionals within Butterfield. We also provide our clients with access to their account information through the use of internet and mobile banking.
Our asset management business line provides a broad range of portfolio management services to institutional and private clients. Our target client base includes institutions such as pension funds and captive insurance companies with investable assets over $10 million and private clients such as high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals, families, and trusts with investable assets over $1 million. Our principal services include discretionary investment management, managed portfolio services, money market, and mutual fund offerings. We also offer advisory and self-directed brokerage options. Over 90% of the business's discretionary investment mandates call for balanced growth to conservative allocations. We focus on delivery of reasonable appreciation with an emphasis on capital preservation. The Bank relies on third parties to provide research and investment management expertise, while our own services are concentrated on portfolio construction and managing client relationships. We also provide customized reporting to meet specific needs of our major clients.
From 2016 to 2021, our GAAP net income to common shareholders and our core net income to common shareholders ("Core Net Income to Common")(1) had compound annual growth rates ("CAGR") of 18.6% and 4.9%, respectively. Our earnings generation has allowed us to build capital to return to shareholders and invest strategically, both organically and through acquisitions, to further enhance the growth prospects of our Company. We aim to continue to build excess capital in the future, which we can redeploy into growing our business and return to shareholders.




__________________________
(1)Core Net Income to Common is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by adjusting net income for income or expense items which management considers not to be representative of the ongoing operations of our business and preference share dividends, guarantee fees and premiums paid on preference share buybacks and redemptions. For a reconciliation of Core Net Income to Common to GAAP net income to common, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
19


Our Markets
The charts below provide the geographic distribution of our Net Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021.
ntb-20211231_g1.jpg
2021 Net Revenue: $499.7 million

The Bermuda and Cayman Islands banking markets have historically been characterized by a limited number of participants and significant barriers to entry. In addition, these markets provide us with access to several attractive customer bases: in retail banking, we serve local residents and businesses; in corporate banking, we serve captive insurers, hedge funds, middle-market reinsurers, and other corporates; and in wealth management, we serve private trust clients and high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals and families.
The international trust market is primarily concentrated in select jurisdictions, including Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Jersey, Hong Kong, Singapore, and Switzerland. The leading international trust law firms serve as key introducers of clients to Butterfield and are the primary source of new business. Trust clients often hold assets that are international in nature, and as a result, performance of trust businesses is expected to have limited correlation with the performance of the domestic economies where clients are served.
The private banking market in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Guernsey is composed largely of resident high net worth and ultra-high net worth individuals meeting minimum deposit and/or loan thresholds. Clients are introduced to the private bank through Butterfield's retail banking operation upon reaching the appropriate deposit or loan threshold, Butterfield's trust and asset management arms, as well as through external introducers. Although locally based, private banking clients often hold international assets, and as a result, business performance is not necessarily correlated to the domestic economies where clients are served.
Our asset management business line operates in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Guernsey. As at December 31, 2021, 69% of our AUM was in Bermuda, 16% was in the Cayman Islands, and 15% was in Guernsey. In Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, a majority of our institutional and private clients are domestic from a domicile perspective while a majority of our clients in Guernsey are tied to our trust business and are international in nature.

20


Our International Network and Group Structure
The following map presents the several geographic regions in which our business operates. Business support centers in Canada and Mauritius are not shown.
ntb-20211231_g2.jpg
The following chart presents our corporate structure, indicating our principal regulated subsidiaries as at December 31, 2021. All of the subsidiaries listed below are wholly owned by the Bank.
ntb-20211231_g3.jpg
Bermuda
The Bank itself is licensed in Bermuda to provide banking and custody services. Through Butterfield Asset Management Limited and Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited, it is licensed and provides investment services and, through Butterfield Trust (Bermuda) Limited and Bermuda Trust Company Limited, it is licensed and provides corporate trustee, fiduciary and corporate administration services. Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited also provides investment advisory and listing sponsor services.
Bahamas
Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited provides trust and fiduciary services.
Cayman Islands
Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited provides banking services and Butterfield Trust (Cayman) Limited provides trustee, fiduciary and corporate administration services.
Guernsey
Butterfield Bank (Guernsey) Limited provides private banking, corporate banking, custody services and mortgage lending. Butterfield Trust (Guernsey) Limited provides trustee and fiduciary services.
United Kingdom
Butterfield Mortgages Limited provides residential property lending services.
21


Switzerland
Butterfield Holdings (Switzerland) Limited provides investment services and Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Limited provides trust and fiduciary services.
Jersey
Butterfield Bank (Jersey) Limited provides deposit-taking, mortgage services, investment business and custody services.
Singapore
Butterfield Trust (Asia) Limited provides trust and fiduciary services.
Competition
The financial services industry and each of the markets in which we operate are competitive. We face strong competition in gathering deposits, making loans and obtaining client assets for management. We compete, both domestically and internationally, with globally oriented asset managers, retail and commercial banks, investment banking firms, brokerage firms and other investment service firms. Due to the trend toward consolidation in the global financial services industry, our larger competitors tend to have broader ranges of product and service offerings, greater access to capital, and greater efficiency. Larger financial institutions may also have greater ability to leverage increasing regulatory requirements and investment in technology platforms. We also face competition from non-banking financial institutions. These institutions have the ability to offer services previously limited to commercial banks. In addition, non-banking financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks, and can often operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures.
The Bermuda banking industry currently consists of four licensed banks and one licensed deposit-taking institution. These include one subsidiary of an international bank, HSBC, and three domestic institutions: Butterfield, Bermuda Commercial Bank and Clarien Bank. In the Cayman Islands, the Bank is one of six Class 'A' full service retail banks licensed to conduct business with domestic and international clients. There are also four non-retail Class 'A' banks and 98 limited service Class 'B' banks according to CIMA. In the Channel Islands, Guernsey has 20 licensed banks and Jersey has 20, the majority of which are subsidiaries of global banking groups and brands such as Barclays, RBS, Lloyds, Credit Suisse, Investec, Royal Bank of Canada and Northern Trust. In certain interest rate environments, additional significant competition for deposits may be expected to arise from corporate and government debt securities and money market mutual funds. We view HSBC in Bermuda and Scotia and CIBC FirstCaribbean in the Cayman Islands as our most significant competitors in those markets.
In our wealth management business line, we face competition from local competitors, as well as much larger financial institutions, including financial institutions that are not based in the markets in which we operate. Revenues from the trust and wealth management business depend in large part on the level of assets under management, and larger international banks may have higher levels of assets under management.
In our trust business line, we face competition primarily from other specialized trust service providers. There are many trust companies in the main international financial centers, and many of our competitors in this sector offer fund administration and corporate services alongside private client fiduciary services.
Competition for deposits is also affected by the ease with which customers can transfer deposits from one institution to another. Our cost of funds fluctuates with market interest rates and may be affected by higher rates being offered by other financial institutions. We believe that our most direct competition for deposits comes from international and domestic financial services firms that target the same customers as the Bank.
Deposits
We are a deposit-led institution with leading market shares in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands1, and a small but growing market share in the Channel Islands. We strive to maintain deposit growth and to maintain a strong liquidity profile through a significant excess of deposits over loans through market cycles.
Our deposits are generated principally by our banking business line, which offers retail and corporate checking, savings, and term deposits through our segments in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands and the Channel Islands. In addition, wealth management, through its private banking business line, also provides deposit services to high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients in those same geographic segments. As at December 31, 2021, our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands and the UK segments contributed $4.5 billion, $4.6 billion and $4.7 billion, respectively, to our total deposit base.
Total deposits as at December 31, 2021 were $13.9 billion, up 4.7% over total deposits as at December 31, 2020. Demand deposits, which include checking, savings and call accounts, totaled $10.9 billion, or 78.8% of our total deposits, as at December 31, 2021, compared to $10.6 billion, or 79.9%, as at December 31, 2020. Term deposits totaled $2.9 billion as at December 31, 2021. The cost of funds on total deposits decreased from 21 basis points in 2020 to 11 basis points in 2021. The increase in deposit balances was driven by retail and corporate deposit increases in Cayman and the Channel Islands, and partially offset by expected corporate deposit decreases in Bermuda. Cost of funds decreased primarily due to the active repricing of deposits.
Lending
We offer a broad set of lending products and services including residential mortgage lending, automobile lending, credit cards, consumer financing, and overdraft facilities to our retail customers, and commercial real estate lending, commercial and industrial loans, and overdraft facilities to our commercial and corporate customers. These offerings are provided to our retail, commercial, and private banking clients in our key jurisdictions of Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. We also offer residential mortgage lending through our banking business in Guernsey and to our high net worth and ultra-high net worth clients in the UK. Our loan portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, stood at $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2021 compared to $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2020. The loan portfolio represented 34.2% of total assets as at December 31, 2021, and loans, net of allowance for credit losses, as a percentage of total deposits were 37.8%. The effective yield on total loans for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 4.26%, compared to 4.54% for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Residential Mortgage Lending
The residential mortgage portfolio comprises mortgages to clients with whom we are seeking to establish (or already have) a comprehensive financial services relationship. It includes mortgages to individuals and corporate loans secured by way of first ranking charges over the residential property to which each specific loan relates, generally on terms which allow for the repossession and sale of the property if the borrower fails to comply with the terms of the loan. As at December 31, 2021, residential mortgages totaled $3.6 billion, accounting for approximately 68.8% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio with $36.6 million of residential mortgage non-accrual loans representing 59.9% of total non-accrual loans in the loan portfolio.
1 Based on interpretive data provided by the BMA and CIMA respectively.
22


Consumer Lending
We provide loans, as part of our normal banking business, in respect of automobile financing, consumer financing, credit cards and overdraft facilities to retail and private banking clients in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As at December 31, 2021, non-residential loans to consumers totaled $214.8 million, accounting for approximately 4.1% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio and approximately 1.9% of total non-accrual loans in the Group's loan portfolio.
Commercial Real Estate Lending
Commercial real estate loans are offered to real estate investors, developers and builders domiciled primarily in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and the UK. To manage the Group's credit exposure on such loans, the principal collateral is real estate held for commercial purposes and is supported by a registered mortgage. Cash flows from the properties, primarily from rental income, are generally supported by long-term leases.
As at December 31, 2021, our commercial real estate loan portfolio totaled $693.2 million, accounting for approximately 13.2% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio with $4.7 million of commercial real estate non-accrual loans representing 7.8% of total non-accrual loans in the loan portfolio.
Our commercial real estate loan portfolio is broken down into two categories: commercial mortgage and construction. As at December 31, 2021, commercial mortgages totaled $683.5 million, and construction loans totaled $9.6 million, accounting for approximately 98.6% and 1.4% of our commercial real estate loan portfolio, respectively.
Other Commercial Lending
The commercial and industrial loan portfolio includes loans and overdraft facilities advanced primarily to corporations and small and medium-sized entities, which are generally not collateralized by real estate and where loan repayments are expected to flow from the operation of the underlying businesses. As at December 31, 2021, the Group's commercial loan portfolio, excluding loans to governments, totaled $478.4 million, accounting for approximately 9.1% of the Group's total gross loan portfolio and the Group's loans to governments totaled $259.6 million, accounting for approximately 4.9% of our total gross loan portfolio. There was $18.6 million of other commercial non-accrual loans representing approximately 30.4% of total non-accrual loans in the loan portfolio.
Investments
Given the large customer deposit base commanded in our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands operations, and the relatively low volume of lending demand from our customer base, our investment strategy is more important than may be the case for most financial institutions. In recognition of this, we maintain what we believe to be a conservative approach to investments, requiring the purchase of mainly fixed-rate investments in order to manage interest rate risk. Our investment portfolio comprises mainly securities issued or guaranteed by the US government or federal agencies. The securities in which we invest are limited generally to securities that are considered investment grade (i.e., "BBB" and higher by S&P's Financial Services LLC or an equivalent credit rating). Effective April 1, 2013, we entered into an agreement with Alumina pursuant to which Alumina provides investment advisory services to us in respect of our US Treasury and agency portfolio.
As at December 31, 2021, the Group held $6.2 billion in investments, representing approximately 40.7% of total assets.
Cash and Liquidity Management
We operate across multiple currency jurisdictions with multi-currency products. In our deposit taking jurisdictions—Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and Jersey—there are currently no dedicated central banks, and no pre-funded deposit insurance scheme infrastructures (such as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the United States), with the exception of Bermuda, where a pre-funded deposit insurance scheme has been implemented, and as described below in “- Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors - Risks Relating to the Markets in Which We Operate - Certain jurisdictions in which we operate, including Bermuda, Guernsey and Jersey, have a Deposit Insurance Scheme or Deposit Compensation Scheme and we incur ongoing costs as a result”. In addition, we do not have access to borrowing or deposit facilities with the US Federal Reserve or the European Central Bank; therefore, we conservatively manage client deposit balances and the liquidity risk profile of our balance sheets. This involves the retention of significant cash or cash equivalent balances, management of intra-bank counterparty exposure and management of a significant short-dated Canadian, UK and US Treasury Bill portfolio. As at December 31, 2021, the cash due from banks of $2.2 billion was composed primarily of $1.6 billion in interest earning cash equivalents, which are investments with a less than 90-day duration. The remaining amounts were comprised of non-interest bearing and interest bearing deposits of $0.1 billion and $0.4 billion, respectively.
Foreign Exchange Services
We provide foreign exchange services in the normal course of business in all banking jurisdictions. The major contributors to foreign exchange revenues are Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, accounting for 78% of our foreign exchange revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021. We do not maintain a proprietary trading book. Foreign exchange commission income is generated from client-driven transactions and totaled $43.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.
Administration Services
Through our wholly-owned trust subsidiaries, we provide custody administration and settlement services to a wide range of internal and external investment clients dealing in global markets. Our custody service currently offers custody settlement and safekeeping services in 39 markets globally, including major markets and smaller, less-developed markets, with principal markets covered being the United States, Canada, Europe and Asia.
Our custody service offers safekeeping services for physical and book-entry assets. Custody for listed securities is conducted through BNYM. Hedge funds, mutual funds and exchange traded funds are held by Brown Brothers Harriman. Trading in investment transactions is settled via our global sub-custodians, BNYM and BBH. Custody services are offered from our Bermuda, Cayman Islands and Channel Islands segments and complement core wealth management services offered by other parts of the Group, and we currently anticipate this business to grow in line with our wealth management business. Clients of our custody service include a wide range of investment funds and other investment vehicles, corporations and trusts whose related banking requirements are provided by the Bank. As such, the custody client base, in addition to delivering a fee based income, also provides cash balances and foreign exchange transaction flows.
Custody fees are earned based on the value of Assets Under Custody, which are subject to a minimum levels for smaller, less complex portfolios. In addition to these fees, custody clients are charged banking transaction fees based on account activity.
Information Technology
We devote significant resources to maintaining stable, reliable, efficient and scalable information technology systems. We work with our third-party vendors to monitor and maximize the efficiency of our use of their applications. We use integrated systems to originate and process loans and deposit accounts, which reduces processing time,
23


improves customer experience and reduces costs. Most customer records are maintained digitally. We are also currently executing several initiatives to enhance our online and mobile banking services to further improve the overall client experience.
Currently, our information technology is operationally divided into two platforms: (i) Bermuda and Cayman and (ii) Channel Islands and the UK and Group Trust. In our Bermuda and Cayman operations, we operate on a single industry standard banking technology platform utilizing a predominantly outsourced and supported model hosted across paired data centers in Canada. In our Channel Islands and UK and Group Trust operations, core services and applications are hosted across both Guernsey and Jersey data centers.
Protecting our systems to ensure the safety of our customers' information is critical to our business. We use multiple layers of protection to control access and reduce risk, including conducting access testing and regular vulnerability scanning on our platforms, systems and applications to reduce the risk that any attacks are successful. To protect against disasters, we have a Business Continuity Management framework and IT Disaster Recovery plans. For more information, see Item 3.D. "Risk Factors - Risks Relating to Risk Oversight and Internal Controls".
Marketing
Through our Marketing & Communications department, we engage select advertising, branding and promotional companies on an as-needed basis and provide business development and sales support for businesses in all jurisdictions. In support of our banking businesses, we broadly market our products and services through print, broadcast, web and social media advertising in the major markets in which we operate. Trust and fiduciary services are marketed primarily to intermediaries through representative attendance at and sponsorship of industry conferences and through print advertising in international trade journals.
Intellectual Property
In the highly competitive banking industry in which we operate, intellectual property is important to the success of our business. We own a variety of trademarks, service marks, trade names and logos and spend time and resources maintaining this intellectual property portfolio. We control access to our intellectual property through license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements with third parties, employment agreements and other contractual rights to protect our intellectual property. For more information, see Item 3.D.     "Risk Factors - Risks Relating to Our Strategy, Brand, Portfolio and Other Aspects of Our Business".
Supervision and Regulation
Bermuda
The Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the "BMA") under:
the Bermuda Monetary Authority Act 1969;
the Banks and Deposit Companies Act 1999 (the "BDCA");
the Trusts (Regulation of Trust Business) Act 2001;
the Investment Business Act 2003;
the Exchange Control Regulations 1973;
the Corporate Services Provider Business Act 2012; and
any applicable code of practice or guidance notes that may be published by the BMA from time to time.

The Bank is also subject to regulation by the Minister of Finance in Bermuda under the Companies Act 1981, the Banking (Special Resolution Regime) Act 2016 and the Economic Substance Act 2018 and regulations promulgated thereunder (including applicable guidance notes published by the Registrar of Companies from time to time). It is also subject to the Deposit Insurance Act 2011 and the Deposit Insurance Rules 2016.
Supervision and Monitoring by the BMA
Our activities are regulated by the BMA and our ability to engage in certain activities is subject to prior approval by the BMA. One of the principal objectives of the BMA is to supervise, regulate and inspect financial institutions which operate in or from within Bermuda and further to promote the financial stability and soundness of such financial institutions. The supervision is primarily for the benefit and protection of the Bank's clients and not for the benefit of our investors. The BMA is also responsible for managing and regulating transactions in foreign currency or gold.
In addition to conducting on-site reviews, the BMA utilizes a comprehensive quarterly dividendsstatistical return system that enables off-site monitoring of $0.44 per quarter totaling $1.76institutions licensed under the BDCA. The statistical system, which follows the standards imposed on banks in the UK by the Financial Conduct Authority and is consistent with Basel Committee Standards, provides the BMA with a detailed breakdown of the Bank's balance sheet and profit-and-loss accounts on both a consolidated and unconsolidated basis. This information enables the BMA to monitor the soundness of the Bank's financial position and ensure that it meets certain capital requirements.
As the Bank's supervisory authority in Bermuda, the BMA is responsible for the consolidated supervision of our worldwide operations. There are also host regulatory bodies performing a similar function to that of the BMA in all major locations in which the Bank operates regulated activities. Many of these local authorities require detailed reporting on the activities of the Bank's subsidiaries located in their jurisdictions. As part of its oversight process, the BMA receives copies of each common share heldof these reports on recorda regular basis and liaises with the regulatory authorities in the respective locations.
From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into agreements with the BMA under which the Bank agrees to achieve or maintain certain levels of capital and to obtain the BMA's prior approval to take certain corporate actions. Certain actions that may not be taken without prior BMA approval include: (1) creating or increasing the authorized amount of, or issuing any class of shares; (2) repurchasing any class of shares; and (3) entering into a material acquisition.
Under the market disclosure requirements (referred to as Pillar III disclosures) applicable under the Basel III Accord ("Basel III"), the Bank is required to publish information about the risks to which it is exposed. Effective as of January 1, 2015, the BMA adopted capital and liquidity regulatory requirements consistent with Basel III, a framework released by the BCBS. Basel III aims to raise the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base, limit the build-up of excess leverage and increase capital requirements for the banking sector. Basel III adopts CET1 capital as the predominant form of regulatory capital with the CET1 ratio as a new metric. Basel III also adopts the new Leverage Ratio, LCR and NSFR regimes.
The Basel III regulatory framework adopts a phased implementation approach for Bermuda banks with full implementation from January 1, 2019, consistent with BCBS recommendations. The Bank is subject to the following requirements:
24


CET1 as the primary and predominant form of regulatory capital, with a requirement of CET1 of at least 7.0% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum CET1 capital adequacy ratio of 4.5% plus a capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below. The BMA allowed Bermuda banks to make the one-time irrevocable election to exclude other comprehensive income on their AFS portfolios from CET1 by no later than March 31, 2015;
a Tier 1 capital requirement of at least 8.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum Tier 1 ratio of 6% and the capital conservation buffer of 2.5% but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below;
a total capital requirement of at least 10.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum total capital ratio of 8% and the capital conservation buffer of 2.5% but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below;
the Bank is considered to be a D-SIB and is subject to a 3% surcharge composed of CET1-eligible capital implemented by the BMA effective September 30, 2015. This is based upon its assessment of the extent to which the Bank (individually and collectively with the other Bermuda banks) poses a degree of material systemic risk to the economy of Bermuda due to its role in deposit taking, corporate lending, payment systems and other core economic functions;
the inclusion of a countercyclical buffer to be introduced when macro-economic indicators provide an assessment of excessive credit or other pressures building in the banking sector, potentially increasing the Bank's required capital buffer by up to 2.5%;
the introduction of a 5% leverage ratio as calculated in accordance with Basel III; 
an LCR with a minimum requirement of 100%; and
a NSFR with a minimum requirement of 100%.

The minimum capital ratio requirements set forth above do not reflect additional Pillar II add-on requirements that the BMA may impose upon the Group as a prudential measure from time to time. As the Group's capital requirements remain under continuous review by the BMA pursuant to its prudential supervision, the Group cannot guarantee that the BMA will not seek higher total capital ratio requirements from time to time.
The Bank may from time to time also be subject to additional regulatory requirements imposed by the BMA in its role as Bermuda’s main prudential regulator such as the Outsourcing Guidance Notes for Relevant Legal Entities, including banks, corporate service providers, trust companies, investment businesses and fund administrators, which require (among other things) these entities to demonstrate good risk management, and to notify the BMA of any new material outsourcing arrangements.
Effective February 29, 2020, the Bermuda Banking Code of Ethical Conduct was promulgated. This is a voluntary code that the Bank subscribes to. It sets out a number of guiding principles and commitments in the Bermuda banking industry for customers. The code complements the BDCA in promoting best practice and encouraging higher standards for the benefit of customers through competition and market forces.
Bermuda Monetary Authority Act 1969
The Bermuda Monetary Authority Act 1969 established the BMA as a statutory corporate body responsible for, among other things, supervising, regulating and inspecting any financial institution which operates in or from within Bermuda (which includes the Bank). Specific areas of financial regulation, such as the banking industry, are also the subject of separate, specific legislation (some of which is discussed below), but this specific legislation is nevertheless administered by the BMA in its supervisory capacity. In addition to its supervisory functions, both under the Bermuda Monetary Authority Act 1969 and the specific legislation discussed below, the BMA is empowered to assist foreign regulatory bodies by requiring entities supervised and regulated by the BMA to furnish information on demand to the BMA in connection with foreign regulatory requests.
Banks and Deposit Companies Act 1999
The BDCA prohibits any person from carrying on a deposit-taking business in or from within Bermuda unless that person is a company incorporated in Bermuda and licensed by the BMA under the BDCA. The BDCA provides for three classes of licenses: banking licenses, restricted banking licenses and deposit company licenses. The Bank holds a banking license and a deposit company license. Unless otherwise permitted by the BMA, a company that holds a banking license must provide a range of minimum services to the public in Bermuda, including (without limitation) current accounts in Bermuda dollars, other deposit accounts, loan facilities in Bermuda Dollars, foreign exchange services and credit card or debit card facilities. A company holding a deposit company license typically offers a small range of services but, unless otherwise permitted by the BMA, must also provide some specified services to the public in Bermuda, including (without limitation) savings, deposit or other similar accounts in Bermuda Dollars and loans in Bermuda Dollars secured on mortgages of real property in Bermuda.
As the agency responsible for administering the BDCA, regulating deposit-taking businesses and protecting depositors, the BMA has broad authority to compel companies licensed under the BDCA to take or cease specific actions and comply with informational or access requests. Under the BDCA, the BMA can, or can compel these companies, including us, to, among other things, do any or all of the following:
submit a report prepared by the Bank's auditors or by an accountant or other person with professional skills on any matter about which the BMA could require us to provide information;
produce documentation or other information as the BMA may reasonably require; and
permit any officer, servant or agent of the BMA, on producing evidence of his authority, to enter the Bank's premises to obtain information and documents.
In addition, the BMA has the power to do any or all of the following:
require the Bank to take certain steps or to refrain from adopting or pursuing a particular course of action or to restrict the scope of the Bank's business in a particular way;
appoint competent persons to investigate and report to the BMA on the Bank's business or the Bank's ownership and control;
restrict the scope of a license or revoke a license; and
vary or revoke the Bank's banking license and to give directions if it feels these are necessary to protect the Bank's depositors.
The Bank's failure to comply with any of the statutory requirements set forth in the BDCA could result in civil or criminal penalties.
The Bank is required to report certain transactions to the BMA. These include any transaction or transactions relating to any one person as a result of which the Bank would be exposed to a risk of incurring losses in excess of 10% of the Bank's available capital resources, or where the Bank proposes to enter into a transaction or transactions relating to any one person, which, either alone or together with previous transactions entered into by the Bank in relation to the same person, would result in the Bank being exposed to the risk of incurring losses in excess of 25% of its available capital resources. This also applies where the transaction relates to different persons if they are connected in such a way that the financial soundness of any of them may affect the financial soundness of the others or the same factors may affect the financial soundness of both or all of them. The BMA may extend the scope of this requirement to the Bank's subsidiaries even if these subsidiaries are not licensed under the BDCA as if the
25


transactions and available capital resources of the Bank's subsidiaries were included in the Bank's available capital resources. For the purpose of the foregoing, the transactions which must be reported by the Bank to the BMA are those between the Bank and a person where:
(a)that person incurs an obligation to the Bank or as a result of which such person may incur such an obligation;
(b)the Bank will incur, or as a result of which it may incur, an obligation in the event of that person defaulting on an obligation to a third party; or
(c)the Bank acquires or incurs any obligation to acquire, or as a result of which it may incur an obligation to acquire, an asset the value of which depends wholly or mainly on that person performing their obligations or otherwise on his financial soundness.
The risk of loss attributable to the transaction is, in a case within paragraph (a) or (b), the risk of the person concerned defaulting on the obligation therein mentioned and, in a case within paragraph (c), the risk of the person concerned defaulting on the obligations therein mentioned or of a deterioration in such person's financial soundness. The Bank's available capital resources may be determined by the BMA, after consultation with it and in accordance with principles published by the BMA, which are currently the Basel III principles described above. It is an offense for the Bank to fail to make the required reports.
Under the BDCA, any person who becomes a significant shareholder of a deposit-taking institution, which is defined to include persons, either individually or with associates (within the meaning of the BDCA), who (i) hold 5% or more of the shares in the institution or another company of which it is a subsidiary company; or (ii) is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of 5% or more of the voting power at any general meeting of the institution or of another company of which it is such a subsidiary, must notify the BMA in writing of that fact within seven days. Failure to provide the BMA with prompt and appropriate notice would constitute an offense that could result in a fine.

The BDCA prohibits a person from becoming a shareholder controller of any company licensed under the BDCA unless the person provides written notice to the BMA of his intent to do so and the BMA does not object. The definition of shareholder controller is set out in the BDCA but generally refers to a person who, among other things, either alone or with any associate or associates (i) holds 10% or more of the shares in the licensed institution or another company of which it is a subsidiary company; (ii) is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power at any general meeting of the licensed institution or another company of which it is such a subsidiary; or (iii) is able to exercise a significant influence over the management of the institution or of another company of which it is a subsidiary by virtue of holding shares in or an entitlement to exercise or control the exercise of the voting power at any general meeting of either the institution or the other company concerned. The BDCA distinguishes between shareholder controllers of the following threshold descriptions: "10% shareholder controllers," "20% shareholder controllers," "30% shareholder controllers," "40% shareholder controllers," "50% shareholder controllers," "60% shareholder controllers" and "principal shareholder controllers" who have a 75% or greater interest. A person who intends to become a shareholder controller, or a shareholder controller who intends to increase his shareholding/control, meaning generally, ownership of shares or the ability to exercise or control the exercise of voting rights attached to shares, beyond his present threshold, must provide written notice to the BMA that he intends to do so. It is an offense not to give this notice. The BMA may object to a person's notice of intent to become a shareholder controller of any description or to an existing shareholder controller seeking to increase their control where it appears to the BMA that, among other things, such person is not or is no longer a fit and proper person to be such controller. If the BMA objects, the BMA will provide such person with written notice of its objection.
Prior to serving a notice of objection, the BMA shall serve the person seeking to become a shareholder controller of any description or existing shareholder controller seeking to increase their control with a preliminary written notice stating that the BMA is considering service on that person of a notice of objection, and that notice shall state among other things, the reasons for the BMA's proposed objection. The statement of the BMA's reasons for their proposed objection will, however, be subject to the BMA's determination that such statement would not involve the disclosure of confidential information, the disclosure of which would be prejudicial to a third party. A person served with a preliminary written notice may, within a period of 28 days beginning with the day on which the notice is served, make written representations to the BMA and the BMA shall take any such representations into account in deciding whether to serve a notice of objection.
If three months pass from the date of giving notice of intent to the BMA without the BMA serving a notice of objection, then the person may become a shareholder controller as requested in the notice of intent. In practice, the BMA's procedure is generally to respond to a shareholder controller notification of intent.
If a person becomes a shareholder controller or increases their shareholding/control in spite of the BMA's objection thereto, if a shareholder controller fails to comply with the foregoing notice requirements or if a shareholder controller continues as such after being given notice of objection to his or her being a shareholder controller, the BMA may take the actions specified in the BDCA, including revoking the relevant license where a 50%, 60% or principal shareholder controller is involved, or mandating that any specified shares become subject to one or more of the following restrictions:
any transfer of or agreement to transfer those shares or, in the case of unissued shares, any transfer of or any agreement to transfer the right to be issued with them, will be void;
no voting rights may be exercisable in respect of the shares;
no further shares may be issued in right of them or pursuant to any offer made to their holder; or
except in liquidation, no payment may be made of any sums due from the institution on the shares, whether in respect of capital or otherwise.
A court in Bermuda may, on the application of the BMA, order the sale of any such shares. Any person may appeal to a tribunal constituted under the BDCA for a review of a notice of objection given by the BMA as described above. However, this right of appeal does not apply to a person in any case in which such person has failed to give a notice or has become or continued to be a controller in contravention of the BDCA. In addition, if a person has had its license revoked or has been subject to any of the restrictions set forth above, the tribunal may confirm or reverse the decision which is the subject of the appeal but shall not have power to vary it except:
where the decision was made to impose or vary any restriction, the tribunal may direct the BMA to impose different restrictions or to vary them in a different way; or
where the decision was to revoke a license, the tribunal may direct the BMA to restrict it instead.
In the event that the BMA imposes any of the restrictions listed above, the restrictions may apply to:
all shares of the institution where the person in question is a shareholder controller that (i) are held by him or any associate of his, and (ii) were not so held immediately before he became such shareholder controller of the institution; and
all shares in another company where the person in question became a shareholder controller (i) as a result of the acquisition by him or any associate of his of shares in such other company, and (ii) the shares were not so held before he became a shareholder controller of such institution.
A company licensed under the BDCA must give written notice to the BMA in the event that any person has either become or ceased to be a director, controller or senior executive of such licensed company. The written notice is required to be given to the BMA within 14 days beginning with the day on which the licensed company becomes aware of the relevant change in director, controller or senior executive. The definition of "controller" is set out in the BDCA but generally refers to a shareholder controller, a managing director or chief executive officer of the institution or of another company of which it is a subsidiary, or a person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of the institution or of another company of which the institution is a subsidiary, or persons who are shareholder controllers (or any of them) are accustomed to act.
26


In September 2021, the BMA published a consultation paper on the new code of conduct to be issued pursuant to section 8A of the BDCA, which requires the BMA to publish a code of conduct providing guidance on the duties, requirements, procedures, standards and sound principles to be observed by persons carrying on a deposit-taking business. In a letter to stakeholders dated December 7, 2021, the BMA indicated that it intends to finalize the code of conduct and soon implement amendments to the BDCA to allow the BMA to issue the code of conduct. The BMA noted that a suitable transition period will be recommended and communicated to all institutions licensed under the BDCA, including the Bank, to allow them to come into compliance with the new provisions.
Trusts (Regulation of Trust Business) Act 2001
The principal purpose of the Trusts (Regulation of Trust Business) Act 2001 (the "Trusts Business Act"), is to regulate "trust business," which is generally defined as providing the services of a trustee as a business, trade, profession or vocation. Under the Trusts Business Act, a license is required to conduct trust business in or from within Bermuda. Licenses are designated as either "unlimited" or "limited." Only bodies corporate are entitled to obtain unlimited licenses, which allow them to conduct trust business and solicit business from the public generally. Holding a license under the Trust Business Act obliges the licensed undertaking to maintain a physical presence in Bermuda at which the licensed undertaking is directed and managed. A licensed undertaking is also required to hold all client funds separately from its own funds or funds held in respect of any other business and maintain such books of account and other records such that client funds may be readily identified at any time.
At present, the Bank and certain of its subsidiaries hold unlimited licenses issued by the BMA pursuant to the Trusts Business Act. Pursuant to Section 6 of the Trusts Business Act, the BMA has published a Statement of Principles, in accordance with which it is acting or purporting to act with respect to the exercise of its powers under the Trusts Business Act, including (without limitation) the BMA's minimum licensing criteria, the grounds for revocation of licenses, the power to grant, revoke or restrict a license and the power to obtain information or require the production of documents. As at December 31, 2019, the BMA amended the minimum licensing criteria under the Trusts Business Act, such that a licensed undertaking is not regarded as conducting its business in a prudent manner (which is a requirement for licensing) unless it maintains or will maintain adequate liquidity, having regard to the relationship between its assets and its actual and contingent liabilities, to the time at which those liabilities will or may fall due and its assets mature, and to other factors appearing to the BMA to be relevant. In addition, pursuant to Section 7 of the legislation, the BMA published a Code of Practice that provides guidance as to the duties, requirements, procedures, standards and principles to be observed by persons carrying on trust business under the Trusts Business Act.
The BMA's powers under the Trusts Business Act include (without limitation) the power to:
impose conditions on a license with respect to scope and type of business, to protect a client or potential client of a licensee;
revoke a license in certain circumstances including if the licensee has not complied with the licensing criteria; and
request and obtain information from a licensee to ensure compliance with the Trusts Business Act, and to safeguard the interests of the licensee's clients and potential clients.
The Trusts Business Act prohibits a person from becoming a 10% shareholder controller or a majority shareholder controller of a licensed undertaking, unless such person provides written notice to the BMA of his intent to do so and the BMA does not object. It is an offense not to provide this notice. The definition of shareholder controller is set out in the Trusts Business Act, but generally refers to a person who, among other things, either alone or with any associate or associates (within the meaning of the Trusts Business Act) (i) holds 10% or more of the shares in the licensed undertaking or another company of which it is a subsidiary company; or (ii) is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power at any general meeting of the licensed undertaking or another company of which it is such a subsidiary or (iii) is able to exercise a significant influence over the management of a licensed undertaking or of another company of which the licensed undertaking is a subsidiary by virtue of holding shares in or an entitlement to exercise or control the exercise of the voting power at any general meeting of either the licensed undertaking or the other company concerned. A "majority shareholder controller" is defined under the Trusts Business Act as a shareholder controller which, among other things, (i) holds 50% or more of the shares in the licensed undertaking or another company of which it is a subsidiary company; or (ii) is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of 50% or more of the voting power at any general meeting of the licensed undertaking or another company of which it is such a subsidiary.
The BMA may object to a person's notice of intent to become a 10% shareholder controller or majority shareholder controller or may object to an existing shareholder controller of any description where it appears to the BMA that, among other things, such person is not or is no longer a fit and proper person to be such a controller of the licensed undertaking. If the BMA objects, the BMA will provide such person with a written notice of objection. Prior to serving any such notice of objection, the BMA shall serve the person seeking to become a shareholder controller or the existing shareholder controller with a preliminary written notice stating that the BMA is considering service on that person of a notice of objection, stating, among other things, the reasons for the BMA's proposed objection. The statement of the BMA's reasons for its proposed objection will, however, be subject to the BMA's determination that such statement would not involve the disclosure of confidential information, the disclosure of which would be prejudicial to a third party. A person served with a preliminary written notice may, within a period of 28 days beginning with the day on which the notice is served, make written representations to the BMA and the BMA shall take any such representations into account in deciding whether to serve a notice of objection.
If three months pass from the date of notifying the BMA of a new shareholder controller or an increased shareholding/control beyond a shareholder controller's then current threshold, without the BMA serving a notice of objection, then the person may become a shareholder controller as requested in the notice. In practice, the BMA's procedure is generally to respond to a person's shareholder controller notification.
If a person becomes a shareholder controller or increases their shareholding control, in spite of the BMA's objection thereto, if a shareholder controller fails to comply with the foregoing notice requirements or if a shareholder controller continues as such after being given notice of objection to his being a shareholder controller, the BMA may take certain actions, including revoking the relevant license where a shareholder controller holding 50% or more of the shares of the licensed undertaking is involved or mandating that any specified shares become subject to one or more of the following restrictions:
any transfer of or agreement to transfer those shares or, in the case of unissued shares, any transfer of or any agreement to transfer the right to be issued with them, will be void;
no voting rights may be exercisable in respect of the shares;
no further shares may be issued in right of them or pursuant to any offer made to their holder; or
except in liquidation, no payment may be made of any sums due from the licensed undertaking on the shares, whether in respect of capital or otherwise.
A court in Bermuda may, on the application of the BMA, order the sale of any such shares. Any person may appeal to a tribunal constituted under the Trusts Business Act for a review of a notice of objection given by the BMA as described above. However, this right of appeal does not apply to a person in any case in which such person has failed to give a notice or has become or continued to be a controller in contravention of the Trusts Business Act. In addition, if a person has had its license revoked or has been subject to any of the restrictions set forth above, the tribunal may confirm or reverse the decision which is the subject of the appeal but shall not have power to vary it except:
where the decision was made to impose different restrictions or vary them in a different way, the tribunal may direct the BMA to impose different restrictions; or
where the decision was to revoke a license, the tribunal may direct the BMA to restrict it instead.
27


In the event that the BMA imposes any of the restrictions listed above, the restrictions may apply to:
all shares of the licensed undertaking of which the person in question is a shareholder controller that (i) are held by him or any associate of his, and (ii) were not so held immediately before he became such shareholder controller of the licensed undertaking; and
all shares in another company where the person in question became a shareholder controller (i) as a result of the acquisition by him or any associate of his of shares in such other company, and (ii) the shares were not so held before he became a shareholder controller of such licensed undertaking.
An undertaking licensed under the Trusts Business Act must give written notice to the BMA in the event that any person has either become or ceased to be a controller or officer of such licensed undertaking. The written notice is required to be given to the BMA within 14 days beginning with the day on which the licensed undertaking becomes aware of the change in controller or officer. The definition of "controller" is set out in the Trusts Business Act but generally refers to a shareholder controller, a managing director or chief executive officer of the undertaking or of another company of which it is a subsidiary, or a person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of the undertaking or of another company of which the undertaking is a subsidiary, or persons who are shareholder controllers (or any of them) are accustomed to act. The definition of "officer" under the Trusts Business Act includes a director, secretary or any senior executive.
Investment Business Act 2003
The Investment Business Act 2003 (the "Investment Business Act") prohibits any person from carrying on, or purporting to carry on, an investment business in or from within Bermuda unless that person holds a license granted under the Investment Business Act, or is exempted from holding a license. The Investment Business Act defines "investment business" broadly as the business of dealing in investments, arranging deals in investments, managing or offering investments and giving advice on investments.
Under the Investment Business Act, the BMA is given the authority to grant licenses and to supervise license holders. The BMA will only grant a license if it is satisfied that the applicant complies with licensing criteria set out in the Investment Business Act, which include (without limitation) that controllers and senior executives of the applicant are fit and proper persons to carry on such business, the applicant company's business is effectively directed by at least two individuals (unless the BMA otherwise approves), the Board of the applicant has a number of non-executive directors considered appropriate by the BMA, the applicant's business is conducted in a prudent manner, the position of the applicant in the group does not obstruct effective consolidated supervision and the applicant will carry on the investment business with integrity and professional skill appropriate to the nature and scale of its activities.
At the present time, the Bank and its wholly owned subsidiaries Butterfield Trust (Bermuda) Limited, Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited and Butterfield Asset Management Limited hold licenses under the Investment Business Act.
Under the Investment Business Act, the BMA may require an accountant's or auditor’s report on a license holder or the appointment of an inspector to carry out an investigation into the affairs of a license holder and/or demand the production of documents or information relating to the investment business of a license holder. The Investment Business Act also grants the BMA broad powers to enforce the provisions of the Investment Business Act, including (without limitation) powers to issue directions, to vary, restrict or cancel a license, to appoint a person to manage and administer an offending investment business, to give directions desirable to safeguard the interests of the investment provider’s clients, to levy fines and to seek from the court injunctions and restitution orders.

The Investment Business Act prohibits a person from becoming a 10% shareholder controller or a majority shareholder controller of an investment provider, unless such person provides written notice to the BMA of his intent to do so and the BMA does not object. It is an offense not to provide this notice. The definition of 10% shareholder controller is set out in the Investment Business Act, but generally refers to a person who, among other things, either alone or with any associate or associates (within the meaning of the Investment Business Act) (i) holds 10% or more of the shares in the investment provider or its parent undertaking; (ii) is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in the investment provider or in the parent undertaking; or (iii) is able to exercise a significant influence over the management of the investment provider or its parent undertaking by virtue of the voting power in the investment provider or its parent undertaking. A "majority shareholder controller" is defined under the Investment Business Act as a shareholder controller which (i) holds 50% or more of the issued and outstanding shares in the investment provider or its parent undertaking; or (ii) is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of 50% or more of the voting power in the investment provider or in the parent undertaking.
The BMA may object to a person's notice of intent to become a 10% shareholder controller or majority shareholder controller or to an existing shareholder controller of any description where it appears to the BMA that, among other things, such person is not or is no longer a fit and proper person to be such controller of the licensed company. If the BMA objects, the BMA will provide such person with a written notice of objection. Prior to serving any such notice of objection, the BMA serves the person seeking to become a shareholder controller or will serve an existing shareholder controller with a preliminary written notice stating that the BMA is considering service on that person of a notice of objection, stating, among other things, the reasons for the BMA's proposed objection. The statement of the BMA's reasons for their proposed objection will, however, be subject to the BMA's determination that such statement would involve the disclosure of confidential information, the disclosure of which would be prejudicial to a third party. A person served with a preliminary written notice may, within a period of 28 days beginning with the day on which the notice is served, make written representations to the BMA and the BMA shall take any such representations into account in deciding whether to serve a notice of objection.
If three months pass from the date of notifying the BMA of a new shareholder controller or an increased shareholding/control beyond a shareholder controller's then current threshold, without the BMA serving a notice of objection, then the person may become a shareholder controller as requested in the notice. In practice, the BMA's procedure is generally to respond to a person's shareholder controller notification.
If a person becomes a shareholder controller or increases their shareholding/control in spite of the BMA's objection to his becoming a shareholder controller or if a shareholder controller fails to comply with the foregoing notice requirements or if a shareholder controller continues as such after being given notice of objection to his being a shareholder controller, the BMA may take certain actions, including revoking the relevant license where a shareholder controller holding 50% or more of the shares of the licensed company is involved or mandating that any specified shares become subject to one or more of the following restrictions:
any transfer of or agreement to transfer those shares or, in the case of unissued shares, any transfer of or any agreement to transfer the right to be issued with them, will be void;
no voting rights may be exercisable in respect of the shares;
no further shares may be issued in right of them or pursuant to any offer made to their holder; or
except in liquidation, no payment may be made of any sums due from the investment provider on the shares, whether in respect of capital or otherwise.
A court in Bermuda may, on the application of the BMA, order the sale of any such shares. Any person may appeal to a tribunal constituted under the Investment Business Act for a review of a notice of objection given by the BMA as described above. However, this right of appeal does not apply to a person in any case in which such person has failed to give a notice or has become or continued to be a controller in contravention of the Investment Business Act. In addition, if a person has had its license revoked or has been subject to any of the restrictions set forth above, the tribunal may confirm or reverse the decision which is the subject of the appeal but shall not have power to vary it except:
28


where the decision was made to impose or vary any restriction, the tribunal may direct the BMA to impose different restrictions or to vary them in a different way; or
where the decision was to revoke a license, the tribunal may direct the BMA to restrict it instead.
In the event that the BMA imposes any of the restrictions listed above, the restrictions may apply to:
all shares of the investment provider of which the person in question is a shareholder controller that (i) are held by him or any associate of his; and (ii) were not so held immediately before he became such shareholder controller of the investment provider; and
all shares in another company where the person in question became a shareholder controller (i) as a result of the acquisition by him or any associate of his of shares in such other company; and (ii) the shares were not so held before he became a shareholder controller of such investment provider.
A company licensed under the Investment Business Act must give written notice to the BMA in the event that any person has either become or ceased to be a controller or officer of such investment provider. The written notice is required to be given to the BMA within 14 days beginning with the day on which the investment provider becomes aware of the change in controller or officer. The definition of "controller" is set out in the Investment Business Act but generally refers to a shareholder controller, a managing director or chief executive officer of the investment provider or of another company of which it is a subsidiary, or a person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of the investment provider or of its parent undertaking or persons who are shareholder controllers (or any of them) are accustomed to act. The definition of "officer" under the Investment Business Act includes a director, secretary or any senior executive.
Corporate Service Provider Business Act 2012
The Corporate Service Provider Business Act 2012 (“CSPB”) regulates persons carrying on a corporate service provider business in Bermuda. “Corporate service provider business” in this context means the provision of any of the following services for a profit: (a) acting as a company formation agent or agent for establishment of a partnership; (b) providing nominee services, including (among other things) providing nominee shareholders; (c) providing administrative and secretarial services to companies or partnerships (including, among other things, providing a registered office and maintaining the books and records of a company or partnership); (d) performing functions in the capacity as a resident representative under various Bermuda statutes; and (e) providing any other corporate or administrative services as may be specified in regulations made under the CSPB. Under the CSPB, the Bank or any of its subsidiaries is required to hold a corporate service provider license to lawfully provide corporate services to our customers in Bermuda. Licensing under the CSPB is administered by the BMA. Holding a license under the CSPB obliges the licensed undertaking to maintain a physical presence in Bermuda at which the licensed undertaking is directed and managed. A licensed undertaking is also required to hold all client funds separately from its own funds or funds held in respect of any other business and maintain such books of account and other records such that client funds may be readily identified at any time.
Pursuant to the provisions of the CSPB any person who, together with their associates (within the meaning of the CSPB), intends to become either a shareholder controller or a majority shareholder controller of a CSPB licensed entity, must first serve notice of their intent to do so on the BMA and either receive a notice of non-objection from the BMA, or wait for the expiration of a three month period starting from the date of the notice to the BMA without the BMA having served a written notice of objection. A “shareholder controller” under the CSPB is any person who, either alone or with any associate or associates, (i) holds 10% or more of shares of the licensed entity (if it is a company) or 10% or more of another company of which the licensed entity is a subsidiary; (ii) is entitled to control or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power at any general meeting of the licensed entity (if it is a company) or of another company of which the licensed entity is a subsidiary; or (iii) is able to exercise a significant influence over the management of a licensed entity or of another company of which the licensed entity is a subsidiary by virtue of holding shares in or an entitlement to exercise or control the exercise of the voting power at any general meeting of either the licensed entity (if it is a company) or its holding company. A “majority shareholder controller” under the CSPB has the same meaning as limbs (i) and (ii) in the preceding sentence, save that the relevant percentage threshold for ownership is 50% or more.
In addition to the requirement to notify and obtain BMA non-objection (whether express or deemed) of any change in shareholder controller or majority shareholder controller of a CSPB licensed entity, if at any time it appears to the BMA that a person who is a “controller” of any description of a CSPB licensed entity is not a fit and proper person for such role, the BMA may serve a written notice of objection to that controller; provided that, before serving such a notice, the BMA must serve that person with a preliminary written notice stating that the BMA is considering service on that person of a notice of objection, specifying the reasons for which it appears to the BMA why that person is not or is no longer a fit and proper person and advising as to the rights of that person to make written representations to the BMA within 28 days beginning on the day on which such notice is served, and that such written representations shall be taken into account by the BMA in deciding whether to serve a notice of objection. For these purposes a “controller” includes (i) a managing director of a licensed entity or the licensed entity’s holding company; (ii) the CEO of the licensed entity or the licensed entity’s holding company; and (iii) a person in accordance with whose directions or instruction the directors of the licensed entity (or its holding company) are accustomed to act. Upon determining that any individual is not a fit and proper person, the BMA may pass a prohibition order, thereby preventing that individual from exercising any functions in connection with any business requiring licensing under the CSPB. Furthermore, under the CSPB, a licensed entity is required to give written notice to the BMA of any person becoming or ceasing to be a controller or an “officer” (director, company secretary or senior executive) of the licensed entity.
Breaches of the CSPB are punishable by a range of criminal and civil penalties including fines, imprisonment and public censure; breaches can result in the licensed entity losing its license and therefore its ability to conduct corporate service provider business. The BMA is also empowered to restrict a controller’s ability to sell any shares (and exercise any rights in respect of such shares) held by the controller in a CSPB licensed entity if they continue to be or become a controller following a notice of objection from the BMA.
Companies Act 1981
As a local company incorporated in Bermuda, the Bank is subject to the Companies Act 1981 (the "Companies Act"). Under section 114 of the Companies Act, no local company may carry on business of any sort in Bermuda unless, among other things, (i) it complies with the control and ownership requirements set out in Part I of the Third Schedule of the Companies Act; (ii) it is licensed under section 114B of the Companies Act and is carrying on such business in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed in such license; or (iii) its shares are listed on a designated stock exchange and the company is engaged as a business in a material way in a prescribed industry pursuant to section 114(1)(e) of the Companies Act.
In December 2000, the Minister of Finance issued to the Bank a license pursuant to section 114B of the Companies Act allowing the Bank to carry on business in Bermuda without complying with certain provisions of the Third Schedule to the Companies Act. Effective June 10, 2016, the Bank relinquished its section 114B license and carries on business in Bermuda without complying with the provisions of the Third Schedule in reliance upon the exemption in section 114(1)(e) of the Companies Act. The Bank qualifies for this statutory exemption by virtue of (i) the listing of the Bank's shares on the BSX, which is a "designated stock exchange" for the purposes of the Companies Act and (ii) the Bank's material business of banking, which is a "prescribed industry" for the purposes of the Companies Act.



29


Exchange Control
The Bank is designated as resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes.
The BMA has given its consent for the issue and free transferability of all of the common shares to and between non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided the Bank's shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the NYSE. Approvals or permissions given by the BMA do not constitute a guarantee by the BMA as to our performance or our creditworthiness. Accordingly, in giving such consent or permissions, the BMA shall not be liable for the financial soundness, performance or default of our business or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this report.
Financial Crime Regulation
    Bermuda has enacted a number of laws relating to combating money laundering and terrorist financing. These laws include the Proceeds of Crime Act 1997, the Anti-Terrorism (Financial and Other Measures) Act 2004, the Proceeds of Crime (Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Supervision and Enforcement) Act 2008 and the Proceeds of Crime (Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing) Regulations 2008, the Financial Intelligence Agency Act 2007, and the Anti-Terrorism (Financial and Other Measures) (Businesses in Regulated Sector) Order 2008 each as amended from time to time.
The Bank may be regulated together with its branches and subsidiaries in respect of anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing policies and procedures as a “financial group” if so designated by the Bermuda minister responsible for justice. Furthermore, under the Bribery Act 2016 of Bermuda, the Bank may be guilty of an offense if persons associated with the Bank (which can include the Bank’s employees, agents or subsidiaries) bribe another person intending to obtain or retain business for the Bank or to obtain or retain an advantage in the conduct of business for the Bank. It is a defense to such offenses if the Bank proves that it has in place adequate procedures designed to prevent persons associated with the Bank from undertaking such bribery.
Stamp Duty
Stamp duty is a tax in Bermuda imposed on written documents. The governing legislation is the Stamp Duties Act 1976, as amended (the "Stamp Duties Act"). The Stamp Duties Act sets out the instruments that are subject to stamp duty, which generally include certain instruments or documents as specified in the Stamp Duties Act that are executed in Bermuda or, if executed outside of Bermuda, are then brought into Bermuda.

There are certain limited stamp duty exemptions under the Bermuda Stock Exchange Company Act 1992 (the ‘‘BSX Act’’), which extend to local companies, the securities of which are listed on the BSX. The Bank’s common shares are currently listed on the NYSE and BSX. Pursuant to the BSX Act, the provisions of the Stamp Duties Act will not apply to any instrument which relates to (i) a conveyance or transfer on sale, (ii) a conveyance or transfer to effect or having the effect of a voluntary disposition inter vivos, or (iii) any agreement for the lending and borrowing, of any securities which are listed on the BSX. Accordingly, for so long as the common shares of the Bank remain listed on the BSX (and to the extent any other securities issued by the Bank are listed on the BSX), the foregoing stamp duty exemptions under the BSX Act would apply. However, dealings in the Bank’s common shares beyond the limited exemptions under the BSX Act may attract stamp duty under various heads of the Schedule to the Stamp Duties Act. For example, ad valorem stamp duty may be payable (i) where security is granted over shares of the Bank, (ii) where shares of the Bank form part of a deceased’s estate and probate is sought, and (iii) on a share certificate where the share is issued by the Bank for the first time at a premium in excess of the par value thereof.

The Stamp Duties Act prescribes the persons liable to pay the stamp duty, whether the amount of duty is a fixed or ad valorem amount and the time period in which the duty must be paid, depending on the nature of the instrument. The Stamp Duties Act also sets out the consequences for failure to stamp instruments which are subject to duty.
Generally, if a stampable document has been executed in Bermuda or has been executed outside of Bermuda and then brought into Bermuda and stamp duty is not paid, the document is not valid for any purpose (including registration) in Bermuda, until such time as it is stamped. In addition, a stampable document which is not stamped (i) is not admissible in court proceedings in Bermuda, except in criminal proceedings or stamp duty violation prosecutions; and (ii) may not be acted upon, filed, or registered by any public official or by any company. For any instrument which is liable to stamp duty that is not duly stamped, every person who is specified in the Stamp Duties Act as liable for stamping commits an offense.
Limits on Shareholding
Generally, the Companies Act imposes limits on the percentage of shares in a local company carrying on business in Bermuda which may be held by persons who are non-Bermudian as that term is defined in the Companies Act. As described above, the Bank relies on an exemption under section 114(1)(e) of the Companies Act to these ownership and related control requirements.

Additionally, the bye-laws of the Bank restrict the voting rights of a person who is not "Bermudian" (as such term is defined in the Companies Act) and who is "interested" (as such term is defined in the bye-laws) in the shares of the Bank which constitute more than 40% of all shares then issued and outstanding, and such person is not entitled to vote the shares which are in excess of this 40% interest at any general meeting without the prior written approval of the Minister of Finance.
In addition, there are certain prior approval requirements pursuant to the BDCA, the Trusts Business Act and the Investment Business Act with respect to any person who seeks to become a "shareholder controller" (as defined in each of those Acts) of the Bank.
Deposit Insurance Scheme
Pursuant to the Deposit Insurance Act 2011 and the Deposit Insurance Rules 2016 of Bermuda, a Deposit Insurance Scheme (“DIS”) has come into effect in Bermuda. The DIS is administered by the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation. The DIS is designed to protect the deposits of individuals, charities, unincorporated associations, partnerships, sole proprietors and small businesses by guaranteeing up to $25,000 of their aggregate Bermuda Dollar deposits in the event of a Bermuda deposit taking institution’s failure. The DIS is backed by a Deposit Insurance Fund which is in turn funded from premium contributions that are payable by all banks and credit unions licensed by the BMA . As a bank licensed by the BMA, we are required to be a member of the DIS and pay contributions to the Deposit Insurance Fund. Currently, our premium contribution is calculated by the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation as 0.25% per annum of the average total amount of our Bermuda Dollar deposits that are covered by the DIS guarantee over a rolling three-month period based on information disclosed by us to the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation. Each contribution to the Deposit Insurance Fund is payable every three months in arrears.
Personal Information Protection Act 2016
Bermuda’s principal data protection legislation is the Personal Information Protection Act 2016 (“PIPA”). PIPA applies to every organization (which includes any individual, entity or public authority) that uses personal information in Bermuda where that personal information is used by automated or other means which form, or are intended to form, part of a structured filing system. For the purposes of PIPA, “personal information” means any information about an identified or identifiable individual (meaning a natural
30


person), and “use” or “using” are very broadly defined and effectively include possessing or carrying out any operation on personal information. The Bank uses and holds individuals’ personal information in Bermuda, so must comply with the provisions of PIPA.
The majority of the operative provisions of PIPA, which include certain personal information privacy rights for individuals and specific obligations on organizations that control the processing of personal information, are not yet in force in Bermuda. The first Bermuda Privacy Commissioner was appointed with effect from January 20, 2020, and this appointment is an important step in bringing the remaining operative provisions of PIPA into force. However, as of December 2021, there is still no clear timetable for the publication of PIPA codes of practice or the actual implementation of the remaining operating provisions.
The Cayman Islands
The Cayman Islands Monetary Authority ("CIMA")
Our activities in the Cayman Islands are monitored by CIMA. CIMA is responsible for currency management, regulation and supervision of the Cayman Islands financial services sector (which includes securities and investments business, banking, insurance and fiduciary services), advice to the Cayman Islands government and cooperation with overseas regulatory authorities. CIMA's principal focus is to promote and maintain a sound financial system in the Cayman Islands and to promote and enhance market confidence, consumer protection and the reputation of the Cayman Islands as a financial center.
CIMA has broad statutory powers of enforcement. These powers are intended to permit CIMA to have access to information held or maintained by a licensee as necessary and to enable CIMA to take appropriate remedial action if a licensee is in default of its obligations under applicable laws.
Relevant Legislation/Regulations
Banks & Trust Companies Act (2021 Revision)
The Banks and Trust Companies Act (2021 Revision) (the "BATCA") provides that it is an offense to conduct banking business or trust business without the appropriate license. Bank of Butterfield (Cayman) Limited holds a category "A" banking license and a trust license, both issued by CIMA.

The BATCA is supplemented by certain regulations which, among other things, prescribe the fees that are payable by licensees and certain information that must be submitted to CIMA in connection with any license application.
Licensees must adhere to certain capital adequacy requirements and must file audited financial statements with CIMA within three months of their financial year-end. Prior written approval of CIMA is required in a number of circumstances including, but are not limited to, the issue, transfer or disposal of any shares, the appointment of a new director or senior officer or where the licensee wishes to conduct business that deviates from its business plan submitted at the time of its license application.
Securities Investment Business Act (2021 Revision), as amended
The Securities Investment Business Act (2021 Revision), as amended (the "SIBA") provides that a person shall not carry on, or purport to carry on, securities investment business in or from the Cayman Islands unless that person is for the time being licensed under SIBA or is exempted from the requirement to hold a license pursuant to SIBA. Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited holds a securities investment business license, issued by CIMA, to conduct its business.

SIBA is essentially designed to achieve the licensing and regulation of securities investment providers and applies to (i) any company, foreign company or partnership incorporated or registered in the Cayman Islands and carrying on "securities investment business" anywhere in the world, or (ii) any entity which has a "place of business" in the Cayman Islands through which "securities investment business" is carried on. The entity need not have a physical presence in the Cayman Islands in order for such entity to fall within the ambit of SIBA.

Certain categories of persons conducting activities that would otherwise fall within the definition of securities investment business are categorized as non-registrable persons under SIBA. Such persons include single family offices who do not advise third parties and managers of non-Cayman limited liability companies who carry on securities investment business only in that capacity. In addition, SIBA requires certain persons who are engaged in securities investment business with, among other things, sophisticated or high net worth persons (as such terms are defined in SIBA) to register as a registered person under SIBA. Upon such registration, a registered person is subject to CIMA regulation, however a number of requirements applicable to SIBA licensees do not apply to SIBA registered persons. For example, a SIBA registered person is not required to submit annual audited financial statements or business plans to CIMA.
Insurance Act, 2010 (as amended)
CIMA regulates the insurance industry in the Cayman Islands pursuant to the Insurance Act, 2010 (as amended) (the "IA"). Such regulation includes licensing, ongoing supervision, and enforcement.
Pursuant to the IA, a company is required to hold a license in order to carry on insurance or reinsurance business or business as an insurance agent, insurance broker or insurance manager in or from the Cayman Islands. Bank of Butterfield (Cayman) Limited (which is not itself an insurer) holds an insurance agent license, issued by CIMA, permitting it to solicit domestic business on behalf of not more than one general insurer and one long term insurer.
Companies Act (2021 Revision) as amended
Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited is an ordinary resident company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, meaning that, subject to it being licensed under the BATCA, it can carry on business within the Cayman Islands. Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited is required to comply with the requirements of the Companies Act (2020 Revision), this being the principal statute governing the incorporation and ongoing operations of the Cayman Islands companies.

Anti-Money Laundering Regulations (2020 Revision); Proceeds of Crime Act (2020 Revision); and Terrorism Act (2018 Revision), each as amended

Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited is subject to the Anti-Money Laundering Regulations (2020 Revision) (the "Regulations") made pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (2020 Revision) (the "PCL"), each as amended. The Regulations apply to anyone conducting "relevant financial business" in or from the Cayman Islands intending to form a business relationship or carry out a one-off transaction. The Regulations require a financial service provider to maintain certain anti-money laundering procedures including those for the purposes of verifying the identity and source of funds of an "applicant for business" except in certain circumstances, including where an entity is regulated by a recognized overseas regulatory authority and/or listed on a recognized stock exchange in an approved jurisdiction. In addition, if any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects, or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct, or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property, and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands (the "FRA"), pursuant to the PCL, if the disclosure
31


relates to criminal conduct or money laundering; or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the FRA, pursuant to the Terrorism Law 2018 Revision), if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property.
The Cayman Islands Data Protection Act, 2021 Revision)
The Data Protection Act (2021 Revision) (the “DPA”) came into force on September 30, 2019 and establishes a framework of rights and duties designed to safeguard individuals’ personal data, balanced against the need of public authorities, businesses and organizations to collect and use personal data for legitimate purposes. The DPA was developed in line with international best practices while ensuring that it reflects the specific needs of the Cayman Islands. It is based substantially on the Data Protection Act, 1998 of the United Kingdom. The DPA defines “personal data” very widely to include any data which enables a living individual to be identified.
In common with most businesses, Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited records information in respect of individuals, particularly those who are employees, clients or suppliers, and the obligations under the DPA require a detailed review or establishment of policies and procedures in order to achieve compliance. Non-compliance with the DPA may have serious ramifications.
The DPA is centered on eight data protection principles under which personal data must:
be processed fairly and only when specific conditions are met, including where consent has been given, where there is a legal obligation, or where it is necessary for the performance of a contract to which the data subject is a party. Additional conditions apply in respect of “sensitive personal data” (examples of which include racial or ethnic origin, political opinions, religious beliefs, trade union membership, genetic data, health, sex life and offences);
be obtained only for one or more specified lawful purposes, and shall not be further processed in any manner incompatible with such purposes;
be adequate, relevant and not excessive in relation to the purpose or purposes for which they are collected or processed;
be accurate and, where necessary, kept up to date;
not be kept for longer than is necessary for the purpose;
be processed in accordance with the rights of individuals as specified under the DPA;
be protected by appropriate technical and organizational measures against unauthorized or unlawful processing, and against accidental loss, destruction or damage; and
not be transferred abroad unless the country or territory to which it is transferred ensures an adequate level of protection for the rights and freedoms of data subjects in relation to the processing of personal data.
Under the DPA, individuals have the right to be informed how personal data is processed and Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited is required to provide individuals with a privacy notice in this regard. Individuals also have the right (i) to request access to their personal data, (ii) to request rectification or correction of personal data, (iii) to request that processing of personal data be stopped or restricted and (iv) to require Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited to cease processing personal data for direct marketing purposes.
Individuals who believe that their personal data has been handled incorrectly or are not satisfied with responses from Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited to any requests made regarding the use of their personal data have a right under the DPA to complain to the Cayman Islands’ Ombudsman.
The Bahamas
The Central Bank of The Bahamas
Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited has been granted a license from the Central Bank of The Bahamas to conduct trust business from within The Bahamas. As the primary regulator of Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited, the Central Bank of The Bahamas is responsible for the regulation and supervision of Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited with respect to all of its operations, corporate governance issues, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The Central Bank of The Bahamas' regulations on capital adequacy and the regulatory framework within The Bahamas take into account the recommendations of the BCBS.
Relevant Legislation/Regulations
The Banks and Trust Companies Regulation Act and Regulations
The Banks and Trust Companies Regulation Act and Regulations set forth the basic provisions relating to the licensing and operations of banks and trust companies in The Bahamas, as well as the powers of the Central Bank of The Bahamas to supervise and audit the activities of such entities. As it relates to the preservation of confidentiality, the Banks and Trust Companies Regulation Act makes it an offense for certain individuals to disclose without customer consent, inter alia, the identity, assets, liabilities, transactions or accounts of a customer of a licensee, save for in specified circumstances.
The Central Bank of The Bahamas Act and Regulations
The Central Bank of The Bahamas Act provides general provisions relating to the structure and operation of the Central Bank of The Bahamas, the regulatory reporting required to be submitted to the Central Bank of The Bahamas by the licensees and the penalties that may be imposed for failure to comply with the orders of the Central Bank of The Bahamas. From time to time, the Central Bank issues regulations, guidelines and policies which are available on its website.
Financial and Corporate Service Providers Act
The Financial and Corporate Service Providers Act provides regulations for the administration and supervision of all licensed financial and corporate service providers in the Bahamas. This Act details the obligations and duties of a licensee under the Act and sets out the supervisory powers of the Securities Commission over its licensees inclusive of penalties and sanction for non-compliance.

Financial Intelligence and Reporting
The Financial Intelligence Unit Act provides for the establishment of the financial intelligence unit organization in The Bahamas that is responsible for receiving, analyzing, obtaining and disseminating information which relates to or may relate to the proceeds of offenses under the Proceeds of Crime Act or the Anti-Terrorism Act.
The Financial Transactions Reporting Act and Regulations provides the basic requirements applicable to financial institutions in The Bahamas with respect to verifying the identities of facility holders and bank customers, the obligation to report suspicious transactions to the financial intelligence unit, and minimum record dates.retention policies and procedures.
32


Data Protection (Privacy of Personal Information) Act
This Data Protection (Privacy of Personal Information) Act makes provision for the protection of the privacy of the personal data of individuals and the regulation of its collection, processing, keeping, use and disclosure.
Other Relevant Legislation
Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited is also subject to various other acts and regulations, including the Proceeds of Crime Act, which sets forth that it is a crime in The Bahamas for a person to conceal, transfer or deal with the proceeds of criminal conduct (such as money laundering) and the Anti-Terrorism Act, which sets forth that it is a crime in The Bahamas for a person to provide or collect funds or provide financial services or make such services available to persons with the intention that such funds or services are to be used in full or in part to carry out a terrorist act. In addition to the laws and regulations set forth above, Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited is also obligated to comply with the guidelines released by the Central Bank of The Bahamas from time to time.
Guernsey
Guernsey Financial Services Commission
Our activities in Guernsey are monitored by the Guernsey Financial Services Commission (the "GFSC") through its Probability Risk and Impact System. The primary objective of the GFSC is to regulate and supervise finance businesses in the Bailiwick of Guernsey ("Guernsey," or the "Bailiwick"). Almost all financial service activities in Guernsey are required to be licensed by the GFSC. Once licensed, the businesses are subject to the regulation, oversight, investigatory, information gathering and enforcement powers of the GFSC.
The various divisions of the GFSC perform regular visits with the purpose of understanding the business and reviewing the risk management and internal control environment (including monitoring and any outsourced functions). Such visits also monitor compliance with applicable laws and regulation.
In addition to conducting on-site reviews, the GFSC has a continuing duty to determine whether entities it regulates and the persons who own or run them remain fit and proper. Licensees therefore have a statutory obligation to notify the GFSC of various changes, which are set out in comprehensive rules and regulations. The GFSC also requires financial services businesses to submit periodic returns for statistical analysis and inclusion in thematic studies.
The GFSC has wide powers of enforcement to address shortcomings and breaches by financial services businesses. These range from private warnings and reprimands to revocation and suspension of applicable licenses and consents, fines and referral for criminal prosecution, among others.
The Banking Supervision (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1994
The Banking Supervision (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1994 (the "BSL") provides that no person shall in the Bailiwick accept a deposit in the course of carrying on, whether in Guernsey or elsewhere, a deposit-taking business except under the authority of and in accordance with the conditions of a license granted by the GFSC. Butterfield Bank (Guernsey) Limited holds a license under the BSL. In order to be granted a license, a company's business must be carried on with prudence, integrity, professional skills and in a manner which will not tend to bring the Bailiwick into disrepute. The business must also be directed by at least two individuals who are resident in the Bailiwick of Guernsey with appropriate standing and experience and sufficiently independent of each other. Businesses must also adhere to codes, principles, rules and instructions issued from time to time.
Regulation of Fiduciaries, Administration Businesses and Company Directors, etc. (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law 2000
The Regulation of Fiduciaries, Administration Businesses and Company Directors, etc. (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law 2000 (the "Guernsey Fiduciaries Law") provides that only a person licensed by the GFSC under the Guernsey Fiduciaries Law can operate fiduciary businesses, which includes:
formation, management and administration of trusts;
company or corporate administration;
provision of executorship services; and
the formation and management of foundations.
The GFSC can grant two different categories of license, including a full fiduciary license, which can only be granted to a company or a partnership, and a personal fiduciary license. The full fiduciary license covers any director, manager, partner or employee acting in the course of their employment.
The Protection of Investors (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1987
Under the Protection of Investors (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1987, as amended (the "POI Law"), a person shall not (subject to certain exemptions) carry on, or hold himself out as carrying on, any controlled investment business in or from within the Bailiwick, except under and in accordance with the terms of a license. For the purposes of the POI Law, a controlled investment includes collective investment schemes and general securities and derivatives. All Guernsey domiciled funds have to be authorized by or registered with the GFSC and be administered by a Guernsey licensed administrator. In addition, open-ended funds must also have a Guernsey-licensed custodian.
The Financial Services Commission (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1987
The Financial Services Commission (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1987 provides that the general functions of the GFSC are to supervise the finance business in the Bailiwick, to counter financial crime and the financing of terrorism and to maintain confidence in the Bailiwick's reputation as an international finance center.
The Criminal Justice (Proceeds of Crime) (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1999
The Criminal Justice (Proceeds of Crime) (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1999 established certain offenses in connection with the proceeds of criminal conduct including the concealing of transferring the proceeds of crime, assisting another person to retain the proceeds of criminal conduct, acquisition, possession or use of proceeds of criminal conduct and tipping-off.
The Terrorism and Crime (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Regulations, 2007
The Terrorism and Crime (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Regulations, 2007 provides for a positive obligation on businesses to report internally any suspicions of money laundering. A money laundering reporting officer must be appointed to fulfill this function and to make disclosure to the relevant division of Guernsey's police unit.
33


Deposit Compensation Scheme, 2008
Pursuant to the Banking Deposit Compensation Scheme (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Ordinance, 2008, a Guernsey DCS is in effect in Guernsey. The Guernsey DCS provides compensation of up to £50,000 per qualifying deposit in the event of the failure of a Guernsey-licensed bank. The maximum total amount of compensation is capped at £100 million in any 5 year period. If claims exceed this cap, compensation will be reduced pro rata. The cap also means that compensation in respect of any one bank cannot exceed £100 million. The Guernsey DCS is paid for by Guernsey banks through an annual administration levy and, in the event of a bank failure, a compensation levy.
Data Protection (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 2017
The Data Protection (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 2017 ("DPL 2017") came into force on May 25, 2018 to coincide with the enforcement of the EU's General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679. The DPL 2017 updated Guernsey's data protection framework to ensure that Guernsey retained its data protection "adequacy" status with the European Commission.
The DPL 2017 applies to the processing of personal data and provides rights to data subjects (i.e., individuals) and places obligations on data controllers and processors of personal data including, among other matters, in relation to subject access requests, transfers of personal data and notification of data breaches.
The Office of the Data Protection Authority is the independent regulatory authority responsible for the regulatory functions under the DPL 2017, including the ability to levy fines.
Jersey
Butterfield Bank (Jersey) Limited is regulated by the Jersey Financial Services Commission (“JFSC”) to carry on deposit-taking business under The Banking Business (Jersey) Law 1991 (as amended); investment business pursuant to the Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998 (as amended); fund services business pursuant to the Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998 (as amended); and money service business pursuant to the Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998 (as amended).
The JFSC uses four key areas in supervising banks which are the development of regulatory requirements including laws and codes of practice; on-site examinations and meetings; off-site supervision including the analysis of financial information; and international dialogue and liaison with other regulators involved in the supervision of the broader group.
The JFSC has wide powers of enforcement to address shortcomings and breaches by financial services businesses. These range from private warnings and reprimands to revocation and suspension of applicable licenses and consents, fines and referral for criminal prosecution, among others.
Financial Services Commission (Jersey) Law 1998
The Financial Services Commission (Jersey) Law 1998 provides that the JFSC is, among other things, responsible for the supervision and development of financial services in or from within Jersey, preparing and submitting recommendations for legislation regarding financial services, supervising regulated entities, and administering laws such as the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Law 1947 and the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. It also has particular regard to the reduction of risk to the public of financial loss, to protecting and enhancing the reputation and integrity of Jersey, and to the best economic interests of Jersey and the need to counter financial crime.
Banking Business (Jersey) Law 1991
The Banking Business (Jersey) Law 1991 (the "BBL") provides that no person shall carry on or hold themselves out as carrying on a deposit taking business in or from within Jersey unless they are registered under the BBL. Butterfield Bank (Jersey) Limited holds a license under the BBL. In order to be granted a license, the JFSC will consider the integrity, competence and financial standing of a company's business and that it would be in the best interests of persons who may deposit money that the company should be registered. The business must also have a physical presence in Jersey involving meaningful decision making and management, and be subject to supervision by a relevant supervisory authority. Businesses must adhere to secondary legislation and codes issued from time to time. This law also contains provisions regarding notification of principal persons, key persons and shareholders, and sets out further powers of the JFSC.
Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998
This law regulates investment, trust company, general insurance mediation, money service, fund services and alternative investment fund services business. It includes requirements to register if carrying on regulated business, provisions for the supervision of financial services (including requirements to notify of changes to principal persons, key persons and shareholders), and gives the JFSC powers to issue directions and public statements, request information, and issue further orders and regulations. It also sets out the offenses of market manipulation, misleading information and insider dealing.
Collective Investment Funds (Jersey) Law 1988
Under the Collective Investment Funds (Jersey) Law, a person shall not (subject to certain exemptions) hold himself out as being a functionary of a recognized fund in or from within Jersey, except under a permit. For the purposes of this law, a recognized fund is a type of collective investment fund subject to additional regulations. Any person carrying on the business of an unclassified fund must also hold a certificate. This law also contains provisions regarding notification of principal persons, key persons and shareholders, and sets out further powers of the JFSC.
Proceeds of Crime (Jersey) Law 1999 and Terrorism (Jersey) Law 2002
The Proceeds of Crime (Jersey) Law 1999 established certain offenses in connection with the proceeds of criminal conduct including acquiring, using or having possession or control of criminal property, concealing, disguising, converting, transferring or removing such criminal property from Jersey, and tipping off and interference with material.
The Terrorism (Jersey) Law 2002 contains similar offenses regarding using, possessing, providing, collecting or receiving property for the purposes of terrorism, and otherwise dealing with terrorist property.
34


Both the Proceeds of Crime (Jersey) Law 1999 and the Terrorism (Jersey) Law 2002 provide for a positive obligation on businesses to report any suspicions of money laundering or terrorist financing.
Depositors Compensation Scheme, 2009
Pursuant to the Banking Business (Depositors Compensation) (Jersey) Regulations 2009, the Jersey Bank Depositors Compensation Scheme ("Jersey DCS") is in effect in Jersey. The law covers all "eligible deposits" and, in the event of the failure of a Jersey bank, provides protection of up to £50,000 for deposits placed in Jersey per person, per banking group, for local and international depositors. The maximum liability of the Jersey DCS is capped at £100 million in any 5 year period.
Data Protection (Jersey) Law, 2018 / Data Protection Authority (Jersey) Law, 2018
The Data Protection (Jersey) Law 2018 ("DPJL"), and its companion statute the Data Protection Authority (Jersey) Law 2018 ("DPAJL"), came into force on May 25, 2018 to coincide with implementation of the EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 ("GDPR"). The DPJL updated Jersey's data protection framework expressly to mirror the GDPR and ensure that Jersey retained its data protection "adequacy" status with the European Commission.
In outline, the DPJL governs the processing of personal data in Jersey or in relation to Jersey residents; it provides rights to data subjects (i.e. individuals) and places obligations on data controllers and processors of personal data including, among other matters, in relation to subject access requests, transfers of personal data and notification of data breaches. The DPAJL requires any organization which is "established" in Jersey to be registered with the Jersey Office of the Information Commissioner ("JOIC") and to pay an annual charge.
The JOIC is the independent authority responsible for the regulatory and enforcement functions of the DPJL and DPAJL, including the ability to levy fines.
United Kingdom
Regulatory Regime
Butterfield Mortgages Limited provides UK residential property lending services.
The primary legislation governing the provision of Butterfield UK's services is the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA") and its secondary regulations. FSMA requires that in order to carry on mortgage and investment services in the UK, a firm must be authorized (or exempt) and have the necessary permissions. Butterfield Mortgages Limited is authorized and has permissions to enter into, advise on and administer regulated mortgage contracts.
Because its permissions are limited to mortgage activities, Butterfield Mortgages Limited is regulated by the FCA. The FCA has responsibility for both prudential and conduct of business regulation of Butterfield Mortgages Limited.
Butterfield Mortgages Limited must comply with the FCA handbook which contains detailed rules and guidance in respect of governance and conduct matters. The FCA's Principles for Business require, among other things, that Butterfield Mortgages Limited conducts its business with integrity and due skill, care and diligence and deal with its regulators in an open and cooperative way. In addition, certain persons occupying senior management functions and certifications at Butterfield Mortgages Limited are subject to statements of principle and a code of practice that describes behaviors expected of persons operating in the regulated sector. Butterfield Mortgages Limited is subject to and has implemented the FCA's Senior Management and Certification Regime, the purpose of which is to increase individual accountability of senior management under the UK regulatory system.
Control
FSMA requires any person seeking to obtain (and in certain circumstances increase) control over Butterfield UK to first get approval from the FCA. A person will become a controller if it holds (itself or with another where they are acting together) (i) 20% or more in the shares of Butterfield UK or in any parent undertaking; or (ii) 20% or more of the voting power in Butterfield UK or any parent.
The Companies Act 2006 requires that UK incorporated companies maintain a register of persons who have significant control over them. A person will be considered to have significant control if it holds (itself or with another where they are acting together) 25% or more of the company's shares or voting rights or has the ability to appoint a majority of the board of directors.
Capital
Butterfield UK is subject to capital rules under the FCA's Prudential sourcebook for Mortgage and Home Finance Firms and Insurance Intermediaries handbook ("MIPRU"). The MIPRU capital rules stipulate the minimum level and quality of capital that must be maintained to support the activities carried on.
AML and Financial Crime
Butterfield UK is subject to a range of legislation at a UK level requiring it to take steps to detect and prevent potential money laundering, financial crime or terrorist financing. The FCA and HM Treasury have investigatory powers in relation to suspected breaches.
The principal UK anti-money laundering legislation applicable to the regulated activities of Butterfield UK is The Money Laundering, Terrorist Financing and Transfer of Funds (Information on the Payer) Regulations 2017 (as amended) ("MLRs 2017") from June 26, 2017. The MLRs 2017 prescribed obligations in relation to know your customer (KYC) information and assessment as well as ongoing monitoring obligations.
Further, Butterfield UK must comply with its obligations under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002, the Terrorism Act 2000, the Anti-terrorism, Crime and Security Act 2001, the Counter-Terrorism Act 2008 (Schedule 7), certain specific obligations under the Transfer of Funds (Information on the Payer) Regulations 2007 and certain specific obligations in FSMA (in particular with respect to market abuse and insider dealing) and the FCA Handbook. Together, this legislation requires regulated firms to create appropriate and risk-sensitive policies and procedures in relation to customer due diligence procedures and monitoring of transactions, to avoid financing terrorism or money laundering or facilitating either of these, to avoid dealing with certain persons specified by HM Treasury, and to disclose suspicious activity to the relevant regulatory authorities. In addition, the UK and all entities of the Bank must adhere to the Bribery Act 2010 which has broad extra-territorial reach.
Butterfield UK must also comply with legislation of third countries to the extent that such legislation has extra-territorial effect and is applicable to it. Examples of this are the US PATRIOT Act of 2001 and The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ("FATCA") of 2010.
35


Data Protection Act, 2018
The Data Protection Act 2018 (“DPA”) implements the EU General Data Protection Regulation (2016/679). Butterfield UK is required to have in place compliant policies and procedures to meet the DPA obligations to deal with data appropriately. The DPA applies to any business or person using or holding personal data on individuals within the EU and UK. Breaches of the legislation are criminal offenses and can result in severe penalties. The Information Commissioner’s Office has regulatory and disciplinary powers and breach of the DPA can give rise to financial penalties based on a percentage of annual turnover.
Following the UK leaving the EU on January 31, 2020, the GDPR is incorporated into the UK’s domestic law under The European Union (Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020 that makes legal provision for ratifying the Brexit Withdrawal Agreement of January 24, 2020 and implementing it into the domestic law of the United Kingdom.
Switzerland
Financial Institutions Act
The Swiss Federal Financial Institutions Act ("FinIA") and the implementing ordinance to the Swiss Federal Financial Institutions Act ("FinIO") entered into force on January 1, 2020. FinIA and FinIO set forth the basic provisions relating to the licensing in Switzerland of financial institutions, which includes trustees and (collective) asset managers but excludes banks and insurance companies as they are already subject to specific legislation. Pursuant to FinIA, Swiss trustees acting on a professional basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland, must obtain a license from the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority ("FINMA") to carry on their trustee activities. A Swiss branch or a Swiss representative office of a foreign trustee must also obtain a license from FINMA.
FINMA is responsible for granting the license and for taking any enforcement actions. In order to obtain a license from FINMA, a trustee will first need to affiliate to a Supervisory Organisation, which is licensed and supervised by FINMA. The Supervisory Organisation will conduct the day-to-day supervision and perform regular audits of the affiliated trustees. In order to obtain a license, the applicant must further, inter alia, comply with minimum capital requirements, have an appropriate level of own funds, an appropriate organization, qualified executives and generally meet a "fit and proper" requirement.
In accordance with an obligation for existing trustees under FinIA, Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Ltd notified FINMA before June 30, 2020 of its intention to apply for a license. Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Ltd has until December 31, 2022 to affiliate to a Supervisory Organisation, comply with the licensing requirements as set forth under FinIA and apply for a license to FINMA. During such period, it may continue to provide trustee services, provided it remains affiliated to a Self-Regulatory Organization or a Supervisory Organization for anti-money laundering compliance purposes.
Swiss Anti-Money Laundering Act
The Swiss Federal Act on Combating Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing of 10 October 1997 ("AMLA") and the related implementing ordinances apply to financial intermediaries, which include trustees. It governs the combating of money laundering and terrorist financing. It ensures the exercise of due diligence by the financial institutions in the conduct of financial transactions. Pursuant to AMLA, financial institutions must affiliate to a recognized Self-Regulatory Organisation or a recognized Supervisory Organisation (see above under Financial Institutions Act) which shall supervise compliance by financial intermediaries of their duties set out in AMLA. Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Ltd must comply with its obligations under AMLA and is currently affiliated to Organisme de Surveillance pour Intermédiaires Financiers & Trustees ("SO-FIT"), a Supervisory Organisation licensed and supervised by FINMA.
Swiss Data Protection Act
The Swiss Federal Act on Data Protection of June 19, 1992 ("DPA") and the Ordinance to the Federal Data Protection of June 14, 1993 ("DPO") aim to protect the privacy and the fundamental rights of persons when their data is processed. The DPA and DPO provide for several requirements and limits with respect to data processing in Switzerland as well as the transfer of data outside Switzerland. The data protection legislation applies to any private entity processing data related to individuals or corporate entities. Data processing is defined as any operation with personal data, irrespective of the means applied and the procedure, and in particular the collection, storage, use, revision, disclosure, archiving or destruction of data. The DPA and DPO impose a series of duties on the so-called controller of the database, i.e. the entity that defines the purpose and controls the content of the collected data. The activities of Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Ltd imply data processing on various data subjects. As a result, it is to comply with the provisions of the DPA when processing data.
The general principles of the Swiss data protection legislation include the obligations to lawfully, accurately and not excessively process data. Further, data processing must be protected by appropriate technical and organizational measures against accidental destruction, loss, theft and any other unauthorized use. The persons or entities whose data are being processed must be granted a right of access to their data if they request so and must have the opportunity to request the correction of the data that is inaccurate.
On September 25, 2020, the Swiss Parliament adopted the revision of the DPA. The Federal Council will decide on the entry into force at a later stage, but this is not expected to occur before the second half of 2022. The revised DPA provides for strengthened individuals' rights, increased transparency in data processing activities and extended governance and process rules for data controllers. The revised DPA also provides for increased fines for violation of duties under the revised DPA. The revisions further bring the DPA more in line with the EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU 2016/679), so that Switzerland may uphold its status as a country adequately protecting personal data from an EU perspective.
Singapore
Butterfield Trust (Asia) Limited holds a trust business license issued by the Monetary Authority of Singapore (“MAS”) pursuant to the Trust Companies Act (Chapter 336 of Singapore) ("TCA").

As the integrated financial services regulatory authority in Singapore, the MAS administers (among other financial services related statutes) the TCA and regulates and supervises (among other types of financial institutions) trust business license holders (such as Butterfield Trust (Asia) Limited) in accordance with the TCA and all related subsidiary legislation, notices, guidelines and other regulatory instruments issued by the MAS ("MAS Instruments"). These MAS Instruments cover a wide range of ongoing obligations relating to, inter alia, capital adequacy, audit, conduct of business, confidentiality, anti-money laundering and countering of terrorist financing and also impose approval and/or notification requirements in respect of controllers, directors and key officers.
Under the TCA, the MAS is empowered to conduct inspections and/or investigations of Butterfield Trust (Asia) Limited to ensure that it is in compliance with requirements contained in the MAS Instruments. Where there is a breach, the MAS may pursue a wide range of enforcement sanctions, including private warnings, private or
36


public reprimands, composition offers (i.e., allowing the offense to be compounded by payment of a fine), prohibition orders, suspension or revocation of licenses, civil penalties and criminal prosecution.
United States
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)
Under FATCA, US federal tax legislation passed in 2010, a 30% withholding tax will be imposed on "withholdable payments" made to non-US financial institutions (including non-US investment funds and certain other non-US financial entities) that fail (or, in some cases, that have 50% affiliates which are also non-US financial institutions that fail) to provide certain information regarding their US accountholders and/or certain US investors (such US accountholders and US investors, "US accountholders") to the IRS. For non-US financial institutions that fail to comply, this withholding will generally apply without regard to whether the beneficial owner of a withholdable payment is a US person or would otherwise be entitled to an exemption from US federal withholding tax. "Withholdable payments" generally include, among other items, payments of US-source interest and dividends. Furthermore, FATCA may also impose withholding on non-US source payments by non-US financial institutions that comply with FATCA to non-US financial institutions that fail to comply with FATCA. However, under proposed Treasury regulations, such withholding will not apply to payments made before the date that is two years after the date on which final regulations defining the term "foreign pass thru payment" are published. In general, non-publicly traded debt and equity interests in investment vehicles will be treated as "accounts" and be subject to these reporting requirements. In addition, certain insurance policies and annuities are considered accounts for these purposes.
Some countries, including the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Jersey, the UK, Singapore, Switzerland and The Bahamas, have entered into, and other countries are expected to enter into, intergovernmental agreements ("IGAs") with the United States to facilitate the type of information reporting required under FATCA. While the existence of IGAs will not eliminate the risk of the withholding described above, these agreements are expected to reduce that risk for financial institutions and investors in countries that have entered into IGAs. IGAs will often require financial institutions in those countries to report some information on their US accountholders to the taxing authorities of those countries, which will then pass the information to the IRS.
The Group closely monitors all present and new legislation that is or will be applicable for its organization, and is continuing to monitor all implications of FATCA and legislation of countries that have entered into IGAs. While monitoring these implications, the Group is and will be in close contact with all of its stakeholders, including its peers and financial industry representative organizations.
The Group has taken all the steps it believes are necessary to comply with current FATCA regulations, including analysis of its group entities and conclusions as to their FATCA classifications, entering into agreements with the US tax authorities (as necessary), identification of reportable accounts, and timely and accurate filing of all required annual FATCA filings, all in accordance with the appropriate IGA. Certain payments to the Group may be subject to withholding under FATCA if, in the future, the Group cannot enter into such agreements or satisfy the requirements thereunder (including as a result of local laws in non-IGA countries prohibiting information-sharing with the IRS, as a result of contracts or local laws prohibiting withholding on certain payments to account holders, policyholders, annuitants or other investors, or as a result of the failure of account holders, policyholders, annuitants or other investors to provide requested information). The possibility of such withholding and the need for US account holders, policyholders, annuitants and investors to provide certain information may adversely affect the sales of certain of the Group's products. In addition, entering into agreements with the IRS and compliance with the terms of such agreements and with FATCA and any regulations or other guidance promulgated thereunder or any legislation promulgated under an IGA may substantially increase the Group's compliance costs.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
The US Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC"), administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries and regimes, under authority of various laws, including designated foreign countries, nationals and others. OFAC publishes lists of specially designated targets and countries. OFAC sanctions apply to all transactions that take place in the United States. Transactions that take place outside the United States may become subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and subject to compliance with OFAC sanctions if they involve US persons or payment in US dollars. Such payments typically are cleared through the US Dollar settlement system located in the United States and involve the intermediation of US financial institutions. Although we currently do not have any operations in the United States, our operations may involve transactions with US persons or in US Dollars and as a result, in order to comply with OFAC sanctions, we are responsible for, among other things, blocking any such transactions with designated targets and countries and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required.
Anti-Money Laundering and the USA PATRIOT Act
A major focus of worldwide governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. In particular, United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations including the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, applicable to non-US banks with operations in the United States, including banks that engage in transactions outside the United States with US persons or in US Dollars, such as the Bank, impose significant compliance and due diligence obligations. Under these laws and regulations, financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must use enhanced due diligence procedures in their dealings with certain types of high-risk customers and implement a written customer identification program. Financial institutions must also take certain steps to assist government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and report certain types of suspicious transactions. Regulatory authorities routinely examine financial institutions for compliance with these obligations, and failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Institutions that violate these obligations can be subject to cease and desist orders, civil money penalties and criminal sanctions.
Future Legislation and Regulation
The above jurisdictions and the other jurisdictions in which we operate may enact legislation from time to time that affects the regulation of the financial services industry or that affect the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in those jurisdictions. These governments and their regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. The substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although enactment of the proposed legislation could impact the regulatory structure under which we operate and may significantly increase our costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital and modify our business strategy, and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects may be adversely affected, perhaps materially, as a result.

37


Additional Information
The Butterfield Act and our current amended and restated bye-laws have been filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F. The information contained in these exhibits is incorporated by reference herein.

Information regarding the rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each class of our common and preferred shares, as well as other information regarding director and shareholder rights and proceedings, is described in the section entitled "Description of Share Capital" in our registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on February 12, 2017 with the file number 333-216018 and incorporated by reference herein.

C.Organizational Structure
Refer to Item 4.B. "Business Overview".

D.Property, Plants and Equipment
Our corporate headquarters is located at 65 Front Street, Hamilton HM 12, Bermuda. In addition to our corporate headquarters we also maintain offices in the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Jersey, the UK, The Bahamas, Switzerland, Singapore, Mauritius and Canada. Additionally, we operate three branch locations in Bermuda and four branch locations in the Cayman Islands. Premises are owned in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, with the remainder being held under commercial leases.





























38


E.Selected Statistical Data
The following tables present select statistical information as required by the new subpart 1400 of Regulation S-K (previously Industry Guide 3).
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential
Average Balance Sheet and Interest Rates
The following table sets forth dividends per share paid per common share duringpresents average consolidated balance sheets and net interest income for the years indicated:
For the year ended December 31
202120202019
(in millions of $)Average
balance
Interest
income
(expense)
Average
yield/
rate
Average
balance
Interest
income
(expense)
Average
yield/
rate
Average
balance
Interest
income
(expense)
Average
yield/
rate
Assets      
Cash due from banks — Interest bearing2,615.4 0.5 0.02 %2,481.6 7.2 0.29 %2,818.4 35.9 1.27 %
Securities purchased under agreement to resell148.1 0.9 0.60 %132.7 1.4 1.04 %39.6 1.2 3.04 %
Short-term investments1,208.7 0.1 0.01 %916.4 3.6 0.39 %375.2 4.5 1.20 %
Available-for-sale3,105.4 48.4 1.56 %2,346.3 50.6 2.15 %2,247.3 60.7 2.70 %
Held-to-maturity2,587.8 53.5 2.07 %2,166.2 58.6 2.70 %2,226.3 68.7 3.09 %
Investment in securities(1)
5,693.2 101.9 1.79 %4,512.5 109.2 2.41 %4,473.6 129.4 2.89 %
Commercial loans1,585.8 72.1 4.55 %1,693.1 83.9 4.94 %1,412.0 80.9 5.73 %
Consumer loans3,614.0 149.5 4.14 %3,368.6 146.8 4.34 %2,957.5 153.1 5.18 %
 Total loans, net of allowance for credit losses(2)
5,199.9 221.5 4.26 %5,061.7 230.7 4.54 %4,369.5 234.0 5.36 %
Interest-earning assets14,865.3 324.9 2.19 %13,104.9 352.0 2.68 %12,076.4 405.1 3.35 %
Other assets367.4 395.4 372.7 
Total assets15,232.7 13,500.3 12,449.1 
Liabilities
Deposits10,845.3 (15.5)(0.14)%9,710.8 (25.1)(0.26)%8,851.5 (51.5)(0.58)%
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase— — — %— — — %0.7 — (2.12)%
Long-term debt171.7 (9.6)(5.59)%173.4 (9.3)(5.35)%143.4 (7.9)(5.49)%
Interest bearing liabilities11,016.9 (25.1)(0.23)%9,884.2 (34.4)(0.35)%8,995.5 (59.4)(0.66)%
Non-interest bearing current accounts2,895.0 2,363.9 2,147.2 
Other liabilities295.1 280.6 310.4 
Total liabilities14,207.0 12,528.6 11,453.1 
Shareholders' equity1,025.7 971.7 995.9 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity15,232.7 13,500.3 12,449.1 
Non-interest bearing funds net of non-interest-earning assets (free balance)3,848.4 3,220.7 3,080.8 
Net interest margin299.8 2.02 %317.6 2.42 %345.7 2.86 %
Net interest spread1.95 %2.33 %2.73 %
Ratio of average interest earning asset/ interest bearing liabilities134.9 %132.6 %134.2 %

(1)Yields are based on average historical costs and yields on securities held in income tax exempt jurisdictions are not computed on a tax-equivalent yield basis.

(2)Interest income and rates on loans include loan fees (December 31, 2021: $6.7 million; December 31, 2020: $6.3 million and December 31, 2019: $4.6 million). Additionally, average non-accrual loans were included in the average loan balances used to determine the average yield on loans in all of the periods indicated.

presented. Interest income on non-accrual loans is recognized only to the extent it is received in cash. See "Note 2: Significant accounting policies" of our audited consolidated financial statements for further information.
39


  Year ended December 31,
  2019 2018 2017
(in $, unless otherwise indicated)      
Period      
First Quarter 0.44
 0.38
 0.32
Second Quarter 0.44
 0.38
 0.32
Third Quarter 0.44
 0.38
 0.32
Fourth Quarter 0.44
 0.38
 0.32
Total dividends per common share 1.76
 1.52
 1.28
Total dividends per common share as a percentage of earnings per share (in %) 52.9% 42.8% 46.4%
Analysis of Changes in Volume and Rate on Interest Income and Interest Expense

On February 12, 2020,The following table presents the Boardamount of Directors declared an interim dividend of $0.44 per common share to be paid on March 11,changes in interest income and interest expense from December 31, 2020 to shareholdersDecember 31, 2021 and from December 31, 2019 to December 31, 2020, due to changes in both average volume and average rate. Changes not solely due to volume or rate have been allocated to volume.
2021 compared to 20202020 compared to 2019
(in millions of $)Increase/
(Decrease)
due to
Changes in
Net
Increase/
(Decrease)
Increase/
(Decrease)
due to
Changes in
Net
Increase/
(Decrease)
VolumeRate VolumeRate 
Interest income related to:      
Cash due from banks — Interest bearing0.04 (6.74)(6.70)(0.90)(27.80)(28.70)
Securities purchased under agreement to resell0.09 (0.59)(0.50)0.99 (0.79)0.20 
Short-term investments(0.01)(3.49)(3.50)2.15 (3.05)(0.90)
Available-for-sale11.74 (13.94)(2.20)2.23 (12.33)(10.10)
Held-to-maturity8.61 (13.71)(5.10)(1.43)(8.67)(10.10)
Total investment in securities(1)
20.35 (27.65)(7.30)0.80 (21.00)(20.20)
Commercial loans(5.07)(6.73)(11.80)14.14 (11.14)3.00 
Consumer loans9.76 (7.06)2.70 18.12 (24.62)(6.50)
Total loans, net of allowance for credit losses(2)
4.69 (13.79)(9.10)32.26 (35.76)(3.50)
Total interest-earning assets25.16 (52.26)(27.10)35.30 (88.40)(53.10)
Interest expenses related to:
Deposits(1.61)11.21 9.60 (2.26)28.66 26.40 
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase— — — (0.01)0.01 — 
Long-term debt0.13 (0.43)(0.30)(1.61)0.21 (1.40)
Total interest bearing liabilities(1.48)10.78 9.30 (3.88)28.88 25.00 
Change in net interest income23.68 (41.48)(17.80)31.42 (59.52)(28.10)

(1)Yields are based on average historical costs and yields on securities held in income tax exempt jurisdictions are not computed on a tax-equivalent yield basis.
(2)Interest income and rates on loans include loan fees (December 31, 2021: $6.7 million; December 31, 2020: $6.3 million and December 31, 2019: $4.6 million). Additionally, average non-accrual loans were included in the average loan balances used to determine the average yield on loans in all of recordthe periods presented.
Investment Portfolio
The following table presents an analysis of the weighted average yields for interest bearing debt securities that are not held at fair value through earnings as at December 31, 2021:
Remaining term to maturity
Within
1 year
1 to 5
years
After 5 through 10
years
After 10
years
No specific or single
maturity
Total
Available-for-sale
US government and federal agencies— %0.66 %1.26 %— %2.15 %1.79 %
Non-US governments debt securities— %0.87 %— %— %— %0.87 %
Asset-backed securities - Student loans— %— %— %— %1.69 %1.69 %
Residential mortgage-backed securities— %— %— %— %3.22 %3.22 %
Weighted average yield(1)
 %0.73 %1.26 % %2.16 %1.72 %
Held-to-maturity  
US government and federal agencies— %— %— %— %2.43 %2.43 %
Weighted average yield(1)
 % % % %2.43 %2.43 %
Total Weighted average yield(1)
 %0.73 %1.26 % %2.30 %2.03 %
___________
(1)Yields are based on February 26, 2020.average historical costs and yields on securities held in income tax exempt jurisdictions are not computed on a tax-equivalent yield basis.




32
40



Loan Portfolio
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSIONMaturity Profile of the Loan Portfolio
The following table presents certain items in our loan portfolio by contractual maturity as at December 31, 2021:
Remaining term to average contractual maturity
(in millions of $)Within
1 year
1 to 5
years
After 5
years through 15 years
After 15 years
No specific maturity(1)
Total
Commercial loans
Government23.8 84.7 151.0 — — 259.5 
Commercial and industrial75.0 158.4 151.9 — — 385.3 
Commercial overdrafts105.4 — — — — 105.4 
Total Commercial loans204.2 243.1 302.9   750.2 
Commercial real estate loans
Commercial mortgage111.9 53.1 514.7 3.9 — 683.6 
Construction8.1 1.5 — — — 9.6 
Total Commercial real estate loans120.0 54.6 514.7 3.9  693.2 
Consumer loans
Automobile financing1.1 19.8 0.7 — — 21.6 
Credit card72.9 — — — — 72.9 
Overdrafts42.3 — — — — 42.3 
Other consumer26.1 29.7 20.8 1.9 — 78.5 
Total Consumer loans142.4 49.5 21.5 1.9  215.3 
Total Residential mortgages622.3 1,230.3 639.0 1,133.4  3,625.0 
Non-interest bearing items without a contractual maturity(1)
    (15.0)(15.0)
Total1,088.9 1,577.5 1,478.1 1,139.2 (15.0)5,268.7 

The following table presents our loan portfolio by maturity and type of interest as at December 31, 2021:
Remaining term to average contractual maturity
(in millions of $)Within
1 year
1 to 5
years
After 5
years through 15 years
After 15 years
No specific maturity(1)
Total
Loans with fixed interest rates:
Commercial loans9.0 78.3 158.7 — — 246.0 
Commercial real estate loans— 5.0 149.2 — — 154.2 
Consumer loans1.7 0.9 0.4 — — 3.0 
Residential mortgages64.8 169.5 120.6 211.7 — 566.6 
Total Loans with fixed interest rates75.5 253.7 428.9 211.7  969.8 
Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates:
Commercial loans195.2 164.8 144.2 — — 504.2 
Commercial real estate loans120.0 49.6 365.5 3.9 — 539.0 
Consumer loans140.7 48.6 21.1 1.9 — 212.3 
Residential mortgages557.5 1,060.8 518.4 921.7 — 3,058.4 
Total loans with floating or adjustable interest rates1,013.4 1,323.8 1,049.2 927.5  4,313.9 
Non-interest bearing items without a contractual maturity(1)
    (15.0)(15.0)
Total loans1,088.9 1,577.5 1,478.1 1,139.2 (15.0)5,268.7 
(1)Included here are items without a contractual maturity such as deferred loans fees and fair value adjustments.
41


Credit Ratios
The following table presents our credit ratios for the years indicated:
For the year ended December 31
(in millions of $)202120202019
Allowance for credit losses to total loans outstanding:
Allowance for credit losses28.134.123.6
Total loans outstanding5,268.75,194.95,166.2
0.5 %0.7 %0.5 %
Non-accrual loans to total loans outstanding:
Non-accrual loans61.072.550.4
Total loans outstanding5,268.75,194.95,166.2
1.2 %1.4 %1.0 %
Allowance for credit losses to non-accrual loans:
Allowance for credit losses28.134.123.6
Non-accrual loans61.072.550.4
46.0 %47.0 %47.0 %
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period to average loans outstanding:
Commercial loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period0.03.60.4
Average amount outstanding758.1852.9699.4
0.01 %0.42 %0.05 %
Commercial real estate loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period0.00.00.0
Average amount outstanding747.0750.3631.1
 % % %
Consumer loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period-0.10.61.0
Average amount outstanding211.1228.2213.7
(0.05)%0.28 %0.47 %
Residential Mortgages
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period2.51.70.0
Average amount outstanding3,516.93,260.12,930.5
0.07 %0.05 % %
Total loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period2.55.91.4
Average amount outstanding5,199.95,061.74,369.5
0.05 %0.12 %0.03 %
Allowance for credit losses to loans outstanding decreased from 0.7% to 0.5% in 2021 from 2020 due to both the improvement in macroeconomic forecasts impacting future expected credit loss estimates and the reduction in non-performing loans.
Non-accrual loans to total loan outstanding ratio decreased from 1.4% to 1.2% in 2021 from 2020 mainly due to the payoff of residential mortgages and a commercial mortgage in Bermuda which was partially offset by a residential mortgage in the Channel Islands moving into non-accrual.
Net charge-off (recoveries) ratio decreased from 0.12% to 0.05% in 2021 from 2020 mainly due to the 2020 sale of a loan which had previously been provisioned for.





42


Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses
December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)AmountPercent of loans in each category to total loans
Balance at End of Period Applicable to:
Commercial11.1 14 %
Commercial real estate1.213 %
Consumer3.0%
Residential Mortgage12.869 %
28.1 100 %
See "Note 6: Loans" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for the breakdown of allowance for credit losses by each loan category.
Deposits
The following table presents our deposits by category for the years indicated:
For the year ended December 31
202120202019
(in millions of $)
Average
balance
Average
rate
Average
balance
Average
rate
Average
balance
Average
rate
Interest bearing deposits
Bermuda
Demand2,151.8 (0.02)%1,879.8 (0.03)%1,946.3 0.07 %
Term654.5 0.52 %961.3 0.90 %1,009.3 1.51 %
Total Bermuda2,806.3 2,841.1 2,955.6 
Non-Bermuda
Demand5,853.8 (0.04)%5,190.0 0.02 %4,280.1 0.27 %
Term2,185.2 0.68 %1,679.7 0.96 %1,615.8 1.44 %
Non-Bermuda8,039.0 6,869.7 5,895.9 
Total interest bearing deposits10,845.3 9,710.8 8,851.5 
Non-interest bearing demand deposits
Bermuda1,810.0 1,511.5 1,417.1 
Non-Bermuda1,085.0 852.4 730.1 
Total non-interest bearing deposits2,895.0 2,363.9 2,147.2 

The following table presents the amount of uninsured deposits by reportable segment:
As at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020
Bermuda (1)
4,274.5 4,571.1 
Cayman (2)
4,612.04,108.7
Channel Islands and the UK (3)(4)
4,702.84,284.8
13,589.3 12,964.6 
___________________________
(1)The Bermuda Deposit Insurance Scheme covers only BMD deposits up to a maximum of $25,000 per group of depositor relationships. Eligibility is limited to individuals; sole proprietors; partnerships; unincorporated associations; charities; and companies registered in the Register of Small Businesses maintained by the Bermuda Economic Development Corporation.
(2)Cayman currently has no deposit insurance scheme in place.
(3)The Guernsey DCS covers deposits up to a maximum of £50,000 per qualifying claimant which is defined as a natural person; the trustee of a Guernsey Retirement Annuity Trust; the executor or administrator of a deceased person's estate; or a Guernsey-registered charity. The total amount of compensation is capped at £100 million in any 5-year period. Claims exceeding this cap will be reduced pro rata.
(4)The Jersey DCS covers deposits up to a maximum of £50,000 per qualifying depositor per Jersey banking group. Qualifying depositors are defined as private individuals and charities. The total amount of compensation is capped at £100 million in any 5-year period.
43


The following table presents the amount of uninsured time deposits by reportable segment and time to maturity as at December 31, 2021:
Remaining term to contractual maturity
(in millions of $)Within
3 months
3 to 6
months
6 to 12
months
Over 12
months
Total
Time deposits in excess of insured limit:
Bermuda25.0 10.9 21.6 36.5 94.0 
Channel Islands and the UK113.7 40.1 98.2 0.14 252.1 
Total time deposits in excess of insured limit138.7 51.0 119.8 36.6 346.1 
Time deposits in uninsured accounts:
Bermuda317.8 105.9 108.7 55.2 587.6 
Cayman367.3 77.3 77.7 2.6 524.9 
Channel Islands and the UK822.7 310.5 361.5 — 1,494.7 
Total time deposits in uninsured accounts1,507.8 493.7 547.9 57.8 2,607.2 
Total uninsured time deposits1,646.5 544.7 667.7 94.4 2,953.3 

ITEM 4A: UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
44


ITEM 5: OPERATING AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITIONREVIEW AND PROSPECTS
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
A.Operating Results
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
This section presents management's perspective on our financial condition and results of operations. The following discussion and analysis is intended to highlight and supplement data and information presented elsewhere in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying tables and our financial statements included in this report. The consolidated financial statements and notes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. Certain statements in this discussion and analysis may be deemed to include "forward-looking statements" and are based on management's current expectations and are subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts but instead represent only management's belief regarding future events, many of which by their nature are inherently uncertain and outside of management's control. Actual results may differ materially from those included in these statements due to a variety of factors, including worldwide and local economic conditions, success in business retention and obtaining new business and other factors. Factors that could cause these differences are discussed in the sections titled "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors." For management's considerations and determinations of each non-core item discussed, please see "Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Reconciliation"Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
Overview
We are a full service bank and wealth manager headquartered in Hamilton, Bermuda. We operate our business through our four reportable segments, three reportable geographic segments:geographical and one other: Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands and the UK and Other. We offer banking services, comprising of retail and corporate banking, and wealth management, which consists of trust, private banking, and asset management. In our Bermuda and Cayman Islands segments, we offer retail banking and wealth management. In our Channel Islands and the UK segment, we offer corporate banking, wealth management and specifically in the UK jurisdiction, we offer residential property lending. The Other segment includes our operations in the jurisdictions of The Bahamas, Canada, Mauritius, Singapore and Switzerland. In these jurisdictions we either provide wealth management or operate service centers. These jurisdictions individually and collectively do not meet the quantitative threshold for segmented reporting and are therefore aggregated as a non-reportable operating segment.
The following table details our Net Revenue in total and by segment, as well as our total assets, total loans, total deposits, total AUA (which includes trust and custody AUA) and AUM for the years ended December 31, 2019,2021, December 31, 20182020 and December 31, 2017.2019.
For the year ended December 31
202120202019
Net Revenue
% of Net Revenue from:
Bermuda segment45.2%47.6%49.8%
Cayman Islands segment29.1%29.1%30.9%
Channel Islands and the UK segment20.3%20.4%15.2%
Other segment5.4%2.9%4.1%
(in millions of $)
Summary Balance Sheet
 Total Assets15,335.214,738.6
 Total Loans5,240.75,160.8
 Total Deposits13,870.213,250.1
Assets under administration
 Custody and other administration services36,757.632,416.1
 Trust106,362.3104,060.4
Assets under management
 Butterfield Funds1,757.62,028.8
 Other assets under management3,740.23,528.6
 For the year ended December 31,
 2019 2018 2017
Net Revenue     
% of Net Revenue from:     
Bermuda segment49.8% 56.9% 58.4%
Cayman Islands segment30.9% 29.0% 28.9%
Channel Islands and the UK segment15.2% 11.2% 10.2%
Other segment4.1% 2.9% 2.5%
      
(in millions of $)     
Summary Balance Sheet     
 Total Assets13,921.6
 10,773.2
  
 Total Loans5,142.6
 4,043.9
  
 Total Deposits12,441.6
 9,452.2
  
Assets under administration     
 Custody and other administration services30,308.1
 24,514.1
  
 Trust91,688.7
 96,064.2
  
Assets under management     
 Butterfield Funds2,156.7
 2,058.4
  
 Other assets under management3,490.9
 2,786.4
  


Market Environment

Our business is affected by international, regional and local economic conditions as well as the perception of future economic prospects. The significant macro-economic factors that impact our business include the US and global economic landscapes, unemployment rates, the housing markets and interest rates. During 2019, global GDP growth rates declined amidst fears over increased US-China trade tariffs, and, to a lesser extent, Brexit generated uncertainty with respect to existing global supply chains.  Economic growth, inflation, andWith interest rates all declined over the course of 2019 although rates of unemployment remained low.  In the second half of 2019, the US federal reserve cut short term interest rates to create a more accommodative environment.  Interest rates remain historically low across the yield curve for most global markets.   Policy accommodation across multiple major central banks continues to buoy sentiment, as equities and credit products remain solid performers.
In Bermuda, we continued to face mixedmarkets, 2021 began with the expectation of a future rising rate environment underpinned by strengthening economic conditions during 2019, owing to a continued slowdown in private consumption. In real terms, GDP grew by an average of 3.5%fundamentals. As COVID-19 vaccinations picked up in the first half of 2019 driven primarilythe year, economic growth accelerated as financially healthy consumers resumed travel and leisure activities, and pent-up demand boosted retail sales across most economies. This trend continued throughout most of 2021, ultimately pushing prices for consumer goods, real estate and other financial assets to considerably higher levels. At the end of 2021, central banks around the globe are beginning to remove monetary accommodation to combat increasing inflationary pressures.

COVID-19 continued to impact all of our jurisdictions where, within these small island communities, the Bank plays an important role as an essential services provider, an employer, a source of working capital for companies in need and an active corporate citizen supporting our communities. The Bank continues to mandate social distancing, provide protective equipment to staff, implement split teams when required, and provide broad remote working conditions through its virtual desktop interface, and remains operational to the extent permitted.


45


Bermuda Segment

Bermuda rebounded economically in 2021 from the 7.3% decline in real GDP in 2020. The Government of Bermuda reported a 4.3% decrease in GDP in the first quarter of 2021 with 2021 full year forecasts predicting growth of 4.8%, although COVID-19 waves in the fall and winter may continue to impact annual growth. The economic growth was largely fueled by the constructionprofessional services sector, principally insurance and reinsurance, and service firms have adapted well to the hybrid working model of office and home. Employees of this sector also spent more money in the local economy helping to provide some support to retail stores and restaurants as well as hotels through staycations. Tourism improved with higher occupancy levels but still remains well below 2019 levels. Construction was supported by strong demand for home renovations, and real estate sales recovered to 2019 levels with increase of activity from cash buyers in the residential sector. Government finances continued to improve and recent government updates forecast that the budget deficit target for 2021 will be achieved. In addition, Moody's affirmed its stable outlook for Bermuda’s sovereign rating in the fourth quarter. It is clear that small and medium sized enterprises continue to struggle. A Chamber of Commerce survey of just over 700 businesses found that 57 had closed permanently and 192 were temporarily closed or on projects suchreduced hours. Unemployment remains elevated as 1,900 jobs have been lost since the new airport, new hotel development andonset of the island's utility power station. Duringpandemic with almost half coming from the second halfhospitality sector due to the closing of 2019,two large hotels. In addition, there has been a reduction in airlift capacity to the island which limits travel flexibility. Economic growth ratein the coming year is expected to slow down to 1-2%. Inremain above the tourism sector, air arrivals were down after being bolstered in the two years prior by thepre-COVID-19 modest trend as economic stimulus provided by Bermuda's hosting of the America's Cup international sailing event but, due to cruise passengers, total visitor numbers are up. The Bermuda economyactivity continues to face medium-term challenges from high unemployment, significant government debt and related debt service charges.recover. However, a full recovery to 2019 levels is not expected until 2023. See Item 3.D. "Risk Factors - Risks Relating to the Markets in Which We Operate - Adverse economic and market conditions in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands and the Channel Islands and the UK, have in the past resulted in and could in the future result in lower revenue, lower asset quality, increased provisions and lower earnings" and Item 3.D. “Risk Factors - Risks Relating to the Markets in Which We Operate - A decline in tourism in Bermuda or the Cayman Islands could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations”.

operations”. Overcoming these challenges, as well as continuing to attract foreign capital, is a key focus of the Bermuda Government. Sustainable growth for the Bermudian economy will be driven largely by successful management of these issues.
Following the 2008 financial crisis, the Bermuda economy experienced consecutive years of GDP declines. In addition, the impact of the crisis on employment, population levels and real estate values was negative for several years thereafter. Since 2015, GDP growth has been more robust. Real estate and rents have also recovered over this period. International business activity declined from 2009 to 2011, with modest annual growth from 2012 onwards. The real estate and international business components represent approximately 40% of Bermuda’s GDP and therefore provide insight into both the overall health of the Bermuda economy and the longer-term recovery. The table below shows the extent to which the real estate market and overall economy has recovered, stabilized, and begun to show growth.
20202019R201820172016
 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014
Bermuda GDP (in millions) 7,263
 7,142
 6,900
 6,655
 6,414
Bermuda GDP (in millions of BMD $)Bermuda GDP (in millions of BMD $)6,8827,4237,2267,1426,900
% change from prior year 1.7% 3.5% 3.7% 3.8% (0.8)%% change from prior year(7.3)%2.7%1.2%3.5%3.7%
Selected GDP Components:          
Selected GDP Components:
Real estate and renting GDP (in millions) 1,014
 981
 929
 905
 893
Real estate and renting GDP (in millions of BMD $)Real estate and renting GDP (in millions of BMD $)1,0431,0411,013981929
% change from prior year 3.4% 5.6% 2.7% 1.3% (0.2)%% change from prior year0.2%2.8%3.3%5.6%2.7%
International business GDP (in millions) 1,725
 1,720
 1,718
 1,707
 1,617
International business GDP (in millions of BMD $)International business GDP (in millions of BMD $)1,8951,8351,7241,7201,718
% change from prior year 0.3% 0.1% 0.6% 5.6% 4.6 %% change from prior year3.3%6.4%0.2%0.1%0.6%
Source: Government of Bermuda, Department of Statistics, Annual Publication - 2018,2020, Gross Domestic Product at current purchaser's prices, Table 4
The Government of Bermuda, Department of Statistics, Quarterly GDP at current prices for 2018 are shown below to provide further insight into current GDP trends. Note that the Q3 nor Q4 figures for 2019 are not available as of the date of this report.Caymans Islands Segment
chart-42c6d6a30d31532e949a02.jpg
The Cayman Islands projected real GDP growthexperienced its first wave of COVID-19 in 2019Q4 2021 after a prolonged period of 2.6%, which is down from 3.3%low numbers of reported cases. Due to the high vaccination rates in the previous year. However,Cayman Islands, the impact on the healthcare system has been manageable. The borders re-opened to fully vaccinated visitors in Q4 2021, which saw a partial recovery in the tourism sector. Following a 5.8% contraction in GDP in 2020, Cayman’s GDP is estimated to have expanded by 1.8% in 2021, driven by financial services, construction and public works projects. Cayman’s GDP is projected to grow by 5% in 2022 as tourism continues to recover and GDP is expected to return to pre-pandemic levels by 2023. The unemployment rate dropped slightly from 5.2% in 2020 to 5.0% in 2021 and has remained stable. The Cayman Islands government's prudent fiscal management, evidenced by growing surpluses and overall debt reduction, provided the capacity to take appropriate fiscal measures to support impacted businesses and individuals throughout the pandemic.
20202019R2018R2017R2016
Cayman GDP (in millions of $)5,6696,0205,5175,1534,899
% change from prior year(5.8)%9.1%7.1%5.2%3.1%
Source: Economist Intelligence Unit
Channel Islands and UK Segment

2020 was an exceptionally challenging year, with the economies of Guernsey, Jersey and the UK estimated to have suffered contractions of 2.3 %, 9.2% and 6.4% respectively. By contrast, 2021 has been characterized by a general improvement in economic activity across the economies, with growth forecasts bringing forward the time at which each jurisdiction is anticipated to move above its pre-pandemic GDP level. In all, it is expected that growththe Guernsey economy should achieve this by the end of 2021, while the UK should be back to its 2019 level early in 2022 and the Jersey economy soon after.

In terms of COVID-19 response, the Channel Islands have previously introduced a range of restrictions on inbound arrivals and as a consequence, tourism construction and auxiliary services will remain robust whilst growth in financial services,business-related travel is significantly below 2019 levels, but each economy is gradually returning to normality. Various health containment guidelines and measures have been introduced since the largest contributor to GDP, will be more modest. Tourism arrivals have benefitedpandemic began, focusing on rapid testing regimes and vaccination programs, together with social distancing measures, encouraging working from sustained economic growth in source markets, predominantlyhome and the US and Canada, 2017 hurricane impacts on Caribbean competitors as well as improved marketing. The Owen Roberts International Airport redevelopment and expansion project was completeduse of various lockdown strategies at various points in the second halfcycle – and these have continued during 2021 as necessary. Vaccination levels across the Channel Islands continue to be high among peer nations, and the take up rates of 2019 atbooster shots are now reaching similar levels. Furthermore, in a costmeasured response to the impact of $80 millionCOVID-19, both islands have implemented a range of government support initiatives such as payroll co-funding, government grants and other fiscal measures. Funding of such measures has come through various sources, including the negotiation of revolving credit lines with further expansionlocal banks, although such use has reduced in 2021.

As discussed above, the UK economy has also suffered from the effects of the runway, to accommodate larger direct flights, mainly from Europe, still to be undertaken. Additional infrastructure projects includeglobal pandemic, but with a combination of exceptionally easy monetary conditions and generous fiscal packages provided by the proposed Cruise Berthing Facility and Cargo Port Redevelopment Project which would cost in excessgovernment, the economy has recovered most of $200 million.the ground lost during 2020. The Cayman Islands Government continues to record growing surpluses and overall external debt reduction. The most recent consumer price indexlatest data estimates an inflation increase of 2.9% for 2019 drivensuggests that GDP grew by rising crude oil prices1.1% in the international marketthird quarter of 2021 and increased demandshould reach 6.0% for the full year. Looking forwards, the emergence of the Omicron variant in Q4 2021 has the potential to weigh on the ongoing economic recovery in the US,near-term, given the uncertainty it has created. However, we expect this to play out through a major source marketslightly lower level of the Cayman Islands. An increasing local population has also ledpositive growth and a slower pace of monetary tightening, rather than a return to a higher demand for goods and services causing additional inflationary pressure. Commercial credit reported increased activity led by financial corporations, primary production and trade and commerce, while credits to households reported increases in domestic property, vehicle, education and technology loans, which plays to our strength in the Cayman Islands and is reflected in the growth of our domestic residential mortgage book.economic contraction.
Meanwhile, the UK quarterly economic growth was flat in the fourth quarter of 2019 as expected due to the continued political uncertainty around the UK’s exit from the EU which took place on January 31, 2020. This follows a 0.5% advance in the previous period. Manufacturing contracted for a third quarter in a row whilst the service sector slowed around the time of the election. Our operations in the Channel Islands and the UK use the Pound Sterling as their functional currency, and are closely linked to economic trends in both the UK and the Eurozone due to the close relationships between the UK and Europe, despite the Channel Islands'Islands autonomy from the UK. See "Risk Factors - Risks Related to Markets in Which We Operate - Geopolitical events could disrupt our businesses and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations"Item 3.D. “Risk Factors".
Against this backdrop, our banking businesses in the Channel Islands andhave benefited from local loan demand from a buoyant housing market coinciding with the UK continued to benefit from strong loan demand. Ourlaunch of the Channel Islands Mortgage product during 2021 whilst our loan offering has provencontinued to be competitive in the UK market, specifically in the Prime Central London property market.
46


Current/Nominal (in £ Millions)2020 CE2019 CE2018 CE20172016
Guernsey GDP (GVA Market/GBP)3,1783,2523,1693,1012,934
Annual Changes (%)(2.3)%2.6%2.2%5.7%4.2%
Source: States of Guernsey



20202019R201820172016
Jersey GDP (GBP (in £ millions))4,5284,9884,8034,7104,669
Annual Changes (%)(9.2)%3.9%2.0%0.9%0.2%
Source: States of Jersey
We continue to maintain a cautious stance with a liquid balance sheet, a conservative investment portfolio, and no reliance on wholesale funding. Total liquid cash and investments made up 60.0%63.3% of our balance sheet at December 31, 2019,2021, which is up slightly from 59.3%62.2% at December 31, 2018.2020.

The Bank continued to support customers and operate as permitted across all jurisdictions in 2021 without any support or concessions from governments or regulators in any of our operating jurisdictions.
34



Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2019
20192021 Overview
In 2019,2021, our net income decreasedincreased by $15.5 million to $177.1$162.7 million from $195.2$147.2 million in 2018. The $18.12020. Despite the headwinds of the continued low interest environment following the COVID-19 pandemic on net interest income, the Bank saw an uplift in net income of $15.5 million decrease was driven by a decreasing interest rate environment and costs associated with the expansion of the Halifax service center, as well as certain items which management believes are not representative of our financial results (or "non-core") which were partially offset by growthan increase in fee income attributable to increased card service contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes. The non-core items contributing to thevolumes, a decrease in our net income comprised principally of deal-relatedthe provision for credit losses due primarily to improving macroeconomic forecasts, and decreases in non-interest expenses attributabledue primarily to realizing the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisitionbenefits from the 2020 COVID-19 driven staff restructuring programs. These staff restructuring programs were considered non-core and our cost restructuring initiativescontributed to non-core costs decreasing by $6.4 million in Bermuda and the Channel Islands. Excluding the non-core items, core net income improved year-over-year by $0.92021 from $7.3 million in 2020. Management continued to $197.9 million, which was driven by a continued focus on prudent expansion within our core businesses and markets,the diligent management of capital, expenses and risks, and maintaining our strong capital position with CET1 and Total capital ratios of 17.3%17.6% and 19.4%21.2%, respectively. To enhance common shareholder returns, forFor the year ended December 31, 2019,2021, the Board declared four quarterly dividends of $0.44 per quarter totaling $1.76 for each common share held on record as of the applicable record dates, and repurchased 534,828 common shares from the existing share buy-back program. Subsequent to year end, the Board approved a new share buy-back program authorizing the purchase of up to $1252.0 million or 3.5 million shares.common shares expiring on February 28, 2023. The Board will continue to evaluate capital planning options and the payment of future dividends as warranted, subject to regulatory requirements. See "DividendItem 8.A. "Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information - Dividend Policy" and Item 3.D. "Risk Factors – Risks Relating to the Common Shares —General Risk Factors - Holders of our common shares may not receive dividends" elsewhere in this report for further details.

The quality of our assets remained strong and total assets increased year-over-year by $3.1$0.6 billion to $15.3 billion, driven primarily by increased deposit levels in Cayman and the Channel Islands. Deposits increased by $0.6 billion to $13.9 billion whilst loans remained stable at $5.2 billion. The increase in deposit balances was driven by corporate deposit increases in Cayman and the Channel Islands, and partially offset by expected corporate deposit decreases in Bermuda. Investments increased by $1.4 billion to $6.2 billion driven by increased depositor funding and the deployment of assets into the investment portfolio. Overall liquidity remained strong, as measured by cash due from banks, securities purchased under agreements to resell, short-term investments and investments in securities as a percentage of total assets, ending the year at 63.3% compared to 62.2% in the prior year.
Our shareholders’ equity decreased marginally year-over-year by $4.5 million to $977.5 million, which was a result of negative mark-to-market movements in the value of our fixed income investments as long term US dollar rates have increased, common share buy-backs and retirements throughout the year and partially offset by organic growth through net income net of dividends paid out during the year.
Key contributors to our 2021 results were as follows:
Profitability:  Net income increased year-over-year by $15.5 million, or 10.5%, to $162.7 million, which was largely attributable to increased fee revenues due to improved economic activity as economies re-opened, a decrease in the provision for credit losses and cost-savings from the prior year COVID-19 driven staff restructuring programs implemented in order to create operating leverage in a low interest rate environment.
Net interest margin:  NIM decreased by 40 basis points to 202 basis points compared to 242 basis points in 2020, and the cost of funding decreased by 10 basis point to 11 basis points. The decrease in NIM was due to margin declines across all interest earning asset categories, driven by lower market interest rates and increased paydowns of higher yielding investment positions with re-investment at lower rates; loan yields decreased by 28 basis points to 426 basis points; the investment portfolio yields decreased by 62 basis points to 179 basis points; and yields on cash due from banks, securities purchased under agreements to resell and short-term investments were down 30 basis points to 4 basis points. The cost of funding offset the overall NIM decrease, with expense yields decreasing by 10 basis points to 11 basis points, primarily due to the active repricing of deposits in response to lower market rates.
Expenses:  Total non-interest expenses decreased year-over-year by $10.7 million to $333.9 million in 2021 due to a $12.3 million decrease in staff-related costs from reduced headcount as a result of non-core restructuring programs initiated in 2020 and a $1.3 million decrease in technology and communications spending due to the full depreciation of the Bank's core banking system outpacing costs associated with the new technology projects. This was offset by a $1.5 million increase in property costs driven by increased property maintenance costs and a $1.2 million increase in non-service employee benefits expense driven by increased costs from the post-retirement medical benefit plan. Our expenses also included $1.8 million of non-core expenses which relate to redundancy costs associated with the transfer of Channel Islands banking operations functions from Mauritius to Butterfield's service centers in Canada and Guernsey and professional fees related to the settlement of the US Department of Justice inquiry which commenced in 2013. After removing the effect of these items, core non-interest expenses decreased marginally by $4.5 million, from $336.6 million in 2020, to $332.1 million in 2021.
Deposits: Deposits increased year-over-year by $0.6 billion to $13.9 billion as at December 31, 2021. The increase in deposit balances was driven by corporate deposit increases in Cayman and the Channel Islands, and partially offset by expected corporate deposit decreases in Bermuda. Interest bearing deposit costs decreased by 12 basis points to 14 basis points in 2021. With non-interest bearing deposits totaling $2.8 billion on December 31, 2021, the average cost of deposits for the year decreased by 10 basis points to 11 basis points. Cost of funds decreased due to the active repricing of deposits in response to lower market rates.
47


Loan quality:  As at December 31, 2021, we had gross non-accrual loans of $61.0 million representing 1.2% of total gross loans, a decrease from $72.5 million, or 1.4%, of total loans, at December 31, 2020. The decrease in non-accrual loans was driven by the payoff of residential mortgages and a commercial mortgage in Bermuda and partially offset by a residential mortgage in the Channel Islands moving into non-accrual in the fourth quarter of 2021.
2020 Overview
In 2020, our acquisitionnet income decreased by $29.9 million to $147.2 million from $177.1 million in 2019. This decrease was a reflection of the low interest rate environment related to the COVID-19 pandemic which impacted all interest-earning assets. This was partially offset by a decrease in interest expense due to the active repricing of the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands). Deposits increased $3.0 billion deposit book, lower rollover deposit costs and lower marketing costs, due to $12.4 billionthe delayed rollout of our new brand, and loans increased $1.1 billiontravel costs, due to $5.1 billion, both primarily as a resultglobal travel restrictions. The non-core items contributing to the decrease in our net income comprised principally of staff costs related to the acquisition ofcost restructure programs announced in Q3 2020 in order to mitigate the revenue impacts from COVID-19. Management continued to focus on the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) integration which was completed in September 2020, the diligent management of capital, expenses and risks, and maintaining our strong capital position with CET1 and Total capital ratios of 16.1% and 19.8%, with loans also benefiting fromrespectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Board declared four quarterly dividends of $0.44 per quarter totaling $1.76 for each common share held on record as of the applicable record dates, and completed the existing share buy-back program of 3.5 million common shares. Subsequent to year end, the Board approved a new share buy-back program authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares expiring February 2022. The Board will continue to evaluate capital planning options and the payment of future dividends as warranted, subject to regulatory requirements. See Item 8.A. "Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information - Dividend Policy" and Item 3.D. "Risk Factors – General Risk Factors - Holders of our common shares may not receive dividends" elsewhere in this report for further details.

The quality of our assets remained strong and total assets increased residential loan originations in prime central London and two new sovereign mandatesyear-over-year by $0.8 billion to $14.7 billion, driven primarily by increased deposit levels in Bermuda and Cayman. Investments marginallythe Cayman Islands. Deposits increased by $0.2$0.8 billion to $4.4$13.3 billion whilst loans remained stable at $5.2 billion. The increase in deposit balances was driven by both corporate and retail depositors in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, the retail increases driven by the retail loan deferral programs in these segments. Investments increased by $0.4 billion to $4.9 billion. Overall liquidity remained strong, as measured by cash due from banks, securities purchased under agreementagreements to resell, short-term investments and investments in securities as a percentage of total assets, endedending the year at 60.0%62.2% compared to 59.3%60.0% in the prior year.
Our shareholders’ equity increased year-over-year by $81.4$18.2 million to $963.7$981.9 million, which was a result of organic growth through net income net of dividends paid out during the year, the positive effect of mark-to-market movements in the value of our fixed income investments, partially offset by the common share buy-backs and retirements throughout the year.
Key contributors to our 20192020 results were as follows:
Profitability:  Net income decreased year-over-year $18.1 million, or 9.3%, to $177.1 million, which was largely attributable to three US Federal Reserve interest rate cuts, costs associated with the expansion of a group service center prior to the transition in the first half of 2020 and higher non-core items comprised principally of transaction-related expenses attributable to the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition and cost restructuring initiatives in Bermuda and the Channel Islands. After eliminating items which management believes are not representative of our financial results, or "non-core", our core net income increased $0.9 million to $197.9 million. Increases in non-interest income are due to increased card service fee contributions, increased transactional volumes on foreign exchange transactions, new business and the impact of the late 2018 on-boarding of Deutsche Bank clients as well as the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition. Increases in interest income on investments and deposits with banks is due to additional funding as a result of the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition. Increases in interest income on loans is also largely due to the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.
Net interest margin:  NIM decreased by 39
Profitability:  Net income decreased year-over-year by $29.9 million, or 16.9%, to $147.2 million, which was largely attributable to two US Federal Reserve and two Bank of England interest rate cuts to near-zero in March 2020 in response to global synchronized economic stoppages related to the global COVID-19 pandemic. In order to manage the bottom line, the Bank implemented cost restructure programs around the Group which included voluntary separation, early retirement and redundancy costs and which were classified as "non-core".
Net interest margin:  NIM decreased by 44 basis points to 242 basis points compared to 286 basis points in 2019, and the cost of funding decreased by 26 basis point to 21 basis points. One of the drivers of the decrease in NIM was a decrease in loan yields by 82 basis points to 454 basis points to 286 basis points compared to 325 basis points in 2018, and the cost of funding increased by 29 basis point to 47 basis points. One of the drivers of the decrease in NIM was a decrease in loan yields by 11 basis points to 536 basis points as a result of the impact of Fed Funds rate reductions on the US prime rate referenced Cayman loans and the inclusion of the new ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) loan book at a lower yield. An additional driver is the 29 basis points increase in cost of deposits to 47 basis points as a result of the higher rates as well as higher volumes of deposits as a result of the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition. The investment portfolio offset the overall NIM decrease, with yields increasing by 18 basis points to 289 basis points due to additional funding as a result of the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.
Expenses:  Total non-interest expenses increased year-over-year $35.6 million to $356.9 million in 2019 due largely to the increased salaries and other employee benefits resulting from an increased headcount with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition and Halifax service center expansion as well as cost restructuring initiatives in Bermuda and the Channel Islands, costs associated with the departure of a senior executive, increases in marketing expenses associated with the rebranding initiative we announced in Q4 2019, and overall increased costs associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition. Total non-interest expenses were also due to the non-core expense items discussed above that management does not believe are representative of our ongoing operations. After removing the effect of these items, core non-interest expenses increased by $15.3 million, from $319.8 million in 2018, to $335.1 million in 2019. The core efficiency ratio increased from 61.5% in 2018 to 62.2% in 2019, reflecting the rate of core non-interest expense relative to the relative increase in revenue.
Deposits:  Customer deposits increased year-over-year by $3.0 billion as at December 31, 2019 due primarily to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands), and to a lower extent, to organic growth while interest bearing deposit costs increased by 34 basis points to 58 basis points in 2019. With non-interest bearing deposits totaling $2.2 billion on December 31, 2019, the average cost of deposits for the year increased by 29 basis points to 47 basis points.
Loan quality:  As at December 31, 2019, we had gross non-accrual loans of $50.4 million representing 1.0% of total gross loans, a slight increase from the $48.7 million, or 1.2%, of total loans, at year-end 2018. Net non-accrual loans were $32.7 million, equivalent to 0.6% of net loans, after specific provisions of $17.7 million, reflecting an increase in the specific provision coverage ratio of 35.1%, from 30.6% on December 31, 2018.
2018 Overview
In 2018, our net income increased to $195.2 million from $153.3 million in 2017, which was driven by our focus on prudent expansion within our core businesses and markets, diligent management of capital, expenses and risks. While net income increased by $41.9 million to $195.2 million, this increase was offset by the impact of certain items which management believes are not representative of our financial results, or "non-core". The significant non-core items excluded from core net income are as follows: due diligence and other legal costs relating to the agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank’s GTS business and Deutsche Bank's Channel Islands and Cayman Islands banking businesses, a loss recorded due to a non-core settlement loss on the de-risking of a legacy defined benefit pension plan; and tax compliance review costs, which were partially offset by a gain on liquidation of a legacy structured investment vehicle. Excluding these items, core net income improved by $38.2 million to $197.0 million, building on our strong capital position with Total and Tier 1 capital ratios of 22.4% and 19.6%, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Board declared four quarterly dividends of $0.38 per quarter totaling $1.52 for each common share held on record as of the applicable record dates.

The quality of our assets remained strong as total assets decreased marginally year-over-year by $6.1 million to $10.8 billion, driven by an increase in loans outstanding, which increased by $0.3 billion to $4.0 billion as a result of new residential mortgage lending in our UK jurisdiction. Deposits decreased year-over-yearthe impact of US Federal Reserve and Bank of England rate reductions on the US prime rate referenced Cayman loans and Bank of England base rate referenced Channel Island loans, respectively. The investment portfolio also saw yields decrease by $84.2 million48 basis points to $9.5 billion, primarily a result of several large customers withdrawing deposits during241 basis points due to elevated prepayment speeds on the year. Investments decreased year-over-year by $0.5 billionmortgage-backed securities due to $4.3 billion to help fund lending opportunities. However, held-to maturity investments increased year-over-year by $0.7 billion to $2.1 billion as investment duration extended. Overall liquidity remained strong, as measured bythe low rate environment, which were then reinvested at lower yields. Yields on cash due from banks, securities purchased under agreementagreements to resell and short-term investments, also impacted by the low rate environment, were down 95 basis points to 34 basis points. The cost of funding offset the overall NIM decrease, with yields decreasing by 26 basis points to 21 basis points due to the active repricing of the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) deposit book, lower term deposit volumes and investmentslower rollover deposit costs.
Expenses:  Total non-interest expenses decreased year-over-year by $12.3 million to $344.6 million in securities2020 due to a $9.8 million decrease in staff-related costs from reduced headcount as a percentageresult of total assets, endedrestructuring programs initiated in 2020; a $6.7 million decrease in professional and outside services due principally to the year at 59.3% compared to 61.9%costs associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition in 2019 and a reduction in the prior year.volume of professional and outside services due to efficiency programs implemented in 2020; and a $3.6 million decrease in marketing costs associated with the delayed rollout of the Bank's re-branding initiative, travel expenses and client event costs. This was offset by a $5.2 million increase in property costs driven by the full year recognition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) as well as extra health and safety related expenditure and planned renovations around the Group and a $3.7 million increase in income tax expense driven by increased net income in the Channel Islands and the recognition of a deferred tax asset in the UK in 2019. Our expenses also included $7.3 million of non-core expenses which relate to the cost restructure program, e.g., voluntary separation, early retirement and redundancy costs. After removing the effect of these items, core non-interest expenses increased marginally by $1.5 million, from $335.1 million in 2019, to $336.6 million in 2020.

Our shareholders’ equityDeposits: Deposits increased year-over-year by $59.5 million$0.8 billion as at December 31, 2020. The increase in deposit balances were driven by both corporate and retail depositors in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, the increase in retail was driven by the retail loan deferral programs in these segments, and offset by expected runoff in the Channel Islands as the deposit book was repriced. Interest bearing deposit costs decreased by 32 basis points to $882.3 million, which was a result26 basis points in 2020. With non-interest bearing deposits totaling $3.0 billion on December 31, 2020, the average cost of deposits for the year decreased by 26 basis points to 21 basis points. Cost of funds decreased primarily due to both lower term deposit volumes and costs and the impact of the strong return on equity driven by net income net of dividends paid out during the year, which was offset by mark-to-market movementsaforementioned active deposit repricing in the valueChannel Islands.
Loan quality:  As at December 31, 2020, we had gross non-accrual loans of our fixed income investments, which decreased as interest rates rose during the year.$72.5 million representing 1.4% of total gross loans, an increase from $50.4 million, or 1.0%, of total loans, at December 31, 2019.
Key contributors to our 2018 results were as follows:
Profitability:  Net income increased year-over-year by $41.9 million, or 27.4%, to $195.2 million, which was largely attributable to increases in non-interest and net interest income and partially offset by certain "non-core" items described above. After eliminating these non-core items, our core net income increased $38.2 million to $197.0 million. Increases in non-interest income were driven largely by additional revenues earned from trust fees as a result of the recent acquisition of Deutsche Bank's GTS business. Increases in net interest income were largely a result of continued increased yields on loans as a result of base rate increases in certain jurisdictions and increased yields on investments resulting from a rising interest rate environment.















48


Net interest margin:  NIM increased by 52 basis points to 325 basis points compared to 273 basis points in 2017, and the cost of funding increased by 7 basis point to 18 basis points. The primary driver of the increase in NIM was an increase in loan yields by 37 basis points to 547 basis points as a result of base rate increases in certain jurisdictions during the year. The investment portfolio augmented the increase, with yields increasing by 49 basis points to 271 basis points due to an average increase in the long-term yield of US Treasury debt over the year, which was reflected in our portfolio due to the high proportion of our portfolio in adjustable-rate securities as well as purchases of longer duration, higher yielding securities into our HTM portfolio.
Expenses:  Total non-interest expenses increased year-over-year by $21.0 million to $321.3 million in 2018, due largely to the increased salaries and other employee benefits resulting from an increased headcount from the two acquisitions and increased discretionary compensation, in conjunction with increased professional fees associated with the two Deutsche Bank acquisitions, increased costs supporting our cyber risk protection program, which include staffing and other professional fees, and other regulatory compliance costs. Total non-interest expenses also increased due to the non-core expense items discussed above that management does not believe are representative of our ongoing operations. After removing the effect of these items, core non-interest expenses increased by $27.6 million, from $292.2 million in 2017, to $319.8 million in 2018. The core efficiency ratio decreased from 64.3% in 2017 to 61.5% in 2018, reflecting the rate of core non-interest expense relative to the relative increase in revenue.
Deposits:  Customer deposits decreased year-over-year by $105.6 million as at December 31, 2018 due to several large corporate clients withdrawing their deposits during the year, partially offset by organic growth and growth from the acquisition of Deutsche Bank's banking and custody business in the Cayman and Channel Islands, while interest bearing deposit costs increased by 9 basis points to 24 basis points in 2018 and 2017. With non-interest bearing deposits totaling $2.1 billion on December 31, 2018, the average cost of deposits for the year increased by 7 basis point to 18 basis points.
Loan quality:  As at December 31, 2018, we had gross non-accrual loans of $48.7 million representing 1.2% of total gross loans, relatively flat from the $43.9 million, or 1.2%, of total loans at year-end 2017. Net non-accrual loans were $33.8 million, equivalent to 0.8% of net loans, after specific provisions of $14.9 million, reflecting an increase in the specific provision coverage ratio of 30.6%, down from 31.1% on December 31, 2017.
Financial Summary
As at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Assets  
Cash due from banks2,179.8 3,289.6 (1,109.8)(33.7)%
Of which cash and demand deposits with banks — non-interest bearing115.7 133.4 (17.7)(13.3)%
Of which demand deposits with banks — interest bearing437.6 433.5 4.1 0.9 %
Of which cash equivalents — interest bearing1,626.5 2,722.7 (1,096.2)(40.3)%
Securities purchased under agreements to resell96.1 197.0 (100.9)(51.2)%
Short-term investments1,198.9 823.0 375.9 45.7 %
Investment in securities6,237.3 4,862.8 1,374.5 28.3 %
Of which equity securities at fair value0.2 7.3 (7.1)(97.3)%
Of which available-for-sale (1)
3,473.7 2,661.1 812.6 30.5 %
Of which held-to-maturity(2)
2,763.3 2,194.4 568.9 25.9 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses5,240.7 5,160.8 79.9 1.5 %
Premises, equipment and computer software, net of accumulated depreciation138.7 150.8 (12.1)(8.0)%
Goodwill25.4 25.6 (0.2)(0.8)%
Other intangible assets, net60.8 67.2 (6.4)(9.5)%
Equity method investments12.6 12.9 (0.3)(2.3)%
Other real estate owned, net0.7 4.1 (3.4)(82.9)%
Accrued interest and other assets144.3 144.8 (0.5)(0.3)%
Total assets15,335.2 14,738.6 596.6 4.0 %
Liabilities
Total deposits13,870.2 13,250.1 620.1 4.7 %
Of which — non-interest bearing2,820.6 3,012.4 (191.8)(6.4)%
Of which — interest bearing11,049.6 10,237.7 811.9 7.9 %
Employee benefit plans126.2 131.3 (5.1)(3.9)%
Accrued interest and other liabilities189.4 203.9 (14.5)(7.1)%
Long-term debt171.9 171.5 0.4 0.2 %
Total liabilities14,357.7 13,756.7 601.0 4.4 %
Total shareholders' equity(3)(4)
977.5 981.9 (4.4)(0.4)%
Of which common share capital(4)
0.5 0.5 — — %
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity15,335.2 14,738.6 596.6 4.0 %
Common shares outstanding (number)(4)
49.9 50.0 (0.1)(0.2)%

(1)Amortized cost of AFS debt securities was $3,495.6 million as at December 31, 2021 and $2,588.3 million as at December 31, 2020.
(2)Fair value of HTM debt securities was $2,786.1 million as at December 31, 2021 and $2,304.8 million as at December 31, 2020.
(3)As at December 31, 2021, the number of outstanding awards of unvested common shares was 1.0 million (December 31, 2020: 0.9 million). Only awards for which the sum of 1) the expense that will be recognized in the future (i.e., the unrecognized expense) and 2) its exercise price, if any, was lower than the average market price of the Bank's common shares were considered dilutive and, therefore, included in the computation of diluted earnings per share.
(4)Figures reflect the retirement of 0.5 million shares during the year ended December 31, 2021 (December 31, 2020: 3.5 million).










49


Summary Balance Sheet As at December 31  
(in millions of $) 20192018Dollar changePercent change
Cash due from banks 2,550.1
2,053.9
496.2
24.2%
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 142.3
27.3
115.0
421.2%
Short-term investments 1,218.4
52.3
1,166.1
2,229.6%
Investment in securities 4,436.4
4,255.4
181.0
4.3%
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 5,142.6
4,043.9
1,098.7
27.2%
Premises, equipment and computer software, net of accumulated depreciation 158.2
158.1
0.1
0.1%
Goodwill and intangible assets, net 96.5
74.7
21.8
29.2%
Total assets 13,921.6
10,773.2
3,148.4
29.2%
Total deposits 12,441.6
9,452.2
2,989.4
31.6%
Long-term debt 143.5
143.3
0.2
0.1%
Shareholders' equity 963.7
882.3
81.4
9.2%
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $, except per share data)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Interest income  
Loans221.5 230.7 234.0 (9.2)(3.3)(4.0)%(1.4)%
Investments101.9 109.2 129.4 (7.3)(20.2)(6.7)%(15.6)%
Deposits with banks and other1.4 12.1 41.6 (10.7)(29.5)(88.4)%(70.9)%
Interest expense(25.1)(34.4)(59.4)9.3 25.0 (27.0)%(42.1)%
Net interest income before provision for credit losses299.8 317.6 345.7 (17.8)(28.1)(5.6)%(8.1)%
Non-interest income198.1 183.9 184.0 14.2 (0.1)7.7 %(0.1)%
Net revenue497.9 501.5 529.7 (3.6)(28.2)(0.7)%(5.3)%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)3.1 (8.5)0.2 11.6 (8.7)(136.5)%(4,350.0)%
Salaries and other employee benefits(161.3)(173.7)(183.7)12.4 10.0 (7.1)%(5.4)%
Other non-interest expenses (including income taxes)(175.7)(173.3)(171.9)(2.4)(1.4)1.4 %0.8 %
Net income before other gains (losses)164.0 146.0 174.3 18.0 (28.3)12.3 %(16.2)%
Total other gains (losses)(1.4)1.2 2.8 (2.6)(1.6)(216.7)%(57.1)%
Net income162.7 147.2 177.1 15.5 (29.9)10.5 %(16.9)%
Non-core items0.9 7.3 20.8 (6.4)(13.5)(87.7)%(64.9)%
Core net income (Non-GAAP)163.6 154.5 197.9 9.1 (43.4)5.9 %(21.9)%
Core earnings to common shareholders (Non-GAAP)163.6 154.5 197.9 9.1 (43.4)5.9 %(21.9)%
Common dividends paid(87.3)(88.9)(93.6)1.6 4.7 (1.8)%(5.0)%
Earnings per common share from continuing operations (in US$)
Basic3.28 2.913.33 0.37 (0.42)12.7 %(12.6)%
Diluted(1)
3.26 2.903.30 0.36 (0.40)12.4 %(12.1)%

(1) Reflects only "in the money" options and certain unvested share awards, which have a dilutive effect.

Financial Ratios and Other Performance Indicators
We use a number of financial measures to track the performance of our business and guide our management. Some of these measures are defined by, and calculated in compliance with, applicable banking regulations, but such regulations often provide for certain discretion in defining and calculating the measures. These measures allow management to review our core activities, and enable us and our investors to evaluate relevant trends meaningfully when considered in conjunction with (but not in lieu of) measures that are calculated in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures used in this report are not a substitute for GAAP measures and readers should consider the GAAP measures as well.
The following table shows certain of our key financial measures for the periods indicated. Because of the discretion that we and other banks and companies have in defining and calculating these measures, care should be taken in comparing such measures used by us with similarly titled measures of other banks and companies, as such measures may not be directly comparable.
Many of these measures are non-GAAP financial measures. We believe that each of these measures is useful for investors in understanding trends in our business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying solely on our GAAP-calculated results. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures presented below, including a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, see Item 5.A. "Item 5 - Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Overview and highlights - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".

50


Summary Income Statement For the year ended December 31 Dollar change Percent change
(in millions of $, except per share data) 201920182017 2018 to 20192017 to 2018 2018 to 20192017 to 2018
Interest income  
 
       
Loans 234.0
218.5
187.0
 15.5
31.5
 7.1 %16.8 %
Investments 129.4
124.3
101.4
 5.1
22.9
 4.1 %22.6 %
Deposits with banks 41.6
24.8
17.2
 16.8
7.6
 67.7 %44.2 %
Interest expense (59.4)(24.6)(15.9) (34.8)(8.7) 141.5 %54.7 %
Net interest income before provision for credit losses 345.7
343.0
289.7
 2.8
53.2
 0.8 %18.4 %
Non-interest income 184.0
168.7
157.8
 15.4
11.0
 9.1 %7.0 %
Net revenue 529.7
511.7
447.6
 18.0
64.1
 3.6 %14.3 %
Provision for credit recoveries (losses) 0.2
7.0
5.8
 (6.8)1.2
 (97.1)%20.7 %
Salaries and other employee benefits (183.7)(159.8)(145.1) (23.9)(14.7) 15.0 %10.1 %
Other non-interest expenses (including income taxes) (171.9)(162.8)(156.3) (9.1)(6.5) 5.6 %4.2 %
Net income before other gains (losses) 174.3
196.0
152.0
 (21.7)44.0
 (11.1)%28.9 %
Total other gains (losses) 2.8
(0.9)1.3
 3.7
(2.2) (411.1)%(169.2)%
Net income 177.1
195.2
153.3
 (18.1)41.9
 (9.3)%27.3 %
Non-core items 20.8
1.8
5.6
 19.0
(3.8) 1,055.6 %(67.9)%
Core net income (Non-GAAP) 197.9
197.0
158.9
 0.9
38.1
 0.5 %24.0 %
Core earnings to common shareholders (Non-GAAP) 197.9
197.0
158.9
 0.9
38.1
 0.5 %24.0 %
Common dividends paid (93.6)(83.7)(69.7) (9.9)(14.0) 11.8 %20.1 %
For the year ended December 31
(in %, unless otherwise indicated)202120202019
Return on average common shareholders' equity(1)
16.8 15.0 19.1 
Core return on average tangible common equity(2)
18.7 17.3 23.4 
Return on average assets(3)
1.1 1.1 1.4 
Core return on average tangible assets(4)
1.1 1.1 1.6 
Net interest margin(5)
2.02 2.42 2.86 
Efficiency margin(6)
65.9 67.6 66.4 
Core efficiency ratio(7)
65.5 66.0 62.2 
Fee income ratio(8)
39.5 37.334.7 
Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio(9)(10)
17.6 16.1 17.3 
Tier 1 capital ratio(9)
17.6 16.1 17.3 
Total capital ratio(9)
21.2 19.8 19.4 
Leverage ratio(9)(10)
5.6 5.3 5.9 
Tangible common equity/tangible assets(10)
5.8 6.1 6.3 
Tangible total equity/tangible assets(11)
5.8 6.1 6.3 
Non-performing assets ratio(12)
0.5 0.6 0.4
Non-accrual ratio(13)
1.2 1.4 1.0
Non-performing loan ratio(14)
1.4 1.8 1.3
Net charge-off (recoveries) ratio(15)
0.1 0.1 — 
Core net income attributable to common shareholders(16)(17) (in $ million)
163.6 154.5197.9 
Core net income per common share fully diluted(18)(20) (in $)
3.28 3.043.69 
Common equity per share(19) (in $)
19.83 19.8818.40 

(1)ROE measures profitability revealing how much profit is generated with the money invested by common shareholders. ROE represents the amount of net income to common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity and is calculated as net income to common shareholders / average common equity. Net income to common shareholders is net income for the full fiscal year, before dividends paid to common shareholders but after dividends to preference shareholders. Average common equity does not include the preference shareholders' equity.
(2)Core ROATCE is a non-GAAP financial measure. Core ROATCE measures core profitability as a percentage of average tangible common equity. Core ROATCE is the amount of core income to common shareholders as a percentage of average tangible common equity and is calculated as core earnings to common shareholders / average tangible common equity. Core earnings to common shareholders is net earnings to common shareholders for the full fiscal year (before dividends paid to common shareholders but after dividends to preference shareholders) adjusted to exclude certain items that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. Average tangible common equity does not include the preference shareholders' equity or goodwill and intangible assets. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(3)ROA is an indicator of profitability relative to average total assets and is intended to demonstrate how efficient management is at using the assets to generate earnings. The ROA ratio is calculated as net income / average total assets.
(4)Core ROATA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Core ROATA is an indicator used to assess the core profitability of average tangible assets and is intended to demonstrate how efficiently management is utilizing its tangible assets to generate core net income. Core ROATA is calculated by taking the core income as a percentage of average tangible assets and is calculated as core net income / average tangible assets. Core net income is the net income adjusted to exclude certain items that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(5)NIM is a performance metric that examines how successful the Bank's investment decisions are compared to its cost of funding assets and is expressed as net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. NIM is calculated as net interest income before provision for credit losses / average interest-earning assets. Net interest income is the interest earned on cash due from banks, investments, loans and other interest earning assets minus the interest paid for deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. The average interest-earning assets is calculated using daily average balances of interest-earning assets.
(6)Efficiency margin is a non-GAAP financial measure. Efficiency margin is an indicator used to assess operating efficiencies and is intended to demonstrate how efficiently management is controlling expenses relative to generating revenues. The efficiency margin is calculated by taking the non-interest expenses as a percentage of total net revenue before total other gains (losses) and provisions for credit losses, and is calculated as (non-interest expense - amortization of intangible assets) / (total non-interest income + net interest income before provision for credit losses). For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(7)The core efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. The core efficiency ratio is an indicator used to assess operating efficiencies and is intended to demonstrate how efficiently management is controlling expenses relative to generating revenues on our core activities. The core efficiency ratio is calculated by taking the core non-interest expenses as a percentage of total net revenue before provision for credit losses and other gains and losses and is calculated as (core non-interest expenses - amortization of intangible assets) / (core non-interest income + core net interest income before provision for credit losses). Core non-interest expenses exclude certain items that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP including income taxes and amortization of intangible assets. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(8)The fee income ratio is a measure used to determine the proportion of revenues derived from non-interest income sources. The ratio is calculated as non-interest income / (non-interest income + net interest income after provision for credit losses).
(9)The Bank's regulatory capital is determined in accordance with Basel III guidelines as issued by the BMA. The total capital ratio measures the amount of the Bank's capital in relation to the amount of risk it is taking. All banks must ensure that a reasonable proportion of their risk is covered by permanent capital. Under Basel III, Pillar I, banks must maintain a minimum total capital ratio of 13.5%, inclusive of all capital buffers. In effect, this means that 13.5% of the RWA must be covered by permanent or near
51


permanent capital. The risk weighting process takes into account the relative risk of various types of lending and asset placements. The higher the capital adequacy ratio a bank has, the greater the level of unexpected losses it can absorb before becoming insolvent. The tier 1 capital ratio is the ratio of the Bank's core equity capital to its total RWA. RWA is the total of all assets held by the Bank weighted by credit risk according to a formula determined by the BMA which follows the BCBS guidelines in setting formulas for asset risk weights. The CET1 ratio is equivalent to the tier 1 capital ratio except that it only includes common equity in the numerator and we must maintain a minimum CET1 ratio of 10%. Basel III also adopts the new Leverage Ratio regime, which is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital by an exposure measure, and banks must maintain a minimum Leverage Ratio of 5.0%. The exposure measure consists of total assets (excluding items deducted from tier 1 capital) and certain off balance sheet items converted into credit exposure equivalents as well as adjustments for derivatives to reflect credit and other risks.
(10)The TCE/TA ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. The TCE/TA ratio is a measure used to determine how significant of an unexpected loss can be incurred by the Bank before other forms of capital, other than common equity, are impacted. The TCE/TA ratio is calculated as (common equity - intangible assets - goodwill) / tangible assets. Tangible common equity does not include the preference shareholders' equity or goodwill and intangible assets. Tangible assets are the Bank's total assets from continuing operations less goodwill and intangibles. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(11)The TE/TA ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. The TE/TA ratio is a measure used to determine how much loss the Bank can absorb before subordinated debt capital is impacted. The TE/TA ratio is calculated as (total shareholders' equity - intangible assets - goodwill) / tangible assets. Tangible assets are the Bank's total assets from continuing operations less intangible assets and goodwill. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(12)The NPA ratio is an indicator of the credit quality of the Bank's total assets by expressing the non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets. The NPA ratio is calculated as (gross non-accrual loans - specific allowance for credit losses on non-accrual loans + accruing loans past due 90 days + OREO) / total assets.
(13)The NACL ratio is an indicator used to assess the credit performance of the Bank's loan portfolio by calculating the non-accrual loans as a percentage of loans. The NACL ratio is calculated as gross non-accrual loans / gross total loans. Note the reference to gross implies the amounts prior to loan allowances for credit losses.
(14)The NPL ratio is an indicator used to assess the credit performance of the Bank's loan portfolio by calculating the non-performing loans as a percentage of loans. The NPL ratio is calculated as total gross non-performing loans / total gross loans.
(15)The NCO ratio is an indicator used to assess the net credit loss of the Bank's loan portfolio by calculating the net charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans. The NCO ratio is calculated as net charge-off expense / average total loans. Average total loan is calculated as the average of the month-end asset balances during the relevant period.
(16)Core net income is a non-GAAP financial measure. Core net income measures net income on a core basis. Core net income is calculated by adjusting net income for income or expense items which are not representative of the ongoing operations of our business. For a reconciliation of core net income to net income, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(17)CEACS is a non-GAAP financial measure. CEACS measures profitability attributable to common shareholders on a core basis. For a reconciliation of CEACS to net income, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(18)Core net income per common share — fully diluted is a non-GAAP financial measure. Core net income per common share —  fully diluted measures core profitability attributable to common shareholders on a per share basis. For a reconciliation to net income per share, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(19)Common equity per share is calculated as total common equity / number of common shares issued and outstanding at period end.
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The tables below present computations of earnings and certain other financial measures, which exclude certain significant items that are included in the financial results presented in accordance with GAAP.
We focus on core net income in many of these measures and ratios, which we calculate by adjusting net income for income or expense items which are not representative of the ongoing operations of our business, which results in non-core gains, losses and expense measures. Core net income includes revenue, gains, losses and expense items incurred in the normal course of business. We consider the normal course of business to be the general operations of our business lines of banking and wealth management. We believe that expressing earnings and certain other financial measures excluding these non-core items provides a meaningful base for period-to-period comparisons, which management believes will assist investors in analyzing the operating results of the Bank and predicting future performance. Non-core items are determined by the CFO in conjunction with the CEO, and approved by our Board of Directors. Consideration is given as to whether the expense, gain or loss is a result of exceptional circumstances or other decisions made not in the normal course of business. Items which are not in the normal course of business, such as business acquisition costs or impairment losses, or a result of exceptional circumstances, such as business restructuring costs, are considered non-core. These non-GAAP financial measures based on core net income are also used by management to assess the performance of the Bank's business because management does not consider the activities related to the adjustments to be indications of core operations. We believe that presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures will permit investors to assess the performance of the Bank on the same basis as that applied by management. Management and the Board utilize these non-GAAP financial measures as follows:
Preparation of the Bank's operating budgets;
Quarterly financial performance reporting; and
Monthly reporting of consolidated results (management reporting only).
We calculate core net income attributable to common shareholders by deducting preference dividend and guarantee fees from core net income. We calculate core net income per common share by dividing the core net income attributable to common shareholders by the average number of common shares issued and outstanding during the relevant period.
The core efficiency ratio (non-GAAP), which is a measure of productivity, is generally calculated by taking the core non-interest expenses (which is the total non-interest expenses excluding non-core non-interest expenses) as a percentage of total net revenue before provision for credit losses and other gains and losses and is calculated as (core non-interest expenses - amortization of intangible assets) / (core non-interest income + core net interest income before provision for credit losses). Management uses this ratio to monitor performance regarding the efficiency of expense management and believes this measure provides meaningful information to investors.
Tangible common shareholders' equity ratios and tangible total asset ratios have become a focus of some investors in analyzing the capital position of the Bank absent the effects of intangible assets and preference shareholders' equity. The BMA and other banking regulatory bodies assess a bank's capital adequacy based on CET1 capital, the calculation of which is codified in the Basel III framework as implemented by the BMA. Because tangible common shareholders' equity and tangible total assets are not formally defined by GAAP, these measures are considered to be non-GAAP financial measures and other entities may calculate them differently. Since analysts and banking regulators may assess the Bank's capital adequacy using tangible common shareholders' equity or tangible assets, the Bank believes that it is useful to provide investors the ability to assess the Bank's capital adequacy on this same basis. The Bank calculates tangible common equity and tangible total assets on a period-end basis. The Bank also measures
52


performance relative to core net income over average tangible common shareholders' equity and average tangible assets to monitor performance and efficiency relative to the Bank's capital adequacy.
We believe the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this report provide useful information to management and investors that is supplementary to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows computed in accordance with GAAP; however, we acknowledge that our non-GAAP financial measures have a number of limitations. As such, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be viewed as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, and they are not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP financial measures that other companies use.
The following tables provide: (1) a reconciliation of net income (GAAP) to core net income and core net income attributable to common shareholders (non-GAAP), (2) a computation of core net income attributable to common shareholders per common share fully diluted (non-GAAP), (3) a reconciliation of average and total shareholders' equity (GAAP) to average and total equity and average tangible common equity (non-GAAP), (4) a computation of core return to average tangible common equity (non-GAAP), (5) a reconciliation of average total assets (GAAP) to average tangible assets (non-GAAP), (6) a computation of core return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP), (7) a computation of tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP), (8) a computation of tangible total equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP), (9) a reconciliation of non-interest expenses (GAAP) to core non-interest expenses (non-GAAP), (10) a computation of the efficiency ratio (non-GAAP), and (11) a computation of the core efficiency ratio (non-GAAP).
For the year ended December 31
(in millions of $, unless otherwise indicated)202120202019
   
Reconciliation of net income (GAAP) to core net income (non-GAAP)
Net incomeA162.7 147.2 177.1 
Non-core (gains), losses and expenses
Non-core (gains) losses
Gain on disposal of a pass-through note investment (formerly a SIV)(1)
— — (1.0)
Distribution from equity method investment(2)
— (0.7)— 
Gain on disposal of Visa Inc. Class B shares(3)
(0.9)— — 
Total non-core (gains) lossesB(0.9)(0.7)(1.0)
Non-core expenses
Early retirement program, redundancies and other non-core compensation costs(4)
1.5 8.0 16.3 
Tax compliance review costs(5)
0.2 — — 
Business acquisition costs(6)
— — 5.5 
Provision in connection with tax compliance review(5)
0.1 — — 
Total non-core expensesC1.8 8.0 21.8 
Total non-core (gains), losses and expensesD=B+C0.9 7.3 20.8 
Core net income attributable to common shareholdersE=A+D163.6 154.5 197.9 
Reconciliation of return on equity (GAAP) to core return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP)
Core net income attributable to common shareholdersE=A+D163.6 154.5 197.9 
Average common equityF965.7 981.0 927.7 
Less: average goodwill and intangible assets(90.0)(92.3)(83.2)
Average tangible common equityG875.8 888.8 844.5 
Return on equityA/F16.8 %15.0 %19.1 %
Core return on average tangible common equityE/G18.7 %17.3 %23.4 %
Reconciliation of diluted earnings per share (GAAP) to core earnings per common share fully diluted (non-GAAP)
Adjusted weighted average number of diluted common shares (in thousands)F49.9 50.9 53.7 
Earnings per common share fully dilutedA/J3.26 2.90 3.30 
Non-core items per shareD/F0.02 0.14 0.39 
Core earnings per common share fully diluted3.28 3.04 3.69 
Reconciliation of return on average assets (GAAP) to core return on average tangible assets (non-GAAP)
Total average assetsG15,261.8 13,618.2 12,471.8 
Less: average goodwill and intangible assets(90.0)(92.3)(83.2)
Average tangible assetsH15,171.9 13,525.9 12,388.5 
Return on average assetsA/G1.1 %1.1 %1.4 %
Core return on average tangible assetsE/H1.1 %1.1 %1.6 %



53


 For the year ended December 31
(in millions of $, unless otherwise indicated) 202120202019
Tangible equity to tangible assets 
Shareholders' equity 977.5 981.9 963.7 
Less: goodwill and intangible assets (86.1)(92.8)(96.5)
Tangible common equityI891.4 889.1 867.2 
Total assets 15,335.2 14,738.6 13,921.6 
Less: goodwill and intangible assets (86.1)(92.8)(96.5)
Tangible assetsJ15,249.1 14,645.8 13,825.1 
Tangible common equity to tangible assetsI/J5.8 %6.1 %6.3 %
Efficiency ratio 
Non-interest expenses 333.9 344.6 356.9 
Less: amortization of intangibles (6.0)(5.8)(5.5)
Non-interest expenses before amortization of intangiblesK327.9 338.8 351.5 
Non-interest income 198.1 183.9 184.0 
Net interest income before provision for credit losses 299.8 317.6 345.7 
Net revenue before provision for credit losses and other gains/lossesL497.9 501.5 529.7 
Efficiency ratioK/L65.9 %67.6 %66.4 %
Core efficiency ratio 
Non-interest expenses 333.9 344.6 356.9 
Less: non-core expensesM(1.8)(8.0)(21.8)
Less: amortization of intangibles (6.0)(5.8)(5.5)
Core non-interest expenses before amortization of intangiblesN326.1 330.8 329.7 
Core revenue before other gains and losses and provision for credit lossesO497.9 501.5 529.7 
Core efficiency ratioN/O65.5 %66.0 %62.2 %

(1)Reflects a gain realized on a liquidation settlement from the Avenir pass-through note, our last remaining structured investment, in 2014. As the Bank no longer holds structured investment products, management determined the gains represented by these liquidation settlements to be non-core. In 2019, the Bank received further distributions on this liquidation settlement.
(2)Relates to gain on distribution from an equity method investment as a result of the sale of a legacy business interest.
(3)Relates to gain on disposal of Visa Inc. Class B shares which were received as part of the restructuring of Visa U.S.A. in 2007.
(4)In 2019, primarily relates to the costs associated with the departure of a senior executive, severance payments relating to the closure of a branch location, and staff exit costs associated with the implementation of a target operating staffing model for the combined Channel Islands segment following the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited acquisition. In 2020, primarily relates to the efficiency program, including voluntary separation, early retirement and redundancy costs. Management does not consider the costs associated with these projects to be core to the strategy of the business. In 2021, primarily relates to redundancy costs associated with the transfer of Channel Islands banking operations functions from Mauritius to Butterfield's service centers in Canada and Guernsey.
(5)Relates to the professional fees and final settlement of the US Department of Justice inquiry which commenced in 2013.
(6)Reflects contract negotiation, due diligence and other legal costs relating to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited. As above, due to the limited nature of acquisitions, management does not consider the costs associated with these acquisitions to be a part of the normal course of business. Therefore, management considers costs associated with acquisitions, specifically including the costs associated with negotiation and integration of operations, to be non-core.












54


The following charts show the trajectory of our performance from 20152017 to 2019:2021:
chart-ac983efb564c565686ca02.jpgntb-20211231_g4.jpgchart-505bf7fa8d515e37b94.jpgntb-20211231_g5.jpg

chart-7b74de01477352fe9c3a02.jpgntb-20211231_g6.jpgchart-82683bcde1bf5bf3b64.jpgntb-20211231_g7.jpg
____________________________
(1)
(1)    Core Net Income to Common is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by adjusting net income for income or expense items which management considers not to be representative of the ongoing operations of our business and preference share dividends, guarantee fees and premiums paid on preference share buybacks and redemptions. For a reconciliation of Core Net Income to Common to GAAP net income to common, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(2)    Core Earnings per Common Share Fully Diluted is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by dividing Core Earnings to Common by the weighted average shares outstanding. For a reconciliation of Core Earnings per Common Share Fully Diluted to GAAP earnings per share, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
Core Net Income to Common is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by adjusting net income for income or expense items which management considers not to be representative of the ongoing operations of our business and preference share dividends, guarantee fees and premiums paid on preference share buybacks and redemptions. For a reconciliation of Core Net Income to Common to GAAP net income to common, see "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
(2)
Core Earnings per Common Share Fully Diluted is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by dividing Core Earnings to Common by the weighted average shares outstanding. For a reconciliation of Core Earnings per Common Share Fully Diluted to GAAP earnings per share, see "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data – Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
Our return on equity for 20192021 of 19.1%16.8% and our Core ROATCE1 for 20192021 of 23.4%18.7% were driven by a number of factors, including: significant fee income with historically low capital requirements, low cost deposits, a high yielding loan portfolio, a conservative capital efficient securities portfolio, and our operations in corporate income tax neutral jurisdictions. As a result, our business generated core net income in 20192021 well in excess of that needed to execute our organic balance sheet growth strategy.
chart-838f274b4f9858b7983a02.jpg
55


ntb-20211231_g8.jpgchart-779455975e035be8b47.jpgntb-20211231_g9.jpg
____________________________
(1)
(1)Core ROATCE is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by dividing core earnings to common shareholders by average tangible common equity. Average tangible common equity does not include the preference shareholders' equity or goodwill and intangible assets. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".

Core ROATCE is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by dividing core earnings to common shareholders by average tangible common equity. Average tangible common equity does not include the preference shareholders' equity or goodwill and intangible assets. For more information on the non-GAAP financial measures, see "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

The following chart shows customertotal deposit trends for 20152017 to 2019:2021:
chart-f0ee377e28ef5f5d898a02.jpgntb-20211231_g10.jpg

56


Historically, the markets in which we operate generate fewer loans than deposits, which has led us to take a conservative approach to managing our balance sheet. We accomplish this by maintaining a large cash balance and investing in high quality and liquid securities. The following chart illustrates our asset composition asfrom 2017 to 2021:

ntb-20211231_g11.jpg

As at December 31, 2019:
chart-a7aef7601b845d21823a02.jpg
As at December 31, 2019, 18%2021, 14% of our balance sheet was cash and cash equivalents, which included cash and demand deposits with banks, unrestricted term deposits, and treasury bills with a maturity of less than three months.


In addition to maintaining a large cash and cash equivalents balance, we also have a large and conservative securities investment portfolio. We have a disciplined investment portfolio selection process and invest in highly rated securities. We also seek to ensure that our portfolio remains liquid across market cycles: 96.1%94.7% of our portfolio was invested in US government treasuries and mortgage-backed securities issued by US governmental agencies. Our investment strategy as at December 31, 2019,2021, aims to align the behavioral interest rate risk profile of our assets and liabilities — as at December 31, 2019,2021, the average duration of our AFS investment portfolio was 3.14.0 years, the average duration of our HTM investment portfolio was 4.04.5 years, and the average duration of our total investment portfolio was 3.54.2 years. As at December 31, 2019,2021, the total carrying value of our AFS investment portfolio was $2.2$3.5 billion, and the total carrying value of our HTM investment portfolio was $2.2$2.8 billion.


The following charts show the composition of our investment portfolio by rating and asset type as at December 31, 2019:from 2017 to 2021:
chart-d432bf54e18e5039b80.jpgntb-20211231_g12.jpgntb-20211231_g13.jpg

chart-be951cff34c7547aafba02.jpg
The combination of our significant cash and securities portfolios helps drive our capital efficient balance sheet, with risk-weighted assets equal to 35.2%33.3% of our total assets and a Basel III total capital ratio of 19.4%21.2%, each as at December 31, 2019.2021.

Our loan underwriting process requires that we complete a full credit assessment of every customer prior to committing to a loan, which we believe has resulted in a high quality loan portfolio. Our lending markets do not have secondary markets for loans and as such we hold all of our originated loans on our balance sheet. In 20182020 and 2019, 2021,
57


net charge-offs represented 0.08%0.12% and 0.03%0.05%, respectively, of average loans. As at December 31, 2019,2021, our non-accrual loan balance was $50.4$61.0 million, or 1.0%1.2% of total gross loans, and our loans past due were $106.9$85.0 million or 2.1%1.6% of total gross loans, of which 82.9%69.3% were full recourse residential mortgages. As at December 31, 2019,2021, our loan portfolio consisted of 79%82% floating-rate loans and 21%18% fixed-rate loans.loans generally with contractual rate resets of 3 to 5 years.

The following chart shows the segment composition of our loan portfolio as at December 31, 2019:from 2017 to 2021:
chart-e42003ebac975753bc4a02.jpgntb-20211231_g14.jpg


Our loan portfolio has exhibited stability over time. The following chart shows loan portfolio trends for 20152017 to 2019:2021:
chart-135a57717d756ff26cba02.jpgntb-20211231_g15.jpg
The domestic lending markets in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands have a limited number of participants and significant barriers to entry. 62.3%68.8% of our loan balances were residential mortgages as at December 31, 2019.2021. These loans are attractive for a number of reasons. Our mortgages have exhibited predictable cash flows, with historically negligible refinancing activity due to highsignificant transaction costs to refinance in these lending markets. Additionally, our mortgages in these markets have historically benefited from a manual underwriting process, low LTVs (75.6%(with 74.3% of residential loans below 70% LTV as at December 31, 2019)2021), and a full recourse legal system.
58



We have also generated balanced sources of non-interest income from a well-diversified customer base. For the five-year period ended December 31, 2019,2021, our non-interest income is evenly split between banking which consists of banking and foreign exchange revenue, and wealth management, which consists of trust, asset management, and custody and other administration services. The wealth management non-interest
Fee income stream is not directly correlated with the performance of our banking business. For example, thefrom a typical trust we manage generates a relatively constant fee stream on an annual basis throughout its life. In addition, because fee revenueclient serviced in our wealth management business linesline is driven primarily by the size and complexity of our clients’ assets and holdings, which are generally diversified across multiple geographies, the performance of these businesses is not typically linked to the performance of the domestic economies of our local markets. Non-interest income represented 34.7%39.5% of our total Net Revenue (our fee income ratio) in 2019,2021, and contributed materiallysignificantly to the Company’s high Core ROATCE and excess capital generation as limited capital is required for our fee income business.


The following chart shows our various sources of non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2019:from 2017 to 2021:
chart-1456113c8f9a5b51815a02.jpg
2019ntb-20211231_g16.jpg

2021 Non-Interest Income: $184.0$198.1 million / 34.7%39.5% Fee Income Ratio

_____________
(1) Foreign exchange revenue represents income generated from client-driven transactions in the normal course of business. We do not engage in proprietary trading.

Growth Opportunities

We expect that, all else being equal, a rising rate environment would increase our net interest income before provision for credit losses because an increase in our cost of deposits would lag an increase in yield of our cash, securities and loans. In addition, a significant portion of our deposits are non-interest bearing (18%(20% as at December 31, 2019)2021), and as a result, a portion of our funding is only partially sensitive to rising rates. Our non-interest bearing deposit balances have historically exhibited low correlation with market interest rates, a behavior that we attribute in part to a sizable client base that utilizes our bank for custody and clearing services as well as cash management purposes. Potential changes to our net interest income in hypothetical rising and declining rate scenarios, measured over a 12-month period, are presented in the chart below (these projections assume parallel shifts of the yield curves occurring immediately and no changes in other potential variables):
chart-0ceb2b85289c5d54a97.jpg
59


ntb-20211231_g17.jpg
A negative 100 basis points interest rate shock reflects a reductionan increase in projected 12-month net interest income of 4.0%17.8% compared to the flat rate scenario. The loss of income is driven by lower loan and investment yields, which more than offset reduced rates paid on deposits. Mitigating against the loss of income is the potential to charge negative interest rates on deposits (which we currently do in limited instances) and certain loans that have rate floors. Refer to discussion under "- Risk Management".

In addition, we are well-positioned as an acquirer of certain businesses, in private trust and banking. Our acquisition strategy seeks to capitalize on opportunities created by international financial institutions and trust companies that have faced operating issues requiring themwish to simplify their businesses.businesses and deploy capital to other markets or business lines. We consider a wide range of potential acquisition opportunities, and we have a well-defined, disciplined approach to identifying potential acquisition targets across numerous criteria including: geography, business alignment, size, timing, quality, buyer universe and financial hurdles. Our focus has been on the private trust business and banking in our core markets where we have expertise, scale and a strong brand.

In April 2016, we acquired HSBC’s Bermuda trust business and private banking investment management operations. HSBC also entered into an agreement to refer its existing private banking clients to Butterfield. This acquisition added over $18.9 billion of trust AUA, $1.3 billion of AUM, and $1.6 billion of deposits.


In October 2017, we entered into an agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank’s Global Trust Solutions business, excluding its US operations. This transaction added the ongoing management and administration of the GTS portfolio, comprising approximately 1,000 trust structures for approximately 900 private clients in Guernsey, Switzerland, the Cayman Islands, and Singapore. As part of the deal, we also purchased a service company in Mauritius to provide operations and support services to the Cayman and Channel Islands banking and custody businesses. This transaction was completed in March 2018.

In February 2018, we entered into an agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank’s banking and custody business in the Cayman Islands, Jersey and Guernsey, which provide services primarily to financial intermediaries and corporate clients. The Bank began to onboard certain customer deposits relating to the acquisition in 2018, and this activity was completed in the first half of 2019.
In April 2019, we entered into an agreement to acquire ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited which provides banking, investment management and custody products to three distinct client groups, including trusts, private clients, and funds in Jersey and Guernsey. The transaction completed in July 2019.

Our relationship-driven business model and international corporate clientèleclientele have allowed us to develop a stickystable deposit base with historically low funding costs. We believe our customers’ deposit activity has historically been relatively inelastic to deposit pricing given the nature of corporate activity and competition in retail deposit taking in our segments. From 20152017 to 2019, customer2021, deposits have grown at a CAGR of approximately 1% in Bermuda, 3%at +9% in the Cayman Islands and 20%+29% in the Channel Islands and the UK while it has decreased slightly in Bermuda at -3%, taking into account the HSBC Cayman acquisition in November 2014 that added $0.5 billion of new deposits, the April 2016 acquisition of HSBC’s Bermuda trust business and private banking investment management operations that added $1.6 billion of new deposits, the Deutsche Bank's banking and custody businesses acquisition in February 2018 that added $0.9 billion of new deposits, and the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition in April 2019 that added $3.5 billion in deposits. As at December 31, 2019,2021, we had $12.4$13.9 billion in deposits at a cost of 0.47%0.11%, of which 18%20% were non-interest bearing demand deposits, 57%58% were interest bearing demand deposits with a weighted-average cost of 0.19%0.04%, and 25%21% were term deposits with a weighted-average cost of 1.45%0.64% and an average contractual or remaining maturity of 86131 days. We believe the current market conditions in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands will allow us to continue to benefit from favorable deposit pricing.

Consolidated Results of Operations and Discussion for Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 20172019
Net Revenue
20192021 vs. 20182020
Total net revenue before provision for credit losses and other gains and losses for 20192021 was $529.7$497.9 million, up $18.0down $3.5 million, or 3.5%0.7%, from 2018.2020. Net interest income before provision for credit losses increaseddecreased from $343.0$317.6 million in 20182020 to $345.7$299.8 million in 2019, an improvement2021, a decline of $2.7$17.8 million, or 0.8%5.6%, and was due to margin declines across interest earning assets driven by increases in loanlower global market interest investment interest and deposits with banks primarily due to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands).rates. Loan interest income increaseddecreased by $15.5$9.1 million to $234.0$221.5 million as yields decreased by 28 basis points due to lower rates, the repayment of a few large commercial facilities and paydowns in the higher-yielding Bermuda residential mortgage portfolio. The average volume of loans outstanding increased by $373.7 million principally as$138.2 million. Cayman and the Channel Islands and UK segments saw growth in their residential mortgage portfolios, which was partially offset by the repayment of a resultnumber of the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition, new residential mortgages underwritten in our UK jurisdiction, increases in government lendingcommercial and commercial real estate facilities in Bermuda and Cayman,the Channel Islands and decreased yields on loans by 11 basis points due to base rate decreases across all jurisdictionsUK segments during the year.period. Investment interest income rose $5.2decreased by $7.3 million to $129.2$101.9 million, the average volume of investments decreasedincreased by $104.0 million,$1.2 billion, and yields on investments increased 18decreased by 62 basis points due to the aforementioned decrease in reaction to decreasesglobal market interest rates, increasing prepayment speeds with re-investment at lower rates in short-term US Treasury rates and re-balancing of the investment portfolio. Deposits with banks interest income rose $16.8decreased by $10.7 million, or 67.6%88.1%, the average volume increased $1,256.0by $441.6 million due towhich was driven by corporate deposit funding increases in Cayman and the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition,Channel Islands, and yield increased 3 basis points.partially offset by expected corporate deposit decreases in Bermuda. The total cost of deposits increasedimproved by $33.9$9.6 million or 192.3%38.3%, reflecting a 2910 basis points increasedecrease to 4711 basis points. In addition, non-interest income was up $15.3by $14.2 million, or 9.1%7.7%, principally attributable to volume-driven increases in both banking fees due to transaction volume on credit cards, increases inand foreign exchange income due to increased transactional volume on foreign exchange transactions, as well as an overall increase in asset management, trustrevenue coupled with higher facility non-utilization fees and custody fees due to the impact of the Deutsche Bank acquisitions in 2018 and the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition in 2019.one-off loan breakage fees.
2018

60


2020 vs. 20172019
Total net revenue before provision for credit losses and other gains and losses for 20182020 was $511.7$501.5 million, up $64.1down $28.2 million, or 14.3%5.3%, from 2017.2019. Net interest income before provision for credit losses increaseddecreased from $289.7$345.7 million in 20172019 to $343.0$317.6 million in 2018, an improvement2020, a decline of $53.2$28.1 million, or 18.4%. The increase in net8.1%, and was driven by lower global market interest rates as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Loan interest income was driven primarilydecreased by an increase in both$3.4 million to $230.7 million as yields decreased by 82 basis points due to base rate decreases across all jurisdictions during the average volume of loans outstanding and the yield on loans, which drove a $31.5 million increase to $218.5 million.year. The average volume of loans outstanding increased by $330.0$692.2 million principally as a result of new residential mortgages underwrittenthe full year contribution from ABN AMRO (Channel Islands). Loan growth was impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and the normal portfolio runoff was mostly offset by the loan deferral programs in our UK jurisdiction. Yields on loansboth Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. Investment interest income decreased by $20.2 million to $109.2 million, the average volume of investments increased by 37$39.4 million, and yields on investments decreased by 48 basis points due to base rate increases across all jurisdictions during the year. Further augmenting this was an increaseaforementioned decrease in global market interest rates, increasing prepayment speeds. Deposits with banks interest income on investmentsdecreased by $29.5 million, or 70.9%, the average volume increased by $297.4 million due to a 49 basis point increaseincreased corporate and retail banking deposits in yield in reaction to increases in short-term US Treasury rates, which drove an increase in interest income on investments by $22.8 million.Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. The total cost of deposits increasedimproved by 7$26.4 million or 51.2%, reflecting a 26 basis points decrease to 1821 basis points. In addition, non-interest income was up $10.9down by $0.1 million, or 6.9%0.1%, principally attributable to increased trust revenuesmuch lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, impacting card service fee contributions and offset by increases in asset management, foreign exchange, custody and other administration services as a result of the Deutsche Bank GTS acquisition, as well as increases in banking fees due to transaction volume on credit cards.full year contribution from ABN AMRO (Channel Islands).
Net Interest Income Before Provision Forfor Credit Losses
Net interest income is the amount of interest earned on our interest-earning assets less interest paid on our interest bearing liabilities. There are several drivers of the change in net interest income, including changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, their relative sensitivity to interest rate movements, and the proportion of non-interest bearing sources of funds, such as equity and non-interest bearing current accounts.

The following table presents the components of net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 2017:2019:
Year ended December 31
202120202019
(in millions of $)Average
balance
($)
Interest
($)
Average
rate
(%)
Average
balance
($)
Interest
($)
Average
rate
(%)
Average
balance
($)
Interest
($)
Average
rate
(%)
Assets      
Cash due from banks, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and short-term investments3,972.2 1.4 0.04 %3,530.6 12.1 0.34 %3,233.3 41.6 1.29 %
Investment in securities5,693.2 101.9 1.79 %4,512.5 109.2 2.41 %4,473.6 129.4 2.89 %
Loans5,199.9 221.5 4.26 %5,061.7 230.7 4.54 %4,369.5 234.0 5.36 %
Interest earning assets14,865.3 324.9 2.19 %13,104.9 352.0 2.68 %12,076.4 405.1 3.35 %
Other assets367.4 — 395.4 — 372.7 — 
Total assets15,232.7 324.9 2.13 %13,500.3 352.0 2.60 %12,449.1 405.1 3.25 %
Liabilities
Deposits10,845.3 (15.5)(0.14)%9,710.8 (25.1)(0.26)%8,851.5 (51.5)(0.58)%
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase— — — %— — — %0.7 — (2.12)%
Long-term debt171.7 (9.6)(5.59)%173.4 (9.3)(5.35)%143.4 (7.9)(5.49)%
Interest bearing liabilities11,016.9 (25.1)(0.23)%9,884.2 (34.4)(0.35)%8,995.5 (59.4)(0.66)%
Non-interest bearing current accounts2,895.0 2,363.9 2,147.2 
Other liabilities295.1 280.6 310.4 
Total liabilities14,207.0 (25.1)(0.18)%12,528.6 (34.4)(0.27)%11,453.1 (59.4)(0.52)%
Shareholders' equity1,025.7 971.7 995.9 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity15,232.7 13,500.3 12,449.1 
Non-interest bearing funds net of non-interest earning assets (free balance)3,848.4 3,220.7 3,080.8 
Net interest margin299.8 2.02 %317.6 2.42 %345.7 2.86 %
  Year ended December 31
  2019 2018 2017
(in millions of $) 
Average
balance
($)
Interest
($)
Average
rate
(%)
 
Average
balance
($)
Interest
($)
Average
rate
(%)
 Average
balance
($)
Interest
($)
Average
rate
(%)
Assets  
 
 
  
 
 
    
Cash due from banks, securities purchased under agreements to resell, and short-term investments 3,233.3
41.6
1.29 % 1,977.3
24.8
1.26 % 2,372.7
17.2
0.72 %
Investment in securities 4,474.9
129.4
2.89 % 4,578.9
124.3
2.71 % 4,573.9
101.4
2.22 %
Loans 4,369.5
234.0
5.36 % 3,995.8
218.5
5.47 % 3,665.8
187.0
5.10 %
Interest earning assets 12,077.6
405.1
3.35 % 10,552.0
367.6
3.48 % 10,612.4
305.6
2.88 %
Other assets 371.5
 
 350.7
 
 346.0
 
Total assets 12,449.1
405.1
3.25 % 10,902.7
367.6
3.37 % 10,958.4
305.6
2.79 %
Liabilities            
Deposits 8,851.5
(51.5)(0.58)% 7,375.8
(17.6)(0.24)% 7,445.0
(10.9)(0.15)%
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase 0.7

(2.12)% 1.6

(2.11)% 

—%
Long-term debt 143.4
(7.9)(5.49)% 133.4
(6.9)(5.21)% 117.0
(5.0)(4.24)%
Interest bearing liabilities 8,995.5
(59.4)(0.66)% 7,510.8
(24.6)(0.33)% 7,562.0
(15.9)(0.21)%
Non-interest bearing current accounts 2,147.2
   2,231.8
   2,393.1
  
Other liabilities 310.4
   281.0
   254.4
  
Total liabilities 11,453.1
(59.4)(0.52)% 10,023.7
(24.6)(0.25)% 10,209.6
(15.9)(0.16)%
Shareholders' equity 995.9
   879.0
   748.9
  
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 12,449.1
   10,902.7
   10,958.4
  
Non-interest bearing funds net of non-interest earning assets (free balance) 3,082.1
   3,041.1
   3,050.3
  
Net interest margin  345.7
2.86 %  343.0
3.25 %  289.7
2.73 %
20192021 vs. 20182020
Net interest income before provision for credit losses of $345.7$299.8 million in 20192021 represented an increasea decrease of $2.7$17.8 million (or 0.8%5.6%) over our net interest income before provision for credit losses in 2018.2020. Net interest income is generated by our main segments of Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Channel Islands and the UK. Interest income increaseddecreased by $37.5$27.1 million in 2019,2021, which was driven by lower market interest rates across the yield curve.
Loan interest income decreased in 2021 by $9.1 million due to lower rates, the repayment of a few large commercial facilities and paydowns in the higher-yielding Bermuda residential mortgage portfolio.
Investment interest income decreased by $7.3 million, primarily driven by increased loan portfolio balances with decreasedpaydowns and reinvestment at lower yields decreased investment portfolio balances with increased yieldsin the low market rate environment. This was partially offset by an increase of $1.2 billion in the depositaverage investment balances which was driven by both increased depositor funding and the costredeployment of funds from cash due from banks. The overall duration of the portfolio at year-end was 4.2 years, an increase of 1.5 years from 2020.
Interest bearing liability costs decreased to 23 basis points, which resulted in a decrease in interest expense by $9.3 million, attributable to the active repricing of deposits allin response to market conditions.
61


Average free balances for 2021 were $3.8 billion (2020: $3.2 billion), including non-interest bearing current accounts of $2.9 billion (2020: $2.4 billion), shareholders' equity of $1,025.7 million (2020: $971.7 million), net of other assets and other liabilities totaling $72.3 million (2020: $114.9 million). See "-Risk Management" below for more information on how interest rate risk is managed.
2020 vs. 2019
Net interest income before provision for credit losses of $317.6 million in 2020 represented a decrease of $28.1 million (or 8.1%) over our net interest income before provision for credit losses in 2019. Net interest income is generated by our main segments of Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Channel Islands and the UK. Interest income decreased by $53.1 million in 2020, which was driven by lower market interest rates across the yield curve.
Loan interest income decreased in 2020 by $3.4 million due primarily to an 82 basis point decrease in yield on floating rate loans as a result of the US Federal Reserve and Bank of England rate cuts in March 2020 which were primarily attributablepartially passed on to customers. This was partially offset by a $0.7 billion increase in average balances which was driven by the full year contribution from ABN AMRO (Channel Islands).
Investment interest income decreased by $20.2 million, driven by increased prepayment speeds on the US agency securities book and reinvestment at lower yields. This was partially offset by an increase of $39.4 million in average investment balances, due to the normalization of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisitiondeposits, which were invested in a decreasing rate environment.
Loan interest income was higher in 2019 by $15.5 million due primarily to a $373.7 million increase in average balances, partially offset by an 11 basis point decrease in yield. The increase in average balances was largely due to new loan origination in the Channel Islands and the UK, increases in government lending in Bermuda and Cayman,longer term assets, as well as the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition. The majoritya re-balancing of the loan portfolio is on a floating rate basis, and utilizes US Federal Reserve rates as a repricing reference point. Therefore, movements in the US Federal Reserve rates can impact loan interest income if management elects to change base rates. During 2019, there were three decreases in the US Federal Reserve target rate.
Investment interest income increased by $5.2 million, driven by an 18 basis point rise in yield partially offset by a decrease of $104.0 million in average investment balances. The improved yield resulted from the re-balancingportion of our investment portfolio in late 2018 by selling floating rate notes for fixed in order to lock in fixed rates in anticipationas a result of potentialthe aforementioned US Federal Reserve rate cuts in 2019.cuts. The overall duration of the portfolio at year-end was 3.52.7 years, a decrease of 0.50.8 years from 2018.2019.
Interest bearing liability costs increaseddecreased to 6635 basis points, which resulted in an increasea decrease in interest expense by $34.8$25.0 million, attributable to the increase in the average interest bearingactive deposit balances of $1,475.7 million, principally due tore-pricing on the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) deposits which had a higher cost of funding.and lower rates on roll-over maturities due to lower global interest rates.
Average free balances for 20192020 were $3.1$3.2 billion (2018: $3.0(2019: $3.1 billion), including non-interest bearing current accounts of $2.1$2.4 billion (2018: $2.2(2019: $2.1 billion), shareholders' equity of $995.9$971.7 million (2018: $879.0(2019: $995.9 million), net of other assets and other liabilities totaling $61.1$113.1 million (2018: $69.7(2019: $61.1 million). See "Risk"-Risk Management" below for more information on how interest rate risk is managed.
2018 vs. 2017
Net interest income before provision for credit losses of $343.0 million in 2018 represented an increase of $53.2 million (or 18.4%) over our net interest income before provision for credit losses in 2017. Net interest income is generated largely by our Bermuda and Cayman segments, which accounted for 89.9% of total net interest income in 2018. Interest income increased by $62.0 million in 2018, which was driven by increased loan portfolio balances and yields, increased yields on the investment portfolio partially offset by a slight increase in the cost of deposits, all of which were attributable to a rising rate environment.
Loan interest income was higher in 2018 by $31.5 million due primarily to a $330.0 million increase in average balances, as well as a 37 basis point increase in yield. The increase in average balances was largely due to an increase in residential mortgages underwritten in our UK jurisdiction, while the increase in yield was due to the Bermuda and the Cayman base rate increases during the year in reaction to the US Federal Reserve target rate increases, as well as the Channel Islands and the UK base rate increase in reaction to the Bank of England target rate increase. The majority of the loan portfolio is on a floating rate basis, and utilizes US Federal Reserve rates as a repricing

reference point. Therefore, movements in the US Federal Reserve rates can impact loan interest income if management elects to change base rates. During 2018, there were four increases in the US Federal Reserve target rate.
Investment interest income increased by $22.8 million, driven by an increase of $5.0 million in average investment balances, which benefited from a 49 basis point rise in yield. The improved yield resulted from increases in our floating rate portfolio in reaction to the US Federal Reserve target rate increases during the year, as well as a additions to higher yielding investments in the HTM portfolio of $684.2 million. The overall duration of the portfolio at year-end was 4.0 years, an increase of 0.9 from 2017.
Interest bearing liability costs increased to 33 basis points, which resulted in an increase in interest expense by $8.7 million, attributable to an increase in the deposit rates paid, principally on term deposits.
Average free balances for 2018 were $3.0 billion (2017: $3.1 billion), including non-interest bearing current accounts of $2.2 billion (2017: $2.4 billion), shareholders' equity of $879.0 million (2017: $748.9 million), net of other assets and other liabilities totaling $69.7 million (2017: $91.6 million). See "Risk Management" for more information on how interest rate risk is managed.
Provision for Credit Losses
20192021 vs. 20182020
Our net provision for credit losses in 20192021 was a release of $0.2$3.1 million compared to a releasecharge of $7.0$8.5 million in 2018. Provision releases were primarily2020. Provisions decreased due to both the improvement in macroeconomic forecasts impacting future expected credit loss estimates and a result of $5.7 million of releases from general reserves, due principally to qualitative factor revisions for UK residential real estate lending as well as decreasesreduction in the historical loss rates within the Commercial and Residential sectors as a result of improving credit markets in our key jurisdictions. Offsetting this was $5.5 million of incremental specific provisions, relating principally to consumer loans and residential mortgages. Group non-accrual loans increased $1.7 million to $50.4 million innon-performing loans.
2020 vs. 2019 principally as a result of net additional loans changing to non-accrual during the year.
2018 vs. 2017
Our net provision for credit losses in 20182020 was a releasecharge of $7.0$8.5 million compared to a release of $5.8$0.2 million in 2017, an increase in the release by $1.2 million. Provision releases were primarily a result of $11.9 million of releases from general reserves,2019. Provisions increased due principally to qualitative factor revisions for commercial and residential real estate lending as a result of evidence of improving credit markets in our key jurisdictions. Partially offsetting this was $5.0 million of incremental specific provisions, relating principally to commercial loans and residential mortgages. In comparison, in 2017, we had a net release out of provisions of $5.8 million due principally to qualitative factor revisions for commercial and residential real estate lending as a result of evidence of improving credit markets in our key jurisdictions, which was partially offset by certain incremental provisions relating to specific reserves, relating principally to commercial loans and residential mortgages. Recoveries on consumer and residential mortgages were 95% of 2018 recoveries and 92% of 2017 recoveries. The decrease in provision expenses relate primarily to a reduction in Bermuda residential creditdeclining macro-economic forecasts which drive forward-looking expected losses demonstratingand loans migrating into the stability of our domestic credit markets. Group non-accrual loans increased $4.8 million to $48.7 million in 2018, principally as a result of a Barbados sovereign loan changing to non-accrual during the year.past due and non-performing categories.
Other Gains (Losses)
The following table represents the components of other gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 2017:2019:
For the year ended December 31Dollar ChangePercent Change
 For the year ended December 31, Dollar Change Percent Change
(in thousands of $) 201920182017 2018 to 20192017 to 2018 2018 to 20192017 to 2018
(in millions of $)(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net gains (losses) on equity securities 925
(329)511
 1,254
(840) (381.2)%(164.4)%Net gains (losses) on equity securities0.1 0.7 0.9 (0.6)(0.2)(85.7)%(28.9)%
Net realized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investments 1,624
1,100
4,186
 524
(3,086) 47.6 %(73.7)%Net realized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investments(0.2)1.2 1.6 (1.4)(0.4)(116.7)%(24.9)%
Net gains (losses) on other real estate owned (5)(322)(2,383) 317
2,061
 (98.4)%(86.5)%Net gains (losses) on other real estate owned(0.1)(0.1)— — (0.1)— %(1,980.0)%
Net other gains (losses) 223
(1,304)(1,045) 1,527
(259) (117.1)%24.8 %Net other gains (losses)(1.2)(0.6)0.2 (0.6)(0.8)100.0 %(347.5)%
Total other gains (losses) 2,767
(855)1,269
 3,622
(2,124)
(423.6)%(167.4)%Total other gains (losses)(1.4)1.2 2.7 (2.6)(1.5)(216.7)%(55.6)%
Net gains (losses)Gains (Losses) on equity securitiesEquity Securities
A $0.9$0.1 million gain was recorded with respect to equity securities at fair value in 20192021, a decrease of $0.6 million compared to net losses of $0.3$0.7 million in 20182020 and net gains of $0.5$0.9 million in 2017.2019. The balance in 2021 reflected the net realized gain on the sale of seed investments in Butterfield mutual funds. The balance in 2020 reflected lower mark-to-market gains on equity securities, partly due to mark-to-market losses recognized earlier in 2020 due to market volatility as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The gains in 2019 reflected higher mark-to-market gains on equity securities. The losses in 2018 reflected losses on equity securities. The gains in 2017 reflected pricing movements on certain equity securities.
Net Realized Gains (Losses) on Available-For-SaleAvailable-for-Sale Investments
Net realized gainslosses of $1.6$0.2 million were recorded in 2019 and $1.12021, with gains of $1.2 million in 2018.2020 and $1.6 million in 2019. In 2021, the loss is due to the strategic disposal of lower yielding explicitly guaranteed and implicitly guaranteed US government and federal agency securities. In 2020, the gain is due to the strategic decision to liquidate floating rate and purchase fixed rate US government and federal agency securities. In 2019, the gain is primarily as a result of the rebalancing of our investment portfolio resulting in the sale of our remaining corporate debt and commercial mortgage-backed securities and the sale of a US Treasury security and liquidation proceeds from a former investment as detailed below. In 2018, the gain was a result of the sale of certain investments from our US government and federal agency portfolio and liquidation proceeds from a former investment as detailed below. In both 2019 and 2018,all three years presented, the proceeds from the sale of the above-mentioned investments were used to acquire US government and federal agency securities for either our AFS or HTM portfolios.
Included in this amount in 2019 was a $1.0 million net realized gain on the receipt of liquidation proceeds from our former investment in the Avenir Pass-through Note, which was formerly a structured investment vehicle. In 2017 and 2018, we received $2.6 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in liquidation proceeds from this same investment. Management considers these gains in 2017, 2018 and 2019 to be non-core.
Net Realized/Unrealized Gains (Losses) on other real estate ownedOther Real Estate Owned
Valuation adjustments and realized gains and losses related to real estate held for sale were losses of $5.0 thousand$0.1 million in 20192021 compared to losses of $0.3$0.1 million in 20182020 and $2.4 million$5.0 thousand in 2017.2019. In 2021, these losses relate to the net revaluation losses on foreclosed property. In 2020, these losses relate to net revaluation losses on two properties. In 2019, these small losses were attributable to the revaluation of properties offset by the gain on the sale of a property in Bermuda. In 2018, these losses were attributable largely to the revaluation of several properties in Bermuda. In 2017, these gains were attributable largely to the revaluation of two properties in Bermuda.

62


Net Other Gains (Losses)
Net other gainslosses were $0.2$1.2 million in 20192021 compared to net other losses of $1.3$0.6 million in 20182020 and $1.0net other gains of $0.2 million in 2017.2019. The losses in 2021 relate to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment which was partially offset by a gain on the disposal of Visa Inc. Class B shares which were received as part of the restructuring of Visa U.S.A. in 2007 and which management considers to be non-core. The losses in 2020 relate to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment offset by a distribution from an equity method investment as a result of the sale of a legacy business interest. The gains in 2019 are principally the result of the sale of a fixed asset. The losses in 2018 are principally the result of a non-core defined pension plan settlement loss incurred in the UK. Included in the 2017 results is a write-off of a fees receivable balance partially offset by repricing gains on certain private equity investments.
Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income represents capital efficient and stable revenue sources for the Group. Non-interest income is derived primarily from banking, including cards, foreign exchange commissions, asset management fees as well as trust fees. Our trust fee structure provides for varied pricing that depends primarily on the size of the relationship and the nature of services provided. As a result, it is not always possible to draw a direct relationship between the value of client assets and the level of non-interest income, though the trend of non-interest income generally follows the trend in client asset levels.
Total non-interest income increased by $14.2 million from $168.7$183.9 million in 20182020 to $184.0$198.1 million in 2019.2021. Non-interest income as a percentage of total net revenue increased slightly from 32.5%37.3% in 20182020 to 34.7%39.5% in 2019.2021.
Total non-interest income increaseddecreased by $0.1 million from $157.8$184.0 million in 20172019 to $168.7$183.9 million in 2018.2020. Non-interest income as a percentage of total net revenue decreased slightlyincreased from 34.8%34.7% in 20172019 to 32.5%37.3% in 2018.2020.
The following table presents the components of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 2017:2019:
For the year ended December 31 Dollar change Percent change
 For the year ended December 31,  Dollar change  Percent change
(in thousands of $) 201920182017
2018 to 20192017 to 2018
2018 to 20192017 to 2018
(in millions of $)(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Asset management 28,721
25,603
24,711
 3,118
892
 12.2 %3.6%Asset management29.9 29.2 28.7 0.7 0.5 2.4 %1.8 %
Banking 49,347
45,010
43,772
 4,337
1,238
 9.6 %2.8%Banking51.9 47.3 49.3 4.6 (2.0)9.7 %(4.1)%
Foreign exchange revenue 37,001
32,895
32,222
 4,106
673
 12.5 %2.1%Foreign exchange revenue43.4 37.2 37.0 6.2 0.2 16.7 %0.5 %
Trust 51,220
51,004
44,936
 216
6,068
 0.4 %13.5%Trust52.9 50.7 51.2 2.2 (0.5)4.3 %(1.1)%
Custody and other administration services 12,868
9,262
8,149
 3,606
1,113
 38.9 %13.7%Custody and other administration services15.2 13.8 12.9 1.4 0.9 10.1 %7.6 %
Other non-interest income 4,818
4,912
4,035
 (94)877
 (1.9)%21.7%Other non-interest income4.8 5.6 4.8 (0.8)0.8 (14.3)%16.4 %
Total non-interest income 183,975
168,686
157,825
 15,289
10,861
 9.1 %6.9%Total non-interest income198.1 183.9 183.9 14.2 (0.1)7.7 %(0.1)%
Asset Management
Asset management revenues are generally based on the market value of assets managed and the volume of transactions and fees for other services rendered. We provide asset management services from our offices in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands. Revenues from asset management were $29.9 million in 2021, compared to $29.2 million in 2020, and $28.7 million in 2019, compared to $25.6 million in 2018, and $24.7 million in 2017.2019.
The table that follows shows the changes in the year-end values of clients' assets under management, sub-divided between those managed for clients on a discretionary basis and client funds invested in mutual funds that Butterfield manages ("Butterfield Funds"):
Year ended December 31 Dollar Change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 2020
Butterfield Funds1,758 2,029 2,157 (271)(128)
Other assets under management3,740 3,529 3,491 211 38 
Total assets under management5,498 5,558 5,648 (60)(90)
  Year ended December 31,  Dollar Change
(in millions of $) 201920182017 2018 to 20192017 to 2018
Butterfield Funds 2,157
2,058
2,099
 99
(41)
Other assets under management 3,491
2,786
2,947
 705
(161)
Total assets under management 5,648
4,844
5,046
 804
(202)
20192021 vs. 20182020
Asset management fees are generated primarily from management fees earned from Butterfield Funds and discretionary portfolios, as well as custody and brokerage fees. AUM were relatively unchanged at $5.5 billion as at December 31, 2021, compared to $5.6 billion as at December 31, 2019, compared to $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2018. The increase in AUM was largely a result of overall valuation increases in the stock and bond markets as well as the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands). In line with the increase in AUM, asset2020. Asset management fees earned increased by $3.1$0.7 million or 12.2%2.4% in 2019,2021, compared to 2018.2020. This was driven by an increase in brokerage fees coupled with market growth and new business, primarily in the Channel Islands and Cayman Islands.
20182020 vs. 20172019
AUM were $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2018, compared to $5.0 billion as at December 31, 2017. The decrease in AUM was largely a result of a decrease in valuation of the investments within the Butterfield Funds due to market performance. In spite of this, asset management fees earned on Butterfield Funds increased by $1.7 million due to increased management fee rates applied to certain of the Butterfield Funds as well as several corporate clients transferring their mandates to the Butterfield Funds from discretionary portfolios.
The remaining assetAsset management fees are generated primarily from management fees onearned from Butterfield Funds and discretionary portfolios, other than Butterfield Funds, as well as custody and brokerage fees. ManagementAUM were relatively unchanged at $5.6 billion as at December 31, 2020, compared to December 31, 2019. Asset management fees onearned increased by $0.5 million or 1.8% in 2020, compared to 2019. This was driven by an increase in fees from discretionary portfolios, primarily in the other mutual funds decreased by $1.1 millionChannel Islands as a result of decreased AUMthe full year recognition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) income, and was partially offset by a reduction in those fundsthe Bank's money market fund income due to the aforementioned transfer to the Butterfield Funds as well as several lost customers. Custody and brokerage fees increased by $0.3 million to $2.1 million, predominantly as a result of a slight increase in brokerage commission from transaction volume.

fee reductions.
Banking
We provide a full range of community, commercial, and private banking services in select jurisdictions. Banking services are offered to individuals and small to medium-sized businesses through branch locations, internet banking, automated teller machines, debit and credit cards, and mobile banking in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, while private banking services are offered in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and Guernsey. Banking revenues reflect loan, transaction processing, and other fees earned in these jurisdictions.
Banking fee revenues increased by 9.6%9.7% in 20192021 to $49.3$51.9 million, compared to $45.0$47.3 million in 2018,2020, primarily due primarily to furthervolume-driven increases in credit cardfrom increased economic activity and increased fees resulting from the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands).higher facility non-utilization and one-off breakage fees.
63


Banking fee revenues increaseddecreased by 2.8%4.1% in 20182020 to $45.0$47.3 million, compared to $43.8$49.3 million in 2017,2019, primarily due to much lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related border closures in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands and "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily to further increases induring the months of April and May. These restrictions impacted card service fee contributions as well as tourism credit card activity, and revised fee schedules in several jurisdictions in 2018.volumes.
Foreign Exchange
We provide foreign exchange services in the normal course of business in all jurisdictions. The major contributors to foreign exchange revenues are Bermuda and the Cayman Islands, accounting for 84%78% of our foreign exchange revenue (2018: 93%(2020: 79%; 2017: 92%2019: 84%). We do not maintain a proprietary trading book. Foreign exchange income is generated from client-driven transactions and totaled $43.4 million in 2021, compared to $37.2 million in 2020 and $37.0 million in 2019, compared to $32.9 million in 2018 and $32.2 million in 2017.2019. The $4.1$6.2 million increase from 20182020 to 2021 was primarily due to volume-driven increases from increased economic activity. The $0.2 million increase from 2019 to 2020 primarily resulted from increased revenues relating tothe full year effect of the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition, offset by lower volumes this year due to much lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily during the months of April and increased client activityMay and related volumes in both retail and institutional foreign exchange flows. The $0.7 million increase from 2017 to 2018 reflects further increased client activity and related volumes in both retail and institutional foreign exchange flows.the loss of some repeat corporate businesses that has not been replaced.
Trust
We provide both personal and institutional fiduciary services from our operations in Bermuda, The Bahamas, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Singapore and Switzerland. Revenues are derived from a combination of fixed fees, fees based on the size and complexity of the trust relationship and fees based on time spent in relation to the range of personal trust and company administration services and pension and employee benefit trust services we provide.
In 2019,2021, trust revenues represented 27.8%26.7% of our non-interest income, down from 30.2%27.5% in 2018.2020. In 2019,2021, trust revenues totaled $51.2$52.9 million, an increase of $0.2$2.2 million or 0.4%4.4% over 2018.
In 2018, trust revenues represented 30.2% of our non-interest income, up from 28.5% in 2017. In 2018, trust revenues totaled $51.0 million, an2020. This increase of $6.1 million or 13.5% over 2017, attributable largely to an additional revenue as a result of the acquisition of Deutsche Bank's GTS businesses in March 2018, as well as structured, proactive business development activities. Improved new business results were seen in all of our businesses in both personal and institutional fiduciary services.was driven primarily by higher activity-based fees.
Trust AUA were $91.7$106.4 billion at the end of 20192021 compared to $96.1$104.1 billion at the end of 2018, a decrease2020, an increase of $4.4$2.3 billion or 4.6%2.2%, which is attributable largely to the revaluation of some assets held in the underlying trust structures in Switzerland and offset by the revision of fee agreements for a strategic decision to exit certain customer relationships. Trust AUA increasedtrust structure in Guernsey.
In 2020, trust revenues represented 27.5% of our non-interest income, down from 27.8% in 2019. In 2020, trust revenues totaled $50.7 million, a decrease of $0.5 million or 1.1% over 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by $0.7 billion or 0.7% from 2017 to 2018, which is attributable toa reduction in the addition of AUA as a result of the acquisition of Deutsche Bank’s Global Trust Solutions in March 2018, as well as revisions to the value of the AUA.time spent on trust services and lower fixed fees.
Custody and Other Administration Services
Custody fees are generally based on market values of assets in custody, the volume of transactions and flat fees for other services rendered. We provide custody services from our offices in Bermuda, Guernsey, and Jersey. In 2019,2021, revenues were $12.9$15.2 million, an increase of $3.6$1.4 million from 2018 partially as a result2020 due to the on-boarding of new business. From 2019 to 2020, revenues increased by $0.9 million due to the aforementioned acquisitionfull year impact of the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition and from a full year's activity related to the clients onboarded late in 2018 and in the first quarter of 2019 from the Deutsche Bank’s Global Trust Solutions acquisition in 2018. From 2017 to 2018, revenues increasedoffset by $1.1 million as a result of the aforementioned acquisition of Deutsche Bank's GTS businesses.some fee waivers.
Total AUA for the custody and other administration services business were $36.8 billion on December 31, 2021, an increase from $32.4 billion on December 31, 2020 and $30.3 billion on December 31, 2019, up from $24.5 billion on December 31, 2018 and $27.5 billion on December 31, 2017.2019.
Other Non-Interest Income
The components of our other non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 20172019 are set forth in the following table:
Year ended December 31Dollar ChangePercent Change
 Year ended December 31, Dollar Change Percent Change
(in thousands of $) 201920182017 2018 to 20192017 to 2018 2018 to 20192017 to 2018
(in millions of $)(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net share of earnings from equity method investments 331
1,122
1,091
 (791)31
 (70.5)%2.8 %Net share of earnings from equity method investments0.1 0.6 0.3 (0.4)0.3 (66.7)%74.6 %
Rental income 1,211
1,087
1,714
 124
(627) 11.4 %(36.6)%Rental income2.2 1.7 1.2 0.5 0.5 29.4 %44.4 %
Other 3,276
2,703
1,230
 573
1,473
 21.2 %119.8 %Other2.5 3.3 3.3 (0.8)— (24.2)%0.2 %
Total other non-interest income 4,818
4,912
4,035
 (94)877
 (1.9)%21.7 %Total other non-interest income4.8 5.6 4.8 (0.8)0.8 (14.3)%16.4 %
In 2019,2021, we recorded our net share of earnings from equity method investments as a gain of $0.3$0.1 million, a $0.8$0.4 million decrease due to lower equity pick-up by equity method investments. From 2019 to 2020, equity pickup increased due to higher earnings by equity method investments. From 2017 to 2018, equity pickup was flat. Rental income increased by $0.1$0.5 million to $1.2$2.2 million in 20192021 and decreased by $0.6$0.5 million from 20172019 to 20182020 due to increased sub-let income in the sale of a rented property in early 2018.Channel Islands. Included in the "Other" category are maintenance fees from leased premises and other miscellaneous income.
Non-Interest Expenses
Expense management continued to be a key focus in 2019, however we continued to incur costs associated with our2021, especially as revenue remained under pressure as a result of lower US listing, primarily Sarbanes-Oxley related consultancy costs, as well as an increase in salaries and benefit costs.dollar interest rates. Total non-interest expenses in 20192021 were $356.9$333.9 million compared to $321.3$344.6 million in 20182020 and $300.3$356.9 million in 2017.2019. These figures include non-core expenses in 2021, 2020 and 2019 2018of $1.8 million, $8.0 million and 2017 of $21.8 million, $1.5 million and $8.1 million, respectively.
After adjusting for these non-core items, 20192021 core expenses were up $15.3decreased by $4.5 million (4.8%)or 1.3% with a slight increasecorresponding decrease in the core efficiency ratio to 62.2%65.5% from 61.5%66.0% in 2018.2020. From 20172019 to 2018,2020, core non-interest expenses increased by $27.6$1.5 million (9.4%) with a corresponding improvementincrease in the core efficiency ratio to 61.5%66.0% from 64.3%62.2% in 2017.

2019 due to the reduction in revenue driven by the low interest rate environment.
In 2019,2021, salaries and other employee benefits accounted for 51.5%48.3% of non-interest expenses, with technology and communications and property making up 24.3%28.4% combined.




64


The following table presents the components of non-interest expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 2017:2019:
 Year ended December 31, Dollar Change Percent ChangeYear ended December 31Dollar ChangePercent Change
(in millions of $) 201920182017 2018 to 20192017 to 2018
2018 to 20192017 to 2018(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Salaries and other employee benefits 183.7
159.8
145.1
 23.9
14.7
 14.9%10.1 %Salaries and other employee benefits161.3 173.7 183.7 (12.3)(10.0)(7.1)%(5.4)%
Technology and communications 62.6
60.3
54.0
 2.4
6.3
 3.9%11.7 %Technology and communications63.8 65.2 62.6 (1.3)2.5 (2.0)%4.0 %
Property 24.2
21.8
19.9
 2.4
1.9
 10.8%9.5 %Property30.9 29.4 24.2 1.5 5.2 5.0 %21.5 %
Professional and outside services 28.0
26.0
27.2
 1.9
(1.2) 7.4%(4.4)%Professional and outside services21.4 21.3 28.0 0.1 (6.7)0.6 %(23.9)%
Indirect taxes 21.1
19.5
18.1
 1.6
1.4
 8.3%7.7 %Indirect taxes22.1 21.3 21.1 0.8 0.2 3.6 %1.0 %
Amortization of intangible assets 5.5
5.1
4.2
 0.4
0.9
 7.1%21.4 %Amortization of intangible assets6.0 5.8 5.5 0.2 0.4 3.3 %6.8 %
Marketing 8.1
6.1
5.7
 1.9
0.4
 31.6%7.0 %Marketing4.6 4.4 8.1 0.1 (3.6)2.7 %(44.8)%
Restructuring costs 

1.8
 
(1.8) %(100.0)%
Non-service employee benefits expense 5.6
5.6
8.1
 0.1
(2.5) 1.4%(30.9)%Non-service employee benefits expense3.9 2.6 5.6 1.2 (3.0)47.3 %(53.3)%
Other non-interest expenses 18.2
17.2
16.3
 1.1
0.9
 6.3%5.5 %Other non-interest expenses19.9 20.9 18.2 (1.0)2.7 (4.7)%14.6 %
Total non-interest expenses 356.9
321.3
300.3
 35.6
21.0
 11.1%7.0 %Total non-interest expenses333.9 344.6 356.9 (10.7)(12.3)(3.1)%(3.4)%
Non-core items (Non-GAAP) (21.8)(1.5)(8.1) (20.3)6.6
 1,353.3%(81.5)%Non-core items (Non-GAAP)(1.8)(8.0)(21.8)6.2 13.8 (77.5)%(63.3)%
Core non-interest expenses (Non-GAAP) 335.1
319.8
292.2
 15.3
27.6
 4.8%9.4 %Core non-interest expenses (Non-GAAP)332.1 336.6 335.1 (4.5)1.5 (1.3)%0.4 %
For a full reconciliation of GAAP net income to core net income, please see "Selected Consolidated Financial DataItem 5.A. "Operating Results — Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures".
Salaries and Other Employee Benefits
Total salaries and other employee benefits costs were $183.7$161.3 million in 2019, up $23.92021, a decrease of $12.3 million compared to 2018.2020. Included in 20192021 were (i): $16.0$1.5 million of non-core costs in relation to redundancy costs associated with the transfer of Channel Islands banking operations functions from Mauritius to Butterfield's service centers in Canada and Guernsey. In 2020, $8.0 million relates to COVID-19 related cost restructure programs (voluntary separation and redundancy costs). In 2019, $16.0 million relates to severance and early retirement programs (nil million in 2018, and $0.2 million in 2017); and (ii) nil million in 2019, nil million in 2018, and $0.6 million in 2017 relating to the extensive review and account remediation exercise to determine the US tax compliance status of US person account holders.programs.
Core salaries, which exclude these amounts, and other employee benefits costs were $167.7$159.9 million in 2019, up $7.92021, down $5.8 million compared to 2018$165.7 million in 2020 primarily due to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) and the Halifax service center expansion.resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs. From 20172019 to 2018,2020, core salaries increased $15.5decreased by $2.0 million primarily due to an increasea reduction in discretionary compensation expense,health insurance and an increase due to headcount increases resulting from the acquisition of Deutsche Bank's GTS business and its banking and custody business in the Cayman and Channel Islands completed during 2018.temporary employment services.
Headcount on a full-time equivalency basis at the end of 20192021 was 1,512,1,277, compared to 1,3731,314 in 20182020 and 1,1901,512 in 2017.2019. Staffing levels overall remained fairly constant from 2020 to 2021 although there was some relocation of non-client facing roles across jurisdictions. The increasedecrease from 20182019 to 20192020 was as a result of the Halifax service center expansioncost restructure programs (voluntary separation and the ABN AMRO (Chanel Islands) acquisition. The increase from 2017 to 2018 was a result of the two acquisitions completed during 2018.redundancy costs).
Technology and Communications
Technology and communication costs reflect expenses relating to the support for our IT infrastructure and increaseddecreased from $60.3$65.2 million in 20182020 to $62.6$63.8 million in 2019 primarily2021 due to the acquisitiondepreciation of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) in July 2019.the Bank's core banking system outpacing costs associated with the new technology projects. From 20172019 to 2018,2020, technology and communications costs increased by $6.3$2.5 million to $60.3$65.2 million due to increased support services provided duringhigher software maintenance costs, the year.full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition and partially offset by lower corporate travel costs.
Property
Property costs, which reflect occupancy expenses, building maintenance, and depreciation of property, plant and equipment, were $24.2$30.9 million in 2019, up $2.42021, an increase of $1.5 million from $21.8$29.4 million recorded in 2018 due primarily2020 driven by the continued investment in property projects and renovations of our Head Office branch in Bermuda.
From 2019 to 2020, property costs increased by $5.2 million driven by the full year recognition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.
From 2017 to 2018, property costsexpenses as well as increased by $1.9 million due primarily tohealth and safety related expenditure and planned renovations around the costs associated with the build out for new operations in Jersey, Singapore and Mauritius.Group.
Professional and Outside Services
Professional and outside services primarily include consulting, legal, audit and other professional services. TheProfessional and outside services costs were $21.4 million in 2021, in line with $21.3 million in 2020.
In 2019, expense of $28.0 million included $5.5 million of non-core specific acquisition related costs. In 2018 and 2017, the total expenses of $26.0 million and $27.2$28.0 million included non-core project expenses of $0.9$5.5 million which relates to sale and $4.8 million, respectively.purchase agreement negotiation, due diligence and other legal costs in connection with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition. Excluding the non-core costs, professional fees for our core business decreased by $2.6$1.4 million from 20182019 to 2019 due to the non-recurrence of items in 2018 such as the development of a recovery plan and cyber risk related programs, offset by an increase in audit and external legal costs, including those in connection with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition. Excluding the non-core project-related programs, professional fees for our core business increased by $2.8 million from 2017 to 2018 due to an increase in costs associated with our external audit associated with the expanded geographic footprint and the integrated audit approach, and an increase in external legal costs. The non-core professional fee project-related costs in 2019 and prior periods included:
Legal and professional fees relating to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands), which amounted to $5.5 million in 2019;
Costs relating to the extensive review and account remediation exercise to determine the US tax compliance status of US person account holders resulting from the so-called John Doe Summonses issued by the USAO to six US financial institutions with which we had correspondent bank relationships. There were no costs associated with this remediation exercise during the year ended December 31, 2019 (2018: nil; 2017: $0.9 million);

Legal and professional fees relating to the acquisition of Deutsche Bank’s GTS business, excluding its US operations, which were completed in 2018 (2018: $0.9 million; 2017: $2.1 million); and
Legal and professional fees relating to the secondary bank share offering completed during 2017, which amounted to $1.9 million in 2017.2020.
Indirect Taxes
These taxes reflect taxes levied in the jurisdictions in which we operate, including employee-related payroll taxes, customs duties, and business licenses. In 2019,2021, the expense was $21.1$22.1 million, up $1.6an increase of $0.8 million due primarilywhich mainly relates to the increasedelevated deposit and gross asset volumes which impact deposit insurance and financial services tax contributions, increased insurance costs, banking license fees and partially offset by lower payroll taxes due to reduced headcount. From 2019 to 2020, indirect taxes increased by $0.2 million which mainly relates to the cost restructure program (voluntary separation and redundancy) in Bermuda related to a rate increase in 2019.2020. Of the $21.1$22.1 million in indirect taxes, $17.0$17.4 million was paid to the Bermuda government agencies for payroll tax, business licenses, deposit insurance, land taxes, and financial services tax and $4.1$4.7 million was paid to other governments for business licenses, insurance tax, land taxes and work permit fees. From 2017 to 2018, indirect taxes increased by $1.4 million due mainly to increased payroll taxes and increased payments on the asset tax introduced in the prior year, as well as payments for the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Scheme, all in Bermuda.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
Intangible assets relate to client relationships acquired from business acquisitions and are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, not exceeding 15 years. The estimated lives of these acquired intangible assets are re-evaluated annually and tested for impairment. The amortization expense associated with
65


intangible assets was $6.0 million in 2021 compared to $5.8 million in 2020 and $5.5 million in 2019 compared to $5.1 million in 2018 and $4.2 million in 2017.2019. Amortization increased $0.2 million from 20182020 to 20192021 due to the impact of foreign currency exchange rates and increased by $0.4 million from 2019 to 2020 as a result of additional identifiable intangible assets resulting from the acquisition offull year amortization charge on the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) in April 2019, and increased by $0.9 million from 2017 to 2018 as a result of additional identifiable intangible assets resulting from the two acquisitions completed during 2018.asset.
Marketing
Marketing expenses reflect costs incurred in advertising and promoting our products and services. Marketing expenses totaled $8.1$4.6 million in 2019, up $2.0 million2021 and remained mostly flat compared to 2018, primarily as a result of2020. From 2019 to 2020, marketing expenses decreased by $3.6 million, which is associated with lower costs on the Bank's re-branding initiative, announced in Q3 2019. Marketinglower travel expenses increased slightly as a percentage of total net revenue before provision for credit losses and other gains and losses to 1.5% from 1.2%. From 2017 to 2018 marketing expenses increased by $0.4 million, primarily as a result of several smaller marketing initiatives and costs associated with new business initiatives, and decreased slightly as a percentage of total net revenue before provision for credit losses and other gains and losses to 1.2% from 1.3%.
client event costs.
Other Non-Interest Expenses
 For the year ended December 31, Dollar Change Percent ChangeFor the year ended December 31Dollar ChangePercent Change
(in millions of $) 201920182017 2018 to 20192017 to 2018 2018 to 20192017 to 2018(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Stationery & supplies 1.7
1.4
1.3
 0.2
0.1
 16.1%7.7 %Stationery & supplies1.0 1.2 1.7 (0.2)(0.5)(13.5)%(29.3)%
Custodian & handling 2.5
2.2
2.1
 0.3
0.1
 12.9%4.8 %Custodian & handling3.4 3.0 2.5 0.4 0.5 14.5 %20.9 %
Charitable donations 1.4
1.3
1.0
 0.1
0.3
 6.3%30.0 %Charitable donations1.1 1.6 1.4 (0.4)0.2 (27.6)%14.6 %
Insurance 3.4
3.1
3.3
 0.3
(0.2) 9.9%(6.1)%
Professional lines insuranceProfessional lines insurance3.9 3.7 3.4 0.3 0.3 7.3 %8.9 %
Other expenses 9.4
9.2
8.6
 0.2
0.6
 2.4%7.0 %Other expenses10.4 11.5 9.4 (1.1)2.1 (9.5)%22.8 %
Total other non-interest expenses 18.2
17.2
16.3
 1.1
0.9
 6.3%5.5 %Total other non-interest expenses19.9 20.9 18.2 (1.0)2.7 (4.7)%14.6 %
Other non-interest expenses were $18.2$19.9 million in 2019, an increase2021, a decrease of $1.1$1.0 million compared to 2018, reflecting2020, driven by lower operational losses and write-offs.
From 2019 to 2020, other non-interest expenses increased by $2.7 million, driven by the acquisitionfull year recognition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) expenses as well as higher operational losses and write-offs in the timing of the Deutsche Bank GTS acquisition in 2018 and related costs primarily in Jersey.
From 2017 to 2018, other non-interest expenses increased $0.9 million, principally driven by an increase in charitable donations during 2018.Channel Islands.
Income Taxes
Each jurisdiction in which we operate is subject to different corporate income tax laws. See Item 3.D. "Risk Factors - Regulatory and Tax-Related Risks". We are incorporated in Bermuda as a local company and, pursuant to Bermuda law, not obligated to pay any direct corporate taxes in Bermuda on either income or capital gains there.gains. Our subsidiaries in the Cayman Islands and The Bahamas are not subject to any taxes on either income or capital gains under current laws applicable in the respective jurisdictions. In general, entities in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands are not subject to corporate income taxes but are required to pay higher rates of indirect taxes (included above) such as license fees and, in Bermuda, payroll taxes.taxes and import duties.
Our subsidiaries in the UK, Guernsey, Jersey, Switzerland, Canada, Singapore, and Mauritius are subject to the tax laws of those jurisdictions. See Note 26 "Income"Note 25 Income taxes" in the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for a reconciliation between the effective income tax rate and the statutory income tax rate.
In 2019,2021, income tax expense netted to a recoveryan expense of $1.4$3.1 million compared to an expense of $1.3$2.4 million in 2018.2020. The change in income tax expense of $2.7$0.7 million in 20192021 (2019 to 2020: $3.7 million) was driven by an increase in profitability in our Guernsey subsidiary, changes in the deferred tax valuation allowance and offset by the impact of a change in tax rates. The change in income tax expense of $3.7 million in 2020 was mostly due to a change in the deferred tax valuation allowance resulting in a deferred tax recovery in the UK.
From 2017 to 2018, the change in income tax of $0.2 million was due primarily to increased profitability in our Guernsey subsidiary.
Net Income
We reported net income of $177.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $195.2 million in 2018 and $153.3 million in 2017. The decrease from 2018 to 2019 of $18.1 million was driven by higher non-interest expenses and lower provision for credit recoveries, offset by higher net interest and non-interest income, higher other gains, and an income tax recovery. These movements primarily reflect the impact of the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands)UK in 2019, because the effects of the completed Deutsche Bank acquisitions in 2018, and the non-core items of $20.8 million for the year related principally to deal-related expenses attributable to the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition and cost restructuring initiatives in Bermuda and the Channel Islands.UK subsidiary became profitable.
The increase from 2017 to 2018 of $41.9 million was driven by higher net interest and non-interest income, offset by higher non-interest expenses. The increases in net interest and non-interest income were driven principally by an increasing interest rate environment, which drove higher interest income on loans and investments, and revised fee schedules, which led to higher banking fees and asset management fees.

66
49



Consolidated Balance Sheet and Discussion
The following table shows the balance sheet as reported as at December 31, 20192021 and 2018:2020:
As at
December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar ChangePercent Change
Assets   
Cash due from banks2,180 3,290 (1,110)(33.7)%
Securities purchased under agreement to resell96 197 (101)(51.3)%
Short-term investments1,199 823 376 45.7 %
Investment in securities6,237 4,863 1,374 28.3 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses5,241 5,161 80 1.6 %
Premises, equipment and computer software139 151 (12)(7.9)%
Goodwill and intangibles86 93 (7)(7.5)%
Other assets158 162 (4)(2.5)%
Total assets15,335 14,739 596 4.0 %
Liabilities  
Total deposits13,870 13,250 620 4.7 %
Total other liabilities316 335 (19)(5.7)%
Long-term debt172 171 0.6 %
Total liabilities14,358 13,757 601 4.4 %
Common shareholders' equity977 982 (5)(0.5)%
Total shareholders' equity977 982 (5)(0.5)%
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity15,335 14,739 596 4.0 %
  
As at
December 31
  
(in millions of $) 20192018 Dollar ChangePercent Change
Assets  
 
  
 
Cash due from banks 2,550
2,054
 496
24.1%
Securities purchased under agreement to resell 142
27
 115
425.9%
Short-term investments 1,218
52
 1,166
2,242.3%
Investment in securities 4,436
4,255
 181
4.3%
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 5,143
4,044
 1,099
27.2%
Premises, equipment and computer software 158
158
 
%
Goodwill and intangibles 97
75
 22
29.3%
Other assets 177
108
 69
63.9%
Total assets 13,922
10,773
 3,149
29.2%
Liabilities  
 
 

 
Total deposits 12,442
9,452
 2,990
31.6%
Total other liabilities 373
295
 78
26.4%
Long-term debt 144
143
 1
0.7%
Total liabilities 12,958
9,891
 3,067
31.0%
Common shareholders' equity 964
882
 82
9.3%
Total shareholders' equity 964
882
 82
9.3%
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 13,922
10,773
 3,149
29.2%

  
As at
December 31,
  20192018
Capital Ratios  
 
Risk-weighted assets 4,898
4,321
Tangible common equity (TCE) 867
808
Tangible assets (TA) 13,825
10,698
TCE/TA 6.3%7.5%
Common Equity Tier 1 17.3%19.6%
Total Tier 1 17.3%19.6%
Total Capital 19.4%22.4%
Leverage ratio 5.9%7.6%

As at
December 31
20212020
Capital Ratios  
Risk-weighted assets5,1015,069
Tangible common equity (TCE)891889
Tangible assets (TA)15,24914,646
TCE/TA5.8 %6.1 %
Common Equity Tier 117.6 %16.1 %
Total Tier 117.6 %16.1 %
Total Capital21.2 %19.8 %
Leverage ratio5.6 %5.3 %
We maintain a liquid balance sheet and are well capitalized. As at December 31, 2019,2021, total cash due from banks, short-term investments and investment in securities represented $8.3$9.7 billion, or 60.0%63.3% of total assets, up slightly from 59.3%62.2% at the end of 2018.2020. Shareholders' equity at December 31, 20192021 was $963.7$977.5 million, updown from $882.3$981.9 million at the end of 20182020 due primarily to the movement in unrealized gains (losses) on AFS investments included in AOCIL from an unrealized gain to an unrealized loss position and partially offset by net income onfor the year net of dividends paid.paid and shares repurchased.
Total assets increased by $3.1$0.6 billion to $13.9$15.3 billion from 20182020 to 2019,2021, primarily reflectingdue to an increase in depositor funding which is reflected in the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands)increase in July 2019.cash and the investment portfolio.
As at December 31, 2019,2021, our capital ratios were strong, and were significantly in excess of regulatory requirements. Effective January 1, 2016, theThe Bank's regulatory capital is determined in accordance with current Basel III guidelines as issued by the BMA. Basel III adopts CET1 as the predominant form of regulatory capital with the CET1 ratio as a new metric. Basel III also adopts the new Leverage Ratio regime, which is calculated by dividing Tier 1 capital by an exposure measure. The exposure measure consists of total assets (excluding items deducted from Tier 1 capital) and certain off-balance sheet items converted into credit exposure equivalents as well as adjustments for derivatives to reflect credit risk and other risks.
The TCE/TA ratio at the end of 20192021 was 6.3% (2018: 7.5%5.8% (2020: 6.1%), while the CET1 and total Tier 1 capital ratios at the end of 20192021 were 17.3% (2018: 19.6%17.6% (2020: 16.1%) and 17.3% (2018: 19.6%17.6% (2020: 16.1%), respectively. These ratios continue to remain in excess of regulatory minimums at December 31, 2019.2021.

67


Cash Due from Banks, Securities Purchased Under Agreement to Resell and Short-Term Investments
We only place deposits with highly-rated institutions and ensure that there is appropriate geographic and sector diversification in our exposures. Limits are set for aggregate geographic exposures and for every counterparty for which we place deposits. Those limits are monitored and reviewed by our Credit Risk Management division and approved by the Financial Institutions Committee. We define cash due from banks to include cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, amounts due from correspondent banks and liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in fair value. Such investments are those with less than three months maturity from the date of acquisition and include unrestricted term deposits, certificates of deposit and treasury bills. Investments of a similar nature that are either restricted or have a contractual maturity of more than three months but less than one year or less are classified as short-term investments. Securities purchased under agreement to resell are treated as collateralized lending transactions, and are referred to as repurchase agreements. We utilize repurchase agreements to manage liquidity. The risks of these transactions include changes in the fair value in the securities posted or received as collateral and other credit-related events. The Bank manages these risks by ensuring that the collateral involved is appropriate and by monitoring the value of the securities posted or received as collateral on a daily basis.
As at December 31, 2019,2021, cash due from banks, securities purchased under agreements to resell and short-term investments were $3.9$3.5 billion, compared to $2.1$4.3 billion as at December 31, 2018.2020. The increasedecrease from 20182020 to 20192021 is primarily a result of redeploying funds into the acquired ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) multi-currency earning assets held in cash and short term investments until behavioralized over the medium term.investment portfolio.
See "Note 3: Cash due from banks", "Note 4: Short-term investments" and "Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreements and commitments" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 20192021 for additional tables and information.
Investment in Securities
Our investment policy requires management to maintain a portfolio of securities that provide the liquidity necessary to cover our obligations as they come due, and mitigate our overall exposure to credit and interest rate risk, while achieving a satisfactory return on the funds invested. The securities in which we invest are limited to securities that are considered investment grade. Securities in our investment portfolio are accounted for as either equity securities at fair value, trading, AFS or HTM. Investment policies are approved by the Board, governed by the Group Asset and Liability Committee and monitored by Group Market Risk, a department of the Group Risk Management division.
Consistent with industry and rating agency designations, we define investment grade as "BBB" or higher. As at December 31, 2019,2021, 100% (2020: 99.8% (2018: 99.9%) of our total investments were investment grade. Of these securities, 100% (2020: 99.8% (2018: 99.9%) are rated "A" or higher.
The following table presents the carrying value of investment securities by balance sheet category as at December 31, 20192021 and 2018:2020:
 
As at
December 31,
  
  
As at
December 31
  
(in millions of $) 20192018 Dollar Change Percent Change(in millions of $)20212020Dollar ChangePercent Change
Equity securities at fair value 7
6
 1
 16.7%Equity securities at fair value— (7)(100.0)%
Available-for-sale 2,220
2,183
 37
 1.7%Available-for-sale3,474 2,661 813 30.6 %
Held-to-maturity 2,209
2,066
 143
 6.9%Held-to-maturity2,763 2,194 569 25.9 %
Total Investment in Securities 4,436
4,255
 181
 4.3%Total Investment in Securities6,237 4,863 1,374 28.3 %
The investment portfolio was $4.4 billion as at December 31, 2019, compared to $4.3 billion as at December 31, 2018. The total investments were placed primarilyalmost exclusively in US government and federal agency securities were $4.3totaling $5.9 billion, based upon carrying value, or 96.0%94.7% of the total investment portfolio, as at December 31, 2019.2021. Total net unrealized gains of the investment portfolio were $60.8$0.4 million, compared to net unrealized lossesgains of $72.8$185.2 million at the end of 2018.2020. The movement in unrealized gains for the year was primarily driven by a decreasedue higher long-term US dollar interest rates in the yield of longer-dated US treasuries during the period. The 10-year treasury rate was 1.92% as at December 31, 20192021 compared to 2.68% as at December 31, 2018.2020.
Equity securities at fair value totaled $7.4$0.2 million at the end of 2019, compared to $6.52021, a decrease of $7.0 million atdriven by the endsale of 2018. As at December 31, 2019 and 2018, equity securities at fair value consisted entirely of real estate mutual funds andthe seed capital invested in mutual funds managed by the Bank. As at December 31, 2021, the remaining equity securities at fair value consisted of real estate mutual funds.
AFS securities totaled $2.2$3.5 billion at the end of 2019,2021, compared to $2.2$2.7 billion at the end of 2018.2020. As at December 31, 2019, 92.4%2021, 90.5% or $2.1$3.1 billion (2018: 81.8%(2020: 96.4%, or $1.8$2.6 billion) of AFS securities consisted of holdings of securities issued by the US government and federal agencies. The US government guarantees 55.1% or $2.4 billion (2018: 45.8% or $1.9 billion) of these securities. As at December 31, 2019,2021, the remaining 7.6%9.5%, or $167.9$330.1 million of AFS securities (2018: 14.6%(2020: 3.5% or $317.5$95.1 million) was comprised primarily of guaranteed student loan-backed securities of 0.6%0.4%, or $13.2 million (2020: 0.5%, or $12.9 million (2018: 0.6%, or $12.6 million), debt securities issued by non-US governments of 1.2%8.3%, or $25.7$289.6 million (2018: 1.2%(2020: 0.8%, or $25.4$22.4 million) and residential mortgage-backed securities of 5.8%0.8%, or $129.3$27.3 million (2018: 7.2%(2020: 2.2%, or $156.3$59.7 million). The overall increase in US government and federal agency securities was funded by both a reallocationan increase in depositor funding as well as the redeployment of funds from short-term investments and the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.cash due from banks.
HTM investments were $2.2$2.8 billion as at December 31, 2019 (2018: $2.12021 (2020: $2.2 billion) and consisted entirely of mortgage-backed securities issued by US federal agencies that management does not intend to sell before contractual maturity. The increase in the HTM portfolio was also related to a repositioning in the third quarter of 2019 of the investment portfolio intended to increase investment yield and reduce volatility in other comprehensive income.
Investment Valuation — OTTIImpairment and Credit Loss Considerations
Securities in unrealized loss positions are analyzed as part of management's ongoing assessment of OTTI. Whenimpairment and credit losses. For debt securities, where management does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security and intends to sell such securities or it is more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the securities before recovering the amortized cost, it recognizes an impairment loss equal to the full difference between the amortized cost basis and the fair value of those securities. securities through the income statement. Following the recognition of impairment, the security's new amortized cost basis is the previous basis less impairment.
When management does not intend and is not required to sell equity or debtit is more likely than not that the Bank will hold such securities in an unrealized loss position, potential OTTI is considered using a variety of factors, including:until recovering the length of timeamortized cost, management determines whether any credit losses exist. See "Note 2.H: Investments" and extent to which the market value has been less than amortized cost; adverse conditions specifically related to the industry, geographic area or financial condition of the issuer or underlying collateral of a security; payment structure of the security; changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency; the volatility of the fair value changes; and changes in fair value of the security after the balance sheet date."Note 2.J: Allowance for Credit Losses".
While management sold AFS securities in 20192021 and 2018,2020, these securities were sold for gainsnet loss of $0.7$0.2 million and $0.1net gain of $1.2 million, respectively.respectively, and involved selling US agency securities as part of a portfolio rebalancing strategy in order to manage duration and interest rate sensitivity. This also included selling lower yielding explicitly guaranteed US agency securities and purchasing higher yielding implicitly guaranteed US agency securities as well as selling floating rate notes in exchange for fixed rate notes due to the current low interest rate environment. Management does not have the intention or does not foresee a more likely than not scenario where the Bank will be required to sell any further securities which are in an unrealized loss position, and accordingly, management has concluded that these sales doare not result in an OTTI indicatorcredit loss indicators for any remaining securities in a loss position as at December 31, 2019.2021.

68


See "NoteNote 5: Investment in securities"securities to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 20192021 for additional tables and information.
Loans
The loan portfolio increased from $4.0$5.16 billion at the end of 20182020 to $5.1$5.24 billion as at December 31, 2019, mostly as2021. The Cayman Islands and the Channel Islands and UK segments saw growth in their residential mortgage portfolios, which was partially offset by the repayment of a resultnumber of the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) as well as new residential loan origination in the central London mortgage bookcommercial and two new sovereign mandatescommercial real estate facilities in Bermuda and Cayman. Lending in the Channel Islands and UK grew to $1.1 billion as at December 31, 2019, an increase of $0.3 billion from December 31, 2018.segments during the period.
The loan portfolio represented 36.9%34.2% of total assets as at December 31, 2019 (2018: 37.5%2021 (2020: 35.0%), while loans as a percentage of customertotal deposits decreased from 42.9%38.9% at the end of 20182020 to 41.4%37.8% at the end of 2019.2021.
Allowance for credit losses as at December 31, 20192021 totaled $23.6$28.1 million, a decrease of $1.5$6.0 million from the prior year. The movement was due primarily to the improvement in the allowance was mainly the result of recoveries and provision releases of $1.5 million (including recoveries of $1.6 million), augmented by charge-offs of $3.0 million recorded during the year. Of the total allowance, the general allowance was $5.9 million (2018: $10.2 million)macroeconomic forecasts impacting future expected credit loss estimates and the specific allowance was $17.7 million (2018: $14.9 million), reflecting a specific coverage ratio of 35.1%, compared to 30.6% as at December 31, 2018.reduction in non-performing loans.
Gross non-accrual loans totaled $50.4$61.0 million as at December 31, 2019, marginally higher2021, $11.4 million lower than $48.7$72.5 million as at December 31, 2018,2020, and represented 1.0%1.2% of the total loan portfolio as at December 31, 2019,2021, compared to 1.2%1.4% as at December 31, 2018. During 2019,2020. The decrease in non-accrual loans was driven by the payoff of residential mortgages and a commercial mortgage in Bermuda and partially offset by a residential mortgage in the Channel Islands moving into non-accrual in the fourth quarter of 2021. In 2021, we held OREO amounting to $3.8$0.7 million (2018: $5.3(2020: $4.1 million), consistinga decrease of $3.4 million due to the sale of commercial real estate in Bermuda.
Overall, the credit quality of $3.3 million (2018: $3.3 million) and foreclosed residential propertiesthe Bank's lending portfolio saw an improvement from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021, driven by improved credit metrics on a number of $0.5 million (2018: $2.1 million).large commercial real estate loans as well as paydowns in the portfolio.
Government
Loans to governments were $370.8$259.6 million, which was a $265.1$19.8 million increasedecrease from 2018,2020, due primarily to an increasethe repayment of a government agency facility in sovereign lending in Bermuda and Cayman in the latter part of 2019.Bermuda.
Commercial
The commercial and industrial loan portfolio includes loans and overdraft facilities advanced primarily to corporations and small and medium-sized entities, which are generally not collateralized by real estate and where loan repayments are expected to flow from the operation of the underlying businesses.
Commercial real estate loans are offered to real estate investors, developers and builders domiciledbased primarily in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. To manage our credit exposure on such loans, the principal collateral is real estate held for commercial purposes and is supported by a registered mortgage. Cash flows from the properties, primarily from rental income, are generally supported by non-cancellable long-term leases to high quality international businesses. These cash flows are generally sufficient to service the loan. The portfolio increaseddecreased by $178.7$67.0 million to $753.8$693.2 million at December 31, 2019 as a result of the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.2021.
Commercial loans outstanding as at December 31, 20192021 were $559.4$478.4 million, which represented an increasea decrease of $16.9$41.9 million from the previous year.year as repayments continued to exceed new loan growth.
Residential
The residential mortgage portfolio comprises mortgages to clients with whom we are seeking to establish (or already have) a comprehensive financial services relationship. It includes mortgages to individuals and corporate loans secured by residential property.
All mortgages were underwritten utilizing our stringent credit standards. See "Risk Management — Credit Risk"Item 5.A. "Operating Results". Residential loans consist of conventional home mortgages and equity credit lines.
As at December 31, 2019,2021, residential mortgages totaled $3.2$3.6 billion (or 62.3%68.8% of total gross loans), a $0.6 billion$218.5 million increase from December 31, 2018.2020. This increase was attributed mainly to growth in both the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) as well as increases inCayman Islands and the Channel Islands and UK residential mortgage portfolio.books.
OREO and Non-Accrual Loans
Non-accrual loans increased during the year by $1.7 million, and OREO decreased by $1.5 million. Non-accrual loans increased as a result of several loans, primarily within residential mortgages, moving to non-performing status during the year. This was partially offset by the extinguishment of the Barbados Government debt in exchange for both cash and Barbados government bonds now held in our AFS securities portfolio. The decrease in OREO was principally driven by the sale of residential property in Bermuda. The Bank continues to work with customers with non-performing loans and focus on improving the quality of the loan portfolio.
Other Loan Portfolios
We provide loans, as part of our normal banking business, in respect of automobile financing, consumer financing, credit cards, commercial financing, loans to financial institutions and overdraft facilities to retail, corporate and private banking clients in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As at December 31, 2019,2021, other consumer loans totaled $256.5$214.8 million (or 5.0%4.1% of total gross loans), a $76.0$16.0 million increasedecrease from December 31, 2018 principally2020. This was due to lower unsecured loan utilization resulting from the ABN AMRO (Channel) Islands acquisition.COVID-19 pandemic.
See "Note 6: Loans" and "Note 7: Credit risk concentrations" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 20192021 for more information on our loan portfolio and contractual obligations and arrangements.
Deposits
Deposits are our principal funding source for use in lending, investments and liquidity. We are a deposit-led bank and do not require the use of wholesale or institutional markets to fund our loan business. See "Risk Management —Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Liquidity Risk" and "Risk Management —"- Credit Risk". Deposit balances at the end of reporting periods can fluctuate due to significant balances that flow in and out from private trust, fund and insurance clients to meet quarter-end operational requirements.

69


The table below shows the year-end and average customertotal deposit balances by jurisdiction for the year ended and as at December 31, 20192021 and 2018:2020:
 
As at
December 31
 Dollar change Average balance Dollar changeAs at
December 31
Dollar changeAverage balanceDollar change
(in millions of $) 20192018 20192018 (in millions of $)2021202020212020
Bermuda 4,403
4,503
 (100) 4,371
5,281
 (910)Bermuda4,511 4,813 (302)4,616 4,353 263 
Cayman 3,450
3,345
 105
 3,315
2,979
 336
Cayman IslandsCayman Islands4,612 4,109 503 4,400 3,585 815 
Channel Island and the UK 4,555
1,604
 2,951
 3,283
1,348
 1,935
Channel Island and the UK4,747 4,329 418 4,724 4,138 586 
Other 

 
 
58
 (58)
Total customer deposits 12,408
9,452
 2,956
 10,969
9,666
 1,303
Total depositsTotal deposits13,870 13,250 620 13,740 12,075 1,665 
Average customertotal deposits increased by $1.3$1.7 billion to $11.0$13.7 billion in 2019.2021. On a year-end basis, customertotal deposits were up $3.0 billion to $12.4$0.6 billion from $9.5$13.3 billion at the end of 2018.2020. The increase in deposit balances was largely a result ofdriven by corporate deposit increases in Cayman and the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands).Channel Islands, and partially offset by expected corporate deposit decreases in Bermuda.
Customer demandDemand deposits, which include checking accounts (both interest bearing and non-interest bearing), savings and call accounts, totaled $9.4$10.9 billion, or 75.4%78.8% of total customer deposits at the end of 2019,2021, compared to $7.4$10.6 billion or 79.1%79.9%, at the end of 2018. Customer term2020. Term deposits increased by $1.1$0.3 billion to $3.0$2.9 billion compared to the prior year. The cost of funds on deposits increaseddecreased from 1821 basis points in the full year ended 20182020 to 4711 basis points in 2019 as a result2021 primarily due to the active repricing of both increasesdeposits in term deposit rates paid across all jurisdictions as well as the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) deposit book which had a higher cost of funding.response to market conditions. Average non-interest bearing deposits decreased slightlyincreased to $2.1 billion.$2.9 billion from $2.4 billion in 2020.
Included in total deposits are deposits from banks of $26.4 million at the end of 2021, up from $25.1 million at the end of 2020.
See "Note 10: Customer deposits and deposits from banks"Deposits" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 20192021 for additional tables and information.
Borrowings
We have no issuances of certificates of deposit ("CD"), commercial paper ("CP") or senior notes outstanding and have no CD or CP issuance programs. We use funding from the inter-bank market as part of interest rate risk and liquidity management. As at December 31, 2019,2021, deposits from banks totaled $33.8$26.4 million, relatively flat from$1.3 million higher than the prior year.
Employee Future Benefits
We maintain trusteed pension plans including non-contributory defined benefit plans and a number of defined contribution plans, and provide post-retirement healthcare benefits to our qualifying retirees. The defined benefit provisions under the pension plans are generally based upon years of service and average salary during the final years of employment. The defined benefit pension and post-retirement healthcare plans are not open to new participants, are non-contributory and thus the funding required is provided by us, based upon the advice of an independent actuary. The defined benefit pension plans are in the Bermuda, Guernsey and UK jurisdictions, and the defined benefit post-retirement medical plan is in Bermuda. The Bank also has a residual obligation in addition to its defined contribution plan in Mauritius.
Effective December 31, 2011, the Bermuda defined benefit pension benefits were amended to freeze credited service and final average earnings for remaining active members. Effective January 2012, all the participants of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan are inactive and in accordance with GAAP, the net actuarial loss of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan is amortized over the estimated average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants of 22.8 years. Prior to all Bermuda participants being inactive, the net actuarial loss of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan was amortized to net income over the estimated average remaining service period for active members of 4.5 years.
Effective September 30, 2014, the defined benefit pension benefits of our Guernsey operations were amended to freeze credited service and final average earnings for remaining active members. The benefits amendment resulted in a further reduction in the Guernsey defined benefit pension liability of $4.6 million as at September 30, 2014.
Effective October 2014, all of the participants of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan are inactive and in accordance with GAAP, the net actuarial loss of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan will be amortized over the estimated average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants of 39 years. Prior to all Guernsey participants being inactive, the net actuarial loss of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan was amortized to net income over the estimated average remaining service period for active members of 15 years.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, numerous changes in the plan provisions were made to align the plan provisions with our administrative practices resulting in a further increase in the Bermuda defined benefit post-retirement healthcare plan liability of $7.9 million. We amortize prior service credit resulting from plan amendments that occurred when plan members were active employees, on a linear basis over the expected average remaining service period (to full eligibility) of active members expected to receive benefits under the plan. Such remaining service periods are as follow: 3.1 years for the 2010 plan amendments and 4.6 years for the 2011 plan amendments. Plan amendments occurring in 2014 resulted in the recognition of new prior service cost on December 31, 2014 on a plan for which substantially all members are now inactive and, in accordance with GAAP, we have elected to amortize this new prior service cost on a linear basis over 21 years, which is the average remaining life expectancy of members eligible for benefits under the plan at the time of the amendments.
As at December 31, 2019,2021, we had a net obligation for employee future benefits in the amount of $110.3$126.2 million, down $6.9$5.0 million (5.8%(3.8%) from $117.2$131.3 million at the end of 2018.2020. The decrease was driven primarily by improvementsexperienced gains from increases in discount rate assumptions used to measure the valuation of fundobligation as well as actual return on pension plan assets partially offset by plan amendments.in 2021 being greater than expected.
See "Note 11: Employee benefit plans" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 20192021 for additional tables and information.
Long-Term Debt, Interest Payments and Maturities
We had outstanding issuances of long-term debt with a carrying value of $143.5$171.9 million as at December 31, 20192021 and $143.3$171.5 million as at December 31, 2018,2020, all issued in US Dollars. On June 11, 2020, the Bank issued US $100 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and due on June 15, 2030.  The issuance was by way of a registered offering with US institutional investors. The notes are listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. The proceeds of the issue were used, amongst other, to repay the entire amount of the US $45 million outstanding subordinated notes series 2005-B which matured on July 2, 2020 and the entire amount of the US $25 million outstanding subordinated notes series 2008-B which were eligible for redemption. As at December 31, 2019, $97.3 million2021, all of our outstanding long-term debt was eligible for inclusion in our Tier 2 regulatory capital base, and was limited to 50% of Tier 1 capital, down from $111.3 million at the end of 2018 due to the two older issuances amortizing in the last five years to maturity. On May 24, 2018, the Bank issued US $75 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and are due on June 1, 2028. The notes were offered in the US pursuant to the Bank's automatic shelf registration statement of Form F-3 filed with the SEC on April 18, 2018. The notes are listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. The proceeds from the sale of the notes were used, among other, to repay the entire amount of the US $47 million outstanding subordinated notes series 2003-B. The notes issued pay a fixedcapital.

70

coupon of 5.25% until June 1, 2023 when they become redeemable in whole at the option of the Bank. The notes were priced at a spread of 2.27% over the 10-year US Treasury yield. There were no other significant movements in long-term debt during the period from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2019.

The following table presents the contractual maturity, interest rates and principal outstanding as at December 31, 2019:2021:
Long-term debt (in millions of $) Long-term debt (in millions of $)Earliest date
redeemable at
the Bank's option
Contractual
maturity date
Interest rate until date redeemableInterest rate from earliest date
redeemable to contractual maturity
Principal
outstanding
Long-term debt (in millions of $)
Earliest date
redeemable at
the Bank's option
Contractual
maturity date
Interest rate until date redeemable
Interest rate from earliest date
redeemable to contractual maturity
Principal
outstanding
2005 issuance - Series BJuly 2, 2015July 2, 20205.11%3 months US$ LIBOR + 1.695%45.0
2008 issuance - Series BMay 27, 2018May 27, 20238.44%3 months US$ LIBOR + 4.929%25.0
2018 issuanceJune 1, 2023June 1, 20285.25%3 months US$ LIBOR + 2.255%75.02018 issuanceJune 1, 2023June 1, 20285.25%3 months US$ LIBOR + 2.255%75.0
Unamortized issuance costs (1.5)
2020 issuance2020 issuanceJune 15, 2025June 15, 20305.25%3 months US$ SOFR + 5.060%100.0
Unamortized debt issuance costsUnamortized debt issuance costs(3.1)
Total  143.5Total  171.9
See "Note 20:19: Long-term debt" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 20192021 for additional information.
Other Liabilities
Other liabilities include operating lease liabilities, derivative liabilities, current employee salaries and benefits payable and related payroll tax, as well as sundry liabilities. Other liabilities increaseddecreased by $81.0$14.5 million to $254.0$189.4 million as at December 31, 2019. This increase2021. The decrease was a result of decreased mark-to-market losses on derivatives and offset by higher sundry liabilities.
Leases
In the normal course of operation, the Bank enters into leasing agreements either as the lessee or the lessor, mostly for office and parking spaces as well as for small office equipment. The Bank recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases. Lease liabilities are measured as the present value of future lease payments, including term renewals that are reasonably certain to occur, discounted using the Bank’s incremental borrowing rate. The Bank has used the rate of its June 11, 2020 debt issuance as the current incremental borrowing rate.
The terms of the existing leases, including renewal options that are reasonably certain to be exercised, extend up to the year 2035. Certain lease payments will be adjusted during the related leases’ terms based on movements in the relevant consumer price index.
See "Note 13: Leases" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional information.
Repurchase Agreements
We also obtain funds from time to time from the sale of securities to institutional investors under repurchase agreements. In a repurchase agreement transaction, we will generally pledge investment securities as collateral in a borrowing transaction, agreeing to repurchase the identical security on a specified later date, generally not more than 90 days, at a price greater than the original sales price. The difference between the sale price and repurchase price is the cost of the use of the proceeds, or interest expense. The investment securities underlying these agreements may be delivered to securities dealers who arrange such transactions as collateral for the repurchase obligation. Repurchase agreements represent a cost competitive funding source and also provide liquidity on agency paper for us. However, we are subject to the risk that the borrower of the securities may default at maturity and not return the collateral. In order to minimize this potential risk when entering into such transactions, we generally deal with large, established investment brokerage firms with whom we have master repurchase agreements. Repurchase transactions are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements rather than as sales of such securities, and the obligation to repurchase such securities is reflected as a liability in our consolidated financial statements. As at December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no repurchase agreements outstanding.
Shareholders' Equity
Shareholders' equity decreased during the year ended December 31, 2021 by $4.5 million to $977.5 million.
Increases totaling $197.4 million included:
$162.7 million of net income for the year;
$19.2 million from adjustments to employee benefit plans;
$15.2 million for share-based compensation and settlements; and
$0.3 million of other adjustments.
The increases were offset by the following decreases of $201.9 million:
$87.3 million of common share dividends;
$19.8 million from net increases in treasury shares; and
$94.8 million from net change in unrealized gains (losses) on AFS investments.

71



Segment Overview
The Bank is managed by the Chairman and CEO on a geographic basis. The Bank presents four reportable segments, three geographical and one other: Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Channel Islands and the UK, and Other. The Other segment is composed of several non-reportable operating segments that have been aggregated in accordance with GAAP. Each reportable segment has a managing director who reports to the Chairman and CEO. The Chairman and CEO and the segment managing director have final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment.
Transactions between segments are accounted for on an accrual basis and are all eliminated upon consolidation. The Bank generally does not allocate assets, revenues and expenses among its business segments, with the exception of certain corporate overhead expenses and loan participation revenue and expenses. Loan participation revenue and expenses are allocated pro-rata based on the percentage of the total loan funded by each jurisdiction participating in the loan.
Bermuda (Including Head Office)
For more than 150 years, Bermuda has served as home to our headquarters and remains our largest jurisdiction in terms of number of employees and business volume. The following table provides certain financial information for our Bermuda segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income146.0 159.6 183.9 (13.6)(24.3)(8.5)%(13.2)%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)2.2 (8.8)(3.1)11.0 (5.7)125.0 %(183.9)%
Non-interest income84.6 85.2 89.1 (0.6)(3.9)(0.7)%(4.4)%
Net revenue before other gains (losses)232.8 236.0 269.9 (3.2)(33.9)(1.4)%(12.6)%
Operating expenses(186.8)(192.8)(209.4)6.0 16.6 (3.1)%(7.9)%
Net income before other gains (losses)46.0 43.2 60.5 2.8 (17.3)6.5 %(28.6)%
Total other gains (losses)0.9 2.0 2.2 (1.1)(0.2)(55.0)%(9.1)%
Net income46.9 45.2 62.7 1.7 (17.5)3.8 %(27.9)%
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,511 4,813 (302)(6.3)%
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,023 2,077 (54)(2.6)%
Total assets5,728 5,925 (197)(3.3)%
Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services16,099 16,071 28 0.2 %
Trust54,452 53,512 940 1.8 %
Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds1,531 1,811 (280)(15.5)%
Other assets under management2,272 2,152 120 5.6 %
Total assets under management3,803 3,963 (160)(4.0)%
Number of employees413 449 (36)(8.0)%
2021 vs. 2020
    Net income before other gains and losses was $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, up by $2.8 million from $43.2 million in the prior year. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased by $13.6 million to $146.0 million in 2021, due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
    There is a provision for credit recoveries of $2.2 million in 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $8.8 million in 2020. The movement is due to both the improvement in macroeconomic forecasts impacting future expected credit loss estimates and a reduction in non-performing loans.
    Non-interest income decreased by $0.6 million to $84.6 million in 2021. This was primarily due to lower administration fees on loan participations; lower asset management fees and reduced dividends as a result of the liquidation of a private equity investment. These decreases were partially offset by increases in foreign exchange revenue, trust income and custody income from higher volumes, increased fees and onboarding of new clients during the year, respectively.
    Operating expenses decreased by $6.0 million to $186.8 million in 2021 which was driven by the decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and partially offset by increases in property maintenance costs and non-service employee benefits expense due to increased costs from the post-retirement medical benefit plan.
    Total assets as at December 31, 2021 were $5.7 billion, down $0.2 billion from December 31, 2020. Total deposits were $4.5 billion in December 31, 2021, down $0.3 billion from December 31, 2020, and loan balances at December 31, 2021 were relatively flat at $2.0 billion.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2021 were $54.5 billion and $16.1 billion, respectively, while assets under management were $3.8 billion. This compares with $53.5 billion, $16.1 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2020.
72


2020 vs. 2019
    Net income before other gains and losses was $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, down by $17.3 million from $60.5 million in the prior year. This decrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased by $24.3 million to $159.6 million in 2020, due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
    Provision for credit losses was up by $5.7 million to $8.8 million in 2020. The increase is due to the implementation of the new CECL model, COVID-19 driven negative macroeconomic forecasts impacting the future expected credit loss estimate and loans migrating into the past due and non-performing categories.
    Non-interest income decreased by $3.9 million to $85.2 million in 2020. This was primarily due to lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily during the months of April and May, impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes. Asset management fees were impacted from Q3 2020 due to fees on the Bank's money market fund being reduced to offset low short term market rates.
    Operating expenses decreased by $16.6 million to $192.8 million in 2020 driven by a decrease in salary and other employee benefit costs, due to both higher restructuring costs and the costs associated with the departure of a senior executive in 2019; decreased professional and other outside services costs, due principally to the costs associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition in 2019 which were booked at the Head Office level and a reduction in the volume of professional and outside services due to vendor management cost reduction programs implemented in 2020; reduced marketing costs from the delay of rebranding and reduced travel expenditure due to COVID-19; and partially offset by an increase in property costs due to extra health and safety related expenditure and planned renovations.
    Total assets as at December 31, 2020 were $5.9 billion, up $0.7 billion from December 31, 2019. Total deposits were $4.8 billion in December 31, 2020, up $0.4 billion from December 31, 2019, and loan balances at December 31, 2020 were unchanged at $2.1 billion.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2020 were $53.5 billion and $16.1 billion, respectively, while assets under management were $4.0 billion. This compares with $44.4 billion, $15.2 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2019.
Cayman Islands
We are a leading financial services provider in the Cayman Islands, offering a comprehensive range of personal and corporate financial services. In addition to our strong retail presence, we are focused on the provision of wealth management services including private banking, asset management and trust services.
We have continued to enhance our client delivery channels and online and mobile banking platform upgrades. With four Banking Centers in desirable locations and 17 ATMs strategically located in Grand Cayman, we continue to be a leading provider of financial services locally. The following table provides certain financial information for our Cayman Islands segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income91.0 95.4 114.6 (4.4)(19.2)(4.6)%(16.8)%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)1.4 0.5 1.9 0.9 (1.4)180.0 %(73.7)%
Non-interest income58.1 49.3 51.9 8.8 (2.6)17.8 %(5.0)%
Net revenue before other gains (losses)150.5 145.2 168.4 5.3 (23.2)3.7 %(13.8)%
Operating expenses(58.9)(62.6)(61.1)3.7 (1.5)(5.9)%2.5 %
Net income before other gains (losses)91.5 82.6 107.3 8.9 (24.7)10.8 %(23.0)%
Total other gains (losses)0.2 0.4 0.6 (0.2)(0.2)(50.0)%(33.3)%
Net income91.7 83.0 107.9 8.7 (24.9)10.5 %(23.1)%
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,612 4,109 503 12.2 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses1,137 1,124 13 1.2 %
Total assets4,973 4,480 493 11.0 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services4,396 3,159 1,237 39.2 %
Trust8,008 7,611 397 5.2 %
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds163 170 (7)(4.1)%
Other assets under management702 625 77 12.3 %
Total assets under management866 795 71 8.9 %
Number of employees241236 2.1 %



73


2021 vs. 2020
Net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $91.5 million, up by $8.9 million from $82.6 million in 2020. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $91.0 million in 2021, down by $4.4 million compared to 2020. The decrease from 2020 to 2021 was due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit recoveries of $1.4 million in 2021 represented an increase of $0.9 million compared to credit recoveries of $0.5 million in 2020. The favorable variance was mainly due to the completion of a large condominium development and repayment of the associated construction loan during the year.
Non-interest income was $58.1 million, up $8.8 million from 2020 driven by increased economic activity impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes coupled with higher non-utilization fees on certain credit facilities.
Operating expenses decreased by $3.7 million from 2020 to $58.9 million in 2021, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and lower technology and communications costs due to lower depreciation costs which is outpacing the new system roll-out. This was partially offset by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from increased utilization of our Canadian service center.
Total assets as at December 31, 2021 were $5.0 billion, up $0.5 billion from December 31, 2020, reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans were relatively stable at $1.1 billion at December 31, 2021 with growth in residential mortgage lending offsetting repayments from commercial facilities.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $8.0 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.9 billion at December 31, 2021. This compares with $7.6 billion, $3.2 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2020.
2020 vs. 2019
Net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $82.6 million, down by $24.7 million from $107.3 million in 2019. This decrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $95.4 million in 2020, down by $19.2 million compared to 2019. The decrease from 2019 to 2020 was due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit losses was a recovery of $0.5 million in 2020, representing a decrease of $1.4 million compared to a credit recovery of $1.9 million in 2019. This decrease was mainly due to lower credit recoveries in 2020 as a result of the net specific provision release driven by a small government loan-to-debt conversion in 2019.
Non-interest income was $49.3 million, down $2.6 million from 2019 driven by lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily during the months of April and May, impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes.
Operating expenses increased by $1.5 million from 2019 to $62.6 million in 2020, driven primarily by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from the Halifax service center; an increase in property costs due to extra health and safety related expenditure; an increase in IT sourcing and communication costs; and partially offset by reduced marketing costs from the delay of rebranding and reduced travel expenditure due to COVID-19.
Total assets as at December 31, 2020 were $4.5 billion, up $0.6 billion from December 31, 2019, reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans were relatively flat at $1.1 billion at December 31, 2020.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $7.6 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion at December 31, 2020. This compares with $7.7 billion, $2.6 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2019.
Channel Islands and the UK
The Channel Islands and UK segment includes the jurisdictions of Guernsey, Jersey (both in the Channel Islands), and the UK. In the Channel Islands, a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial institutions including private banking, corporate banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management, mortgage lending and fiduciary services. In 2021, the segment entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgages for high-value residential properties. The following table provides certain financial information for our Channel Islands and the UK segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income62.8 62.7 47.2 0.1 15.5 0.2 %32.8 %
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)(0.5)(0.2)1.4 (0.3)(1.6)150.0 %(114.3)%
Non-interest income45.3 40.7 34.3 4.6 6.4 11.3 %18.7 %
Net revenue before other gains (losses)107.6 103.2 82.9 4.4 20.3 4.3 %24.5 %
Operating expenses(81.7)(82.2)(74.2)0.5 (8.0)(0.6)%10.8 %
Net income before other gains (losses)25.9 21.0 8.7 4.9 12.3 23.3 %141.4 %
Total other gains (losses)(2.4)(1.2)— (1.2)(1.2)100.0 %100.0 %
Net income23.5 19.8 8.7 3.7 11.1 18.7 %127.6 %
74


Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,747 4,329 418 9.7 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,171 2,046 125 6.1 %
Total assets5,235 4,827 408 8.5 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services16,263 13,186 3,077 23.3 %
Trust10,374 19,226 (8,852)(46.0)%
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds64 48 16 33.3 %
Other assets under management766 752 14 1.9 %
Total assets under management830 800 30 3.8 %
Number of employees369 363 1.7 %
2021 vs. 2020
Our Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $25.9 million in 2021, an increase of $4.9 million when compared to 2020. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses reflected an increase of $0.1 million to $62.8 million in 2021, compared to $62.7 million in 2020. Favorable GBP/USD foreign exchange rates throughout 2021 more than offset the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and which were partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit losses was up $0.3 million to $0.5 million in 2021, due to an increased provision on a residential mortgage which moved into non-accrual status.
Non-interest income increased by $4.6 million to $45.3 million in 2021, due to increases in foreign exchange revenue, asset management fees and custody income driven by a combination of higher volumes, increased fees and onboarding of new clients during the year.
Operating expenses of $81.7 million in 2021 were $0.5 million lower than 2020, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and lower operational losses and write-offs. This was partially offset by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from increased utilization of our Canada and Mauritius service centers and higher legal and professional fees.
Total other gains (losses) for 2021 increased by $1.2 million compared to 2020 due to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2021, an increase from $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020 reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans increased $0.1 billion to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2021 driven primarily by the growth in the residential mortgage portfolios.
As at December 31, 2021, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $10.4 billion and $16.3 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion. This compares with $19.2 billion, $13.2 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2020. The decrease in AUA for trust is mainly due to the revision of fee agreements for a trust structure in Guernsey. The increase in AUA for custody is mainly due to the on-boarding of new business while AUM remains stable.
2020 vs. 2019
Our Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $21.0 million in 2020, an increase of $12.3 million when compared to 2019. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses increased by $15.5 million to $62.7 million in 2020, compared to $47.2 million in 2019, primarily due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition, the impact of planned deposit repricing and lower deposit volumes from a reduction in primarily Euro deposits. This was partially offset by the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Provision for credit losses was an expense of $0.2 million, compared to a recovery of $1.4 million in 2019 due to the reversal of the Brexit economic factor provision in 2019.
Non-interest income increased by $6.4 million to $40.7 million in 2020, due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition and partially offset by lower trust income from lesser time spent and loss of business.
Operating expenses of $82.2 million in 2020 were $8.0 million higher than 2019, principally due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition; higher operational losses and write-offs and partially offset by higher restructuring costs incurred in 2019 compared to 2020.
Total other gains (losses) for 2020 increased $1.2 million compared to 2019 due to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020, a decrease from $5.1 billion as at December 31, 2019 primarily from a planned reduction of Euro deposit levels associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.
As at December 31, 2020, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $19.2 billion and $13.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion. This compares with $20.4 billion, $12.5 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2019.



75


Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
Assets Under Administration and Assets Under Management
In the normal course of business, we hold AUA and AUM in a fiduciary or agency capacity for our clients. In accordance with GAAP, these assets are not our assets and are not included in our consolidated balance sheets.
Credit-Related Arrangements
We enter into standby letters of credit, letters of guarantee and contractual commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business, which are not required to be recorded on the balance sheet. Since many commitments expire unused or only partially used, these arrangements do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Management believes there are no material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an unusual nature.
Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of our clients in order to secure a client's payment or performance obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent our irrevocable obligation to pay the third-party beneficiary upon presentation of the guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the beneficiary's claim against the client. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, while the term of the letters of guarantee does not exceed four years.
Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client defaults. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit and letters of guarantee, we subject such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as our lending activities. The types and amounts of collateral security we hold for these standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are generally represented by our deposits or a charge over assets held in mutual funds. We are obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases are able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against the collateral security.
Risk Management
Risk Oversight and Management
General
The principal types of risk inherent in our business are market, liquidity, credit and operational risks.
Organizational Structure
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the strategy for risk management, setting the Bank's risk appetite and ensuring that risk is monitored and controlled effectively. It accomplishes its mandate through the activities of two dedicated committees:
The Risk Policy and Compliance Committee ("RPCC"):    This committee of the Board assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities by overseeing the Group's risk profile and its performance against approved risk appetites and tolerance thresholds. Specifically, the committee considers the sufficiency of the Group's policies, procedures and limits related to the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of activities that give rise to credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational, regulatory, compliance, climate and reputational risks, as well as overseeing its compliance with laws, regulations and codes of conduct.
The Audit Committee:    This committee reviews the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the Group's system of internal controls and the control environment, including in respect of the risk management process. It reviews recommendations arising from internal and independent audit review activities and management's response to any findings raised.
Both the RPCC and Audit Committee are supported in the execution of their respective mandates by the dedicated Audit, Compliance and Risk Policy Committees for our UK, Guernsey, Jersey, Cayman Islands and The Bahamas operations, which oversee the sufficiency of local risk management policies and procedures and the effectiveness of the system of internal controls that are in place. These committees are chaired by non-executive directors drawn from the boards of directors for each segment.
The Group executive management team is led by the Chairman and CEO and includes the members of executive management reporting directly to the Chairman and CEO. The executive management team is responsible for setting business strategy and for monitoring, evaluating and managing risks across the Group. It is supported by the following management committees:
The Group Risk and Compliance Committee ("GRCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. It provides a forum for the strategic assessment of risks assumed across the Group as a whole based on an integrated view of credit, market, liquidity, legal, regulatory and financial crime compliance, fiduciary, operational, cybersecurity, climate, insurance, pension, investment, capital and reputational risks, ensuring that these exposures are consistent with the risk appetites and tolerance thresholds promulgated by the Board and oversees the compliance of regulatory obligations arising under applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is responsible (i) for reviewing, evaluating and recommending the Group's Risk Appetite Framework, the results of the Capital Assessment and Risk Profile and recovery and resolution planning processes (including all associated stress testing performed) and the Group's key risk policies to the Board for approval; (ii) for reviewing and evaluating current and proposed business strategies in the context of our risk appetites; and (iii) for identifying, reviewing and advising on current and emerging risk issues and associated mitigation plans; and (iv) for reviewing the Group’s compliance with external regulations and internal policies.
The Group Asset and Liability Committee ("GALCO"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group CFO. The committee is responsible for liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk management and other balance sheet issues. It also oversees key policies and the execution of the Group's investment and capital management strategies and monitors the associated risks assumed. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the work undertaken by the dedicated Asset & Liability Committees in each of the Bank's segments.
The Group Credit Committee ("GCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for a broad range of activities relating to the monitoring, evaluation and management of credit risks assumed across the Group at both transaction and portfolio levels. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the Financial Institutions Committee ("FIC"), a dedicated sub-committee that is responsible for the evaluation and approval of recommended inter-bank and counterparty exposures assumed in the Group's treasury and investment portfolios, and by the activities of the jurisdictional Credit Committees, which review and approve transactions within delegated authorities and recommends specific transactions outside of these limits to the GCC for approval.
The Provisions and Impairments Committee:    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for approving significant provisions and other impairment charges. It also oversees the overall credit risk profile of the Group in regards to non-accrual loans and assets. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by jurisdictional credit committees and the GCC, which make recommendations to this committee.
76


Risk Management
We manage our exposure to risk through a three "lines of defense" model.
The first "line of defense" is provided by our jurisdictional business units, which retain ultimate responsibility for the risks they assume and for bearing the cost of risks associated with these exposures.
The second "line of defense" is provided by our Risk Management and Compliance groups, which work in collaboration with our business units to identify, assess, mitigate and monitor the risks associated with our business activities and strategies. They do this by:
making recommendations to the GRCC regarding the constitution of the Risk Appetite Framework;
setting risk strategies that are designed to manage risk exposures assumed in the course of pursuing our business strategies and aligning them with agreed appetites;
establishing and communicating policies, procedures and limits to control risks in alignment with these risk strategies;
measuring, monitoring and reporting on risk levels;
opining on specific transactions that fall outside delegated risk limits; and
identifying and assessing emerging risks.
The functions within the Risk Management and Compliance groups that support our risk management activities are outlined below.
Group Market Risk — This unit provides independent oversight of the measurement, monitoring and control of liquidity and funding risks, interest rate and foreign exchange risks as well as the market risks associated with our investment portfolios. It also monitors compliance with both regulatory requirements and our internal policies and procedures relating to the management of these risks.
Group Credit Risk Management — This unit is responsible for the adjudication and oversight of credit risks associated with our retail and commercial lending activities and the management of risks associated with our investment portfolios and counterparty exposures. It also establishes the parameters and delegated limits within which credit risks may be assumed and promulgates guidelines on how exposures should be managed and monitored.
Group Operational Risk — This unit assesses the effectiveness of our procedures and internal controls in managing our exposure to various forms of operational risk, including those associated with new business activities and processes and the deployment of new technologies. It is also responsible for our incident management processes and reviews the effectiveness of our loss data collection activities.
Group Compliance — This unit provides independent analysis and assurance of our compliance with applicable laws, regulations, codes of conduct and recommended best practices, including those associated with the prevention of financial crime, including money laundering and terrorist financing. It is also responsible for assessing our potential exposure to upstream risks and for providing guidance on the preparations that should be made in advance of these changes coming into effect. The Group Head of Compliance and Operational Risk reports directly to the Chairman and CEO.
The third "line of defense" is provided by our Group Internal Audit function, which performs oversight and ongoing review, and challenges the effectiveness of the internal controls that are executed by the business, Risk Management and Compliance. The Group Head of Internal Audit has a dual reporting line to both the Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chairman and CEO.
Regulatory Review Process
Our banking, trust and investment business activities in Bermuda are monitored by the BMA as the lead regulator. One of the principal objectives of the BMA is to supervise, regulate and inspect Bermuda-based financial institutions to ensure their financial stability and soundness.
In addition to conducting on-site reviews, the BMA utilizes a comprehensive quarterly statistical return system that enables off-site monitoring. The statistical system is consistent with Basel Committee Standards, and provides the BMA with a detailed breakdown of a bank's balance sheet and profit-and-loss accounts on both a consolidated and unconsolidated basis. This information enables the BMA to monitor the soundness of a bank's financial position and ensure that it meets certain capital requirements. For more information, see Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation - Bermuda - Supervision and Monitoring by the BMA".
Each of our regulated entities is separately monitored by the local regulatory authority in that jurisdiction to ensure its financial stability and soundness.
The Risk Appetite Framework
The Risk Appetite Framework is the cornerstone of our approach to risk management. Developed by executive management and approved formally by the Board, it outlines the appropriateness of taking on certain risks in the pursuit of our strategic objectives and defines those that should be avoided. It also provides management with a clear mandate regarding the amount and type of risk that it may accept and establishes minimum expectations regarding the practices and behaviors that should be brought to bear in managing the exposures assumed. It is aligned with the interests of our stakeholders and informs our business planning processes.






Our framework comprises the following elements:
77


(1)     Broad categories of risk: outsourcing; credit; market; liquidity; regulatory compliance; financial crime compliance; fiduciary; governance; operational; people; climate; cyber and information security; technology; investment; tax reporting; strategy; financial reporting; correspondent banking; reputational and change. These represent the various risks that the Group assumes across the entirety of its operations in the pursuit of its strategic goals.
(2)    A declared risk appetite. To ensure consistency in our risk conversations, these have been distilled into the three options set out in the following table, with each appetite designed to convey a clear strategic direction in terms of the risk/reward profile assumed:
AppetiteDefinitionProfile
ConservativeAreas in which the Group avoids risk, or acts to minimize or eliminate the likelihood that the risk will occur, because we have determined the potential downside costs are intolerable; we must maintain a very strong control environment.Our processes and controls are defensive and focus on detection and prevention.
BalancedAreas in which the Group must constantly strike a balance between the potential upside benefits and potential downside costs of a given decision.Exposures are only assumed when the risk can be quantified accurately and is assessed as being acceptable.
TolerantAreas in which the Group has a preference for disciplined risk-taking because we have determined the potential upside benefits outweigh the potential costs.Exposures can be estimated reliably and structures, systems and processes are in place to manage them.
(3)     A statement of our governing principles relating to each risk category. This establishes the characteristics of the risks that the Bank is willing to assume and the management behaviors that we should exhibit when doing so.
(4)     Specific performance measures and tolerance thresholds in respect of each risk category, combining quantitative and qualitative targets (which are designed to reflect both forward-looking as well as historical perspectives), designed to provide executive management and the Board with an indication of the "direction" of our exposure relative to our declared risk appetite and an early warning of material adverse developments requiring remedial action.
Application of the Risk Appetite Framework
The limits, targets and thresholds used to measure performance continue to be refined by the Group Risk Management and Compliance functions in an effort to express as complete a "picture" as possible of our exposure to a given risk, relative to the stated appetite. All changes proposed pass through a formal review and approval process at both the executive management and Board levels prior to their adoption. Through this approach, the risk appetite framework sets the tone for our risk culture across the Group as a whole, influencing behaviors at all levels of the organization and reinforcing accountability for decisions taken. Many of our jurisdictional offices have developed subsidiary risk appetite frameworks in conjunction with their local risk management functions. This ensures appropriate coverage of local risk factors and the establishment of proportional tolerance thresholds. The Group Risk Management and Compliance functions have reviewed these frameworks prior to their adoption and have modified any appetites proposed that are considered to be inconsistent with the overall Group approach.
Market Risks
Interest Rate Risk Management
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which is defined as the risk of loss of net interest income or changes in net interest margin because of changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk for the Bank is confined to the banking book as the bank does not engage in proprietary trading.
We seek to measure and manage the potential impact of interest rate risk. Interest rate risk occurs when interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities mature or re-price at different times, on a different basis or in unequal amounts. Interest rate risk also arises when our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts each respond differently to changes in interest rates, including as a result of explicit and implicit provisions in agreements related to such assets and liabilities and in off-balance sheet contracts that alter the applicable interest rate and cash flow characteristics as interest rates change. The two primary examples of such provisions that we are exposed to are the duration and rate sensitivity associated with indeterminate-maturity deposits (e.g., interest bearing call accounts) and the rate of prepayment associated with fixed-rate lending and mortgage-backed securities. Interest rates may also affect loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume and other items affecting earnings.
Our management of interest rate risk is overseen by the RPCC, which outlines reporting and measurement requirements. In particular, this infrastructure sets limits and management targets, calculated for various metrics, including our economic value sensitivity, our economic value of equity and net interest income simulations involving parallel shifts in interest rate curves, steepening and flattening yield curves, and various prepayment and deposit duration assumptions. Our Risk Management infrastructure also requires a periodic review of all key assumptions used, such as identifying appropriate interest rate scenarios, setting loan prepayment rates based on historical analysis, non-interest bearing and interest bearing demand deposit durations based on historical analysis, and the targeted investment term of capital.
The principal objective of our interest rate risk management is to maximize profit potential while minimizing exposure to changes in interest rates. Our actions in this regard are taken under the guidance of GALCO. The committee is actively involved in formulating the economic assumptions that we use in our financial planning and budgeting processes and establishes policies which control and monitor the sources, uses and pricing of funds. From time to time, we utilize hedging techniques to reduce interest rate risk. GALCO uses interest income simulations and economic value of equity analysis to measure inherent risk in our balance sheet at specific points in time.
Appetite for interest rate risk is documented in the Group's policies on market risk and investments. This includes the completion of stress testing on at least a quarterly basis of the impact of an immediate and sustained shift in interest rates of +/– 200 basis points on net interest income, economic value of equity and the ratio of tangible total equity to average assets. If any of the parameters established by policy are exceeded, GALCO will provide a plan to executive management to bring the exposure back within tolerance under advice to the Board. The plan does not have to bring the exposure back within limit immediately, but must adjust the exposure within Board and management approved timeframes.
We also use derivatives in the asset and liability management of positions to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. Our derivative contracts principally involve over-the-counter transactions that are privately negotiated between the Group and the counterparty to the contract. Derivative instruments that are used as part of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date.

Interest Rate Risk
78


The following table sets out the assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity and off-balance sheet instruments on the date of the earlier of contractual maturity, expected maturity and repricing date. Use of these tables to derive information about our interest rate risk position is limited by the fact that customers may choose to terminate their financial instruments at a date earlier than the contractual maturity or repricing date. Examples of this include fixed-rate mortgages, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may pre-pay earlier, and certain term deposits, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may be withdrawn before their contractual maturity subject to prepayment penalties. Investments are shown based on remaining contractual maturities. The remaining contractual principal maturities for mortgage-backed securities (primarily US government agencies) do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.
December 31, 2021Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date
(in $ millions)Within
3 months
3 to 6
months
6 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years
Non-interest
bearing
Total
Total fair value(1)
Assets       
Cash and deposits with banks2,064 — — — — 116 2,180 2,180 
Securities purchased under agreement to resell96 — — — — — 96 96 
Short-term investments842 252 105 — — — 1,199 1,199 
Investments(2)
14 14 1,173 5,027 — 6,237 6,260 
Loans(3)
4,208 22 91 705 182 33 5,241 5,265 
Other assets— — — — — 382 382 382 
Total assets7,224 283 210 1,878 5,209 531 15,335 15,382 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity       
Demand deposits8,077 — 27 — — 2,821 10,925 10,925 
Term deposits(4)
1,658 587 602 98 — — 2,945 2,949 
Other liabilities— — — — — 316 316 316 
Subordinated capital(4)
— — — 172 — — 172 159 
Shareholders' equity— — — — — 977 977 1,033 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity9,735 587 629 270  4,114 15,335 15,382 
Interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(304)(419)1,608 5,209 (3,583) 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(2,815)(3,234)(1,626)3,583 —  
____________________________
(1)See Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Fair Values" and "Note 17: Fair value measurements" of the audited consolidated financial statements for further detail on the determination of fair value.
(2)Investments include (i) HTM, which are carried at their amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheet, and (ii) equity securities and AFS investments, each of which are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value columns presents all classifications at their fair value.
(3)Loans are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal amount outstanding, net of allowance for credit losses, unearned income, fair value adjustments arising from hedge accounting and net deferred loan fees.
(4)Term deposits and subordinated capital are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal outstanding.
Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk
The principal objective of our asset and liability management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and preserving adequate levels of liquidity funding and capital.
As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the fair value of all interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.
We manage our exposure to interest rates primarily by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. We do not typically enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of managing interest rate risk, but we may elect to do so in the future. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. Our exposure to holdings categorized as "trading positions" falls below the de minimis threshold established of 5% (ratio of total trading book open position compared to the sum of on- and off-balance sheet assets that are not part of the trading book).
We use an interest rate risk simulation model to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet. Instantaneous parallel rate shift scenarios are modeled and utilized to evaluate risk and establish exposure limits for acceptable changes in net interest margin. These scenarios, known as rate shocks, simulate an instantaneous change in interest rates and use various assumptions, including, but not limited to, prepayments on securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. We also analyze the economic value of equity as a secondary measure of interest rate risk. This is a complementary measure to net interest income where the calculated value is the result of the fair value of assets less the fair value of liabilities. The economic value of equity is a longer-term view of interest rate risk because it measures the present value of all future cash flows. The impact of changes in interest rates on this calculation is analyzed for the risk to our future earnings and is used in conjunction with the analysis on net interest income.


The following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income versus unchanged rates as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
79


For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
+300 basis points21.6 %24.8 %33.2 %42.1 %
+200 basis points14.2 %16.6 %22.6 %29.3 %
+100 basis points6.6 %8.1 %11.5 %15.4 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points17.8 %15.7 %11.9 %8.4 %
The following table presents the change in our economic value of equity as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, assuming immediate parallel shifts in interest rates:
For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
+300 basis points(7.4)%4.5 %
+200 basis points(5.2)%5.0 %
+100 basis points(2.0)%4.2 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points(0.6)%2.8 %
The differences between the change in our net interest income and economic value of equity assuming immediate parallel shifts in interests rates from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 are driven by the redeployment of funds from cash due from banks into the investment portfolio, extending the portfolio duration and reducing asset sensitivity.
Many assumptions are used to calculate the impact of interest rate fluctuations. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections due to several factors, including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. The computations of interest rate risk shown above do not include the full suite of actions that our management may undertake to manage the risks in response to anticipated changes in interest rates, and actual results may also differ materially.
Foreign Exchange Risk
The Group holds various non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and maintains investments in subsidiaries whose domestic currency is either not USD or whose domestic currency is not pegged to USD. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than USD are translated to USD at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. The resulting gains or losses are included in foreign exchange revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries outside of Bermuda are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet date while associated revenues and expenses are translated to USD at the average rate of exchange prevailing through the accounting period. Unrealized translation gains or losses on investments in foreign currency based subsidiaries are recorded as a separate component of shareholders' equity within accumulated other comprehensive loss. Such gains or losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations only when realized. Our foreign currency subsidiaries may give rise to significant foreign currency translation movements against the USD. We also provide foreign exchange services to our clients, principally in connection with our banking and wealth management businesses, and effect other transactions in non-USD currencies. Foreign currency volatility and fluctuations in exchange rates may impact the value of non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than USD do not offset one another, or offset each other in different time periods. If the policies and procedures we have in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of foreign exchange volatility are not followed, or are not effective to mitigate such risks, our results and earnings may be negatively affected. The Group maintains a clearly articulated foreign exchange risk exposure tolerance framework which limits exposures to select major currencies.
Liquidity Risk
The objectives of liquidity risk management are to ensure that the Group can meet its cash flow requirements and capitalize on business opportunities on a timely and cost-effective basis. Liquidity is defined as the ability to hold and/or generate cash adequate to meet our needs for day-to-day operations and material long and short-term commitments. Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if the Group were unable to meet its funding requirements at a reasonable cost.
We monitor and manage our liquidity by banking location and on a Group-wide basis. The treasury functions in the Group's banking operations, located in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, and Jersey, manage day-to-day liquidity. The Group market risk function has the responsibility for measuring and reporting to senior management on liquidity risk positions. We manage our liquidity based on demand, commitments, specific events and uncertainties to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our objective in managing liquidity is to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers as well as to earnings enhancement opportunities in a changing marketplace. Management is responsible for establishing and monitoring liquidity targets as well as strategies to meet these targets. The Group adopts a cautious liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically, the Group manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology.
We maintained a balance sheet with loans representing 34.2% of total assets as at December 31, 2021. Further, at that date there were significant sources of liquidity within our balance sheet in the form of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, securities purchased under agreement to resell and investments amounting to $9.7 billion, or 63.3%, of total assets.
An important element of our liquidity management is our liquidity contingency plan which can be employed in the event of a liquidity crisis. The objective of the liquidity contingency plan is to ensure that we maintain our liquidity during periods of stress. This plan takes into consideration a variety of scenarios that could challenge our liquidity. These scenarios include specific and systemic events that can impact our on- and off-balance sheet sources and uses of liquidity. This plan is reviewed and updated at least annually.
Credit Risk
80


Credit risk is defined as the risk that unexpected losses arise as a result of the Group's borrowers or market counterparties failing to meet their obligations to repay. Credit risk is managed through the jurisdictional CRM departments. CRM provides a system of checks and balances for our diverse credit-related activities by establishing and monitoring all credit-related policies and practices throughout the Group and assuring their uniform application. These activities are designed to diversify credit exposure on an industry and client basis, thus lessening overall credit risk. These credit management activities also apply to our use of derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange contracts and interest rate risk management instruments, which are used primarily to facilitate client transactions.
Individual credit authority for commercial and other loans is limited to specified amounts and maturities. Credit decisions involving commitment exposure in excess of the specified individual limits are submitted to CRM and then to the GCC, which provides a forum for ongoing executive review of loan activity, establishing our credit guidelines and policies and approving selected credit transactions in accordance with our business objectives. The committee reviews large credit exposures, establishes and reviews credit strategy and policy and approves selected credit transactions. The FIC manages counterparty risk in respect of (third party) bank counterparties which do not have commercial credit relationships within the Group and also approves country exposure limits.
As part of our ongoing credit granting process, internal ratings are assigned to commercial clients before credit is extended, based on an assessment of creditworthiness. At least annually, a review of all significant credit exposures is undertaken to identify, at an early stage, clients who might be facing financial difficulties. Internal borrower risk ratings are also reviewed during this process, allowing identification of adverse individual borrower and sector trends, and accurate application of internal borrower risk ratings which incorporates but is not limited to an assessment of climate risk impacting borrower risk ratings.
An integral part of the CRM function is to formally review past due and potential problem loans to determine which credits, if any, need to be placed on non-accrual status or charged off. The allowance for loan losses is reviewed quarterly to determine the amount necessary to maintain an adequate provision for current expected credit losses.
Another way credit risk is managed is by requiring collateral. Management's assessment of the borrower's creditworthiness determines whether collateral is obtained. The amount and type of collateral held varies but may include deposits held in financial institutions, mutual funds, US Treasury securities, other marketable securities, income-producing commercial properties, accounts receivable, residential real estate, property, plant and equipment, and inventory. Values of variable collateral are monitored on a regular basis to ensure that they are maintained at an appropriate level, which includes an assessment of the climate risk impact on the value of the collateral.
Credit Risk — Retail and Private Banking
Retail and private lending activity is split between residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and authorized overdrafts. Retail credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and processes set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC and GRC (and approved by the Board). The policies set out where specialist underwriting may be needed.
For residential mortgages, a combination of lending policy criteria, lending guidelines and underwriting are used to make a decision on applications for credit. The primary factors considered are affordability, residential status, residential history, credit history, employment history, nature of income and LTV of the residential property. In addition, confirmation of a borrower's identity is obtained and an assessment of the value of the collateral is carried out prior to granting a credit facility. When considering applications, the primary focus is placed on the willingness and ability to repay.
LTV ratios are derived based on third-party valuations as part of the original underwriting or when increased borrowing has been requested. Updated valuations are not otherwise obtained unless the loan reaches non-accrual status. Non-accrual loans which are collateral-dependent on real estate must be supported by a third-party valuation no older than 12 months. Costs of sale for commercial properties are calculated based on individual circumstances, whereas the haircuts for residential real estate are prescribed in lending guidelines by geographic location and are never less than 15% of the valuation amount.
As valuations are conducted throughout the year, the rolling average age of the valuations are closer to 6 months than 12 months. To further ensure that valuations within the 12-month revaluation period remain appropriate measures for input into the CECL model, we: (1) compare renewal valuations to the prior valuation to track market movement; (2) back-test all sales to compare net carrying value versus any additional gain/loss at the time of sale; (3) segregate the tests described in (1) and (2) by geographic area and, where required, amend provision factors accordingly; and (4) perform a review of new valuations to ascertain such valuations' reasonableness and determine if any change in value may impact similar properties or locations where valuations are more stale-dated and require an adjustment to the CECL model.
The Bank performs an annual assessment of group residential LTV ranges as part of its stress-testing exercise for regulatory and capital-adequacy purposes. Real estate indices are not available in the Bank's primary markets and LTV values are based on standard reductions in value over time, based on observed market activity.
Generally, maximum LTV for new residential and commercial loans is as follows:
BermudaCayman IslandsUK—LondonChannel Islands
Residential:   
Owner-occupied freehold70 %85 %65 %80 %
Owner-occupied leasehold condominium70 %85 %65 %80 %
Investment (not owner-occupied)
65 %75 %65 %80 %
Raw land50 %80 %N/AN/A
Commercial Real Estate65 %65 %N/A65 %
For other retail lending products, similar lending policy criteria are used, and each of these products has its own policy and underwriting guidelines to enable decisions on applications for credit and to manage accounts. The factors used are attuned to the lending product in question, although affordability and credit history are considered in all cases. Ongoing monitoring of all retail and private banking credit is undertaken by the business unit concerned as well as by CRM. In addition, the GCC reviews reports on a weekly basis. In the event that particular exposures show adverse features such as arrears, the Bank's specialist recovery teams generally work with borrowers to resolve the situation.
Unlike the United States where the FCRA is designed to help ensure that credit bureaus furnish correct and complete information when evaluating loan applications, the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports. Therefore, we manually review each loan and we use a formally governed tiered credit approval process that is administered through and governed by our Risk Management framework.

Credit Risk — Commercial Banking
81


Commercial credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and asset quality measures set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC (and ratified by the Board).
In respect of Commercial Banking, there is a level of delegated sanctioning authority to underwrite certain credit risks based upon an evaluation of the borrower's experience, track record, financial strength, ability to repay, transaction structure and security characteristics. Lending decisions for large or high risk exposures are based upon a thorough credit risk analysis and the assignment of an internal borrower risk rating, and are subject to further approval by the assigned officers in CRM or the GCC.
Consideration is also given to risk mitigation measures which will provide the Group with protection, such as third-party guarantees, supporting collateral and security, legal documentation and financial covenants. Commercial portfolio asset quality monitoring is based upon a number of measures, including the monitoring of financial covenants, cash flows, pricing movements and variable collateral. In the event that particular exposures begin to show adverse features such as payment arrears, covenant breaches or business trading losses, a full risk reassessment is undertaken. Where appropriate, a specialist recovery team will work with the borrower to resolve the situation. If this proves unsuccessful, the case will be subject to intensive monitoring and management procedures designed to maximize debt recovery.
Credit Risk — Treasury
Treasury credit risks are managed in accordance with limits, asset quality measures and criteria set out within the policy approved by the GCC and ratified by the Board. The policy also sets out powers which require higher levels of authorization according to the size of the transaction or the nature of the associated risk. The FIC identifies, assesses, prioritizes and manages our risks associated with counterparty exposure to other financial institutions, as well as country-specific exposures.
Exposures to financial institutions arise within the Group's investment portfolio and treasury operations. The Group has treasury operations in all of its banking locations. Treasury exposures primarily take the form of deposits with banks and foreign exchange positions. Exposures to financial institutions in the investment portfolio can take the form of bonds, floating rate notes and/or certificates of deposit.
Diversification and avoidance of concentration is emphasized. The Group establishes limits for countries and each financial institution where there is an expected exposure. Ongoing asset quality monitoring is undertaken by Treasury and CRM and reports are sent to the FIC, GCC and the GRC on a monthly basis. Exception reporting takes place against a range of asset quality triggers. Treasury uses a number of risk mitigation techniques including netting and collateralization agreements. Other methods (such as margining and derivatives) are used periodically to mitigate the risk associated with particular transactions or groups of transactions.
For its exposure to Treasury credit risk, the Group uses S&P, Fitch and Moody's as external credit assessment institutions as permitted under Basel III for sovereign, financial institutions, asset-backed securities, covered bonds and corporate risks. With regard to financial institutions and corporates, the Group's preference for a long-term rating is the senior unsecured rating. However, counterparty ratings and/or short-term deposit or commercial paper ratings are used if this is unavailable. For asset-backed securities, the issue or tranche rating is used.
Exposures
The following tables analyze the Group's regulatory credit risk exposures as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Exposures are allocated to specific standardized exposure portfolios determined by the BMA's Revised Framework for Regulatory Capital Assessment and it is these portfolios that determine the risk weights used. These exposures include both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, with the latter shown separately after credit conversion factors have been applied.
Analysis of exposures class
(in millions of $)
Average
Exposure 2021
Position as at
December 31, 2021
Average
Exposure 2020
Position as at
December 31, 2020
Cash70.2 66.5 71.5 83.4 
Claims on Sovereigns2,539.2 3,091.5 1,697.9 2,230.7 
Claims on Public Sector Entities88.2 68.2 106.2 102.2 
Claims on Corporates666.0 559.0 819.0 741.3 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,804.6 1,527.6 1,858.7 1,998.7 
Securitizations5,194.9 5,134.3 4,562.3 4,844.6 
Retail Loans226.6 222.3 242.7 236.4 
Residential Mortgages3,444.3 3,582.8 3,200.0 3,348.4 
Commercial Mortgages703.5 675.7 682.1 705.3 
Past Due Loans72.4 63.3 68.3 75.4 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures268.5 246.6 278.9 277.1 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures628.7 608.7 557.2 637.0 
Market Related Off‑Balance Sheet Credit Exposures58.0 54.8 68.4 54.5 
Total15,765.2 15,901.3 14,213.2 15,335.0 
82


Geographic segment distribution of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
BermudaCayman IslandsChannel Islands & UKOtherTotal
Cash42.0 24.5 — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns939.1 825.6 1,326.8 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities68.2 — — — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates384.0 57.0 118.0 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms497.9 535.5 483.3 10.9 1,527.6 
Securitizations1,966.4 2,396.3 771.6 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans82.4 101.1 38.8 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages1,029.3 752.8 1,800.7 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages470.8 76.7 128.2 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans50.5 0.3 12.5 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures126.6 7.9 61.8 50.3 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures191.2 279.6 137.9 — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures32.6 6.8 15.4 — 54.8 
Total5,881.0 5,064.1 4,895.0 61.2 15,901.3 
Residual maturity breakdown of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
Up to
12 months
1 ‑ 5 yearsMore than
5 years
No specific maturityTotal
Cash66.5 — — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns1,809.1 954.7 327.7 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities0.3 61.8 6.1 — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates256.0 153.5 149.5 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,527.6 — — — 1,527.6 
Securitizations0.3 19.8 5,114.2 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans145.5 54.7 22.1 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages609.9 1,227.9 1,745.0 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages110.4 51.2 514.1 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans29.7 5.8 27.8 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures— — — 246.6 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures608.7 — — — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures54.8 — — — 54.8 
5,218.8 2,529.4 7,906.5 246.6 15,901.3 
The table below details the mappings between the main Fitch, Moody's and S&P external credit assessment institutions used by the Group and the credit quality steps used to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. Where no external rating is used in the risk weighted assets calculation, the unrated credit quality step applies.
Credit quality stepFitch's
assessment
Moody's
assessment
S&P's
assessment
Step 1AAA to AA–Aaa to Aa3AAA to AA–
Step 2A+ to A–A1 to A3A+ to A–
Step 3BBB+ to BBB–Baa1 to Baa3BBB+ to BBB–
Step 4BB+ to BB–Ba1 to Ba3BB+ to BB–
Step 5B+ to B–B1 to B3B+ to B–
Step 6CCC+ and belowCaa1 and belowCCC+ and below
Impairment Provisions
Credit Risk Concentrations
Concentration risk is defined as: any single exposure or group of exposures with the potential to produce losses large enough (relative to the Group's capital, total assets or overall risk level) to threaten the Group's health or ability to maintain core operations. The management of concentration risk is addressed in the first instance by the Group's large exposure policy and related credit guidelines, which require that credit facilities to entities that are affiliated through common ownership or management are aggregated for adjudication and reporting purposes. The policy also defines what constitutes a large exposure and the related reporting requirements. The CRM function also undertakes monitoring and assessment of our exposure to concentration risk, reporting the results of these analyses to the GCC, the GRCC and RPCC.

83


The factors taken into consideration when assessing concentration risk are as follows:
single or linked counterparty;
industry or economic sector (e.g., hospitality, property development, commercial office building investment);
geographic region;
product type;
collateral type; and
maturity date (whether of the facility or of interest rate fixes).
Counterparty Concentrations
Counterparty concentrations is the risk associated with assuming a high level of exposure to a single counterparty, the failure of which could have an adverse impact on the Group.
Large exposures are reviewed quarterly by the GRCC and RPCC for the loan portfolio and the treasury/investment portfolios. Group Market Risk and Treasury work closely together on daily treasury positions and exceptions.
All large exposures and concentrations in the portfolio are reviewed and agreed by the FIC on a quarterly basis and are reported to the Board as a part of this process. The review of large exposures considers:
facility total;
any link with other facilities;
total linked facility being within guidelines;
borrower risk rating;
security value on the facility; and
loan-to-value percentage against minimum security covenants.
Industry Concentration
Industry concentration encompasses the scenario that a risk factor inherent within an industry is tied to an entire portfolio of accounts or investments; e.g., a portfolio made up of a large number of small individual loans where all the counterparties are hotel operators. We believe that due to the nature of the Group's client base our exposure to the property, insurance and fund sectors could be classified as industry concentration, although geographic and product concentration are the more appropriate risks to measure.
Geographic Concentration
Geographic concentration of the book is monitored as follows. Reports are generated which provide details of all the property loan exposure of the Group. Through this, loans are subdivided into regional exposure. From this, the percentage breakdown per region of the Group's property exposure is analyzed and reported to the GRCC and RPCC. Assessment of the exposure allows the committees to decide whether the Group should decline further lending in any area in which it is becoming over-weighted.
Product Concentration
Product concentration is defined in the context of credit risk, as an over-weighting in the portfolio to a given product type, making the Group vulnerable to the impact of a variety of external factors that could either reduce demand for the product itself or lead to an increase in the level of default rates experienced. We operate as a full service bank in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands and aim to satisfy the requirements of our customers in these communities through the range of products and services we offer. Accordingly, there is no dependence or concentration on a single product in these markets outside of the residential mortgage portfolios, which comprised 68.8% of the Group's loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 65.5% as at December 31, 2020); in Bermuda, residential mortgage lending made up 53.1% of the Bermuda loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 52.1% as at December 31, 2020), and loans for many purposes (education, business support, family requirements) were made in the form of residential mortgages. Product category analysis confirms that the total lending portfolio is concentrated in the property market; this has been addressed by performing stress testing.
Collateral Concentration
Collateral concentration considers whether the Group's loan book is secured by a limited number of collateral types. An example of this would be when a large value of loans to a diversified group of borrowers is all secured by shares in the same company or by the shares of various companies within the same industry sector. Any decline in the value of these shares or in the performance of the sector as a whole could have an adverse impact on the Group's security position across all affected borrowers. The most relevant example of collateral concentration is the Group's exposure to real estate property values. Ignoring cash-backed facilities, the largest collateral concentrations within the portfolio are to residential and commercial property. The greatest risk with collateral concentration is that the value of the security could be severely reduced. To simulate this, the Group's stress testing process incorporates a scenario in which all real estate collateral is devalued by factors as high as 30%.
Credit Risk Mitigation
The Group uses a wide range of techniques to reduce the credit risk of its lending. The most basic of these is performing an assessment of the ability of a borrower to service the proposed level of borrowing without distress. However, the risk can be further mitigated by obtaining security for the funds advanced.
Residential Mortgages
Residential property is the Group's main source of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in the residential mortgage portfolio. All mortgage lending activities are supported by underlying assumptions and estimated values received by independent third parties. All residential property must be insured to cover property risks through a third party.


84


Commercial
Commercial property is one of the Group's primary sources of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in its commercial portfolios. Collateral for the majority of commercial loans comprises first legal charges over freehold or long leasehold property but the following may also be taken as security: life insurance policies; credit balances assignments; share guarantees; equitable charges; debentures; chattel mortgages and charges over residential property.
For property-based lending, supporting information such as professional valuations are an important tool to help determine the suitability of the property offered as security and, in the case of investment lending, generating the cash to cover interest and principal payments. All standard documentation is subject to in-house legal review and sign-off in order to ensure that the Group's legal documentation is robust and enforceable. Documentation for large advances may be specifically prepared by independent solicitors. Insurance requirements are always fully considered as part of the application process and the Group ensures that appropriate insurance is taken out to protect the property against an insurable event.
Treasury
Collateral held as security for treasury assets, including investments, is determined by the nature of the instrument. Loans, debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured with the exception of asset-backed securities and similar instruments, which are secured by pools of financial assets. The ISDA Master Agreement is the Group's preferred method of documenting derivative activity. It is common in such cases for a Credit Support Annex to be executed in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement in order to mitigate credit risk on the derivatives portfolio. Valuations are performed, agreed with the relevant counterparties, and collateral is exchanged to bring the credit exposure within agreed tolerances. The EAD value to the counterparty is measured under the standardised approach for measuring counterparty credit risk exposures method and is derived by adding the gross positive fair value of the contract (replacement cost) to the contract's potential future credit exposure, which is derived by applying a multiple base on the contracts residual maturity to the notional value of the contract, and applying an alpha of 1.4 to the sum of these components.
The following table shows the exposures to counterparty credit risk for derivative contracts as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
(in millions of $)
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2021
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2021
Alpha as at December 31, 2021
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2020
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2020
Alpha as at December 31, 2020
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2020
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swap contracts18.0 21.2 1.4 54.9 13.8 25.1 1.4 54.5 
Securitizations
The Bank has not, to date, securitized assets that it has originated. The Bank's total exposure to purchased securitization positions as at December 31, 2021 was $5.1 billion by market value (compared to $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020), with US government and federal agencies accounting for the majority of this exposure.
The following table provides an analysis of the Bank's investments in securitization positions by exposure type as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
Underlying asset type (in millions of $)
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2020
US government and federal agencies5,083.24,771.8 
Mortgage backed securities — Retail27.359.9 
Asset-backed securities — Student loans13.212.9 
Total5,123.74,844.6 

Operational Risk
In providing our services, we are exposed to operational risk. This is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, actions or inactions of people, or from external events. Operational risk is inherent in our activities and can manifest itself in various ways including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, cyber-security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of vendors to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, litigation and regulatory fines, as well as other damage to us. Our risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with our risk appetite, financial strength, the characteristics of our businesses, the markets in which we operate and the competitive and regulatory environment to which we are subject.
As we continue to expand our use of technology, we are exposed to various forms of cyber-attacks. We devote significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade our systems and networks and review the ever changing threat landscape in order to mitigate our exposure to cyber risks. In addition to the policy reviews, we continue to look to implement technology solutions that enhance preventive and detection capabilities and our ability to recover quickly should a successful cyber-attack occur. We assess our third-party vendor controls and have a developed business continuity plan that addresses potential cyber risks. We also maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks. However, such insurance may be insufficient to cover all losses.
Operational risk is mitigated through internal controls embedded in our business activities and our risk management practices, which are designed to continuously reassess the effectiveness of these controls in order to keep the risk we assume at levels appropriate to our risk appetite as approved by the Board. Data on operational losses and any significant control failures incurred are captured through an incident reporting process. These events are reported to both the GRCC and RPCC, which assess the sufficiency of the corrective actions taken by management to prevent recurrence. Both committees also receive regular reporting on actual performance against established risk tolerance metrics.

85


Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
On March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, the authorized and regulated administrator of LIBOR, announced that all the GBP, CHF, JPY and EUR LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will cease after December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will cease after June 30, 2023.
These reforms have the potential to impact various risk areas for the Bank, including but not limited to: operational risk (potential adverse impacts to the business, customers and technology); market risk (potential adverse impacts to the business and customers if markets are disrupted); and accounting risk (potential adverse impacts to the statement of operations if issues with hedge accounting/effectiveness arise). The Bank, however, does not expect any material change to its risk management frameworks and controls as a result of the reforms.
The Bank has established a LIBOR transition working group, consisting of senior members of management, with significant representation from the Legal and Risk departments. The working group reports directly to the GRCC which feeds into the RPCC of the Board. The working group has set up a detailed project plan which includes: transition planning; financial exposure measurement and risk assessment; operational preparedness and controls; legal contract preparedness/modification; communication; and training and oversight.
As at December 31, 2021, the Bank had 121 loans totaling $563.5 million linked to USD LIBOR. The Bank is engaging with impacted customers to ensure adequate fallback provisions are included in contracts, where not already provided for.
There were no derivative positions maturing after the relevant transition dates.
Capital Adequacy Management
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA adopted capital and liquidity requirements consistent with Basel III. These requirements are contained within the BMA's "Basel III for Bermuda Banks November 2017 Rule Update" and can be found on its website.
The Group manages its capital both on a total Group basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The finance department has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the RPCC. The management of capital will also involve regional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Capital Assessment and Risk Profiling
Under the requirements of the Basel II Accord as implemented by the BMA, the Group undertakes a CARP process, which is an internal assessment of all material risks to determine our capital needs. This internal assessment takes account of the minimum capital requirement and other risks not covered by the minimum capital requirement (Pillar II). Where capital is deemed as not being able to mitigate a particular risk, alternative management actions are identified and described within the CARP. The CARP is presented to the RPCC before being presented to the Board for challenge and approval and then submission to the BMA. The CARP process is performed annually or more frequently should the need arise.
A SREP is then undertaken biannually by the BMA, which is designed to assess the Group's risk profile as documented in the CARP. This assessment is used to determine and set the Individual Capital Guidance which is the minimum level of capital the Group will be required to hold until the next SREP review is conducted.
B.Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
We define liquidity as our ability to maintain cash flow that is adequate to fund operations and meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or by obtaining additional funding through liability management.
Sources and Uses of Cash
Our primary sources of cash are (i) cash obtained from deposits, (ii) long-term debt, and (iii) cash from operations. Our primary uses are (i) the payment of our operating expenses, (ii) payment of dividends on our common shares, (iii) repayment of certain maturing liabilities, (iv) repurchase of our common shares, and (v) extraordinary requirements for cash, such as acquisitions. We had $2.2 billion of cash and cash equivalents as at December 31, 2021 and $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020, as well as $7.5 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively, of liquid securities, the balance of which could be sold to meet liquidity requirements. In our opinion, the Bank’s working capital is sufficient for the Bank’s present requirements.
Liquidity Risk
Our liquidity risk is managed through a comprehensive framework of policies and limits overseen by our Group Asset and Liability Committee. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength. Our objective is to manage our cash flow and liquidity reserves so that they are adequate to fund our obligations and other commitments on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost.
We continuously monitor and make adjustments to our liquidity position by adjusting the balance between sources and uses of funds as we deem appropriate. Our primary measures of liquidity include monthly cash flow analysis under ordinary business activities and conditions and under situations simulating a severe run on the Bank. The Bank strives to use a balanced liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically the Bank manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology. The results of these measures and analysis are incorporated into our liquidity contingency plan, which provides the basis for the identification of our liquidity needs. For more information, see Item 11 "Operating Results - Liquidity Risk".
Capital Resources
    We have financed our operations, growth and cash needs primarily through income from operations and issuances of debt and equity securities. We believe that our cash on hand and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to repay our outstanding debt as it matures. In the future, we may need to incur additional debt or issue additional equity securities, which we may be unable to do or which may be on less favorable terms.
86


We manage our capital both on a consolidated basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The group finance team has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee of the Board. The management of capital will also involve jurisdictional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA implemented the capital reforms proposed by the BCBS and referred to as the Basel III regulatory framework. Basel III aims to raise the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base, limit the build-up of excess leverage and increase capital requirements for the banking sector. Basel III adopts CET1 capital as the predominant form of regulatory capital with the CET1 ratio as a new metric. Basel III also adopts the new Leverage Ratio, Liquidity Coverage Ratio ("LCR") and Net Stable Funding Ratio ("NSFR") regimes. We are now subject to the following requirements:

CET1 ratio of at least 7.0% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the Domestic Systematically Important Bank ("D-SIB") surcharge described below; 
Tier 1 capital of at least 8.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum Tier 1 ratio of 6% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below;
Total capital of at least 10.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum total capital ratio of 8% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below; 
We are considered to be a D-SIB and are subject to a 3% surcharge composed of CET1-eligible capital implemented by the BMA effective September 30, 2015. This is based upon our assessment of the extent to which we (individually and collectively with the other Bermuda banks) pose a degree of material systemic risk to the economy of Bermuda due to our role in deposit taking, corporate lending, payment systems and other core economic functions; 
Counter-cyclical buffer of up to 2.5% composed of CET1-eligible capital may be implemented by the BMA when macroeconomic indicators provide an assessment of excessive credit or other pressures building in the banking sector, potentially increasing the CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios by up to 2.5%. No counter-cyclical buffer has been implemented to date;
Leverage ratio must be at 5.0% or higher;
LCR with a minimum requirement of 100%; and
NSFR with a minimum requirement of 100%.
The minimum capital ratio requirements set forth above do not reflect additional Pillar II add-on requirements that the BMA may impose upon us as a prudential measure from time to time. Our capital requirements remain under continuous review by the BMA pursuant to its prudential supervision and we cannot guarantee that the BMA will not seek higher total capital ratio requirements at any time.
In December 2017, the BCBS published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as "Basel IV"). Among other things, these standards revise the BCBS's standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new segmentations for exposures) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the BCBS framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. The impact of these standards on us will depend on the manner in which they are implemented by the BMA.
The following table sets forth our capital adequacy as at December 31, 2021 and 2020 in accordance with the Basel III framework:
As at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020
Capital  
Common Equity Tier 1896.3 816.0 
Tier 1 capital896.3 816.0 
Tier 2 capital184.0 187.1 
Total capital1,080.3 1,003.1 
Risk Weighted Assets  
Cash due from banks and investments1,141.4 1,085.7 
Loans2,606.0 2,635.1 
Other assets255.3 288.3 
Off-balance sheet items230.9 217.4 
Operational risk charge867.9 842.1 
Total risk-weighted assets5,101.5 5,068.6 
Capital Ratios (%)  
Common Equity Tier 117.6 %16.1 %
Tier 1 total17.6 %16.1 %
Total capital21.2 %19.8 %
Leverage ratio5.6 %5.3 %
Overall, capital ratios have increased, driven primarily by earnings accretion and partially offset by dividends and share buy-backs. The increase in RWA is driven by increased depositor funding. As at December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with the minimum LCR of 100% as well as the minimum NSFR of 100%.
87


Share Buy-Back Program
The Bank repurchases its common shares through share buy-back programs from time to time as a means to improve shareholder liquidity and facilitate growth in share value. In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and listing standards, each program was approved by the Board and repurchases of shares pursuant to each program are subject to the approval of the BMA. In addition, the BSX is advised monthly of shares purchased pursuant to each program.
On December 6, 2018, following the completion of the initial 2018 share buy-back program, the Board approved the 2019 share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.5 million common shares through February 29, 2020.
On December 2, 2019, the Board approved, with effect from the completion of the previous program on December 20, 2019 through February 28, 2021, a common share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 3.5 million common shares or $125 million.
On February 10, 2021, the Board approved a new common share-buy back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through February 2022.
On February 14, 2022, the Board approved, with effect from the completion of the previous program, a new common share-buy back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through February 28, 2023. The timing and amount of repurchase transactions under the new program will be based on market conditions, share price, legal requirements and other factors. No assurances can be given as to the amount of common shares that may actually be repurchased.
Total common share buy-backs for the years ending December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
For the year ending December 31
202120202019
Acquired number of shares (to the nearest share)534,828 3,452,000 2,293,788 
Average cost per common share (in $)36.93 25.10 35.55 
Total cost (in $)19,753,336 86,639,889 81,534,076 
From time to time, our associates, insiders and insiders' associates as defined by the BSX regulations may sell shares which may result in such shares being repurchased pursuant to each program, provided no more than any such person's pro-rata share of the listed securities is repurchased. Pursuant to the BSX regulations, all repurchases made by any issuer pursuant to a securities repurchase program must be made: (1) in the open market and not by private agreement; and (2) for a price not higher than the last independent trade for a round lot of the relevant class of securities.
Dividends
During the year ended December 31, 2021, we paid cash dividends totaling $87.3 million or $1.76 (2020: $88.9 million or $1.76; 2019: $93.6 million or $1.76) for each common share on record as of the related record dates. The Board declared these dividends as a quarterly dividend of $0.44 per common share for each quarter of 2021, 2020 and 2019.
For more information, see Item 3.D. "Risk Factors – Risks Relating to the Common Shares".
Cash Flows
2021 vs. 2020
Cash due from banks was $2.2 billion as at December 31, 2021, compared to $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020. The decrease is described below by category of operating, investing and financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $251.3 million (2020: $188.2 million). Cash flows from operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities increased by $63.2 million from 2020 to 2021, due primarily to an increase in net income as well as movements in other liabilities.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $1,905.7 million, compared to cash used in investing activities of $41.7 million in 2020. The $1,864.0 million increase in cash used in investing activities in 2021 was mainly attributable to the purchases of investments in securities which was driven by both increased depositor funding as well as the redeployment of funds from cash and cash equivalents.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $535.8 million in 2021, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $546.4 million in 2020. The $10.7 million decrease is mainly due to a decreases in common share repurchases during the year and partially offset by a reduced increase in deposit liabilities and the issuance of subordinated debt in 2020.
2020 vs. 2019
Cash due from banks was $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020, compared to $2.6 billion as at December 31, 2019. The increase is described below by category of operating, investing and financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $188.2 million (2019: $248.7 million). Cash flows from operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities decreased by $60.6 million from 2019 to 2020, due primarily to a decrease in net income as well as movements in other liabilities.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 totaled $41.7 million, compared to cash provided by investing activities of $1,093.4 million in 2019. The $1,135.1 million decrease in cash provided by investing activities in 2020 was mainly attributable to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) as well asin 2019 which had significant deposit funding which was deployed into short term investments.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $546.4 million in 2020, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $919.4 million in 2019. The $1,465.9 million increase is mainly due to an increase in the adoptionbalance of the new Lease accounting standard, Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842)), requiring the Bank to recognize (prospectively, with no adjustments to prior periods) right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases and for finance leases from January 1, 2019.deposits liabilities.
88


Contractual ObligationsRepurchase Agreements
We also obtain funds from time to time from the sale of securities to institutional investors under repurchase agreements. In a repurchase agreement transaction, we will generally pledge investment securities as collateral in a borrowing transaction, agreeing to repurchase the identical security on a specified later date, generally not more than 90 days, at a price greater than the original sales price. The difference between the sale price and repurchase price is the cost of the use of the proceeds, or interest expense. The investment securities underlying these agreements may be delivered to securities dealers who arrange such transactions as collateral for the repurchase obligation. Repurchase agreements represent a cost competitive funding source and also provide liquidity on agency paper for us. However, we are subject to the risk that the borrower of the securities may default at maturity and not return the collateral. In order to minimize this potential risk when entering into such transactions, we generally deal with large, established investment brokerage firms with whom we have master repurchase agreements. Repurchase transactions are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements rather than as sales of such securities, and the obligation to repurchase such securities is reflected as a liability in our consolidated financial statements. As at December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no repurchase agreements outstanding.
Shareholders' Equity
Shareholders' equity decreased during the year ended December 31, 2021 by $4.5 million to $977.5 million.
Increases totaling $197.4 million included:
$162.7 million of net income for the year;
$19.2 million from adjustments to employee benefit plans;
$15.2 million for share-based compensation and settlements; and
$0.3 million of other adjustments.
The increases were offset by the following decreases of $201.9 million:
$87.3 million of common share dividends;
$19.8 million from net increases in treasury shares; and
$94.8 million from net change in unrealized gains (losses) on AFS investments.

71



Segment Overview
The Bank is managed by the Chairman and CEO on a geographic basis. The Bank presents four reportable segments, three geographical and one other: Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Channel Islands and the UK, and Other. The Other segment is composed of several non-reportable operating segments that have been aggregated in accordance with GAAP. Each reportable segment has a managing director who reports to the Chairman and CEO. The Chairman and CEO and the segment managing director have final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment.
Transactions between segments are accounted for on an accrual basis and are all eliminated upon consolidation. The Bank generally does not allocate assets, revenues and expenses among its business segments, with the exception of certain corporate overhead expenses and loan participation revenue and expenses. Loan participation revenue and expenses are allocated pro-rata based on the percentage of the total loan funded by each jurisdiction participating in the loan.
Bermuda (Including Head Office)
For more than 150 years, Bermuda has served as home to our headquarters and remains our largest jurisdiction in terms of number of employees and business volume. The following table provides certain financial information for our Bermuda segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income146.0 159.6 183.9 (13.6)(24.3)(8.5)%(13.2)%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)2.2 (8.8)(3.1)11.0 (5.7)125.0 %(183.9)%
Non-interest income84.6 85.2 89.1 (0.6)(3.9)(0.7)%(4.4)%
Net revenue before other gains (losses)232.8 236.0 269.9 (3.2)(33.9)(1.4)%(12.6)%
Operating expenses(186.8)(192.8)(209.4)6.0 16.6 (3.1)%(7.9)%
Net income before other gains (losses)46.0 43.2 60.5 2.8 (17.3)6.5 %(28.6)%
Total other gains (losses)0.9 2.0 2.2 (1.1)(0.2)(55.0)%(9.1)%
Net income46.9 45.2 62.7 1.7 (17.5)3.8 %(27.9)%
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,511 4,813 (302)(6.3)%
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,023 2,077 (54)(2.6)%
Total assets5,728 5,925 (197)(3.3)%
Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services16,099 16,071 28 0.2 %
Trust54,452 53,512 940 1.8 %
Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds1,531 1,811 (280)(15.5)%
Other assets under management2,272 2,152 120 5.6 %
Total assets under management3,803 3,963 (160)(4.0)%
Number of employees413 449 (36)(8.0)%
2021 vs. 2020
    Net income before other gains and losses was $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, up by $2.8 million from $43.2 million in the prior year. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased by $13.6 million to $146.0 million in 2021, due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
    There is a provision for credit recoveries of $2.2 million in 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $8.8 million in 2020. The movement is due to both the improvement in macroeconomic forecasts impacting future expected credit loss estimates and a reduction in non-performing loans.
    Non-interest income decreased by $0.6 million to $84.6 million in 2021. This was primarily due to lower administration fees on loan participations; lower asset management fees and reduced dividends as a result of the liquidation of a private equity investment. These decreases were partially offset by increases in foreign exchange revenue, trust income and custody income from higher volumes, increased fees and onboarding of new clients during the year, respectively.
    Operating expenses decreased by $6.0 million to $186.8 million in 2021 which was driven by the decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and partially offset by increases in property maintenance costs and non-service employee benefits expense due to increased costs from the post-retirement medical benefit plan.
    Total assets as at December 31, 2021 were $5.7 billion, down $0.2 billion from December 31, 2020. Total deposits were $4.5 billion in December 31, 2021, down $0.3 billion from December 31, 2020, and loan balances at December 31, 2021 were relatively flat at $2.0 billion.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2021 were $54.5 billion and $16.1 billion, respectively, while assets under management were $3.8 billion. This compares with $53.5 billion, $16.1 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2020.
72


2020 vs. 2019
    Net income before other gains and losses was $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, down by $17.3 million from $60.5 million in the prior year. This decrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased by $24.3 million to $159.6 million in 2020, due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
    Provision for credit losses was up by $5.7 million to $8.8 million in 2020. The increase is due to the implementation of the new CECL model, COVID-19 driven negative macroeconomic forecasts impacting the future expected credit loss estimate and loans migrating into the past due and non-performing categories.
    Non-interest income decreased by $3.9 million to $85.2 million in 2020. This was primarily due to lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily during the months of April and May, impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes. Asset management fees were impacted from Q3 2020 due to fees on the Bank's money market fund being reduced to offset low short term market rates.
    Operating expenses decreased by $16.6 million to $192.8 million in 2020 driven by a decrease in salary and other employee benefit costs, due to both higher restructuring costs and the costs associated with the departure of a senior executive in 2019; decreased professional and other outside services costs, due principally to the costs associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition in 2019 which were booked at the Head Office level and a reduction in the volume of professional and outside services due to vendor management cost reduction programs implemented in 2020; reduced marketing costs from the delay of rebranding and reduced travel expenditure due to COVID-19; and partially offset by an increase in property costs due to extra health and safety related expenditure and planned renovations.
    Total assets as at December 31, 2020 were $5.9 billion, up $0.7 billion from December 31, 2019. Total deposits were $4.8 billion in December 31, 2020, up $0.4 billion from December 31, 2019, and loan balances at December 31, 2020 were unchanged at $2.1 billion.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2020 were $53.5 billion and $16.1 billion, respectively, while assets under management were $4.0 billion. This compares with $44.4 billion, $15.2 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2019.
Cayman Islands
We are a leading financial services provider in the Cayman Islands, offering a comprehensive range of personal and corporate financial services. In addition to our strong retail presence, we are focused on the provision of wealth management services including private banking, asset management and trust services.
We have continued to enhance our client delivery channels and online and mobile banking platform upgrades. With four Banking Centers in desirable locations and 17 ATMs strategically located in Grand Cayman, we continue to be a leading provider of financial services locally. The following table provides certain financial information for our Cayman Islands segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income91.0 95.4 114.6 (4.4)(19.2)(4.6)%(16.8)%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)1.4 0.5 1.9 0.9 (1.4)180.0 %(73.7)%
Non-interest income58.1 49.3 51.9 8.8 (2.6)17.8 %(5.0)%
Net revenue before other gains (losses)150.5 145.2 168.4 5.3 (23.2)3.7 %(13.8)%
Operating expenses(58.9)(62.6)(61.1)3.7 (1.5)(5.9)%2.5 %
Net income before other gains (losses)91.5 82.6 107.3 8.9 (24.7)10.8 %(23.0)%
Total other gains (losses)0.2 0.4 0.6 (0.2)(0.2)(50.0)%(33.3)%
Net income91.7 83.0 107.9 8.7 (24.9)10.5 %(23.1)%
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,612 4,109 503 12.2 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses1,137 1,124 13 1.2 %
Total assets4,973 4,480 493 11.0 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services4,396 3,159 1,237 39.2 %
Trust8,008 7,611 397 5.2 %
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds163 170 (7)(4.1)%
Other assets under management702 625 77 12.3 %
Total assets under management866 795 71 8.9 %
Number of employees241236 2.1 %



73


2021 vs. 2020
Net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $91.5 million, up by $8.9 million from $82.6 million in 2020. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $91.0 million in 2021, down by $4.4 million compared to 2020. The decrease from 2020 to 2021 was due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit recoveries of $1.4 million in 2021 represented an increase of $0.9 million compared to credit recoveries of $0.5 million in 2020. The favorable variance was mainly due to the completion of a large condominium development and repayment of the associated construction loan during the year.
Non-interest income was $58.1 million, up $8.8 million from 2020 driven by increased economic activity impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes coupled with higher non-utilization fees on certain credit facilities.
Operating expenses decreased by $3.7 million from 2020 to $58.9 million in 2021, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and lower technology and communications costs due to lower depreciation costs which is outpacing the new system roll-out. This was partially offset by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from increased utilization of our Canadian service center.
Total assets as at December 31, 2021 were $5.0 billion, up $0.5 billion from December 31, 2020, reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans were relatively stable at $1.1 billion at December 31, 2021 with growth in residential mortgage lending offsetting repayments from commercial facilities.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $8.0 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.9 billion at December 31, 2021. This compares with $7.6 billion, $3.2 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2020.
2020 vs. 2019
Net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $82.6 million, down by $24.7 million from $107.3 million in 2019. This decrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $95.4 million in 2020, down by $19.2 million compared to 2019. The decrease from 2019 to 2020 was due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit losses was a recovery of $0.5 million in 2020, representing a decrease of $1.4 million compared to a credit recovery of $1.9 million in 2019. This decrease was mainly due to lower credit recoveries in 2020 as a result of the net specific provision release driven by a small government loan-to-debt conversion in 2019.
Non-interest income was $49.3 million, down $2.6 million from 2019 driven by lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily during the months of April and May, impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes.
Operating expenses increased by $1.5 million from 2019 to $62.6 million in 2020, driven primarily by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from the Halifax service center; an increase in property costs due to extra health and safety related expenditure; an increase in IT sourcing and communication costs; and partially offset by reduced marketing costs from the delay of rebranding and reduced travel expenditure due to COVID-19.
Total assets as at December 31, 2020 were $4.5 billion, up $0.6 billion from December 31, 2019, reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans were relatively flat at $1.1 billion at December 31, 2020.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $7.6 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion at December 31, 2020. This compares with $7.7 billion, $2.6 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2019.
Channel Islands and the UK
The Channel Islands and UK segment includes the jurisdictions of Guernsey, Jersey (both in the Channel Islands), and the UK. In the Channel Islands, a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial institutions including private banking, corporate banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management, mortgage lending and fiduciary services. In 2021, the segment entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgages for high-value residential properties. The following table provides certain financial information for our Channel Islands and the UK segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income62.8 62.7 47.2 0.1 15.5 0.2 %32.8 %
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)(0.5)(0.2)1.4 (0.3)(1.6)150.0 %(114.3)%
Non-interest income45.3 40.7 34.3 4.6 6.4 11.3 %18.7 %
Net revenue before other gains (losses)107.6 103.2 82.9 4.4 20.3 4.3 %24.5 %
Operating expenses(81.7)(82.2)(74.2)0.5 (8.0)(0.6)%10.8 %
Net income before other gains (losses)25.9 21.0 8.7 4.9 12.3 23.3 %141.4 %
Total other gains (losses)(2.4)(1.2)— (1.2)(1.2)100.0 %100.0 %
Net income23.5 19.8 8.7 3.7 11.1 18.7 %127.6 %
74


Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,747 4,329 418 9.7 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,171 2,046 125 6.1 %
Total assets5,235 4,827 408 8.5 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services16,263 13,186 3,077 23.3 %
Trust10,374 19,226 (8,852)(46.0)%
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds64 48 16 33.3 %
Other assets under management766 752 14 1.9 %
Total assets under management830 800 30 3.8 %
Number of employees369 363 1.7 %
2021 vs. 2020
Our Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $25.9 million in 2021, an increase of $4.9 million when compared to 2020. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses reflected an increase of $0.1 million to $62.8 million in 2021, compared to $62.7 million in 2020. Favorable GBP/USD foreign exchange rates throughout 2021 more than offset the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and which were partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit losses was up $0.3 million to $0.5 million in 2021, due to an increased provision on a residential mortgage which moved into non-accrual status.
Non-interest income increased by $4.6 million to $45.3 million in 2021, due to increases in foreign exchange revenue, asset management fees and custody income driven by a combination of higher volumes, increased fees and onboarding of new clients during the year.
Operating expenses of $81.7 million in 2021 were $0.5 million lower than 2020, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and lower operational losses and write-offs. This was partially offset by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from increased utilization of our Canada and Mauritius service centers and higher legal and professional fees.
Total other gains (losses) for 2021 increased by $1.2 million compared to 2020 due to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2021, an increase from $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020 reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans increased $0.1 billion to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2021 driven primarily by the growth in the residential mortgage portfolios.
As at December 31, 2021, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $10.4 billion and $16.3 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion. This compares with $19.2 billion, $13.2 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2020. The decrease in AUA for trust is mainly due to the revision of fee agreements for a trust structure in Guernsey. The increase in AUA for custody is mainly due to the on-boarding of new business while AUM remains stable.
2020 vs. 2019
Our Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $21.0 million in 2020, an increase of $12.3 million when compared to 2019. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses increased by $15.5 million to $62.7 million in 2020, compared to $47.2 million in 2019, primarily due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition, the impact of planned deposit repricing and lower deposit volumes from a reduction in primarily Euro deposits. This was partially offset by the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Provision for credit losses was an expense of $0.2 million, compared to a recovery of $1.4 million in 2019 due to the reversal of the Brexit economic factor provision in 2019.
Non-interest income increased by $6.4 million to $40.7 million in 2020, due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition and partially offset by lower trust income from lesser time spent and loss of business.
Operating expenses of $82.2 million in 2020 were $8.0 million higher than 2019, principally due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition; higher operational losses and write-offs and partially offset by higher restructuring costs incurred in 2019 compared to 2020.
Total other gains (losses) for 2020 increased $1.2 million compared to 2019 due to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020, a decrease from $5.1 billion as at December 31, 2019 primarily from a planned reduction of Euro deposit levels associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.
As at December 31, 2020, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $19.2 billion and $13.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion. This compares with $20.4 billion, $12.5 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2019.



75


Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
Assets Under Administration and Assets Under Management
In the normal course of business, we hold AUA and AUM in a fiduciary or agency capacity for our clients. In accordance with GAAP, these assets are not our assets and are not included in our consolidated balance sheets.
Credit-Related Arrangements
We enter into standby letters of credit, letters of guarantee and contractual commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business, which are not required to be recorded on the balance sheet. Since many commitments expire unused or only partially used, these totalsarrangements do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Management believes there are no material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an unusual nature.
Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of our clients in order to secure a client's payment or performance obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent our irrevocable obligation to pay the third-party beneficiary upon presentation of the guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the beneficiary's claim against the client. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, while the term of the letters of guarantee does not exceed four years.
Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client defaults. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit and letters of guarantee, we subject such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as our lending activities. The types and amounts of collateral security we hold for these standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are generally represented by our deposits or a charge over assets held in mutual funds. We are obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases are able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against the collateral security.
Risk Management
Risk Oversight and Management
General
The principal types of risk inherent in our business are market, liquidity, credit and operational risks.
Organizational Structure
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the strategy for risk management, setting the Bank's risk appetite and ensuring that risk is monitored and controlled effectively. It accomplishes its mandate through the activities of two dedicated committees:
The Risk Policy and Compliance Committee ("RPCC"):    This committee of the Board assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities by overseeing the Group's risk profile and its performance against approved risk appetites and tolerance thresholds. Specifically, the committee considers the sufficiency of the Group's policies, procedures and limits related to the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of activities that give rise to credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational, regulatory, compliance, climate and reputational risks, as well as overseeing its compliance with laws, regulations and codes of conduct.
The Audit Committee:    This committee reviews the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the Group's system of internal controls and the control environment, including in respect of the risk management process. It reviews recommendations arising from internal and independent audit review activities and management's response to any findings raised.
Both the RPCC and Audit Committee are supported in the execution of their respective mandates by the dedicated Audit, Compliance and Risk Policy Committees for our UK, Guernsey, Jersey, Cayman Islands and The Bahamas operations, which oversee the sufficiency of local risk management policies and procedures and the effectiveness of the system of internal controls that are in place. These committees are chaired by non-executive directors drawn from the boards of directors for each segment.
The Group executive management team is led by the Chairman and CEO and includes the members of executive management reporting directly to the Chairman and CEO. The executive management team is responsible for setting business strategy and for monitoring, evaluating and managing risks across the Group. It is supported by the following management committees:
The Group Risk and Compliance Committee ("GRCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. It provides a forum for the strategic assessment of risks assumed across the Group as a whole based on an integrated view of credit, market, liquidity, legal, regulatory and financial crime compliance, fiduciary, operational, cybersecurity, climate, insurance, pension, investment, capital and reputational risks, ensuring that these exposures are consistent with the risk appetites and tolerance thresholds promulgated by the Board and oversees the compliance of regulatory obligations arising under applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is responsible (i) for reviewing, evaluating and recommending the Group's Risk Appetite Framework, the results of the Capital Assessment and Risk Profile and recovery and resolution planning processes (including all associated stress testing performed) and the Group's key risk policies to the Board for approval; (ii) for reviewing and evaluating current and proposed business strategies in the context of our risk appetites; and (iii) for identifying, reviewing and advising on current and emerging risk issues and associated mitigation plans; and (iv) for reviewing the Group’s compliance with external regulations and internal policies.
The Group Asset and Liability Committee ("GALCO"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group CFO. The committee is responsible for liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk management and other balance sheet issues. It also oversees key policies and the execution of the Group's investment and capital management strategies and monitors the associated risks assumed. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the work undertaken by the dedicated Asset & Liability Committees in each of the Bank's segments.
The Group Credit Committee ("GCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for a broad range of activities relating to the monitoring, evaluation and management of credit risks assumed across the Group at both transaction and portfolio levels. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the Financial Institutions Committee ("FIC"), a dedicated sub-committee that is responsible for the evaluation and approval of recommended inter-bank and counterparty exposures assumed in the Group's treasury and investment portfolios, and by the activities of the jurisdictional Credit Committees, which review and approve transactions within delegated authorities and recommends specific transactions outside of these limits to the GCC for approval.
The Provisions and Impairments Committee:    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for approving significant provisions and other impairment charges. It also oversees the overall credit risk profile of the Group in regards to non-accrual loans and assets. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by jurisdictional credit committees and the GCC, which make recommendations to this committee.
76


Risk Management
We manage our exposure to risk through a three "lines of defense" model.
The first "line of defense" is provided by our jurisdictional business units, which retain ultimate responsibility for the risks they assume and for bearing the cost of risks associated with these exposures.
The second "line of defense" is provided by our Risk Management and Compliance groups, which work in collaboration with our business units to identify, assess, mitigate and monitor the risks associated with our business activities and strategies. They do this by:
making recommendations to the GRCC regarding the constitution of the Risk Appetite Framework;
setting risk strategies that are designed to manage risk exposures assumed in the course of pursuing our business strategies and aligning them with agreed appetites;
establishing and communicating policies, procedures and limits to control risks in alignment with these risk strategies;
measuring, monitoring and reporting on risk levels;
opining on specific transactions that fall outside delegated risk limits; and
identifying and assessing emerging risks.
The functions within the Risk Management and Compliance groups that support our risk management activities are outlined below.
Group Market Risk — This unit provides independent oversight of the measurement, monitoring and control of liquidity and funding risks, interest rate and foreign exchange risks as well as the market risks associated with our investment portfolios. It also monitors compliance with both regulatory requirements and our internal policies and procedures relating to the management of these risks.
Group Credit Risk Management — This unit is responsible for the adjudication and oversight of credit risks associated with our retail and commercial lending activities and the management of risks associated with our investment portfolios and counterparty exposures. It also establishes the parameters and delegated limits within which credit risks may be assumed and promulgates guidelines on how exposures should be managed and monitored.
Group Operational Risk — This unit assesses the effectiveness of our procedures and internal controls in managing our exposure to various forms of operational risk, including those associated with new business activities and processes and the deployment of new technologies. It is also responsible for our incident management processes and reviews the effectiveness of our loss data collection activities.
Group Compliance — This unit provides independent analysis and assurance of our compliance with applicable laws, regulations, codes of conduct and recommended best practices, including those associated with the prevention of financial crime, including money laundering and terrorist financing. It is also responsible for assessing our potential exposure to upstream risks and for providing guidance on the preparations that should be made in advance of these changes coming into effect. The Group Head of Compliance and Operational Risk reports directly to the Chairman and CEO.
The third "line of defense" is provided by our Group Internal Audit function, which performs oversight and ongoing review, and challenges the effectiveness of the internal controls that are executed by the business, Risk Management and Compliance. The Group Head of Internal Audit has a dual reporting line to both the Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chairman and CEO.
Regulatory Review Process
Our banking, trust and investment business activities in Bermuda are monitored by the BMA as the lead regulator. One of the principal objectives of the BMA is to supervise, regulate and inspect Bermuda-based financial institutions to ensure their financial stability and soundness.
In addition to conducting on-site reviews, the BMA utilizes a comprehensive quarterly statistical return system that enables off-site monitoring. The statistical system is consistent with Basel Committee Standards, and provides the BMA with a detailed breakdown of a bank's balance sheet and profit-and-loss accounts on both a consolidated and unconsolidated basis. This information enables the BMA to monitor the soundness of a bank's financial position and ensure that it meets certain capital requirements. For more information, see Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation - Bermuda - Supervision and Monitoring by the BMA".
Each of our regulated entities is separately monitored by the local regulatory authority in that jurisdiction to ensure its financial stability and soundness.
The Risk Appetite Framework
The Risk Appetite Framework is the cornerstone of our approach to risk management. Developed by executive management and approved formally by the Board, it outlines the appropriateness of taking on certain risks in the pursuit of our strategic objectives and defines those that should be avoided. It also provides management with a clear mandate regarding the amount and type of risk that it may accept and establishes minimum expectations regarding the practices and behaviors that should be brought to bear in managing the exposures assumed. It is aligned with the interests of our stakeholders and informs our business planning processes.






Our framework comprises the following elements:
77


(1)     Broad categories of risk: outsourcing; credit; market; liquidity; regulatory compliance; financial crime compliance; fiduciary; governance; operational; people; climate; cyber and information security; technology; investment; tax reporting; strategy; financial reporting; correspondent banking; reputational and change. These represent the various risks that the Group assumes across the entirety of its operations in the pursuit of its strategic goals.
(2)    A declared risk appetite. To ensure consistency in our risk conversations, these have been distilled into the three options set out in the following table, with each appetite designed to convey a clear strategic direction in terms of the risk/reward profile assumed:
AppetiteDefinitionProfile
ConservativeAreas in which the Group avoids risk, or acts to minimize or eliminate the likelihood that the risk will occur, because we have determined the potential downside costs are intolerable; we must maintain a very strong control environment.Our processes and controls are defensive and focus on detection and prevention.
BalancedAreas in which the Group must constantly strike a balance between the potential upside benefits and potential downside costs of a given decision.Exposures are only assumed when the risk can be quantified accurately and is assessed as being acceptable.
TolerantAreas in which the Group has a preference for disciplined risk-taking because we have determined the potential upside benefits outweigh the potential costs.Exposures can be estimated reliably and structures, systems and processes are in place to manage them.
(3)     A statement of our governing principles relating to each risk category. This establishes the characteristics of the risks that the Bank is willing to assume and the management behaviors that we should exhibit when doing so.
(4)     Specific performance measures and tolerance thresholds in respect of each risk category, combining quantitative and qualitative targets (which are designed to reflect both forward-looking as well as historical perspectives), designed to provide executive management and the Board with an indication of the "direction" of our exposure relative to our declared risk appetite and an early warning of material adverse developments requiring remedial action.
Application of the Risk Appetite Framework
The limits, targets and thresholds used to measure performance continue to be refined by the Group Risk Management and Compliance functions in an effort to express as complete a "picture" as possible of our exposure to a given risk, relative to the stated appetite. All changes proposed pass through a formal review and approval process at both the executive management and Board levels prior to their adoption. Through this approach, the risk appetite framework sets the tone for our risk culture across the Group as a whole, influencing behaviors at all levels of the organization and reinforcing accountability for decisions taken. Many of our jurisdictional offices have developed subsidiary risk appetite frameworks in conjunction with their local risk management functions. This ensures appropriate coverage of local risk factors and the establishment of proportional tolerance thresholds. The Group Risk Management and Compliance functions have reviewed these frameworks prior to their adoption and have modified any appetites proposed that are considered to be inconsistent with the overall Group approach.
Market Risks
Interest Rate Risk Management
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which is defined as the risk of loss of net interest income or changes in net interest margin because of changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk for the Bank is confined to the banking book as the bank does not engage in proprietary trading.
We seek to measure and manage the potential impact of interest rate risk. Interest rate risk occurs when interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities mature or re-price at different times, on a different basis or in unequal amounts. Interest rate risk also arises when our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts each respond differently to changes in interest rates, including as a result of explicit and implicit provisions in agreements related to such assets and liabilities and in off-balance sheet contracts that alter the applicable interest rate and cash flow characteristics as interest rates change. The two primary examples of such provisions that we are exposed to are the duration and rate sensitivity associated with indeterminate-maturity deposits (e.g., interest bearing call accounts) and the rate of prepayment associated with fixed-rate lending and mortgage-backed securities. Interest rates may also affect loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume and other items affecting earnings.
Our management of interest rate risk is overseen by the RPCC, which outlines reporting and measurement requirements. In particular, this infrastructure sets limits and management targets, calculated for various metrics, including our economic value sensitivity, our economic value of equity and net interest income simulations involving parallel shifts in interest rate curves, steepening and flattening yield curves, and various prepayment and deposit duration assumptions. Our Risk Management infrastructure also requires a periodic review of all key assumptions used, such as identifying appropriate interest rate scenarios, setting loan prepayment rates based on historical analysis, non-interest bearing and interest bearing demand deposit durations based on historical analysis, and the targeted investment term of capital.
The principal objective of our interest rate risk management is to maximize profit potential while minimizing exposure to changes in interest rates. Our actions in this regard are taken under the guidance of GALCO. The committee is actively involved in formulating the economic assumptions that we use in our financial planning and budgeting processes and establishes policies which control and monitor the sources, uses and pricing of funds. From time to time, we utilize hedging techniques to reduce interest rate risk. GALCO uses interest income simulations and economic value of equity analysis to measure inherent risk in our balance sheet at specific points in time.
Appetite for interest rate risk is documented in the Group's policies on market risk and investments. This includes the completion of stress testing on at least a quarterly basis of the impact of an immediate and sustained shift in interest rates of +/– 200 basis points on net interest income, economic value of equity and the ratio of tangible total equity to average assets. If any of the parameters established by policy are exceeded, GALCO will provide a plan to executive management to bring the exposure back within tolerance under advice to the Board. The plan does not have to bring the exposure back within limit immediately, but must adjust the exposure within Board and management approved timeframes.
We also use derivatives in the asset and liability management of positions to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. Our derivative contracts principally involve over-the-counter transactions that are privately negotiated between the Group and the counterparty to the contract. Derivative instruments that are used as part of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date.

Interest Rate Risk
78


The following table sets out the assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity and off-balance sheet instruments on the date of the earlier of contractual maturity, expected maturity and repricing date. Use of these tables to derive information about our interest rate risk position is limited by the fact that customers may choose to terminate their financial instruments at a date earlier than the contractual maturity or repricing date. Examples of this include fixed-rate mortgages, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may pre-pay earlier, and certain term deposits, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may be withdrawn before their contractual maturity subject to prepayment penalties. Investments are shown based on remaining contractual maturities. The remaining contractual principal maturities for mortgage-backed securities (primarily US government agencies) do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.
December 31, 2021Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date
(in $ millions)Within
3 months
3 to 6
months
6 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years
Non-interest
bearing
Total
Total fair value(1)
Assets       
Cash and deposits with banks2,064 — — — — 116 2,180 2,180 
Securities purchased under agreement to resell96 — — — — — 96 96 
Short-term investments842 252 105 — — — 1,199 1,199 
Investments(2)
14 14 1,173 5,027 — 6,237 6,260 
Loans(3)
4,208 22 91 705 182 33 5,241 5,265 
Other assets— — — — — 382 382 382 
Total assets7,224 283 210 1,878 5,209 531 15,335 15,382 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity       
Demand deposits8,077 — 27 — — 2,821 10,925 10,925 
Term deposits(4)
1,658 587 602 98 — — 2,945 2,949 
Other liabilities— — — — — 316 316 316 
Subordinated capital(4)
— — — 172 — — 172 159 
Shareholders' equity— — — — — 977 977 1,033 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity9,735 587 629 270  4,114 15,335 15,382 
Interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(304)(419)1,608 5,209 (3,583) 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(2,815)(3,234)(1,626)3,583 —  
____________________________
(1)See Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Fair Values" and "Note 17: Fair value measurements" of the audited consolidated financial statements for further detail on the determination of fair value.
(2)Investments include (i) HTM, which are carried at their amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheet, and (ii) equity securities and AFS investments, each of which are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value columns presents all classifications at their fair value.
(3)Loans are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal amount outstanding, net of allowance for credit losses, unearned income, fair value adjustments arising from hedge accounting and net deferred loan fees.
(4)Term deposits and subordinated capital are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal outstanding.
Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk
The principal objective of our asset and liability management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and preserving adequate levels of liquidity funding and capital.
As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the fair value of all interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.
We manage our exposure to interest rates primarily by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. We do not typically enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of managing interest rate risk, but we may elect to do so in the future. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. Our exposure to holdings categorized as "trading positions" falls below the de minimis threshold established of 5% (ratio of total trading book open position compared to the sum of on- and off-balance sheet assets that are not part of the trading book).
We use an interest rate risk simulation model to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet. Instantaneous parallel rate shift scenarios are modeled and utilized to evaluate risk and establish exposure limits for acceptable changes in net interest margin. These scenarios, known as rate shocks, simulate an instantaneous change in interest rates and use various assumptions, including, but not limited to, prepayments on securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. We also analyze the economic value of equity as a secondary measure of interest rate risk. This is a complementary measure to net interest income where the calculated value is the result of the fair value of assets less the fair value of liabilities. The economic value of equity is a longer-term view of interest rate risk because it measures the present value of all future cash flows. The impact of changes in interest rates on this calculation is analyzed for the risk to our future earnings and is used in conjunction with the analysis on net interest income.


The following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income versus unchanged rates as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
79


For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
+300 basis points21.6 %24.8 %33.2 %42.1 %
+200 basis points14.2 %16.6 %22.6 %29.3 %
+100 basis points6.6 %8.1 %11.5 %15.4 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points17.8 %15.7 %11.9 %8.4 %
The following table presents the change in our economic value of equity as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, assuming immediate parallel shifts in interest rates:
For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
+300 basis points(7.4)%4.5 %
+200 basis points(5.2)%5.0 %
+100 basis points(2.0)%4.2 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points(0.6)%2.8 %
The differences between the change in our net interest income and economic value of equity assuming immediate parallel shifts in interests rates from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 are driven by the redeployment of funds from cash due from banks into the investment portfolio, extending the portfolio duration and reducing asset sensitivity.
Many assumptions are used to calculate the impact of interest rate fluctuations. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections due to several factors, including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. The computations of interest rate risk shown above do not include the full suite of actions that our management may undertake to manage the risks in response to anticipated changes in interest rates, and actual results may also differ materially.
Foreign Exchange Risk
The Group holds various non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and maintains investments in subsidiaries whose domestic currency is either not USD or whose domestic currency is not pegged to USD. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than USD are translated to USD at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. The resulting gains or losses are included in foreign exchange revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries outside of Bermuda are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet date while associated revenues and expenses are translated to USD at the average rate of exchange prevailing through the accounting period. Unrealized translation gains or losses on investments in foreign currency based subsidiaries are recorded as a separate component of shareholders' equity within accumulated other comprehensive loss. Such gains or losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations only when realized. Our foreign currency subsidiaries may give rise to significant foreign currency translation movements against the USD. We also provide foreign exchange services to our clients, principally in connection with our banking and wealth management businesses, and effect other transactions in non-USD currencies. Foreign currency volatility and fluctuations in exchange rates may impact the value of non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than USD do not offset one another, or offset each other in different time periods. If the policies and procedures we have in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of foreign exchange volatility are not followed, or are not effective to mitigate such risks, our results and earnings may be negatively affected. The Group maintains a clearly articulated foreign exchange risk exposure tolerance framework which limits exposures to select major currencies.
Liquidity Risk
The objectives of liquidity risk management are to ensure that the Group can meet its cash flow requirements and capitalize on business opportunities on a timely and cost-effective basis. Liquidity is defined as the ability to hold and/or generate cash adequate to meet our needs for day-to-day operations and material long and short-term commitments. Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if the Group were unable to meet its funding requirements at a reasonable cost.
We monitor and manage our liquidity by banking location and on a Group-wide basis. The treasury functions in the Group's banking operations, located in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, and Jersey, manage day-to-day liquidity. The Group market risk function has the responsibility for measuring and reporting to senior management on liquidity risk positions. We manage our liquidity based on demand, commitments, specific events and uncertainties to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our objective in managing liquidity is to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers as well as to earnings enhancement opportunities in a changing marketplace. Management is responsible for establishing and monitoring liquidity targets as well as strategies to meet these targets. The Group adopts a cautious liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically, the Group manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology.
We maintained a balance sheet with loans representing 34.2% of total assets as at December 31, 2021. Further, at that date there were significant sources of liquidity within our balance sheet in the form of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, securities purchased under agreement to resell and investments amounting to $9.7 billion, or 63.3%, of total assets.
An important element of our liquidity management is our liquidity contingency plan which can be employed in the event of a liquidity crisis. The objective of the liquidity contingency plan is to ensure that we maintain our liquidity during periods of stress. This plan takes into consideration a variety of scenarios that could challenge our liquidity. These scenarios include specific and systemic events that can impact our on- and off-balance sheet sources and uses of liquidity. This plan is reviewed and updated at least annually.
Credit Risk
80


Credit risk is defined as the risk that unexpected losses arise as a result of the Group's borrowers or market counterparties failing to meet their obligations to repay. Credit risk is managed through the jurisdictional CRM departments. CRM provides a system of checks and balances for our diverse credit-related activities by establishing and monitoring all credit-related policies and practices throughout the Group and assuring their uniform application. These activities are designed to diversify credit exposure on an industry and client basis, thus lessening overall credit risk. These credit management activities also apply to our use of derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange contracts and interest rate risk management instruments, which are used primarily to facilitate client transactions.
Individual credit authority for commercial and other loans is limited to specified amounts and maturities. Credit decisions involving commitment exposure in excess of the specified individual limits are submitted to CRM and then to the GCC, which provides a forum for ongoing executive review of loan activity, establishing our credit guidelines and policies and approving selected credit transactions in accordance with our business objectives. The committee reviews large credit exposures, establishes and reviews credit strategy and policy and approves selected credit transactions. The FIC manages counterparty risk in respect of (third party) bank counterparties which do not have commercial credit relationships within the Group and also approves country exposure limits.
As part of our ongoing credit granting process, internal ratings are assigned to commercial clients before credit is extended, based on an assessment of creditworthiness. At least annually, a review of all significant credit exposures is undertaken to identify, at an early stage, clients who might be facing financial difficulties. Internal borrower risk ratings are also reviewed during this process, allowing identification of adverse individual borrower and sector trends, and accurate application of internal borrower risk ratings which incorporates but is not limited to an assessment of climate risk impacting borrower risk ratings.
An integral part of the CRM function is to formally review past due and potential problem loans to determine which credits, if any, need to be placed on non-accrual status or charged off. The allowance for loan losses is reviewed quarterly to determine the amount necessary to maintain an adequate provision for current expected credit losses.
Another way credit risk is managed is by requiring collateral. Management's assessment of the borrower's creditworthiness determines whether collateral is obtained. The amount and type of collateral held varies but may include deposits held in financial institutions, mutual funds, US Treasury securities, other marketable securities, income-producing commercial properties, accounts receivable, residential real estate, property, plant and equipment, and inventory. Values of variable collateral are monitored on a regular basis to ensure that they are maintained at an appropriate level, which includes an assessment of the climate risk impact on the value of the collateral.
Credit Risk — Retail and Private Banking
Retail and private lending activity is split between residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and authorized overdrafts. Retail credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and processes set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC and GRC (and approved by the Board). The policies set out where specialist underwriting may be needed.
For residential mortgages, a combination of lending policy criteria, lending guidelines and underwriting are used to make a decision on applications for credit. The primary factors considered are affordability, residential status, residential history, credit history, employment history, nature of income and LTV of the residential property. In addition, confirmation of a borrower's identity is obtained and an assessment of the value of the collateral is carried out prior to granting a credit facility. When considering applications, the primary focus is placed on the willingness and ability to repay.
LTV ratios are derived based on third-party valuations as part of the original underwriting or when increased borrowing has been requested. Updated valuations are not otherwise obtained unless the loan reaches non-accrual status. Non-accrual loans which are collateral-dependent on real estate must be supported by a third-party valuation no older than 12 months. Costs of sale for commercial properties are calculated based on individual circumstances, whereas the haircuts for residential real estate are prescribed in lending guidelines by geographic location and are never less than 15% of the valuation amount.
As valuations are conducted throughout the year, the rolling average age of the valuations are closer to 6 months than 12 months. To further ensure that valuations within the 12-month revaluation period remain appropriate measures for input into the CECL model, we: (1) compare renewal valuations to the prior valuation to track market movement; (2) back-test all sales to compare net carrying value versus any additional gain/loss at the time of sale; (3) segregate the tests described in (1) and (2) by geographic area and, where required, amend provision factors accordingly; and (4) perform a review of new valuations to ascertain such valuations' reasonableness and determine if any change in value may impact similar properties or locations where valuations are more stale-dated and require an adjustment to the CECL model.
The Bank performs an annual assessment of group residential LTV ranges as part of its stress-testing exercise for regulatory and capital-adequacy purposes. Real estate indices are not available in the Bank's primary markets and LTV values are based on standard reductions in value over time, based on observed market activity.
Generally, maximum LTV for new residential and commercial loans is as follows:
BermudaCayman IslandsUK—LondonChannel Islands
Residential:   
Owner-occupied freehold70 %85 %65 %80 %
Owner-occupied leasehold condominium70 %85 %65 %80 %
Investment (not owner-occupied)
65 %75 %65 %80 %
Raw land50 %80 %N/AN/A
Commercial Real Estate65 %65 %N/A65 %
For other retail lending products, similar lending policy criteria are used, and each of these products has its own policy and underwriting guidelines to enable decisions on applications for credit and to manage accounts. The factors used are attuned to the lending product in question, although affordability and credit history are considered in all cases. Ongoing monitoring of all retail and private banking credit is undertaken by the business unit concerned as well as by CRM. In addition, the GCC reviews reports on a weekly basis. In the event that particular exposures show adverse features such as arrears, the Bank's specialist recovery teams generally work with borrowers to resolve the situation.
Unlike the United States where the FCRA is designed to help ensure that credit bureaus furnish correct and complete information when evaluating loan applications, the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports. Therefore, we manually review each loan and we use a formally governed tiered credit approval process that is administered through and governed by our Risk Management framework.

Credit Risk — Commercial Banking
81


Commercial credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and asset quality measures set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC (and ratified by the Board).
In respect of Commercial Banking, there is a level of delegated sanctioning authority to underwrite certain credit risks based upon an evaluation of the borrower's experience, track record, financial strength, ability to repay, transaction structure and security characteristics. Lending decisions for large or high risk exposures are based upon a thorough credit risk analysis and the assignment of an internal borrower risk rating, and are subject to further approval by the assigned officers in CRM or the GCC.
Consideration is also given to risk mitigation measures which will provide the Group with protection, such as third-party guarantees, supporting collateral and security, legal documentation and financial covenants. Commercial portfolio asset quality monitoring is based upon a number of measures, including the monitoring of financial covenants, cash flows, pricing movements and variable collateral. In the event that particular exposures begin to show adverse features such as payment arrears, covenant breaches or business trading losses, a full risk reassessment is undertaken. Where appropriate, a specialist recovery team will work with the borrower to resolve the situation. If this proves unsuccessful, the case will be subject to intensive monitoring and management procedures designed to maximize debt recovery.
Credit Risk — Treasury
Treasury credit risks are managed in accordance with limits, asset quality measures and criteria set out within the policy approved by the GCC and ratified by the Board. The policy also sets out powers which require higher levels of authorization according to the size of the transaction or the nature of the associated risk. The FIC identifies, assesses, prioritizes and manages our risks associated with counterparty exposure to other financial institutions, as well as country-specific exposures.
Exposures to financial institutions arise within the Group's investment portfolio and treasury operations. The Group has treasury operations in all of its banking locations. Treasury exposures primarily take the form of deposits with banks and foreign exchange positions. Exposures to financial institutions in the investment portfolio can take the form of bonds, floating rate notes and/or certificates of deposit.
Diversification and avoidance of concentration is emphasized. The Group establishes limits for countries and each financial institution where there is an expected exposure. Ongoing asset quality monitoring is undertaken by Treasury and CRM and reports are sent to the FIC, GCC and the GRC on a monthly basis. Exception reporting takes place against a range of asset quality triggers. Treasury uses a number of risk mitigation techniques including netting and collateralization agreements. Other methods (such as margining and derivatives) are used periodically to mitigate the risk associated with particular transactions or groups of transactions.
For its exposure to Treasury credit risk, the Group uses S&P, Fitch and Moody's as external credit assessment institutions as permitted under Basel III for sovereign, financial institutions, asset-backed securities, covered bonds and corporate risks. With regard to financial institutions and corporates, the Group's preference for a long-term rating is the senior unsecured rating. However, counterparty ratings and/or short-term deposit or commercial paper ratings are used if this is unavailable. For asset-backed securities, the issue or tranche rating is used.
Exposures
The following tables analyze the Group's regulatory credit risk exposures as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Exposures are allocated to specific standardized exposure portfolios determined by the BMA's Revised Framework for Regulatory Capital Assessment and it is these portfolios that determine the risk weights used. These exposures include both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, with the latter shown separately after credit conversion factors have been applied.
Analysis of exposures class
(in millions of $)
Average
Exposure 2021
Position as at
December 31, 2021
Average
Exposure 2020
Position as at
December 31, 2020
Cash70.2 66.5 71.5 83.4 
Claims on Sovereigns2,539.2 3,091.5 1,697.9 2,230.7 
Claims on Public Sector Entities88.2 68.2 106.2 102.2 
Claims on Corporates666.0 559.0 819.0 741.3 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,804.6 1,527.6 1,858.7 1,998.7 
Securitizations5,194.9 5,134.3 4,562.3 4,844.6 
Retail Loans226.6 222.3 242.7 236.4 
Residential Mortgages3,444.3 3,582.8 3,200.0 3,348.4 
Commercial Mortgages703.5 675.7 682.1 705.3 
Past Due Loans72.4 63.3 68.3 75.4 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures268.5 246.6 278.9 277.1 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures628.7 608.7 557.2 637.0 
Market Related Off‑Balance Sheet Credit Exposures58.0 54.8 68.4 54.5 
Total15,765.2 15,901.3 14,213.2 15,335.0 
82


Geographic segment distribution of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
BermudaCayman IslandsChannel Islands & UKOtherTotal
Cash42.0 24.5 — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns939.1 825.6 1,326.8 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities68.2 — — — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates384.0 57.0 118.0 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms497.9 535.5 483.3 10.9 1,527.6 
Securitizations1,966.4 2,396.3 771.6 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans82.4 101.1 38.8 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages1,029.3 752.8 1,800.7 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages470.8 76.7 128.2 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans50.5 0.3 12.5 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures126.6 7.9 61.8 50.3 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures191.2 279.6 137.9 — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures32.6 6.8 15.4 — 54.8 
Total5,881.0 5,064.1 4,895.0 61.2 15,901.3 
Residual maturity breakdown of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
Up to
12 months
1 ‑ 5 yearsMore than
5 years
No specific maturityTotal
Cash66.5 — — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns1,809.1 954.7 327.7 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities0.3 61.8 6.1 — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates256.0 153.5 149.5 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,527.6 — — — 1,527.6 
Securitizations0.3 19.8 5,114.2 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans145.5 54.7 22.1 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages609.9 1,227.9 1,745.0 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages110.4 51.2 514.1 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans29.7 5.8 27.8 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures— — — 246.6 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures608.7 — — — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures54.8 — — — 54.8 
5,218.8 2,529.4 7,906.5 246.6 15,901.3 
The table below details the mappings between the main Fitch, Moody's and S&P external credit assessment institutions used by the Group and the credit quality steps used to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. Where no external rating is used in the risk weighted assets calculation, the unrated credit quality step applies.
Credit quality stepFitch's
assessment
Moody's
assessment
S&P's
assessment
Step 1AAA to AA–Aaa to Aa3AAA to AA–
Step 2A+ to A–A1 to A3A+ to A–
Step 3BBB+ to BBB–Baa1 to Baa3BBB+ to BBB–
Step 4BB+ to BB–Ba1 to Ba3BB+ to BB–
Step 5B+ to B–B1 to B3B+ to B–
Step 6CCC+ and belowCaa1 and belowCCC+ and below
Impairment Provisions
Credit Risk Concentrations
Concentration risk is defined as: any single exposure or group of exposures with the potential to produce losses large enough (relative to the Group's capital, total assets or overall risk level) to threaten the Group's health or ability to maintain core operations. The management of concentration risk is addressed in the first instance by the Group's large exposure policy and related credit guidelines, which require that credit facilities to entities that are affiliated through common ownership or management are aggregated for adjudication and reporting purposes. The policy also defines what constitutes a large exposure and the related reporting requirements. The CRM function also undertakes monitoring and assessment of our exposure to concentration risk, reporting the results of these analyses to the GCC, the GRCC and RPCC.

83


The factors taken into consideration when assessing concentration risk are as follows:
single or linked counterparty;
industry or economic sector (e.g., hospitality, property development, commercial office building investment);
geographic region;
product type;
collateral type; and
maturity date (whether of the facility or of interest rate fixes).
Counterparty Concentrations
Counterparty concentrations is the risk associated with assuming a high level of exposure to a single counterparty, the failure of which could have an adverse impact on the Group.
Large exposures are reviewed quarterly by the GRCC and RPCC for the loan portfolio and the treasury/investment portfolios. Group Market Risk and Treasury work closely together on daily treasury positions and exceptions.
All large exposures and concentrations in the portfolio are reviewed and agreed by the FIC on a quarterly basis and are reported to the Board as a part of this process. The review of large exposures considers:
facility total;
any link with other facilities;
total linked facility being within guidelines;
borrower risk rating;
security value on the facility; and
loan-to-value percentage against minimum security covenants.
Industry Concentration
Industry concentration encompasses the scenario that a risk factor inherent within an industry is tied to an entire portfolio of accounts or investments; e.g., a portfolio made up of a large number of small individual loans where all the counterparties are hotel operators. We believe that due to the nature of the Group's client base our exposure to the property, insurance and fund sectors could be classified as industry concentration, although geographic and product concentration are the more appropriate risks to measure.
Geographic Concentration
Geographic concentration of the book is monitored as follows. Reports are generated which provide details of all the property loan exposure of the Group. Through this, loans are subdivided into regional exposure. From this, the percentage breakdown per region of the Group's property exposure is analyzed and reported to the GRCC and RPCC. Assessment of the exposure allows the committees to decide whether the Group should decline further lending in any area in which it is becoming over-weighted.
Product Concentration
Product concentration is defined in the context of credit risk, as an over-weighting in the portfolio to a given product type, making the Group vulnerable to the impact of a variety of external factors that could either reduce demand for the product itself or lead to an increase in the level of default rates experienced. We operate as a full service bank in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands and aim to satisfy the requirements of our customers in these communities through the range of products and services we offer. Accordingly, there is no dependence or concentration on a single product in these markets outside of the residential mortgage portfolios, which comprised 68.8% of the Group's loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 65.5% as at December 31, 2020); in Bermuda, residential mortgage lending made up 53.1% of the Bermuda loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 52.1% as at December 31, 2020), and loans for many purposes (education, business support, family requirements) were made in the form of residential mortgages. Product category analysis confirms that the total lending portfolio is concentrated in the property market; this has been addressed by performing stress testing.
Collateral Concentration
Collateral concentration considers whether the Group's loan book is secured by a limited number of collateral types. An example of this would be when a large value of loans to a diversified group of borrowers is all secured by shares in the same company or by the shares of various companies within the same industry sector. Any decline in the value of these shares or in the performance of the sector as a whole could have an adverse impact on the Group's security position across all affected borrowers. The most relevant example of collateral concentration is the Group's exposure to real estate property values. Ignoring cash-backed facilities, the largest collateral concentrations within the portfolio are to residential and commercial property. The greatest risk with collateral concentration is that the value of the security could be severely reduced. To simulate this, the Group's stress testing process incorporates a scenario in which all real estate collateral is devalued by factors as high as 30%.
Credit Risk Mitigation
The Group uses a wide range of techniques to reduce the credit risk of its lending. The most basic of these is performing an assessment of the ability of a borrower to service the proposed level of borrowing without distress. However, the risk can be further mitigated by obtaining security for the funds advanced.
Residential Mortgages
Residential property is the Group's main source of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in the residential mortgage portfolio. All mortgage lending activities are supported by underlying assumptions and estimated values received by independent third parties. All residential property must be insured to cover property risks through a third party.


84


Commercial
Commercial property is one of the Group's primary sources of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in its commercial portfolios. Collateral for the majority of commercial loans comprises first legal charges over freehold or long leasehold property but the following may also be taken as security: life insurance policies; credit balances assignments; share guarantees; equitable charges; debentures; chattel mortgages and charges over residential property.
For property-based lending, supporting information such as professional valuations are an important tool to help determine the suitability of the property offered as security and, in the case of investment lending, generating the cash to cover interest and principal payments. All standard documentation is subject to in-house legal review and sign-off in order to ensure that the Group's legal documentation is robust and enforceable. Documentation for large advances may be specifically prepared by independent solicitors. Insurance requirements are always fully considered as part of the application process and the Group ensures that appropriate insurance is taken out to protect the property against an insurable event.
Treasury
Collateral held as security for treasury assets, including investments, is determined by the nature of the instrument. Loans, debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured with the exception of asset-backed securities and similar instruments, which are secured by pools of financial assets. The ISDA Master Agreement is the Group's preferred method of documenting derivative activity. It is common in such cases for a Credit Support Annex to be executed in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement in order to mitigate credit risk on the derivatives portfolio. Valuations are performed, agreed with the relevant counterparties, and collateral is exchanged to bring the credit exposure within agreed tolerances. The EAD value to the counterparty is measured under the standardised approach for measuring counterparty credit risk exposures method and is derived by adding the gross positive fair value of the contract (replacement cost) to the contract's potential future credit exposure, which is derived by applying a multiple base on the contracts residual maturity to the notional value of the contract, and applying an alpha of 1.4 to the sum of these components.
The following table shows the exposures to counterparty credit risk for derivative contracts as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
(in millions of $)
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2021
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2021
Alpha as at December 31, 2021
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2020
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2020
Alpha as at December 31, 2020
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2020
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swap contracts18.0 21.2 1.4 54.9 13.8 25.1 1.4 54.5 
Securitizations
The Bank has not, to date, securitized assets that it has originated. The Bank's total exposure to purchased securitization positions as at December 31, 2021 was $5.1 billion by market value (compared to $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020), with US government and federal agencies accounting for the majority of this exposure.
The following table provides an analysis of the Bank's investments in securitization positions by exposure type as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
Underlying asset type (in millions of $)
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2020
US government and federal agencies5,083.24,771.8 
Mortgage backed securities — Retail27.359.9 
Asset-backed securities — Student loans13.212.9 
Total5,123.74,844.6 

Operational Risk
In providing our services, we are exposed to operational risk. This is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, actions or inactions of people, or from external events. Operational risk is inherent in our activities and can manifest itself in various ways including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, cyber-security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of vendors to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, litigation and regulatory fines, as well as other damage to us. Our risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with our risk appetite, financial strength, the characteristics of our businesses, the markets in which we operate and the competitive and regulatory environment to which we are subject.
As we continue to expand our use of technology, we are exposed to various forms of cyber-attacks. We devote significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade our systems and networks and review the ever changing threat landscape in order to mitigate our exposure to cyber risks. In addition to the policy reviews, we continue to look to implement technology solutions that enhance preventive and detection capabilities and our ability to recover quickly should a successful cyber-attack occur. We assess our third-party vendor controls and have a developed business continuity plan that addresses potential cyber risks. We also maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks. However, such insurance may be insufficient to cover all losses.
Operational risk is mitigated through internal controls embedded in our business activities and our risk management practices, which are designed to continuously reassess the effectiveness of these controls in order to keep the risk we assume at levels appropriate to our risk appetite as approved by the Board. Data on operational losses and any significant control failures incurred are captured through an incident reporting process. These events are reported to both the GRCC and RPCC, which assess the sufficiency of the corrective actions taken by management to prevent recurrence. Both committees also receive regular reporting on actual performance against established risk tolerance metrics.

85


Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
On March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, the authorized and regulated administrator of LIBOR, announced that all the GBP, CHF, JPY and EUR LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will cease after December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will cease after June 30, 2023.
These reforms have the potential to impact various risk areas for the Bank, including but not limited to: operational risk (potential adverse impacts to the business, customers and technology); market risk (potential adverse impacts to the business and customers if markets are disrupted); and accounting risk (potential adverse impacts to the statement of operations if issues with hedge accounting/effectiveness arise). The Bank, however, does not expect any material change to its risk management frameworks and controls as a result of the reforms.
The Bank has established a LIBOR transition working group, consisting of senior members of management, with significant representation from the Legal and Risk departments. The working group reports directly to the GRCC which feeds into the RPCC of the Board. The working group has set up a detailed project plan which includes: transition planning; financial exposure measurement and risk assessment; operational preparedness and controls; legal contract preparedness/modification; communication; and training and oversight.
As at December 31, 2021, the Bank had 121 loans totaling $563.5 million linked to USD LIBOR. The Bank is engaging with impacted customers to ensure adequate fallback provisions are included in contracts, where not already provided for.
There were no derivative positions maturing after the relevant transition dates.
Capital Adequacy Management
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA adopted capital and liquidity requirements consistent with Basel III. These requirements are contained within the BMA's "Basel III for Bermuda Banks November 2017 Rule Update" and can be found on its website.
The Group manages its capital both on a total Group basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The finance department has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the RPCC. The management of capital will also involve regional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Capital Assessment and Risk Profiling
Under the requirements of the Basel II Accord as implemented by the BMA, the Group undertakes a CARP process, which is an internal assessment of all material risks to determine our capital needs. This internal assessment takes account of the minimum capital requirement and other risks not covered by the minimum capital requirement (Pillar II). Where capital is deemed as not being able to mitigate a particular risk, alternative management actions are identified and described within the CARP. The CARP is presented to the RPCC before being presented to the Board for challenge and approval and then submission to the BMA. The CARP process is performed annually or more frequently should the need arise.
A SREP is then undertaken biannually by the BMA, which is designed to assess the Group's risk profile as documented in the CARP. This assessment is used to determine and set the Individual Capital Guidance which is the minimum level of capital the Group will be required to hold until the next SREP review is conducted.
B.Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
We define liquidity as our ability to maintain cash flow that is adequate to fund operations and meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or by obtaining additional funding through liability management.
Sources and Uses of Cash
Our primary sources of cash are (i) cash obtained from deposits, (ii) long-term debt, and (iii) cash from operations. Our primary uses are (i) the payment of our operating expenses, (ii) payment of dividends on our common shares, (iii) repayment of certain maturing liabilities, (iv) repurchase of our common shares, and (v) extraordinary requirements for cash, such as acquisitions. We had $2.2 billion of cash and cash equivalents as at December 31, 2021 and $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020, as well as $7.5 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively, of liquid securities, the balance of which could be sold to meet liquidity requirements. In our opinion, the Bank’s working capital is sufficient for the Bank’s present requirements.
Liquidity Risk
Our liquidity risk is managed through a comprehensive framework of policies and limits overseen by our Group Asset and Liability Committee. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength. Our objective is to manage our cash flow and liquidity reserves so that they are adequate to fund our obligations and other commitments on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost.
We continuously monitor and make adjustments to our liquidity position by adjusting the balance between sources and uses of funds as we deem appropriate. Our primary measures of liquidity include monthly cash flow analysis under ordinary business activities and conditions and under situations simulating a severe run on the Bank. The Bank strives to use a balanced liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically the Bank manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology. The results of these measures and analysis are incorporated into our liquidity contingency plan, which provides the basis for the identification of our liquidity needs. For more information, see Item 11 "Operating Results - Liquidity Risk".
Capital Resources
    We have financed our operations, growth and cash needs primarily through income from operations and issuances of debt and equity securities. We believe that our cash on hand and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to repay our outstanding debt as it matures. In the future, we may need to incur additional debt or issue additional equity securities, which we may be unable to do or which may be on less favorable terms.
86


We manage our capital both on a consolidated basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The group finance team has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee of the Board. The management of capital will also involve jurisdictional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA implemented the capital reforms proposed by the BCBS and referred to as the Basel III regulatory framework. Basel III aims to raise the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base, limit the build-up of excess leverage and increase capital requirements for the banking sector. Basel III adopts CET1 capital as the predominant form of regulatory capital with the CET1 ratio as a new metric. Basel III also adopts the new Leverage Ratio, Liquidity Coverage Ratio ("LCR") and Net Stable Funding Ratio ("NSFR") regimes. We are now subject to the following requirements:

CET1 ratio of at least 7.0% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the Domestic Systematically Important Bank ("D-SIB") surcharge described below; 
Tier 1 capital of at least 8.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum Tier 1 ratio of 6% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below;
Total capital of at least 10.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum total capital ratio of 8% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below; 
We are considered to be a D-SIB and are subject to a 3% surcharge composed of CET1-eligible capital implemented by the BMA effective September 30, 2015. This is based upon our assessment of the extent to which we (individually and collectively with the other Bermuda banks) pose a degree of material systemic risk to the economy of Bermuda due to our role in deposit taking, corporate lending, payment systems and other core economic functions; 
Counter-cyclical buffer of up to 2.5% composed of CET1-eligible capital may be implemented by the BMA when macroeconomic indicators provide an assessment of excessive credit or other pressures building in the banking sector, potentially increasing the CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios by up to 2.5%. No counter-cyclical buffer has been implemented to date;
Leverage ratio must be at 5.0% or higher;
LCR with a minimum requirement of 100%; and
NSFR with a minimum requirement of 100%.
The minimum capital ratio requirements set forth above do not reflect additional Pillar II add-on requirements that the BMA may impose upon us as a prudential measure from time to time. Our capital requirements remain under continuous review by the BMA pursuant to its prudential supervision and we cannot guarantee that the BMA will not seek higher total capital ratio requirements at any time.
In December 2017, the BCBS published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as "Basel IV"). Among other things, these standards revise the BCBS's standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new segmentations for exposures) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the BCBS framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. The impact of these standards on us will depend on the manner in which they are implemented by the BMA.
The following table sets forth the outstanding financial guarantees with contractual amounts representing credit risk as of the dates indicated:
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
(in millions of $)GrossCollateralNetGrossCollateralNet
Standby letters of credit231.0
223.7
7.3
245.2
237.1
8.1
Letters of guarantee7.8
7.7
0.1
2.7
2.6
0.1
Total238.8
231.4
7.4
247.8
239.7
8.2
The Bank enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of the Bank's commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance for possible loan losses. The following table sets forth the outstanding unfunded legally binding commitments to extend credit as of the dates indicated:
(in millions of $)December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Commitments to extend credit549.0
445.2
Documentary and commercial letters of credit0.4
0.6
Total unfunded commitments to extend credit549.4
445.8
The Bank has a facility by one of its custodians, whereby the Bank may offer up to $200 million of standby letters of credit to its customers on a fully secured basis. Under the standard terms of the facility, the custodian has the right to set-off against securities held of 110% of the utilized facility. At December 31, 2019, $143.6 million (December 31, 2018: $137.4 million) of standby letters of credit were issued under this facility.

Contractual Obligations
The following table presents our outstanding contractual obligationscapital adequacy as at December 31, 2019:2021 and 2020 in accordance with the Basel III framework:
As at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020
Capital  
Common Equity Tier 1896.3 816.0 
Tier 1 capital896.3 816.0 
Tier 2 capital184.0 187.1 
Total capital1,080.3 1,003.1 
Risk Weighted Assets  
Cash due from banks and investments1,141.4 1,085.7 
Loans2,606.0 2,635.1 
Other assets255.3 288.3 
Off-balance sheet items230.9 217.4 
Operational risk charge867.9 842.1 
Total risk-weighted assets5,101.5 5,068.6 
Capital Ratios (%)  
Common Equity Tier 117.6 %16.1 %
Tier 1 total17.6 %16.1 %
Total capital21.2 %19.8 %
Leverage ratio5.6 %5.3 %
Overall, capital ratios have increased, driven primarily by earnings accretion and partially offset by dividends and share buy-backs. The increase in RWA is driven by increased depositor funding. As at December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with the minimum LCR of 100% as well as the minimum NSFR of 100%.
87


(in millions of $)Total
Less than 1
year
1 to 3
years
3 to 5
years
After 5
years
Long term debt(1)
145.0
45.0
25.0

75.0
Sourcing arrangements(2)
27.6
15.6
12.0


Term deposits3,051.3
2,973.1
78.2


Other obligations26.3
12.6
9.9
2.8
1.0
Total outstanding contractual obligations(3)
3,250.2
3,046.3
125.1
2.8
76.0
Share Buy-Back Program

(1)Long-term debt excludes interest and unamortized debt issuance costs.
(2)We have an outstanding contractual obligation relating to a five-year agreement entered into in November 2016 with DXC (previously HP) to supply technology infrastructure and application development management, information security and technical support for our locations in Bermuda
The Bank repurchases its common shares through share buy-back programs from time to time as a means to improve shareholder liquidity and facilitate growth in share value. In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and listing standards, each program was approved by the Board and repurchases of shares pursuant to each program are subject to the approval of the BMA. In addition, the BSX is advised monthly of shares purchased pursuant to each program.
On December 6, 2018, following the completion of the initial 2018 share buy-back program, the Board approved the 2019 share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.5 million common shares through February 29, 2020.
On December 2, 2019, the Board approved, with effect from the completion of the previous program on December 20, 2019 through February 28, 2021, a common share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 3.5 million common shares or $125 million.
On February 10, 2021, the Board approved a new common share-buy back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through February 2022.
On February 14, 2022, the Board approved, with effect from the completion of the previous program, a new common share-buy back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through February 28, 2023. The timing and amount of repurchase transactions under the new program will be based on market conditions, share price, legal requirements and other factors. No assurances can be given as to the amount of common shares that may actually be repurchased.
Total common share buy-backs for the years ending December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
For the year ending December 31
202120202019
Acquired number of shares (to the nearest share)534,828 3,452,000 2,293,788 
Average cost per common share (in $)36.93 25.10 35.55 
Total cost (in $)19,753,336 86,639,889 81,534,076 
From time to time, our associates, insiders and insiders' associates as defined by the BSX regulations may sell shares which may result in such shares being repurchased pursuant to each program, provided no more than any such person's pro-rata share of the listed securities is repurchased. Pursuant to the BSX regulations, all repurchases made by any issuer pursuant to a securities repurchase program must be made: (1) in the open market and not by private agreement; and (2) for a price not higher than the last independent trade for a round lot of the relevant class of securities.
Dividends
During the year ended December 31, 2021, we paid cash dividends totaling $87.3 million or $1.76 (2020: $88.9 million or $1.76; 2019: $93.6 million or $1.76) for each common share on record as of the Cayman Islands. Under our agreement with DXC, server management and maintenance, technology field support, application support and development and help desk functions are managed by DXC. Our obligations to DXC under this agreement amounted to $27.6 million as at December 31, 2019 (December 31, 2018: $39.2 million).
(3)
This excludes Lease obligations which are discussed in Leases below.
See "Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreementsrecord dates. The Board declared these dividends as a quarterly dividend of $0.44 per common share for each quarter of 2021, 2020 and commitments"2019.
For more information, see Item 3.D. "Risk Factors – Risks Relating to our audited consolidated financial statementsthe Common Shares".
Cash Flows
2021 vs. 2020
Cash due from banks was $2.2 billion as at December 31, 2019 for additional information.
Interest expense on our contractual obligations relates primarily2021, compared to deposits liabilities and our long-term debt. Interest expense on customer deposits was $51.5 million for the year-ended$3.3 billion as at December 31, 2019, compared to $17.6 million2020. The decrease is described below by category of operating, investing and $10.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Movements in interest expense on deposits liabilities are due primarily to volume and rate movements, with yearly average deposits liabilities of $8.9 billion, $7.4 billion and $7.4 billion for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The increase in the expense is related primarily to a 34 basis point increase in average term deposit rates during 2019.financing activities.
During the year-ended December 31, 2019, none of the rates on any tranches of our long-term debt reset and there were no new issuances of long-term debt. For the year ended December 31, 2019, total interest expense2021, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $251.3 million (2020: $188.2 million). Cash flows from operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities increased by $34.8$63.2 million from 2020 to $59.42021, due primarily to an increase in net income as well as movements in other liabilities.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $1,905.7 million, mostlycompared to cash used in investing activities of $41.7 million in 2020. The $1,864.0 million increase in cash used in investing activities in 2021 was mainly attributable to the purchases of investments in securities which was driven by both increased depositor funding as well as the redeployment of funds from cash and cash equivalents.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $535.8 million in 2021, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $546.4 million in 2020. The $10.7 million decrease is mainly due to a decreases in common share repurchases during the increasesyear and partially offset by a reduced increase in customer term deposit ratesliabilities and the increased volumeissuance of average deposits followingsubordinated debt in 2020.
2020 vs. 2019
Cash due from banks was $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020, compared to $2.6 billion as at December 31, 2019. The increase is described below by category of operating, investing and financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $188.2 million (2019: $248.7 million). Cash flows from operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities decreased by $60.6 million from 2019 to 2020, due primarily to a decrease in net income as well as movements in other liabilities.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 totaled $41.7 million, compared to cash provided by investing activities of $1,093.4 million in 2019. The $1,135.1 million decrease in cash provided by investing activities in 2020 was mainly attributable to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands). For the year ended December 31, 2018, interest expense on commitments increased in 2019 which had significant deposit funding which was deployed into short term investments.
Net cash provided by $8.9financing activities totaled $546.4 million in 2020, compared to 2017net cash used in financing activities of $919.4 million in 2019. The $1,465.9 million increase is mainly due to both thean increase in rates paid on termthe balance of deposits and the increased floating rate paid on LIBOR based long-term debt, as well as the higher volume of long-term debt outstanding. In 2018, we issued $75 million in new long-term debt at a fixed rate of 5.25%, which is fixed at this rate until June 1, 2023 and used the proceeds of this new issuance to partially repay the entire amount of the $47 million outstanding subordinated 2003 issuance - Series B. Until its repurchase, the 2003 issuance - Series B, as well as the 2005 issuance - Series B were on floating rates fixed to LIBOR, which increased during the year.liabilities.
88

Leases
In the normal course of operation, the Bank enters into leasing agreements either as the lessee or the lessor, mostly for office and parking spaces as well as for small office equipment. Starting on January 1, 2019 (the adoption date of the new lease accounting guidance ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842)), the Bank recognized (prospectively, with no adjustments to prior periods) right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases and for finance leases. Lease liabilities are measured as the present value of future lease payments, including term renewals that are reasonably certain to occur, discounted using the Bank’s incremental borrowing rate. The Bank has used the rate of its May 24, 2018 debt issuance as the current incremental borrowing rate.
The terms of the existing leases, including renewal options that are reasonably certain to be exercised, extend up to the year 2035. Certain lease payments will be adjusted during the related leases’ terms based on movements in the relevant consumer price index.
See "Note 13: Leases" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2019 for additional information.
Repurchase Agreements
We also obtain funds from time to time from the sale of securities to institutional investors under repurchase agreements. In a repurchase agreement transaction, we will generally pledge investment securities as collateral in a borrowing transaction, agreeing to repurchase the identical security on a specified later date, generally not more than 90 days, at a price greater than the original sales price. The difference between the sale price and repurchase price is the cost of the use of the proceeds, or interest expense. The investment securities underlying these agreements may be delivered to securities dealers who arrange such transactions as collateral for the repurchase obligation. Repurchase agreements represent a cost competitive funding source and also provide liquidity on agency paper for us. However, we are subject to the risk that the borrower of the securities may default at maturity and not return the collateral. In order to minimize this potential risk when entering into such transactions, we generally deal with large, established investment brokerage firms with whom we have master repurchase agreements. Repurchase transactions are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements rather than as sales of such securities, and the obligation to repurchase such securities is reflected as a liability in our consolidated financial statements. As at December 31, 20192021 and 2018,2020, there were no repurchase agreements outstanding.
Shareholders' Equity
Shareholders' equity increaseddecreased during the year ended December 31, 20192021 by $81.4$4.5 million to $963.7$977.5 million.
Increases totaling $257.5$197.4 million included:
$177.1162.7 million of net income for the year;
$55.419.2 million from adjustments to employee benefit plans;
$15.2 million for share-based compensation and settlements; and
$0.3 million of other adjustments.
The increases were offset by the following decreases of $201.9 million:
$87.3 million of common share dividends;
$19.8 million from net increases in treasury shares; and
$94.8 million from net change in unrealized gains (losses) on AFS investments;investments.
$17.5
71



Segment Overview
The Bank is managed by the Chairman and CEO on a geographic basis. The Bank presents four reportable segments, three geographical and one other: Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Channel Islands and the UK, and Other. The Other segment is composed of several non-reportable operating segments that have been aggregated in accordance with GAAP. Each reportable segment has a managing director who reports to the Chairman and CEO. The Chairman and CEO and the segment managing director have final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment.
Transactions between segments are accounted for on an accrual basis and are all eliminated upon consolidation. The Bank generally does not allocate assets, revenues and expenses among its business segments, with the exception of certain corporate overhead expenses and loan participation revenue and expenses. Loan participation revenue and expenses are allocated pro-rata based on the percentage of the total loan funded by each jurisdiction participating in the loan.
Bermuda (Including Head Office)
For more than 150 years, Bermuda has served as home to our headquarters and remains our largest jurisdiction in terms of number of employees and business volume. The following table provides certain financial information for our Bermuda segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income146.0 159.6 183.9 (13.6)(24.3)(8.5)%(13.2)%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)2.2 (8.8)(3.1)11.0 (5.7)125.0 %(183.9)%
Non-interest income84.6 85.2 89.1 (0.6)(3.9)(0.7)%(4.4)%
Net revenue before other gains (losses)232.8 236.0 269.9 (3.2)(33.9)(1.4)%(12.6)%
Operating expenses(186.8)(192.8)(209.4)6.0 16.6 (3.1)%(7.9)%
Net income before other gains (losses)46.0 43.2 60.5 2.8 (17.3)6.5 %(28.6)%
Total other gains (losses)0.9 2.0 2.2 (1.1)(0.2)(55.0)%(9.1)%
Net income46.9 45.2 62.7 1.7 (17.5)3.8 %(27.9)%
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,511 4,813 (302)(6.3)%
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,023 2,077 (54)(2.6)%
Total assets5,728 5,925 (197)(3.3)%
Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services16,099 16,071 28 0.2 %
Trust54,452 53,512 940 1.8 %
Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds1,531 1,811 (280)(15.5)%
Other assets under management2,272 2,152 120 5.6 %
Total assets under management3,803 3,963 (160)(4.0)%
Number of employees413 449 (36)(8.0)%
2021 vs. 2020
    Net income before other gains and losses was $46.0 million for share-based compensation;
$6.9the year ended December 31, 2021, up by $2.8 million from adjustments$43.2 million in the prior year. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased by $13.6 million to $146.0 million in 2021, due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
    There is a provision for credit recoveries of $2.2 million in 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $8.8 million in 2020. The movement is due to both the improvement in macroeconomic forecasts impacting future expected credit loss estimates and a reduction in non-performing loans.
    Non-interest income decreased by $0.6 million to $84.6 million in 2021. This was primarily due to lower administration fees on loan participations; lower asset management fees and reduced dividends as a result of the liquidation of a private equity investment. These decreases were partially offset by increases in foreign exchange revenue, trust income and custody income from higher volumes, increased fees and onboarding of new clients during the year, respectively.
    Operating expenses decreased by $6.0 million to $186.8 million in 2021 which was driven by the decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and partially offset by increases in property maintenance costs and non-service employee benefits expense due to increased costs from the post-retirement medical benefit plan.
    Total assets as at December 31, 2021 were $5.7 billion, down $0.2 billion from December 31, 2020. Total deposits were $4.5 billion in December 31, 2021, down $0.3 billion from December 31, 2020, and loan balances at December 31, 2021 were relatively flat at $2.0 billion.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2021 were $54.5 billion and $16.1 billion, respectively, while assets under management were $3.8 billion. This compares with $53.5 billion, $16.1 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2020.
72


2020 vs. 2019
    Net income before other gains and losses was $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, down by $17.3 million from $60.5 million in the prior year. This decrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased by $24.3 million to $159.6 million in 2020, due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
    Provision for credit losses was up by $5.7 million to $8.8 million in 2020. The increase is due to the implementation of the new CECL model, COVID-19 driven negative macroeconomic forecasts impacting the future expected credit loss estimate and loans migrating into the past due and non-performing categories.
    Non-interest income decreased by $3.9 million to $85.2 million in 2020. This was primarily due to lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily during the months of April and May, impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes. Asset management fees were impacted from Q3 2020 due to fees on the Bank's money market fund being reduced to offset low short term market rates.
    Operating expenses decreased by $16.6 million to $192.8 million in 2020 driven by a decrease in salary and other employee benefit plans;costs, due to both higher restructuring costs and the costs associated with the departure of a senior executive in 2019; decreased professional and other outside services costs, due principally to the costs associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition in 2019 which were booked at the Head Office level and a reduction in the volume of professional and outside services due to vendor management cost reduction programs implemented in 2020; reduced marketing costs from the delay of rebranding and reduced travel expenditure due to COVID-19; and partially offset by an increase in property costs due to extra health and safety related expenditure and planned renovations.
$0.3    Total assets as at December 31, 2020 were $5.9 billion, up $0.7 billion from December 31, 2019. Total deposits were $4.8 billion in December 31, 2020, up $0.4 billion from December 31, 2019, and loan balances at December 31, 2020 were unchanged at $2.1 billion.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2020 were $53.5 billion and $16.1 billion, respectively, while assets under management were $4.0 billion. This compares with $44.4 billion, $15.2 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2019.
Cayman Islands
We are a leading financial services provider in the Cayman Islands, offering a comprehensive range of personal and corporate financial services. In addition to our strong retail presence, we are focused on the provision of wealth management services including private banking, asset management and trust services.
We have continued to enhance our client delivery channels and online and mobile banking platform upgrades. With four Banking Centers in desirable locations and 17 ATMs strategically located in Grand Cayman, we continue to be a leading provider of financial services locally. The following table provides certain financial information for our Cayman Islands segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income91.0 95.4 114.6 (4.4)(19.2)(4.6)%(16.8)%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)1.4 0.5 1.9 0.9 (1.4)180.0 %(73.7)%
Non-interest income58.1 49.3 51.9 8.8 (2.6)17.8 %(5.0)%
Net revenue before other gains (losses)150.5 145.2 168.4 5.3 (23.2)3.7 %(13.8)%
Operating expenses(58.9)(62.6)(61.1)3.7 (1.5)(5.9)%2.5 %
Net income before other gains (losses)91.5 82.6 107.3 8.9 (24.7)10.8 %(23.0)%
Total other gains (losses)0.2 0.4 0.6 (0.2)(0.2)(50.0)%(33.3)%
Net income91.7 83.0 107.9 8.7 (24.9)10.5 %(23.1)%
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,612 4,109 503 12.2 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses1,137 1,124 13 1.2 %
Total assets4,973 4,480 493 11.0 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services4,396 3,159 1,237 39.2 %
Trust8,008 7,611 397 5.2 %
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds163 170 (7)(4.1)%
Other assets under management702 625 77 12.3 %
Total assets under management866 795 71 8.9 %
Number of employees241236 2.1 %



73


2021 vs. 2020
Net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $91.5 million, up by $8.9 million from issuance$82.6 million in 2020. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $91.0 million in 2021, down by $4.4 million compared to 2020. The decrease from 2020 to 2021 was due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit recoveries of $1.4 million in 2021 represented an increase of $0.9 million compared to credit recoveries of $0.5 million in 2020. The favorable variance was mainly due to the completion of a large condominium development and repayment of the associated construction loan during the year.
Non-interest income was $58.1 million, up $8.8 million from 2020 driven by increased economic activity impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes coupled with higher non-utilization fees on certain credit facilities.
Operating expenses decreased by $3.7 million from 2020 to $58.9 million in 2021, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and lower technology and communications costs due to lower depreciation costs which is outpacing the new system roll-out. This was partially offset by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from increased utilization of our Canadian service center.
Total assets as at December 31, 2021 were $5.0 billion, up $0.5 billion from December 31, 2020, reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans were relatively stable at $1.1 billion at December 31, 2021 with growth in residential mortgage lending offsetting repayments from commercial facilities.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $8.0 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.9 billion at December 31, 2021. This compares with $7.6 billion, $3.2 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2020.
2020 vs. 2019
Net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $82.6 million, down by $24.7 million from $107.3 million in 2019. This decrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $95.4 million in 2020, down by $19.2 million compared to 2019. The decrease from 2019 to 2020 was due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit losses was a recovery of $0.5 million in 2020, representing a decrease of $1.4 million compared to a credit recovery of $1.9 million in 2019. This decrease was mainly due to lower credit recoveries in 2020 as a result of the net specific provision release driven by a small government loan-to-debt conversion in 2019.
Non-interest income was $49.3 million, down $2.6 million from 2019 driven by lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily during the months of April and May, impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes.
Operating expenses increased by $1.5 million from 2019 to $62.6 million in 2020, driven primarily by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from the Halifax service center; an increase in property costs due to extra health and safety related expenditure; an increase in IT sourcing and communication costs; and partially offset by reduced marketing costs from the delay of rebranding and reduced travel expenditure due to COVID-19.
Total assets as at December 31, 2020 were $4.5 billion, up $0.6 billion from December 31, 2019, reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans were relatively flat at $1.1 billion at December 31, 2020.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $7.6 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion at December 31, 2020. This compares with $7.7 billion, $2.6 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2019.
Channel Islands and the UK
The Channel Islands and UK segment includes the jurisdictions of Guernsey, Jersey (both in the Channel Islands), and the UK. In the Channel Islands, a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial institutions including private banking, corporate banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management, mortgage lending and fiduciary services. In 2021, the segment entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgages for high-value residential properties. The following table provides certain financial information for our Channel Islands and the UK segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income62.8 62.7 47.2 0.1 15.5 0.2 %32.8 %
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)(0.5)(0.2)1.4 (0.3)(1.6)150.0 %(114.3)%
Non-interest income45.3 40.7 34.3 4.6 6.4 11.3 %18.7 %
Net revenue before other gains (losses)107.6 103.2 82.9 4.4 20.3 4.3 %24.5 %
Operating expenses(81.7)(82.2)(74.2)0.5 (8.0)(0.6)%10.8 %
Net income before other gains (losses)25.9 21.0 8.7 4.9 12.3 23.3 %141.4 %
Total other gains (losses)(2.4)(1.2)— (1.2)(1.2)100.0 %100.0 %
Net income23.5 19.8 8.7 3.7 11.1 18.7 %127.6 %
74


Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,747 4,329 418 9.7 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,171 2,046 125 6.1 %
Total assets5,235 4,827 408 8.5 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services16,263 13,186 3,077 23.3 %
Trust10,374 19,226 (8,852)(46.0)%
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds64 48 16 33.3 %
Other assets under management766 752 14 1.9 %
Total assets under management830 800 30 3.8 %
Number of employees369 363 1.7 %
2021 vs. 2020
Our Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $25.9 million in 2021, an increase of $4.9 million when compared to 2020. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses reflected an increase of $0.1 million to $62.8 million in 2021, compared to $62.7 million in 2020. Favorable GBP/USD foreign exchange rates throughout 2021 more than offset the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and which were partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit losses was up $0.3 million to $0.5 million in 2021, due to an increased provision on a residential mortgage which moved into non-accrual status.
Non-interest income increased by $4.6 million to $45.3 million in 2021, due to increases in foreign exchange revenue, asset management fees and custody income driven by a combination of higher volumes, increased fees and onboarding of new common sharesclients during the year.
Operating expenses of $81.7 million in 2021 were $0.5 million lower than 2020, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and lower operational losses and write-offs. This was partially offset by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from increased utilization of our Canada and Mauritius service centers and higher legal and professional fees.
Total other gains (losses) for 2021 increased by $1.2 million compared to 2020 due to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2021, an increase from $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020 reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans increased $0.1 billion to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2021 driven primarily by the growth in the residential mortgage portfolios.
As at December 31, 2021, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $10.4 billion and $16.3 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion. This compares with $19.2 billion, $13.2 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2020. The decrease in AUA for trust is mainly due to the revision of fee agreements for a trust structure in Guernsey. The increase in AUA for custody is mainly due to the on-boarding of new business while AUM remains stable.
2020 vs. 2019
Our Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $21.0 million in 2020, an increase of $12.3 million when compared to 2019. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses increased by $15.5 million to $62.7 million in 2020, compared to $47.2 million in 2019, primarily due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition, the impact of planned deposit repricing and lower deposit volumes from a reduction in primarily Euro deposits. This was partially offset by the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Provision for credit losses was an expense of $0.2 million, compared to a recovery of $1.4 million in 2019 due to the reversal of the Brexit economic factor provision in 2019.
Non-interest income increased by $6.4 million to $40.7 million in 2020, due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition and partially offset by lower trust income from lesser time spent and loss of business.
Operating expenses of $82.2 million in 2020 were $8.0 million higher than 2019, principally due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition; higher operational losses and write-offs and partially offset by higher restructuring costs incurred in 2019 compared to 2020.
Total other gains (losses) for 2020 increased $1.2 million compared to 2019 due to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020, a decrease from $5.1 billion as at December 31, 2019 primarily from a planned reduction of Euro deposit levels associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.
As at December 31, 2020, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $19.2 billion and $13.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion. This compares with $20.4 billion, $12.5 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2019.



75


Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
Assets Under Administration and Assets Under Management
In the normal course of business, we hold AUA and AUM in a fiduciary or agency capacity for our clients. In accordance with GAAP, these assets are not our assets and are not included in our consolidated balance sheets.
Credit-Related Arrangements
We enter into standby letters of credit, letters of guarantee and contractual commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business, which are not required to be recorded on the balance sheet. Since many commitments expire unused or only partially used, these arrangements do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Management believes there are no material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an unusual nature.
Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of our clients in order to secure a client's payment or performance obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent our irrevocable obligation to pay the third-party beneficiary upon presentation of the guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the beneficiary's claim against the client. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, while the term of the letters of guarantee does not exceed four years.
Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client defaults. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit and letters of guarantee, we subject such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as our lending activities. The types and amounts of collateral security we hold for these standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are generally represented by our deposits or a charge over assets held in mutual funds. We are obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases are able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against the collateral security.
Risk Management
Risk Oversight and Management
General
The principal types of risk inherent in our business are market, liquidity, credit and operational risks.
Organizational Structure
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the strategy for risk management, setting the Bank's risk appetite and ensuring that risk is monitored and controlled effectively. It accomplishes its mandate through the activities of two dedicated committees:
The Risk Policy and Compliance Committee ("RPCC"):    This committee of the Board assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities by overseeing the Group's risk profile and its performance against approved risk appetites and tolerance thresholds. Specifically, the committee considers the sufficiency of the Group's policies, procedures and limits related to the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of activities that give rise to credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational, regulatory, compliance, climate and reputational risks, as well as overseeing its compliance with laws, regulations and codes of conduct.
The Audit Committee:    This committee reviews the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the Group's system of internal controls and the control environment, including in respect of the risk management process. It reviews recommendations arising from internal and independent audit review activities and management's response to any findings raised.
Both the RPCC and Audit Committee are supported in the execution of their respective mandates by the dedicated Audit, Compliance and Risk Policy Committees for our UK, Guernsey, Jersey, Cayman Islands and The Bahamas operations, which oversee the sufficiency of local risk management policies and procedures and the effectiveness of the system of internal controls that are in place. These committees are chaired by non-executive directors drawn from the boards of directors for each segment.
The Group executive management team is led by the Chairman and CEO and includes the members of executive management reporting directly to the Chairman and CEO. The executive management team is responsible for setting business strategy and for monitoring, evaluating and managing risks across the Group. It is supported by the following management committees:
The Group Risk and Compliance Committee ("GRCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. It provides a forum for the strategic assessment of risks assumed across the Group as a whole based on an integrated view of credit, market, liquidity, legal, regulatory and financial crime compliance, fiduciary, operational, cybersecurity, climate, insurance, pension, investment, capital and reputational risks, ensuring that these exposures are consistent with the risk appetites and tolerance thresholds promulgated by the Board and oversees the compliance of regulatory obligations arising under applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is responsible (i) for reviewing, evaluating and recommending the Group's Risk Appetite Framework, the results of the Capital Assessment and Risk Profile and recovery and resolution planning processes (including all associated stress testing performed) and the Group's key risk policies to the Board for approval; (ii) for reviewing and evaluating current and proposed business strategies in the context of our risk appetites; and (iii) for identifying, reviewing and advising on current and emerging risk issues and associated mitigation plans; and (iv) for reviewing the Group’s compliance with external regulations and internal policies.
The Group Asset and Liability Committee ("GALCO"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group CFO. The committee is responsible for liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk management and other balance sheet issues. It also oversees key policies and the execution of the Group's investment and capital management strategies and monitors the associated risks assumed. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the work undertaken by the dedicated Asset & Liability Committees in each of the Bank's segments.
The Group Credit Committee ("GCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for a broad range of activities relating to the monitoring, evaluation and management of credit risks assumed across the Group at both transaction and portfolio levels. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the Financial Institutions Committee ("FIC"), a dedicated sub-committee that is responsible for the evaluation and approval of recommended inter-bank and counterparty exposures assumed in the Group's treasury and investment portfolios, and by the activities of the jurisdictional Credit Committees, which review and approve transactions within delegated authorities and recommends specific transactions outside of these limits to the GCC for approval.
The Provisions and Impairments Committee:    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for approving significant provisions and other impairment charges. It also oversees the overall credit risk profile of the Group in regards to non-accrual loans and assets. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by jurisdictional credit committees and the GCC, which make recommendations to this committee.
76


Risk Management
We manage our exposure to risk through a three "lines of defense" model.
The first "line of defense" is provided by our jurisdictional business units, which retain ultimate responsibility for the risks they assume and for bearing the cost of risks associated with these exposures.
The second "line of defense" is provided by our Risk Management and Compliance groups, which work in collaboration with our business units to identify, assess, mitigate and monitor the risks associated with our business activities and strategies. They do this by:
making recommendations to the GRCC regarding the constitution of the Risk Appetite Framework;
setting risk strategies that are designed to manage risk exposures assumed in the course of pursuing our business strategies and aligning them with agreed appetites;
establishing and communicating policies, procedures and limits to control risks in alignment with these risk strategies;
measuring, monitoring and reporting on risk levels;
opining on specific transactions that fall outside delegated risk limits; and
identifying and assessing emerging risks.
The functions within the Risk Management and Compliance groups that support our risk management activities are outlined below.
Group Market Risk — This unit provides independent oversight of the measurement, monitoring and control of liquidity and funding risks, interest rate and foreign exchange risks as well as the market risks associated with our investment portfolios. It also monitors compliance with both regulatory requirements and our internal policies and procedures relating to the management of these risks.
Group Credit Risk Management — This unit is responsible for the adjudication and oversight of credit risks associated with our retail and commercial lending activities and the management of risks associated with our investment portfolios and counterparty exposures. It also establishes the parameters and delegated limits within which credit risks may be assumed and promulgates guidelines on how exposures should be managed and monitored.
Group Operational Risk — This unit assesses the effectiveness of our procedures and internal controls in managing our exposure to various forms of operational risk, including those associated with new business activities and processes and the deployment of new technologies. It is also responsible for our incident management processes and reviews the effectiveness of our loss data collection activities.
Group Compliance — This unit provides independent analysis and assurance of our compliance with applicable laws, regulations, codes of conduct and recommended best practices, including those associated with the prevention of financial crime, including money laundering and terrorist financing. It is also responsible for assessing our potential exposure to upstream risks and for providing guidance on the preparations that should be made in advance of these changes coming into effect. The Group Head of Compliance and Operational Risk reports directly to the Chairman and CEO.
The third "line of defense" is provided by our Group Internal Audit function, which performs oversight and ongoing review, and challenges the effectiveness of the internal controls that are executed by the business, Risk Management and Compliance. The Group Head of Internal Audit has a dual reporting line to both the Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chairman and CEO.
Regulatory Review Process
Our banking, trust and investment business activities in Bermuda are monitored by the BMA as the lead regulator. One of the principal objectives of the BMA is to supervise, regulate and inspect Bermuda-based financial institutions to ensure their financial stability and soundness.
In addition to conducting on-site reviews, the BMA utilizes a comprehensive quarterly statistical return system that enables off-site monitoring. The statistical system is consistent with Basel Committee Standards, and provides the BMA with a detailed breakdown of a bank's balance sheet and profit-and-loss accounts on both a consolidated and unconsolidated basis. This information enables the BMA to monitor the soundness of a bank's financial position and ensure that it meets certain capital requirements. For more information, see Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation - Bermuda - Supervision and Monitoring by the BMA".
Each of our regulated entities is separately monitored by the local regulatory authority in that jurisdiction to ensure its financial stability and soundness.
The Risk Appetite Framework
The Risk Appetite Framework is the cornerstone of our approach to risk management. Developed by executive management and approved formally by the Board, it outlines the appropriateness of taking on certain risks in the pursuit of our strategic objectives and defines those that should be avoided. It also provides management with a clear mandate regarding the amount and type of risk that it may accept and establishes minimum expectations regarding the practices and behaviors that should be brought to bear in managing the exposures assumed. It is aligned with the interests of our stakeholders and informs our business planning processes.






Our framework comprises the following elements:
77


(1)     Broad categories of risk: outsourcing; credit; market; liquidity; regulatory compliance; financial crime compliance; fiduciary; governance; operational; people; climate; cyber and information security; technology; investment; tax reporting; strategy; financial reporting; correspondent banking; reputational and change. These represent the various risks that the Group assumes across the entirety of its operations in the pursuit of its strategic goals.
(2)    A declared risk appetite. To ensure consistency in our risk conversations, these have been distilled into the three options set out in the following table, with each appetite designed to convey a clear strategic direction in terms of the risk/reward profile assumed:
AppetiteDefinitionProfile
ConservativeAreas in which the Group avoids risk, or acts to minimize or eliminate the likelihood that the risk will occur, because we have determined the potential downside costs are intolerable; we must maintain a very strong control environment.Our processes and controls are defensive and focus on detection and prevention.
BalancedAreas in which the Group must constantly strike a balance between the potential upside benefits and potential downside costs of a given decision.Exposures are only assumed when the risk can be quantified accurately and is assessed as being acceptable.
TolerantAreas in which the Group has a preference for disciplined risk-taking because we have determined the potential upside benefits outweigh the potential costs.Exposures can be estimated reliably and structures, systems and processes are in place to manage them.
(3)     A statement of our governing principles relating to each risk category. This establishes the characteristics of the risks that the Bank is willing to assume and the management behaviors that we should exhibit when doing so.
(4)     Specific performance measures and tolerance thresholds in respect of each risk category, combining quantitative and qualitative targets (which are designed to reflect both forward-looking as well as historical perspectives), designed to provide executive management and the Board with an indication of the "direction" of our exposure relative to our declared risk appetite and an early warning of material adverse developments requiring remedial action.
Application of the Risk Appetite Framework
The limits, targets and thresholds used to measure performance continue to be refined by the Group Risk Management and Compliance functions in an effort to express as complete a "picture" as possible of our exposure to a given risk, relative to the stated appetite. All changes proposed pass through a formal review and approval process at both the executive management and Board levels prior to their adoption. Through this approach, the risk appetite framework sets the tone for our risk culture across the Group as a whole, influencing behaviors at all levels of the organization and reinforcing accountability for decisions taken. Many of our jurisdictional offices have developed subsidiary risk appetite frameworks in conjunction with their local risk management functions. This ensures appropriate coverage of local risk factors and the establishment of proportional tolerance thresholds. The Group Risk Management and Compliance functions have reviewed these frameworks prior to their adoption and have modified any appetites proposed that are considered to be inconsistent with the overall Group approach.
Market Risks
Interest Rate Risk Management
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which is defined as the risk of loss of net interest income or changes in net interest margin because of changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk for the Bank is confined to the banking book as the bank does not engage in proprietary trading.
We seek to measure and manage the potential impact of interest rate risk. Interest rate risk occurs when interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities mature or re-price at different times, on a different basis or in unequal amounts. Interest rate risk also arises when our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts each respond differently to changes in interest rates, including as a result of explicit and implicit provisions in agreements related to such assets and liabilities and in off-balance sheet contracts that alter the applicable interest rate and cash flow characteristics as interest rates change. The two primary examples of such provisions that we are exposed to are the duration and rate sensitivity associated with indeterminate-maturity deposits (e.g., interest bearing call accounts) and the rate of prepayment associated with fixed-rate lending and mortgage-backed securities. Interest rates may also affect loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume and other items affecting earnings.
Our management of interest rate risk is overseen by the RPCC, which outlines reporting and measurement requirements. In particular, this infrastructure sets limits and management targets, calculated for various metrics, including our economic value sensitivity, our economic value of equity and net interest income simulations involving parallel shifts in interest rate curves, steepening and flattening yield curves, and various prepayment and deposit duration assumptions. Our Risk Management infrastructure also requires a periodic review of all key assumptions used, such as identifying appropriate interest rate scenarios, setting loan prepayment rates based on historical analysis, non-interest bearing and interest bearing demand deposit durations based on historical analysis, and the targeted investment term of capital.
The principal objective of our interest rate risk management is to maximize profit potential while minimizing exposure to changes in interest rates. Our actions in this regard are taken under the guidance of GALCO. The committee is actively involved in formulating the economic assumptions that we use in our financial planning and budgeting processes and establishes policies which control and monitor the sources, uses and pricing of funds. From time to time, we utilize hedging techniques to reduce interest rate risk. GALCO uses interest income simulations and economic value of equity analysis to measure inherent risk in our balance sheet at specific points in time.
Appetite for interest rate risk is documented in the Group's policies on market risk and investments. This includes the completion of stress testing on at least a quarterly basis of the impact of an immediate and sustained shift in interest rates of +/– 200 basis points on net interest income, economic value of equity and the ratio of tangible total equity to average assets. If any of the parameters established by policy are exceeded, GALCO will provide a plan to executive management to bring the exposure back within tolerance under advice to the Board. The plan does not have to bring the exposure back within limit immediately, but must adjust the exposure within Board and management approved timeframes.
We also use derivatives in the asset and liability management of positions to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. Our derivative contracts principally involve over-the-counter transactions that are privately negotiated between the Group and the counterparty to the contract. Derivative instruments that are used as part of share-based settlements;our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date.


$0.3 million of other smaller adjustments.Interest Rate Risk
78


The increases were offsetfollowing table sets out the assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity and off-balance sheet instruments on the date of the earlier of contractual maturity, expected maturity and repricing date. Use of these tables to derive information about our interest rate risk position is limited by the fact that customers may choose to terminate their financial instruments at a date earlier than the contractual maturity or repricing date. Examples of this include fixed-rate mortgages, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may pre-pay earlier, and certain term deposits, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may be withdrawn before their contractual maturity subject to prepayment penalties. Investments are shown based on remaining contractual maturities. The remaining contractual principal maturities for mortgage-backed securities (primarily US government agencies) do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.
December 31, 2021Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date
(in $ millions)Within
3 months
3 to 6
months
6 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years
Non-interest
bearing
Total
Total fair value(1)
Assets       
Cash and deposits with banks2,064 — — — — 116 2,180 2,180 
Securities purchased under agreement to resell96 — — — — — 96 96 
Short-term investments842 252 105 — — — 1,199 1,199 
Investments(2)
14 14 1,173 5,027 — 6,237 6,260 
Loans(3)
4,208 22 91 705 182 33 5,241 5,265 
Other assets— — — — — 382 382 382 
Total assets7,224 283 210 1,878 5,209 531 15,335 15,382 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity       
Demand deposits8,077 — 27 — — 2,821 10,925 10,925 
Term deposits(4)
1,658 587 602 98 — — 2,945 2,949 
Other liabilities— — — — — 316 316 316 
Subordinated capital(4)
— — — 172 — — 172 159 
Shareholders' equity— — — — — 977 977 1,033 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity9,735 587 629 270  4,114 15,335 15,382 
Interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(304)(419)1,608 5,209 (3,583) 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(2,815)(3,234)(1,626)3,583 —  
____________________________
(1)See Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Fair Values" and "Note 17: Fair value measurements" of the audited consolidated financial statements for further detail on the determination of fair value.
(2)Investments include (i) HTM, which are carried at their amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheet, and (ii) equity securities and AFS investments, each of which are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value columns presents all classifications at their fair value.
(3)Loans are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal amount outstanding, net of allowance for credit losses, unearned income, fair value adjustments arising from hedge accounting and net deferred loan fees.
(4)Term deposits and subordinated capital are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal outstanding.
Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk
The principal objective of our asset and liability management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and preserving adequate levels of liquidity funding and capital.
As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the fair value of all interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.
We manage our exposure to interest rates primarily by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. We do not typically enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of managing interest rate risk, but we may elect to do so in the future. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. Our exposure to holdings categorized as "trading positions" falls below the de minimis threshold established of 5% (ratio of total trading book open position compared to the sum of on- and off-balance sheet assets that are not part of the trading book).
We use an interest rate risk simulation model to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet. Instantaneous parallel rate shift scenarios are modeled and utilized to evaluate risk and establish exposure limits for acceptable changes in net interest margin. These scenarios, known as rate shocks, simulate an instantaneous change in interest rates and use various assumptions, including, but not limited to, prepayments on securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. We also analyze the economic value of equity as a secondary measure of interest rate risk. This is a complementary measure to net interest income where the calculated value is the result of the fair value of assets less the fair value of liabilities. The economic value of equity is a longer-term view of interest rate risk because it measures the present value of all future cash flows. The impact of changes in interest rates on this calculation is analyzed for the risk to our future earnings and is used in conjunction with the analysis on net interest income.


The following decreasestable summarizes the simulated change in net interest income versus unchanged rates as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
79


For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
+300 basis points21.6 %24.8 %33.2 %42.1 %
+200 basis points14.2 %16.6 %22.6 %29.3 %
+100 basis points6.6 %8.1 %11.5 %15.4 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points17.8 %15.7 %11.9 %8.4 %
The following table presents the change in our economic value of $176.1 million:equity as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, assuming immediate parallel shifts in interest rates:
$93.6 million
For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
+300 basis points(7.4)%4.5 %
+200 basis points(5.2)%5.0 %
+100 basis points(2.0)%4.2 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points(0.6)%2.8 %
The differences between the change in our net interest income and economic value of common share dividends;equity assuming immediate parallel shifts in interests rates from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 are driven by the redeployment of funds from cash due from banks into the investment portfolio, extending the portfolio duration and reducing asset sensitivity.
Many assumptions are used to calculate the impact of interest rate fluctuations. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections due to several factors, including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. The computations of interest rate risk shown above do not include the full suite of actions that our management may undertake to manage the risks in response to anticipated changes in interest rates, and actual results may also differ materially.
Foreign Exchange Risk
The Group holds various non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and maintains investments in subsidiaries whose domestic currency is either not USD or whose domestic currency is not pegged to USD. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than USD are translated to USD at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. The resulting gains or losses are included in foreign exchange revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries outside of Bermuda are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet date while associated revenues and expenses are translated to USD at the average rate of exchange prevailing through the accounting period. Unrealized translation gains or losses on investments in foreign currency based subsidiaries are recorded as a separate component of shareholders' equity within accumulated other comprehensive loss. Such gains or losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations only when realized. Our foreign currency subsidiaries may give rise to significant foreign currency translation movements against the USD. We also provide foreign exchange services to our clients, principally in connection with our banking and wealth management businesses, and effect other transactions in non-USD currencies. Foreign currency volatility and fluctuations in exchange rates may impact the value of non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than USD do not offset one another, or offset each other in different time periods. If the policies and procedures we have in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of foreign exchange volatility are not followed, or are not effective to mitigate such risks, our results and earnings may be negatively affected. The Group maintains a clearly articulated foreign exchange risk exposure tolerance framework which limits exposures to select major currencies.
Liquidity Risk
The objectives of liquidity risk management are to ensure that the Group can meet its cash flow requirements and capitalize on business opportunities on a timely and cost-effective basis. Liquidity is defined as the ability to hold and/or generate cash adequate to meet our needs for day-to-day operations and material long and short-term commitments. Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if the Group were unable to meet its funding requirements at a reasonable cost.
We monitor and manage our liquidity by banking location and on a Group-wide basis. The treasury functions in the Group's banking operations, located in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, and Jersey, manage day-to-day liquidity. The Group market risk function has the responsibility for measuring and reporting to senior management on liquidity risk positions. We manage our liquidity based on demand, commitments, specific events and uncertainties to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our objective in managing liquidity is to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers as well as to earnings enhancement opportunities in a changing marketplace. Management is responsible for establishing and monitoring liquidity targets as well as strategies to meet these targets. The Group adopts a cautious liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically, the Group manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology.
We maintained a balance sheet with loans representing 34.2% of total assets as at December 31, 2021. Further, at that date there were significant sources of liquidity within our balance sheet in the form of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, securities purchased under agreement to resell and investments amounting to $9.7 billion, or 63.3%, of total assets.
An important element of our liquidity management is our liquidity contingency plan which can be employed in the event of a liquidity crisis. The objective of the liquidity contingency plan is to ensure that we maintain our liquidity during periods of stress. This plan takes into consideration a variety of scenarios that could challenge our liquidity. These scenarios include specific and systemic events that can impact our on- and off-balance sheet sources and uses of liquidity. This plan is reviewed and updated at least annually.
Credit Risk
80


Credit risk is defined as the risk that unexpected losses arise as a result of the Group's borrowers or market counterparties failing to meet their obligations to repay. Credit risk is managed through the jurisdictional CRM departments. CRM provides a system of checks and balances for our diverse credit-related activities by establishing and monitoring all credit-related policies and practices throughout the Group and assuring their uniform application. These activities are designed to diversify credit exposure on an industry and client basis, thus lessening overall credit risk. These credit management activities also apply to our use of derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange contracts and interest rate risk management instruments, which are used primarily to facilitate client transactions.
Individual credit authority for commercial and other loans is limited to specified amounts and maturities. Credit decisions involving commitment exposure in excess of the specified individual limits are submitted to CRM and then to the GCC, which provides a forum for ongoing executive review of loan activity, establishing our credit guidelines and policies and approving selected credit transactions in accordance with our business objectives. The committee reviews large credit exposures, establishes and reviews credit strategy and policy and approves selected credit transactions. The FIC manages counterparty risk in respect of (third party) bank counterparties which do not have commercial credit relationships within the Group and also approves country exposure limits.
As part of our ongoing credit granting process, internal ratings are assigned to commercial clients before credit is extended, based on an assessment of creditworthiness. At least annually, a review of all significant credit exposures is undertaken to identify, at an early stage, clients who might be facing financial difficulties. Internal borrower risk ratings are also reviewed during this process, allowing identification of adverse individual borrower and sector trends, and accurate application of internal borrower risk ratings which incorporates but is not limited to an assessment of climate risk impacting borrower risk ratings.
An integral part of the CRM function is to formally review past due and potential problem loans to determine which credits, if any, need to be placed on non-accrual status or charged off. The allowance for loan losses is reviewed quarterly to determine the amount necessary to maintain an adequate provision for current expected credit losses.
Another way credit risk is managed is by requiring collateral. Management's assessment of the borrower's creditworthiness determines whether collateral is obtained. The amount and type of collateral held varies but may include deposits held in financial institutions, mutual funds, US Treasury securities, other marketable securities, income-producing commercial properties, accounts receivable, residential real estate, property, plant and equipment, and inventory. Values of variable collateral are monitored on a regular basis to ensure that they are maintained at an appropriate level, which includes an assessment of the climate risk impact on the value of the collateral.
Credit Risk — Retail and Private Banking
Retail and private lending activity is split between residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and authorized overdrafts. Retail credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and processes set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC and GRC (and approved by the Board). The policies set out where specialist underwriting may be needed.
For residential mortgages, a combination of lending policy criteria, lending guidelines and underwriting are used to make a decision on applications for credit. The primary factors considered are affordability, residential status, residential history, credit history, employment history, nature of income and LTV of the residential property. In addition, confirmation of a borrower's identity is obtained and an assessment of the value of the collateral is carried out prior to granting a credit facility. When considering applications, the primary focus is placed on the willingness and ability to repay.
LTV ratios are derived based on third-party valuations as part of the original underwriting or when increased borrowing has been requested. Updated valuations are not otherwise obtained unless the loan reaches non-accrual status. Non-accrual loans which are collateral-dependent on real estate must be supported by a third-party valuation no older than 12 months. Costs of sale for commercial properties are calculated based on individual circumstances, whereas the haircuts for residential real estate are prescribed in lending guidelines by geographic location and are never less than 15% of the valuation amount.
As valuations are conducted throughout the year, the rolling average age of the valuations are closer to 6 months than 12 months. To further ensure that valuations within the 12-month revaluation period remain appropriate measures for input into the CECL model, we: (1) compare renewal valuations to the prior valuation to track market movement; (2) back-test all sales to compare net carrying value versus any additional gain/loss at the time of sale; (3) segregate the tests described in (1) and (2) by geographic area and, where required, amend provision factors accordingly; and (4) perform a review of new valuations to ascertain such valuations' reasonableness and determine if any change in value may impact similar properties or locations where valuations are more stale-dated and require an adjustment to the CECL model.
The Bank performs an annual assessment of group residential LTV ranges as part of its stress-testing exercise for regulatory and capital-adequacy purposes. Real estate indices are not available in the Bank's primary markets and LTV values are based on standard reductions in value over time, based on observed market activity.
Generally, maximum LTV for new residential and commercial loans is as follows:
BermudaCayman IslandsUK—LondonChannel Islands
Residential:   
Owner-occupied freehold70 %85 %65 %80 %
Owner-occupied leasehold condominium70 %85 %65 %80 %
Investment (not owner-occupied)
65 %75 %65 %80 %
Raw land50 %80 %N/AN/A
Commercial Real Estate65 %65 %N/A65 %
For other retail lending products, similar lending policy criteria are used, and each of these products has its own policy and underwriting guidelines to enable decisions on applications for credit and to manage accounts. The factors used are attuned to the lending product in question, although affordability and credit history are considered in all cases. Ongoing monitoring of all retail and private banking credit is undertaken by the business unit concerned as well as by CRM. In addition, the GCC reviews reports on a weekly basis. In the event that particular exposures show adverse features such as arrears, the Bank's specialist recovery teams generally work with borrowers to resolve the situation.
Unlike the United States where the FCRA is designed to help ensure that credit bureaus furnish correct and complete information when evaluating loan applications, the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports. Therefore, we manually review each loan and we use a formally governed tiered credit approval process that is administered through and governed by our Risk Management framework.

Credit Risk — Commercial Banking
81


Commercial credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and asset quality measures set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC (and ratified by the Board).
In respect of Commercial Banking, there is a level of delegated sanctioning authority to underwrite certain credit risks based upon an evaluation of the borrower's experience, track record, financial strength, ability to repay, transaction structure and security characteristics. Lending decisions for large or high risk exposures are based upon a thorough credit risk analysis and the assignment of an internal borrower risk rating, and are subject to further approval by the assigned officers in CRM or the GCC.
Consideration is also given to risk mitigation measures which will provide the Group with protection, such as third-party guarantees, supporting collateral and security, legal documentation and financial covenants. Commercial portfolio asset quality monitoring is based upon a number of measures, including the monitoring of financial covenants, cash flows, pricing movements and variable collateral. In the event that particular exposures begin to show adverse features such as payment arrears, covenant breaches or business trading losses, a full risk reassessment is undertaken. Where appropriate, a specialist recovery team will work with the borrower to resolve the situation. If this proves unsuccessful, the case will be subject to intensive monitoring and management procedures designed to maximize debt recovery.
Credit Risk — Treasury
Treasury credit risks are managed in accordance with limits, asset quality measures and criteria set out within the policy approved by the GCC and ratified by the Board. The policy also sets out powers which require higher levels of authorization according to the size of the transaction or the nature of the associated risk. The FIC identifies, assesses, prioritizes and manages our risks associated with counterparty exposure to other financial institutions, as well as country-specific exposures.
Exposures to financial institutions arise within the Group's investment portfolio and treasury operations. The Group has treasury operations in all of its banking locations. Treasury exposures primarily take the form of deposits with banks and foreign exchange positions. Exposures to financial institutions in the investment portfolio can take the form of bonds, floating rate notes and/or certificates of deposit.
Diversification and avoidance of concentration is emphasized. The Group establishes limits for countries and each financial institution where there is an expected exposure. Ongoing asset quality monitoring is undertaken by Treasury and CRM and reports are sent to the FIC, GCC and the GRC on a monthly basis. Exception reporting takes place against a range of asset quality triggers. Treasury uses a number of risk mitigation techniques including netting and collateralization agreements. Other methods (such as margining and derivatives) are used periodically to mitigate the risk associated with particular transactions or groups of transactions.
For its exposure to Treasury credit risk, the Group uses S&P, Fitch and Moody's as external credit assessment institutions as permitted under Basel III for sovereign, financial institutions, asset-backed securities, covered bonds and corporate risks. With regard to financial institutions and corporates, the Group's preference for a long-term rating is the senior unsecured rating. However, counterparty ratings and/or short-term deposit or commercial paper ratings are used if this is unavailable. For asset-backed securities, the issue or tranche rating is used.
Exposures
The following tables analyze the Group's regulatory credit risk exposures as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Exposures are allocated to specific standardized exposure portfolios determined by the BMA's Revised Framework for Regulatory Capital Assessment and it is these portfolios that determine the risk weights used. These exposures include both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, with the latter shown separately after credit conversion factors have been applied.
Analysis of exposures class
(in millions of $)
Average
Exposure 2021
Position as at
December 31, 2021
Average
Exposure 2020
Position as at
December 31, 2020
Cash70.2 66.5 71.5 83.4 
Claims on Sovereigns2,539.2 3,091.5 1,697.9 2,230.7 
Claims on Public Sector Entities88.2 68.2 106.2 102.2 
Claims on Corporates666.0 559.0 819.0 741.3 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,804.6 1,527.6 1,858.7 1,998.7 
Securitizations5,194.9 5,134.3 4,562.3 4,844.6 
Retail Loans226.6 222.3 242.7 236.4 
Residential Mortgages3,444.3 3,582.8 3,200.0 3,348.4 
Commercial Mortgages703.5 675.7 682.1 705.3 
Past Due Loans72.4 63.3 68.3 75.4 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures268.5 246.6 278.9 277.1 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures628.7 608.7 557.2 637.0 
Market Related Off‑Balance Sheet Credit Exposures58.0 54.8 68.4 54.5 
Total15,765.2 15,901.3 14,213.2 15,335.0 
82


Geographic segment distribution of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
BermudaCayman IslandsChannel Islands & UKOtherTotal
Cash42.0 24.5 — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns939.1 825.6 1,326.8 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities68.2 — — — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates384.0 57.0 118.0 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms497.9 535.5 483.3 10.9 1,527.6 
Securitizations1,966.4 2,396.3 771.6 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans82.4 101.1 38.8 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages1,029.3 752.8 1,800.7 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages470.8 76.7 128.2 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans50.5 0.3 12.5 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures126.6 7.9 61.8 50.3 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures191.2 279.6 137.9 — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures32.6 6.8 15.4 — 54.8 
Total5,881.0 5,064.1 4,895.0 61.2 15,901.3 
Residual maturity breakdown of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
Up to
12 months
1 ‑ 5 yearsMore than
5 years
No specific maturityTotal
Cash66.5 — — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns1,809.1 954.7 327.7 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities0.3 61.8 6.1 — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates256.0 153.5 149.5 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,527.6 — — — 1,527.6 
Securitizations0.3 19.8 5,114.2 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans145.5 54.7 22.1 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages609.9 1,227.9 1,745.0 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages110.4 51.2 514.1 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans29.7 5.8 27.8 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures— — — 246.6 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures608.7 — — — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures54.8 — — — 54.8 
5,218.8 2,529.4 7,906.5 246.6 15,901.3 
The table below details the mappings between the main Fitch, Moody's and S&P external credit assessment institutions used by the Group and the credit quality steps used to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. Where no external rating is used in the risk weighted assets calculation, the unrated credit quality step applies.
Credit quality step
$81.5 million from net increases in treasury shares;
Fitch's
assessment
Moody's
assessment
S&P's
assessment
Step 1AAA to AA–Aaa to Aa3AAA to AA–
Step 2A+ to A–A1 to A3A+ to A–
Step 3BBB+ to BBB–Baa1 to Baa3BBB+ to BBB–
Step 4BB+ to BB–Ba1 to Ba3BB+ to BB–
Step 5B+ to B–B1 to B3B+ to B–
Step 6CCC+ and belowCaa1 and belowCCC+ and below
$1.0Impairment Provisions
Credit Risk Concentrations
Concentration risk is defined as: any single exposure or group of exposures with the potential to produce losses large enough (relative to the Group's capital, total assets or overall risk level) to threaten the Group's health or ability to maintain core operations. The management of concentration risk is addressed in the first instance by the Group's large exposure policy and related credit guidelines, which require that credit facilities to entities that are affiliated through common ownership or management are aggregated for adjudication and reporting purposes. The policy also defines what constitutes a large exposure and the related reporting requirements. The CRM function also undertakes monitoring and assessment of our exposure to concentration risk, reporting the results of these analyses to the GCC, the GRCC and RPCC.

83


The factors taken into consideration when assessing concentration risk are as follows:
single or linked counterparty;
industry or economic sector (e.g., hospitality, property development, commercial office building investment);
geographic region;
product type;
collateral type; and
maturity date (whether of the facility or of interest rate fixes).
Counterparty Concentrations
Counterparty concentrations is the risk associated with assuming a high level of exposure to a single counterparty, the failure of which could have an adverse impact on the Group.
Large exposures are reviewed quarterly by the GRCC and RPCC for the loan portfolio and the treasury/investment portfolios. Group Market Risk and Treasury work closely together on daily treasury positions and exceptions.
All large exposures and concentrations in the portfolio are reviewed and agreed by the FIC on a quarterly basis and are reported to the Board as a part of this process. The review of large exposures considers:
facility total;
any link with other facilities;
total linked facility being within guidelines;
borrower risk rating;
security value on the facility; and
loan-to-value percentage against minimum security covenants.
Industry Concentration
Industry concentration encompasses the scenario that a risk factor inherent within an industry is tied to an entire portfolio of accounts or investments; e.g., a portfolio made up of a large number of small individual loans where all the counterparties are hotel operators. We believe that due to the nature of the Group's client base our exposure to the property, insurance and fund sectors could be classified as industry concentration, although geographic and product concentration are the more appropriate risks to measure.
Geographic Concentration
Geographic concentration of the book is monitored as follows. Reports are generated which provide details of all the property loan exposure of the Group. Through this, loans are subdivided into regional exposure. From this, the percentage breakdown per region of the Group's property exposure is analyzed and reported to the GRCC and RPCC. Assessment of the exposure allows the committees to decide whether the Group should decline further lending in any area in which it is becoming over-weighted.
Product Concentration
Product concentration is defined in the context of credit risk, as an over-weighting in the portfolio to a given product type, making the Group vulnerable to the impact of a variety of external factors that could either reduce demand for the product itself or lead to an increase in the level of default rates experienced. We operate as a full service bank in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands and aim to satisfy the requirements of our customers in these communities through the range of products and services we offer. Accordingly, there is no dependence or concentration on a single product in these markets outside of the residential mortgage portfolios, which comprised 68.8% of the Group's loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 65.5% as at December 31, 2020); in Bermuda, residential mortgage lending made up 53.1% of the Bermuda loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 52.1% as at December 31, 2020), and loans for many purposes (education, business support, family requirements) were made in the form of residential mortgages. Product category analysis confirms that the total lending portfolio is concentrated in the property market; this has been addressed by performing stress testing.
Collateral Concentration
Collateral concentration considers whether the Group's loan book is secured by a limited number of collateral types. An example of this would be when a large value of loans to a diversified group of borrowers is all secured by shares in the same company or by the shares of various companies within the same industry sector. Any decline in the value of these shares or in the performance of the sector as a whole could have an adverse impact on the Group's security position across all affected borrowers. The most relevant example of collateral concentration is the Group's exposure to real estate property values. Ignoring cash-backed facilities, the largest collateral concentrations within the portfolio are to residential and commercial property. The greatest risk with collateral concentration is that the value of the security could be severely reduced. To simulate this, the Group's stress testing process incorporates a scenario in which all real estate collateral is devalued by factors as high as 30%.
Credit Risk Mitigation
The Group uses a wide range of techniques to reduce the credit risk of its lending. The most basic of these is performing an assessment of the ability of a borrower to service the proposed level of borrowing without distress. However, the risk can be further mitigated by obtaining security for the funds advanced.
Residential Mortgages
Residential property is the Group's main source of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in the residential mortgage portfolio. All mortgage lending activities are supported by underlying assumptions and estimated values received by independent third parties. All residential property must be insured to cover property risks through a third party.


84


Commercial
Commercial property is one of the Group's primary sources of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in its commercial portfolios. Collateral for the majority of commercial loans comprises first legal charges over freehold or long leasehold property but the following may also be taken as security: life insurance policies; credit balances assignments; share guarantees; equitable charges; debentures; chattel mortgages and charges over residential property.
For property-based lending, supporting information such as professional valuations are an important tool to help determine the suitability of the property offered as security and, in the case of investment lending, generating the cash to cover interest and principal payments. All standard documentation is subject to in-house legal review and sign-off in order to ensure that the Group's legal documentation is robust and enforceable. Documentation for large advances may be specifically prepared by independent solicitors. Insurance requirements are always fully considered as part of the application process and the Group ensures that appropriate insurance is taken out to protect the property against an insurable event.
Treasury
Collateral held as security for treasury assets, including investments, is determined by the nature of the instrument. Loans, debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured with the exception of asset-backed securities and similar instruments, which are secured by pools of financial assets. The ISDA Master Agreement is the Group's preferred method of documenting derivative activity. It is common in such cases for a Credit Support Annex to be executed in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement in order to mitigate credit risk on the derivatives portfolio. Valuations are performed, agreed with the relevant counterparties, and collateral is exchanged to bring the credit exposure within agreed tolerances. The EAD value to the counterparty is measured under the standardised approach for measuring counterparty credit risk exposures method and is derived by adding the gross positive fair value of the contract (replacement cost) to the contract's potential future credit exposure, which is derived by applying a multiple base on the contracts residual maturity to the notional value of the contract, and applying an alpha of 1.4 to the sum of these components.
The following table shows the exposures to counterparty credit risk for derivative contracts as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
(in millions of $)
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2021
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2021
Alpha as at December 31, 2021
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2020
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2020
Alpha as at December 31, 2020
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2020
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swap contracts18.0 21.2 1.4 54.9 13.8 25.1 1.4 54.5 
Securitizations
The Bank has not, to date, securitized assets that it has originated. The Bank's total exposure to purchased securitization positions as at December 31, 2021 was $5.1 billion by market value (compared to $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020), with US government and federal agencies accounting for the majority of this exposure.
The following table provides an analysis of the Bank's investments in securitization positions by exposure type as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
Underlying asset type (in millions of $)
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2020
US government and federal agencies5,083.24,771.8 
Mortgage backed securities — Retail27.359.9 
Asset-backed securities — Student loans13.212.9 
Total5,123.74,844.6 

Operational Risk
In providing our services, we are exposed to operational risk. This is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, actions or inactions of people, or from external events. Operational risk is inherent in our activities and can manifest itself in various ways including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, cyber-security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of vendors to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, litigation and regulatory fines, as well as other damage to us. Our risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with our risk appetite, financial strength, the characteristics of our businesses, the markets in which we operate and the competitive and regulatory environment to which we are subject.
As we continue to expand our use of technology, we are exposed to various forms of cyber-attacks. We devote significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade our systems and networks and review the ever changing threat landscape in order to mitigate our exposure to cyber risks. In addition to the policy reviews, we continue to look to implement technology solutions that enhance preventive and detection capabilities and our ability to recover quickly should a successful cyber-attack occur. We assess our third-party vendor controls and have a developed business continuity plan that addresses potential cyber risks. We also maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks. However, such insurance may be insufficient to cover all losses.
Operational risk is mitigated through internal controls embedded in our business activities and our risk management practices, which are designed to continuously reassess the effectiveness of these controls in order to keep the risk we assume at levels appropriate to our risk appetite as approved by the Board. Data on operational losses and any significant control failures incurred are captured through an incident reporting process. These events are reported to both the GRCC and RPCC, which assess the sufficiency of the corrective actions taken by management to prevent recurrence. Both committees also receive regular reporting on actual performance against established risk tolerance metrics.

85


Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
On March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, the authorized and regulated administrator of LIBOR, announced that all the GBP, CHF, JPY and EUR LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will cease after December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will cease after June 30, 2023.
These reforms have the potential to impact various risk areas for the Bank, including but not limited to: operational risk (potential adverse impacts to the business, customers and technology); market risk (potential adverse impacts to the business and customers if markets are disrupted); and accounting risk (potential adverse impacts to the statement of operations if issues with hedge accounting/effectiveness arise). The Bank, however, does not expect any material change to its risk management frameworks and controls as a result of the reforms.
The Bank has established a LIBOR transition working group, consisting of senior members of management, with significant representation from the Legal and Risk departments. The working group reports directly to the GRCC which feeds into the RPCC of the Board. The working group has set up a detailed project plan which includes: transition planning; financial exposure measurement and risk assessment; operational preparedness and controls; legal contract preparedness/modification; communication; and training and oversight.
As at December 31, 2021, the Bank had 121 loans totaling $563.5 million linked to USD LIBOR. The Bank is engaging with impacted customers to ensure adequate fallback provisions are included in contracts, where not already provided for.
There were no derivative positions maturing after the relevant transition dates.
Capital Adequacy Management
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA adopted capital and liquidity requirements consistent with Basel III. These requirements are contained within the BMA's "Basel III for Bermuda Banks November 2017 Rule Update" and can be found on its website.
The Group manages its capital both on a total Group basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The finance department has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the RPCC. The management of translation adjustmentscapital will also involve regional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on foreign operations.our credit ratings.
Capital Assessment and Risk Profiling
Under the requirements of the Basel II Accord as implemented by the BMA, the Group undertakes a CARP process, which is an internal assessment of all material risks to determine our capital needs. This internal assessment takes account of the minimum capital requirement and other risks not covered by the minimum capital requirement (Pillar II). Where capital is deemed as not being able to mitigate a particular risk, alternative management actions are identified and described within the CARP. The CARP is presented to the RPCC before being presented to the Board for challenge and approval and then submission to the BMA. The CARP process is performed annually or more frequently should the need arise.
A SREP is then undertaken biannually by the BMA, which is designed to assess the Group's risk profile as documented in the CARP. This assessment is used to determine and set the Individual Capital Guidance which is the minimum level of capital the Group will be required to hold until the next SREP review is conducted.
B.Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
We define liquidity as our ability to maintain cash flow that is adequate to fund operations and meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or by obtaining additional funding through liability management.
Sources and Uses of Cash
Our primary sources of cash are (i) cash obtained from deposits, (ii) long-term debt, and (ii)(iii) cash from operations. Our primary uses are (i) the payment of our operating expenses, (ii) payment of dividends on our common shares, (iii) repayment of certain maturing liabilities, (iv) repurchase of our common shares, and (v) extraordinary requirements for cash, such as acquisitions. We had $2.6$2.2 billion of cash and cash equivalents as at December 31, 20192021 and $2.1$3.3 billion as at December 31, 2018,2020, as well as $3.6$7.5 billion and $2.3$5.9 billion, respectively, of liquid securities, the balance of which could be sold to meet liquidity requirements. In our opinion, the Bank’s working capital is sufficient for the Bank’s present requirements.
Liquidity Risk
Our liquidity risk is managed through a comprehensive framework of policies and limits overseen by our Group Asset and Liability Committee. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength. Our objective is to manage our cash flow and liquidity reserves so that they are adequate to fund our obligations and other commitments on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost.
We continuously monitor and make adjustments to our liquidity position by adjusting the balance between sources and uses of funds as we deem appropriate. Our primary measures of liquidity include monthly cash flow analysis under ordinary business activities and conditions and under situations simulating a severe run on the Bank. The Bank strives to use a balanced liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically the Bank manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology. The results of these measures and analysis are incorporated into our liquidity contingency plan, which provides the basis for the identification of our liquidity needs. For more information, see "Risk Management —Item 11 "Operating Results - Liquidity Risk".
Capital Resources
We have financed our operations, growth and cash needs primarily through income from operations and issuances of debt and equity securities. We believe that our cash on hand and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to repay our outstanding debt as it matures. In the future, we may need to incur additional debt or issue additional equity securities, which we may be unable to do or which may be on less favorable terms.
86


We manage our capital both on a consolidated basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The group finance team has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee of the Board. The management of capital will also involve jurisdictional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA implemented the capital reforms proposed by the BCBS and referred to as the Basel III regulatory framework. Basel III aims to raise the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base, limit the build-up of excess leverage and increase capital requirements for the banking sector. Basel III adopts CET1 capital as the predominant form of regulatory capital with the CET1 ratio as a new metric. Basel III also adopts the new Leverage Ratio, Liquidity Coverage Ratio ("LCR") and Net Stable Funding Ratio ("NSFR") regimes.

The Bank was required to report under both Basel II and Basel III guidance during 2015. However only the Basel II results were required to be published under guidance from the BMA. From January 1, 2016 onwards, all published ratios are calculated under Basel III. The Basel III regulatory framework adopts a phased implementation approach for Bermuda banks with full implementation from January 1, 2019, consistent with BCBS recommendations. We are now subject to the following fully phased-in requirements:

CET1 ratio of at least 7.0% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the Domestic Systematically Important Bank ("D-SIB") surcharge described below; 

Tier 1 capital of at least 8.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum Tier 1 ratio of 6% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below;

Total capital of at least 10.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum total capital ratio of 8% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below; 

We are considered to be a D-SIB and are subject to a 3% surcharge composed of CET1-eligible capital implemented by the BMA effective September 30, 2015. This is based upon our assessment of the extent to which we (individually and collectively with the other Bermuda banks) pose a degree of material systemic risk to the economy of Bermuda due to our role in deposit taking, corporate lending, payment systems and other core economic functions; 

Counter-cyclical buffer of up to 2.5% composed of CET1-eligible capital may be implemented by the BMA when macroeconomic indicators provide an assessment of excessive credit or other pressures building in the banking sector, potentially increasing the CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios by up to 2.5%. No counter-cyclical buffer has been implemented to date;

Leverage ratio must be at 5.0% or higher;

LCR with a minimum requirement of 100%; and

NSFR with a minimum requirement of 100%.
The minimum capital ratio requirements set forth above do not reflect additional Pillar II add-on requirements that the BMA may impose upon us as a prudential measure from time to time. As of January 1, 2019, our minimum total capital ratio required by the BMA is 16.3% and our minimum CET1 ratio requirement is 10.0%. As of the date hereof, we expect that our minimum total capital ratio requirement at January 1, 2020 will remain at 16.3% (inclusive of the minimum required total capital ratio of 10.5% as described above). However, as ourOur capital requirements remain under continuous review by the BMA pursuant to its prudential supervision and we cannot guarantee that the BMA will not seek higher total capital ratio requirements at any time.
In December 2017, the BCBS published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as "Basel IV"). Among other things, these standards revise the BCBS's standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new segmentations for exposures) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the BCBS framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. The impact of these standards on us will depend on the manner in which they are implemented by the BMA.
The following table sets forth our capital adequacy as at December 31, 20192021 and 20182020 in accordance with the Basel III framework:
As at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020
Capital  
Common Equity Tier 1896.3 816.0 
Tier 1 capital896.3 816.0 
Tier 2 capital184.0 187.1 
Total capital1,080.3 1,003.1 
Risk Weighted Assets  
Cash due from banks and investments1,141.4 1,085.7 
Loans2,606.0 2,635.1 
Other assets255.3 288.3 
Off-balance sheet items230.9 217.4 
Operational risk charge867.9 842.1 
Total risk-weighted assets5,101.5 5,068.6 
Capital Ratios (%)  
Common Equity Tier 117.6 %16.1 %
Tier 1 total17.6 %16.1 %
Total capital21.2 %19.8 %
Leverage ratio5.6 %5.3 %
 As at December 31, 
(in millions of $)20192018 
Capital 
 
 
Common Equity Tier 1848.8
846.0
 
Tier 1 capital848.8
846.0
 
Tier 2 capital103.2
121.5
 
Total capital952.1
967.6
 
Risk Weighted Assets 
 
 
Cash due from banks and investments862.8
918.1
 
Loans2,697.4
2,244.8
 
Other assets287.4
236.7
 
Off-balance sheet items282.1
227.6
 
Operational risk charge768.2
694.2
 
Total risk-weighted assets4,897.9
4,321.4
 
Capital Ratios (%) 
 
 
Common Equity Tier 117.3%19.6%
Tier 1 total17.3%19.6% 
Total capital19.4%22.4% 
Leverage ratio5.9%7.6% 
CET 1Overall, capital has remained broadly flat due toratios have increased, driven primarily by earnings accretion beingand partially offset by dividends paid to ordinary shareholders, shares repurchased under the Bank’sand share buy-back program and an increase in the goodwill and intangible asset regulatory deduction as a result of the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition. Tier 2 capital decreased due to the amortization of subordinated notes that have less than 5 years to maturity.buy-backs. The increase in RWAsRWA is also driven by the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition and this has also impacted our Total capital and leverage ratios.increased depositor funding. As at December 31, 2019,2021, we were in compliance with the minimum LCR of 100% as well as the minimum NSFR of 100%.
87


Share Buy-Back ProgramOff Balance Sheet Arrangements
Assets Under Administration and Assets Under Management
In the normal course of business, we hold AUA and AUM in a fiduciary or agency capacity for our clients. In accordance with GAAP, these assets are not our assets and are not included in our consolidated balance sheets.
Credit-Related Arrangements
We enter into standby letters of credit, letters of guarantee and contractual commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business, which are not required to be recorded on the balance sheet. Since many commitments expire unused or only partially used, these arrangements do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Management believes there are no material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an unusual nature.
Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of our clients in order to secure a client's payment or performance obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent our irrevocable obligation to pay the third-party beneficiary upon presentation of the guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the beneficiary's claim against the client. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, while the term of the letters of guarantee does not exceed four years.
Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client defaults. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit and letters of guarantee, we subject such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as our lending activities. The types and amounts of collateral security we hold for these standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are generally represented by our deposits or a charge over assets held in mutual funds. We are obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases are able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against the collateral security.
Risk Management
Risk Oversight and Management
General
The Bank repurchasesprincipal types of risk inherent in our business are market, liquidity, credit and operational risks.
Organizational Structure
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the strategy for risk management, setting the Bank's risk appetite and ensuring that risk is monitored and controlled effectively. It accomplishes its common sharesmandate through share buy-back programsthe activities of two dedicated committees:
The Risk Policy and Compliance Committee ("RPCC"):    This committee of the Board assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities by overseeing the Group's risk profile and its performance against approved risk appetites and tolerance thresholds. Specifically, the committee considers the sufficiency of the Group's policies, procedures and limits related to the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of activities that give rise to credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational, regulatory, compliance, climate and reputational risks, as well as overseeing its compliance with laws, regulations and codes of conduct.
The Audit Committee:    This committee reviews the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the Group's system of internal controls and the control environment, including in respect of the risk management process. It reviews recommendations arising from timeinternal and independent audit review activities and management's response to timeany findings raised.
Both the RPCC and Audit Committee are supported in the execution of their respective mandates by the dedicated Audit, Compliance and Risk Policy Committees for our UK, Guernsey, Jersey, Cayman Islands and The Bahamas operations, which oversee the sufficiency of local risk management policies and procedures and the effectiveness of the system of internal controls that are in place. These committees are chaired by non-executive directors drawn from the boards of directors for each segment.
The Group executive management team is led by the Chairman and CEO and includes the members of executive management reporting directly to the Chairman and CEO. The executive management team is responsible for setting business strategy and for monitoring, evaluating and managing risks across the Group. It is supported by the following management committees:
The Group Risk and Compliance Committee ("GRCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. It provides a forum for the strategic assessment of risks assumed across the Group as a meanswhole based on an integrated view of credit, market, liquidity, legal, regulatory and financial crime compliance, fiduciary, operational, cybersecurity, climate, insurance, pension, investment, capital and reputational risks, ensuring that these exposures are consistent with the risk appetites and tolerance thresholds promulgated by the Board and oversees the compliance of regulatory obligations arising under applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is responsible (i) for reviewing, evaluating and recommending the Group's Risk Appetite Framework, the results of the Capital Assessment and Risk Profile and recovery and resolution planning processes (including all associated stress testing performed) and the Group's key risk policies to improve shareholderthe Board for approval; (ii) for reviewing and evaluating current and proposed business strategies in the context of our risk appetites; and (iii) for identifying, reviewing and advising on current and emerging risk issues and associated mitigation plans; and (iv) for reviewing the Group’s compliance with external regulations and internal policies.
The Group Asset and Liability Committee ("GALCO"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group CFO. The committee is responsible for liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk management and other balance sheet issues. It also oversees key policies and the execution of the Group's investment and capital management strategies and monitors the associated risks assumed. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the work undertaken by the dedicated Asset & Liability Committees in each of the Bank's segments.
The Group Credit Committee ("GCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for a broad range of activities relating to the monitoring, evaluation and management of credit risks assumed across the Group at both transaction and portfolio levels. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the Financial Institutions Committee ("FIC"), a dedicated sub-committee that is responsible for the evaluation and approval of recommended inter-bank and counterparty exposures assumed in the Group's treasury and investment portfolios, and by the activities of the jurisdictional Credit Committees, which review and approve transactions within delegated authorities and recommends specific transactions outside of these limits to the GCC for approval.
The Provisions and Impairments Committee:    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for approving significant provisions and other impairment charges. It also oversees the overall credit risk profile of the Group in regards to non-accrual loans and assets. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by jurisdictional credit committees and the GCC, which make recommendations to this committee.
76


Risk Management
We manage our exposure to risk through a three "lines of defense" model.
The first "line of defense" is provided by our jurisdictional business units, which retain ultimate responsibility for the risks they assume and for bearing the cost of risks associated with these exposures.
The second "line of defense" is provided by our Risk Management and Compliance groups, which work in collaboration with our business units to identify, assess, mitigate and monitor the risks associated with our business activities and strategies. They do this by:
making recommendations to the GRCC regarding the constitution of the Risk Appetite Framework;
setting risk strategies that are designed to manage risk exposures assumed in the course of pursuing our business strategies and aligning them with agreed appetites;
establishing and communicating policies, procedures and limits to control risks in alignment with these risk strategies;
measuring, monitoring and reporting on risk levels;
opining on specific transactions that fall outside delegated risk limits; and
identifying and assessing emerging risks.
The functions within the Risk Management and Compliance groups that support our risk management activities are outlined below.
Group Market Risk — This unit provides independent oversight of the measurement, monitoring and control of liquidity and facilitate growthfunding risks, interest rate and foreign exchange risks as well as the market risks associated with our investment portfolios. It also monitors compliance with both regulatory requirements and our internal policies and procedures relating to the management of these risks.
Group Credit Risk Management — This unit is responsible for the adjudication and oversight of credit risks associated with our retail and commercial lending activities and the management of risks associated with our investment portfolios and counterparty exposures. It also establishes the parameters and delegated limits within which credit risks may be assumed and promulgates guidelines on how exposures should be managed and monitored.
Group Operational Risk — This unit assesses the effectiveness of our procedures and internal controls in share value. In accordancemanaging our exposure to various forms of operational risk, including those associated with new business activities and processes and the deployment of new technologies. It is also responsible for our incident management processes and reviews the effectiveness of our loss data collection activities.
Group Compliance — This unit provides independent analysis and assurance of our compliance with applicable laws, regulations, codes of conduct and listing standards, each program wasrecommended best practices, including those associated with the prevention of financial crime, including money laundering and terrorist financing. It is also responsible for assessing our potential exposure to upstream risks and for providing guidance on the preparations that should be made in advance of these changes coming into effect. The Group Head of Compliance and Operational Risk reports directly to the Chairman and CEO.
The third "line of defense" is provided by our Group Internal Audit function, which performs oversight and ongoing review, and challenges the effectiveness of the internal controls that are executed by the business, Risk Management and Compliance. The Group Head of Internal Audit has a dual reporting line to both the Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chairman and CEO.
Regulatory Review Process
Our banking, trust and investment business activities in Bermuda are monitored by the BMA as the lead regulator. One of the principal objectives of the BMA is to supervise, regulate and inspect Bermuda-based financial institutions to ensure their financial stability and soundness.
In addition to conducting on-site reviews, the BMA utilizes a comprehensive quarterly statistical return system that enables off-site monitoring. The statistical system is consistent with Basel Committee Standards, and provides the BMA with a detailed breakdown of a bank's balance sheet and profit-and-loss accounts on both a consolidated and unconsolidated basis. This information enables the BMA to monitor the soundness of a bank's financial position and ensure that it meets certain capital requirements. For more information, see Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation - Bermuda - Supervision and Monitoring by the BMA".
Each of our regulated entities is separately monitored by the local regulatory authority in that jurisdiction to ensure its financial stability and soundness.
The Risk Appetite Framework
The Risk Appetite Framework is the cornerstone of our approach to risk management. Developed by executive management and approved formally by the Board, it outlines the appropriateness of taking on certain risks in the pursuit of our strategic objectives and repurchasesdefines those that should be avoided. It also provides management with a clear mandate regarding the amount and type of shares pursuantrisk that it may accept and establishes minimum expectations regarding the practices and behaviors that should be brought to bear in managing the exposures assumed. It is aligned with the interests of our stakeholders and informs our business planning processes.






Our framework comprises the following elements:
77


(1)     Broad categories of risk: outsourcing; credit; market; liquidity; regulatory compliance; financial crime compliance; fiduciary; governance; operational; people; climate; cyber and information security; technology; investment; tax reporting; strategy; financial reporting; correspondent banking; reputational and change. These represent the various risks that the Group assumes across the entirety of its operations in the pursuit of its strategic goals.
(2)    A declared risk appetite. To ensure consistency in our risk conversations, these have been distilled into the three options set out in the following table, with each appetite designed to convey a clear strategic direction in terms of the risk/reward profile assumed:
AppetiteDefinitionProfile
ConservativeAreas in which the Group avoids risk, or acts to minimize or eliminate the likelihood that the risk will occur, because we have determined the potential downside costs are intolerable; we must maintain a very strong control environment.Our processes and controls are defensive and focus on detection and prevention.
BalancedAreas in which the Group must constantly strike a balance between the potential upside benefits and potential downside costs of a given decision.Exposures are only assumed when the risk can be quantified accurately and is assessed as being acceptable.
TolerantAreas in which the Group has a preference for disciplined risk-taking because we have determined the potential upside benefits outweigh the potential costs.Exposures can be estimated reliably and structures, systems and processes are in place to manage them.
(3)     A statement of our governing principles relating to each program is subject torisk category. This establishes the approvalcharacteristics of the BMA. In addition, the BSX is advised monthly of shares purchased pursuant to each program.
Common Share Buy-Back Program
On February 26, 2015, the Board approved, with effect from April 1, 2015, the 2015 common share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase for treasury of up to 0.8 million common shares. This program expired on March 31, 2016.
On February 19, 2016, the Board approved, with effect from April 1, 2016, the 2016 common share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase for treasury of up to 0.8 million common shares. This program expired on March 31, 2017.
On February 15, 2018, the Board approved, with effect on April 1, 2018, the 2018 common share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase for treasury of up to 1.0 million common shares. On December 6, 2018, following the completion of the initial 2018 share buy-back program, the Board approved the 2019 share buy-back program, authorizing for purchase for treasury of up to 2.5 million common shares through February 29, 2020.
On December 2, 2019, the Board approved, with effect from the completion of the previous program on December 20, 2019 through to February 28, 2021, a common share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase for treasury of up to 3.5 million common shares or $125 million. The timing and amount of repurchase transactions under the new program will be based on market conditions, share price, legal requirements and other factors. No assurances can be given as to the amount of common shares that may actually be repurchased.

Total common share buy-backs for the years ending December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, are as follows:
 For the year ending December 31
 20192018201720162015Total
Acquired number of shares (to the nearest share)2,293,788
1,254,212

97,053
250,371
3,895,424
Average cost per common share (in $)35.55
38.62

16.36
19.42
35.02
Total cost (in $)81,534,076
48,442,768

1,588,189
4,862,248
136,427,281
The foregoing reflects the reverse share splitrisks that the Bank effected on September 6, 2016.is willing to assume and the management behaviors that we should exhibit when doing so.
Preference Share Buy-Back Program
On February 26, 2015,(4)     Specific performance measures and tolerance thresholds in respect of each risk category, combining quantitative and qualitative targets (which are designed to reflect both forward-looking as well as historical perspectives), designed to provide executive management and the Board approved, with effect from May 5, 2015,an indication of the 2015 preference share buy-back program, authorizing"direction" of our exposure relative to our declared risk appetite and an early warning of material adverse developments requiring remedial action.
Application of the purchaseRisk Appetite Framework
The limits, targets and cancellationthresholds used to measure performance continue to be refined by the Group Risk Management and Compliance functions in an effort to express as complete a "picture" as possible of upour exposure to 5,000 preference shares.a given risk, relative to the stated appetite. All changes proposed pass through a formal review and approval process at both the executive management and Board levels prior to their adoption. Through this approach, the risk appetite framework sets the tone for our risk culture across the Group as a whole, influencing behaviors at all levels of the organization and reinforcing accountability for decisions taken. Many of our jurisdictional offices have developed subsidiary risk appetite frameworks in conjunction with their local risk management functions. This ensures appropriate coverage of local risk factors and the establishment of proportional tolerance thresholds. The Group Risk Management and Compliance functions have reviewed these frameworks prior to their adoption and have modified any appetites proposed that are considered to be inconsistent with the overall Group approach.
Total preference share buy-backsMarket Risks
Interest Rate Risk Management
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which is defined as the risk of loss of net interest income or changes in net interest margin because of changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk for the years ending December 31, 2019, 2018, 2017,Bank is confined to the banking book as the bank does not engage in proprietary trading.
We seek to measure and 2016manage the potential impact of interest rate risk. Interest rate risk occurs when interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities mature or re-price at different times, on a different basis or in unequal amounts. Interest rate risk also arises when our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts each respond differently to changes in interest rates, including as a result of explicit and implicit provisions in agreements related to such assets and liabilities and in off-balance sheet contracts that alter the applicable interest rate and cash flow characteristics as interest rates change. The two primary examples of such provisions that we are exposed to are the duration and rate sensitivity associated with indeterminate-maturity deposits (e.g., interest bearing call accounts) and the rate of prepayment associated with fixed-rate lending and mortgage-backed securities. Interest rates may also affect loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume and other items affecting earnings.
Our management of interest rate risk is overseen by the RPCC, which outlines reporting and measurement requirements. In particular, this infrastructure sets limits and management targets, calculated for various metrics, including our economic value sensitivity, our economic value of equity and net interest income simulations involving parallel shifts in interest rate curves, steepening and flattening yield curves, and various prepayment and deposit duration assumptions. Our Risk Management infrastructure also requires a periodic review of all key assumptions used, such as follows:identifying appropriate interest rate scenarios, setting loan prepayment rates based on historical analysis, non-interest bearing and interest bearing demand deposit durations based on historical analysis, and the targeted investment term of capital.
 For the year ending December 31
 20192018201720162015Total
Acquired number of shares (to the nearest share)



183
183
Average cost per common share (in $)



1,151.55
1,151.55
Total cost (in $)



210,734
210,734
AllThe principal objective of our interest rate risk management is to maximize profit potential while minimizing exposure to changes in interest rates. Our actions in this regard are taken under the preference shares were redeemedguidance of GALCO. The committee is actively involved in formulating the economic assumptions that we use in our financial planning and canceled in December 2016.
budgeting processes and establishes policies which control and monitor the sources, uses and pricing of funds. From time to time, we utilize hedging techniques to reduce interest rate risk. GALCO uses interest income simulations and economic value of equity analysis to measure inherent risk in our associates, insidersbalance sheet at specific points in time.
Appetite for interest rate risk is documented in the Group's policies on market risk and insiders' associatesinvestments. This includes the completion of stress testing on at least a quarterly basis of the impact of an immediate and sustained shift in interest rates of +/– 200 basis points on net interest income, economic value of equity and the ratio of tangible total equity to average assets. If any of the parameters established by policy are exceeded, GALCO will provide a plan to executive management to bring the exposure back within tolerance under advice to the Board. The plan does not have to bring the exposure back within limit immediately, but must adjust the exposure within Board and management approved timeframes.
We also use derivatives in the asset and liability management of positions to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. Our derivative contracts principally involve over-the-counter transactions that are privately negotiated between the Group and the counterparty to the contract. Derivative instruments that are used as definedpart of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date.

Interest Rate Risk
78


The following table sets out the assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity and off-balance sheet instruments on the date of the earlier of contractual maturity, expected maturity and repricing date. Use of these tables to derive information about our interest rate risk position is limited by the BSX regulationsfact that customers may sell shareschoose to terminate their financial instruments at a date earlier than the contractual maturity or repricing date. Examples of this include fixed-rate mortgages, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may result in such shares being repurchased pursuantpre-pay earlier, and certain term deposits, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may be withdrawn before their contractual maturity subject to each program, provided no more than any such person's pro-rata shareprepayment penalties. Investments are shown based on remaining contractual maturities. The remaining contractual principal maturities for mortgage-backed securities (primarily US government agencies) do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.
December 31, 2021Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date
(in $ millions)Within
3 months
3 to 6
months
6 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years
Non-interest
bearing
Total
Total fair value(1)
Assets       
Cash and deposits with banks2,064 — — — — 116 2,180 2,180 
Securities purchased under agreement to resell96 — — — — — 96 96 
Short-term investments842 252 105 — — — 1,199 1,199 
Investments(2)
14 14 1,173 5,027 — 6,237 6,260 
Loans(3)
4,208 22 91 705 182 33 5,241 5,265 
Other assets— — — — — 382 382 382 
Total assets7,224 283 210 1,878 5,209 531 15,335 15,382 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity       
Demand deposits8,077 — 27 — — 2,821 10,925 10,925 
Term deposits(4)
1,658 587 602 98 — — 2,945 2,949 
Other liabilities— — — — — 316 316 316 
Subordinated capital(4)
— — — 172 — — 172 159 
Shareholders' equity— — — — — 977 977 1,033 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity9,735 587 629 270  4,114 15,335 15,382 
Interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(304)(419)1,608 5,209 (3,583) 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(2,815)(3,234)(1,626)3,583 —  
____________________________
(1)See Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Fair Values" and "Note 17: Fair value measurements" of the listedaudited consolidated financial statements for further detail on the determination of fair value.
(2)Investments include (i) HTM, which are carried at their amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheet, and (ii) equity securities and AFS investments, each of which are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value columns presents all classifications at their fair value.
(3)Loans are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal amount outstanding, net of allowance for credit losses, unearned income, fair value adjustments arising from hedge accounting and net deferred loan fees.
(4)Term deposits and subordinated capital are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal outstanding.
Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk
The principal objective of our asset and liability management function is repurchased. Pursuantto evaluate the interest rate risk within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and preserving adequate levels of liquidity funding and capital.
As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the fair value of all interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.
We manage our exposure to interest rates primarily by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. We do not typically enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of managing interest rate risk, but we may elect to do so in the future. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. Our exposure to holdings categorized as "trading positions" falls below the de minimis threshold established of 5% (ratio of total trading book open position compared to the BSX regulations, all repurchases made by any issuer pursuant to a securities repurchase program must be made: (1) in the open marketsum of on- and off-balance sheet assets that are not by private agreement; and (2) for a price not higher than the last independent trade for a round lotpart of the relevant classtrading book).
We use an interest rate risk simulation model to test the interest rate sensitivity of securities.
Warrants
Followingnet interest income and the capital raisebalance sheet. Instantaneous parallel rate shift scenarios are modeled and utilized to evaluate risk and establish exposure limits for acceptable changes in net interest margin. These scenarios, known as rate shocks, simulate an instantaneous change in interest rates and use various assumptions, including, but not limited to, prepayments on March 2, 2010,securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. We also analyze the termseconomic value of equity as a secondary measure of interest rate risk. This is a complementary measure to net interest income where the calculated value is the result of the 427,960 warrants with an exercise pricefair value of $70.10 previously issuedassets less the fair value of liabilities. The economic value of equity is a longer-term view of interest rate risk because it measures the present value of all future cash flows. The impact of changes in interest rates on this calculation is analyzed for the risk to the Government of Bermudaour future earnings and is used in conjunction with the issuanceanalysis on net interest income.


The following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income versus unchanged rates as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
79


For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
+300 basis points21.6 %24.8 %33.2 %42.1 %
+200 basis points14.2 %16.6 %22.6 %29.3 %
+100 basis points6.6 %8.1 %11.5 %15.4 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points17.8 %15.7 %11.9 %8.4 %
The following table presents the change in our economic value of equity as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, assuming immediate parallel shifts in interest rates:
For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
+300 basis points(7.4)%4.5 %
+200 basis points(5.2)%5.0 %
+100 basis points(2.0)%4.2 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points(0.6)%2.8 %
The differences between the change in our net interest income and economic value of equity assuming immediate parallel shifts in interests rates from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 are driven by the redeployment of funds from cash due from banks into the investment portfolio, extending the portfolio duration and reducing asset sensitivity.
Many assumptions are used to calculate the impact of interest rate fluctuations. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections due to several factors, including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the preference sharesyield curve. The computations of interest rate risk shown above do not include the full suite of actions that our management may undertake to manage the risks in 2009response to anticipated changes in interest rates, and actual results may also differ materially.
Foreign Exchange Risk
The Group holds various non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and maintains investments in subsidiaries whose domestic currency is either not USD or whose domestic currency is not pegged to USD. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than USD are translated to USD at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. The resulting gains or losses are included in foreign exchange revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries outside of Bermuda are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet date while associated revenues and expenses are translated to USD at the average rate of exchange prevailing through the accounting period. Unrealized translation gains or losses on investments in foreign currency based subsidiaries are recorded as a separate component of shareholders' equity within accumulated other comprehensive loss. Such gains or losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations only when realized. Our foreign currency subsidiaries may give rise to significant foreign currency translation movements against the USD. We also provide foreign exchange services to our clients, principally in connection with our banking and wealth management businesses, and effect other transactions in non-USD currencies. Foreign currency volatility and fluctuations in exchange rates may impact the value of non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than USD do not offset one another, or offset each other in different time periods. If the policies and procedures we have in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of foreign exchange volatility are not followed, or are not effective to mitigate such risks, our results and earnings may be negatively affected. The Group maintains a clearly articulated foreign exchange risk exposure tolerance framework which limits exposures to select major currencies.
Liquidity Risk
The objectives of liquidity risk management are to ensure that the Group can meet its cash flow requirements and capitalize on business opportunities on a timely and cost-effective basis. Liquidity is defined as the ability to hold and/or generate cash adequate to meet our needs for day-to-day operations and material long and short-term commitments. Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if the Group were adjustedunable to meet its funding requirements at a reasonable cost.
We monitor and manage our liquidity by banking location and on a Group-wide basis. The treasury functions in the Group's banking operations, located in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, and Jersey, manage day-to-day liquidity. The Group market risk function has the responsibility for measuring and reporting to senior management on liquidity risk positions. We manage our liquidity based on demand, commitments, specific events and uncertainties to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our objective in managing liquidity is to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers as well as to earnings enhancement opportunities in a changing marketplace. Management is responsible for establishing and monitoring liquidity targets as well as strategies to meet these targets. The Group adopts a cautious liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically, the Group manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology.
We maintained a balance sheet with loans representing 34.2% of total assets as at December 31, 2021. Further, at that date there were significant sources of liquidity within our balance sheet in the form of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, securities purchased under agreement to resell and investments amounting to $9.7 billion, or 63.3%, of total assets.
An important element of our liquidity management is our liquidity contingency plan which can be employed in the event of a liquidity crisis. The objective of the liquidity contingency plan is to ensure that we maintain our liquidity during periods of stress. This plan takes into consideration a variety of scenarios that could challenge our liquidity. These scenarios include specific and systemic events that can impact our on- and off-balance sheet sources and uses of liquidity. This plan is reviewed and updated at least annually.
Credit Risk
80


Credit risk is defined as the risk that unexpected losses arise as a result of the Group's borrowers or market counterparties failing to meet their obligations to repay. Credit risk is managed through the jurisdictional CRM departments. CRM provides a system of checks and balances for our diverse credit-related activities by establishing and monitoring all credit-related policies and practices throughout the Group and assuring their uniform application. These activities are designed to diversify credit exposure on an industry and client basis, thus lessening overall credit risk. These credit management activities also apply to our use of derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange contracts and interest rate risk management instruments, which are used primarily to facilitate client transactions.
Individual credit authority for commercial and other loans is limited to specified amounts and maturities. Credit decisions involving commitment exposure in excess of the specified individual limits are submitted to CRM and then to the GCC, which provides a forum for ongoing executive review of loan activity, establishing our credit guidelines and policies and approving selected credit transactions in accordance with our business objectives. The committee reviews large credit exposures, establishes and reviews credit strategy and policy and approves selected credit transactions. The FIC manages counterparty risk in respect of (third party) bank counterparties which do not have commercial credit relationships within the termsGroup and also approves country exposure limits.
As part of our ongoing credit granting process, internal ratings are assigned to commercial clients before credit is extended, based on an assessment of creditworthiness. At least annually, a review of all significant credit exposures is undertaken to identify, at an early stage, clients who might be facing financial difficulties. Internal borrower risk ratings are also reviewed during this process, allowing identification of adverse individual borrower and sector trends, and accurate application of internal borrower risk ratings which incorporates but is not limited to an assessment of climate risk impacting borrower risk ratings.
An integral part of the Guarantee. Subsequently,CRM function is to formally review past due and potential problem loans to determine which credits, if any, need to be placed on non-accrual status or charged off. The allowance for loan losses is reviewed quarterly to determine the Governmentamount necessary to maintain an adequate provision for current expected credit losses.
Another way credit risk is managed is by requiring collateral. Management's assessment of Bermudathe borrower's creditworthiness determines whether collateral is obtained. The amount and type of collateral held 0.43 million (2016: 0.43 million) warrantsvaries but may include deposits held in financial institutions, mutual funds, US Treasury securities, other marketable securities, income-producing commercial properties, accounts receivable, residential real estate, property, plant and equipment, and inventory. Values of variable collateral are monitored on a regular basis to ensure that they are maintained at an appropriate level, which includes an assessment of the climate risk impact on the value of the collateral.
Credit Risk — Retail and Private Banking
Retail and private lending activity is split between residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and authorized overdrafts. Retail credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and processes set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC and GRC (and approved by the Board). The policies set out where specialist underwriting may be needed.
For residential mortgages, a combination of lending policy criteria, lending guidelines and underwriting are used to make a decision on applications for credit. The primary factors considered are affordability, residential status, residential history, credit history, employment history, nature of income and LTV of the residential property. In addition, confirmation of a borrower's identity is obtained and an assessment of the value of the collateral is carried out prior to granting a credit facility. When considering applications, the primary focus is placed on the willingness and ability to repay.
LTV ratios are derived based on third-party valuations as part of the original underwriting or when increased borrowing has been requested. Updated valuations are not otherwise obtained unless the loan reaches non-accrual status. Non-accrual loans which are collateral-dependent on real estate must be supported by a third-party valuation no older than 12 months. Costs of sale for commercial properties are calculated based on individual circumstances, whereas the haircuts for residential real estate are prescribed in lending guidelines by geographic location and are never less than 15% of the valuation amount.
As valuations are conducted throughout the year, the rolling average age of the valuations are closer to 6 months than 12 months. To further ensure that valuations within the 12-month revaluation period remain appropriate measures for input into the CECL model, we: (1) compare renewal valuations to the prior valuation to track market movement; (2) back-test all sales to compare net carrying value versus any additional gain/loss at the time of sale; (3) segregate the tests described in (1) and (2) by geographic area and, where required, amend provision factors accordingly; and (4) perform a review of new valuations to ascertain such valuations' reasonableness and determine if any change in value may impact similar properties or locations where valuations are more stale-dated and require an adjustment to the CECL model.
The Bank performs an annual assessment of group residential LTV ranges as part of its stress-testing exercise pricefor regulatory and capital-adequacy purposes. Real estate indices are not available in the Bank's primary markets and LTV values are based on standard reductions in value over time, based on observed market activity.
Generally, maximum LTV for new residential and commercial loans is as follows:
BermudaCayman IslandsUK—LondonChannel Islands
Residential:   
Owner-occupied freehold70 %85 %65 %80 %
Owner-occupied leasehold condominium70 %85 %65 %80 %
Investment (not owner-occupied)
65 %75 %65 %80 %
Raw land50 %80 %N/AN/A
Commercial Real Estate65 %65 %N/A65 %
For other retail lending products, similar lending policy criteria are used, and each of $34.72 (2016: $34.72)these products has its own policy and underwriting guidelines to enable decisions on applications for credit and to manage accounts. The factors used are attuned to the lending product in question, although affordability and credit history are considered in all cases. Ongoing monitoring of all retail and private banking credit is undertaken by the business unit concerned as well as by CRM. In addition, the GCC reviews reports on a weekly basis. In the event that particular exposures show adverse features such as arrears, the Bank's specialist recovery teams generally work with borrowers to resolve the situation.
Unlike the United States where the FCRA is designed to help ensure that credit bureaus furnish correct and complete information when evaluating loan applications, the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports. Therefore, we manually review each loan and we use a formally governed tiered credit approval process that is administered through and governed by our Risk Management framework.

Credit Risk — Commercial Banking
81


Commercial credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and asset quality measures set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC (and ratified by the Board).
In respect of Commercial Banking, there is a level of delegated sanctioning authority to underwrite certain credit risks based upon an expiration dateevaluation of June 22, 2019. On December 16, 2016, the Bank repurchasedborrower's experience, track record, financial strength, ability to repay, transaction structure and security characteristics. Lending decisions for cancellationlarge or high risk exposures are based upon a thorough credit risk analysis and the assignment of an internal borrower risk rating, and are subject to further approval by the assigned officers in CRM or the GCC.
Consideration is also given to risk mitigation measures which will provide the Group with protection, such as third-party guarantees, supporting collateral and security, legal documentation and financial covenants. Commercial portfolio asset quality monitoring is based upon a number of measures, including the monitoring of financial covenants, cash flows, pricing movements and variable collateral. In the event that particular exposures begin to show adverse features such as payment arrears, covenant breaches or business trading losses, a full risk reassessment is undertaken. Where appropriate, a specialist recovery team will work with the borrower to resolve the situation. If this proves unsuccessful, the case will be subject to intensive monitoring and management procedures designed to maximize debt recovery.
Credit Risk — Treasury
Treasury credit risks are managed in accordance with limits, asset quality measures and criteria set out within the policy approved by the GCC and ratified by the Board. The policy also sets out powers which require higher levels of authorization according to the size of the transaction or the nature of the associated risk. The FIC identifies, assesses, prioritizes and manages our risks associated with counterparty exposure to other financial institutions, as well as country-specific exposures.
Exposures to financial institutions arise within the Group's investment portfolio and treasury operations. The Group has treasury operations in all of its banking locations. Treasury exposures primarily take the outstanding warrantsform of deposits with banks and foreign exchange positions. Exposures to financial institutions in the investment portfolio can take the form of bonds, floating rate notes and/or certificates of deposit.
Diversification and avoidance of concentration is emphasized. The Group establishes limits for $0.1 million.countries and each financial institution where there is an expected exposure. Ongoing asset quality monitoring is undertaken by Treasury and CRM and reports are sent to the FIC, GCC and the GRC on a monthly basis. Exception reporting takes place against a range of asset quality triggers. Treasury uses a number of risk mitigation techniques including netting and collateralization agreements. Other methods (such as margining and derivatives) are used periodically to mitigate the risk associated with particular transactions or groups of transactions.
DividendsFor its exposure to Treasury credit risk, the Group uses S&P, Fitch and Moody's as external credit assessment institutions as permitted under Basel III for sovereign, financial institutions, asset-backed securities, covered bonds and corporate risks. With regard to financial institutions and corporates, the Group's preference for a long-term rating is the senior unsecured rating. However, counterparty ratings and/or short-term deposit or commercial paper ratings are used if this is unavailable. For asset-backed securities, the issue or tranche rating is used.
DuringExposures
The following tables analyze the year endedGroup's regulatory credit risk exposures as at December 31, 2019, we paid cash dividends totaling $93.6 million2021 and December 31, 2020. Exposures are allocated to specific standardized exposure portfolios determined by the BMA's Revised Framework for Regulatory Capital Assessment and it is these portfolios that determine the risk weights used. These exposures include both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, with the latter shown separately after credit conversion factors have been applied.
Analysis of exposures class
(in millions of $)
Average
Exposure 2021
Position as at
December 31, 2021
Average
Exposure 2020
Position as at
December 31, 2020
Cash70.2 66.5 71.5 83.4 
Claims on Sovereigns2,539.2 3,091.5 1,697.9 2,230.7 
Claims on Public Sector Entities88.2 68.2 106.2 102.2 
Claims on Corporates666.0 559.0 819.0 741.3 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,804.6 1,527.6 1,858.7 1,998.7 
Securitizations5,194.9 5,134.3 4,562.3 4,844.6 
Retail Loans226.6 222.3 242.7 236.4 
Residential Mortgages3,444.3 3,582.8 3,200.0 3,348.4 
Commercial Mortgages703.5 675.7 682.1 705.3 
Past Due Loans72.4 63.3 68.3 75.4 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures268.5 246.6 278.9 277.1 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures628.7 608.7 557.2 637.0 
Market Related Off‑Balance Sheet Credit Exposures58.0 54.8 68.4 54.5 
Total15,765.2 15,901.3 14,213.2 15,335.0 
82


Geographic segment distribution of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
BermudaCayman IslandsChannel Islands & UKOtherTotal
Cash42.0 24.5 — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns939.1 825.6 1,326.8 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities68.2 — — — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates384.0 57.0 118.0 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms497.9 535.5 483.3 10.9 1,527.6 
Securitizations1,966.4 2,396.3 771.6 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans82.4 101.1 38.8 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages1,029.3 752.8 1,800.7 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages470.8 76.7 128.2 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans50.5 0.3 12.5 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures126.6 7.9 61.8 50.3 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures191.2 279.6 137.9 — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures32.6 6.8 15.4 — 54.8 
Total5,881.0 5,064.1 4,895.0 61.2 15,901.3 
Residual maturity breakdown of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
Up to
12 months
1 ‑ 5 yearsMore than
5 years
No specific maturityTotal
Cash66.5 — — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns1,809.1 954.7 327.7 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities0.3 61.8 6.1 — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates256.0 153.5 149.5 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,527.6 — — — 1,527.6 
Securitizations0.3 19.8 5,114.2 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans145.5 54.7 22.1 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages609.9 1,227.9 1,745.0 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages110.4 51.2 514.1 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans29.7 5.8 27.8 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures— — — 246.6 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures608.7 — — — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures54.8 — — — 54.8 
5,218.8 2,529.4 7,906.5 246.6 15,901.3 
The table below details the mappings between the main Fitch, Moody's and S&P external credit assessment institutions used by the Group and the credit quality steps used to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. Where no external rating is used in the risk weighted assets calculation, the unrated credit quality step applies.
Credit quality stepFitch's
assessment
Moody's
assessment
S&P's
assessment
Step 1AAA to AA–Aaa to Aa3AAA to AA–
Step 2A+ to A–A1 to A3A+ to A–
Step 3BBB+ to BBB–Baa1 to Baa3BBB+ to BBB–
Step 4BB+ to BB–Ba1 to Ba3BB+ to BB–
Step 5B+ to B–B1 to B3B+ to B–
Step 6CCC+ and belowCaa1 and belowCCC+ and below
Impairment Provisions
Credit Risk Concentrations
Concentration risk is defined as: any single exposure or $1.76group of exposures with the potential to produce losses large enough (relative to the Group's capital, total assets or overall risk level) to threaten the Group's health or ability to maintain core operations. The management of concentration risk is addressed in the first instance by the Group's large exposure policy and related credit guidelines, which require that credit facilities to entities that are affiliated through common ownership or management are aggregated for each common share on recordadjudication and reporting purposes. The policy also defines what constitutes a large exposure and the related reporting requirements. The CRM function also undertakes monitoring and assessment of our exposure to concentration risk, reporting the results of these analyses to the GCC, the GRCC and RPCC.

83


The factors taken into consideration when assessing concentration risk are as follows:
single or linked counterparty;
industry or economic sector (e.g., hospitality, property development, commercial office building investment);
geographic region;
product type;
collateral type; and
maturity date (whether of the related record dates (2018: $83.7 millionfacility or $1.52of interest rate fixes).
Counterparty Concentrations
Counterparty concentrations is the risk associated with assuming a high level of exposure to a single counterparty, the failure of which could have an adverse impact on the Group.
Large exposures are reviewed quarterly by the GRCC and RPCC for each common sharethe loan portfolio and the treasury/investment portfolios. Group Market Risk and Treasury work closely together on record, 2017: $69.7 million or $1.28 for each common sharedaily treasury positions and exceptions.
All large exposures and concentrations in the portfolio are reviewed and agreed by the FIC on record). Thea quarterly basis and are reported to the Board declared these dividends as a quarterly dividendpart of $0.44this process. The review of large exposures considers:
facility total;
any link with other facilities;
total linked facility being within guidelines;
borrower risk rating;
security value on the facility; and
loan-to-value percentage against minimum security covenants.
Industry Concentration
Industry concentration encompasses the scenario that a risk factor inherent within an industry is tied to an entire portfolio of accounts or investments; e.g., a portfolio made up of a large number of small individual loans where all the counterparties are hotel operators. We believe that due to the nature of the Group's client base our exposure to the property, insurance and fund sectors could be classified as industry concentration, although geographic and product concentration are the more appropriate risks to measure.
Geographic Concentration
Geographic concentration of the book is monitored as follows. Reports are generated which provide details of all the property loan exposure of the Group. Through this, loans are subdivided into regional exposure. From this, the percentage breakdown per commonregion of the Group's property exposure is analyzed and reported to the GRCC and RPCC. Assessment of the exposure allows the committees to decide whether the Group should decline further lending in any area in which it is becoming over-weighted.
Product Concentration
Product concentration is defined in the context of credit risk, as an over-weighting in the portfolio to a given product type, making the Group vulnerable to the impact of a variety of external factors that could either reduce demand for the product itself or lead to an increase in the level of default rates experienced. We operate as a full service bank in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands and aim to satisfy the requirements of our customers in these communities through the range of products and services we offer. Accordingly, there is no dependence or concentration on a single product in these markets outside of the residential mortgage portfolios, which comprised 68.8% of the Group's loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 65.5% as at December 31, 2020); in Bermuda, residential mortgage lending made up 53.1% of the Bermuda loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 52.1% as at December 31, 2020), and loans for many purposes (education, business support, family requirements) were made in the form of residential mortgages. Product category analysis confirms that the total lending portfolio is concentrated in the property market; this has been addressed by performing stress testing.
Collateral Concentration
Collateral concentration considers whether the Group's loan book is secured by a limited number of collateral types. An example of this would be when a large value of loans to a diversified group of borrowers is all secured by shares in the same company or by the shares of various companies within the same industry sector. Any decline in the value of these shares or in the performance of the sector as a whole could have an adverse impact on the Group's security position across all affected borrowers. The most relevant example of collateral concentration is the Group's exposure to real estate property values. Ignoring cash-backed facilities, the largest collateral concentrations within the portfolio are to residential and commercial property. The greatest risk with collateral concentration is that the value of the security could be severely reduced. To simulate this, the Group's stress testing process incorporates a scenario in which all real estate collateral is devalued by factors as high as 30%.
Credit Risk Mitigation
The Group uses a wide range of techniques to reduce the credit risk of its lending. The most basic of these is performing an assessment of the ability of a borrower to service the proposed level of borrowing without distress. However, the risk can be further mitigated by obtaining security for the funds advanced.
Residential Mortgages
Residential property is the Group's main source of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in the residential mortgage portfolio. All mortgage lending activities are supported by underlying assumptions and estimated values received by independent third parties. All residential property must be insured to cover property risks through a third party.


84


Commercial
Commercial property is one of the Group's primary sources of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in its commercial portfolios. Collateral for the majority of commercial loans comprises first legal charges over freehold or long leasehold property but the following may also be taken as security: life insurance policies; credit balances assignments; share for each quarter of 2019, $0.38 per common share for each quarter of 2018,guarantees; equitable charges; debentures; chattel mortgages and $0.32 per common share for each quarter of 2017.charges over residential property.
For moreproperty-based lending, supporting information see "Risk Factors – Risks Relatingsuch as professional valuations are an important tool to help determine the suitability of the property offered as security and, in the case of investment lending, generating the cash to cover interest and principal payments. All standard documentation is subject to in-house legal review and sign-off in order to ensure that the Group's legal documentation is robust and enforceable. Documentation for large advances may be specifically prepared by independent solicitors. Insurance requirements are always fully considered as part of the application process and the Group ensures that appropriate insurance is taken out to protect the property against an insurable event.
Treasury
Collateral held as security for treasury assets, including investments, is determined by the nature of the instrument. Loans, debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured with the exception of asset-backed securities and similar instruments, which are secured by pools of financial assets. The ISDA Master Agreement is the Group's preferred method of documenting derivative activity. It is common in such cases for a Credit Support Annex to be executed in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement in order to mitigate credit risk on the derivatives portfolio. Valuations are performed, agreed with the relevant counterparties, and collateral is exchanged to bring the credit exposure within agreed tolerances. The EAD value to the Common Shares – Holderscounterparty is measured under the standardised approach for measuring counterparty credit risk exposures method and is derived by adding the gross positive fair value of our common shares maythe contract (replacement cost) to the contract's potential future credit exposure, which is derived by applying a multiple base on the contracts residual maturity to the notional value of the contract, and applying an alpha of 1.4 to the sum of these components.
The following table shows the exposures to counterparty credit risk for derivative contracts as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
(in millions of $)
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2021
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2021
Alpha as at December 31, 2021
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2020
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2020
Alpha as at December 31, 2020
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2020
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swap contracts18.0 21.2 1.4 54.9 13.8 25.1 1.4 54.5 
Securitizations
The Bank has not, receive dividends".
Cash Flows
2019 vs. 2018
Cash due from banksto date, securitized assets that it has originated. The Bank's total exposure to purchased securitization positions as at December 31, 2021 was $2.6$5.1 billion by market value (compared to $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2019, compared2020), with US government and federal agencies accounting for the majority of this exposure.
The following table provides an analysis of the Bank's investments in securitization positions by exposure type as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
Underlying asset type (in millions of $)
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2020
US government and federal agencies5,083.24,771.8 
Mortgage backed securities — Retail27.359.9 
Asset-backed securities — Student loans13.212.9 
Total5,123.74,844.6 

Operational Risk
In providing our services, we are exposed to $2.1operational risk. This is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, actions or inactions of people, or from external events. Operational risk is inherent in our activities and can manifest itself in various ways including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, cyber-security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of vendors to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, litigation and regulatory fines, as well as other damage to us. Our risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with our risk appetite, financial strength, the characteristics of our businesses, the markets in which we operate and the competitive and regulatory environment to which we are subject.
As we continue to expand our use of technology, we are exposed to various forms of cyber-attacks. We devote significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade our systems and networks and review the ever changing threat landscape in order to mitigate our exposure to cyber risks. In addition to the policy reviews, we continue to look to implement technology solutions that enhance preventive and detection capabilities and our ability to recover quickly should a successful cyber-attack occur. We assess our third-party vendor controls and have a developed business continuity plan that addresses potential cyber risks. We also maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks. However, such insurance may be insufficient to cover all losses.
Operational risk is mitigated through internal controls embedded in our business activities and our risk management practices, which are designed to continuously reassess the effectiveness of these controls in order to keep the risk we assume at levels appropriate to our risk appetite as approved by the Board. Data on operational losses and any significant control failures incurred are captured through an incident reporting process. These events are reported to both the GRCC and RPCC, which assess the sufficiency of the corrective actions taken by management to prevent recurrence. Both committees also receive regular reporting on actual performance against established risk tolerance metrics.

85


Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
On March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, the authorized and regulated administrator of LIBOR, announced that all the GBP, CHF, JPY and EUR LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will cease after December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will cease after June 30, 2023.
These reforms have the potential to impact various risk areas for the Bank, including but not limited to: operational risk (potential adverse impacts to the business, customers and technology); market risk (potential adverse impacts to the business and customers if markets are disrupted); and accounting risk (potential adverse impacts to the statement of operations if issues with hedge accounting/effectiveness arise). The Bank, however, does not expect any material change to its risk management frameworks and controls as a result of the reforms.
The Bank has established a LIBOR transition working group, consisting of senior members of management, with significant representation from the Legal and Risk departments. The working group reports directly to the GRCC which feeds into the RPCC of the Board. The working group has set up a detailed project plan which includes: transition planning; financial exposure measurement and risk assessment; operational preparedness and controls; legal contract preparedness/modification; communication; and training and oversight.
As at December 31, 2021, the Bank had 121 loans totaling $563.5 million linked to USD LIBOR. The Bank is engaging with impacted customers to ensure adequate fallback provisions are included in contracts, where not already provided for.
There were no derivative positions maturing after the relevant transition dates.
Capital Adequacy Management
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA adopted capital and liquidity requirements consistent with Basel III. These requirements are contained within the BMA's "Basel III for Bermuda Banks November 2017 Rule Update" and can be found on its website.
The Group manages its capital both on a total Group basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The finance department has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the RPCC. The management of capital will also involve regional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Capital Assessment and Risk Profiling
Under the requirements of the Basel II Accord as implemented by the BMA, the Group undertakes a CARP process, which is an internal assessment of all material risks to determine our capital needs. This internal assessment takes account of the minimum capital requirement and other risks not covered by the minimum capital requirement (Pillar II). Where capital is deemed as not being able to mitigate a particular risk, alternative management actions are identified and described within the CARP. The CARP is presented to the RPCC before being presented to the Board for challenge and approval and then submission to the BMA. The CARP process is performed annually or more frequently should the need arise.
A SREP is then undertaken biannually by the BMA, which is designed to assess the Group's risk profile as documented in the CARP. This assessment is used to determine and set the Individual Capital Guidance which is the minimum level of capital the Group will be required to hold until the next SREP review is conducted.
B.Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
We define liquidity as our ability to maintain cash flow that is adequate to fund operations and meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or by obtaining additional funding through liability management.
Sources and Uses of Cash
Our primary sources of cash are (i) cash obtained from deposits, (ii) long-term debt, and (iii) cash from operations. Our primary uses are (i) the payment of our operating expenses, (ii) payment of dividends on our common shares, (iii) repayment of certain maturing liabilities, (iv) repurchase of our common shares, and (v) extraordinary requirements for cash, such as acquisitions. We had $2.2 billion of cash and cash equivalents as at December 31, 2021 and $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2018. The increase is described below by category of operating, investing and financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $249.6 million (2018: $296.3 million). Cash flows from operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities decreased by $46.7 million from 2018 to 2019, due primarily to a decrease in net income2020, as well as movements in other liabilities.
Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ending December 31, 2019 totaled $1,092.5 million, compared to cash provided by investing activities$7.5 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively, of $338.6 million in 2018. The $754.0 million increase in cash provided by investing activities in 2019 was mainly attributable to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) which had significant deposit funding which was deployed into short term investments for the short to medium term until such deposits are behavioralized.
Net cash used in financing activities totaled $919.4 million in 2019, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $125.2 million in 2018. The $794.3 million increase is mainly due to a reduction inliquid securities, the balance of customer deposits liabilities,which could be sold to meet liquidity requirements. In our opinion, the Bank’s working capital is sufficient for the Bank’s present requirements.
Liquidity Risk
Our liquidity risk is managed through a comprehensive framework of policies and limits overseen by our Group Asset and Liability Committee. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength. Our objective is to manage our cash flow and liquidity reserves so that they are adequate to fund our obligations and other commitments on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost.
We continuously monitor and make adjustments to our liquidity position by adjusting the balance between sources and uses of funds as we deem appropriate. Our primary measures of liquidity include monthly cash flow analysis under ordinary business activities and conditions and under situations simulating a severe run on the Bank. The Bank strives to use a balanced liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically the Bank manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology. The results of these measures and analysis are incorporated into our liquidity contingency plan, which provides the basis for the identification of our liquidity needs. For more information, see Item 11 "Operating Results - Liquidity Risk".
Capital Resources
    We have financed our operations, growth and cash needs primarily through income from operations and issuances of debt and equity securities. We believe that our cash on hand and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to repay our outstanding debt as it matures. In the future, we may need to incur additional debt or issue additional equity securities, which we may be unable to do or which may be on less favorable terms.
86


We manage our capital both on a consolidated basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The group finance team has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee of the Board. The management of capital will also involve jurisdictional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA implemented the capital reforms proposed by the BCBS and referred to as the Basel III regulatory framework. Basel III aims to raise the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base, limit the build-up of excess leverage and increase capital requirements for the banking sector. Basel III adopts CET1 capital as the predominant form of regulatory capital with the CET1 ratio as a new metric. Basel III also adopts the new Leverage Ratio, Liquidity Coverage Ratio ("LCR") and Net Stable Funding Ratio ("NSFR") regimes. We are now subject to the following requirements:

CET1 ratio of at least 7.0% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the customer deposits obtained duringDomestic Systematically Important Bank ("D-SIB") surcharge described below; 
Tier 1 capital of at least 8.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum Tier 1 ratio of 6% and the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below;
2018 vs.Total capital of at least 10.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum total capital ratio of 8% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below; 
We are considered to be a D-SIB and are subject to a 3% surcharge composed of CET1-eligible capital implemented by the BMA effective September 30, 2015. This is based upon our assessment of the extent to which we (individually and collectively with the other Bermuda banks) pose a degree of material systemic risk to the economy of Bermuda due to our role in deposit taking, corporate lending, payment systems and other core economic functions; 
Counter-cyclical buffer of up to 2.5% composed of CET1-eligible capital may be implemented by the BMA when macroeconomic indicators provide an assessment of excessive credit or other pressures building in the banking sector, potentially increasing the CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios by up to 2.5%. No counter-cyclical buffer has been implemented to date;
Leverage ratio must be at 5.0% or higher;
LCR with a minimum requirement of 100%; and
NSFR with a minimum requirement of 100%.
The minimum capital ratio requirements set forth above do not reflect additional Pillar II add-on requirements that the BMA may impose upon us as a prudential measure from time to time. Our capital requirements remain under continuous review by the BMA pursuant to its prudential supervision and we cannot guarantee that the BMA will not seek higher total capital ratio requirements at any time.
In December 2017, the BCBS published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as "Basel IV"). Among other things, these standards revise the BCBS's standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new segmentations for exposures) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the BCBS framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. The impact of these standards on us will depend on the manner in which they are implemented by the BMA.
Cash due from banks was $2.1 billionThe following table sets forth our capital adequacy as at December 31, 2018, compared to $1.5 billion as2021 and 2020 in accordance with the Basel III framework:
As at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020
Capital  
Common Equity Tier 1896.3 816.0 
Tier 1 capital896.3 816.0 
Tier 2 capital184.0 187.1 
Total capital1,080.3 1,003.1 
Risk Weighted Assets  
Cash due from banks and investments1,141.4 1,085.7 
Loans2,606.0 2,635.1 
Other assets255.3 288.3 
Off-balance sheet items230.9 217.4 
Operational risk charge867.9 842.1 
Total risk-weighted assets5,101.5 5,068.6 
Capital Ratios (%)  
Common Equity Tier 117.6 %16.1 %
Tier 1 total17.6 %16.1 %
Total capital21.2 %19.8 %
Leverage ratio5.6 %5.3 %
Overall, capital ratios have increased, driven primarily by earnings accretion and partially offset by dividends and share buy-backs. The increase in RWA is driven by increased depositor funding. As at December 31, 2017. The increase is described below by category2021, we were in compliance with the minimum LCR of operating, investing and financing activities.100% as well as the minimum NSFR of 100%.

87

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $296.3 million (2017: $242.1 million). Cash flows from operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities increased by $65.7 million from 2017 to 2018, due primarily to an increase in net income and movements in employee future benefits. This was partially offset by movements in other assets.

Net cash provided by investing activities for the year ending December 31, 2018 totaled $338.6 million, compared to cash used in investing activities of $164.3 million in 2017. The $502.9 million increase in cash provided by investing activities in 2017 was mainly attributable to proceeds from the sale of AFS securities and lower purchases of AFS securities. This was partially offset by increased purchases of HTM securities and a net increase in loan balances.
Net cash used in financing activities totaled $125.2 million in 2018, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $686.3 million in 2017. The $549.7 million decrease is mainly due to a net decrease of demand and term deposits.
Off Balance Sheet ArrangementsChannel Islands and the UK
Assets Under AdministrationThe Channel Islands and Assets Under Management
InUK segment includes the normal coursejurisdictions of business, we hold AUA and AUM in a fiduciary or agency capacity for our clients. In accordance with GAAP, these assets are not our assets and are not included in our consolidated balance sheets.
Credit-Related Arrangements
We enter into standby letters of credit, letters of guarantee and contractual commitments to extend creditGuernsey, Jersey (both in the normal course of business, which are not required to be recorded on the balance sheet. Since many commitments expire unused or only partially used, these arrangements do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Management believes there are no material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an unusual nature.
Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of our clients in order to secure a client's payment or performance obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent our irrevocable obligation to pay the third-party beneficiary upon presentation of the guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the beneficiary's claim against the client. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, while the term of the letters of guarantee does not exceed four years.
Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client defaults. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit and letters of guarantee, we subject such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as our lending activities. The types and amounts of collateral security we hold for these standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are generally represented by our deposits or a charge over assets held in mutual funds. We are obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases are able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against the collateral security.

59


Segment Overview
The Bank is managed by the Group CEO on a geographic basis. In 2017, the Bank presented six segments which included Bermuda, Cayman, Guernsey, Switzerland, The Bahamas,Channel Islands), and the UK. In 2018, the Bank reassessedChannel Islands, a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial institutions including private banking, corporate banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management, mortgage lending and fiduciary services. In 2021, the segment reporting as a result of acquisitions which were announced in 2017 or early 2018 and concluded onentered the following four geographic segments: Bermuda, Cayman, Channel Islands and thelocal mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK and Other. The Other segment is composed of several non-reportable operating segments that have been aggregated in accordance with GAAP. Each reportable segment has a managing director who reports to the Group CEO. The Group CEO and the segment managing director have final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment.
Transactions between segments are accountedjurisdiction provides mortgages for on an accrual basis and are all eliminated upon consolidation. The Bank generally does not allocate assets, revenues and expenses among its business segments, with the exception of certain corporate overhead expenses and loan participation revenue and expense. Loan participation revenue and expenses are allocated pro-rata based on the percentage of the total loan funded by each jurisdiction participating in the loan.
Bermuda (Including Head Office)
For more than 150 years, Bermuda has served as home to our headquarters and remains our largest jurisdiction in terms of number of employees and business volume.high-value residential properties. The following table provides certain financial information for our BermudaChannel Islands and the UK segment for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 2017.2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income62.8 62.7 47.2 0.1 15.5 0.2 %32.8 %
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)(0.5)(0.2)1.4 (0.3)(1.6)150.0 %(114.3)%
Non-interest income45.3 40.7 34.3 4.6 6.4 11.3 %18.7 %
Net revenue before other gains (losses)107.6 103.2 82.9 4.4 20.3 4.3 %24.5 %
Operating expenses(81.7)(82.2)(74.2)0.5 (8.0)(0.6)%10.8 %
Net income before other gains (losses)25.9 21.0 8.7 4.9 12.3 23.3 %141.4 %
Total other gains (losses)(2.4)(1.2)— (1.2)(1.2)100.0 %100.0 %
Net income23.5 19.8 8.7 3.7 11.1 18.7 %127.6 %
74


Summary Income Statement For the year ended December 31,Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $) 2019201820172018 to 20192017 to 20182018 to 20192017 to 2018
Net interest income 183.9
205.3
179.9
(21.4)25.4
(10.4)%14.1 %
Provision for credit recoveries (losses) (3.1)6.8
4.6
(9.9)2.2
(145.6)%47.8 %
Non-interest income 89.1
87.4
81.4
1.7
6.0
1.9 %7.4 %
Net revenue before other gains (losses) 269.9
299.5
265.9
(29.6)33.6
(9.9)%12.6 %
Operating expenses (209.4)(202.4)(192.0)(7.0)(10.4)3.5 %5.4 %
Net income before other gains (losses) 60.5
97.1
73.9
(36.6)23.2
(37.7)%31.4 %
Total other gains (losses) 2.2

2.8
2.2
(2.8)100.0 %(100.0)%
Net income 62.7
97.1
76.7
(34.4)20.4
(35.4)%26.6 %
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,747 4,329 418 9.7 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,171 2,046 125 6.1 %
Total assets5,235 4,827 408 8.5 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services16,263 13,186 3,077 23.3 %
Trust10,374 19,226 (8,852)(46.0)%
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds64 48 16 33.3 %
Other assets under management766 752 14 1.9 %
Total assets under management830 800 30 3.8 %
Number of employees369 363 1.7 %
2021 vs. 2020
Summary Balance Sheet As at December 31,  
(in millions of $) 20192018Dollar changePercent change
Customer deposits 4,403
4,496
(93)(2.1)%
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 2,096
1,998
98
4.9 %
Total assets 5,220
5,387
(167)(3.1)%
Assets under administration    
 
Custody and other administration services 15,220
16,539
(1,319)(8.0)%
Trust 44,369
46,906
(2,537)(5.4)%
Assets under management    
 
Butterfield Funds 1,897
1,774
123
6.9 %
Other assets under management 2,085
1,860
225
12.1 %
Total assets under management 3,981
3,634
347
9.5 %
Number of employees 520
572
(52)(9.1)%
2019 vs. 2018
NetOur Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before other gains and losses was $60.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, down by $36.6 million from $97.1of $25.9 million in the prior year. This decrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income, operating expenses and total other gains.
Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased by $21.42021, an increase of $4.9 million to $183.9 million in 2019, due primarily to a lower average volume of interest earning assets in 2019 driven by lower customer deposit funding as well as higher interest rates paid on customer term deposits.
Provision for credit losses was $3.1 million which was down $9.9 million from a release in the prior year. This resulted primarily from smaller releases from the general provisionwhen compared to the prior year as well as increased specific provisions on a few residential mortgages and a commercial loan.
Non-interest income increased by $1.7 million to $89.1 million in 2019. This was primarily driven by increased card service fee contributions, increased asset management fees due to new business, increased custody fees due to new fees and offset by reduced foreign exchange income due to reduced transactional volumes on foreign exchange transactions.
Operating expenses increased by $7.0 million to $209.4 million in 2019 due primarily to increased salary and other employee benefit costs, due to both restructuring initiatives and costs associated with the departure of a senior executive, increased professional and other outside services costs, resulting from costs associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition which were booked at the Head Office level, and increased marketing costs associated with the rebranding initiative.
Other gains increased by $2.2 million in 2019 . Other gains in 2018 were immaterial. This was driven by higher mark-to-market gains on equity securities and net realized gains on the sale of AFS.

Total assets as at December 31, 2019 were $5.2 billion, down $0.2 billion from December 31, 2018. Customer deposits ended 2019 at $4.4 billion, down $0.1 billion from the end of 2018, and loan balances ended 2019 at $2.1 billion, up $0.1 billion from the end of 2018.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2019 were $44.4 billion and $15.2 billion, respectively, while assets under management were $4.0 billion. This compares with $46.9 billion, $16.5 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2018.
2018 vs. 2017
Net income before other gains and losses was $97.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, up by $23.2 million from $73.9 million in the prior year.2020. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses.expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses increased by $25.4reflected an increase of $0.1 million to $205.3$62.8 million in 2018, driven primarily2021, compared to $62.7 million in 2020. Favorable GBP/USD foreign exchange rates throughout 2021 more than offset the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and which were partially offset by increased investment income due to a higher yield, increased loan interest income resulting from the increases in the Bermuda base rate, increased deposit income from higher average balances, and lower deposit expense due to a lower average volume of interest bearing deposits.costs.
Provision for credit losses was up $0.3 million to $0.5 million in 2021, due to an increased provision on a release of $6.8 millionresidential mortgage which was up $2.2 million from a recovery in the prior year. This resulted primarily from larger releases from the general provision compared to the prior year.moved into non-accrual status.
Non-interest income increased by $6.0$4.6 million to $87.4$45.3 million in 2018. This was primarily driven by custody and other administrative services fees, which increased by $1.6 million2021, due to several new customers, andincreases in foreign exchange revenue, asset management fees whichand custody income driven by a combination of higher volumes, increased by $1.3 million due to revised fee schedulesfees and higher AUM in certain Butterfield mutual funds.onboarding of new clients during the year.
Operating expenses increased by $10.4 million to $202.4of $81.7 million in 20182021 were $0.5 million lower than 2020, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to increased salary and other employee benefit costs,the resulting benefits from increased post-retirement medical costs and higher performance related compensation, increased professional and other outside services costs, resulting from costs associated with our external audit and the costs associated with complianceprevious restructuring programs and increased ITlower operational losses and communications costs associated with higher depreciation and increased sourcing costs.write-offs. This increase was further augmentedpartially offset by an increase in indirect taxation, resultingprofessional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from increased asset-based taxes,utilization of our Canada and Mauritius service centers and higher payroll taxlegal and the costs of the Bermuda Deposit Insurance program.professional fees.
OtherTotal other gains decreased(losses) for 2021 increased by $2.8$1.2 million compared to nil. Other gains in 2017 were2020 due primarily to a $2.6 million receipt from a liquidation distribution on a pass-through note which was previously fully impaired in 2010 and $1.7 million of realized gains upon the sale of AFS investments.defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2018 were $5.42021, an increase from $4.8 billion down $0.7 billion fromas at December 31, 2017. Customer deposits ended 20182020 reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans increased $0.1 billion to $2.2 billion at $4.5 billion, down $0.8 billion fromDecember 31, 2021 driven primarily by the end of 2017 from deposits where certain large corporate customers withdrew deposits duringgrowth in the year, and loan balances ended 2018residential mortgage portfolios.
As at $2.0 billion, down $12.0 million from the end of 2017.
ClientDecember 31, 2021, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2018 were $46.9$10.4 billion and $16.5$16.3 billion, respectively, while AUM were $3.6$0.8 billion. This compares with $47.8$19.2 billion, $19.6$13.2 billion and $3.7$0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2017.2020. The decrease in AUA for trust is mainly due to the revision of fee agreements for a trust structure in Guernsey. The increase in AUA for custody is mainly due to the on-boarding of new business while AUM remains stable.
Cayman2020 vs. 2019
Our Channel Islands
We are a leading financial services provider in the Cayman Islands, offering a comprehensive range of personal and corporate financial services. In addition to our strong retail presence, we are focused on the provision of wealth management services including private banking, asset management and trust services.
We have continued to enhance our client delivery channels including the newly opened Camana Bay banking branch and online and mobile banking platform upgrades. With four Banking Centers in desirable locations and 15 ATMs strategically located in Grand Cayman, we continue to be a leading provider of financial services locally. The following table provides certain financial information for our Cayman IslandsUK segment for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017.
Summary Income Statement For the year ended December 31,Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $) 2019201820172018 to 20192017 to 20182018 to 20192017 to 2018
Net interest income 114.6
103.2
86.1
11.4
17.1
11.0%19.9%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses) 1.9
1.3
1.0
0.6
0.3
46.2%30.0%
Non-interest income 51.9
47.8
46.0
4.1
1.8
8.6%3.9%
Net revenue before other gains (losses) 168.4
152.3
133.1
16.1
19.2
10.6%14.4%
Operating expenses (61.1)(60.7)(59.4)(0.4)(1.3)0.7%2.2%
Net income before other gains (losses) 107.3
91.6
73.7
15.7
17.9
17.1%24.3%
Total other gains (losses) 0.6
0.4

0.2
0.4
50.0%%
Net income 107.9
92.0
73.7
15.9
18.3
17.3%24.8%

Summary Balance Sheet As at December 31,  
(in millions of $) 20192018Dollar changePercent change
Customer deposits 3,450
3,320
130
3.9 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 1,105
1,012
93
9.2 %
Total assets 3,839
3,706
133
3.6 %
Assets under administration     
Custody and other administration services 2,582
2,244
338
15.1 %
Trust 7,723
7,700
23
0.3 %
Assets under management     
Butterfield Funds 195
229
(34)(14.8)%
Other assets under management 646
606
40
6.6 %
Total assets under management 841
835
6
0.7 %
Number of employees 296
277
19
6.9 %
2019 vs. 2018
Netposted net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $107.3 million, up by $15.7 million from $91.6of $21.0 million in 2018.2020, an increase of $12.3 million when compared to 2019. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses.expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $114.6increased by $15.5 million to $62.7 million in 2020, compared to $47.2 million in 2019, an improvementprimarily due to the full year impact of $11.4 million compared to 2018. The increasethe ABN AMRO acquisition, the impact of planned deposit repricing and lower deposit volumes from 2018 to 2019a reduction in primarily Euro deposits. This was driven primarilypartially offset by an improvement in investment income which was up by $8.8 million from 2018 to 2019the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the increase in higher yielding investment assets. Interest income on loans also increased by $1.9 million as a result of higher loan volumes. Deposit liability costs increased from $4.2 million in 2018 to $8.4 million in 2019 as a result of higher volumes and customer rates.COVID-19 pandemic.
Provision for credit losses was a recoveryan expense of $1.9 million in 2019, representing an increase of $0.6$0.2 million, compared to a smaller credit recovery of $1.4 million in 2018. This increase in recovery was2019 due to a net specific provision release driven by a small government loan-to-debt conversion and additional releases in the generalreversal of the Brexit economic factor provision in 2019.
Non-interest income was $51.9increased by $6.4 million up $4.1to $40.7 million in 2020, due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition and partially offset by lower trust income from 2018 due primarily to increased transactional volumes on foreign exchange transactionslesser time spent and to increased card service fee contributions.loss of business.
Operating expenses increased by $0.4of $82.2 million from 2018 toin 2020 were $8.0 million higher than 2019, to $61.1 million, driven primarily by higher compensation costs from increased headcount and offset by reduced property expensesprincipally due to the expiryfull year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition; higher operational losses and non-renewalwrite-offs and partially offset by higher restructuring costs incurred in 2019 compared to 2020.
Total other gains (losses) for 2020 increased $1.2 million compared to 2019 due to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of a lease.
Other gains and losses for the year ended$4.8 billion as at December 31, 2019 were gains of $0.6 million, an increase of $0.2 million2020, a decrease from gains in the prior year, which resulted primarily from investment sales as a part of the strategic repositioning of the investment portfolio.
Total assets$5.1 billion as at December 31, 2019 were $3.8 billion, up $0.1 billionprimarily from a planned reduction of Euro deposit levels associated with the end of 2018, reflecting higher total deposit levels. Net loans increased $0.1 billion from year-end 2018 to year-end 2019ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.
As at $1.1 billion due to an increase in both corporate and consumer lending.
ClientDecember 31, 2020, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $7.7$19.2 billion and $2.6$13.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion at the end of 2019.billion. This compares with $7.7$20.4 billion, $2.2$12.5 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2018.
2018 vs. 2017
Net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $91.6 million, up by $17.9 million from $73.7 million in 2017. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses.
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $103.2 million in 2018, an improvement of $17.1 million compared to 2017. The increase from 2017 to 2018 was driven primarily by an improvement in investment income which was up by $8.1 million from 2017 to 2018 as a result of an increase in average AFS and HTM investment balances, along with a 52 basis point increase in yield. Interest income on loans also increased by $6.3 million as a result of an increase in the Cayman base rate and higher loan volumes. Deposit liability costs increased from $2.9 million in 2017 to $3.8 million in 2018 as a result of slightly higher deposit rates.
Provision for credit losses was a recovery of $1.3 million in 2018, representing a decrease of $0.3 million compared to a smaller credit recovery in 2017. This decrease was primarily a result of a larger releases from the general provision in 2018.
Non-interest income was $47.8 million, up $1.8 million from 2017 due primarily to volume driven increases in banking fees led by account service charges, wire transfer and card volumes, foreign exchange income which increased due to higher volumes and increased trust revenue from the recent acquisition.
Operating expenses increased by $1.3 million from 2017 to 2018, to $60.7 million, driven primarily by increased performance related compensation costs, property costs, costs in technology and communication, as well as increased inter-company charges.
Other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2018 were gains of $0.4 million, an increase of $0.4 million from small losses in the prior year, which resulted primarily from investment sales as a part of the strategic repositioning of the investment portfolio.
Total assets as at December 31, 2018 were $3.7 billion, up $0.5 billion from the end of 2017, reflecting higher total deposit levels. Net loans increased $0.1 billion from year-end 2017 to year-end 2018 at $1.0 billion due to an increase in both corporate and consumer lending.2019.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $7.7 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion at the end of 2018. This compares with $5.1 billion, $2.2 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2017.



75


Channel Islands and the UK
The Channel Islands and UK segment includes the jurisdictions of Guernsey, Jersey (both in the Channel Islands), and the UK. In the Channel Islands, a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial institutions including private banking, corporate banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management, mortgage lending and fiduciary services. In 2021, the segment entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgage servicesmortgages for high-value residential properties. The following table provides certain financial information for our Channel Islands and the UK segment for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 2017.2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income62.8 62.7 47.2 0.1 15.5 0.2 %32.8 %
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)(0.5)(0.2)1.4 (0.3)(1.6)150.0 %(114.3)%
Non-interest income45.3 40.7 34.3 4.6 6.4 11.3 %18.7 %
Net revenue before other gains (losses)107.6 103.2 82.9 4.4 20.3 4.3 %24.5 %
Operating expenses(81.7)(82.2)(74.2)0.5 (8.0)(0.6)%10.8 %
Net income before other gains (losses)25.9 21.0 8.7 4.9 12.3 23.3 %141.4 %
Total other gains (losses)(2.4)(1.2)— (1.2)(1.2)100.0 %100.0 %
Net income23.5 19.8 8.7 3.7 11.1 18.7 %127.6 %
74


Summary Income Statement For the year ended December 31,Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $) 2019201820172018 to 20192017 to 20182018 to 20192017 to 2018
Net interest income 47.2
34.5
23.6
12.7
10.9
36.8 %46.2 %
Provision for credit recoveries (losses) 1.4
(1.1)0.2
2.5
(1.3)(227.3)%(650.0)%
Non-interest income 34.3
26.8
24.4
7.5
2.4
28.0 %9.8 %
Net revenue before other gains (losses) 82.9
60.2
48.2
22.7
12.0
37.7 %24.9 %
Operating expenses (74.2)(50.4)(43.8)(23.8)(6.6)47.2 %15.1 %
Net income before other gains (losses) 8.7
9.8
4.4
(1.1)5.4
(11.2)%122.7 %
Total other gains (losses) 
(1.2)(1.5)1.2
0.3
(100.0)%(20.0)%
Net income 8.7
8.6
2.9
0.1
5.7
1.2 %196.6 %
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,747 4,329 418 9.7 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,171 2,046 125 6.1 %
Total assets5,235 4,827 408 8.5 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services16,263 13,186 3,077 23.3 %
Trust10,374 19,226 (8,852)(46.0)%
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds64 48 16 33.3 %
Other assets under management766 752 14 1.9 %
Total assets under management830 800 30 3.8 %
Number of employees369 363 1.7 %
Summary Balance Sheet As at December 31,  
(in millions of $) 20192018Dollar changePercent change
Customer deposits 4,554
1,603
2,951
184.1 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses 2,025
1,081
944
87.3 %
Total assets 5,108
1,967
3,141
159.7 %
Assets under administration     
Custody and other administration services 12,506
6,282
6,224
99.1 %
Trust 20,417
21,490
(1,073)(5.0)%
Assets under management     
Butterfield Funds 65
55
10
18.2 %
Other assets under management 760
321
439
136.8 %
Total assets under management 825
376
449
119.4 %
Number of employees 425
331
94
28.4 %
20192021 vs. 20182020
Our Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $8.7$25.9 million in 2019, a decrease2021, an increase of $1.1$4.9 million when compared to 2018.2020. This movementincrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses.expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses increased by $12.7reflected an increase of $0.1 million to $47.2$62.8 million in 2019,2021, compared to $34.5$62.7 million in 2018, primarily due to $15.1 million increase in loan interest income and $15.1 million increase in deposits with banks interest income due to additional funding2020. Favorable GBP/USD foreign exchange rates throughout 2021 more than offset the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition. Partially offsetting this was a $18.9 million increase in interest expense, principally fromCOVID-19 pandemic and which were partially offset by lower deposit funding from the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.costs.
Provision for credit losses was a recovery of $1.4up $0.3 million comparedto $0.5 million in 2021, due to an expense of $1.1 million in 2018 due to the reversal of Brexit economic factors that were no longer supported and reduced historical rates.increased provision on a residential mortgage which moved into non-accrual status.
Non-interest income increased by $7.5$4.6 million to $34.3$45.3 million in 2019, attributable2021, due to the impactincreases in foreign exchange revenue, asset management fees and custody income driven by a combination of the late-2018higher volumes, increased fees and onboarding of Deutsche Banknew clients as well asduring the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.year.
Operating expenses of $74.2$81.7 million in 20192021 were $23.8$0.5 million higherlower than 2018, principally2020, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and lower operational losses and write-offs. This was partially offset by an increase in professional and outside services due to increased salaries and other staff benefits from a higher headcount as a result of the ABN AMRO acquisition, increased property expenses from ABN AMRO staff occupying a separate building as well as higher technology expensesintercompany charges from increased infrastructure investmentutilization of our Canada and to accommodate theMauritius service centers and higher legal and professional fees.
Total other elements of the ABN AMRO acquisition.
Other gains (losses) for 2019 saw an improvement of2021 increased by $1.2 million compared to 2018. Losses in 2018 reflected a non-core settlement loss on2020 due to a defined benefit pension plan.plan adjustment.
Total assets of $5.1$5.2 billion as at December 31, 2019,2021, an increase from $2.0$4.8 billion as at December 31, 20182020 reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans increased $0.1 billion to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2021 driven primarily fromby the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition as well as an increase in new residential loan originationgrowth in the UK.residential mortgage portfolios.
At the end of 2019,As at December 31, 2021, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $20.4$10.4 billion and $12.5$16.3 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion. This compares with $21.5$19.2 billion, $6.3$13.2 billion and $0.4$0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2018.2020. The decrease in AUA for trust is mainly due to the revision of fee agreements for a trust structure in Guernsey. The increase in AUA for custody is mainly due to the on-boarding of new business while AUM remains stable.

20182020 vs. 2017

2019
Our Channel Islands and the UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $9.8$21.0 million in 2018,2020, an increase of $5.4$12.3 million when compared to 2017.2019. This movementincrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses.expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses increased by $10.9$15.5 million to $34.5$62.7 million in 2018,2020, compared to $23.6$47.2 million in 2017,2019, primarily due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition, the impact of planned deposit repricing and lower deposit volumes from a $10.4 million increasereduction in loan interest income, due to increased loans underwritten in the UK jurisdiction which were fundedprimarily Euro deposits. This was partially offset by the Guernsey jurisdiction. Partially offsetting this wasimpact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a $4.7 million increase in interest expense, principally from a 22 basis point increase inresult of the cost of deposits from increased rates on term deposits.COVID-19 pandemic.
Provision for credit losses was an expense of $1.1$0.2 million, compared to an expensea recovery of $0.2$1.4 million in 20172019 due to increased general provisioning rates on UK exposures compared to the prior year together with a specificreversal of the Brexit economic factor provision raised in Guernsey of $0.8 million.2019.
Non-interest income decreasedincreased by $2.4$6.4 million to $26.8$40.7 million in 2018, attributable2020, due to an increase inthe full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition and partially offset by lower trust revenue predominantly as a resultincome from lesser time spent and loss of new revenues generated from clients acquired from the recent acquisition.business.
Operating expenses of $50.4$82.2 million in 20182020 were $6.6$8.0 million higher than 2017,2019, principally due to increased salaries and other staff benefits from a higher headcount as a resultthe full year impact of the recent acquisitionsABN AMRO acquisition; higher operational losses and write-offs and partially offset by higher restructuring costs incurred in 2019 compared to 2020.
Total other gains (losses) for 2020 increased discretionary incentive costs. Augmenting this was higher technology expenses from increased infrastructure investment to set up the Jersey jurisdiction and to accommodate the other elements of the recent acquisition.
Other losses for 2018 were $1.2 million, an improvement by $0.3 million compared to net losses of $1.5 million in 2017. Losses in 2018 reflected non-core settlement loss on2019 due to a defined benefit pension plan while losses in 2017 reflected purchase price adjustments during the earn-out period of the Legis transaction recorded in 2017. Net income after gains and losses was $8.6 million in 2017, an increase of $5.7 million from $2.9 million in 2017.adjustment.
Total assets of $2.0$4.8 billion as at December 31, 2018, an increase2020, a decrease from $1.6$5.1 billion as at December 31, 20172019 primarily from an increase in customer deposits, principally ina planned reduction of Euro deposit levels associated with the Jersey jurisdiction and loan origination growth from the UK jurisdiction, which was funded by Guernsey.ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.
At the end of 2018,As at December 31, 2020, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $21.5$19.2 billion and $6.3$13.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.4$0.8 billion. This compares with $26.5$20.4 billion, $5.8$12.5 billion and $0.4$0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2017.2019.



75


Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
Assets Under Administration and Assets Under Management
In the normal course of business, we hold AUA and AUM in a fiduciary or agency capacity for our clients. In accordance with GAAP, these assets are not our assets and are not included in our consolidated balance sheets.
Credit-Related Arrangements
We enter into standby letters of credit, letters of guarantee and contractual commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business, which are not required to be recorded on the balance sheet. Since many commitments expire unused or only partially used, these arrangements do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Management believes there are no material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an unusual nature.
Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of our clients in order to secure a client's payment or performance obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent our irrevocable obligation to pay the third-party beneficiary upon presentation of the guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the beneficiary's claim against the client. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, while the term of the letters of guarantee does not exceed four years.
Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client defaults. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit and letters of guarantee, we subject such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as our lending activities. The types and amounts of collateral security we hold for these standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are generally represented by our deposits or a charge over assets held in mutual funds. We are obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases are able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against the collateral security.
Risk Management
Risk Oversight and Management
General
The principal types of risk inherent in our business are market, liquidity, credit and operational risks.
Organizational Structure
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the strategy for risk management, setting the Bank's risk appetite and ensuring that risk is monitored and controlled effectively. It accomplishes its mandate through the activities of two dedicated committees:
The Risk Policy and Compliance Committee ("RPCC"):    This committee of the Board assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities by overseeing the Group's risk profile and its performance against approved risk appetites and tolerance thresholds. Specifically, the committee considers the sufficiency of the Group's policies, procedures and limits related to the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of activities that give rise to credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational, regulatory, compliance, climate and reputational risks, as well as overseeing its compliance with laws, regulations and codes of conduct.
The Audit Committee:    This committee reviews the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the Group's system of internal controls and the control environment, including in respect of the risk management process. It reviews recommendations arising from internal and independent audit review activities and management's response to any findings raised.
Both the RPCC and Audit Committee are supported in the execution of their respective mandates by the dedicated Audit, Compliance and Risk Policy Committees for our UK, Guernsey, Jersey, Cayman Islands and The Bahamas operations, which oversee the sufficiency of local risk management policies and procedures and the effectiveness of the system of internal controls that are in place. These committees are chaired by non-executive directors drawn from the boards of directors for each segment.
The Group executive management team is led by the Chairman and CEO and includes the members of executive management reporting directly to the Chairman and CEO. The executive management team is responsible for setting business strategy and for monitoring, evaluating and managing risks across the Group. It is supported by the following management committees:
The Group Risk and Compliance Committee ("GRCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. It provides a forum for the strategic assessment of risks assumed across the Group as a whole based on an integrated view of credit, market, liquidity, legal, regulatory and financial crime compliance, fiduciary, operational, cybersecurity, climate, insurance, pension, investment, capital and reputational risks, ensuring that these exposures are consistent with the risk appetites and tolerance thresholds promulgated by the Board and oversees the compliance of regulatory obligations arising under applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is responsible (i) for reviewing, evaluating and recommending the Group's Risk Appetite Framework, the results of the Capital Assessment and Risk Profile and recovery and resolution planning processes (including all associated stress testing performed) and the Group's key risk policies to the Board for approval; (ii) for reviewing and evaluating current and proposed business strategies in the context of our risk appetites; and (iii) for identifying, reviewing and advising on current and emerging risk issues and associated mitigation plans; and (iv) for reviewing the Group’s compliance with external regulations and internal policies.
The Group Asset and Liability Committee ("GALCO"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group CFO. The committee is responsible for liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk management and other balance sheet issues. It also oversees key policies and the execution of the Group's investment and capital management strategies and monitors the associated risks assumed. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the work undertaken by the dedicated Asset & Liability Committees in each of the Bank's segments.
The Group Credit Committee ("GCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for a broad range of activities relating to the monitoring, evaluation and management of credit risks assumed across the Group at both transaction and portfolio levels. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the Financial Institutions Committee ("FIC"), a dedicated sub-committee that is responsible for the evaluation and approval of recommended inter-bank and counterparty exposures assumed in the Group's treasury and investment portfolios, and by the activities of the jurisdictional Credit Committees, which review and approve transactions within delegated authorities and recommends specific transactions outside of these limits to the GCC for approval.
The Provisions and Impairments Committee:    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for approving significant provisions and other impairment charges. It also oversees the overall credit risk profile of the Group in regards to non-accrual loans and assets. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by jurisdictional credit committees and the GCC, which make recommendations to this committee.
76


Risk Management
We manage our exposure to risk through a three "lines of defense" model.
The first "line of defense" is provided by our jurisdictional business units, which retain ultimate responsibility for the risks they assume and for bearing the cost of risks associated with these exposures.
The second "line of defense" is provided by our Risk Management and Compliance groups, which work in collaboration with our business units to identify, assess, mitigate and monitor the risks associated with our business activities and strategies. They do this by:
making recommendations to the GRCC regarding the constitution of the Risk Appetite Framework;
setting risk strategies that are designed to manage risk exposures assumed in the course of pursuing our business strategies and aligning them with agreed appetites;
establishing and communicating policies, procedures and limits to control risks in alignment with these risk strategies;
measuring, monitoring and reporting on risk levels;
opining on specific transactions that fall outside delegated risk limits; and
identifying and assessing emerging risks.
The functions within the Risk Management and Compliance groups that support our risk management activities are outlined below.
Group Market Risk — This unit provides independent oversight of the measurement, monitoring and control of liquidity and funding risks, interest rate and foreign exchange risks as well as the market risks associated with our investment portfolios. It also monitors compliance with both regulatory requirements and our internal policies and procedures relating to the management of these risks.
Group Credit Risk Management — This unit is responsible for the adjudication and oversight of credit risks associated with our retail and commercial lending activities and the management of risks associated with our investment portfolios and counterparty exposures. It also establishes the parameters and delegated limits within which credit risks may be assumed and promulgates guidelines on how exposures should be managed and monitored.
Group Operational Risk — This unit assesses the effectiveness of our procedures and internal controls in managing our exposure to various forms of operational risk, including those associated with new business activities and processes and the deployment of new technologies. It is also responsible for our incident management processes and reviews the effectiveness of our loss data collection activities.
Group Compliance — This unit provides independent analysis and assurance of our compliance with applicable laws, regulations, codes of conduct and recommended best practices, including those associated with the prevention of financial crime, including money laundering and terrorist financing. It is also responsible for assessing our potential exposure to upstream risks and for providing guidance on the preparations that should be made in advance of these changes coming into effect. The Group Head of Compliance and Operational Risk reports directly to the Chairman and CEO.
The third "line of defense" is provided by our Group Internal Audit function, which performs oversight and ongoing review, and challenges the effectiveness of the internal controls that are executed by the business, Risk Management and Compliance. The Group Head of Internal Audit has a dual reporting line to both the Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chairman and CEO.
Regulatory Review Process
Our banking, trust and investment business activities in Bermuda are monitored by the BMA as the lead regulator. One of the principal objectives of the BMA is to supervise, regulate and inspect Bermuda-based financial institutions to ensure their financial stability and soundness.
In addition to conducting on-site reviews, the BMA utilizes a comprehensive quarterly statistical return system that enables off-site monitoring. The statistical system is consistent with Basel Committee Standards, and provides the BMA with a detailed breakdown of a bank's balance sheet and profit-and-loss accounts on both a consolidated and unconsolidated basis. This information enables the BMA to monitor the soundness of a bank's financial position and ensure that it meets certain capital requirements. For more information, see Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation - Bermuda - Supervision and Monitoring by the BMA".
Each of our regulated entities is separately monitored by the local regulatory authority in that jurisdiction to ensure its financial stability and soundness.
The Risk Appetite Framework
The Risk Appetite Framework is the cornerstone of our approach to risk management. Developed by executive management and approved formally by the Board, it outlines the appropriateness of taking on certain risks in the pursuit of our strategic objectives and defines those that should be avoided. It also provides management with a clear mandate regarding the amount and type of risk that it may accept and establishes minimum expectations regarding the practices and behaviors that should be brought to bear in managing the exposures assumed. It is aligned with the interests of our stakeholders and informs our business planning processes.






Our framework comprises the following elements:
77


(1)     Broad categories of risk: outsourcing; credit; market; liquidity; regulatory compliance; financial crime compliance; fiduciary; governance; operational; people; climate; cyber and information security; technology; investment; tax reporting; strategy; financial reporting; correspondent banking; reputational and change. These represent the various risks that the Group assumes across the entirety of its operations in the pursuit of its strategic goals.
(2)    A declared risk appetite. To ensure consistency in our risk conversations, these have been distilled into the three options set out in the following table, with each appetite designed to convey a clear strategic direction in terms of the risk/reward profile assumed:
AppetiteDefinitionProfile
ConservativeAreas in which the Group avoids risk, or acts to minimize or eliminate the likelihood that the risk will occur, because we have determined the potential downside costs are intolerable; we must maintain a very strong control environment.Our processes and controls are defensive and focus on detection and prevention.
BalancedAreas in which the Group must constantly strike a balance between the potential upside benefits and potential downside costs of a given decision.Exposures are only assumed when the risk can be quantified accurately and is assessed as being acceptable.
TolerantAreas in which the Group has a preference for disciplined risk-taking because we have determined the potential upside benefits outweigh the potential costs.Exposures can be estimated reliably and structures, systems and processes are in place to manage them.
(3)     A statement of our governing principles relating to each risk category. This establishes the characteristics of the risks that the Bank is willing to assume and the management behaviors that we should exhibit when doing so.
(4)     Specific performance measures and tolerance thresholds in respect of each risk category, combining quantitative and qualitative targets (which are designed to reflect both forward-looking as well as historical perspectives), designed to provide executive management and the Board with an indication of the "direction" of our exposure relative to our declared risk appetite and an early warning of material adverse developments requiring remedial action.
Application of the Risk Appetite Framework
The limits, targets and thresholds used to measure performance continue to be refined by the Group Risk Management and Compliance functions in an effort to express as complete a "picture" as possible of our exposure to a given risk, relative to the stated appetite. All changes proposed pass through a formal review and approval process at both the executive management and Board levels prior to their adoption. Through this approach, the risk appetite framework sets the tone for our risk culture across the Group as a whole, influencing behaviors at all levels of the organization and reinforcing accountability for decisions taken. Many of our jurisdictional offices have developed subsidiary risk appetite frameworks in conjunction with their local risk management functions. This ensures appropriate coverage of local risk factors and the establishment of proportional tolerance thresholds. The Group Risk Management and Compliance functions have reviewed these frameworks prior to their adoption and have modified any appetites proposed that are considered to be inconsistent with the overall Group approach.
Market Risks
Interest Rate Risk Management
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which is defined as the risk of loss of net interest income or changes in net interest margin because of changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk for the Bank is confined to the banking book as the bank does not engage in proprietary trading.
We seek to measure and manage the potential impact of interest rate risk. Interest rate risk occurs when interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities mature or re-price at different times, on a different basis or in unequal amounts. Interest rate risk also arises when our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts each respond differently to changes in interest rates, including as a result of explicit and implicit provisions in agreements related to such assets and liabilities and in off-balance sheet contracts that alter the applicable interest rate and cash flow characteristics as interest rates change. The two primary examples of such provisions that we are exposed to are the duration and rate sensitivity associated with indeterminate-maturity deposits (e.g., interest bearing call accounts) and the rate of prepayment associated with fixed-rate lending and mortgage-backed securities. Interest rates may also affect loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume and other items affecting earnings.
Our management of interest rate risk is overseen by the RPCC, which outlines reporting and measurement requirements. In particular, this infrastructure sets limits and management targets, calculated for various metrics, including our economic value sensitivity, our economic value of equity and net interest income simulations involving parallel shifts in interest rate curves, steepening and flattening yield curves, and various prepayment and deposit duration assumptions. Our Risk Management infrastructure also requires a periodic review of all key assumptions used, such as identifying appropriate interest rate scenarios, setting loan prepayment rates based on historical analysis, non-interest bearing and interest bearing demand deposit durations based on historical analysis, and the targeted investment term of capital.
The principal objective of our interest rate risk management is to maximize profit potential while minimizing exposure to changes in interest rates. Our actions in this regard are taken under the guidance of GALCO. The committee is actively involved in formulating the economic assumptions that we use in our financial planning and budgeting processes and establishes policies which control and monitor the sources, uses and pricing of funds. From time to time, we utilize hedging techniques to reduce interest rate risk. GALCO uses interest income simulations and economic value of equity analysis to measure inherent risk in our balance sheet at specific points in time.
Appetite for interest rate risk is documented in the Group's policies on market risk and investments. This includes the completion of stress testing on at least a quarterly basis of the impact of an immediate and sustained shift in interest rates of +/– 200 basis points on net interest income, economic value of equity and the ratio of tangible total equity to average assets. If any of the parameters established by policy are exceeded, GALCO will provide a plan to executive management to bring the exposure back within tolerance under advice to the Board. The plan does not have to bring the exposure back within limit immediately, but must adjust the exposure within Board and management approved timeframes.
We also use derivatives in the asset and liability management of positions to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. Our derivative contracts principally involve over-the-counter transactions that are privately negotiated between the Group and the counterparty to the contract. Derivative instruments that are used as part of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date.

Interest Rate Risk
78


The following table sets out the assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity and off-balance sheet instruments on the date of the earlier of contractual maturity, expected maturity and repricing date. Use of these tables to derive information about our interest rate risk position is limited by the fact that customers may choose to terminate their financial instruments at a date earlier than the contractual maturity or repricing date. Examples of this include fixed-rate mortgages, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may pre-pay earlier, and certain term deposits, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may be withdrawn before their contractual maturity subject to prepayment penalties. Investments are shown based on remaining contractual maturities. The remaining contractual principal maturities for mortgage-backed securities (primarily US government agencies) do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.
December 31, 2021Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date
(in $ millions)Within
3 months
3 to 6
months
6 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years
Non-interest
bearing
Total
Total fair value(1)
Assets       
Cash and deposits with banks2,064 — — — — 116 2,180 2,180 
Securities purchased under agreement to resell96 — — — — — 96 96 
Short-term investments842 252 105 — — — 1,199 1,199 
Investments(2)
14 14 1,173 5,027 — 6,237 6,260 
Loans(3)
4,208 22 91 705 182 33 5,241 5,265 
Other assets— — — — — 382 382 382 
Total assets7,224 283 210 1,878 5,209 531 15,335 15,382 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity       
Demand deposits8,077 — 27 — — 2,821 10,925 10,925 
Term deposits(4)
1,658 587 602 98 — — 2,945 2,949 
Other liabilities— — — — — 316 316 316 
Subordinated capital(4)
— — — 172 — — 172 159 
Shareholders' equity— — — — — 977 977 1,033 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity9,735 587 629 270  4,114 15,335 15,382 
Interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(304)(419)1,608 5,209 (3,583) 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(2,815)(3,234)(1,626)3,583 —  
____________________________
(1)See Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Fair Values" and "Note 17: Fair value measurements" of the audited consolidated financial statements for further detail on the determination of fair value.
(2)Investments include (i) HTM, which are carried at their amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheet, and (ii) equity securities and AFS investments, each of which are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value columns presents all classifications at their fair value.
(3)Loans are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal amount outstanding, net of allowance for credit losses, unearned income, fair value adjustments arising from hedge accounting and net deferred loan fees.
(4)Term deposits and subordinated capital are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal outstanding.
Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk
The principal objective of our asset and liability management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and preserving adequate levels of liquidity funding and capital.
As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the fair value of all interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.
We manage our exposure to interest rates primarily by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. We do not typically enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of managing interest rate risk, but we may elect to do so in the future. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. Our exposure to holdings categorized as "trading positions" falls below the de minimis threshold established of 5% (ratio of total trading book open position compared to the sum of on- and off-balance sheet assets that are not part of the trading book).
We use an interest rate risk simulation model to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet. Instantaneous parallel rate shift scenarios are modeled and utilized to evaluate risk and establish exposure limits for acceptable changes in net interest margin. These scenarios, known as rate shocks, simulate an instantaneous change in interest rates and use various assumptions, including, but not limited to, prepayments on securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. We also analyze the economic value of equity as a secondary measure of interest rate risk. This is a complementary measure to net interest income where the calculated value is the result of the fair value of assets less the fair value of liabilities. The economic value of equity is a longer-term view of interest rate risk because it measures the present value of all future cash flows. The impact of changes in interest rates on this calculation is analyzed for the risk to our future earnings and is used in conjunction with the analysis on net interest income.


The following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income versus unchanged rates as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
79


For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
+300 basis points21.6 %24.8 %33.2 %42.1 %
+200 basis points14.2 %16.6 %22.6 %29.3 %
+100 basis points6.6 %8.1 %11.5 %15.4 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points17.8 %15.7 %11.9 %8.4 %
The following table presents the change in our economic value of equity as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, assuming immediate parallel shifts in interest rates:
For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
+300 basis points(7.4)%4.5 %
+200 basis points(5.2)%5.0 %
+100 basis points(2.0)%4.2 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points(0.6)%2.8 %
The differences between the change in our net interest income and economic value of equity assuming immediate parallel shifts in interests rates from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 are driven by the redeployment of funds from cash due from banks into the investment portfolio, extending the portfolio duration and reducing asset sensitivity.
Many assumptions are used to calculate the impact of interest rate fluctuations. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections due to several factors, including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. The computations of interest rate risk shown above do not include the full suite of actions that our management may undertake to manage the risks in response to anticipated changes in interest rates, and actual results may also differ materially.
Foreign Exchange Risk
The Group holds various non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and maintains investments in subsidiaries whose domestic currency is either not USD or whose domestic currency is not pegged to USD. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than USD are translated to USD at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. The resulting gains or losses are included in foreign exchange revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries outside of Bermuda are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet date while associated revenues and expenses are translated to USD at the average rate of exchange prevailing through the accounting period. Unrealized translation gains or losses on investments in foreign currency based subsidiaries are recorded as a separate component of shareholders' equity within accumulated other comprehensive loss. Such gains or losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations only when realized. Our foreign currency subsidiaries may give rise to significant foreign currency translation movements against the USD. We also provide foreign exchange services to our clients, principally in connection with our banking and wealth management businesses, and effect other transactions in non-USD currencies. Foreign currency volatility and fluctuations in exchange rates may impact the value of non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than USD do not offset one another, or offset each other in different time periods. If the policies and procedures we have in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of foreign exchange volatility are not followed, or are not effective to mitigate such risks, our results and earnings may be negatively affected. The Group maintains a clearly articulated foreign exchange risk exposure tolerance framework which limits exposures to select major currencies.
Liquidity Risk
The objectives of liquidity risk management are to ensure that the Group can meet its cash flow requirements and capitalize on business opportunities on a timely and cost-effective basis. Liquidity is defined as the ability to hold and/or generate cash adequate to meet our needs for day-to-day operations and material long and short-term commitments. Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if the Group were unable to meet its funding requirements at a reasonable cost.
We monitor and manage our liquidity by banking location and on a Group-wide basis. The treasury functions in the Group's banking operations, located in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, and Jersey, manage day-to-day liquidity. The Group market risk function has the responsibility for measuring and reporting to senior management on liquidity risk positions. We manage our liquidity based on demand, commitments, specific events and uncertainties to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our objective in managing liquidity is to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers as well as to earnings enhancement opportunities in a changing marketplace. Management is responsible for establishing and monitoring liquidity targets as well as strategies to meet these targets. The Group adopts a cautious liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically, the Group manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology.
We maintained a balance sheet with loans representing 34.2% of total assets as at December 31, 2021. Further, at that date there were significant sources of liquidity within our balance sheet in the form of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, securities purchased under agreement to resell and investments amounting to $9.7 billion, or 63.3%, of total assets.
An important element of our liquidity management is our liquidity contingency plan which can be employed in the event of a liquidity crisis. The objective of the liquidity contingency plan is to ensure that we maintain our liquidity during periods of stress. This plan takes into consideration a variety of scenarios that could challenge our liquidity. These scenarios include specific and systemic events that can impact our on- and off-balance sheet sources and uses of liquidity. This plan is reviewed and updated at least annually.
Credit Risk
80


Credit risk is defined as the risk that unexpected losses arise as a result of the Group's borrowers or market counterparties failing to meet their obligations to repay. Credit risk is managed through the jurisdictional CRM departments. CRM provides a system of checks and balances for our diverse credit-related activities by establishing and monitoring all credit-related policies and practices throughout the Group and assuring their uniform application. These activities are designed to diversify credit exposure on an industry and client basis, thus lessening overall credit risk. These credit management activities also apply to our use of derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange contracts and interest rate risk management instruments, which are used primarily to facilitate client transactions.
Individual credit authority for commercial and other loans is limited to specified amounts and maturities. Credit decisions involving commitment exposure in excess of the specified individual limits are submitted to CRM and then to the GCC, which provides a forum for ongoing executive review of loan activity, establishing our credit guidelines and policies and approving selected credit transactions in accordance with our business objectives. The committee reviews large credit exposures, establishes and reviews credit strategy and policy and approves selected credit transactions. The FIC manages counterparty risk in respect of (third party) bank counterparties which do not have commercial credit relationships within the Group and also approves country exposure limits.
As part of our ongoing credit granting process, internal ratings are assigned to commercial clients before credit is extended, based on an assessment of creditworthiness. At least annually, a review of all significant credit exposures is undertaken to identify, at an early stage, clients who might be facing financial difficulties. Internal borrower risk ratings are also reviewed during this process, allowing identification of adverse individual borrower and sector trends, and accurate application of internal borrower risk ratings which incorporates but is not limited to an assessment of climate risk impacting borrower risk ratings.
An integral part of the CRM function is to formally review past due and potential problem loans to determine which credits, if any, need to be placed on non-accrual status or charged off. The allowance for loan losses is reviewed quarterly to determine the amount necessary to maintain an adequate provision for current expected credit losses.
Another way credit risk is managed is by requiring collateral. Management's assessment of the borrower's creditworthiness determines whether collateral is obtained. The amount and type of collateral held varies but may include deposits held in financial institutions, mutual funds, US Treasury securities, other marketable securities, income-producing commercial properties, accounts receivable, residential real estate, property, plant and equipment, and inventory. Values of variable collateral are monitored on a regular basis to ensure that they are maintained at an appropriate level, which includes an assessment of the climate risk impact on the value of the collateral.
Credit Risk — Retail and Private Banking
Retail and private lending activity is split between residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and authorized overdrafts. Retail credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and processes set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC and GRC (and approved by the Board). The policies set out where specialist underwriting may be needed.
For residential mortgages, a combination of lending policy criteria, lending guidelines and underwriting are used to make a decision on applications for credit. The primary factors considered are affordability, residential status, residential history, credit history, employment history, nature of income and LTV of the residential property. In addition, confirmation of a borrower's identity is obtained and an assessment of the value of the collateral is carried out prior to granting a credit facility. When considering applications, the primary focus is placed on the willingness and ability to repay.
LTV ratios are derived based on third-party valuations as part of the original underwriting or when increased borrowing has been requested. Updated valuations are not otherwise obtained unless the loan reaches non-accrual status. Non-accrual loans which are collateral-dependent on real estate must be supported by a third-party valuation no older than 12 months. Costs of sale for commercial properties are calculated based on individual circumstances, whereas the haircuts for residential real estate are prescribed in lending guidelines by geographic location and are never less than 15% of the valuation amount.
As valuations are conducted throughout the year, the rolling average age of the valuations are closer to 6 months than 12 months. To further ensure that valuations within the 12-month revaluation period remain appropriate measures for input into the CECL model, we: (1) compare renewal valuations to the prior valuation to track market movement; (2) back-test all sales to compare net carrying value versus any additional gain/loss at the time of sale; (3) segregate the tests described in (1) and (2) by geographic area and, where required, amend provision factors accordingly; and (4) perform a review of new valuations to ascertain such valuations' reasonableness and determine if any change in value may impact similar properties or locations where valuations are more stale-dated and require an adjustment to the CECL model.
The Bank performs an annual assessment of group residential LTV ranges as part of its stress-testing exercise for regulatory and capital-adequacy purposes. Real estate indices are not available in the Bank's primary markets and LTV values are based on standard reductions in value over time, based on observed market activity.
Generally, maximum LTV for new residential and commercial loans is as follows:
BermudaCayman IslandsUK—LondonChannel Islands
Residential:   
Owner-occupied freehold70 %85 %65 %80 %
Owner-occupied leasehold condominium70 %85 %65 %80 %
Investment (not owner-occupied)
65 %75 %65 %80 %
Raw land50 %80 %N/AN/A
Commercial Real Estate65 %65 %N/A65 %
For other retail lending products, similar lending policy criteria are used, and each of these products has its own policy and underwriting guidelines to enable decisions on applications for credit and to manage accounts. The factors used are attuned to the lending product in question, although affordability and credit history are considered in all cases. Ongoing monitoring of all retail and private banking credit is undertaken by the business unit concerned as well as by CRM. In addition, the GCC reviews reports on a weekly basis. In the event that particular exposures show adverse features such as arrears, the Bank's specialist recovery teams generally work with borrowers to resolve the situation.
Unlike the United States where the FCRA is designed to help ensure that credit bureaus furnish correct and complete information when evaluating loan applications, the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports. Therefore, we manually review each loan and we use a formally governed tiered credit approval process that is administered through and governed by our Risk Management framework.

Credit Risk — Commercial Banking
81


Commercial credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and asset quality measures set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC (and ratified by the Board).
In respect of Commercial Banking, there is a level of delegated sanctioning authority to underwrite certain credit risks based upon an evaluation of the borrower's experience, track record, financial strength, ability to repay, transaction structure and security characteristics. Lending decisions for large or high risk exposures are based upon a thorough credit risk analysis and the assignment of an internal borrower risk rating, and are subject to further approval by the assigned officers in CRM or the GCC.
Consideration is also given to risk mitigation measures which will provide the Group with protection, such as third-party guarantees, supporting collateral and security, legal documentation and financial covenants. Commercial portfolio asset quality monitoring is based upon a number of measures, including the monitoring of financial covenants, cash flows, pricing movements and variable collateral. In the event that particular exposures begin to show adverse features such as payment arrears, covenant breaches or business trading losses, a full risk reassessment is undertaken. Where appropriate, a specialist recovery team will work with the borrower to resolve the situation. If this proves unsuccessful, the case will be subject to intensive monitoring and management procedures designed to maximize debt recovery.
Credit Risk — Treasury
Treasury credit risks are managed in accordance with limits, asset quality measures and criteria set out within the policy approved by the GCC and ratified by the Board. The policy also sets out powers which require higher levels of authorization according to the size of the transaction or the nature of the associated risk. The FIC identifies, assesses, prioritizes and manages our risks associated with counterparty exposure to other financial institutions, as well as country-specific exposures.
Exposures to financial institutions arise within the Group's investment portfolio and treasury operations. The Group has treasury operations in all of its banking locations. Treasury exposures primarily take the form of deposits with banks and foreign exchange positions. Exposures to financial institutions in the investment portfolio can take the form of bonds, floating rate notes and/or certificates of deposit.
Diversification and avoidance of concentration is emphasized. The Group establishes limits for countries and each financial institution where there is an expected exposure. Ongoing asset quality monitoring is undertaken by Treasury and CRM and reports are sent to the FIC, GCC and the GRC on a monthly basis. Exception reporting takes place against a range of asset quality triggers. Treasury uses a number of risk mitigation techniques including netting and collateralization agreements. Other methods (such as margining and derivatives) are used periodically to mitigate the risk associated with particular transactions or groups of transactions.
For its exposure to Treasury credit risk, the Group uses S&P, Fitch and Moody's as external credit assessment institutions as permitted under Basel III for sovereign, financial institutions, asset-backed securities, covered bonds and corporate risks. With regard to financial institutions and corporates, the Group's preference for a long-term rating is the senior unsecured rating. However, counterparty ratings and/or short-term deposit or commercial paper ratings are used if this is unavailable. For asset-backed securities, the issue or tranche rating is used.
Exposures
The following tables analyze the Group's regulatory credit risk exposures as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Exposures are allocated to specific standardized exposure portfolios determined by the BMA's Revised Framework for Regulatory Capital Assessment and it is these portfolios that determine the risk weights used. These exposures include both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, with the latter shown separately after credit conversion factors have been applied.
Analysis of exposures class
(in millions of $)
Average
Exposure 2021
Position as at
December 31, 2021
Average
Exposure 2020
Position as at
December 31, 2020
Cash70.2 66.5 71.5 83.4 
Claims on Sovereigns2,539.2 3,091.5 1,697.9 2,230.7 
Claims on Public Sector Entities88.2 68.2 106.2 102.2 
Claims on Corporates666.0 559.0 819.0 741.3 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,804.6 1,527.6 1,858.7 1,998.7 
Securitizations5,194.9 5,134.3 4,562.3 4,844.6 
Retail Loans226.6 222.3 242.7 236.4 
Residential Mortgages3,444.3 3,582.8 3,200.0 3,348.4 
Commercial Mortgages703.5 675.7 682.1 705.3 
Past Due Loans72.4 63.3 68.3 75.4 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures268.5 246.6 278.9 277.1 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures628.7 608.7 557.2 637.0 
Market Related Off‑Balance Sheet Credit Exposures58.0 54.8 68.4 54.5 
Total15,765.2 15,901.3 14,213.2 15,335.0 
82


Geographic segment distribution of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
BermudaCayman IslandsChannel Islands & UKOtherTotal
Cash42.0 24.5 — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns939.1 825.6 1,326.8 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities68.2 — — — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates384.0 57.0 118.0 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms497.9 535.5 483.3 10.9 1,527.6 
Securitizations1,966.4 2,396.3 771.6 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans82.4 101.1 38.8 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages1,029.3 752.8 1,800.7 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages470.8 76.7 128.2 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans50.5 0.3 12.5 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures126.6 7.9 61.8 50.3 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures191.2 279.6 137.9 — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures32.6 6.8 15.4 — 54.8 
Total5,881.0 5,064.1 4,895.0 61.2 15,901.3 
Residual maturity breakdown of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
Up to
12 months
1 ‑ 5 yearsMore than
5 years
No specific maturityTotal
Cash66.5 — — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns1,809.1 954.7 327.7 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities0.3 61.8 6.1 — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates256.0 153.5 149.5 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,527.6 — — — 1,527.6 
Securitizations0.3 19.8 5,114.2 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans145.5 54.7 22.1 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages609.9 1,227.9 1,745.0 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages110.4 51.2 514.1 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans29.7 5.8 27.8 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures— — — 246.6 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures608.7 — — — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures54.8 — — — 54.8 
5,218.8 2,529.4 7,906.5 246.6 15,901.3 
The table below details the mappings between the main Fitch, Moody's and S&P external credit assessment institutions used by the Group and the credit quality steps used to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. Where no external rating is used in the risk weighted assets calculation, the unrated credit quality step applies.
Credit quality stepFitch's
assessment
Moody's
assessment
S&P's
assessment
Step 1AAA to AA–Aaa to Aa3AAA to AA–
Step 2A+ to A–A1 to A3A+ to A–
Step 3BBB+ to BBB–Baa1 to Baa3BBB+ to BBB–
Step 4BB+ to BB–Ba1 to Ba3BB+ to BB–
Step 5B+ to B–B1 to B3B+ to B–
Step 6CCC+ and belowCaa1 and belowCCC+ and below
Impairment Provisions
Credit Risk Concentrations
Concentration risk is defined as: any single exposure or group of exposures with the potential to produce losses large enough (relative to the Group's capital, total assets or overall risk level) to threaten the Group's health or ability to maintain core operations. The management of concentration risk is addressed in the first instance by the Group's large exposure policy and related credit guidelines, which require that credit facilities to entities that are affiliated through common ownership or management are aggregated for adjudication and reporting purposes. The policy also defines what constitutes a large exposure and the related reporting requirements. The CRM function also undertakes monitoring and assessment of our exposure to concentration risk, reporting the results of these analyses to the GCC, the GRCC and RPCC.

83


The factors taken into consideration when assessing concentration risk are as follows:
single or linked counterparty;
industry or economic sector (e.g., hospitality, property development, commercial office building investment);
geographic region;
product type;
collateral type; and
maturity date (whether of the facility or of interest rate fixes).
Counterparty Concentrations
Counterparty concentrations is the risk associated with assuming a high level of exposure to a single counterparty, the failure of which could have an adverse impact on the Group.
Large exposures are reviewed quarterly by the GRCC and RPCC for the loan portfolio and the treasury/investment portfolios. Group Market Risk and Treasury work closely together on daily treasury positions and exceptions.
All large exposures and concentrations in the portfolio are reviewed and agreed by the FIC on a quarterly basis and are reported to the Board as a part of this process. The review of large exposures considers:
facility total;
any link with other facilities;
total linked facility being within guidelines;
borrower risk rating;
security value on the facility; and
loan-to-value percentage against minimum security covenants.
Industry Concentration
Industry concentration encompasses the scenario that a risk factor inherent within an industry is tied to an entire portfolio of accounts or investments; e.g., a portfolio made up of a large number of small individual loans where all the counterparties are hotel operators. We believe that due to the nature of the Group's client base our exposure to the property, insurance and fund sectors could be classified as industry concentration, although geographic and product concentration are the more appropriate risks to measure.
Geographic Concentration
Geographic concentration of the book is monitored as follows. Reports are generated which provide details of all the property loan exposure of the Group. Through this, loans are subdivided into regional exposure. From this, the percentage breakdown per region of the Group's property exposure is analyzed and reported to the GRCC and RPCC. Assessment of the exposure allows the committees to decide whether the Group should decline further lending in any area in which it is becoming over-weighted.
Product Concentration
Product concentration is defined in the context of credit risk, as an over-weighting in the portfolio to a given product type, making the Group vulnerable to the impact of a variety of external factors that could either reduce demand for the product itself or lead to an increase in the level of default rates experienced. We operate as a full service bank in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands and aim to satisfy the requirements of our customers in these communities through the range of products and services we offer. Accordingly, there is no dependence or concentration on a single product in these markets outside of the residential mortgage portfolios, which comprised 68.8% of the Group's loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 65.5% as at December 31, 2020); in Bermuda, residential mortgage lending made up 53.1% of the Bermuda loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 52.1% as at December 31, 2020), and loans for many purposes (education, business support, family requirements) were made in the form of residential mortgages. Product category analysis confirms that the total lending portfolio is concentrated in the property market; this has been addressed by performing stress testing.
Collateral Concentration
Collateral concentration considers whether the Group's loan book is secured by a limited number of collateral types. An example of this would be when a large value of loans to a diversified group of borrowers is all secured by shares in the same company or by the shares of various companies within the same industry sector. Any decline in the value of these shares or in the performance of the sector as a whole could have an adverse impact on the Group's security position across all affected borrowers. The most relevant example of collateral concentration is the Group's exposure to real estate property values. Ignoring cash-backed facilities, the largest collateral concentrations within the portfolio are to residential and commercial property. The greatest risk with collateral concentration is that the value of the security could be severely reduced. To simulate this, the Group's stress testing process incorporates a scenario in which all real estate collateral is devalued by factors as high as 30%.
Credit Risk Mitigation
The Group uses a wide range of techniques to reduce the credit risk of its lending. The most basic of these is performing an assessment of the ability of a borrower to service the proposed level of borrowing without distress. However, the risk can be further mitigated by obtaining security for the funds advanced.
Residential Mortgages
Residential property is the Group's main source of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in the residential mortgage portfolio. All mortgage lending activities are supported by underlying assumptions and estimated values received by independent third parties. All residential property must be insured to cover property risks through a third party.


84


Commercial
Commercial property is one of the Group's primary sources of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in its commercial portfolios. Collateral for the majority of commercial loans comprises first legal charges over freehold or long leasehold property but the following may also be taken as security: life insurance policies; credit balances assignments; share guarantees; equitable charges; debentures; chattel mortgages and charges over residential property.
For property-based lending, supporting information such as professional valuations are an important tool to help determine the suitability of the property offered as security and, in the case of investment lending, generating the cash to cover interest and principal payments. All standard documentation is subject to in-house legal review and sign-off in order to ensure that the Group's legal documentation is robust and enforceable. Documentation for large advances may be specifically prepared by independent solicitors. Insurance requirements are always fully considered as part of the application process and the Group ensures that appropriate insurance is taken out to protect the property against an insurable event.
Treasury
Collateral held as security for treasury assets, including investments, is determined by the nature of the instrument. Loans, debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured with the exception of asset-backed securities and similar instruments, which are secured by pools of financial assets. The ISDA Master Agreement is the Group's preferred method of documenting derivative activity. It is common in such cases for a Credit Support Annex to be executed in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement in order to mitigate credit risk on the derivatives portfolio. Valuations are performed, agreed with the relevant counterparties, and collateral is exchanged to bring the credit exposure within agreed tolerances. The EAD value to the counterparty is measured under the standardised approach for measuring counterparty credit risk exposures method and is derived by adding the gross positive fair value of the contract (replacement cost) to the contract's potential future credit exposure, which is derived by applying a multiple base on the contracts residual maturity to the notional value of the contract, and applying an alpha of 1.4 to the sum of these components.
The following table shows the exposures to counterparty credit risk for derivative contracts as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
(in millions of $)
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2021
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2021
Alpha as at December 31, 2021
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2020
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2020
Alpha as at December 31, 2020
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2020
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swap contracts18.0 21.2 1.4 54.9 13.8 25.1 1.4 54.5 
Securitizations
The Bank has not, to date, securitized assets that it has originated. The Bank's total exposure to purchased securitization positions as at December 31, 2021 was $5.1 billion by market value (compared to $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020), with US government and federal agencies accounting for the majority of this exposure.
The following table provides an analysis of the Bank's investments in securitization positions by exposure type as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
Underlying asset type (in millions of $)
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2020
US government and federal agencies5,083.24,771.8 
Mortgage backed securities — Retail27.359.9 
Asset-backed securities — Student loans13.212.9 
Total5,123.74,844.6 

Operational Risk
In providing our services, we are exposed to operational risk. This is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, actions or inactions of people, or from external events. Operational risk is inherent in our activities and can manifest itself in various ways including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, cyber-security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of vendors to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, litigation and regulatory fines, as well as other damage to us. Our risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with our risk appetite, financial strength, the characteristics of our businesses, the markets in which we operate and the competitive and regulatory environment to which we are subject.
As we continue to expand our use of technology, we are exposed to various forms of cyber-attacks. We devote significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade our systems and networks and review the ever changing threat landscape in order to mitigate our exposure to cyber risks. In addition to the policy reviews, we continue to look to implement technology solutions that enhance preventive and detection capabilities and our ability to recover quickly should a successful cyber-attack occur. We assess our third-party vendor controls and have a developed business continuity plan that addresses potential cyber risks. We also maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks. However, such insurance may be insufficient to cover all losses.
Operational risk is mitigated through internal controls embedded in our business activities and our risk management practices, which are designed to continuously reassess the effectiveness of these controls in order to keep the risk we assume at levels appropriate to our risk appetite as approved by the Board. Data on operational losses and any significant control failures incurred are captured through an incident reporting process. These events are reported to both the GRCC and RPCC, which assess the sufficiency of the corrective actions taken by management to prevent recurrence. Both committees also receive regular reporting on actual performance against established risk tolerance metrics.

85


Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
On March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, the authorized and regulated administrator of LIBOR, announced that all the GBP, CHF, JPY and EUR LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will cease after December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will cease after June 30, 2023.
These reforms have the potential to impact various risk areas for the Bank, including but not limited to: operational risk (potential adverse impacts to the business, customers and technology); market risk (potential adverse impacts to the business and customers if markets are disrupted); and accounting risk (potential adverse impacts to the statement of operations if issues with hedge accounting/effectiveness arise). The Bank, however, does not expect any material change to its risk management frameworks and controls as a result of the reforms.
The Bank has established a LIBOR transition working group, consisting of senior members of management, with significant representation from the Legal and Risk departments. The working group reports directly to the GRCC which feeds into the RPCC of the Board. The working group has set up a detailed project plan which includes: transition planning; financial exposure measurement and risk assessment; operational preparedness and controls; legal contract preparedness/modification; communication; and training and oversight.
As at December 31, 2021, the Bank had 121 loans totaling $563.5 million linked to USD LIBOR. The Bank is engaging with impacted customers to ensure adequate fallback provisions are included in contracts, where not already provided for.
There were no derivative positions maturing after the relevant transition dates.
Capital Adequacy Management
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA adopted capital and liquidity requirements consistent with Basel III. These requirements are contained within the BMA's "Basel III for Bermuda Banks November 2017 Rule Update" and can be found on its website.
The Group manages its capital both on a total Group basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The finance department has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the RPCC. The management of capital will also involve regional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Capital Assessment and Risk Profiling
Under the requirements of the Basel II Accord as implemented by the BMA, the Group undertakes a CARP process, which is an internal assessment of all material risks to determine our capital needs. This internal assessment takes account of the minimum capital requirement and other risks not covered by the minimum capital requirement (Pillar II). Where capital is deemed as not being able to mitigate a particular risk, alternative management actions are identified and described within the CARP. The CARP is presented to the RPCC before being presented to the Board for challenge and approval and then submission to the BMA. The CARP process is performed annually or more frequently should the need arise.
A SREP is then undertaken biannually by the BMA, which is designed to assess the Group's risk profile as documented in the CARP. This assessment is used to determine and set the Individual Capital Guidance which is the minimum level of capital the Group will be required to hold until the next SREP review is conducted.
B.Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
We define liquidity as our ability to maintain cash flow that is adequate to fund operations and meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or by obtaining additional funding through liability management.
Sources and Uses of Cash
Our primary sources of cash are (i) cash obtained from deposits, (ii) long-term debt, and (iii) cash from operations. Our primary uses are (i) the payment of our operating expenses, (ii) payment of dividends on our common shares, (iii) repayment of certain maturing liabilities, (iv) repurchase of our common shares, and (v) extraordinary requirements for cash, such as acquisitions. We had $2.2 billion of cash and cash equivalents as at December 31, 2021 and $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020, as well as $7.5 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively, of liquid securities, the balance of which could be sold to meet liquidity requirements. In our opinion, the Bank’s working capital is sufficient for the Bank’s present requirements.
Liquidity Risk
Our liquidity risk is managed through a comprehensive framework of policies and limits overseen by our Group Asset and Liability Committee. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength. Our objective is to manage our cash flow and liquidity reserves so that they are adequate to fund our obligations and other commitments on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost.
We continuously monitor and make adjustments to our liquidity position by adjusting the balance between sources and uses of funds as we deem appropriate. Our primary measures of liquidity include monthly cash flow analysis under ordinary business activities and conditions and under situations simulating a severe run on the Bank. The Bank strives to use a balanced liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically the Bank manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology. The results of these measures and analysis are incorporated into our liquidity contingency plan, which provides the basis for the identification of our liquidity needs. For more information, see Item 11 "Operating Results - Liquidity Risk".
Capital Resources
    We have financed our operations, growth and cash needs primarily through income from operations and issuances of debt and equity securities. We believe that our cash on hand and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to repay our outstanding debt as it matures. In the future, we may need to incur additional debt or issue additional equity securities, which we may be unable to do or which may be on less favorable terms.
86


We manage our capital both on a consolidated basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The group finance team has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee of the Board. The management of capital will also involve jurisdictional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA implemented the capital reforms proposed by the BCBS and referred to as the Basel III regulatory framework. Basel III aims to raise the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base, limit the build-up of excess leverage and increase capital requirements for the banking sector. Basel III adopts CET1 capital as the predominant form of regulatory capital with the CET1 ratio as a new metric. Basel III also adopts the new Leverage Ratio, Liquidity Coverage Ratio ("LCR") and Net Stable Funding Ratio ("NSFR") regimes. We are now subject to the following requirements:

CET1 ratio of at least 7.0% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the Domestic Systematically Important Bank ("D-SIB") surcharge described below; 
Tier 1 capital of at least 8.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum Tier 1 ratio of 6% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below;
Total capital of at least 10.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum total capital ratio of 8% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below; 
We are considered to be a D-SIB and are subject to a 3% surcharge composed of CET1-eligible capital implemented by the BMA effective September 30, 2015. This is based upon our assessment of the extent to which we (individually and collectively with the other Bermuda banks) pose a degree of material systemic risk to the economy of Bermuda due to our role in deposit taking, corporate lending, payment systems and other core economic functions; 
Counter-cyclical buffer of up to 2.5% composed of CET1-eligible capital may be implemented by the BMA when macroeconomic indicators provide an assessment of excessive credit or other pressures building in the banking sector, potentially increasing the CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios by up to 2.5%. No counter-cyclical buffer has been implemented to date;
Leverage ratio must be at 5.0% or higher;
LCR with a minimum requirement of 100%; and
NSFR with a minimum requirement of 100%.
The minimum capital ratio requirements set forth above do not reflect additional Pillar II add-on requirements that the BMA may impose upon us as a prudential measure from time to time. Our capital requirements remain under continuous review by the BMA pursuant to its prudential supervision and we cannot guarantee that the BMA will not seek higher total capital ratio requirements at any time.
In December 2017, the BCBS published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as "Basel IV"). Among other things, these standards revise the BCBS's standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new segmentations for exposures) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the BCBS framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. The impact of these standards on us will depend on the manner in which they are implemented by the BMA.
The following table sets forth our capital adequacy as at December 31, 2021 and 2020 in accordance with the Basel III framework:
As at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020
Capital  
Common Equity Tier 1896.3 816.0 
Tier 1 capital896.3 816.0 
Tier 2 capital184.0 187.1 
Total capital1,080.3 1,003.1 
Risk Weighted Assets  
Cash due from banks and investments1,141.4 1,085.7 
Loans2,606.0 2,635.1 
Other assets255.3 288.3 
Off-balance sheet items230.9 217.4 
Operational risk charge867.9 842.1 
Total risk-weighted assets5,101.5 5,068.6 
Capital Ratios (%)  
Common Equity Tier 117.6 %16.1 %
Tier 1 total17.6 %16.1 %
Total capital21.2 %19.8 %
Leverage ratio5.6 %5.3 %
Overall, capital ratios have increased, driven primarily by earnings accretion and partially offset by dividends and share buy-backs. The increase in RWA is driven by increased depositor funding. As at December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with the minimum LCR of 100% as well as the minimum NSFR of 100%.
87


Share Buy-Back Program
The Bank repurchases its common shares through share buy-back programs from time to time as a means to improve shareholder liquidity and facilitate growth in share value. In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and listing standards, each program was approved by the Board and repurchases of shares pursuant to each program are subject to the approval of the BMA. In addition, the BSX is advised monthly of shares purchased pursuant to each program.
On December 6, 2018, following the completion of the initial 2018 share buy-back program, the Board approved the 2019 share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.5 million common shares through February 29, 2020.
On December 2, 2019, the Board approved, with effect from the completion of the previous program on December 20, 2019 through February 28, 2021, a common share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 3.5 million common shares or $125 million.
On February 10, 2021, the Board approved a new common share-buy back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through February 2022.
On February 14, 2022, the Board approved, with effect from the completion of the previous program, a new common share-buy back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through February 28, 2023. The timing and amount of repurchase transactions under the new program will be based on market conditions, share price, legal requirements and other factors. No assurances can be given as to the amount of common shares that may actually be repurchased.
Total common share buy-backs for the years ending December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
For the year ending December 31
202120202019
Acquired number of shares (to the nearest share)534,828 3,452,000 2,293,788 
Average cost per common share (in $)36.93 25.10 35.55 
Total cost (in $)19,753,336 86,639,889 81,534,076 
From time to time, our associates, insiders and insiders' associates as defined by the BSX regulations may sell shares which may result in such shares being repurchased pursuant to each program, provided no more than any such person's pro-rata share of the listed securities is repurchased. Pursuant to the BSX regulations, all repurchases made by any issuer pursuant to a securities repurchase program must be made: (1) in the open market and not by private agreement; and (2) for a price not higher than the last independent trade for a round lot of the relevant class of securities.
Dividends
During the year ended December 31, 2021, we paid cash dividends totaling $87.3 million or $1.76 (2020: $88.9 million or $1.76; 2019: $93.6 million or $1.76) for each common share on record as of the related record dates. The Board declared these dividends as a quarterly dividend of $0.44 per common share for each quarter of 2021, 2020 and 2019.
For more information, see Item 3.D. "Risk Factors – Risks Relating to the Common Shares".
Cash Flows
2021 vs. 2020
Cash due from banks was $2.2 billion as at December 31, 2021, compared to $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020. The decrease is described below by category of operating, investing and financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $251.3 million (2020: $188.2 million). Cash flows from operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities increased by $63.2 million from 2020 to 2021, due primarily to an increase in net income as well as movements in other liabilities.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $1,905.7 million, compared to cash used in investing activities of $41.7 million in 2020. The $1,864.0 million increase in cash used in investing activities in 2021 was mainly attributable to the purchases of investments in securities which was driven by both increased depositor funding as well as the redeployment of funds from cash and cash equivalents.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $535.8 million in 2021, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $546.4 million in 2020. The $10.7 million decrease is mainly due to a decreases in common share repurchases during the year and partially offset by a reduced increase in deposit liabilities and the issuance of subordinated debt in 2020.
2020 vs. 2019
Cash due from banks was $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020, compared to $2.6 billion as at December 31, 2019. The increase is described below by category of operating, investing and financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $188.2 million (2019: $248.7 million). Cash flows from operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities decreased by $60.6 million from 2019 to 2020, due primarily to a decrease in net income as well as movements in other liabilities.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 totaled $41.7 million, compared to cash provided by investing activities of $1,093.4 million in 2019. The $1,135.1 million decrease in cash provided by investing activities in 2020 was mainly attributable to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) in 2019 which had significant deposit funding which was deployed into short term investments.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $546.4 million in 2020, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $919.4 million in 2019. The $1,465.9 million increase is mainly due to an increase in the balance of deposits liabilities.
88


Contractual Obligations
Credit-Related Arrangements
See "Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreements and commitments" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional information.
Contractual Obligations
The following table presents our outstanding contractual obligations as at December 31, 2021:
(in millions of $)TotalLess than 1
year
1 to 3
years
3 to 5
years
After 5
years
Long term debt(1)
175.0 — — 175.0 — 
Sourcing arrangements(2)
53.3 13.5 21.7 18.1 — 
Term deposits2,944.9 2,846.8 98.1 — — 
Other obligations38.8 19.0 17.7 2.1 — 
Total outstanding contractual obligations3,212.1 2,879.3 137.6 195.2 — 

(1)Long-term debt excludes interest and unamortized debt issuance costs.
(2)We have an outstanding contractual obligation relating to a five-year agreement entered into in November 2016 with DXC (previously HP) to supply technology infrastructure and application development management, information security and technical support for our locations in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. Under our agreement with DXC, server management and maintenance, technology field support, application support and development and help desk functions are managed by DXC.
See "Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreements and commitments" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional information.
Interest expense on our contractual obligations relates primarily to deposit liabilities and our long-term debt. Interest expense on customer deposits was $15.5 million for the year-ended December 31, 2021, compared to $25.1 million and $51.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Movements in interest expense on deposit liabilities are due primarily to market interest rate movements, with yearly average deposits liabilities of $13.7 billion, $12.1 billion and $11.0 billion for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in the expense is related primarily to a 10 basis point decrease in average deposit interest rates during 2021 driven by reduced market interest rates.
Capital Commitments
In 2021, the Bank embarked on a significant information technology project intended to modernize and upgrade its technology applications and infrastructure. It is a three-year programme that will improve the efficiency and stability of the Bank's technology estate and enhance the Bank's ability to provide broader and better digital solutions to its clients. The project is anticipated to be completed towards the end of 2023.
The Bank is expected to spend between $30 million to $40 million over the three year project horizon, which will be funded by existing cash resources.
The Bank has established a project management steering committee and program office. The steering committee consists of senior and executive members of management and reports directly to the Board.
For more information, see Item 3.D. "Risk Factors - Risks Relating to Risk Oversight and Internal Controls - Our operations are reliant on effective implementation and use of technology and require us to adapt to new technologies, and a breach, interruption or failure of our technology services or the inability to effectively integrate new technologies could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations."
See also "Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreements and commitments" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional information.
C.Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.
Not applicable.
D.Trend Information
See discussion in Item 5.A. "Operating Results" for a description of the trend information relevant to us.
E. Critical Accounting Estimates
The Bank's significant accounting policies conform to GAAP and are described in Note 2 of our audited consolidated financial statements. Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Given the sensitivity of our consolidated financial statements to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition. Details of certain critical policies and estimates that affect our business results are summarized below:
Allowance for Credit LossesEmployee Future Benefits
We maintain trusteed pension plans including non-contributory defined benefit plans and a number of defined contribution plans, and provide post-retirement healthcare benefits to our qualifying retirees. The defined benefit provisions under the pension plans are generally based upon years of service and average salary during the final years of employment. The defined benefit pension and post-retirement healthcare plans are not open to new participants, are non-contributory and thus the funding required is provided by us, based upon the advice of an allowanceindependent actuary. The defined benefit pension plans are in the Bermuda, Guernsey and UK jurisdictions, and the defined benefit post-retirement medical plan is in Bermuda. The Bank also has a residual obligation in addition to its defined contribution plan in Mauritius.
Effective December 31, 2011, the Bermuda defined benefit pension benefits were amended to freeze credited service and final average earnings for remaining active members. Effective January 2012, all the participants of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan are inactive and in accordance with GAAP, the net actuarial loss of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan is amortized over the estimated average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants of 22.8 years. Prior to all Bermuda participants being inactive, the net actuarial loss of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan was amortized to net income over the estimated average remaining service period for active members of 4.5 years.
Effective September 30, 2014, the defined benefit pension benefits of our Guernsey operations were amended to freeze credited service and final average earnings for remaining active members. The benefits amendment resulted in a further reduction in the Guernsey defined benefit pension liability of $4.6 million as at September 30, 2014.
Effective October 2014, all of the participants of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan are inactive and in accordance with GAAP, the net actuarial loss of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan will be amortized over the estimated average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants of 39 years. Prior to all Guernsey participants being inactive, the net actuarial loss of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan was amortized to net income over the estimated average remaining service period for active members of 15 years.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, numerous changes in the plan provisions were made to align the plan provisions with our administrative practices resulting in a further increase in the Bermuda defined benefit post-retirement healthcare plan liability of $7.9 million. We amortize prior service credit losses,resulting from plan amendments that occurred when plan members were active employees, on a linear basis over the expected average remaining service period (to full eligibility) of active members expected to receive benefits under the plan. Such remaining service periods are as follow: 3.1 years for the 2010 plan amendments and 4.6 years for the 2011 plan amendments. Plan amendments occurring in 2014 resulted in the recognition of new prior service cost on December 31, 2014 on a plan for which substantially all members are now inactive and, in management's opinionaccordance with GAAP, we have elected to amortize this new prior service cost on a linear basis over 21 years, which is adequatethe average remaining life expectancy of members eligible for benefits under the plan at the time of the amendments.
As at December 31, 2021, we had a net obligation for employee future benefits in the amount of $126.2 million, down $5.0 million (3.8%) from $131.3 million at the end of 2020. The decrease was driven primarily by experienced gains from increases in discount rate assumptions used to absorbmeasure the obligation as well as actual return on pension plan assets in 2021 being greater than expected.
See "Note 11: Employee benefit plans" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional tables and information.
Long-Term Debt, Interest Payments and Maturities
We had outstanding issuances of long-term debt with a carrying value of $171.9 million as at December 31, 2021 and $171.5 million as at December 31, 2020, all estimated credit-related lossesissued in US Dollars. On June 11, 2020, the Bank issued US $100 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and due on June 15, 2030.  The issuance was by way of a registered offering with US institutional investors. The notes are listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. The proceeds of the issue were used, amongst other, to repay the entire amount of the US $45 million outstanding subordinated notes series 2005-B which matured on July 2, 2020 and the entire amount of the US $25 million outstanding subordinated notes series 2008-B which were eligible for redemption. As at December 31, 2021, all of our outstanding long-term debt was eligible for inclusion in our lending and off-balance sheet credit-related arrangements at the balance sheet date.Tier 2 regulatory capital base, limited to 50% of Tier 1 capital.
70


The allowancefollowing table presents the contractual maturity, interest rates and principal outstanding as at December 31, 2021:
 Long-term debt (in millions of $)Earliest date
redeemable at
the Bank's option
Contractual
maturity date
Interest rate until date redeemableInterest rate from earliest date
redeemable to contractual maturity
Principal
outstanding
2018 issuanceJune 1, 2023June 1, 20285.25%3 months US$ LIBOR + 2.255%75.0
2020 issuanceJune 15, 2025June 15, 20305.25%3 months US$ SOFR + 5.060%100.0
Unamortized debt issuance costs(3.1)
Total    171.9
See "Note 19: Long-term debt" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for creditadditional information.
Other Liabilities
Other liabilities include operating lease liabilities, derivative liabilities, current employee salaries and benefits payable and related payroll tax, as well as sundry liabilities. Other liabilities decreased by $14.5 million to $189.4 million as at December 31, 2021. The decrease was a result of decreased mark-to-market losses could be affectedon derivatives and offset by a varietyhigher sundry liabilities.
Leases
In the normal course of internaloperation, the Bank enters into leasing agreements either as the lessee or the lessor, mostly for office and external factors. Internal factors include portfolio performance suchparking spaces as delinquency levels, assigned risk ratings,well as for small office equipment. The Bank recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases. Lease liabilities are measured as the mix and level of loan balances, differing economic risks associated with each loan category and the financial condition of specific borrowers. External factors include fluctuations in the general economy, unemployment rates, bankruptcy filings, developments within a particular industry, changes in collateral values and factors particular to a specific commercial credit such as competition, business and management performance. The allowance for credit losses may be adjusted to reflect our current assessment of various qualitative risks, factors and events that may not be measured in our statistical procedures. There is no certainty that the allowance for credit losses will be appropriate over time to cover losses because of unanticipated adverse changes in any of these internal, external or qualitative factors.
For non-accrual loans and loans modified in a Troubled Debt Restructuring ("TDR"), we conduct specific analysis on a loan level basis to determine the probable amount of credit loss. If appropriate, a specific allowance is established for the loan through a charge to the provision for credit losses. For all classes of impaired loans, if the expected realizable value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, impairment is recognized through an allowance estimate. If we determine that part of the allowance is uncollectible, in such cases, the provision for credit losses is not affected when a specific reserve for at least that amount already exists. Techniques utilized include comparing the loan's carrying amount to the estimated present value of its future cash flows orlease payments, including term renewals that are reasonably certain to occur, discounted using the fair valueBank’s incremental borrowing rate. The Bank has used the rate of its underlying collateral, orJune 11, 2020 debt issuance as the loan's observable market price.current incremental borrowing rate.
Even minor changesThe terms of the existing leases, including renewal options that are reasonably certain to be exercised, extend up to the year 2035. Certain lease payments will be adjusted during the related leases’ terms based on movements in the levelrelevant consumer price index.
See "Note 13: Leases" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional information.
Repurchase Agreements
We also obtain funds from time to time from the sale of estimated losses can significantly affect management's determination of the appropriate allowance because those changes must be applied acrosssecurities to institutional investors under repurchase agreements. In a large portfolio. To illustrate, an increase in estimated losses equal to one percent of our residential mortgage loan portfolio would resultrepurchase agreement transaction, we will generally pledge investment securities as collateral in a $32.2 million increase inborrowing transaction, agreeing to repurchase the allowance, andidentical security on a corresponding decrease to net income, orspecified later date, generally not more than 90 days, at a $0.61 decrease in basic earnings per common share.price greater than the original sales price. The same increase in estimated losses for the commercial loan and commercial mortgage portfolio would result in a $16.9 million increase in the allowance and a corresponding decrease to net income, or a $0.32 decrease in basic earnings per common share. Such adjustments to the allowance for credit losses can materially affect financial results.
Determination of the allowance for credit losses is inherently subjective. It requires significant estimates including the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, appraisal values of underlying collateral for collateralized loans, and the amount of estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans which is based on historical loss experience and consideration of current economic trends, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.
Recognition of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments on Investments
For debt securities, we consider a decline in fair value to be other-than-temporary when it does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Investments in debt securities in unrealized loss positions are analyzed as part of our ongoing assessment of OTTI. When we intend to sell such securities or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the securities before recovering the amortized cost, we recognize an impairment loss equal to the full difference between the amortizedsale price and repurchase price is the cost of the use of the proceeds, or interest expense. The investment securities underlying these agreements may be delivered to securities dealers who arrange such transactions as collateral for the repurchase obligation. Repurchase agreements represent a cost competitive funding source and also provide liquidity on agency paper for us. However, we are subject to the risk that the borrower of the securities may default at maturity and not return the collateral. In order to minimize this potential risk when entering into such transactions, we generally deal with large, established investment brokerage firms with whom we have master repurchase agreements. Repurchase transactions are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements rather than as sales of such securities, and the obligation to repurchase such securities is reflected as a liability in our consolidated financial statements. As at December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no repurchase agreements outstanding.
Shareholders' Equity
Shareholders' equity decreased during the year ended December 31, 2021 by $4.5 million to $977.5 million.
Increases totaling $197.4 million included:
$162.7 million of net income for the year;
$19.2 million from adjustments to employee benefit plans;
$15.2 million for share-based compensation and settlements; and
$0.3 million of other adjustments.
The increases were offset by the following decreases of $201.9 million:
$87.3 million of common share dividends;
$19.8 million from net increases in treasury shares; and
$94.8 million from net change in unrealized gains (losses) on AFS investments.

71



Segment Overview
The Bank is managed by the Chairman and CEO on a geographic basis. The Bank presents four reportable segments, three geographical and one other: Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Channel Islands and the UK, and Other. The Other segment is composed of several non-reportable operating segments that have been aggregated in accordance with GAAP. Each reportable segment has a managing director who reports to the Chairman and CEO. The Chairman and CEO and the segment managing director have final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment.
Transactions between segments are accounted for on an accrual basis and are all eliminated upon consolidation. The Bank generally does not allocate assets, revenues and expenses among its business segments, with the fair valueexception of those securities. When we do not intend to sell or it is more likely than not that we will hold such securities until recovering the amortized cost, we determine whether any credit losses exist to identify any OTTI.
In situations where there is a credit loss, only the amount of impairment relating to credit losses on AFScertain corporate overhead expenses and HTM investments is recognized in net income. The degree of judgment involved in determining the recoverable value of an investment security is dependent upon the availability of observable market prices or observable market parameters. When observable market pricesloan participation revenue and parameters do not exist, judgment is necessary to estimate recoverable value which gives rise to added uncertainty in the

assessment. The assessment takes into consideration factors such as interest rate changes, movements in credit spreads. We believe that the amount that has been recognized in net income has been a historically accurate estimate of the amount of impairment relating to credit losses on these investments.
Our valuations may include inputsexpenses. Loan participation revenue and assumptions thatexpenses are less observable or require greater estimation, thereby resulting in values which may be greater or lower than the actual value at which the investments may be ultimately sold or the ultimate cash flows that may be recovered. If the assumptions on which we base our valuations change, we may experience additional OTTI or realized losses or gains, and the period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly.
Fair Values
We define fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. We determine the fair values of assets and liabilitiesallocated pro-rata based on the fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximizepercentage of the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The relevant accounting standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value. Investments classified as trading and AFS, and derivative assets and liabilities are recognizedtotal loan funded by each jurisdiction participating in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value.loan.
Fair value inputs are considered Level 1 when based on unadjusted quoted pricesBermuda (Including Head Office)
For more than 150 years, Bermuda has served as home to our headquarters and remains our largest jurisdiction in active marketsterms of number of employees and business volume. The following table provides certain financial information for identical assets.
We determine fair value based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted prices are not available, fair value is estimated based upon other observable inputs, and may include valuation techniques such as present value cash flow models or other conventional valuation methods. In addition, when estimating the fair value of assets, we may use the quoted price of similar assets, if available.
We use unobservable inputs when observable inputs are not available. These inputs are based upon our judgments and assumptions, which represent our assessment of the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, which may include assumptions about risk, counterparty credit quality and liquidity and are developed based on the best information available. The use of different assumptions could produce significantly different results, which could have material positive or negative effects on the Bank's results of operations.
Significant assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis include our US government and federal agencies investments, corporate debt securities, and commercial mortgage-backed securities. The fair values of these instruments are generally sourced from an external pricing service and are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. The service's pricing models use predominantly observable valuation inputs to measure the fair value of these securities under both the market and income approaches.
Fair value is also used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain assetsBermuda segment for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Examples of nonrecurring uses of fair value include OREO, loan impairments for certain loans and goodwill.
We review and update the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. We also verify the accuracy of the pricing provided by our primary external pricing service on a quarterly basis.
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income146.0 159.6 183.9 (13.6)(24.3)(8.5)%(13.2)%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)2.2 (8.8)(3.1)11.0 (5.7)125.0 %(183.9)%
Non-interest income84.6 85.2 89.1 (0.6)(3.9)(0.7)%(4.4)%
Net revenue before other gains (losses)232.8 236.0 269.9 (3.2)(33.9)(1.4)%(12.6)%
Operating expenses(186.8)(192.8)(209.4)6.0 16.6 (3.1)%(7.9)%
Net income before other gains (losses)46.0 43.2 60.5 2.8 (17.3)6.5 %(28.6)%
Total other gains (losses)0.9 2.0 2.2 (1.1)(0.2)(55.0)%(9.1)%
Net income46.9 45.2 62.7 1.7 (17.5)3.8 %(27.9)%
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,511 4,813 (302)(6.3)%
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,023 2,077 (54)(2.6)%
Total assets5,728 5,925 (197)(3.3)%
Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services16,099 16,071 28 0.2 %
Trust54,452 53,512 940 1.8 %
Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds1,531 1,811 (280)(15.5)%
Other assets under management2,272 2,152 120 5.6 %
Total assets under management3,803 3,963 (160)(4.0)%
Number of employees413 449 (36)(8.0)%
2021 vs. 2020
    Net income before other gains and losses was $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, up by $2.8 million from $43.2 million in the prior year. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased by $13.6 million to $146.0 million in 2021, due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
    There is a provision for credit recoveries of $2.2 million in 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $8.8 million in 2020. The movement is due to both the improvement in macroeconomic forecasts impacting future expected credit loss estimates and a reduction in non-performing loans.
    Non-interest income decreased by $0.6 million to $84.6 million in 2021. This was primarily due to lower administration fees on loan participations; lower asset management fees and reduced dividends as a result of the liquidation of a private equity investment. These decreases were partially offset by increases in foreign exchange revenue, trust income and custody income from higher volumes, increased fees and onboarding of new clients during the year, respectively.
    Operating expenses decreased by $6.0 million to $186.8 million in 2021 which was driven by the decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and partially offset by increases in property maintenance costs and non-service employee benefits expense due to increased costs from the post-retirement medical benefit plan.
    Total assets as at December 31, 2021 were $5.7 billion, down $0.2 billion from December 31, 2020. Total deposits were $4.5 billion in December 31, 2021, down $0.3 billion from December 31, 2020, and loan balances at December 31, 2021 were relatively flat at $2.0 billion.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2021 were $54.5 billion and $16.1 billion, respectively, while assets under management were $3.8 billion. This compares with $53.5 billion, $16.1 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2020.
72


2020 vs. 2019
    Net income before other gains and losses was $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, down by $17.3 million from $60.5 million in the prior year. This decrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased by $24.3 million to $159.6 million in 2020, due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
    Provision for credit losses was up by $5.7 million to $8.8 million in 2020. The increase is due to the implementation of the new CECL model, COVID-19 driven negative macroeconomic forecasts impacting the future expected credit loss estimate and loans migrating into the past due and non-performing categories.
    Non-interest income decreased by $3.9 million to $85.2 million in 2020. This was primarily due to lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily during the months of April and May, impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes. Asset management fees were impacted from Q3 2020 due to fees on the Bank's money market fund being reduced to offset low short term market rates.
    Operating expenses decreased by $16.6 million to $192.8 million in 2020 driven by a decrease in salary and other employee benefit costs, due to both higher restructuring costs and the costs associated with the departure of a senior executive in 2019; decreased professional and other outside services costs, due principally to the costs associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition in 2019 which were booked at the Head Office level and a reduction in the volume of professional and outside services due to vendor management cost reduction programs implemented in 2020; reduced marketing costs from the delay of rebranding and reduced travel expenditure due to COVID-19; and partially offset by an increase in property costs due to extra health and safety related expenditure and planned renovations.
    Total assets as at December 31, 2020 were $5.9 billion, up $0.7 billion from December 31, 2019. Total deposits were $4.8 billion in December 31, 2020, up $0.4 billion from December 31, 2019, and 2018.loan balances at December 31, 2020 were unchanged at $2.1 billion.
ReferClient AUA for the trust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2020 were $53.5 billion and $16.1 billion, respectively, while assets under management were $4.0 billion. This compares with $44.4 billion, $15.2 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2019.
Cayman Islands
We are a leading financial services provider in the Cayman Islands, offering a comprehensive range of personal and corporate financial services. In addition to Note 18:our strong retail presence, we are focused on the provision of wealth management services including private banking, asset management and trust services.
We have continued to enhance our client delivery channels and online and mobile banking platform upgrades. With four Banking Centers in desirable locations and 17 ATMs strategically located in Grand Cayman, we continue to be a leading provider of financial services locally. The following table provides certain financial information for our Cayman Islands segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income91.0 95.4 114.6 (4.4)(19.2)(4.6)%(16.8)%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)1.4 0.5 1.9 0.9 (1.4)180.0 %(73.7)%
Non-interest income58.1 49.3 51.9 8.8 (2.6)17.8 %(5.0)%
Net revenue before other gains (losses)150.5 145.2 168.4 5.3 (23.2)3.7 %(13.8)%
Operating expenses(58.9)(62.6)(61.1)3.7 (1.5)(5.9)%2.5 %
Net income before other gains (losses)91.5 82.6 107.3 8.9 (24.7)10.8 %(23.0)%
Total other gains (losses)0.2 0.4 0.6 (0.2)(0.2)(50.0)%(33.3)%
Net income91.7 83.0 107.9 8.7 (24.9)10.5 %(23.1)%
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,612 4,109 503 12.2 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses1,137 1,124 13 1.2 %
Total assets4,973 4,480 493 11.0 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services4,396 3,159 1,237 39.2 %
Trust8,008 7,611 397 5.2 %
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds163 170 (7)(4.1)%
Other assets under management702 625 77 12.3 %
Total assets under management866 795 71 8.9 %
Number of employees241236 2.1 %



73


2021 vs. 2020
Net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $91.5 million, up by $8.9 million from $82.6 million in 2020. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $91.0 million in 2021, down by $4.4 million compared to 2020. The decrease from 2020 to 2021 was due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit recoveries of $1.4 million in 2021 represented an increase of $0.9 million compared to credit recoveries of $0.5 million in 2020. The favorable variance was mainly due to the completion of a large condominium development and repayment of the associated construction loan during the year.
Non-interest income was $58.1 million, up $8.8 million from 2020 driven by increased economic activity impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes coupled with higher non-utilization fees on certain credit facilities.
Operating expenses decreased by $3.7 million from 2020 to $58.9 million in 2021, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and lower technology and communications costs due to lower depreciation costs which is outpacing the new system roll-out. This was partially offset by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from increased utilization of our Canadian service center.
Total assets as at December 31, 2021 were $5.0 billion, up $0.5 billion from December 31, 2020, reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans were relatively stable at $1.1 billion at December 31, 2021 with growth in residential mortgage lending offsetting repayments from commercial facilities.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $8.0 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.9 billion at December 31, 2021. This compares with $7.6 billion, $3.2 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2020.
2020 vs. 2019
Net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $82.6 million, down by $24.7 million from $107.3 million in 2019. This decrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $95.4 million in 2020, down by $19.2 million compared to 2019. The decrease from 2019 to 2020 was due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit losses was a recovery of $0.5 million in 2020, representing a decrease of $1.4 million compared to a credit recovery of $1.9 million in 2019. This decrease was mainly due to lower credit recoveries in 2020 as a result of the net specific provision release driven by a small government loan-to-debt conversion in 2019.
Non-interest income was $49.3 million, down $2.6 million from 2019 driven by lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily during the months of April and May, impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes.
Operating expenses increased by $1.5 million from 2019 to $62.6 million in 2020, driven primarily by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from the Halifax service center; an increase in property costs due to extra health and safety related expenditure; an increase in IT sourcing and communication costs; and partially offset by reduced marketing costs from the delay of rebranding and reduced travel expenditure due to COVID-19.
Total assets as at December 31, 2020 were $4.5 billion, up $0.6 billion from December 31, 2019, reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans were relatively flat at $1.1 billion at December 31, 2020.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $7.6 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion at December 31, 2020. This compares with $7.7 billion, $2.6 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2019.
Channel Islands and the UK
The Channel Islands and UK segment includes the jurisdictions of Guernsey, Jersey (both in the Channel Islands), and the UK. In the Channel Islands, a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial institutions including private banking, corporate banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management, mortgage lending and fiduciary services. In 2021, the segment entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgages for high-value residential properties. The following table provides certain financial information for our Channel Islands and the UK segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income62.8 62.7 47.2 0.1 15.5 0.2 %32.8 %
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)(0.5)(0.2)1.4 (0.3)(1.6)150.0 %(114.3)%
Non-interest income45.3 40.7 34.3 4.6 6.4 11.3 %18.7 %
Net revenue before other gains (losses)107.6 103.2 82.9 4.4 20.3 4.3 %24.5 %
Operating expenses(81.7)(82.2)(74.2)0.5 (8.0)(0.6)%10.8 %
Net income before other gains (losses)25.9 21.0 8.7 4.9 12.3 23.3 %141.4 %
Total other gains (losses)(2.4)(1.2)— (1.2)(1.2)100.0 %100.0 %
Net income23.5 19.8 8.7 3.7 11.1 18.7 %127.6 %
74


Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,747 4,329 418 9.7 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,171 2,046 125 6.1 %
Total assets5,235 4,827 408 8.5 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services16,263 13,186 3,077 23.3 %
Trust10,374 19,226 (8,852)(46.0)%
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds64 48 16 33.3 %
Other assets under management766 752 14 1.9 %
Total assets under management830 800 30 3.8 %
Number of employees369 363 1.7 %
2021 vs. 2020
Our Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $25.9 million in 2021, an increase of $4.9 million when compared to 2020. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses reflected an increase of $0.1 million to $62.8 million in 2021, compared to $62.7 million in 2020. Favorable GBP/USD foreign exchange rates throughout 2021 more than offset the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and which were partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit losses was up $0.3 million to $0.5 million in 2021, due to an increased provision on a residential mortgage which moved into non-accrual status.
Non-interest income increased by $4.6 million to $45.3 million in 2021, due to increases in foreign exchange revenue, asset management fees and custody income driven by a combination of higher volumes, increased fees and onboarding of new clients during the year.
Operating expenses of $81.7 million in 2021 were $0.5 million lower than 2020, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and lower operational losses and write-offs. This was partially offset by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from increased utilization of our Canada and Mauritius service centers and higher legal and professional fees.
Total other gains (losses) for 2021 increased by $1.2 million compared to 2020 due to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2021, an increase from $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020 reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans increased $0.1 billion to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2021 driven primarily by the growth in the residential mortgage portfolios.
As at December 31, 2021, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $10.4 billion and $16.3 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion. This compares with $19.2 billion, $13.2 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2020. The decrease in AUA for trust is mainly due to the revision of fee agreements for a trust structure in Guernsey. The increase in AUA for custody is mainly due to the on-boarding of new business while AUM remains stable.
2020 vs. 2019
Our Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $21.0 million in 2020, an increase of $12.3 million when compared to 2019. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses increased by $15.5 million to $62.7 million in 2020, compared to $47.2 million in 2019, primarily due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition, the impact of planned deposit repricing and lower deposit volumes from a reduction in primarily Euro deposits. This was partially offset by the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Provision for credit losses was an expense of $0.2 million, compared to a recovery of $1.4 million in 2019 due to the reversal of the Brexit economic factor provision in 2019.
Non-interest income increased by $6.4 million to $40.7 million in 2020, due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition and partially offset by lower trust income from lesser time spent and loss of business.
Operating expenses of $82.2 million in 2020 were $8.0 million higher than 2019, principally due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition; higher operational losses and write-offs and partially offset by higher restructuring costs incurred in 2019 compared to 2020.
Total other gains (losses) for 2020 increased $1.2 million compared to 2019 due to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020, a decrease from $5.1 billion as at December 31, 2019 primarily from a planned reduction of Euro deposit levels associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.
As at December 31, 2020, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $19.2 billion and $13.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion. This compares with $20.4 billion, $12.5 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2019.



75


Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
Assets Under Administration and Assets Under Management
In the normal course of business, we hold AUA and AUM in a fiduciary or agency capacity for our clients. In accordance with GAAP, these assets are not our assets and are not included in our consolidated balance sheets.
Credit-Related Arrangements
We enter into standby letters of credit, letters of guarantee and contractual commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business, which are not required to be recorded on the balance sheet. Since many commitments expire unused or only partially used, these arrangements do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Management believes there are no material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an unusual nature.
Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of our clients in order to secure a client's payment or performance obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent our irrevocable obligation to pay the third-party beneficiary upon presentation of the guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the beneficiary's claim against the client. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, while the term of the letters of guarantee does not exceed four years.
Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client defaults. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit and letters of guarantee, we subject such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as our lending activities. The types and amounts of collateral security we hold for these standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are generally represented by our deposits or a charge over assets held in mutual funds. We are obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and in certain cases are able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against the collateral security.
Risk Management
Risk Oversight and Management
General
The principal types of risk inherent in our business are market, liquidity, credit and operational risks.
Organizational Structure
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the strategy for risk management, setting the Bank's risk appetite and ensuring that risk is monitored and controlled effectively. It accomplishes its mandate through the activities of two dedicated committees:
The Risk Policy and Compliance Committee ("RPCC"):    This committee of the Board assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities by overseeing the Group's risk profile and its performance against approved risk appetites and tolerance thresholds. Specifically, the committee considers the sufficiency of the Group's policies, procedures and limits related to the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of activities that give rise to credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational, regulatory, compliance, climate and reputational risks, as well as overseeing its compliance with laws, regulations and codes of conduct.
The Audit Committee:    This committee reviews the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the Group's system of internal controls and the control environment, including in respect of the risk management process. It reviews recommendations arising from internal and independent audit review activities and management's response to any findings raised.
Both the RPCC and Audit Committee are supported in the execution of their respective mandates by the dedicated Audit, Compliance and Risk Policy Committees for our UK, Guernsey, Jersey, Cayman Islands and The Bahamas operations, which oversee the sufficiency of local risk management policies and procedures and the effectiveness of the system of internal controls that are in place. These committees are chaired by non-executive directors drawn from the boards of directors for each segment.
The Group executive management team is led by the Chairman and CEO and includes the members of executive management reporting directly to the Chairman and CEO. The executive management team is responsible for setting business strategy and for monitoring, evaluating and managing risks across the Group. It is supported by the following management committees:
The Group Risk and Compliance Committee ("GRCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. It provides a forum for the strategic assessment of risks assumed across the Group as a whole based on an integrated view of credit, market, liquidity, legal, regulatory and financial crime compliance, fiduciary, operational, cybersecurity, climate, insurance, pension, investment, capital and reputational risks, ensuring that these exposures are consistent with the risk appetites and tolerance thresholds promulgated by the Board and oversees the compliance of regulatory obligations arising under applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is responsible (i) for reviewing, evaluating and recommending the Group's Risk Appetite Framework, the results of the Capital Assessment and Risk Profile and recovery and resolution planning processes (including all associated stress testing performed) and the Group's key risk policies to the Board for approval; (ii) for reviewing and evaluating current and proposed business strategies in the context of our risk appetites; and (iii) for identifying, reviewing and advising on current and emerging risk issues and associated mitigation plans; and (iv) for reviewing the Group’s compliance with external regulations and internal policies.
The Group Asset and Liability Committee ("GALCO"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group CFO. The committee is responsible for liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk management and other balance sheet issues. It also oversees key policies and the execution of the Group's investment and capital management strategies and monitors the associated risks assumed. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the work undertaken by the dedicated Asset & Liability Committees in each of the Bank's segments.
The Group Credit Committee ("GCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for a broad range of activities relating to the monitoring, evaluation and management of credit risks assumed across the Group at both transaction and portfolio levels. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the Financial Institutions Committee ("FIC"), a dedicated sub-committee that is responsible for the evaluation and approval of recommended inter-bank and counterparty exposures assumed in the Group's treasury and investment portfolios, and by the activities of the jurisdictional Credit Committees, which review and approve transactions within delegated authorities and recommends specific transactions outside of these limits to the GCC for approval.
The Provisions and Impairments Committee:    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for approving significant provisions and other impairment charges. It also oversees the overall credit risk profile of the Group in regards to non-accrual loans and assets. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by jurisdictional credit committees and the GCC, which make recommendations to this committee.
76


Risk Management
We manage our exposure to risk through a three "lines of defense" model.
The first "line of defense" is provided by our jurisdictional business units, which retain ultimate responsibility for the risks they assume and for bearing the cost of risks associated with these exposures.
The second "line of defense" is provided by our Risk Management and Compliance groups, which work in collaboration with our business units to identify, assess, mitigate and monitor the risks associated with our business activities and strategies. They do this by:
making recommendations to the GRCC regarding the constitution of the Risk Appetite Framework;
setting risk strategies that are designed to manage risk exposures assumed in the course of pursuing our business strategies and aligning them with agreed appetites;
establishing and communicating policies, procedures and limits to control risks in alignment with these risk strategies;
measuring, monitoring and reporting on risk levels;
opining on specific transactions that fall outside delegated risk limits; and
identifying and assessing emerging risks.
The functions within the Risk Management and Compliance groups that support our risk management activities are outlined below.
Group Market Risk — This unit provides independent oversight of the measurement, monitoring and control of liquidity and funding risks, interest rate and foreign exchange risks as well as the market risks associated with our investment portfolios. It also monitors compliance with both regulatory requirements and our internal policies and procedures relating to the management of these risks.
Group Credit Risk Management — This unit is responsible for the adjudication and oversight of credit risks associated with our retail and commercial lending activities and the management of risks associated with our investment portfolios and counterparty exposures. It also establishes the parameters and delegated limits within which credit risks may be assumed and promulgates guidelines on how exposures should be managed and monitored.
Group Operational Risk — This unit assesses the effectiveness of our procedures and internal controls in managing our exposure to various forms of operational risk, including those associated with new business activities and processes and the deployment of new technologies. It is also responsible for our incident management processes and reviews the effectiveness of our loss data collection activities.
Group Compliance — This unit provides independent analysis and assurance of our compliance with applicable laws, regulations, codes of conduct and recommended best practices, including those associated with the prevention of financial crime, including money laundering and terrorist financing. It is also responsible for assessing our potential exposure to upstream risks and for providing guidance on the preparations that should be made in advance of these changes coming into effect. The Group Head of Compliance and Operational Risk reports directly to the Chairman and CEO.
The third "line of defense" is provided by our Group Internal Audit function, which performs oversight and ongoing review, and challenges the effectiveness of the internal controls that are executed by the business, Risk Management and Compliance. The Group Head of Internal Audit has a dual reporting line to both the Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chairman and CEO.
Regulatory Review Process
Our banking, trust and investment business activities in Bermuda are monitored by the BMA as the lead regulator. One of the principal objectives of the BMA is to supervise, regulate and inspect Bermuda-based financial institutions to ensure their financial stability and soundness.
In addition to conducting on-site reviews, the BMA utilizes a comprehensive quarterly statistical return system that enables off-site monitoring. The statistical system is consistent with Basel Committee Standards, and provides the BMA with a detailed breakdown of a bank's balance sheet and profit-and-loss accounts on both a consolidated and unconsolidated basis. This information enables the BMA to monitor the soundness of a bank's financial position and ensure that it meets certain capital requirements. For more information, see Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation - Bermuda - Supervision and Monitoring by the BMA".
Each of our regulated entities is separately monitored by the local regulatory authority in that jurisdiction to ensure its financial stability and soundness.
The Risk Appetite Framework
The Risk Appetite Framework is the cornerstone of our approach to risk management. Developed by executive management and approved formally by the Board, it outlines the appropriateness of taking on certain risks in the pursuit of our strategic objectives and defines those that should be avoided. It also provides management with a clear mandate regarding the amount and type of risk that it may accept and establishes minimum expectations regarding the practices and behaviors that should be brought to bear in managing the exposures assumed. It is aligned with the interests of our stakeholders and informs our business planning processes.






Our framework comprises the following elements:
77


(1)     Broad categories of risk: outsourcing; credit; market; liquidity; regulatory compliance; financial crime compliance; fiduciary; governance; operational; people; climate; cyber and information security; technology; investment; tax reporting; strategy; financial reporting; correspondent banking; reputational and change. These represent the various risks that the Group assumes across the entirety of its operations in the pursuit of its strategic goals.
(2)    A declared risk appetite. To ensure consistency in our risk conversations, these have been distilled into the three options set out in the following table, with each appetite designed to convey a clear strategic direction in terms of the risk/reward profile assumed:
AppetiteDefinitionProfile
ConservativeAreas in which the Group avoids risk, or acts to minimize or eliminate the likelihood that the risk will occur, because we have determined the potential downside costs are intolerable; we must maintain a very strong control environment.Our processes and controls are defensive and focus on detection and prevention.
BalancedAreas in which the Group must constantly strike a balance between the potential upside benefits and potential downside costs of a given decision.Exposures are only assumed when the risk can be quantified accurately and is assessed as being acceptable.
TolerantAreas in which the Group has a preference for disciplined risk-taking because we have determined the potential upside benefits outweigh the potential costs.Exposures can be estimated reliably and structures, systems and processes are in place to manage them.
(3)     A statement of our governing principles relating to each risk category. This establishes the characteristics of the risks that the Bank is willing to assume and the management behaviors that we should exhibit when doing so.
(4)     Specific performance measures and tolerance thresholds in respect of each risk category, combining quantitative and qualitative targets (which are designed to reflect both forward-looking as well as historical perspectives), designed to provide executive management and the Board with an indication of the "direction" of our exposure relative to our declared risk appetite and an early warning of material adverse developments requiring remedial action.
Application of the Risk Appetite Framework
The limits, targets and thresholds used to measure performance continue to be refined by the Group Risk Management and Compliance functions in an effort to express as complete a "picture" as possible of our exposure to a given risk, relative to the stated appetite. All changes proposed pass through a formal review and approval process at both the executive management and Board levels prior to their adoption. Through this approach, the risk appetite framework sets the tone for our risk culture across the Group as a whole, influencing behaviors at all levels of the organization and reinforcing accountability for decisions taken. Many of our jurisdictional offices have developed subsidiary risk appetite frameworks in conjunction with their local risk management functions. This ensures appropriate coverage of local risk factors and the establishment of proportional tolerance thresholds. The Group Risk Management and Compliance functions have reviewed these frameworks prior to their adoption and have modified any appetites proposed that are considered to be inconsistent with the overall Group approach.
Market Risks
Interest Rate Risk Management
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which is defined as the risk of loss of net interest income or changes in net interest margin because of changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk for the Bank is confined to the banking book as the bank does not engage in proprietary trading.
We seek to measure and manage the potential impact of interest rate risk. Interest rate risk occurs when interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities mature or re-price at different times, on a different basis or in unequal amounts. Interest rate risk also arises when our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts each respond differently to changes in interest rates, including as a result of explicit and implicit provisions in agreements related to such assets and liabilities and in off-balance sheet contracts that alter the applicable interest rate and cash flow characteristics as interest rates change. The two primary examples of such provisions that we are exposed to are the duration and rate sensitivity associated with indeterminate-maturity deposits (e.g., interest bearing call accounts) and the rate of prepayment associated with fixed-rate lending and mortgage-backed securities. Interest rates may also affect loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume and other items affecting earnings.
Our management of interest rate risk is overseen by the RPCC, which outlines reporting and measurement requirements. In particular, this infrastructure sets limits and management targets, calculated for various metrics, including our economic value sensitivity, our economic value of equity and net interest income simulations involving parallel shifts in interest rate curves, steepening and flattening yield curves, and various prepayment and deposit duration assumptions. Our Risk Management infrastructure also requires a periodic review of all key assumptions used, such as identifying appropriate interest rate scenarios, setting loan prepayment rates based on historical analysis, non-interest bearing and interest bearing demand deposit durations based on historical analysis, and the targeted investment term of capital.
The principal objective of our interest rate risk management is to maximize profit potential while minimizing exposure to changes in interest rates. Our actions in this regard are taken under the guidance of GALCO. The committee is actively involved in formulating the economic assumptions that we use in our financial planning and budgeting processes and establishes policies which control and monitor the sources, uses and pricing of funds. From time to time, we utilize hedging techniques to reduce interest rate risk. GALCO uses interest income simulations and economic value of equity analysis to measure inherent risk in our balance sheet at specific points in time.
Appetite for interest rate risk is documented in the Group's policies on market risk and investments. This includes the completion of stress testing on at least a quarterly basis of the impact of an immediate and sustained shift in interest rates of +/– 200 basis points on net interest income, economic value of equity and the ratio of tangible total equity to average assets. If any of the parameters established by policy are exceeded, GALCO will provide a plan to executive management to bring the exposure back within tolerance under advice to the Board. The plan does not have to bring the exposure back within limit immediately, but must adjust the exposure within Board and management approved timeframes.
We also use derivatives in the asset and liability management of positions to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. Our derivative contracts principally involve over-the-counter transactions that are privately negotiated between the Group and the counterparty to the contract. Derivative instruments that are used as part of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date.

Interest Rate Risk
78


The following table sets out the assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity and off-balance sheet instruments on the date of the earlier of contractual maturity, expected maturity and repricing date. Use of these tables to derive information about our interest rate risk position is limited by the fact that customers may choose to terminate their financial instruments at a date earlier than the contractual maturity or repricing date. Examples of this include fixed-rate mortgages, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may pre-pay earlier, and certain term deposits, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may be withdrawn before their contractual maturity subject to prepayment penalties. Investments are shown based on remaining contractual maturities. The remaining contractual principal maturities for mortgage-backed securities (primarily US government agencies) do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.
December 31, 2021Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date
(in $ millions)Within
3 months
3 to 6
months
6 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years
Non-interest
bearing
Total
Total fair value(1)
Assets       
Cash and deposits with banks2,064 — — — — 116 2,180 2,180 
Securities purchased under agreement to resell96 — — — — — 96 96 
Short-term investments842 252 105 — — — 1,199 1,199 
Investments(2)
14 14 1,173 5,027 — 6,237 6,260 
Loans(3)
4,208 22 91 705 182 33 5,241 5,265 
Other assets— — — — — 382 382 382 
Total assets7,224 283 210 1,878 5,209 531 15,335 15,382 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity       
Demand deposits8,077 — 27 — — 2,821 10,925 10,925 
Term deposits(4)
1,658 587 602 98 — — 2,945 2,949 
Other liabilities— — — — — 316 316 316 
Subordinated capital(4)
— — — 172 — — 172 159 
Shareholders' equity— — — — — 977 977 1,033 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity9,735 587 629 270  4,114 15,335 15,382 
Interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(304)(419)1,608 5,209 (3,583) 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(2,815)(3,234)(1,626)3,583 —  
____________________________
(1)See Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Fair Values" and "Note 17: Fair value measurementsmeasurements" of the audited consolidated financial statements for further detail on the judgments made in classifying instruments indetermination of fair value.
(2)Investments include (i) HTM, which are carried at their amortized cost on the fair value hierarchy.
Goodwill
We account for acquisitions using the acquisition methodconsolidated balance sheet, and (ii) equity securities and AFS investments, each of accounting, under which the acquired company's net assets are recordedcarried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value columns presents all classifications at their fair value.
(3)Loans are carried on the dateconsolidated balance sheet as the principal amount outstanding, net of allowance for credit losses, unearned income, fair value adjustments arising from hedge accounting and net deferred loan fees.
(4)Term deposits and subordinated capital are carried on the acquisitionconsolidated balance sheet as the principal outstanding.
Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk
The principal objective of our asset and liability management function is to evaluate the difference betweeninterest rate risk within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and preserving adequate levels of liquidity funding and capital.
As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the fair value of considerationall interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair value of the net assets acquiredvalues. The objective is recorded as goodwill, if positive, and as bargain purchase gain, if negative.
Goodwill is tested annually in the third quarter for impairment at the reporting unit level, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit's fair value to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, applicable goodwill is deemed to be not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amounteffect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.
We manage our exposure to interest rates primarily by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of impairment.business. We do not typically enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of managing interest rate risk, but we may elect to do so in the future. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. Our exposure to holdings categorized as "trading positions" falls below the de minimis threshold established of 5% (ratio of total trading book open position compared to the sum of on- and off-balance sheet assets that are not part of the trading book).
The second step involves calculatingWe use an implied fairinterest rate risk simulation model to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet. Instantaneous parallel rate shift scenarios are modeled and utilized to evaluate risk and establish exposure limits for acceptable changes in net interest margin. These scenarios, known as rate shocks, simulate an instantaneous change in interest rates and use various assumptions, including, but not limited to, prepayments on securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. We also analyze the economic value of goodwill for each reporting unit for whichequity as a secondary measure of interest rate risk. This is a complementary measure to net interest income where the first step indicated impairment. The implied faircalculated value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination, which is the excessresult of the fair value of assets less the fair value of liabilities. The economic value of equity is a longer-term view of interest rate risk because it measures the present value of all future cash flows. The impact of changes in interest rates on this calculation is analyzed for the risk to our future earnings and is used in conjunction with the analysis on net interest income.


The following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income versus unchanged rates as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
79


For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
+300 basis points21.6 %24.8 %33.2 %42.1 %
+200 basis points14.2 %16.6 %22.6 %29.3 %
+100 basis points6.6 %8.1 %11.5 %15.4 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points17.8 %15.7 %11.9 %8.4 %
The following table presents the change in our economic value of equity as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, assuming immediate parallel shifts in interest rates:
For the year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
+300 basis points(7.4)%4.5 %
+200 basis points(5.2)%5.0 %
+100 basis points(2.0)%4.2 %
Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points(0.6)%2.8 %
The differences between the change in our net interest income and economic value of equity assuming immediate parallel shifts in interests rates from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 are driven by the redeployment of funds from cash due from banks into the investment portfolio, extending the portfolio duration and reducing asset sensitivity.
Many assumptions are used to calculate the impact of interest rate fluctuations. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections due to several factors, including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. The computations of interest rate risk shown above do not include the full suite of actions that our management may undertake to manage the risks in response to anticipated changes in interest rates, and actual results may also differ materially.
Foreign Exchange Risk
The Group holds various non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and maintains investments in subsidiaries whose domestic currency is either not USD or whose domestic currency is not pegged to USD. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than USD are translated to USD at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. The resulting gains or losses are included in foreign exchange revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries outside of Bermuda are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet date while associated revenues and expenses are translated to USD at the average rate of exchange prevailing through the accounting period. Unrealized translation gains or losses on investments in foreign currency based subsidiaries are recorded as a separate component of shareholders' equity within accumulated other comprehensive loss. Such gains or losses are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations only when realized. Our foreign currency subsidiaries may give rise to significant foreign currency translation movements against the USD. We also provide foreign exchange services to our clients, principally in connection with our banking and wealth management businesses, and effect other transactions in non-USD currencies. Foreign currency volatility and fluctuations in exchange rates may impact the value of non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than USD do not offset one another, or offset each other in different time periods. If the policies and procedures we have in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of foreign exchange volatility are not followed, or are not effective to mitigate such risks, our results and earnings may be negatively affected. The Group maintains a clearly articulated foreign exchange risk exposure tolerance framework which limits exposures to select major currencies.
Liquidity Risk
The objectives of liquidity risk management are to ensure that the Group can meet its cash flow requirements and capitalize on business opportunities on a timely and cost-effective basis. Liquidity is defined as the ability to hold and/or generate cash adequate to meet our needs for day-to-day operations and material long and short-term commitments. Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if the Group were unable to meet its funding requirements at a reasonable cost.
We monitor and manage our liquidity by banking location and on a Group-wide basis. The treasury functions in the Group's banking operations, located in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, and Jersey, manage day-to-day liquidity. The Group market risk function has the responsibility for measuring and reporting to senior management on liquidity risk positions. We manage our liquidity based on demand, commitments, specific events and uncertainties to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our objective in managing liquidity is to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers as well as to earnings enhancement opportunities in a changing marketplace. Management is responsible for establishing and monitoring liquidity targets as well as strategies to meet these targets. The Group adopts a cautious liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically, the Group manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology.
We maintained a balance sheet with loans representing 34.2% of total assets as at December 31, 2021. Further, at that date there were significant sources of liquidity within our balance sheet in the form of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, securities purchased under agreement to resell and investments amounting to $9.7 billion, or 63.3%, of total assets.
An important element of our liquidity management is our liquidity contingency plan which can be employed in the event of a liquidity crisis. The objective of the liquidity contingency plan is to ensure that we maintain our liquidity during periods of stress. This plan takes into consideration a variety of scenarios that could challenge our liquidity. These scenarios include specific and systemic events that can impact our on- and off-balance sheet sources and uses of liquidity. This plan is reviewed and updated at least annually.
Credit Risk
80


Credit risk is defined as the risk that unexpected losses arise as a result of the Group's borrowers or market counterparties failing to meet their obligations to repay. Credit risk is managed through the jurisdictional CRM departments. CRM provides a system of checks and balances for our diverse credit-related activities by establishing and monitoring all credit-related policies and practices throughout the Group and assuring their uniform application. These activities are designed to diversify credit exposure on an industry and client basis, thus lessening overall credit risk. These credit management activities also apply to our use of derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange contracts and interest rate risk management instruments, which are used primarily to facilitate client transactions.
Individual credit authority for commercial and other loans is limited to specified amounts and maturities. Credit decisions involving commitment exposure in excess of the specified individual limits are submitted to CRM and then to the GCC, which provides a forum for ongoing executive review of loan activity, establishing our credit guidelines and policies and approving selected credit transactions in accordance with our business objectives. The committee reviews large credit exposures, establishes and reviews credit strategy and policy and approves selected credit transactions. The FIC manages counterparty risk in respect of (third party) bank counterparties which do not have commercial credit relationships within the Group and also approves country exposure limits.
As part of our ongoing credit granting process, internal ratings are assigned to commercial clients before credit is extended, based on an assessment of creditworthiness. At least annually, a review of all significant credit exposures is undertaken to identify, at an early stage, clients who might be facing financial difficulties. Internal borrower risk ratings are also reviewed during this process, allowing identification of adverse individual borrower and sector trends, and accurate application of internal borrower risk ratings which incorporates but is not limited to an assessment of climate risk impacting borrower risk ratings.
An integral part of the CRM function is to formally review past due and potential problem loans to determine which credits, if any, need to be placed on non-accrual status or charged off. The allowance for loan losses is reviewed quarterly to determine the amount necessary to maintain an adequate provision for current expected credit losses.
Another way credit risk is managed is by requiring collateral. Management's assessment of the borrower's creditworthiness determines whether collateral is obtained. The amount and type of collateral held varies but may include deposits held in financial institutions, mutual funds, US Treasury securities, other marketable securities, income-producing commercial properties, accounts receivable, residential real estate, property, plant and equipment, and inventory. Values of variable collateral are monitored on a regular basis to ensure that they are maintained at an appropriate level, which includes an assessment of the climate risk impact on the value of the collateral.
Credit Risk — Retail and Private Banking
Retail and private lending activity is split between residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and authorized overdrafts. Retail credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and processes set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC and GRC (and approved by the Board). The policies set out where specialist underwriting may be needed.
For residential mortgages, a combination of lending policy criteria, lending guidelines and underwriting are used to make a decision on applications for credit. The primary factors considered are affordability, residential status, residential history, credit history, employment history, nature of income and LTV of the residential property. In addition, confirmation of a borrower's identity is obtained and an assessment of the value of the collateral is carried out prior to granting a credit facility. When considering applications, the primary focus is placed on the willingness and ability to repay.
LTV ratios are derived based on third-party valuations as part of the original underwriting or when increased borrowing has been requested. Updated valuations are not otherwise obtained unless the loan reaches non-accrual status. Non-accrual loans which are collateral-dependent on real estate must be supported by a third-party valuation no older than 12 months. Costs of sale for commercial properties are calculated based on individual circumstances, whereas the haircuts for residential real estate are prescribed in lending guidelines by geographic location and are never less than 15% of the valuation amount.
As valuations are conducted throughout the year, the rolling average age of the valuations are closer to 6 months than 12 months. To further ensure that valuations within the 12-month revaluation period remain appropriate measures for input into the CECL model, we: (1) compare renewal valuations to the prior valuation to track market movement; (2) back-test all sales to compare net carrying value versus any additional gain/loss at the time of sale; (3) segregate the tests described in (1) and (2) by geographic area and, where required, amend provision factors accordingly; and (4) perform a review of new valuations to ascertain such valuations' reasonableness and determine if any change in value may impact similar properties or locations where valuations are more stale-dated and require an adjustment to the CECL model.
The Bank performs an annual assessment of group residential LTV ranges as part of its stress-testing exercise for regulatory and capital-adequacy purposes. Real estate indices are not available in the Bank's primary markets and LTV values are based on standard reductions in value over time, based on observed market activity.
Generally, maximum LTV for new residential and commercial loans is as follows:
BermudaCayman IslandsUK—LondonChannel Islands
Residential:   
Owner-occupied freehold70 %85 %65 %80 %
Owner-occupied leasehold condominium70 %85 %65 %80 %
Investment (not owner-occupied)
65 %75 %65 %80 %
Raw land50 %80 %N/AN/A
Commercial Real Estate65 %65 %N/A65 %
For other retail lending products, similar lending policy criteria are used, and each of these products has its own policy and underwriting guidelines to enable decisions on applications for credit and to manage accounts. The factors used are attuned to the lending product in question, although affordability and credit history are considered in all cases. Ongoing monitoring of all retail and private banking credit is undertaken by the business unit concerned as well as by CRM. In addition, the GCC reviews reports on a weekly basis. In the event that particular exposures show adverse features such as arrears, the Bank's specialist recovery teams generally work with borrowers to resolve the situation.
Unlike the United States where the FCRA is designed to help ensure that credit bureaus furnish correct and complete information when evaluating loan applications, the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports. Therefore, we manually review each loan and we use a formally governed tiered credit approval process that is administered through and governed by our Risk Management framework.

Credit Risk — Commercial Banking
81


Commercial credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and asset quality measures set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC (and ratified by the Board).
In respect of Commercial Banking, there is a level of delegated sanctioning authority to underwrite certain credit risks based upon an evaluation of the borrower's experience, track record, financial strength, ability to repay, transaction structure and security characteristics. Lending decisions for large or high risk exposures are based upon a thorough credit risk analysis and the assignment of an internal borrower risk rating, and are subject to further approval by the assigned officers in CRM or the GCC.
Consideration is also given to risk mitigation measures which will provide the Group with protection, such as third-party guarantees, supporting collateral and security, legal documentation and financial covenants. Commercial portfolio asset quality monitoring is based upon a number of measures, including the monitoring of financial covenants, cash flows, pricing movements and variable collateral. In the event that particular exposures begin to show adverse features such as payment arrears, covenant breaches or business trading losses, a full risk reassessment is undertaken. Where appropriate, a specialist recovery team will work with the borrower to resolve the situation. If this proves unsuccessful, the case will be subject to intensive monitoring and management procedures designed to maximize debt recovery.
Credit Risk — Treasury
Treasury credit risks are managed in accordance with limits, asset quality measures and criteria set out within the policy approved by the GCC and ratified by the Board. The policy also sets out powers which require higher levels of authorization according to the size of the transaction or the nature of the associated risk. The FIC identifies, assesses, prioritizes and manages our risks associated with counterparty exposure to other financial institutions, as well as country-specific exposures.
Exposures to financial institutions arise within the Group's investment portfolio and treasury operations. The Group has treasury operations in all of its banking locations. Treasury exposures primarily take the form of deposits with banks and foreign exchange positions. Exposures to financial institutions in the investment portfolio can take the form of bonds, floating rate notes and/or certificates of deposit.
Diversification and avoidance of concentration is emphasized. The Group establishes limits for countries and each financial institution where there is an expected exposure. Ongoing asset quality monitoring is undertaken by Treasury and CRM and reports are sent to the FIC, GCC and the GRC on a monthly basis. Exception reporting takes place against a range of asset quality triggers. Treasury uses a number of risk mitigation techniques including netting and collateralization agreements. Other methods (such as margining and derivatives) are used periodically to mitigate the risk associated with particular transactions or groups of transactions.
For its exposure to Treasury credit risk, the Group uses S&P, Fitch and Moody's as external credit assessment institutions as permitted under Basel III for sovereign, financial institutions, asset-backed securities, covered bonds and corporate risks. With regard to financial institutions and corporates, the Group's preference for a long-term rating is the senior unsecured rating. However, counterparty ratings and/or short-term deposit or commercial paper ratings are used if this is unavailable. For asset-backed securities, the issue or tranche rating is used.
Exposures
The following tables analyze the Group's regulatory credit risk exposures as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Exposures are allocated to specific standardized exposure portfolios determined by the BMA's Revised Framework for Regulatory Capital Assessment and it is these portfolios that determine the risk weights used. These exposures include both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, with the latter shown separately after credit conversion factors have been applied.
Analysis of exposures class
(in millions of $)
Average
Exposure 2021
Position as at
December 31, 2021
Average
Exposure 2020
Position as at
December 31, 2020
Cash70.2 66.5 71.5 83.4 
Claims on Sovereigns2,539.2 3,091.5 1,697.9 2,230.7 
Claims on Public Sector Entities88.2 68.2 106.2 102.2 
Claims on Corporates666.0 559.0 819.0 741.3 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,804.6 1,527.6 1,858.7 1,998.7 
Securitizations5,194.9 5,134.3 4,562.3 4,844.6 
Retail Loans226.6 222.3 242.7 236.4 
Residential Mortgages3,444.3 3,582.8 3,200.0 3,348.4 
Commercial Mortgages703.5 675.7 682.1 705.3 
Past Due Loans72.4 63.3 68.3 75.4 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures268.5 246.6 278.9 277.1 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures628.7 608.7 557.2 637.0 
Market Related Off‑Balance Sheet Credit Exposures58.0 54.8 68.4 54.5 
Total15,765.2 15,901.3 14,213.2 15,335.0 
82


Geographic segment distribution of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
BermudaCayman IslandsChannel Islands & UKOtherTotal
Cash42.0 24.5 — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns939.1 825.6 1,326.8 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities68.2 — — — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates384.0 57.0 118.0 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms497.9 535.5 483.3 10.9 1,527.6 
Securitizations1,966.4 2,396.3 771.6 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans82.4 101.1 38.8 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages1,029.3 752.8 1,800.7 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages470.8 76.7 128.2 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans50.5 0.3 12.5 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures126.6 7.9 61.8 50.3 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures191.2 279.6 137.9 — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures32.6 6.8 15.4 — 54.8 
Total5,881.0 5,064.1 4,895.0 61.2 15,901.3 
Residual maturity breakdown of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
Up to
12 months
1 ‑ 5 yearsMore than
5 years
No specific maturityTotal
Cash66.5 — — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns1,809.1 954.7 327.7 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities0.3 61.8 6.1 — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates256.0 153.5 149.5 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,527.6 — — — 1,527.6 
Securitizations0.3 19.8 5,114.2 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans145.5 54.7 22.1 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages609.9 1,227.9 1,745.0 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages110.4 51.2 514.1 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans29.7 5.8 27.8 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures— — — 246.6 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures608.7 — — — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures54.8 — — — 54.8 
5,218.8 2,529.4 7,906.5 246.6 15,901.3 
The table below details the mappings between the main Fitch, Moody's and S&P external credit assessment institutions used by the Group and the credit quality steps used to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. Where no external rating is used in the risk weighted assets calculation, the unrated credit quality step applies.
Credit quality stepFitch's
assessment
Moody's
assessment
S&P's
assessment
Step 1AAA to AA–Aaa to Aa3AAA to AA–
Step 2A+ to A–A1 to A3A+ to A–
Step 3BBB+ to BBB–Baa1 to Baa3BBB+ to BBB–
Step 4BB+ to BB–Ba1 to Ba3BB+ to BB–
Step 5B+ to B–B1 to B3B+ to B–
Step 6CCC+ and belowCaa1 and belowCCC+ and below
Impairment Provisions
Credit Risk Concentrations
Concentration risk is defined as: any single exposure or group of exposures with the potential to produce losses large enough (relative to the Group's capital, total assets or overall risk level) to threaten the Group's health or ability to maintain core operations. The management of concentration risk is addressed in the first step, overinstance by the aggregate fair valuesGroup's large exposure policy and related credit guidelines, which require that credit facilities to entities that are affiliated through common ownership or management are aggregated for adjudication and reporting purposes. The policy also defines what constitutes a large exposure and the related reporting requirements. The CRM function also undertakes monitoring and assessment of our exposure to concentration risk, reporting the results of these analyses to the GCC, the GRCC and RPCC.

83


The factors taken into consideration when assessing concentration risk are as follows:
single or linked counterparty;
industry or economic sector (e.g., hospitality, property development, commercial office building investment);
geographic region;
product type;
collateral type; and
maturity date (whether of the individual assets, liabilitiesfacility or of interest rate fixes).
Counterparty Concentrations
Counterparty concentrations is the risk associated with assuming a high level of exposure to a single counterparty, the failure of which could have an adverse impact on the Group.
Large exposures are reviewed quarterly by the GRCC and identifiable intangible assets as ifRPCC for the reporting unit were being acquiredloan portfolio and the treasury/investment portfolios. Group Market Risk and Treasury work closely together on daily treasury positions and exceptions.
All large exposures and concentrations in the portfolio are reviewed and agreed by the FIC on a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assignedquarterly basis and are reported to the reporting unit,Board as a part of this process. The review of large exposures considers:
facility total;
any link with other facilities;
total linked facility being within guidelines;
borrower risk rating;
security value on the facility; and
loan-to-value percentage against minimum security covenants.
Industry Concentration
Industry concentration encompasses the scenario that a risk factor inherent within an industry is tied to an entire portfolio of accounts or investments; e.g., a portfolio made up of a large number of small individual loans where all the counterparties are hotel operators. We believe that due to the nature of the Group's client base our exposure to the property, insurance and fund sectors could be classified as industry concentration, although geographic and product concentration are the more appropriate risks to measure.
Geographic Concentration
Geographic concentration of the book is monitored as follows. Reports are generated which provide details of all the property loan exposure of the Group. Through this, loans are subdivided into regional exposure. From this, the percentage breakdown per region of the Group's property exposure is analyzed and reported to the GRCC and RPCC. Assessment of the exposure allows the committees to decide whether the Group should decline further lending in any area in which it is becoming over-weighted.
Product Concentration
Product concentration is defined in the context of credit risk, as an over-weighting in the portfolio to a given product type, making the Group vulnerable to the impact of a variety of external factors that could either reduce demand for the product itself or lead to an increase in the level of default rates experienced. We operate as a full service bank in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands and aim to satisfy the requirements of our customers in these communities through the range of products and services we offer. Accordingly, there is no impairment. Ifdependence or concentration on a single product in these markets outside of the carryingresidential mortgage portfolios, which comprised 68.8% of the Group's loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 65.5% as at December 31, 2020); in Bermuda, residential mortgage lending made up 53.1% of the Bermuda loan book as at December 31, 2021 (compared to 52.1% as at December 31, 2020), and loans for many purposes (education, business support, family requirements) were made in the form of residential mortgages. Product category analysis confirms that the total lending portfolio is concentrated in the property market; this has been addressed by performing stress testing.
Collateral Concentration
Collateral concentration considers whether the Group's loan book is secured by a limited number of collateral types. An example of this would be when a large value of goodwill assignedloans to a reporting unit exceedsdiversified group of borrowers is all secured by shares in the impliedsame company or by the shares of various companies within the same industry sector. Any decline in the value of these shares or in the performance of the sector as a whole could have an adverse impact on the Group's security position across all affected borrowers. The most relevant example of collateral concentration is the Group's exposure to real estate property values. Ignoring cash-backed facilities, the largest collateral concentrations within the portfolio are to residential and commercial property. The greatest risk with collateral concentration is that the value of the security could be severely reduced. To simulate this, the Group's stress testing process incorporates a scenario in which all real estate collateral is devalued by factors as high as 30%.
Credit Risk Mitigation
The Group uses a wide range of techniques to reduce the credit risk of its lending. The most basic of these is performing an assessment of the ability of a borrower to service the proposed level of borrowing without distress. However, the risk can be further mitigated by obtaining security for the funds advanced.
Residential Mortgages
Residential property is the Group's main source of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in the residential mortgage portfolio. All mortgage lending activities are supported by underlying assumptions and estimated values received by independent third parties. All residential property must be insured to cover property risks through a third party.


84


Commercial
Commercial property is one of the Group's primary sources of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in its commercial portfolios. Collateral for the majority of commercial loans comprises first legal charges over freehold or long leasehold property but the following may also be taken as security: life insurance policies; credit balances assignments; share guarantees; equitable charges; debentures; chattel mortgages and charges over residential property.
For property-based lending, supporting information such as professional valuations are an important tool to help determine the suitability of the property offered as security and, in the case of investment lending, generating the cash to cover interest and principal payments. All standard documentation is subject to in-house legal review and sign-off in order to ensure that the Group's legal documentation is robust and enforceable. Documentation for large advances may be specifically prepared by independent solicitors. Insurance requirements are always fully considered as part of the application process and the Group ensures that appropriate insurance is taken out to protect the property against an insurable event.
Treasury
Collateral held as security for treasury assets, including investments, is determined by the nature of the instrument. Loans, debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured with the exception of asset-backed securities and similar instruments, which are secured by pools of financial assets. The ISDA Master Agreement is the Group's preferred method of documenting derivative activity. It is common in such cases for a Credit Support Annex to be executed in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement in order to mitigate credit risk on the derivatives portfolio. Valuations are performed, agreed with the relevant counterparties, and collateral is exchanged to bring the credit exposure within agreed tolerances. The EAD value to the counterparty is measured under the standardised approach for measuring counterparty credit risk exposures method and is derived by adding the gross positive fair value of the goodwill,contract (replacement cost) to the contract's potential future credit exposure, which is derived by applying a multiple base on the contracts residual maturity to the notional value of the contract, and applying an impairment charge is recordedalpha of 1.4 to the sum of these components.
The following table shows the exposures to counterparty credit risk for derivative contracts as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
(in millions of $)
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2021
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2021
Alpha as at December 31, 2021
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2020
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2020
Alpha as at December 31, 2020
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2020
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swap contracts18.0 21.2 1.4 54.9 13.8 25.1 1.4 54.5 
Securitizations
The Bank has not, to date, securitized assets that it has originated. The Bank's total exposure to purchased securitization positions as at December 31, 2021 was $5.1 billion by market value (compared to $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020), with US government and federal agencies accounting for the excess. An impairmentmajority of this exposure.
The following table provides an analysis of the Bank's investments in securitization positions by exposure type as at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020:
Underlying asset type (in millions of $)
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2020
US government and federal agencies5,083.24,771.8 
Mortgage backed securities — Retail27.359.9 
Asset-backed securities — Student loans13.212.9 
Total5,123.74,844.6 

Operational Risk
In providing our services, we are exposed to operational risk. This is the risk of loss recognized cannot exceedfrom inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, actions or inactions of people, or from external events. Operational risk is inherent in our activities and can manifest itself in various ways including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, cyber-security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of vendors to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, litigation and regulatory fines, as well as other damage to us. Our risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with our risk appetite, financial strength, the amountcharacteristics of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit,our businesses, the markets in which we operate and the loss establishescompetitive and regulatory environment to which we are subject.
As we continue to expand our use of technology, we are exposed to various forms of cyber-attacks. We devote significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade our systems and networks and review the ever changing threat landscape in order to mitigate our exposure to cyber risks. In addition to the policy reviews, we continue to look to implement technology solutions that enhance preventive and detection capabilities and our ability to recover quickly should a newsuccessful cyber-attack occur. We assess our third-party vendor controls and have a developed business continuity plan that addresses potential cyber risks. We also maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks. However, such insurance may be insufficient to cover all losses.
Operational risk is mitigated through internal controls embedded in our business activities and our risk management practices, which are designed to continuously reassess the effectiveness of these controls in order to keep the risk we assume at levels appropriate to our risk appetite as approved by the Board. Data on operational losses and any significant control failures incurred are captured through an incident reporting process. These events are reported to both the GRCC and RPCC, which assess the sufficiency of the corrective actions taken by management to prevent recurrence. Both committees also receive regular reporting on actual performance against established risk tolerance metrics.

85


Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
On March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, the authorized and regulated administrator of LIBOR, announced that all the GBP, CHF, JPY and EUR LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will cease after December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will cease after June 30, 2023.
These reforms have the potential to impact various risk areas for the Bank, including but not limited to: operational risk (potential adverse impacts to the business, customers and technology); market risk (potential adverse impacts to the business and customers if markets are disrupted); and accounting risk (potential adverse impacts to the statement of operations if issues with hedge accounting/effectiveness arise). The Bank, however, does not expect any material change to its risk management frameworks and controls as a result of the reforms.
The Bank has established a LIBOR transition working group, consisting of senior members of management, with significant representation from the Legal and Risk departments. The working group reports directly to the GRCC which feeds into the RPCC of the Board. The working group has set up a detailed project plan which includes: transition planning; financial exposure measurement and risk assessment; operational preparedness and controls; legal contract preparedness/modification; communication; and training and oversight.
As at December 31, 2021, the Bank had 121 loans totaling $563.5 million linked to USD LIBOR. The Bank is engaging with impacted customers to ensure adequate fallback provisions are included in contracts, where not already provided for.
There were no derivative positions maturing after the relevant transition dates.
Capital Adequacy Management
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA adopted capital and liquidity requirements consistent with Basel III. These requirements are contained within the BMA's "Basel III for Bermuda Banks November 2017 Rule Update" and can be found on its website.
The Group manages its capital both on a total Group basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The finance department has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the RPCC. The management of capital will also involve regional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Capital Assessment and Risk Profiling
Under the requirements of the Basel II Accord as implemented by the BMA, the Group undertakes a CARP process, which is an internal assessment of all material risks to determine our capital needs. This internal assessment takes account of the minimum capital requirement and other risks not covered by the minimum capital requirement (Pillar II). Where capital is deemed as not being able to mitigate a particular risk, alternative management actions are identified and described within the CARP. The CARP is presented to the RPCC before being presented to the Board for challenge and approval and then submission to the BMA. The CARP process is performed annually or more frequently should the need arise.
A SREP is then undertaken biannually by the BMA, which is designed to assess the Group's risk profile as documented in the goodwill. Subsequent reversalCARP. This assessment is used to determine and set the Individual Capital Guidance which is the minimum level of goodwill impairment lossescapital the Group will be required to hold until the next SREP review is not permitted.conducted.
B.Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity
We rely on several assumptions when estimatingdefine liquidity as our ability to maintain cash flow that is adequate to fund operations and meet present and future financial obligations through either the fair valuesale or maturity of existing assets or by obtaining additional funding through liability management.
Sources and Uses of Cash
Our primary sources of cash are (i) cash obtained from deposits, (ii) long-term debt, and (iii) cash from operations. Our primary uses are (i) the payment of our reporting units usingoperating expenses, (ii) payment of dividends on our common shares, (iii) repayment of certain maturing liabilities, (iv) repurchase of our common shares, and (v) extraordinary requirements for cash, such as acquisitions. We had $2.2 billion of cash and cash equivalents as at December 31, 2021 and $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020, as well as $7.5 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively, of liquid securities, the discountedbalance of which could be sold to meet liquidity requirements. In our opinion, the Bank’s working capital is sufficient for the Bank’s present requirements.
Liquidity Risk
Our liquidity risk is managed through a comprehensive framework of policies and limits overseen by our Group Asset and Liability Committee. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength. Our objective is to manage our cash flow method. These assumptionsand liquidity reserves so that they are adequate to fund our obligations and other commitments on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost.
We continuously monitor and make adjustments to our liquidity position by adjusting the balance between sources and uses of funds as we deem appropriate. Our primary measures of liquidity include monthly cash flow analysis under ordinary business activities and conditions and under situations simulating a severe run on the estimated futureBank. The Bank strives to use a balanced liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically the Bank manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology. The results of these measures and analysis are incorporated into our liquidity contingency plan, which provides the basis for the identification of our liquidity needs. For more information, see Item 11 "Operating Results - Liquidity Risk".
Capital Resources
    We have financed our operations, growth and cash needs primarily through income from operations and issuances of debt and equity securities. We believe that our cash on hand and cash flows from operations required discount rate,will be sufficient to repay our outstanding debt as it matures. In the future, we may need to incur additional debt or issue additional equity securities, which we may be unable to do or which may be on less favorable terms.
86


We manage our capital both on a consolidated basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The group finance team has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee of the Board. The management of capital will also involve jurisdictional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA implemented the capital reforms proposed by the BCBS and referred to as the Basel III regulatory framework. Basel III aims to raise the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base, limit the build-up of excess leverage and increase capital requirements for the banking sector. Basel III adopts CET1 capital as the predominant form of regulatory capital with the CET1 ratio as a new metric. Basel III also adopts the new Leverage Ratio, Liquidity Coverage Ratio ("LCR") and Net Stable Funding Ratio ("NSFR") regimes. We are now subject to the following requirements:

CET1 ratio of at least 7.0% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum CET1 ratio of 4.5% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the Domestic Systematically Important Bank ("D-SIB") surcharge described below; 
Tier 1 capital of at least 8.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum Tier 1 ratio of 6% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below;
Total capital of at least 10.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum total capital ratio of 8% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below; 
We are considered to be a D-SIB and are subject to a 3% surcharge composed of CET1-eligible capital implemented by the BMA effective September 30, 2015. This is based upon our assessment of the extent to which we (individually and collectively with the other Bermuda banks) pose a degree of material systemic risk to the economy of Bermuda due to our role in deposit taking, corporate lending, payment systems and other core economic functions; 
Counter-cyclical buffer of up to 2.5% composed of CET1-eligible capital may be implemented by the BMA when macroeconomic indicators provide an assessment of excessive credit or other pressures building in the banking sector, potentially increasing the CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios by up to 2.5%. No counter-cyclical buffer has been implemented to date;
Leverage ratio must be at 5.0% or higher;
LCR with a minimum requirement of 100%; and
NSFR with a minimum requirement of 100%.
The minimum capital ratio requirements set forth above do not reflect additional Pillar II add-on requirements that the BMA may impose upon us as a prudential measure from time to time. Our capital requirements remain under continuous review by the BMA pursuant to its prudential supervision and we cannot guarantee that the BMA will not seek higher total capital ratio requirements at any time.
In December 2017, the BCBS published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as "Basel IV"). Among other things, these standards revise the BCBS's standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new segmentations for exposures) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the BCBS framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. The impact of these standards on us will depend on the manner in which they are implemented by the BMA.
The following table sets forth our capital adequacy as at December 31, 2021 and 2020 in accordance with the Basel III framework:
As at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020
Capital  
Common Equity Tier 1896.3 816.0 
Tier 1 capital896.3 816.0 
Tier 2 capital184.0 187.1 
Total capital1,080.3 1,003.1 
Risk Weighted Assets  
Cash due from banks and investments1,141.4 1,085.7 
Loans2,606.0 2,635.1 
Other assets255.3 288.3 
Off-balance sheet items230.9 217.4 
Operational risk charge867.9 842.1 
Total risk-weighted assets5,101.5 5,068.6 
Capital Ratios (%)  
Common Equity Tier 117.6 %16.1 %
Tier 1 total17.6 %16.1 %
Total capital21.2 %19.8 %
Leverage ratio5.6 %5.3 %
Overall, capital ratios have increased, driven primarily by earnings accretion and partially offset by dividends and share buy-backs. The increase in RWA is driven by increased depositor funding. As at December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with the minimum LCR of 100% as well as projected loan losses, an estimatethe minimum NSFR of terminal value100%.
87


Share Buy-Back Program
The Bank repurchases its common shares through share buy-back programs from time to time as a means to improve shareholder liquidity and facilitate growth in share value. In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and listing standards, each program was approved by the Board and repurchases of shares pursuant to each program are subject to the approval of the BMA. In addition, the BSX is advised monthly of shares purchased pursuant to each program.
On December 6, 2018, following the completion of the initial 2018 share buy-back program, the Board approved the 2019 share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.5 million common shares through February 29, 2020.
On December 2, 2019, the Board approved, with effect from the completion of the previous program on December 20, 2019 through February 28, 2021, a common share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 3.5 million common shares or $125 million.
On February 10, 2021, the Board approved a new common share-buy back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through February 2022.
On February 14, 2022, the Board approved, with effect from the completion of the previous program, a new common share-buy back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through February 28, 2023. The timing and amount of repurchase transactions under the new program will be based on market conditions, share price, legal requirements and other inputs. Our estimated futurefactors. No assurances can be given as to the amount of common shares that may actually be repurchased.
Total common share buy-backs for the years ending December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
For the year ending December 31
202120202019
Acquired number of shares (to the nearest share)534,828 3,452,000 2,293,788 
Average cost per common share (in $)36.93 25.10 35.55 
Total cost (in $)19,753,336 86,639,889 81,534,076 
From time to time, our associates, insiders and insiders' associates as defined by the BSX regulations may sell shares which may result in such shares being repurchased pursuant to each program, provided no more than any such person's pro-rata share of the listed securities is repurchased. Pursuant to the BSX regulations, all repurchases made by any issuer pursuant to a securities repurchase program must be made: (1) in the open market and not by private agreement; and (2) for a price not higher than the last independent trade for a round lot of the relevant class of securities.
Dividends
During the year ended December 31, 2021, we paid cash dividends totaling $87.3 million or $1.76 (2020: $88.9 million or $1.76; 2019: $93.6 million or $1.76) for each common share on record as of the related record dates. The Board declared these dividends as a quarterly dividend of $0.44 per common share for each quarter of 2021, 2020 and 2019.
For more information, see Item 3.D. "Risk Factors – Risks Relating to the Common Shares".
Cash Flows
2021 vs. 2020
Cash due from banks was $2.2 billion as at December 31, 2021, compared to $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020. The decrease is described below by category of operating, investing and financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $251.3 million (2020: $188.2 million). Cash flows from operating activities are largely basedgenerally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities increased by $63.2 million from 2020 to 2021, due primarily to an increase in net income as well as movements in other liabilities.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $1,905.7 million, compared to cash used in investing activities of $41.7 million in 2020. The $1,864.0 million increase in cash used in investing activities in 2021 was mainly attributable to the purchases of investments in securities which was driven by both increased depositor funding as well as the redeployment of funds from cash and cash equivalents.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $535.8 million in 2021, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $546.4 million in 2020. The $10.7 million decrease is mainly due to a decreases in common share repurchases during the year and partially offset by a reduced increase in deposit liabilities and the issuance of subordinated debt in 2020.
2020 vs. 2019
Cash due from banks was $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020, compared to $2.6 billion as at December 31, 2019. The increase is described below by category of operating, investing and financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $188.2 million (2019: $248.7 million). Cash flows from operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities decreased by $60.6 million from 2019 to 2020, due primarily to a decrease in net income as well as movements in other liabilities.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 totaled $41.7 million, compared to cash provided by investing activities of $1,093.4 million in 2019. The $1,135.1 million decrease in cash provided by investing activities in 2020 was mainly attributable to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) in 2019 which had significant deposit funding which was deployed into short term investments.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $546.4 million in 2020, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $919.4 million in 2019. The $1,465.9 million increase is mainly due to an increase in the balance of deposits liabilities.
88


Contractual Obligations
Credit-Related Arrangements
See "Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreements and commitments" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional information.
Contractual Obligations
The following table presents our outstanding contractual obligations as at December 31, 2021:
(in millions of $)TotalLess than 1
year
1 to 3
years
3 to 5
years
After 5
years
Long term debt(1)
175.0 — — 175.0 — 
Sourcing arrangements(2)
53.3 13.5 21.7 18.1 — 
Term deposits2,944.9 2,846.8 98.1 — — 
Other obligations38.8 19.0 17.7 2.1 — 
Total outstanding contractual obligations3,212.1 2,879.3 137.6 195.2 — 

(1)Long-term debt excludes interest and unamortized debt issuance costs.
(2)We have an outstanding contractual obligation relating to a five-year agreement entered into in November 2016 with DXC (previously HP) to supply technology infrastructure and application development management, information security and technical support for our locations in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. Under our agreement with DXC, server management and maintenance, technology field support, application support and development and help desk functions are managed by DXC.
See "Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreements and commitments" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional information.
Interest expense on our historical actual cash flowscontractual obligations relates primarily to deposit liabilities and industryour long-term debt. Interest expense on customer deposits was $15.5 million for the year-ended December 31, 2021, compared to $25.1 million and economic trends, among other considerations. Although management has used$51.5 million for the estimatesyears ended December 31, 2020 and assumptions it believes2019, respectively. Movements in interest expense on deposit liabilities are due primarily to market interest rate movements, with yearly average deposits liabilities of $13.7 billion, $12.1 billion and $11.0 billion for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The decrease in the expense is related primarily to a 10 basis point decrease in average deposit interest rates during 2021 driven by reduced market interest rates.
Capital Commitments
In 2021, the Bank embarked on a significant information technology project intended to modernize and upgrade its technology applications and infrastructure. It is a three-year programme that will improve the efficiency and stability of the Bank's technology estate and enhance the Bank's ability to provide broader and better digital solutions to its clients. The project is anticipated to be most appropriate incompleted towards the circumstances, it shouldend of 2023.
The Bank is expected to spend between $30 million to $40 million over the three year project horizon, which will be noted that even relatively minor changes in certain valuation assumptions used in management's calculation would result in significant differences infunded by existing cash resources.
The Bank has established a project management steering committee and program office. The steering committee consists of senior and executive members of management and reports directly to the resultsBoard.
For more information, see Item 3.D. "Risk Factors - Risks Relating to Risk Oversight and Internal Controls - Our operations are reliant on effective implementation and use of technology and require us to adapt to new technologies, and a breach, interruption or failure of our technology services or the impairment test.
The valuation of goodwill is dependentinability to effectively integrate new technologies could have an adverse effect on forward-looking expectations related to nationwide and local economic conditions and our associated financial performance. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns or there are changes in discount rates, we may be required to take additional charges to our earnings based on the impairment assessment process, which could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations."
See also "Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreements and commitments" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional information.
C.Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.
Not applicable.
D.Trend Information
See discussion in Item 5.A. "Operating Results" for a description of the trend information relevant to us.
E. Critical Accounting Estimates
The Bank's significant accounting policies conform to GAAP and are described in Note 2 of our audited consolidated financial statements. Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Given the sensitivity of our consolidated financial statements to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition. Details of certain critical policies and prospects. We had $24.8 million as of December 31, 2019 and $24.0 million as of December 31, 2018 of goodwill, and theestimates that affect our business results of the impairment analysis for both annual periods resulted in no impairment being required.are summarized below:

Employee Future Benefits
We maintain trusteed pension plans for substantially all employees as eitherincluding non-contributory defined benefit plans orand a number of defined contribution plans. Benefitsplans, and provide post-retirement healthcare benefits to our qualifying retirees. The defined benefit provisions under the defined benefitpension plans are primarilygenerally based on the employee'supon years of credited service and average annual salary during the final years of employment asemployment. The defined benefit pension and post-retirement healthcare plans are not open to new participants, are non-contributory and thus the funding required is provided by us, based upon the advice of an independent actuary. The defined benefit pension plans are in the plans. We also provideBermuda, Guernsey and UK jurisdictions, and the defined benefit post-retirement medical plan is in Bermuda. The Bank also has a residual obligation in addition to its defined contribution plan in Mauritius.
Effective December 31, 2011, the Bermuda defined benefit pension benefits were amended to freeze credited service and final average earnings for certain qualifyingremaining active and retired Bermuda-based employees.
The calculationsmembers. Effective January 2012, all the participants of the amounts recorded require the use of various actuarial assumptions, such as discount rates, assumed rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, and turnover rates. We review our actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to the assumptions based on current rates and trends when appropriate. We believe that the assumptions used in recording ourBermuda defined benefit pension plan obligations are reasonable based on our experienceinactive and advice from our actuaries.
The post-retirement medical benefits obligation is determined using our assumptions regarding health care cost trend rates. The health care trend rates are developed based on historical cost data, the near-term outlook on health care trends and the likely long-term trends.
Inin accordance with GAAP, actual results that differ from the assumptions are accumulated andnet actuarial loss of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan is amortized over future periods and, therefore, generally affect recognized expense and the recorded obligationestimated average remaining life expectancy of future periods. While management believes that the assumptions used are appropriate, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions may affectinactive participants of 22.8 years. Prior to all Bermuda participants being inactive, the net actuarial loss of the Bermuda defined benefit pension plan was amortized to net income over the estimated average remaining service period for active members of 4.5 years.
Effective September 30, 2014, the defined benefit obligationspension benefits of our Guernsey operations were amended to freeze credited service and final average earnings for remaining active members. The benefits amendment resulted in a further reduction in the Guernsey defined benefit pension liability of $4.6 million as at September 30, 2014.
Effective October 2014, all of the participants of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan are inactive and in accordance with GAAP, the net actuarial loss of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan will be amortized over the estimated average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants of 39 years. Prior to all Guernsey participants being inactive, the net actuarial loss of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan was amortized to net income over the estimated average remaining service period for active members of 15 years.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, numerous changes in the plan provisions were made to align the plan provisions with our administrative practices resulting in a further increase in the Bermuda defined benefit post-retirement healthcare plan liability of $7.9 million. We amortize prior service credit resulting from plan amendments that occurred when plan members were active employees, on a linear basis over the expected average remaining service period (to full eligibility) of active members expected to receive benefits under the plan. Such remaining service periods are as follow: 3.1 years for the 2010 plan amendments and 4.6 years for the 2011 plan amendments. Plan amendments occurring in 2014 resulted in the recognition of new prior service cost on December 31, 2014 on a plan for which substantially all members are now inactive and, in accordance with GAAP, we have elected to amortize this new prior service cost on a linear basis over 21 years, which is the average remaining life expectancy of members eligible for benefits under the plan at the time of the amendments.
As at December 31, 2021, we had a net obligation for employee future expense.benefits in the amount of $126.2 million, down $5.0 million (3.8%) from $131.3 million at the end of 2020. The decrease was driven primarily by experienced gains from increases in discount rate assumptions used to measure the obligation as well as actual return on pension plan assets in 2021 being greater than expected.
See Note"Note 11: Employee benefit plansplans" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 20192021 for more information on our pension plansadditional tables and post-retirement medical benefit plan, along with the key actuarial assumptions.information.
Share-basedLong-Term Debt, Interest Payments and Maturities
We engage in equity settled share-based payment transactions in respecthad outstanding issuances of services received from eligible employees. The fairlong-term debt with a carrying value of $171.9 million as at December 31, 2021 and $171.5 million as at December 31, 2020, all issued in US Dollars. On June 11, 2020, the services received is measuredBank issued US $100 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and due on June 15, 2030.  The issuance was by reference toway of a registered offering with US institutional investors. The notes are listed on the fair valueBSX in the specialist debt securities category. The proceeds of the shares or share options granted onissue were used, amongst other, to repay the dateentire amount of the grant. The costUS $45 million outstanding subordinated notes series 2005-B which matured on July 2, 2020 and the entire amount of the employee services receivedUS $25 million outstanding subordinated notes series 2008-B which were eligible for redemption. As at December 31, 2021, all of our outstanding long-term debt was eligible for inclusion in respectour Tier 2 regulatory capital base, limited to 50% of the shares or share options granted is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations over the shorter of the vesting or service period.Tier 1 capital.
70


The fair value offollowing table presents the options granted is determined using option pricing models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the risk-freecontractual maturity, interest rate, expected dividend rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the optionrates and other relevant factors. The fair value of unvested share awards is deemed to be the closing price of the publicly traded Bank shares on grant date. The fair value of time vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of shares or share options included in the measurement of the cost of employee services so that ultimately, the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of operations reflects the number of vested shares or share options. The Bank recognizes compensation cost for awards with performance conditions if and when the Bank concludes that it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved, net of an estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures (e.g., due to termination of employment prior to vesting).principal outstanding as at December 31, 2021:
 Long-term debt (in millions of $)Earliest date
redeemable at
the Bank's option
Contractual
maturity date
Interest rate until date redeemableInterest rate from earliest date
redeemable to contractual maturity
Principal
outstanding
2018 issuanceJune 1, 2023June 1, 20285.25%3 months US$ LIBOR + 2.255%75.0
2020 issuanceJune 15, 2025June 15, 20305.25%3 months US$ SOFR + 5.060%100.0
Unamortized debt issuance costs(3.1)
Total    171.9
See Note 22: Share-based payments"Note 19: Long-term debt" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 20192021 for more informationadditional information.
Other Liabilities
Other liabilities include operating lease liabilities, derivative liabilities, current employee salaries and benefits payable and related payroll tax, as well as sundry liabilities. Other liabilities decreased by $14.5 million to $189.4 million as at December 31, 2021. The decrease was a result of decreased mark-to-market losses on share-based payments.derivatives and offset by higher sundry liabilities.
Business CombinationsLeases
All business combinationsIn the normal course of operation, the Bank enters into leasing agreements either as the lessee or the lessor, mostly for office and parking spaces as well as for small office equipment. The Bank recognizes right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases. Lease liabilities are accounted formeasured as the present value of future lease payments, including term renewals that are reasonably certain to occur, discounted using the acquisition method. Identifiable intangible assets (mostly customer relationships) are recognized separately from goodwill and are initially valued at fair value using discounted cash flow calculations and other recognized valuation techniques. Goodwill representsBank’s incremental borrowing rate. The Bank has used the excessrate of its June 11, 2020 debt issuance as the current incremental borrowing rate.
The terms of the fair value ofexisting leases, including renewal options that are reasonably certain to be exercised, extend up to the consideration paid foryear 2035. Certain lease payments will be adjusted during the acquisition of a business over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Contingent purchase consideration is measured at its fair value and recordedrelated leases’ terms based on the purchase date. Any subsequent changesmovements in the fair value of a contingent consideration liability will be recorded through the consolidated statements of operations.relevant consumer price index.
See Note 27: Business combinations"Note 13: Leases" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 20192021 for additional information.
Repurchase Agreements
We also obtain funds from time to time from the sale of securities to institutional investors under repurchase agreements. In a repurchase agreement transaction, we will generally pledge investment securities as collateral in a borrowing transaction, agreeing to repurchase the identical security on a specified later date, generally not more informationthan 90 days, at a price greater than the original sales price. The difference between the sale price and repurchase price is the cost of the use of the proceeds, or interest expense. The investment securities underlying these agreements may be delivered to securities dealers who arrange such transactions as collateral for the repurchase obligation. Repurchase agreements represent a cost competitive funding source and also provide liquidity on business combinations.agency paper for us. However, we are subject to the risk that the borrower of the securities may default at maturity and not return the collateral. In order to minimize this potential risk when entering into such transactions, we generally deal with large, established investment brokerage firms with whom we have master repurchase agreements. Repurchase transactions are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements rather than as sales of such securities, and the obligation to repurchase such securities is reflected as a liability in our consolidated financial statements. As at December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no repurchase agreements outstanding.

Shareholders' Equity

Shareholders' equity decreased during the year ended December 31, 2021 by $4.5 million to $977.5 million.

Increases totaling $197.4 million included:

$162.7 million of net income for the year;
$19.2 million from adjustments to employee benefit plans;
$15.2 million for share-based compensation and settlements; and
$0.3 million of other adjustments.
The increases were offset by the following decreases of $201.9 million:
$87.3 million of common share dividends;
$19.8 million from net increases in treasury shares; and
$94.8 million from net change in unrealized gains (losses) on AFS investments.

66
71



SELECTED STATISTICAL DATA
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential
Average Balance Sheet and Interest Rates

Segment Overview
The Bank is managed by the Chairman and CEO on a geographic basis. The Bank presents four reportable segments, three geographical and one other: Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Channel Islands and the UK, and Other. The Other segment is composed of several non-reportable operating segments that have been aggregated in accordance with GAAP. Each reportable segment has a managing director who reports to the Chairman and CEO. The Chairman and CEO and the segment managing director have final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment.
Transactions between segments are accounted for on an accrual basis and are all eliminated upon consolidation. The Bank generally does not allocate assets, revenues and expenses among its business segments, with the exception of certain corporate overhead expenses and loan participation revenue and expenses. Loan participation revenue and expenses are allocated pro-rata based on the percentage of the total loan funded by each jurisdiction participating in the loan.
Bermuda (Including Head Office)
For more than 150 years, Bermuda has served as home to our headquarters and remains our largest jurisdiction in terms of number of employees and business volume. The following table presents average consolidated balance sheets and net interest incomeprovides certain financial information for our Bermuda segment for the years indicated:
  For the year ended December 31
  2019 2018 2017
(in millions of $) 
Average
balance
Interest
income
(expense)
Average
yield/
rate
 
Average
balance
Interest
income
(expense)
Average
yield/
rate
 Average
balance
Interest
income
(expense)
Average
yield/
rate
Assets   
 
  
 
 
    
Cash due from banks — Interest bearing 2,818.4
35.9
1.27 % 1,770.4
21.8
1.23 % 1,990.2
14.5
0.73 %
Securities purchased under agreement to resell 39.6
1.2
3.04 % 72.0
1.9
2.59 % 70.2
1.3
1.85 %
Short-term investments 375.2
4.5
1.20 % 134.8
1.2
0.89 % 312.3
1.4
0.44 %
Equity securities at fair value 1.2


 1.1


 0.9


Available-for-sale 2,247.3
60.7
2.70 % 2,774.2
68.9
2.48 % 3,315.5
65.3
1.97 %
Held-to-maturity 2,226.3
68.7
3.09 % 1,803.6
55.3
3.07 % 1,257.5
36.1
2.87 %
Investment in securities(1)
 4,474.9
129.4
2.89 % 4,578.9
124.3
2.71 % 4,573.9
101.4
2.22 %
Commercial loans 1,412.0
80.9
5.73 % 1,323.2
76.3
5.76 % 1,230.9
60.8
4.93 %
Consumer loans 2,957.5
153.1
5.18 % 2,672.6
142.2
5.31 % 2,434.9
126.3
5.18 %
 Total loans, net of allowance for credit losses(2)
 4,369.5
234.0
5.36 % 3,995.8
218.5
5.46 % 3,665.8
187.0
5.09 %
Interest-earning assets 12,077.6
405.1
3.35 % 10,552.0
367.6
3.48 % 10,612.4
305.6
2.88 %
Other assets 371.5
   350.7
   346.0
  
Total assets 12,449.1
   10,902.7


  10,958.4
  
Liabilities            
Customer deposits 8,822.4
(50.3)(0.57)% 7,352.8
(16.6)(0.23)% 7,419.6
(10.2)(0.14)%
Bank deposits 29.1
(1.2)(4.11)% 23.0
(1.0)(4.22)% 25.5
(0.8)(3.01)%
Interest bearing deposits 8,851.5
(51.5)(0.58)% 7,375.8
(17.6)(0.24)% 7,445.0
(10.9)(0.15)%
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase 0.7

(2.12)% 1.6

(2.11)% 

 %
Long-term debt 143.4
(7.9)(5.49)% 133.4
(6.9)(5.21)% 117.0
(5.0)(4.23)%
Interest bearing liabilities 8,995.5
(59.4)(0.66)% 7,510.8
(24.6)(0.33)% 7,562.0
(15.9)(0.21)%
Non-interest bearing current accounts 2,147.2
   2,231.8
   2,393.1
  
Other liabilities 310.4
   281.0
   254.4
  
Total liabilities 11,453.1
   10,023.7
   10,209.6
  
Shareholders' equity 995.9
   879.0
   748.9
  
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 12,449.1
   10,902.7
   10,958.4
  
Non-interest bearing funds net of non-interest-earning assets (free balance) 1,775.7
   1,881.1
   2,047.1
  
Net interest margin  345.7
2.86 %  343.0
3.25 %  289.7
2.73 %
Net interest spread   2.74 %   3.13 %   2.63 %
Ratio of average interest earning asset/ interest bearing liabilities 134.3%   140.5%   140.3%  

(1)
Yields are based on average historical costs and yields on securities held in income tax exempt jurisdictions are not computed on a tax-equivalent yield basis.
(2)
Interest income and rates on loans include loan fees. Additionally, average non-accrual loans were included in the average loan balances used to determine the average yield on loans in all of the periods presented.

Analysis of Changes in Volume and Rate on Interest Income and Interest Expense
The following table presents the amount of changes in interest income and interest expense fromended December 31, 2018 to December 31, 20192021, 2020 and from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018, due to changes in both average volume2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income146.0 159.6 183.9 (13.6)(24.3)(8.5)%(13.2)%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)2.2 (8.8)(3.1)11.0 (5.7)125.0 %(183.9)%
Non-interest income84.6 85.2 89.1 (0.6)(3.9)(0.7)%(4.4)%
Net revenue before other gains (losses)232.8 236.0 269.9 (3.2)(33.9)(1.4)%(12.6)%
Operating expenses(186.8)(192.8)(209.4)6.0 16.6 (3.1)%(7.9)%
Net income before other gains (losses)46.0 43.2 60.5 2.8 (17.3)6.5 %(28.6)%
Total other gains (losses)0.9 2.0 2.2 (1.1)(0.2)(55.0)%(9.1)%
Net income46.9 45.2 62.7 1.7 (17.5)3.8 %(27.9)%
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,511 4,813 (302)(6.3)%
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,023 2,077 (54)(2.6)%
Total assets5,728 5,925 (197)(3.3)%
Assets under administration 
Custody and other administration services16,099 16,071 28 0.2 %
Trust54,452 53,512 940 1.8 %
Assets under management 
Butterfield Funds1,531 1,811 (280)(15.5)%
Other assets under management2,272 2,152 120 5.6 %
Total assets under management3,803 3,963 (160)(4.0)%
Number of employees413 449 (36)(8.0)%
2021 vs. 2020
    Net income before other gains and average rate. Changes not solely due to volume or rate have been allocated to volume.
  2019 compared to 2018 2018 compared to 2017
(in millions of $) 
Increase/
(Decrease)
due to
Changes in
Net
Increase/
(Decrease)
 
Increase/
(Decrease)
due to
Changes in
Net
Increase/
(Decrease)
  Volume
Rate
 
 Volume
Rate
 
Interest income related to:  
 
 
  
 
 
Cash due from banks — Interest bearing 13.36
0.80
14.16
 (2.70)9.98
7.28
Securities purchased under agreement to resell (0.99)0.32
(0.66) 0.05
0.52
0.57
Short-term investments 2.88
0.42
3.30
 (1.57)1.38
(0.19)
Equity securities at fair value 


 


Available-for-sale (14.23)5.98
(8.25) (13.45)17.08
3.64
Held-to-maturity 13.05
0.36
13.41
 16.75
2.44
19.19
Total investment in securities(1)
 (1.18)6.34
5.16
 3.30
19.53
22.83
Commercial loans 5.09
(0.51)4.58
 5.33
10.25
15.58
Consumer loans 14.75
(3.80)10.96
 12.64
3.25
15.90
Total loans, net of allowance for credit losses(2)
 19.84
(4.30)15.54
 17.97
13.51
31.47
Total interest-earning assets 33.91
3.58
37.49
 17.05
44.91
61.96
Interest expenses related to:        
Customer deposits (8.38)(25.27)(33.65) 0.15
(6.63)(6.48)
Bank deposits (0.25)0.03
(0.22) 0.10
(0.31)(0.21)
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase 0.02

0.02
 (0.03)
(0.03)
Long-term debt (0.55)(0.38)(0.93) (0.86)(1.14)(1.99)
Total interest bearing liabilities (9.15)(25.63)(34.78) (0.63)(8.08)(8.71)
Change in net interest income 24.76
(22.05)2.71
 16.41
36.83
53.25

(1)
Yields are based on average historical costs and yields on securities held in income tax exempt jurisdictions are not computed on a tax-equivalent yield basis.
(2)
Interest income and rates on loans include loan fees. Additionally, average non-accrual loans were included in the average loan balances used to determine the average yield on loans in all of the periods presented.

Investment Portfolio
The following table sets forth the composition of our debt and equity securities as at the dates indicated measured at amortized cost or fair value. See Note 5 "Investment in securities" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at andlosses was $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 20192021, up by $2.8 million from $43.2 million in the prior year. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and 2018, included elsewhereoperating expenses:
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased by $13.6 million to $146.0 million in this report2021, due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
    There is a provision for further discussion.credit recoveries of $2.2 million in 2021 compared to a provision for credit losses of $8.8 million in 2020. The movement is due to both the improvement in macroeconomic forecasts impacting future expected credit loss estimates and a reduction in non-performing loans.
    Non-interest income decreased by $0.6 million to $84.6 million in 2021. This was primarily due to lower administration fees on loan participations; lower asset management fees and reduced dividends as a result of the liquidation of a private equity investment. These decreases were partially offset by increases in foreign exchange revenue, trust income and custody income from higher volumes, increased fees and onboarding of new clients during the year, respectively.
  
As at
December 31
(in millions of $) 2019 2018 2017
Equity securities  
  
  
Mutual funds 7.4
 6.5
 6.8
Total equity securities 7.4
 6.5
 6.8
Available-for-sale  
  
  
US government and federal agencies 2,052.4
 1,786.5
 2,709.1
Non-US governments debt securities 25.7
 25.4
 26.2
Corporate debt securities 
 78.7
 243.4
Asset-backed securities — Student loans 12.9
 12.6
 12.5
Commercial mortgage-backed securities 
 123.2
 141.5
Residential mortgage-backed securities 129.3
 156.3
 184.7
Total available-for-sale 2,220.3
 2,182.7
 3,317.4
Held-to-maturity  
  
  
US government and federal agencies 2,208.7
 2,066.1
 1,382.0
Total held-to-maturity 2,208.7
 2,066.1
 1,382.0
Total investment in securities 4,436.4
 4,255.4
 4,706.2
    Operating expenses decreased by $6.0 million to $186.8 million in 2021 which was driven by the decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and partially offset by increases in property maintenance costs and non-service employee benefits expense due to increased costs from the post-retirement medical benefit plan.
The following table presents an analysis of remaining contractual maturities and weighted average yields for interest bearing securities    Total assets as at December 31, 2019. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.
  Remaining term to maturity  
(in millions of $) 
Within
1 year
 
1 to 5
years
 
5 to 10
years
 
Over 10
years
 
No specific
maturity
 Total
Equity securities  
  
  
  
  
  
Mutual funds 
 
 
 
 7.4
 7.4
Total equity securities 
 
 
 
 7.4
 7.4
Available-for-sale  
  
  
  
  
  
US government and federal agencies 
 
 
 
 2,052.4
 2,052.4
Non-US governments debt securities 
 22.4
 3.2
 
 
 25.6
Asset-backed securities — Student loans 
 
 
 
 12.9
 12.9
Residential mortgage-backed securities  
 
 
 
 129.3
 129.3
Total available-for-sale 
 22.4
 3.2
 
 2,194.7
 2,220.3
Held-to-maturity  
  
  
  
    
US government and federal agencies 
 
 
 
 2,208.7
 2,208.7
Total held-to-maturity 
 
 
 
 2,208.7
 2,208.7
Total investment in securities 
 22.4
 3.2
 
 4,410.7
 4,436.4
Weighted average yield(1)
 % 4.82% 7.23% % 3.06% 3.07%
___________
(1)
Yields are based on average historical costs and yields on securities held in income tax exempt jurisdictions are not computed on a tax-equivalent yield basis.
As2021 were $5.7 billion, down $0.2 billion from December 31, 2020. Total deposits were $4.5 billion in December 31, 2021, down $0.3 billion from December 31, 2020, and loan balances at December 31, 2021 were relatively flat at $2.0 billion.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2021 were $54.5 billion and $16.1 billion, respectively, while assets under management were $3.8 billion. This compares with $53.5 billion, $16.1 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2020.
72


2020 vs. 2019 no investment
    Net income before other than securitiesgains and losses was $43.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, down by $17.3 million from $60.5 million in the prior year. This decrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
    Net interest income before provision for credit losses decreased by $24.3 million to $159.6 million in 2020, due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the US Government and US Government agencies exceeded 10% of shareholders' equity.COVID-19 pandemic, which was partially offset by lower deposit costs.


Loan Portfolio
Composition    Provision for credit losses was up by $5.7 million to $8.8 million in 2020. The increase is due to the implementation of the Loan Portfolionew CECL model, COVID-19 driven negative macroeconomic forecasts impacting the future expected credit loss estimate and loans migrating into the past due and non-performing categories.
The following table shows    Non-interest income decreased by $3.9 million to $85.2 million in 2020. This was primarily due to lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily during the compositionmonths of the Group's loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated. See Note 6 "Loans"April and May, impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes. Asset management fees were impacted from Q3 2020 due to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for further discussion of our loan portfolio inclusive offees on the Bank's policiesmoney market fund being reduced to offset low short term market rates.
    Operating expenses decreased by $16.6 million to $192.8 million in 2020 driven by a decrease in salary and other employee benefit costs, due to both higher restructuring costs and the costs associated with the departure of a senior executive in 2019; decreased professional and other outside services costs, due principally to the costs associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition in 2019 which were booked at the Head Office level and a reduction in the volume of professional and outside services due to vendor management cost reduction programs implemented in 2020; reduced marketing costs from the delay of rebranding and reduced travel expenditure due to COVID-19; and partially offset by an increase in property costs due to extra health and safety related expenditure and planned renovations.
    Total assets as at December 31, 2020 were $5.9 billion, up $0.7 billion from December 31, 2019. Total deposits were $4.8 billion in December 31, 2020, up $0.4 billion from December 31, 2019, and loan balances at December 31, 2020 were unchanged at $2.1 billion.
Client AUA for placing loans on a non-accrual status.
  As at December 31
  2019 2018 2017 2016 2015
Government 370.8
 105.7
 153.4
 112.4
 225.2
Commercial and industrial 535.7
 513.9
 371.0
 331.9
 342.7
Commercial overdrafts 28.5
 33.1
 21.5
 25.4
 40.7
Total commercial loans 935.0
 652.6
 545.9
 469.6
 608.6
Specific allowance for credit losses on commercial loans (4.9) (4.5) (2.9) (0.6) (0.6)
Total commercial loans after specific allowance for credit loss 930.1
 648.1
 543.0
 469.0
 608.0
Commercial mortgage 659.3
 497.0
 535.8
 581.6
 665.3
Construction 94.9
 78.7
 48.2
 28.9
 13.6
Total commercial real estate loans 754.2
 575.7
 584.1
 610.5
 678.9
Specific allowance for credit losses on commercial real estate loans (0.5) (0.6) (0.6) (0.8) (2.9)
Total commercial real estate loans after specific allowance for credit losses 753.8
 575.1
 583.5
 609.7
 676.0
Automobile financing 21.5
 20.2
 19.3
 20.0
 19.9
Credit card 87.7
 84.1
 79.0
 78.5
 78.9
Overdrafts 7.9
 12.9
 8.4
 5.6
 13.0
Other consumer 140.1
 63.5
 81.0
 94.0
 116.1
Total consumer loans 257.1
 180.6
 187.7
 198.1
 227.9
Specific allowance for credit losses on consumer loans (0.7) (0.3) (0.3) (0.3) (0.3)
Total consumer loans after specific allowance for credit losses 256.5
 180.4
 187.4
 197.8
 227.5
Residential mortgage loans 3,219.8
 2,660.0
 2,494.7
 2,336.6
 2,534.0
Specific allowance for credit losses on residential mortgage loans (11.6) (9.6) (9.9) (10.2) (15.3)
Total residential mortgage loans after specific allowance for credit losses 3,208.2
 2,650.4
 2,484.8
 2,326.4
 2,518.7
Total gross loans 5,166.2
 4,069.0
 3,812.3
 3,614.7
 4,049.5
Specific allowance for credit losses (17.7) (14.9) (13.7) (11.8) (19.1)
General allowance for credit losses (5.9) (10.2) (21.8) (32.6) (30.2)
Net loans 5,142.6
 4,043.9
 3,776.9
 3,570.5
 4,000.1

Maturity Profile of the Loan Portfolio
The following table presents certain items in our loan portfolio by contractual maturitytrust and custody businesses as at December 31, 2020 were $53.5 billion and $16.1 billion, respectively, while assets under management were $4.0 billion. This compares with $44.4 billion, $15.2 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2019.
Cayman Islands
  
As at December 31, 2019
Remaining term to average
contractual maturity
(in millions of $) (audited) 
Within
1 year
 
1 to 5
years
 
Over 5
years
 Total
Commercial loans 243.6
 199.1
 492.3
 935.0
Commercial real estate 102.9
 210.8
 440.5
 754.2
Consumer loans 113.0
 61.5
 82.7
 257.2
Residential mortgages 275.8
 1,331.2
 1,612.8
 3,219.8
Total 735.3
 1,802.6
 2,628.3
 5,166.2
We are a leading financial services provider in the Cayman Islands, offering a comprehensive range of personal and corporate financial services. In addition to our strong retail presence, we are focused on the provision of wealth management services including private banking, asset management and trust services.


We have continued to enhance our client delivery channels and online and mobile banking platform upgrades. With four Banking Centers in desirable locations and 17 ATMs strategically located in Grand Cayman, we continue to be a leading provider of financial services locally. The following table presentsprovides certain financial information for our Cayman Islands segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income91.0 95.4 114.6 (4.4)(19.2)(4.6)%(16.8)%
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)1.4 0.5 1.9 0.9 (1.4)180.0 %(73.7)%
Non-interest income58.1 49.3 51.9 8.8 (2.6)17.8 %(5.0)%
Net revenue before other gains (losses)150.5 145.2 168.4 5.3 (23.2)3.7 %(13.8)%
Operating expenses(58.9)(62.6)(61.1)3.7 (1.5)(5.9)%2.5 %
Net income before other gains (losses)91.5 82.6 107.3 8.9 (24.7)10.8 %(23.0)%
Total other gains (losses)0.2 0.4 0.6 (0.2)(0.2)(50.0)%(33.3)%
Net income91.7 83.0 107.9 8.7 (24.9)10.5 %(23.1)%
Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,612 4,109 503 12.2 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses1,137 1,124 13 1.2 %
Total assets4,973 4,480 493 11.0 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services4,396 3,159 1,237 39.2 %
Trust8,008 7,611 397 5.2 %
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds163 170 (7)(4.1)%
Other assets under management702 625 77 12.3 %
Total assets under management866 795 71 8.9 %
Number of employees241236 2.1 %



73


2021 vs. 2020
Net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $91.5 million, up by $8.9 million from $82.6 million in 2020. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $91.0 million in 2021, down by $4.4 million compared to 2020. The decrease from 2020 to 2021 was due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit recoveries of $1.4 million in 2021 represented an increase of $0.9 million compared to credit recoveries of $0.5 million in 2020. The favorable variance was mainly due to the completion of a large condominium development and repayment of the associated construction loan portfolioduring the year.
Non-interest income was $58.1 million, up $8.8 million from 2020 driven by maturityincreased economic activity impacting card service fee contributions and typeforeign exchange transactional volumes coupled with higher non-utilization fees on certain credit facilities.
Operating expenses decreased by $3.7 million from 2020 to $58.9 million in 2021, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and lower technology and communications costs due to lower depreciation costs which is outpacing the new system roll-out. This was partially offset by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from increased utilization of our Canadian service center.
Total assets as at December 31, 2021 were $5.0 billion, up $0.5 billion from December 31, 2020, reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans were relatively stable at $1.1 billion at December 31, 2021 with growth in residential mortgage lending offsetting repayments from commercial facilities.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $8.0 billion and $4.4 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.9 billion at December 31, 2021. This compares with $7.6 billion, $3.2 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2020.
2020 vs. 2019
Net income before other gains and losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $82.6 million, down by $24.7 million from $107.3 million in 2019. This decrease is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses was $95.4 million in 2020, down by $19.2 million compared to 2019. The decrease from 2019 to 2020 was due primarily to the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and was partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit losses was a recovery of $0.5 million in 2020, representing a decrease of $1.4 million compared to a credit recovery of $1.9 million in 2019. This decrease was mainly due to lower credit recoveries in 2020 as a result of the net specific provision release driven by a small government loan-to-debt conversion in 2019.
Non-interest income was $49.3 million, down $2.6 million from 2019 driven by lower economic activity resulting from COVID-19 related "shelter-in-place" government mandates, primarily during the months of April and May, impacting card service fee contributions and foreign exchange transactional volumes.
Operating expenses increased by $1.5 million from 2019 to $62.6 million in 2020, driven primarily by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from the Halifax service center; an increase in property costs due to extra health and safety related expenditure; an increase in IT sourcing and communication costs; and partially offset by reduced marketing costs from the delay of rebranding and reduced travel expenditure due to COVID-19.
Total assets as at December 31, 2020 were $4.5 billion, up $0.6 billion from December 31, 2019, reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans were relatively flat at $1.1 billion at December 31, 2020.
Client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $7.6 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion at December 31, 2020. This compares with $7.7 billion, $2.6 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, on December 31, 2019.
Channel Islands and the UK
The Channel Islands and UK segment includes the jurisdictions of Guernsey, Jersey (both in the Channel Islands), and the UK. In the Channel Islands, a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial institutions including private banking, corporate banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management, mortgage lending and fiduciary services. In 2021, the segment entered the local mortgage market offering various products to local residents. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgages for high-value residential properties. The following table provides certain financial information for our Channel Islands and the UK segment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Summary Income StatementFor the year ended December 31Dollar changePercent change
(in millions of $)2021202020192020 to 20212019 to 20202020 to 20212019 to 2020
Net interest income62.8 62.7 47.2 0.1 15.5 0.2 %32.8 %
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)(0.5)(0.2)1.4 (0.3)(1.6)150.0 %(114.3)%
Non-interest income45.3 40.7 34.3 4.6 6.4 11.3 %18.7 %
Net revenue before other gains (losses)107.6 103.2 82.9 4.4 20.3 4.3 %24.5 %
Operating expenses(81.7)(82.2)(74.2)0.5 (8.0)(0.6)%10.8 %
Net income before other gains (losses)25.9 21.0 8.7 4.9 12.3 23.3 %141.4 %
Total other gains (losses)(2.4)(1.2)— (1.2)(1.2)100.0 %100.0 %
Net income23.5 19.8 8.7 3.7 11.1 18.7 %127.6 %
74


Summary Balance SheetAs at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020Dollar changePercent change
Total deposits4,747 4,329 418 9.7 %
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses2,171 2,046 125 6.1 %
Total assets5,235 4,827 408 8.5 %
Assets under administration
Custody and other administration services16,263 13,186 3,077 23.3 %
Trust10,374 19,226 (8,852)(46.0)%
Assets under management
Butterfield Funds64 48 16 33.3 %
Other assets under management766 752 14 1.9 %
Total assets under management830 800 30 3.8 %
Number of employees369 363 1.7 %
2021 vs. 2020
Our Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $25.9 million in 2021, an increase of $4.9 million when compared to 2020. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses reflected an increase of $0.1 million to $62.8 million in 2021, compared to $62.7 million in 2020. Favorable GBP/USD foreign exchange rates throughout 2021 more than offset the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and which were partially offset by lower deposit costs.
Provision for credit losses was up $0.3 million to $0.5 million in 2021, due to an increased provision on a residential mortgage which moved into non-accrual status.
Non-interest income increased by $4.6 million to $45.3 million in 2021, due to increases in foreign exchange revenue, asset management fees and custody income driven by a combination of higher volumes, increased fees and onboarding of new clients during the year.
Operating expenses of $81.7 million in 2021 were $0.5 million lower than 2020, driven by a decrease in staff related costs due primarily to the resulting benefits from previous restructuring programs and lower operational losses and write-offs. This was partially offset by an increase in professional and outside services due to higher intercompany charges from increased utilization of our Canada and Mauritius service centers and higher legal and professional fees.
Total other gains (losses) for 2021 increased by $1.2 million compared to 2020 due to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of $5.2 billion as at December 31, 2021, an increase from $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020 reflecting higher depositor funding levels. Net loans increased $0.1 billion to $2.2 billion at December 31, 2021 driven primarily by the growth in the residential mortgage portfolios.
As at December 31, 2021, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $10.4 billion and $16.3 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion. This compares with $19.2 billion, $13.2 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2020. The decrease in AUA for trust is mainly due to the revision of fee agreements for a trust structure in Guernsey. The increase in AUA for custody is mainly due to the on-boarding of new business while AUM remains stable.
2020 vs. 2019
Our Channel Islands and UK segment posted net income before gains and losses of $21.0 million in 2020, an increase of $12.3 million when compared to 2019. This increase is due principally to the following movements in net interest income, provision for credit losses, non-interest income and operating expenses:
Net interest income before provision for credit losses increased by $15.5 million to $62.7 million in 2020, compared to $47.2 million in 2019, primarily due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition, the impact of planned deposit repricing and lower deposit volumes from a reduction in primarily Euro deposits. This was partially offset by the impact of lower market rates across the yield curve as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Provision for credit losses was an expense of $0.2 million, compared to a recovery of $1.4 million in 2019 due to the reversal of the Brexit economic factor provision in 2019.
Non-interest income increased by $6.4 million to $40.7 million in 2020, due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition and partially offset by lower trust income from lesser time spent and loss of business.
Operating expenses of $82.2 million in 2020 were $8.0 million higher than 2019, principally due to the full year impact of the ABN AMRO acquisition; higher operational losses and write-offs and partially offset by higher restructuring costs incurred in 2019 compared to 2020.
Total other gains (losses) for 2020 increased $1.2 million compared to 2019 due to a defined benefit pension plan adjustment.
Total assets of $4.8 billion as at December 31, 2020, a decrease from $5.1 billion as at December 31, 2019 primarily from a planned reduction of Euro deposit levels associated with the ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) acquisition.
As at December 31, 2020, client AUA for the trust and custody businesses were $19.2 billion and $13.2 billion, respectively, while AUM were $0.8 billion. This compares with $20.4 billion, $12.5 billion and $0.8 billion, respectively, as at December 31, 2019.



75
  
As at December 31, 2019
Remaining term to average
contractual maturity
(in millions of $) (audited) 
Within
1 year
 
1 to 5
years
 
Over 5
years
 Total
Loans with fixed interest rates 102.6
 207.2
 765.4
 1,075.2
Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates 632.7
 1,595.4
 1,862.9
 4,091.0
Total 735.3
 1,802.6
 2,628.3
 5,166.2



Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
LoanAssets Under Administration and Lease ConcentrationsAssets Under Management
As at December 31, 2019In the normal course of business, we hold AUA and 2018, we did not identify any concentration of loans and leases that exceeded 10% of total loans and leases. See Note 7 "Credit risk concentrations" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 2019 included elsewhereAUM in this report for further discussion of how we manage concentration exposures.
Risk Elements
For details on our policy for placing loans on non-accrual status, see Note 2 "Significant accounting policies" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 2019 included elsewhere in this report.
The following table shows a five-year history of non-accrual loans, loans past due 90 daysfiduciary or more and other potential problem loans. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates"agency capacity for our policies for determining non-performing and potential problem loans.
  As at December 31
(in millions of $) 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015
Non-accrual loans          
Commercial loans          
Commercial and industrial 7.6
 11.2
 7.5
 0.6
 0.6
Total commercial loans 7.6
 11.2
 7.5
 0.6
 0.6
Commercial real estate loans 3.2
 4.1
 4.7
 6.0
 10.3
Consumer loans          
Automobile financing 0.2
 0.2
 0.2
 0.3
 0.1
Other consumer 1.1
 0.8
 0.5
 0.7
 1.3
Total consumer loans 1.3
 1.0
 0.7
 1.0
 1.4
Residential mortgages 38.3
 32.2
 30.9
 40.9
 53.0
Total non‑accrual loans 50.4

48.5
 43.8
 48.5
 65.3
Accruing loans past due 90 days and more          
Commercial real estate loans 3.1
 
 
 
 0.7
Consumer loans          
Credit card 0.4
 0.1
 0.2
 0.4
 0.1
Overdrafts 
 
 
 
 0.5
Other consumer 
 
 
 0.3
 0.1
Total consumer loans 0.4
 0.1
 0.2
 0.7
 0.7
Residential mortgages 12.1
 6.5
 4.2
 8.5
 12.7
Total accruing loans past 90 days and more 15.6
 6.6
 4.4
 9.2
 14.1
Loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR")(1)
          
Commercial loans 0.9
 1.0
 1.0
 1.0
 1.1
Commercial real estate loans 4.3
 4.5
 4.5
 3.3
 14.6
Consumer loans 
 
 
 
 0.1
Residential mortgages 74.9
 74.7
 70.5
 46.5
 35.6
Total loans modified in a TDR 80.1
 80.2
 76.0
 50.8
 51.4
________________
(1)
Total recorded investment.

Impact of Impaired Loans on Interest Income
The following table presents the gross interest income for both non-accrual and TDRs that would have been recognized if such loans had been current inclients. In accordance with their originalGAAP, these assets are not our assets and are not included in our consolidated balance sheets.
Credit-Related Arrangements
We enter into standby letters of credit, letters of guarantee and contractual terms,commitments to extend credit in the normal course of business, which are not required to be recorded on the balance sheet. Since many commitments expire unused or only partially used, these arrangements do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Management believes there are no material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an unusual nature.
Standby letters of credit and had been outstanding throughoutletters of guarantee are issued at the periodrequest of our clients in order to secure a client's payment or since origination if held for only partperformance obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent our irrevocable obligation to pay the third-party beneficiary upon presentation of the period. The table also presentsguarantee and satisfaction of the interest income related to these loans that was actually recognized for the year.
(in millions of $)
Year-ended
December 31, 2019
Total
Gross amount of interest income that would have been recorded in accordance with original contractual terms, and had been outstanding throughout the year or since origination, if held for only part of the year(1)
7.7
Interest income actually recognized (in negative)(5.0)
Total interest income forgone2.7
________________
(1)
Based on the contractual rate that was being charged at the time the loan was restructured or placed on non-accrual status.
Potential Problem Loans
This disclosure presents outstanding amounts as well as specific reserves for certain loans and leases where information about possible credit problems of borrowers causes management to have serious doubtsdocumentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the present repayment terms. At December 31, 2019, we did not identify any potential problem loans or leases within the portfolio that were not already included in "Risk Elements" above.
Cross-Border Outstandings
The following table presents the aggregate amount of cross-border outstandings from borrowers or counterparties for each foreign country that exceeds 0.75% of consolidated assets for anyvalidity of the periods reported below. Cross-border outstandings include loans, receivables, interest bearingbeneficiary's claim against the client. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, while the term of the letters of guarantee does not exceed four years.
Credit risk is the principal risk associated with these instruments. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the credit risk should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client defaults. To control the credit risk associated with issuing letters of credit and letters of guarantee, we subject such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring controls as our lending activities. The types and amounts of collateral security we hold for these standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are generally represented by our deposits with other banks, other interest bearing investmentsor a charge over assets held in mutual funds. We are obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements and monetary assets thatin certain cases are denominated in either dollars or other non-local currency.
The table separately presentsable to recover the amounts of cross-border outstandings by type of borrower including governments, banks and financial institutions and other, along with an analysis of local country assets net of local country liabilities.paid through recourse against the collateral security.
(in millions of $)For the year ended December 31, 2019
Country of counterparty
United
Kingdom
 
United
States
 Canada St. Lucia Australia
Governments and official institutions1,091.0
 385.9
 77.0
 
 
Banks and other financial institutions642.7
 371.0
 505.1
 
 171.0
Commercial and industrial441.4
 162.3
 
 29.6
 
Residential636.7
 4,395.0
 
 
  
Total cross border outstandings2,811.8
 5,314.2
 582.1
 29.6
 171.0
Net local country claims13.5
 
 
 
 
Cross‑border commitments12.9
 
 
 
 
Total exposure2,838.2
 5,314.2
 582.1
 29.6
 171.0
Risk Management
(in millions of $)For the year ended December 31, 2018
Country of counterparty
United
Kingdom
 
United
States
 Canada St. Lucia Australia
Governments and official institutions51.0
 99.3
 146.6
 
 
Banks and other financial institutions657.2
 405.5
 314.3
 
 145.7
Commercial and industrial317.0
 174.6
 
 90.5
 
Residential469.4
 3,973.9
 
 
 
Total cross border outstandings1,494.6
 4,653.3
 460.9
 90.5
 145.7
Net local country claims18.8
 
 
 
 
Cross‑border commitments36.9
 
 
 
 
Total exposure1,550.3
 4,653.3
 460.9
 90.5
 145.7

(in millions of $)For the year ended December 31, 2017
Country of counterparty
United
Kingdom
 
United
States
 Canada St. Lucia Australia
Governments and official institutions159.7
 249.1
 115.5
 
 
Banks and other financial institutions602.6
 444.7
 272.7
 
 113.9
Commercial and industrial208.3
 349.9
 
 120.1
 
Residential355.7
 4,183.5
 
 
 
Total cross border outstandings1,326.3
 5,227.2
 388.2
 120.1
 113.9
Net local country claims16.2
 
 
 
 
Cross‑border commitments52.7
 
 
 
 
Total exposure1,395.2
 5,227.2
 388.2
 120.1
 113.9
____________________________
There were no countries listed above which were experiencing liquidity problems as of any of the period-end dates listed.
Loan Concentration
As at December 31, 2019, there were no individual loans for which their net carrying value was greater than 10% of the total loans outstanding.
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
The following table presents our loan loss experience for the years indicated.
  For the year ended December 31
(in millions of $) 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015
Allowance, balance at the beginning of the year 25.1
 35.4
 44.2
 49.3
 47.5
           
Charge-offs          
Commercial loans (0.4) (0.2) (0.2) (0.1) (0.5)
Commercial real estate 
 
 (0.8) (4.5) (0.3)
Consumer loans (2.2) (0.9) (1.0) (1.9) (3.7)
Residential mortgages (0.4) (2.9) (2.4) (3.9) (2.0)
Recoveries          
Commercial loans 
 
 0.1
 0.1
 0.2
Commercial real estate 
 
 
 
 0.8
Consumer loans 1.2
 0.7
 0.7
 1.3
 0.4
Residential mortgages 0.4
 0.2
 0.5
 0.1
 1.4
Charge-offs, net of recoveries (1.4) (3.2) (3.1) (9.0) (3.7)
Additional charge to operations (0.1) (7.1) (5.7) 3.9
 5.5
Allowance, balance at the end of the year 23.6
 25.1
 35.4
 44.2
 49.3
Average loans 4,369.5
 3,995.8
 3,665.8
 3,921.1
 4,026.7
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to average loans outstanding during the year (0.03)% (0.08)% (0.08)% (0.23)% (0.09)%
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" located elsewhere in this report for further details on additional charges to operations.
The following table presents allocation of allowances for credit losses for the periods indicated.
  For the year ended December 31
  2019 2018 2017 2016 2015
(in millions of $) $
%(1)
 $
%(1)
 $
%(1)
 $
%(1)
 $
%(1)
Balance at the end of the year  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Commercial loans 7.3
0.8
 6.9
1.0
 3.3
0.6
 3.4
0.8
 8.7
1.5
Commercial real estate 1.5
0.2
 4.1
0.9
 10.6
2.0
 16.2
3.0
 6.5
1.0
Consumer loans 1.5
0.6
 0.8
0.6
 0.9
0.5
 1.0
0.6
 2.8
1.2
Residential mortgages 13.3
0.4
 13.3
0.8
 20.7
1.3
 23.7
1.5
 31.3
1.8
Total 23.6
0.5% 25.1
0.6
 35.5
0.9
 44.3
1.2
 49.3
1.6

(1)
Percent of loans in each category to total loans.

Deposits
The following table presents our interest bearing customer deposits for the years indicated.
  For the year ended December 31
  2019 2018 2017
(in millions of $, unless otherwise indicated) 
Average
balance
Average
rate
 Average
balance
Average
rate
 Average
balance
Average
rate
Interest bearing deposits         
Demand 6,197.3
0.19% 5,587.4
0.02% 5,697.0
0.03%
Term 2,625.1
1.46% 1,765.4
0.87% 1,722.6
0.49%
Total interest bearing deposits 8,822.4
  7,352.8
  7,419.6
 

Term Deposits of $100,000 or More
The following table presents the amount of term deposits of $100,000 or more by time remaining until maturity as at December 31, 2019:
 Remaining term to maturity
(in millions of $)
3 months
or less
 3 to 6 months 6 to 12 months 
Over
12 months
 Total
Customer2,398.8
 224.4
 290.9
 61.7
 2,975.9
Bank3.8
 0.5
 0.1
 
 4.4
Total Term Deposits of $100,000 or More2,402.6
 224.9
 291.0
 61.7
 2,980.3

Return on Equity and Assets
The following table presents our return on equity and assets for the years indicated.
  For the year ended December 31
  2019 2018 2017
Return on assets(1)
 1.4% 1.8% 1.4%
Return on equity(2)
 19.1% 23.1% 19.9%
Dividend payout ratio(3)
 52.9% 42.8% 46.4%
Equity to assets ratio(4)
 8.0% 8.1% 6.8%
______________________________
(1)
Net income divided by average total assets.
(2)
Net income divided by average equity.
(3)
Dividends declared per share divided by net income per share.
(4)
Average equity divided by average total assets.

Short-Term Borrowings
There were no short-term borrowings in excess of 30% of shareholders' equity as at December 31, 2019 and 2018.





74


RISK MANAGEMENT
Risk Oversight and Management
General
The principal types of risk inherent in our business are market, liquidity, credit and operational risks.
Organizational structureStructure
The Board has overall responsibility for determining the strategy for risk management, setting the Bank's risk appetite and ensuring that risk is monitored and controlled effectively. It accomplishes its mandate through the activities of two dedicated committees:
The Risk Policy and Compliance Committee ("RPCC"):    This committee of the Board assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities by overseeing the Group's risk profile and its performance against approved risk appetites and tolerance thresholds. Specifically, the committee considers the sufficiency of the Group's policies, procedures and limits related to the identification, measurement, monitoring and control of activities that give rise to credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational, regulatory, compliance, climate and reputational risks, as well as overseeing its compliance with laws, regulations and codes of conduct.
The Audit Committee:    This committee reviews the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the Group's system of internal controls and the control environment, including in respect of the risk management process. It reviews recommendations arising from internal and independent audit review activities and management's response to any findings raised.
Both the RPCC and Audit Committee are supported in the execution of their respective mandates by the dedicated Audit, Compliance and Risk Policy Committees for our UK, Guernsey, Jersey, Cayman Islands and The Bahamas operations, which oversee the sufficiency of local risk management policies and procedures and the effectiveness of the system of internal controls that are in place. These committees are chaired by non-executive directors drawn from the boards of directors for each jurisdiction.segment.
The Group executive management team is led by the Chairman and CEO and includes the members of executive management reporting directly to the Chairman and CEO. The executive management team is responsible for setting business strategy and for monitoring, evaluating and managing risks across the Group. It is supported by the following management committees:
The Group Risk and Compliance Committee ("GRCGRCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. It provides a forum for the strategic assessment of risks assumed across the Group as a whole based on an integrated view of credit, market, liquidity, legal, regulatory and financial crime compliance, fiduciary, operational, cybersecurity, climate, insurance, pension, investment, capital and reputational risks, ensuring that these exposures are consistent with the risk appetites and tolerance thresholds promulgated by the Board.Board and oversees the compliance of regulatory obligations arising under applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is responsible (i) for reviewing, evaluating and recommending the Group's Risk Appetite Framework, the results of the Capital Assessment and Risk Profile and recovery and resolution planning processes (including all associated stress testing performed) and the Group's key risk policies to the Board for approval; (ii) for reviewing and evaluating current and proposed business strategies in the context of our risk appetites; and (iii )(iii) for identifying, reviewing and advising on current and emerging risk issues and associated mitigation plans.plans; and (iv) for reviewing the Group’s compliance with external regulations and internal policies.
The Group Asset and Liability Committee ("GALCO"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group CFO. The committee is responsible for liquidity, interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk management and other balance sheet issues. It also oversees key policies and the execution of the Group's investment and capital management strategies and monitors the associated risks assumed. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the work undertaken by the dedicated Asset & Liability Committees in each of the Bank's jurisdictional business units.segments.
The Group Credit Committee ("GCC"):    This committee comprises executive and senior management and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for a broad range of activities relating to the monitoring, evaluation and management of credit risks assumed across the Group at both transaction and portfolio levels. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by the Financial Institutions Committee ("FIC"), a dedicated sub-committee that is responsible for the evaluation and approval of recommended inter-bank and counterparty exposures assumed in the Group's treasury and investment portfolios, and by the activities of the jurisdictional Credit Committees, which review and approve transactions within delegated authorities and recommends specific transactions outside of these limits to the GCC for approval.
The Provisions and Impairments Committee:    This committee comprises executive and senior management team members and is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer. The committee is responsible for approving significant provisions and other impairment charges. It also oversees the overall credit risk profile of the Group in regards to non-accrual loans and assets. It is supported in the execution of its mandate by localjurisdictional credit committees and the GCC, which make recommendations to this committee.
76


Risk Management
We manage our exposure to risk through a three "lines of defense" model.
The first "line of defense" is provided by our jurisdictional business units, which retain ultimate responsibility for the risks they assume and for bearing the cost of risks associated with these exposures.
The second "line of defense" is provided by our Risk Management and Compliance groups, which work in collaboration with our business units to identify, assess, mitigate and monitor the risks associated with our business activities and strategies. They do this by:
making recommendations to the GRCGRCC regarding the constitution of the Risk Appetite Framework;
setting risk strategies that are designed to manage risk exposures assumed in the course of pursuing our business strategies and aligning them with agreed appetites;
establishing and communicating policies, procedures and limits to control risks in alignment with these risk strategies;
measuring, monitoring and reporting on risk levels;
opining on specific transactions that fall outside delegated risk limits; and
identifying and assessing emerging risks.
The functions within the Risk Management and Compliance groups that support our risk management activities are outlined below.

Group Market Risk — This unit provides independent oversight of the measurement, monitoring and control of liquidity and funding risks, interest rate and foreign exchange risks as well as the market risks associated with our investment portfolios. It also monitors compliance with both regulatory requirements and our internal policies and procedures relating to the management of these risks.
Group Credit Risk Management — This unit is responsible for the adjudication and oversight of credit risks associated with our retail and commercial lending activities and the management of risks associated with our investment portfolios and counterparty exposures. It also establishes the parameters and delegated limits within which credit risks may be assumed and promulgates guidelines on how exposures should be managed and monitored.
Group Operational Risk — This unit assesses the effectiveness of our procedures and internal controls in managing our exposure to various forms of operational risk, including those associated with new business activities and processes and the deployment of new technologies. It is also overseesresponsible for our incident management processes and reviews the effectiveness of our loss data collection activities.
Group Compliance — This unit provides independent analysis and assurance of our compliance with applicable laws, regulations, codes of conduct and recommended best practices, including those associated with the prevention of financial crime, including money laundering and terrorist financing. It is also responsible for assessing our potential exposure to upstream risks and for providing guidance on the preparations that should be made in advance of these changes coming into effect. The Group Head of Compliance and Operational Risk reports directly to the Chairman and CEO.
The third "line of defense" is provided by our Group Internal Audit function, which performs oversight and ongoing review, and challenges the effectiveness of the internal controls that are executed by both the business, Risk Management and Compliance. The Group Head of Internal Audit has a dual reporting line to both the Chair of the Audit Committee and the Chairman and CEO.
Regulatory Review Process
Our banking, trust and investment business activities in Bermuda are monitored by the BMA as the lead regulator. One of the principal objectives of the BMA is to supervise, regulate and inspect Bermuda-based financial institutions to ensure their financial stability and soundness.
In addition to conducting on-site reviews, the BMA utilizes a comprehensive quarterly statistical return system that enables off-site monitoring. The statistical system is consistent with Basel Committee Standards, whichand provides the BMA with a detailed breakdown of a bank's balance sheet and profit-and-loss accounts on both a consolidated and unconsolidated basis. This information enables the BMA to monitor the soundness of a bank's financial position and ensure that it meets certain capital requirements. For more information, see "SupervisionItem 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation - Bermuda - Supervision and Monitoring by the BMA".
Each of our regulated entities is separately monitored by the local regulatory authority in that jurisdiction to ensure theirits financial stability and soundness.
The Risk Appetite Framework
The Risk Appetite Framework is the cornerstone of our approach to risk management. Developed by executive management and approved formally by the Board, it outlines the appropriateness of taking on certain risks in the pursuit of our strategic objectives and defines those that should be avoided. It also provides management with a clear mandate regarding the amount and type of risk that it may accept and establishes minimum expectations regarding the practices and behaviors that should be brought to bear in managing the exposures assumed. It is aligned with the interests of our stakeholders feeds intoand informs our business planning processes, and shapes our discussions on risk matters generally.processes.






Our framework comprises the following elements:
77


(1)     Broad categories of risk: outsourcing; credit; market; liquidity; regulatory compliance; financial crime compliance; fiduciary; governance; operational; people; climate; cyber and information security; technology; investment; tax reporting; strategy; financial reporting; correspondent banking; reputational and change. These represent the various risks that the Group assumes across the entirety of its operations in the pursuit of its strategic goals.
(2)    A declared risk appetite. To ensure consistency in our risk conversations, these have been distilled into the three options set out in the following table, with each appetite designed to convey a clear strategic direction in terms of the risk/reward profile assumed:
AppetiteDefinitionProfile
ConservativeAreas in which the Group avoids risk, or acts to minimize or eliminate the likelihood that the risk will occur, because we have determined the potential downside costs are intolerable; we must maintain a very strong control environmentenvironment.Our processes and controls are defensive and focus on detection and prevention.
BalancedAreas in which the Group must constantly strike a balance between the potential upside benefits and potential downside costs of a given decisiondecision.Exposures are only assumed when the risk can be quantified accurately and is assessed as being acceptable.
TolerantAreas in which the Group has a preference for disciplined risk-taking because we have determined the potential upside benefits outweigh the potential costscosts.Exposures can be estimated reliably and structures, systems and processes are in place to manage them.
(3)     A statement of our governing principles relating to each risk category. This establishes the characteristics of the risks that the Bank is willing to assume and the management behaviors that we should exhibit when doing so.
(4)     Specific performance measures and tolerance thresholds in respect of each risk category, combining quantitative and qualitative targets (which are designed to reflect both forward-looking as well as historical perspectives), are designed to provide executive management and the Board with an indication of the "direction" of our exposure relative to our declared risk appetite and an early warning of material adverse developments requiring remedial action.

Application of the Risk Appetite Framework
The limits, targets and thresholds used to measure performance continue to be refined by the Group Risk Management functionand Compliance functions in an effort to express as complete a "picture" as possible of our exposure to a given risk, relative to the stated appetite. All changes proposed pass through a formal review and approval process at both the executive management and Board levels prior to their adoption. Through this approach, the risk appetite framework sets the tone for our risk culture across the Group as a whole, influencing behaviors at all levels of the organization and reinforcing accountability for decisions taken. Many of our jurisdictional offices have developed subsidiary risk appetite frameworks in conjunction with their local risk management functions. This ensures appropriate coverage of local risk factors and the establishment of proportional tolerance thresholds. The Group Risk hasManagement and Compliance functions have reviewed these frameworks prior to their adoption and hashave modified any appetites proposed that are considered to be inconsistent with the overall Group approach.
Market Risks
Interest Rate Risk Management
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which is defined as the risk of loss of net interest income or changes in net interest margin because of changes in interest rates. Interest rate risk for the Bank is confined to the banking book as the bank does not engage in proprietary trading.
We seek to measure and manage the potential impact of interest rate risk. Interest rate risk occurs when interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities mature or re-price at different times, on a different basis or in unequal amounts. Interest rate risk also arises when our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts each respond differently to changes in interest rates, including as a result of explicit and implicit provisions in agreements related to such assets and liabilities and in off-balance sheet contracts that alter the applicable interest rate and cash flow characteristics as interest rates change. The two primary examples of such provisions that we are exposed to are the duration and rate sensitivity associated with indeterminate-maturity deposits (e.g., interest bearing call accounts) and the rate of prepayment associated with fixed-rate lending and mortgage-backed securities. Interest rates may also affect loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume and other items affecting earnings.
Our management of interest rate risk is overseen by the RPCC, which outlines reporting and measurement requirements. In particular, this infrastructure sets limits and management targets, calculated for various metrics, including our economic value sensitivity, our economic value of equity and net interest income simulations involving parallel shifts in interest rate curves, steepening and flattening yield curves, and various prepayment and deposit duration assumptions. Our Risk Management infrastructure also requires a periodic review of all key assumptions used, such as identifying appropriate interest rate scenarios, setting loan prepayment rates based on historical analysis, non-interest bearing and interest bearing demand deposit durations based on historical analysis, and the targeted investment term of capital.
The principal objective of our interest rate risk management is to maximize profit potential while minimizing exposure to changes in interest rates. Our actions in this regard are taken under the guidance of GALCO. The committee is actively involved in formulating the economic assumptions that we use in our financial planning and budgeting processes and establishes policies which control and monitor the sources, uses and pricing of funds. From time to time, we utilize hedging techniques to reduce interest rate risk. GALCO uses interest income simulationsimulations and economic value of equity analysis to measure inherent risk in our balance sheet at specific points in time.
Appetite for interest rate risk is documented in the Group's policies on market risk and investments. This includes the completion of stress testing on at least a quarterly basis of the impact of an immediate and sustained shift in interest rates of +/– 200 basis points on net interest income, economic value of equity and the ratio of tangible total equity to average assets. If any of the parameters established by policy are exceeded, GALCO will provide a plan to executive management to bring the exposure back within tolerance under advice to the Board. The plan does not have to bring the exposure back within limit immediately, but must adjust the exposure within Board and management approved timeframes.
We also use derivatives in the asset and liability management of positions to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. Our derivative contracts principally involve over-the-counter transactions that are privately negotiated between the Group and the counterparty to the contract. Derivative instruments that are used as part of our interest rate risk management strategy include interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date.

Interest Rate Risk
78


The following table sets out the assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity and off-balance sheet instruments on the date of the earlier of contractual maturity, expected maturity and repricing date. Use of these tables to derive information about our interest rate risk position is limited by the fact that customers may choose to terminate their financial instruments at a date earlier than the contractual maturity or repricing date. Examples of this include fixed-rate mortgages, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may pre-pay earlier, and certain term deposits, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may be withdrawn before their contractual maturity subject to prepayment penalties. Investments are shown based on remaining contractual maturities. The remaining contractual principal maturities for mortgage-backed securities (primarily US Governmentgovernment agencies) do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.

December 31, 2019 Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date 
December 31, 2021December 31, 2021Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date
(in $ millions) 
Within
3 months
3 to 6
months
6 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years
Non-interest
bearing
Total
Total fair value(1)
(in $ millions)Within
3 months
3 to 6
months
6 to 12
months
1 to 5
years
After
5 years
Non-interest
bearing
Total
Total fair value(1)
Assets  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Assets 
Cash and deposits with banks 2,462




88
2,550
2,550
Cash and deposits with banks2,064 — — — — 116 2,180 2,180 
Securities purchased under agreement to resell 142





142
142
Securities purchased under agreement to resell96 — — — — — 96 96 
Short-term investments 622
591
3


2
1,218
1,218
Short-term investments842 252 105 — — — 1,199 1,199 
Investments(2)
 415
23
11
102
3,878
7
4,436
4,484
Investments(2)
14 14 1,173 5,027 — 6,237 6,260 
Loans(3)
 4,025
16
148
292
648
14
5,143
5,161
Loans(3)
4,208 22 91 705 182 33 5,241 5,265 
Other assets 




433
433
433
Other assets— — — — — 382 382 382 
Total assets 7,666
630
162
394
4,526
544
13,922
13,988
Total assets7,224 283 210 1,878 5,209 531 15,335 15,382 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Liabilities and shareholders' equity 
Demand deposits 7,151




2,239
9,390
9,390
Demand deposits8,077 — 27 — — 2,821 10,925 10,925 
Term deposits(4)
 2,435
234
305
78


3,052
3,050
Term deposits(4)
1,658 587 602 98 — — 2,945 2,949 
Other liabilities 




373
373
373
Other liabilities— — — — — 316 316 316 
Subordinated capital(4)
 70


73


143
148
Subordinated capital(4)
— — — 172 — — 172 159 
Shareholders' equity 




964
964
1,027
Shareholders' equity— — — — — 977 977 1,033 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 9,656
234
305
151

3,576
13,922
13,988
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity9,735 587 629 270  4,114 15,335 15,382 
Interest rate sensitivity gap (1,990)396
(143)243
4,526
(3,032)
 Interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(304)(419)1,608 5,209 (3,583) 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap (1,990)(1,594)(1,737)(1,494)3,032


 Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(2,815)(3,234)(1,626)3,583 —  
____________________________
(1)
(1)See Item 5.A. "Operating Results - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Fair Values" and "Note 17: Fair value measurements" of the audited consolidated financial statements for further detail on the determination of fair value.
(2)Investments include (i) HTM, which are carried at their amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheet, and (ii) equity securities and AFS investments, each of which are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value columns presents all classifications at their fair value.
(3)Loans are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal amount outstanding, net of allowance for credit losses, unearned income, fair value adjustments arising from hedge accounting and net deferred loan fees.
(4)Term deposits and subordinated capital are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal outstanding.
See "Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Fair Values" and "Note 18: Fair value measurements" of the audited consolidated financial statements for further detail on the determination of fair value.
(2)
Investments include (i) HTM, which are carried at their amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheet, and (ii) equity securities and AFS investments, each of which are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair value columns presents all classifications at their fair value.
(3)
Loans are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal amount outstanding, net of allowance for credit losses, unearned income, fair value adjustments arising from hedge accounting and net deferred loan fees.
(4)
Term deposits and subordinated capital are carried on the consolidated balance sheet as the principal outstanding.
Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Risk
The principal objective of our asset and liability management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and preserving adequate levels of liquidity funding and capital.
As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the fair value of all interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.
We manage our exposure to interest rates primarily by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. We do not typically enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of managing interest rate risk, but we may elect to do so in the future. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. Our exposure to holdings categorized as "trading positions" falls below the de minimis threshold established of 5% (ratio of total trading book open position compared to the sum of onon- and off-balance sheet assets that are not part of the trading book).
We use an interest rate risk simulation model to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet. Instantaneous parallel rate shift scenarios are modeled and utilized to evaluate risk and establish exposure limits for acceptable changes in net interest margin. These scenarios, known as rate shocks, simulate an instantaneous change in interest rates and use various assumptions, including, but not limited to, prepayments on securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. We also analyze the economic value of equity as a secondary measure of interest rate risk. This is a complementary measure to net interest income where the calculated value is the result of the fair value of assets less the fair value of liabilities. The economic value of equity is a longer-term view of interest rate risk because it measures the present value of all future cash flows. The impact of changes in interest rates on this calculation is analyzed for the risk to our future earnings and is used in conjunction with the analysis on net interest income.


The following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income versus unchanged rates as at December 31, 2019 and2021 and December 31, 2018:

2020:
79


 For the year endedFor the year ended
 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
 
Following
12 Months
 Months 13 - 24 
Following
12 Months
 Months 13 - 24
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
Following
12 Months
Months 13 - 24
+300 basis points 7.70 % 14.00 % 10.40 % 13.20 %+300 basis points21.6 %24.8 %33.2 %42.1 %
+200 basis points 5.80 % 10.20 % 6.80 % 8.90 %+200 basis points14.2 %16.6 %22.6 %29.3 %
+100 basis points 3.60 % 5.90 % 3.70 % 4.90 %+100 basis points6.6 %8.1 %11.5 %15.4 %
Flat rates 0.00 % 0.00 % 0.00 % 0.00 %Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points (4.00)% (7.40)% (8.20)% (11.10)%−100 basis points17.8 %15.7 %11.9 %8.4 %
The following table presents the change in our economic value of equity as at December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 2018,2020, assuming immediate parallel shifts in interest rates:
 For the year endedFor the year ended
 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
+300 basis points (7.70)% (6.20)%+300 basis points(7.4)%4.5 %
+200 basis points (5.30)% (4.50)%+200 basis points(5.2)%5.0 %
+100 basis points (2.00)% (2.10)%+100 basis points(2.0)%4.2 %
Flat rates 0.00 % 0.00 %Flat rates0.0 %0.0 %
−100 basis points (2.10)% (3.20)%−100 basis points(0.6)%2.8 %
The differences between the change in our net interest income and economic value of equity assuming immediate parallel shifts in interests rates from December 31, 20182020 to December 31, 2019 is2021 are driven by an increase in both fixed rate investmentsthe redeployment of funds from cash due from banks into the investment portfolio, extending the portfolio duration and loans in order to reduce the Bank’s exposure to lower interest rates.reducing asset sensitivity.
Many assumptions are used to calculate the impact of interest rate fluctuations. Actual results may be significantly different than our projections due to several factors, including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. The computations of interest rate risk shown above do not include the full suite of actions that our management may undertake to manage the risks in response to anticipated changes in interest rates, and actual results may also differ materially.
Foreign Exchange Risk
The Group holds various non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and maintains investments in subsidiaries whose domestic currency is either not USD or whose domestic currency is not pegged to USD. Assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than USD are translated to USD at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. The resulting gains or losses are included in foreign exchange revenue in the consolidated statementstatements of operations. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries outside of Bermuda are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet date while associated revenues and expenses are translated to USD at the average rate of exchange prevailing through the accounting period. Unrealized translation gains or losses on investments in foreign currency based subsidiaries are recorded as a separate component of shareholders' equity within accumulated other comprehensive loss. Such gains or losses are recorded in the consolidated statementstatements of operations only when realized. Our foreign currency subsidiaries may give rise to significant foreign currency translation movements against the USD. We also provide foreign exchange services to our clients, principally in connection with our banking and wealth management businesses, and effect other transactions in non-USD currencies. Foreign currency volatility and fluctuations in exchange rates may impact the value of non-USD denominated assets and liabilities and raise the potential for losses resulting from foreign currency trading positions where aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than USD do not offset one another, or offset each other in different time periods. If the policies and procedures we have in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of foreign exchange volatility are not followed, or are not effective to mitigate such risks, our results and earnings may be negatively affected. The Group maintains a clearly articulated foreign exchange risk exposure tolerance framework which limits exposures to select major currencies.
Liquidity Risk
The objectives of liquidity risk management are to ensure that the Group can meet its cash flow requirements and capitalize on business opportunities on a timely and cost-effective basis. Liquidity is defined as the ability to hold and/or generate cash adequate to meet our needs for day-to-day operations and material long and short-term commitments. Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if the Group were unable to meet its funding requirements at a reasonable cost.
We monitor and manage our liquidity by banking location and on a Group-wide basis. The treasury functions in the Group's banking operations, located in Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, and Jersey, manage day-to-day liquidity. The Group market risk function has the responsibility for measuring and reporting to senior management on liquidity risk positions. We manage our liquidity based on demand, commitments, specific events and uncertainties to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our objective in managing liquidity is to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers as well as to earnings enhancement opportunities in a changing marketplace. Management is responsible for establishing and monitoring liquidity targets as well as strategies to meet these targets. The Group adopts a cautious liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically, the Group manages liquidity against internal limits established by the market risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology.
We maintained a balance sheet with loans representing 36.9%34.2% of total assets as at December 31, 2019.2021. Further, at that date there were significant sources of liquidity within our balance sheet in the form of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, securities purchased under agreement to resell and investments amounting to $8.3$9.7 billion, or 60.0%63.3%, of total assets.
An important element of our liquidity management is our liquidity contingency plan which can be employed in the event of a liquidity crisis. The objective of the liquidity contingency plan is to ensure that we maintain our liquidity during periods of stress. This plan takes into consideration a variety of scenarios that could challenge our liquidity. These scenarios include specific and systemic events that can impact our on-andon- and off-balance sheet sources and uses of liquidity. This plan is reviewed and updated at least annually.

Credit Risk
80


Credit risk is defined as the risk that unexpected losses arise as a result of the Group's borrowers or market counterparties failing to meet their obligations to repay. Credit risk is managed through the jurisdictional credit risk management departments ("CRM").CRM departments. CRM provides a system of checks and balances for our diverse credit-related activities by establishing and monitoring all credit-related policies and practices throughout the Group and assuring their uniform application. These activities are designed to diversify credit exposure on an industry and client basis, thus lessening overall credit risk. These credit management activities also apply to our use of derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange contracts and interest rate risk management instruments, which are used primarily to facilitate client transactions.
Individual credit authority for commercial and other loans is limited to specified amounts and maturities. Credit decisions involving commitment exposure in excess of the specified individual limits are submitted to CRM and then to the GCC, which provides a forum for ongoing executive review of loan activity, establishing our credit guidelines and policies and approving selected credit transactions in accordance with our business objectives. The committee reviews large credit exposures, establishes and reviews credit strategy and policy and approves selected credit transactions. The Financial Institutions Committee ("FIC")FIC manages counterparty risk in respect of (third party) bank counterparties which do not have commercial credit relationships within the Group and also approves country exposure limits.
As part of our ongoing credit granting process, internal ratings are assigned to commercial clients before credit is extended, based on an assessment of creditworthiness. At least annually, a review of all significant credit exposures is undertaken to identify, at an early stage, clients who might be facing financial difficulties. Internal borrower risk ratings are also reviewed during this process, allowing identification of adverse individual borrower and sector trends.trends, and accurate application of internal borrower risk ratings which incorporates but is not limited to an assessment of climate risk impacting borrower risk ratings.
An integral part of the CRM function is to formally review past due and potential problem loans to determine which credits, if any, need to be placed on non-accrual status or charged off. The allowance for loan losses is reviewed monthlyquarterly to determine the amount necessary to maintain an adequate provision for current expected credit losses.
Another way credit risk is managed is by requiring collateral. Management's assessment of the borrower's creditworthiness determines whether collateral is obtained. The amount and type of collateral held varies but may include deposits held in financial institutions, mutual funds, US Treasury securities, other marketable securities, income-producing commercial properties, accounts receivable, residential real estate, property, plant and equipment, and inventory. Values of variable collateral are monitored on a regular basis to ensure that they are maintained at an appropriate level.level, which includes an assessment of the climate risk impact on the value of the collateral.
Credit Risk — Retail and Private Banking
Retail and private lending activity is split between residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and authorized overdrafts. Retail credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and processes set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC and GRC (and approved by the Board). The policies set out where specialist underwriting may be needed.
For residential mortgages, a combination of lending policy criteria, lending guidelines and underwriting are used to make a decision on applications for credit. The primary factors considered are affordability, residential status, residential history, credit history, employment history, nature of income and loan-to-value ("LTV")LTV of the residential property. In addition, confirmation of a borrower's identity is obtained and an assessment of the value of the collateral is carried out prior to granting a credit facility. When considering applications, the primary focus is placed on the willingness and ability to repay.
LTV ratios are derived based on third-party valuations as part of the original underwriting or when increased borrowing has been requested. Updated valuations are not otherwise obtained unless the loan reaches non-accrual status. Non-accrual loans which are collateral-dependent on real estate must be supported by a third-party valuation no older than 12 months. Specific provisions are calculated as the amount by which non-accrual loan principal exceeds the value of the supporting real estate, after application of a haircut for the estimated costs of sale. Costs of sale for commercial properties are calculated based on individual circumstances, whereas the haircuts for residential real estate are prescribed in lending guidelines by geographic location and are never less than 15% of the valuation amount.
As valuations are conducted throughout the year, the rolling average age of the valuations isare closer to 6 months than 12 months. In addition, on at least a quarterly basis, impairment levels are adjusted for any changes in non-accrual principal.
To further ensure that valuations within the 12-month revaluation period remain appropriate measures for impairment,input into the CECL model, we: (1) compare renewal valuations to the prior valuation to track market movement; (2) back-test all sales to compare net carrying value versus any additional gain/loss at the time of sale; (3) segregate the tests described in (1) and (2) by geographic area and, where required, amend provision factors accordingly; and (4) perform a review of new valuations to ascertain such valuations' reasonableness and determine if any change in value may impact similar properties or locations where valuations are more stale-dated and require an adjustment to the impairment level.CECL model.
The Bank performs an annual assessment of group residential LTV ranges as part of its stress-testing exercise for regulatory and capital-adequacy purposes. Real estate indices are not available in the Bank's primary markets and LTV values are based on standard reductions in value over time, based on observed market activity.
Generally, maximum LTV for new residential and commercial loans follow:is as follows:
 Bermuda Cayman UK—London Channel IslandsBermudaCayman IslandsUK—LondonChannel Islands
Residential:  
  
  
  Residential:   
Owner-occupied freehold 80% 85% 65% 65%Owner-occupied freehold70 %85 %65 %80 %
Owner-occupied leasehold condominium 80% 85% 65% 65%Owner-occupied leasehold condominium70 %85 %65 %80 %
Investment (not owner-occupied)
 65% 75% 65% 65%
Investment (not owner-occupied)
65 %75 %65 %80 %
Raw land 50% 80% n/a
 n/a
Raw land50 %80 %N/AN/A
Commercial Real Estate 65% 65% n/a
 65%Commercial Real Estate65 %65 %N/A65 %
For other retail lending products, similar lending policy criteria are used, and each of these products has its own policy and underwriting guidelines to enable decisions on applications for credit and to manage accounts. The factors used are attuned to the lending product in question, although affordability and credit history are considered in all cases. Ongoing monitoring of all retail and private banking credit is undertaken by the business unit concerned as well as by CRM. In addition, the GCC reviews reports on a weekly basis. In the event that particular exposures show adverse features such as arrears, the Bank's specialist recovery teams generally work with borrowers to resolve the situation.

Unlike the United States where the FCRA is designed to help ensure that credit bureaus furnish correct and complete information when evaluating loan applications, the markets in which we operate do not have systemic credit bureau reports. Therefore, we manually review each loan and we use a formally governed tiered credit approval process that is administered through and governed by our Risk Management framework.

Credit Risk — Commercial Banking
81


Commercial credit risks are managed in accordance with limits and asset quality measures set out in the credit risk policies and guidelines approved by GCC (and ratified by the Board).
In respect of Commercial Banking, there is a level of delegated sanctioning authority to underwrite certain credit risks based upon an evaluation of the borrower's experience, track record, financial strength, ability to repay, transaction structure and security characteristics. Lending decisions for large or high risk exposures are based upon a thorough credit risk analysis and the assignment of an internal borrower risk rating, and are subject to further approval by the assigned officers in CRM or the GCC.
Consideration is also given to risk mitigation measures which will provide the Group with protection, such as third-party guarantees, supporting collateral and security, legal documentation and financial covenants. Commercial portfolio asset quality monitoring is based upon a number of measures, including the monitoring of financial covenants, cash flows, pricing movements and variable collateral. In the event that particular exposures begin to show adverse features such as payment arrears, covenant breaches or business trading losses, a full risk reassessment is undertaken. Where appropriate, a specialist recovery team will work with the borrower to resolve the situation. If this proves unsuccessful, the case will be subject to intensive monitoring and management procedures designed to maximize debt recovery.
Credit Risk — Treasury
Treasury credit risks are managed in accordance with limits, asset quality measures and criteria set out within the policy approved by the GCC and ratified by the Board. The policy also sets out powers which require higher levels of authorization according to the size of the transaction or the nature of the associated risk. The FIC identifies, assesses, prioritizes and manages our risks associated with counterparty exposure to other financial institutions, as well as country-specific exposures.
Exposures to financial institutions arise within the Group's investment portfolio and treasury operations. The Group has treasury operations in all of its banking locations. Treasury exposures primarily take the form of deposits with banks and foreign exchange positions. Exposures to financial institutions in the investment portfolio can take the form of bonds, floating rate notes and and/or certificates of deposit.
Diversification and avoidance of concentration is emphasized. The Group establishes limits for countries and each financial institution where there is an expected exposure. Ongoing asset quality monitoring is undertaken by Treasury and CRM and reports are sent to the FIC, GCC and the GRC on a monthly basis. Exception reporting takes place against a range of asset quality triggers. Treasury uses a number of risk mitigation techniques including netting and collateralization agreements. Other methods (such as margining and derivatives) are used periodically to mitigate the risk associated with particular transactions or groupgroups of transactions.
For its exposure to Treasury credit risk, the Group uses S&P, Fitch and Moody's as external credit assessment institutions as permitted under Basel IIIII for sovereign, financial institutions, asset-backed securities, covered bonds and corporate risks. With regard to financial institutions and corporates, the Group's preference for a long-term rating is the senior unsecured rating. However, counterparty ratings and/or short-term deposit or commercial paper ratings are used if this is unavailable. For asset-backed securities, the issue or tranche rating is used.
Exposures
The following tables analyze the Group's regulatory credit risk exposures as at December 31, 20192021 andDecember 31, 2018. Exposures2020. Exposures are allocated to specific standardized exposure portfolios determined by the BMA's Revised Framework for Regulatory Capital Assessment and it is these portfolios that determine the risk weights used. These exposures include both onon- and off-balance sheet exposures, with the latter shown separately after credit conversion factors have been applied.
Analysis of exposures class
(in millions of $)
Average
Exposure 2021
Position as at
December 31, 2021
Average
Exposure 2020
Position as at
December 31, 2020
Cash70.2 66.5 71.5 83.4 
Claims on Sovereigns2,539.2 3,091.5 1,697.9 2,230.7 
Claims on Public Sector Entities88.2 68.2 106.2 102.2 
Claims on Corporates666.0 559.0 819.0 741.3 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,804.6 1,527.6 1,858.7 1,998.7 
Securitizations5,194.9 5,134.3 4,562.3 4,844.6 
Retail Loans226.6 222.3 242.7 236.4 
Residential Mortgages3,444.3 3,582.8 3,200.0 3,348.4 
Commercial Mortgages703.5 675.7 682.1 705.3 
Past Due Loans72.4 63.3 68.3 75.4 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures268.5 246.6 278.9 277.1 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures628.7 608.7 557.2 637.0 
Market Related Off‑Balance Sheet Credit Exposures58.0 54.8 68.4 54.5 
Total15,765.2 15,901.3 14,213.2 15,335.0 
82


Analysis of exposures class
(in millions of $)
 
Average
Exposure
2019
 
Position as at
December 31,
2019
 Average
Exposure
2018
 Position as at
December 31,
2018
Geographic segment distribution of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
Geographic segment distribution of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
BermudaCayman IslandsChannel Islands & UKOtherTotal
Cash 46.1
 63.1
 45.0
 38.4
Cash42.0 24.5 — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns 1,036.3
 1,841.3
 528.1
 331.2
Claims on Sovereigns939.1 825.6 1,326.8 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities 107.9
 112.4
 102.4
 101.9
Claims on Public Sector Entities68.2 — — — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates 662.3
 783.5
 628.1
 609.2
Claims on Corporates384.0 57.0 118.0 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms 2,131.4
 2,148.4
 1,513.0
 1,877.7
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms497.9 535.5 483.3 10.9 1,527.6 
Securitizations 4,361.2
 4,415.0
 4,351.4
 4,121.2
Securitizations1,966.4 2,396.3 771.6 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans 229.2
 268.8
 216.2
 222.1
Retail Loans82.4 101.1 38.8 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages 2,838.5
 3,175.3
 2,531.0
 2,626.5
Residential Mortgages1,029.3 752.8 1,800.7 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages 535.0
 649.5
 515.4
 487.1
Commercial Mortgages470.8 76.7 128.2 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans 50.0
 57.8
 42.5
 45.2
Past Due Loans50.5 0.3 12.5 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures 263.9
 277.1
 247.8
 235.1
Other Balance Sheet Exposures126.6 7.9 61.8 50.3 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures 412.5
 451.8
 367.2
 379.8
Market Related Off‑Balance Sheet Credit Exposures 62.1
 94.8
 60.1
 51.3
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposuresNon‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures191.2 279.6 137.9 — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit ExposuresMarket Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures32.6 6.8 15.4 — 54.8 
Total 12,736.2
 14,338.8
 11,148.2
 11,126.7
Total5,881.0 5,064.1 4,895.0 61.2 15,901.3 


Geographic segment distribution of
exposures class as at
December 31, 2019
(in millions of $)
 Bermuda Cayman Channel Islands & UK Other Total
Cash 38.6
 24.5
 
 
 63.1
Claims on Sovereigns 224.2
 122.8
 1,494.3
 
 1,841.3
Claims on Public Sector Entities 104.2
 8.2
 
 
 112.4
Claims on Corporates 484.6
 114.9
 184.0
 
 783.5
Claims on Banks and Securities firms 390.7
 733.9
 1,015.4
 8.4
 2,148.4
Securitizations 2,239.4
 1,893.8
 281.8
 
 4,415.0
Retail loan 103.6
 87.4
 77.8
 
 268.8
Residential Mortgages 1,067.8
 570.1
 1,537.4
 
 3,175.3
Commercial Mortgages 310.6
 172.1
 166.8
 
 649.5
Past Due Loans 44.4
 2.1
 11.3
 
 57.8
Other Balance Sheet Exposures 133.3
 60.9
 72.6
 10.3
 277.1
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures 185.9
 155.8
 110.1
 
 451.8
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures 28.4
 6.8
 59.6
 
 94.8
Total 5,355.7
 3,953.3
 5,011.0
 18.7
 14,338.8
Residual maturity breakdown of
exposures class as at
December 31, 2019
(in millions of $)
 Up to
12 months
 1 ‑ 5 years More than
5 years
 No specific maturity Total
Cash 63.1
 
 
 
 63.1
Claims on Sovereigns 1,648.8
 22.5
 170.0
 
 1,841.3
Claims on Public Sector Entities 37.5
 
 74.9
 
 112.4
Claims on Corporates 295.4
 198.7
 289.4
 
 783.5
Claims on Banks and Securities firms 2,148.4
 
 
 
 2,148.4
Securitizations 
 9.3
 4,405.7
 
 4,415.0
Retail loan 123.1
 66.6
 79.1
 
 268.8
Residential Mortgages 265.8
 1,328.4
 1,581.1
 
 3,175.3
Commercial Mortgages 39.6
 206.8
 403.1
 
 649.5
Past Due Loans 19.6
 4.4
 33.8
 
 57.8
Other Balance Sheet Exposures 
 
 
 277.1
 277.1
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures 451.8
 
 
 
 451.8
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures 94.8
 
 
 
 94.8
  5,187.9
 1,836.7
 7,037.1
 277.1
 14,338.8

Residual maturity breakdown of exposures class
as at December 31, 2021
(in millions of $)
Up to
12 months
1 ‑ 5 yearsMore than
5 years
No specific maturityTotal
Cash66.5 — — — 66.5 
Claims on Sovereigns1,809.1 954.7 327.7 — 3,091.5 
Claims on Public Sector Entities0.3 61.8 6.1 — 68.2 
Claims on Corporates256.0 153.5 149.5 — 559.0 
Claims on Banks and Securities Firms1,527.6 — — — 1,527.6 
Securitizations0.3 19.8 5,114.2 — 5,134.3 
Retail Loans145.5 54.7 22.1 — 222.3 
Residential Mortgages609.9 1,227.9 1,745.0 — 3,582.8 
Commercial Mortgages110.4 51.2 514.1 — 675.7 
Past Due Loans29.7 5.8 27.8 — 63.3 
Other Balance Sheet Exposures— — — 246.6 246.6 
Non‑Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit exposures608.7 — — — 608.7 
Market Related Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures54.8 — — — 54.8 
5,218.8 2,529.4 7,906.5 246.6 15,901.3 
The table below details the mappings between the main Fitch, Moody's and S&P external credit assessment institutions used by the Group and the credit quality steps used to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. Where no external rating is used in the risk weighted assets calculation, the unrated credit quality step applies.
Credit quality step
Fitch's

assessment
Moody's

assessment
S&P's

assessment
Step 1AAA to AA–Aaa to Aa3AAA to AA–
Step 2A+ to A–A1 to A3A+ to A–
Step 3BBB+ to BBB–Baa1 to Baa3BBB+ to BBB–
Step 4BB+ to BB–Ba1 to Ba3BB+ to BB–
Step 5B+ to B–B1 to B3B+ to B–
Step 6CCC+ and belowCaa1 and belowCCC+ and below




Impairment Provisions
Credit Risk Concentrations
Concentration risk is defined as: any single exposure or group of exposures with the potential to produce losses large enough (relative to the Group's capital, total assets or overall risk level) to threaten the Group's health or ability to maintain core operations. The management of concentration risk is addressed in the first instance by the Group's large exposure policy and related credit guidelines, which require that credit facilities to entities that are affiliated through common ownership or management are aggregated for adjudication and reporting purposes. The policy also defines what constitutes a large exposure and the related reporting requirements. The CRM function also undertakes monitoring and assessment of our exposure to concentration risk, reporting the results of these analyses to the GCC, the GRCGRCC and RPCC.

83


The factors taken into consideration when assessing concentration risk are as follows:
single or linked counterparty;
industry or economic sector (e.g., hospitality, property development, commercial office building investment);
geographic region;
product type;
collateral type; and
maturity date (whether of the facility or of interest rate fixes).
Counterparty Concentrations
Counterparty concentrations is the risk associated with assuming a high level of exposure to a single counterparty, the failure of which could have an adverse impact on the Group.
Large exposures are reviewed quarterly by the GRCGRCC and RPCC for the loan portfolio and the treasury/investment portfolios. CRMGroup Market Risk and Treasury work closely together on daily treasury positions and exceptions.
All large exposures and concentrations in the portfolio are reviewed and agreed by the FIC on a quarterly basis and are reported to the Board as a part of this process. The review of large exposures considers:
facility total;
any link with other facilities;
total linked facility being within guidelines;
borrower risk rating;
security value on the facility; and
loan-to-value percentage against minimum security covenants.
Industry Concentration
Industry concentration encompasses the scenario that a risk factor inherent within an industry is tied to an entire portfolio of accounts or investments; e.g., a portfolio made up of a large number of small individual loans where all the counterparties are hotel operators. We believe that due to the nature of the Group's client base our exposure to the property, insurance and fund sectors could be classified as industry concentration, although geographic and product concentration are the more appropriate risks to measure.
Geographic Concentration
Geographic concentration of the book is monitored as follows. Reports are generated which provide details of all the property loan exposure of the Group. Through this, loans are subdivided into regional exposure. From this, the percentage breakdown per region of the Group's property exposure is analyzed and reported to the GRCGRCC and RPCC. Assessment of the exposure allows the committees to decide whether the Group should decline further lending in any area in which it is becoming over-weighted.
Product Concentration
Product concentration is defined in the context of credit risk, as an over-weighting in the portfolio to a given product type, making the Group vulnerable to the impact of a variety of external factors that could either reduce demand for the product itself or lead to an increase in the level of default rates experienced. We operate as a full service bank in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands and aim to satisfy the requirements of our customers in these communities through the range of products and services we offer. Accordingly, there is no dependence or concentration on a single product in these markets outside of the residential mortgage portfolios, which comprised 62.3%68.8% of the Group's loan book as at December 31, 20192021 (compared to 65.4%65.5% as at December 31, 2018)2020); in Bermuda, residential mortgage lending made up 53.4%53.1% of the Bermuda loan book as at December 31, 20192021 (compared to 57.1%52.1% as at December 31, 2018)2020), and loans for many purposes (education, business support, family requirements) were made in the form of residential mortgages. Product category analysis confirms that the total lending portfolio is concentrated in the property market; this has been addressed inby performing stress testing performed.testing.
Collateral Concentration
Collateral concentration considers whether the Group's loan book is secured by a limited number of collateral types. An example of this would be when a large value of loans to a diversified group of borrowers is all secured by shares in the same company or by the shares of various companies within the same industry sector. Any decline in the value of these shares or in the performance of the sector as a whole could have an adverse impact on the Group's security position across all affected borrowers. The most relevant example of collateral concentration is the Group's exposure to real estate property values. Ignoring cash-backed facilities, the largest collateral concentrations within the portfolio are to residential and commercial property. The greatest risk with collateral concentration is that the value of the security could be severely reduced. To simulate this, the Group's stress testing process incorporates a scenario in which all real estate collateral is devalued by factors as high as 30%.

Credit Risk Mitigation
The Group uses a wide range of techniques to reduce the credit risk of its lending. The most basic of these is performing an assessment of the ability of a borrower to service the proposed level of borrowing without distress. However, the risk can be further mitigated by obtaining security for the funds advanced.
Residential Mortgages
Residential property is the Group's main source of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in the residential mortgage portfolio. All mortgage lending activities are supported by underlying assumptions and estimated values received by independent third parties. All residential property must be insured to cover property risks through a third party.


84


Commercial
Commercial property is one of the Group's primary sources of collateral and means of mitigating credit risk inherent in its commercial portfolios. Collateral for the majority of commercial loans comprises first legal charges over freehold or long leasehold property but the following may also be taken as security: life insurance policies; credit balances assignments; share guarantees; equitable charges; debentures; chattel mortgages and charges over residential property.
For property-based lending, supporting information such as professional valuations are an important tool to help determine the suitability of the property offered as security and, in the case of investment lending, generating the cash to cover interest and principal payments. All standard documentation is subject to in-house legal review and sign-off in order to ensure that the Group's legal documentation is robust and enforceable. Documentation for large advances may be specifically prepared by independent solicitors. Insurance requirements are always fully considered as part of the application process and the Group ensures that appropriate insurance is taken out to protect the property against an insurable event.
Treasury
Collateral held as security for treasury assets, including investments, is determined by the nature of the instrument. Loans, debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills are generally unsecured with the exception of asset-backed securities and similar instruments, which are secured by pools of financial assets. The International Swaps and Derivatives Association ("ISDA")ISDA Master Agreement is the Group's preferred method of documenting derivative activity. It is common in such cases for a Credit Support Annex to be executed in conjunction with the ISDA Master Agreement in order to mitigate credit risk on the derivatives portfolio. Valuations are performed, agreed with the relevant counterparties, and collateral is exchanged to bring the credit exposure within agreed tolerances. From January 1, 2017, the Exposure at Default ("EAD")The EAD value to the counterparty is measured under the standardised approach for measuring counterparty credit risk exposures method (previously the Current Exposure Method). The EAD valueand is derived by adding the gross positive fair value of the contract (replacement cost) to the contractscontract's potential future credit exposure, which is derived by applying a multiple base on the contracts residual maturity to the notional value of the contract, and applying an alpha of 1.4 to the sum of these components.
The following table shows the exposures to counterparty credit risk for derivative contracts as at December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 2018:2020:
(in millions of $) 
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2019
 Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2019
 Alpha as at December 31, 2019 EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2019
 Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2018
 Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2018
 Alpha as at December 31, 2018 EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2018
(in millions of $)
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2021
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2021
Alpha as at December 31, 2021
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Gross
Positive
Fair Value of
Contracts
as at
December 31,
2020
Potential
Future
Credit
Exposure
as at
December 31,
2020
Alpha as at December 31, 2020
EAD Value
as at
December 31,
2020
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swap contracts 32.7
 35.0
 1.4
 94.7
 13.6
 23.0
 1.4
 51.2
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swap contracts18.0 21.2 1.4 54.9 13.8 25.1 1.4 54.5 
Securitizations
The Bank has not, to date, securitized assets that it has originated. The Bank's total exposure to purchased securitization positions as at December 31, 20192021 was $4.4 $5.1 billion by market value (compared to $4.1$4.8 billion as at December 31, 2018)2020), with US Governmentgovernment and federal agencies accounting for the majority of this exposure.
The following table provides an analysis of the Bank's investments in securitization positions by exposure type as at December 31, 20192021 andDecember 31, 2018:2020:
Underlying asset type (in millions of $) 
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2019
 Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2018
US government and federal agencies 4,272.4
 3,828.3
Mortgage backed securities — Commercial                   -  
 123.6
Mortgage backed securities — Retail 129.7
 156.7
Asset-backed securities — Student loans 12.9
 12.6
Total 4,415.0
 4,121.2
A combination of ratings published by Fitch, Moody's and S&P are used to derive the external rating to be used under the standardized approach for securitization exposures.
Where more than two credit assessments are available, the two most favorable credit assessments are used and where the two most favorable assessments are different, the less favorable of the two is applied.

Underlying asset type (in millions of $)
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2021
Exposure Value
as at
December 31,
2020
US government and federal agencies5,083.24,771.8 
Mortgage backed securities — Retail27.359.9 
Asset-backed securities — Student loans13.212.9 
Total5,123.74,844.6 
The following table shows the aggregate amount of the Bank's purchased securitizations as at
December 31, 2019andDecember 31, 2018 broken down by risk weighting:
Risk Weight % (in millions of $) 
Exposure
Value
as at
December 31,
2019
 Exposure
Value after
Credit Risk
Mitigation
as at
December 31,
2019
 Exposure
Value
as at
December 31,
2018
 Exposure
Value after
Credit Risk
Mitigation
as at
December 31,
2018
20% 4,415.0
 2,035.8
 4,121.2
 2,207.0
50% 
 
 
 
100% 
 
 
 
350% 
 
 
 
Look through to underlying assets 
 
 
 
Total 4,415.0
 2,035.8
 4,121.2
 2,207.0
Operational Risk
In providing our services, we are exposed to operational risk. This is the risk of loss from inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, actions or inactions of people, or from external events. Operational risk is inherent in our activities and can manifest itself in various ways including fraudulent acts, business interruptions, inappropriate behavior of employees, unintentional failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, cyber-security incidents and privacy breaches or failure of vendors to perform in accordance with their arrangements. These events could result in financial losses, litigation and regulatory fines, as well as other damage to us. Our risk management goal is to keep operational risk at appropriate levels consistent with our risk appetite, financial strength, the characteristics of our businesses, the markets in which we operate and the competitive and regulatory environment to which we are subject.
As we continue to expand our use of technology, we are exposed to various forms of cyber-attacks. We devote significant resources to maintain and regularly upgrade our systems and networks and review the ever changing threat landscape in order to mitigate our exposure to cyber risks. In addition to the policy reviews, we continue to look to implement technology solutions that enhance preventive and detection capabilities and our ability to recover quickly should a successful cyber-attack occur. We assess our third-party vendor controls and have a developed business continuity plan that addresses potential cyber risks. We also maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks. However, such insurance may be insufficient to cover all losses.
Operational risk is mitigated through internal controls embedded in our business activities and our risk management practices, which are designed to continuously reassess the effectiveness of these controls in order to keep the risk we assume at levels appropriate to our risk appetite as approved by the Board. Data on operational losses and any significant control failures incurred are captured through an incident reporting process. These events are reported to both the GRCGRCC and RPCC, which assess the sufficiency of the corrective actions taken by management to prevent recurrence. Both committees also receive regular reporting on actual performance against established risk tolerance metrics.

85


Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
On March 5, 2021, the FCA and ICE Benchmark Administration, the authorized and regulated administrator of LIBOR, announced that all the GBP, CHF, JPY and EUR LIBOR settings and the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will cease after December 31, 2021, and the remaining USD LIBOR settings will cease after June 30, 2023.
These reforms have the potential to impact various risk areas for the Bank, including but not limited to: operational risk (potential adverse impacts to the business, customers and technology); market risk (potential adverse impacts to the business and customers if markets are disrupted); and accounting risk (potential adverse impacts to the statement of operations if issues with hedge accounting/effectiveness arise). The Bank, however, does not expect any material change to its risk management frameworks and controls as a result of the reforms.
The Bank has established a LIBOR transition working group, consisting of senior members of management, with significant representation from the Legal and Risk departments. The working group reports directly to the GRCC which feeds into the RPCC of the Board. The working group has set up a detailed project plan which includes: transition planning; financial exposure measurement and risk assessment; operational preparedness and controls; legal contract preparedness/modification; communication; and training and oversight.
As at December 31, 2021, the Bank had 121 loans totaling $563.5 million linked to USD LIBOR. The Bank is engaging with impacted customers to ensure adequate fallback provisions are included in contracts, where not already provided for.
There were no derivative positions maturing after the relevant transition dates.
Capital Adequacy Management
Effective January 1, 2015, the BMA adopted capital and liquidity requirements consistent with Basel III. These requirements are contained within the BMAsBMA's "Basel III for Bermuda Banks November 2017 Rule Update" and can be found on theirits website.
The Group manages its capital both on a total Group basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The finance department has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the RPCC. The management of capital will also involve regional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the business in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to our peers, and the impact on our credit ratings.
Capital Assessment and Risk Profiling ("CARP")
Under the requirements of the Basel II Accord as implemented by the BMA, the Group undertakes a CARP process, which is an internal assessment of all material risks to determine our capital needs. This internal assessment takes account of the minimum capital requirement and other risks not covered by the minimum capital requirement (Pillar II). Where capital is deemed as not being able to mitigate a particular risk, alternative management actions are identified and described within the CARP. The CARP is presented to the RPCC before being presented to the Board for challenge and approval and then submission to the BMA. The CARP process is performed annually or more frequently should the need arise.
A supervisory assessment process ("SAP")SREP is then undertaken annuallybiannually by the BMA, which is designed to assess the Group's risk profile as documented in the CARP. This assessment is used to determine and set the Individual Capital Guidance which is the minimum level of capital the Group will be required to hold until the next SAPSREP review is conducted.





85


SUPERVISION AND REGULATIONB.Liquidity and Capital Resources
BermudaLiquidity
The Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the "BMA") under:
the Bermuda Monetary Authority Act 1969;
the Banks and Deposit Companies Act 1999 (the "BDCA");
the Trusts (Regulation of Trust Business) Act 2001;
the Investment Business Act 2003;
the Exchange Control Regulations 1973;
the Corporate Services Provider Business Act 2012; and
any applicable code of practice or guidance notes that may be published by the BMA from time to time.
The Bank is also subject to regulation by the Minister of Finance in Bermuda under the Companies Act 1981, the Banking (Special Resolution Regime) Act 2016 and the Economic Substance Act 2018. It is also subject to the Deposit Insurance Act 2011 and the Deposit Insurance Rules 2016.
Supervision and Monitoring by the BMA
Our activities are regulated by the BMA andWe define liquidity as our ability to engage inmaintain cash flow that is adequate to fund operations and meet present and future financial obligations through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or by obtaining additional funding through liability management.
Sources and Uses of Cash
Our primary sources of cash are (i) cash obtained from deposits, (ii) long-term debt, and (iii) cash from operations. Our primary uses are (i) the payment of our operating expenses, (ii) payment of dividends on our common shares, (iii) repayment of certain maturing liabilities, (iv) repurchase of our common shares, and (v) extraordinary requirements for cash, such as acquisitions. We had $2.2 billion of cash and cash equivalents as at December 31, 2021 and $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020, as well as $7.5 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively, of liquid securities, the balance of which could be sold to meet liquidity requirements. In our opinion, the Bank’s working capital is sufficient for the Bank’s present requirements.
Liquidity Risk
Our liquidity risk is managed through a comprehensive framework of policies and limits overseen by our Group Asset and Liability Committee. We consider the effective and prudent management of liquidity to be fundamental to our health and strength. Our objective is to manage our cash flow and liquidity reserves so that they are adequate to fund our obligations and other commitments on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost.
We continuously monitor and make adjustments to our liquidity position by adjusting the balance between sources and uses of funds as we deem appropriate. Our primary measures of liquidity include monthly cash flow analysis under ordinary business activities is subjectand conditions and under situations simulating a severe run on the Bank. The Bank strives to prior approvaluse a balanced liquidity risk appetite with internal quantitative liquidity risk tolerances more stringent than regulatory requirements. Specifically the Bank manages liquidity against internal limits established by the BMA. Onemarket risk management policy and its related liquidity risk standard and quarterly stress testing methodology. The results of these measures and analysis are incorporated into our liquidity contingency plan, which provides the basis for the identification of our liquidity needs. For more information, see Item 11 "Operating Results - Liquidity Risk".
Capital Resources
    We have financed our operations, growth and cash needs primarily through income from operations and issuances of debt and equity securities. We believe that our cash on hand and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to repay our outstanding debt as it matures. In the future, we may need to incur additional debt or issue additional equity securities, which we may be unable to do or which may be on less favorable terms.
86


We manage our capital both on a consolidated basis and, where appropriate, on a legal entity basis. The group finance team has the responsibility for measuring, monitoring and reporting capital levels within guidelines and limits established by the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee of the principal objectivesBoard. The management of capital will also involve jurisdictional management to ensure compliance with local regulation. In establishing the guidelines and limits for capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the overall risk of the BMA isbusiness in stressed scenarios, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to supervise, regulateour peers, and inspect financial institutions which operate in or from within Bermuda and further to promote the financial stability and soundness of such financial institutions. The supervision is primarily for the benefit and protection of the Bank's clients and not for the benefit ofimpact on our investors. The BMA is also responsible for managing and regulating transactions in foreign currency or gold.credit ratings.
In addition to conducting on-site reviews, the BMA utilizes a comprehensive quarterly statistical return system that enables off-site monitoring of institutions licensed under the BDCA. The statistical system, which follows the standards imposed on banks in the UK by the Financial Conduct Authority and is consistent with Basel Committee Standards, provides the BMA with a detailed breakdown of the Bank's balance sheet and profit-and-loss accounts on both a consolidated and unconsolidated basis. This information enables the BMA to monitor the soundness of the Bank's financial position and ensure that it meets certain capital requirements.
As the Bank's supervisory authority in Bermuda, the BMA is responsible for the consolidated supervision of our worldwide operations. There are also host regulatory bodies performing a similar function to that of the BMA in all major locations in which the Bank operates regulated activities. Many of these local authorities require detailed reporting on the activities of the Bank's subsidiaries located in their jurisdictions. As part of its oversight process, the BMA receives copies of each of these reports on a regular basis and liaises with the regulatory authorities in the respective locations.
From time to time, in the ordinary course of business, the Bank enters into agreements with the BMA under which the Bank agrees to achieve or maintain certain levels of capital and to obtain the BMA's prior approval to take certain corporate actions. Certain actions that may not be taken without prior BMA approval include: (1) creating or increasing the authorized amount of, or issuing any class of shares; (2) repurchasing any class of shares; and (3) entering into a material acquisition.
Under the market disclosure requirements (referred to as Pillar III disclosures) applicable under the Basel III Accord ("Basel III"), the Bank is required to publish information about the risks to which it is exposed. Effective as of January 1, 2015, the BMA adoptedimplemented the capital reforms proposed by the BCBS and liquidity regulatory requirements consistent withreferred to as the Basel III a framework released by the BCBS.regulatory framework. Basel III aims to raise the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base, limit the build-up of excess leverage and increase capital requirements for the banking sector. Basel III adopts CET1 capital as the predominant form of regulatory capital with the CET1 ratio as a new metric. Basel III also adopts the new LCRLeverage Ratio, Liquidity Coverage Ratio ("LCR") and NSFRNet Stable Funding Ratio ("NSFR") regimes.
The Basel III regulatory framework adopts a phased implementation approach for Bermuda banks with full implementation on January 1, 2019, consistent with BCBS recommendations. As of January 1, 2019 the Bank is We are now subject to the following requirements:

CET1 as the primary and predominant form of regulatory capital, with a requirement of CET1ratio of at least 7.0% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum CET1 capital adequacy ratio of 4.5% plus aand the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIBDomestic Systematically Important Bank ("D-SIB") surcharge described below. The BMA allowed Bermuda banks to make the one-time irrevocable election to exclude other comprehensive income on their AFS portfolios from CET1 by no later than March 31, 2015;below; 
a Tier 1 capital requirement of at least 8.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum Tier 1 ratio of 6% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below;
a totalTotal capital requirement of at least 10.5% of RWA, inclusive of a minimum total capital ratio of 8% and the new capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, but excluding the D-SIB surcharge described below;
the Bank isWe are considered to be a D-SIB and isare subject to a 3% surcharge composed of CET1-eligible capital implemented by the BMA effective September 30, 2015. This is based upon itsour assessment of the extent to which the Bankwe (individually and collectively with the other Bermuda banks) posespose a degree of material systemic risk to the economy of Bermuda due to itsour role in deposit taking, corporate lending, payment systems and other core economic functions;
Counter-cyclical buffer of up to 2.5% composed of CET1-eligible capital may be implemented by the inclusion of a countercyclical buffer to be introducedBMA when macro-economicmacroeconomic indicators provide an assessment of excessive credit or other pressures building in the banking sector, potentially increasing the Bank's requiredCET1, Tier 1 and total capital bufferratios by up to 2.5%;. No counter-cyclical buffer has been implemented to date;
the introduction of a 5% leverageLeverage ratio as calculated in accordance with Basel III; must be at 5.0% or higher;
an LCR with a minimum requirement of 100%; and
a NSFR with a minimum requirement of 100%.
The minimum capital ratio requirements set forth above do not reflect additional Pillar II add-on requirements that the BMA may impose upon us as a prudential measure from time to time. As of January 1, 2019 our minimumOur capital requirements remain under continuous review by the BMA pursuant to its prudential supervision and we cannot guarantee that the BMA will not seek higher total capital ratio requiredrequirements at any time.
In December 2017, the BCBS published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as "Basel IV"). Among other things, these standards revise the BCBS's standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new segmentations for exposures) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the BCBS framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, with an aggregate output floor phasing in through January 1, 2027. The impact of these standards on us will depend on the manner in which they are implemented by the BMABMA.
The following table sets forth our capital adequacy as at December 31, 2021 and 2020 in accordance with the Basel III framework:
As at December 31
(in millions of $)20212020
Capital  
Common Equity Tier 1896.3 816.0 
Tier 1 capital896.3 816.0 
Tier 2 capital184.0 187.1 
Total capital1,080.3 1,003.1 
Risk Weighted Assets  
Cash due from banks and investments1,141.4 1,085.7 
Loans2,606.0 2,635.1 
Other assets255.3 288.3 
Off-balance sheet items230.9 217.4 
Operational risk charge867.9 842.1 
Total risk-weighted assets5,101.5 5,068.6 
Capital Ratios (%)  
Common Equity Tier 117.6 %16.1 %
Tier 1 total17.6 %16.1 %
Total capital21.2 %19.8 %
Leverage ratio5.6 %5.3 %
Overall, capital ratios have increased, driven primarily by earnings accretion and partially offset by dividends and share buy-backs. The increase in RWA is 16.3% (inclusive ofdriven by increased depositor funding. As at December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with the minimum required total capital ratioLCR of 10.5%100% as described above) and ourwell as the minimum CET1 ratio requirement is 10.0%NSFR of 100%.
87


Share Buy-Back Program
The Bank mayrepurchases its common shares through share buy-back programs from time to time also beas a means to improve shareholder liquidity and facilitate growth in share value. In accordance with applicable laws, regulations and listing standards, each program was approved by the Board and repurchases of shares pursuant to each program are subject to additional regulatorythe approval of the BMA. In addition, the BSX is advised monthly of shares purchased pursuant to each program.
On December 6, 2018, following the completion of the initial 2018 share buy-back program, the Board approved the 2019 share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.5 million common shares through February 29, 2020.
On December 2, 2019, the Board approved, with effect from the completion of the previous program on December 20, 2019 through February 28, 2021, a common share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 3.5 million common shares or $125 million.
On February 10, 2021, the Board approved a new common share-buy back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through February 2022.
On February 14, 2022, the Board approved, with effect from the completion of the previous program, a new common share-buy back program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through February 28, 2023. The timing and amount of repurchase transactions under the new program will be based on market conditions, share price, legal requirements imposedand other factors. No assurances can be given as to the amount of common shares that may actually be repurchased.
Total common share buy-backs for the years ending December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:
For the year ending December 31
202120202019
Acquired number of shares (to the nearest share)534,828 3,452,000 2,293,788 
Average cost per common share (in $)36.93 25.10 35.55 
Total cost (in $)19,753,336 86,639,889 81,534,076 
From time to time, our associates, insiders and insiders' associates as defined by the BMABSX regulations may sell shares which may result in its rolesuch shares being repurchased pursuant to each program, provided no more than any such person's pro-rata share of the listed securities is repurchased. Pursuant to the BSX regulations, all repurchases made by any issuer pursuant to a securities repurchase program must be made: (1) in the open market and not by private agreement; and (2) for a price not higher than the last independent trade for a round lot of the relevant class of securities.
Dividends
During the year ended December 31, 2021, we paid cash dividends totaling $87.3 million or $1.76 (2020: $88.9 million or $1.76; 2019: $93.6 million or $1.76) for each common share on record as Bermuda’s main prudential regulator. In particular, in January 2020,of the BMA released Guidance Notesrelated record dates. The Board declared these dividends as a quarterly dividend of $0.44 per common share for Relevant Legal Entities, including banks, corporate service providers, trust companies, investment businesses and fund administrators, which require (among other things) these entities to demonstrate good risk management, and to notify the BMA,each quarter of any new material outsourcing arrangements. The Bank is required to comply with these Guidance Notes when they come into force on May 1,2021, 2020 and 2019.
For more information, see Item 3.D. "Risk Factors – Risks Relating to the Common Shares".
Cash Flows
2021 vs. 2020
Cash due from banks was $2.2 billion as at December 31, 2021, compared to $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020. The decrease is described below by category of operating, investing and financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $251.3 million (2020: $188.2 million). Cash flows from operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities increased by $63.2 million from 2020 to 2021, due primarily to an increase in net income as well as movements in other liabilities.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $1,905.7 million, compared to cash used in investing activities of $41.7 million in 2020. The $1,864.0 million increase in cash used in investing activities in 2021 was mainly attributable to the purchases of investments in securities which was driven by both increased depositor funding as well as the redeployment of funds from cash and cash equivalents.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $535.8 million in 2021, compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $546.4 million in 2020. The $10.7 million decrease is mainly due to a decreases in common share repurchases during the year and partially offset by a reduced increase in deposit liabilities and the issuance of subordinated debt in 2020.
2020 vs. 2019
Cash due from banks was $3.3 billion as at December 31, 2020, compared to $2.6 billion as at December 31, 2019. The increase is described below by category of operating, investing and financing activities.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities totaled $188.2 million (2019: $248.7 million). Cash flows from operating activities are generally the cash effects of transactions and other events that enter into the determination of net income. Cash provided by operating activities decreased by $60.6 million from 2019 to 2020, due primarily to a decrease in net income as well as movements in other liabilities.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 totaled $41.7 million, compared to cash provided by investing activities of $1,093.4 million in 2019. The $1,135.1 million decrease in cash provided by investing activities in 2020 was mainly attributable to the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) in 2019 which had significant deposit funding which was deployed into short term investments.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $546.4 million in 2020, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $919.4 million in 2019. The $1,465.9 million increase is mainly due to an increase in the interim transitional period the Bank is requiredbalance of deposits liabilities.
88


Contractual Obligations
Credit-Related Arrangements
See "Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreements and commitments" to provide the BMA with certain attestations of compliance regarding its existing outsourcing arrangements, and to seek prior approval or provide attestations of compliance of any outsourcing arrangements.our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional information.

Bermuda Monetary Authority Act 1969Contractual Obligations
The Bermuda Monetary Authority Act 1969 established the BMAfollowing table presents our outstanding contractual obligations as at December 31, 2021:
(in millions of $)TotalLess than 1
year
1 to 3
years
3 to 5
years
After 5
years
Long term debt(1)
175.0 — — 175.0 — 
Sourcing arrangements(2)
53.3 13.5 21.7 18.1 — 
Term deposits2,944.9 2,846.8 98.1 — — 
Other obligations38.8 19.0 17.7 2.1 — 
Total outstanding contractual obligations3,212.1 2,879.3 137.6 195.2 — 

(1)Long-term debt excludes interest and unamortized debt issuance costs.
(2)We have an outstanding contractual obligation relating to a statutory corporate body responsiblefive-year agreement entered into in November 2016 with DXC (previously HP) to supply technology infrastructure and application development management, information security and technical support for among other things, supervising, regulating and inspecting any financial institution which operates in or from within Bermuda (which includes the Bank). Specific areas of financial regulation, such as the banking industry, are also the subject of separate, specific legislation (some of which is discussed below), but this specific legislation is nevertheless administered by the BMA in its supervisory capacity. In addition to its supervisory functions, both under the Bermuda Monetary Authority Act 1969 and the specific legislation discussed below, the BMA is empowered to assist foreign regulatory bodies by requiring entities supervised and regulated by the BMA to furnish information on demand to the BMA in connection with foreign regulatory requests.
Banks and Deposit Companies Act 1999
The BDCA prohibits any person from carrying on a deposit-taking business in or from within Bermuda unless that person is a company incorporatedour locations in Bermuda and licensedthe Cayman Islands. Under our agreement with DXC, server management and maintenance, technology field support, application support and development and help desk functions are managed by DXC.
See "Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreements and commitments" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional information.
Interest expense on our contractual obligations relates primarily to deposit liabilities and our long-term debt. Interest expense on customer deposits was $15.5 million for the BMA underyear-ended December 31, 2021, compared to $25.1 million and $51.5 million for the BDCA.years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Movements in interest expense on deposit liabilities are due primarily to market interest rate movements, with yearly average deposits liabilities of $13.7 billion, $12.1 billion and $11.0 billion for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The BDCA provides for three classes of licenses: banking licenses, restricted banking licenses anddecrease in the expense is related primarily to a 10 basis point decrease in average deposit company licenses. The Bank holds a banking license and a deposit company license. Unless otherwise permittedinterest rates during 2021 driven by the BMA, a company that holds a banking license must provide a range of minimum services to the public in Bermuda, including (without limitation) current accounts in Bermuda dollars, other deposit accounts, loan facilities in Bermuda Dollars, foreign exchange services and credit card or debit card facilities. A company holding a deposit company license typically offers a small range of services but, unless otherwise permitted by the BMA, must also provide some specified services to the public in Bermuda, including (without limitation) savings, deposit or other similar accounts in Bermuda Dollars and loans in Bermuda Dollars secured on mortgages of real property in Bermuda.reduced market interest rates.
As the agency responsible for administering the BDCA, regulating deposit-taking businesses and protecting depositors, the BMA has broad authority to compel companies licensed under the BDCA to take or cease specific actions and comply with informational or access requests. Under the BDCA, the BMA can, or can compel these companies, including us to, among other things, do any or all of the following:
provide such information as the BMA may reasonably require;
submit a report prepared by the Bank's auditors or by an accountant or other person with professional skills on any matter about which the BMA could require us to provide information;
produce documentation or other information as the BMA may reasonably require; and
permit any officer, servant or agent of the BMA, on producing evidence of his authority, to enter the Bank's premises to obtain information and documents.Capital Commitments
In addition, the BMA has the power to do any or all of the following:
examine, copy or retain any documents relating to the Bank's deposit-taking business;
require2021, the Bank embarked on a significant information technology project intended to take certain steps or to refrain from adopting or pursuingmodernize and upgrade its technology applications and infrastructure. It is a particular course of action or to restrictthree-year programme that will improve the scopeefficiency and stability of the Bank's business in a particular way;
appoint competent persons to investigatetechnology estate and report to the BMA onenhance the Bank's business orability to provide broader and better digital solutions to its clients. The project is anticipated to be completed towards the Bank's ownership and control;
restrict the scopeend of a license or revoke a license; and
vary, suspend or revoke the Bank's banking license and to give directions if it feels these are necessary to protect the Bank's depositors.
The Bank's failure to comply with any of the statutory requirements set forth in the BDCA could result in civil or criminal penalties.2023.
The Bank is requiredexpected to report certain transactionsspend between $30 million to $40 million over the three year project horizon, which will be funded by existing cash resources.
The Bank has established a project management steering committee and program office. The steering committee consists of senior and executive members of management and reports directly to the BMA. These include any transactionBoard.
For more information, see Item 3.D. "Risk Factors - Risks Relating to Risk Oversight and Internal Controls - Our operations are reliant on effective implementation and use of technology and require us to adapt to new technologies, and a breach, interruption or transactions relatingfailure of our technology services or the inability to any one personeffectively integrate new technologies could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations."
See also "Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreements and commitments" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for additional information.
C.Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.
Not applicable.
D.Trend Information
See discussion in Item 5.A. "Operating Results" for a description of the trend information relevant to us.
E. Critical Accounting Estimates
The Bank's significant accounting policies conform to GAAP and are described in Note 2 of our audited consolidated financial statements. Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Given the sensitivity of our consolidated financial statements to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of whichoperations or financial condition. Details of certain critical policies and estimates that affect our business results are summarized below:
Allowance for Credit Losses
Accounting for Financial instruments - Credit losses
On January 1, 2020, the Bank would be exposed to a riskadopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326). Accordingly, from the date of incurring losses in excess of 10% of the Bank's available capital resources, or whereadoption, the Bank proposes to enter intouses a transaction or transactions relating to any one person,current expected credit loss model ("CECL") which either alone or together with previous transactions entered intois based on expected losses. The model used by the Bank in relationup to the same person, would result in the Bank being exposedDecember 31, 2019 to the risk of incurringestimate credit losses in excess of 25% of its available capital resources. This also applies where the transaction relates to different persons if they are connected in such a way that the financial soundness of any of them may affect the financial soundness of the others or the same factors may affect the financial soundness of both or all of them.was based on incurred losses. The BMA may extend the scope of this requirement to the Bank's subsidiaries even if these subsidiaries are not licensed under the BDCA as if the transactions and available capital resources of the Bank's subsidiaries were included in the Bank's available capital resources. For the purpose of the foregoing, the transactions which must be reportedCECL model is applied by the Bank to the BMA are those betweenmeasurement of credit losses on financial instruments at amortized cost, including
89


loan receivables and held-to-maturity ("HTM") debt securities. The Bank also applies the CECL model to certain off-balance sheet credit exposures such as undrawn loan commitments, standby letters of credit, financial guarantees, and other similar instruments. In line with Topic 326, the Bank andwill present credit losses on available-for-sale ("AFS") securities as a person where:valuation allowance rather than as a direct write-down. Changes in expected credit losses are recorded through the respective credit loss allowances on the consolidated balance sheets as well as in the provision for credit losses (recoveries) in the consolidated statements of operations.
(a)that person incurs an obligation to the Bank or as a result of which such person may incur such an obligation;
(b)the Bank will incur, or as a result of which it may incur, an obligation in the event of that person defaulting on an obligation to a third party; or
(c)the Bank acquires or incurs any obligation to acquire, or as a result of which it may incur an obligation to acquire, an asset the value of which depends wholly or mainly on that person performing their obligations or otherwise on his financial soundness.
The riskBank's purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans outstanding as at January 1, 2020 are now classified as purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans and both the amortized cost and an allowance for expected credit losses are disclosed and included with other non-PCD loans figures. The Bank will continue to recognize the amortization of the noncredit discount, if any, as interest income based on the yield of such assets.
The Bank has not restated comparative information previously accounted for under the incurred loss attributableand the PCI models. The total adjustment resulting from the adoption of this methodology on the opening balance of the Bank’s accumulated deficit as at January 1, 2020 was a negative adjustment of $7.8 million relating to the transaction is, in a case within paragraph (a) or (b), the risk of the person concerned defaulting on the obligation there mentioned and, in a case within paragraph (c), the risk of the person concerned defaulting on the obligations there mentioned or of a deterioration in such person's financial soundness. The Bank's available capital resources may be determined by the BMA, after consultation with it and in accordance with principles published by the BMA, which are currently the Basel III principles described above. It is an offense for the Bank to fail to make the required reports.loan portfolio.
Under the BDCA,CECL model, the Bank collects and maintains attributes as they relate to its financial instruments that are within the scope of CECL including fair value of collateral, expected performance over the lifetime of the instruments and reasonable and supportable assumptions about future economic conditions. The Bank's measurement of expected losses takes into account historical loss information and is primarily based on the product of the respective instrument’s probability of default (“PD”), loss given default (“LGD”) and exposure at default (“EAD”). For AFS securities, any person who becomesallowance for credit losses is based on an impairment assessment.
The Bank made the accounting policy election to write off accrued interest receivable on loans that are placed on non-accrual status by reversing the then accrued interest balance against interest income revenue.
The Bank maintains an allowance for credit losses, which in management’s opinion is adequate to absorb all estimated credit-related losses that are incurred in its lending and off-balance sheet credit-related arrangements at the balance sheet date.
Management measures expected credit losses on held-to-maturity and available-for-sale debt securities on a significant shareholdercollective basis by major security type when similar risk characteristics exist, or failing that, on an individual basis.
For available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, the Bank first assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. For debt securities available-for-sale that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the Bank evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. In making this assessment, management considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency, and adverse conditions specifically related to the security, among other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Any impairment that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income.
Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of an available-for-sale security is confirmed or when either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met.
The allowance for credit losses on loans is a valuation account that is deducted from the loans’ amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the loans. Loans are charged off against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a deposit-taking institution, whichloan balance is definedconfirmed. Expected recoveries typically do not exceed the aggregate of amounts previously charged-off and expected to include persons, eitherbe charged-off.
Management estimates the allowance balance using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts as well as the Bank's internal risk rating framework. Historical credit loss experience provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses. Adjustments to historical loss information are made for differences in the current-loan specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting practices, vintage, portfolio mix, delinquency level and term as well as changes in environmental conditions, such as changes in macroeconomic factors and collateral values.
The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective pool basis when similar risk characteristics exist. In each of its jurisdictions, the Bank has identified the following portfolio segments: residential mortgages, consumer loans (including overdrafts), commercial loans, commercial overdrafts, commercial real estate loans and credit cards. For loans and overdrafts, Management uses a probability of default and loss-given-default model to estimate the allowance for credit losses. Loans that do not share risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis. Loans evaluated individually or with associates, who (i) hold 5% or moreare not included in the collective evaluation. For credit cards, Management uses a loss rate to estimate expected credit losses.
Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of the sharesloans. The contractual term excludes potential extensions, renewals and modifications unless management has a reasonable expectation at the reporting date that the extension or renewal options included in the institutionoriginal contract will occur or another companythat a troubled debt restructuring will be executed. Credit card receivables do not have stated maturities, therefore establishing a contractual term is performed by using an analytical approximation of behavior.
Fair Value
We define fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. We determine the fair values of assets and liabilities based on the fair value hierarchy which itrequires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The relevant accounting standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value. Investments classified as trading and AFS, and derivative assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value.
Fair value inputs are considered Level 1 when based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.
We determine fair value based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted prices are not available, fair value is a subsidiary company;estimated based upon other observable inputs, and may include valuation techniques such as present value cash flow models or (ii) is entitled to exercise, or controlother conventional valuation methods. In addition, when estimating the exercisefair value of 5% or moreassets, we may use the quoted price of similar assets, if available.
We use unobservable inputs when observable inputs are not available. These inputs are based upon our judgments and assumptions, which represent our assessment of the voting powerassumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, which may include assumptions about risk, counterparty credit quality and liquidity and are
90


developed based on the best information available. The use of different assumptions could produce significantly different results, which could have material positive or negative effects on the Bank's results of operations.
Significant assets measured at any general meetingfair value on a recurring basis include our US government and federal agencies investments, corporate debt securities, and commercial mortgage-backed securities. The fair values of these instruments are generally sourced from an external pricing service and are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy. The service's pricing models use predominantly observable valuation inputs to measure the fair value of these securities under both the market and income approaches.
Fair value is also used on a nonrecurring basis to evaluate certain assets for impairment or for disclosure purposes. Examples of nonrecurring uses of fair value include OREO, loan impairments for certain loans and goodwill.
We review and update the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. We also verify the accuracy of the institution orpricing provided by our primary external pricing service on a quarterly basis.
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Refer to "Note 17: Fair value measurements" of another company of which it is such a subsidiary, must notify the BMAaudited consolidated financial statements for further detail on the judgments made in writing of that fact within seven days. Failure to provide the BMA with prompt and appropriate notice would constitute an offense that could result in a fine.
The BDCA prohibits a person from becoming a shareholder controller of any company licensed under the BDCA unless the person provides written notice to the BMA of his intent to do so and the BMA does not object. The definition of shareholder controller is set outclassifying instruments in the BDCA but generally refers to a person who, among other things, either alone or with any associate or associates (withinfair value hierarchy.
Goodwill
We account for acquisitions using the meaningacquisition method of the BDCA) (i) holds 10% or more of the shares in the licensed institution or another company of which it is a subsidiary company; or (ii) is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power at any general meeting of the licensed institution or another company of which it is such a subsidiary. The BDCA distinguishes between shareholder controllers of the following threshold descriptions: "10% shareholder controllers," "20% shareholder controllers," "30% shareholder controllers," "40% shareholder controllers," "50% shareholder controllers," "60% shareholder controllers" and "principal shareholder controllers" who have a 75% or greater interest. A person who intends to become a shareholder controller, or a shareholder controller who intends to increase his shareholding/control, meaning generally, ownership of shares or the ability to exercise or control the exercise of voting rights attached to shares, beyond his present threshold, must provide written notice to the BMA that he intends to do so. It is an offense not to give this notice. The BMA may object to a person's notice of intent to become a shareholder controller of

any description or to an existing shareholder controller seeking to increase their control where it appears to the BMA that, among other things, such person is not or is no longer a fit and proper person to be such controller of the institution. If the BMA objects, the BMA will provide such person with written notice of its objection.
Prior to serving a notice of objection, the BMA shall serve the person seeking to become a shareholder controller of any description or existing shareholder controller seeking to increase their control with a preliminary written notice stating that the BMA is considering service on that person of a notice of objection, and that notice shall state among other things, the reasons for the BMA's proposed objection. The statement of the BMA's reasons for their proposed objection will, however, be subject to the BMA's determination that such statement would not involve the disclosure of confidential information, the disclosure of which would be prejudicial to a third party. A person served with a preliminary written notice may, within a period of 28 days beginning with the day onaccounting, under which the notice is served, make written representations to the BMA and the BMA shall take any such representations into account in deciding whether to serve a notice of objection.
If three months pass from the date of giving notice of intent to the BMA without the BMA serving a notice of objection, then the person may become a shareholder controller as requested in the notice of intent. In practice, the BMA's procedure is generally to respond to a shareholder controller notification of intent.
If a person becomes a shareholder controller or increases their shareholding/control in spite of the BMA's objection thereto, if a shareholder controller fails to comply with the foregoing notice requirements or if a shareholder controller continues as such after being given notice of objection to his or her being a shareholder controller, the BMA may take the actions specified in the BDCA, including revoking the relevant license where a 50%, 60% or principal shareholder controller is involved, or mandating that any specified shares become subject to one or more of the following restrictions:
any transfer of or agreement to transfer those shares or, in the case of unissued shares, any transfer of or any agreement to transfer the right to be issued with them, will be void;
no voting rights may be exercisable in respect of the shares;
no further shares may be issued in right of them or pursuant to any offer made to their holder; or
except in liquidation, no payment may be made of any sums due from the institution on the shares, whether in respect of capital or otherwise.
A court in Bermuda may, on the application of the BMA, order the sale of any such shares. Any person may appeal to a tribunal constituted under the BDCA for a review of a notice of objection given by the BMA as described above. However, this right of appeal does not apply to a person in any case in which such person has failed to give a notice or has become or continued to be a controller in contravention of the BDCA. In addition, if a person has had its license revoked or has been subject to any of the restrictions set forth above, the tribunal may confirm or reverse the decision which is the subject of the appeal but shall not have power to vary it except:
where the decision was made to impose or vary any restriction, the tribunal may direct the BMA to impose different restrictions or to vary them in a different way; or
where the decision was to revoke a license, the tribunal may direct the BMA to restrict it instead.
In the event that the BMA imposes any of the restrictions listed above, the restrictions may apply to:
all shares of the institution where the person in question is a shareholder controller that (i)acquired company's net assets are held by him or any associate of his, and (ii) were not so held immediately before he became such shareholder controller of the institution; and
all shares in another company where the person in question became a shareholder controller (i) as a result of the acquisition by him or any associate of his of shares in such other company, and (ii) the shares were not so held before he became a shareholder controller of such institution.
A company licensed under the BDCA must give written notice to the BMA in the event that any person has either become or ceased to be a director, controller or senior executive of such licensed company. The written notice is required to be given to the BMA within 14 days beginning with the day on which the licensed company becomes aware of the relevant change in director, controller or senior executive. The definition of "controller" is set out in the BDCA but generally refers to (i) a shareholder controller, a managing director or chief executive officer of the institution or of another company of which it is a subsidiary, or (ii) a person whose duties include directing the actions of the board of directors of the licensed company or of another company of which it is a subsidiary, or (iii) a person whose duties include directing the actions of any shareholder controller of the institution.
Trusts (Regulation of Trust Business) Act 2001
The principal purpose of the Trusts (Regulation of Trust Business) Act 2001 (the "Trusts Business Act"), is to regulate "trust business," which is generally defined as providing the services of a trustee as a business, trade, profession or vocation. Under the Trusts Business Act, a license is required to conduct trust business in or from within Bermuda. Licenses are designated as either "unlimited" or "limited." Only bodies corporate are entitled to obtain unlimited licenses, which allow them to conduct trust business and solicit business from the public generally. Holding a license under the Trust Business Act obliges the licensed undertaking to maintain a physical presence in Bermudarecorded at which the licensed undertaking is directed and managed. A licensed undertaking is also required to hold all client funds separately from its own funds or funds held in respect of any other business and maintain such books of account and other records such that client funds may be readily identifiedfair value at any time.
At present, the Bank and certain of its subsidiaries hold unlimited licenses issued by the BMA pursuant to the Trusts Business Act. Pursuant to Section 6 of the Trusts Business Act, the BMA has published a Statement of Principles, in accordance with which it is acting or purporting to act with respect to the exercise of its powers under the Trusts Business Act, including (without limitation) the BMA's minimum licensing criteria, the grounds for revocation of licenses, the power to grant, revoke or restrict a license and the power to obtain information or require the production of documents. As at December 31, 2019, the BMA amended the minimum licensing criteria under the Trusts Business Act, such that a licensed undertaking is not regarded as conducting its business in a prudent manner (which is a requirement for licensing) unless it maintains or will maintain adequate liquidity, having regard to the relationship between its assets and its actual and contingent liabilities, to the time at which those liabilities will or may fall due and its assets mature, and to other factors appearing to the BMA to be relevant. In addition, pursuant to Section 7 of the legislation, the BMA published a Code of Practice that provides guidance as to the duties, requirements, procedures, standards and principles to be observed by persons carrying on trust business under the Trusts Business Act.
The BMA's powers under the Trusts Business Act include (without limitation) the power to:
impose conditions on a license with respect to scope and type of business, to protect a client or potential client of a licensee;
revoke a license in certain circumstances including if the licensee has not complied with the licensing criteria; and
request and obtain information from a licensee to ensure compliance with the Trusts Business Act, and to safeguard the interests of the licensee's clients.
The Trusts Business Act prohibits a person from becoming a 10% shareholder controller or a majority shareholder controller of a licensed company, unless such person provides written notice to the BMA of his intent to do so and the BMA does not object. It is an offense not to provide this notice. The definition of shareholder controller is set out in the Trusts Business Act, but generally refers to a person who, among other things, either alone or with any associate or associates (within the meaning of the Trusts Business Act) (i) holds 10% or more of the shares in the licensed company or another company of which it is a subsidiary company; or (ii) is entitled to exercise, or control the

exercise of 10% or more of the voting power at any general meeting of the licensed company or another company of which it is such a subsidiary. A "majority shareholder controller" is defined under the Trusts Business Act as a shareholder controller which, among other things, (i) holds 50% or more of the issued and outstanding shares in the licensed company; or (ii) is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of 50% or more of the voting power at any general meeting of the licensed company.
The BMA may object to a person's notice of intent to become a 10% shareholder controller or majority shareholder controller or may object to an existing shareholder controller of any description where it appears to the BMA that, among other things, such person is not or is no longer a fit and proper person to be such a controller of the licensed company. If the BMA objects, the BMA will provide such person with a written notice of objection. Prior to serving any such notice of objection, the BMA shall serve the person seeking to become a shareholder controller or the existing shareholder controller with a preliminary written notice stating that the BMA is considering service on that person of a notice of objection, stating, among other things, the reasons for the BMA's proposed objection. The statement of the BMA's reasons for its proposed objection will, however, be subject to the BMA's determination that such statement would not involve the disclosure of confidential information, the disclosure of which would be prejudicial to a third party. A person served with a preliminary written notice may, within a period of 28 days beginning with the day on which the notice is served, make written representations to the BMA and the BMA shall take any such representations into account in deciding whether to serve a notice of objection.
If three months pass from the date of notifying the BMA of a new shareholder controller or an increased shareholding/control beyond a shareholder controller's then current threshold, without the BMA serving a notice of objection, then the person may become a shareholder controller as requested in the notice. In practice, the BMA's procedure is generally to respond to a person's shareholder controller notification.
If a person becomes a shareholder controller or increases their shareholding control, in spite of the BMA's objection thereto, if a shareholder controller fails to comply with the foregoing notice requirements or if a shareholder controller continues as such after being given notice of objection to his being a shareholder controller, the BMA may take certain actions, including revoking the relevant license where a shareholder controller holding 50% or more of the shares of the licensed company is involved or mandating that any specified shares become subject to one or more of the following restrictions:
any transfer of or agreement to transfer those shares or, in the case of unissued shares, any transfer of or any agreement to transfer the right to be issued with them, will be void;
no voting rights may be exercisable in respect of the shares;
no further shares may be issued in right of them or pursuant to any offer made to their holder; or
except in liquidation, no payment may be made of any sums due from the licensed company on the shares, whether in respect of capital or otherwise.
A court in Bermuda may, on the application of the BMA, order the sale of any such shares. Any person may appeal to a tribunal constituted under the Trusts Business Act for a review of a notice of objection given by the BMA as described above. However, this right of appeal does not apply to a person in any case in which such person has failed to give a notice or has become or continued to be a controller in contravention of the Trusts Business Act. In addition, if a person has had its license revoked or has been subject to any of the restrictions set forth above, the tribunal may confirm or reverse the decision which is the subject of the appeal but shall not have power to vary it except:
where the decision was made to impose different restrictions or vary them in a different way, the tribunal may direct the BMA to impose different restrictions; or
where the decision was to revoke a license, the tribunal may direct the BMA to restrict it instead.
In the event that the BMA imposes any of the restrictions listed above, the restrictions may apply to:
all shares of the licensed company of which the person in question is a shareholder controller that (i) are held by him or any associate of his, and (ii) were not so held immediately before he became such shareholder controller of the licensed company; and
all shares in another company where the person in question became a shareholder controller (i) as a result of the acquisition by him or any associate of his of shares in such other company, and (ii) the shares were not so held before he became a shareholder controller of such licensed company.
A company licensed under the Trusts Business Act must give written notice to the BMA in the event that any person has either become or ceased to be a controller or officer of such licensed company. The written notice is required to be given to the BMA within 14 days beginning with the day on which the licensed company becomes aware of the change in controller or officer. The definition of "controller" is set out in the Trusts Business Act but generally refers to (i) a shareholder controller, a managing director or chief executive officer of the licensed company or of another company of which it is a subsidiary; or (ii) a person whose duties include directing the actions of the board of directors of the licensed company or of another company of which it is a subsidiary; or (iii) a person whose duties include directing the actions of any shareholder controller of the licensed company. The definition of "officer" under the Trusts Business Act, includes a director, secretary or any senior executive.
Investment Business Act 2003
The Investment Business Act 2003 (the "Investment Business Act") prohibits any person from carrying on, or purporting to carry on, an investment business in or from within Bermuda unless that person holds a license granted under the Investment Business Act, or is exempted from holding a license. The Investment Business Act defines "investment business" broadly as the business of dealing in investments, arranging deals in investments, managing or offering investments and giving advice on investments.
Under the Investment Business Act, the BMA is given the authority to grant licenses and to supervise license holders. The BMA will only grant a license if it is satisfied that the applicant complies with licensing criteria set out in the Investment Business Act, which include (without limitation) that controllers and senior executives of the applicant are fit and proper persons to carry on such business, the applicant company's business is effectively directed by at least two individuals (unless the BMA otherwise approves), the Board of the applicant has a number of independent directors considered appropriate by the BMA, the applicant's business is conducted in a prudent manner, the position of the applicant in the group does not obstruct effective consolidated supervision and the applicant will carry on the investment business with integrity and professional skill appropriate to the nature and scale of its activities.
At the present time, the Bank's wholly owned subsidiaries Butterfield Trust (Bermuda) Limited, Butterfield Securities (Bermuda) Limited and Butterfield Asset Management Limited hold licenses under the Investment Business Act.
Under the Investment Business Act the BMA may require an accountant's report on a license holder or the appointment of an inspector to carry out an investigation into the affairs of a license holder and/or demand the production of documents or information relating to the investment business of a license holder. The Investment Business Act also grants the BMA broad powers to enforce the provisions of the Investment Business Act, including (without limitation) powers to issue directions, to vary, suspend or cancel a license, to appoint a custodian manager of an offending investment business, to levy fines and to seek from the court injunctions and restitution orders. If the BMA considers that an investment provider knowingly and willfully has breached any condition imposed on its license, the licensing criteria or any other duty or obligation under the Investment Business Act, or has been carrying on investment business in a manner detrimental to the interest of its clients and creditors, or contrary to the public's interests, the BMA may issue a direction of compliance, or vary, suspend or cancel the license of the investment provider, appoint a custodian manager to manage the investment business, impose civil penalties, or publicly censure an investment provider.

The Investment Business Act prohibits a person from becoming a 10% shareholder controller or a majority shareholder controller of an investment provider, unless such person provides written notice to the BMA of his intent to do so and the BMA does not object. It is an offense not to provide this notice. The definition of 10% shareholder controller is set out in the Investment Business Act, but generally refers to a person who, among other things, either alone or with any associate or associates (within the meaning of the Investment Business Act) (i) holds 10% or more of the shares in the investment provider or its parent undertaking; or (ii) is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in the investment provider or in the parent undertaking. A "majority shareholder controller" is defined under the Investment Business Act as a shareholder controller which (i) holds 50% or more of the issued and outstanding shares in the investment provider or its parent undertaking; or (ii) is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of 50% or more of the voting power in the investment provider or in the parent undertaking.
The BMA may object to a person's notice of intent to become a 10% shareholder controller or majority shareholder controller or to an existing shareholder controller of any description where it appears to the BMA that, among other things, such person is not or is no longer a fit and proper person to be such controller of the licensed company. If the BMA objects, the BMA will provide such person with a written notice of objection. Prior to serving any such notice of objection, the BMA serves the person seeking to become a shareholder controller or will serve an existing shareholder controller with a preliminary written notice stating that the BMA is considering service on that person of a notice of objection, stating, among other things, the reasons for the BMA's proposed objection. The statement of the BMA's reasons for their proposed objection will, however, be subject to the BMA's determination that such statement would involve the disclosure of confidential information, the disclosure of which would be prejudicial to a third party. A person served with a preliminary written notice may, within a period of 28 days beginning with the day on which the notice is served, make written representations to the BMA and the BMA shall take any such representations into account in deciding whether to serve a notice of objection.
If three months pass from the date of notifying the BMA of a new shareholder controller or an increased shareholding/control beyond a shareholder controller's then current threshold, without the BMA serving a notice of objection, then the person may become a shareholder controller as requested in the notice. In practice, the BMA's procedure is generally to respond to a person's shareholder controller notification.
If a person becomes a shareholder controller or increases their shareholding/control in spite of the BMA's objection to his becoming a shareholder controller or if a shareholder controller fails to comply with the foregoing notice requirements or if a shareholder controller continues as such after being given notice of objection to his being a shareholder controller, the BMA may take certain actions, including revoking the relevant license where a shareholder controller holding 50% or more of the shares of the licensed company is involved or mandating that any specified shares become subject to one or more of the following restrictions:
any transfer of or agreement to transfer those shares or, in the case of unissued shares, any transfer of or any agreement to transfer the right to be issued with them, will be void;
no voting rights may be exercisable in respect of the shares;
no further shares may be issued in right of them or pursuant to any offer made to their holder; or
except in liquidation, no payment may be made of any sums due from the investment provider on the shares, whether in respect of capital or otherwise.
A court in Bermuda may, on the application of the BMA, order the sale of any such shares. Any person may appeal to a tribunal constituted under the Investment Business Act for a review of a notice of objection given by the BMA as described above. However, this right of appeal does not apply to a person in any case in which such person has failed to give a notice or has become or continued to be a controller in contravention of the Investment Business Act. In addition, if a person has had its license revoked or has been subject to any of the restrictions set forth above, the tribunal may confirm or reverse the decision which is the subject of the appeal but shall not have power to vary it except:
where the decision was made to impose or vary any restriction, the tribunal may direct the BMA to impose different restrictions or to vary them in a different way; or
where the decision was to revoke a license, the tribunal may direct the BMA to restrict it instead.
In the event that the BMA imposes any of the restrictions listed above, the restrictions may apply to:
all shares of the investment provider of which the person in question is a shareholder controller that (i) are held by him or any associate of his; and (ii) were not so held immediately before he became such shareholder controller of the investment provider; and
all shares in another company where the person in question became a shareholder controller (i) as a result of the acquisition by him or any associate of his of shares in such other company; and (ii) the shares were not so held before he became a shareholder controller of such investment provider.
A company licensed under the Investment Business Act must give written notice to the BMA in the event that any person has either become or ceased to be a controller or officer of such investment provider. The written notice is required to be given to the BMA within 14 days beginning with the day on which the investment provider becomes aware of the change in controller or officer. The definition of "controller" is set out in the Investment Business Act but generally refers to a shareholder controller, a managing director or chief executive officer of the investment provider or of another company of which it is a subsidiary, or a person whose duties include directing the actions of any shareholder controller of the investment provider. The definition of "officer" under the Investment Business Act, includes a director, secretary or any senior executive.
Corporate Service Provider Business Act 2012
The Corporate Service Provider Business Act 2012 (“CSPB”) regulates persons carrying on a corporate service provider business in Bermuda. “Corporate service provider business” in this context means the provision of any of the following services for a profit: (i) acting as a company formation agent; (b) providing nominee services, including (among other things) providing nominee shareholders; (c) providing administrative and secretarial services to companies or partnerships (including, among other things, providing a registered office and maintaining the books and records of a company or partnership); (d) performing functions in the capacity as a resident representative under various Bermuda statutes; and (e) providing any other corporate or administrative services as may be specified in regulations made under the CSPB. Under the CSPB, the Bank or any of its subsidiaries are required to hold a corporate service provider license to lawfully provide corporate services to our customers in Bermuda. Licensing under the CSPB is administered by the BMA. Holding a license under the CSPB obliges the licensed undertaking to maintain a physical presence in Bermuda at which the licensed undertaking is directed and managed. A licensed undertaking is also required to hold all client funds separately from its own funds or funds held in respect of any other business and maintain such books of account and other records such that client funds may be readily identified at any time.
Pursuant to the provisions of the CSPB any person who, together with their associates (within the meaning of the CSPB), intends to become either a shareholder controller or a majority shareholder controller of a CSPB licensed entity, must first serve notice of their intent to do so on the BMA and either receive a notice of non-objection from the BMA, or wait for the expiration of a three month period starting from the date of the notice toacquisition and the BMA withoutdifference between the BMA having served a written noticefair value of objection. A “shareholder controller” underconsideration and fair value of the CSPBnet assets acquired is any person who, either alone or with any associate or associates, (i) holds 10%recorded as goodwill, if positive, and as bargain purchase gain, if negative.
Goodwill is tested annually in the third quarter for impairment at the reporting unit level, or more of shares of the licensed entity (if itfrequently if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. The goodwill impairment analysis is a company) or 10% or moretwo-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit's fair value to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of another companya reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, applicable goodwill is deemed to be not impaired. If the carrying value exceeds fair value, there is an indication of impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment.
The second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the licensed entityfirst step indicated impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is a subsidiary; (ii) is entitled to control or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power at any general meeting of the licensed entity (if it is a company) or of another company of which the licensed entity is a subsidiary; or (iii) is able to exercise a significant influence over the management of a licensed entity or of another company of which the licensed entity is a subsidiary by virtue of holding sharesdetermined in or an entitlement to exercise or control

the exercise of the voting power at any general meeting of either the licensed entity (if it is a company) or its holding company. A “majority shareholder controller” under the CSPB has the same meaningmanner as limbs (i) and (ii) in the preceding sentence, save that the relevant percentage threshold for ownership is 50% or more.
In addition to the requirement to notify and obtain BMA non-objection (whether express or deemed)amount of any change in shareholder controller or majority shareholder controller of a CSPB licensed entity, if at any time it appears to the BMA that a person who is a “controller” of any description of a CSPB licensed entity is not a fit and proper person for such role, the BMA may serve a written notice of objection to that controller; provided that, before serving such a notice, the BMA must serve that person with a preliminary written notice stating that the BMA is considering service on that person of a notice of objection, specifying the reasons for which it appears to the BMA why that person is not or is no longer a fit and proper person and advising as to the rights of that person to make written representations to the BMA within 28 days beginning on the day on which such notice is served, and that such written representations shall be taken into account by the BMA in deciding whether to serve a notice of objection. For these purposes a “controller” includes (i) a managing director of a licensed entity or the licensed entity’s holding company; (ii) the CEO of the licensed entity or the licensed entity’s holding company; and (iii) a person in accordance with whose directions or instruction the directors of the licensed entity (or its holding company) are accustomed to act. Upon determining that any individual is not a fit and proper person, the BMA may pass a prohibition order, thereby preventing that individual from exercising any functions in connection with any business requiring licensing under the CSPB. Furthermore, under the CSPB, a licensed entity is required to give written notice to the BMA of any person becoming or ceasing to be a controller or an “officer” (director, company secretary or senior executive) of the licensed entity.
Breaches of the CSPB are punishable by a range of criminal and civil penalties including fines, imprisonment and public censure; breaches can result in the licensed entity losing its license and therefore its ability to conduct corporate service provider business. The BMA is also empowered to restrict a controller’s ability to sell any shares (and exercise any rights in respect of such shares) held by the controllergoodwill recognized in a CSPB licensed entity if they continue to be or become a controller following a notice of objection from the BMA.
Companies Act 1981
As a local company incorporated in Bermuda, the Bank is subject to the Companies Act 1981 (the "Companies Act"). Under section 114 of the Companies Act, no local company may carry on business of any sort in Bermuda unless, among other things, (i) it complies with the control and ownership requirements set out in Part I of the Third Schedule of the Companies Act; (ii) it is licensed under section 114B of the Companies Act and is carrying on such business in accordance with the terms and conditions imposed in such license; or (iii) its shares are listed on a designated stock exchange and the company is engaged as a business in a material way in a prescribed industry pursuant to section 114(1)(e) of the Companies Act.
In December 2000, the Minister of Finance issued to the Bank a license pursuant to section 114B of the Companies Act allowing the Bank to carry on business in Bermuda without complying with certain provisions of the Third Schedule to the Companies Act. Effective June 10, 2016, the Bank relinquished its section 114B license and carries on business in Bermuda without complying with the provisions of the Third Schedule in reliance upon the exemption in section 114(1)(e) of the Companies Act. The Bank qualifies for this statutory exemption by virtue of (i) the listing of the Bank's shares on the BSX,combination, which is a "designated stock exchange" for the purposes of the Companies Act and (ii) the Bank's material business of banking, which is a "prescribed industry" for the purposes of the Companies Act.
Exchange Control
The Bank is designated as resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes.
The BMA has given its consent for the issue and free transferability of all of the common shares to and between non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided the Bank's shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the NYSE. Approvals or permissions given by the BMA do not constitute a guarantee by the BMA as to our performance or our creditworthiness. Accordingly, in giving such consent or permissions, the BMA shall not be liable for the financial soundness, performance or default of our business or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this report.
Financial Crime Regulation
Bermuda has enacted a number of laws relating to combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The Proceeds of Crime Act 1997 (as amended), the Anti-Terrorism (Financial and other Measures) Act 2004, the Proceeds of Crime (Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Supervision and Enforcement) Act 2008 and the Proceeds of Crime (Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing) Regulations 2008, the Financial Intelligence Agency Act 2007, and the Anti-Terrorism (Financial and Other Measures) (Businesses in Regulated Sector) Order 2008.
The Bank may be regulated together with its branches and subsidiaries in respect of anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing policies and procedures as a “financial group” if so designated by the Bermuda minister responsible for justice. Furthermore, under the Bribery Act 2016 of Bermuda, the Bank may be guilty of an offense if persons associated with the Bank (which can include the Bank’s employees, agents or subsidiaries) bribe another person intending to obtain or retain business for the Bank or to obtain or retain an advantage in the conduct of business for the Bank. It is a defense to such offenses if the Bank proves that it has in place adequate procedures designed to prevent persons associated with the Bank from undertaking such bribery.
Stamp Duty
Stamp duty is a tax in Bermuda imposed on written documents. The governing legislation is the Stamp Duties Act 1976, as amended (the "Stamp Duties Act"). The Stamp Duties Act sets out the instruments that are subject to stamp duty, which generally include certain instruments or documents as specified in the Stamp Duties Act that are executed in Bermuda or, if executed outside of Bermuda, are then brought into Bermuda.
There are certain limited stamp duty exemptions under the Bermuda Stock Exchange Company Act 1992 (the ‘‘BSX Act’’), which extend to local companies, the securities of which are listed on the BSX. The Bank’s common shares are currently listed on the NYSE and BSX. Pursuant to the BSX Act, the provisions of the Stamp Duties Act will not apply to any instrument which relates to (i) a conveyance or transfer on sale, (ii) a conveyance or transfer to effect or having the effect of a voluntary disposition inter vivos, or (iii) any agreement for the lending and borrowing, of any securities which are listed on the BSX. Accordingly, for so long as the common shares of the Bank remain listed on the BSX (and to the extent any other securities issued by the Bank are listed on the BSX), the forgoing stamp duty exemptions under the BSX Act would apply. However, dealings in the Bank’s common shares beyond the limited exemptions under the BSX Act may attract stamp duty under various heads of the Schedule to the Stamp Duties Act. For example, ad valorem stamp duty may be payable (i) where security is granted over shares of the Bank, (ii) where shares of the Bank form part of a deceased’s estate and probate is sought, and (iii) on a share certificate where the share is issued by the Bank for the first time at a premium in excess of the parfair value thereof.
The Stamp Duties Act prescribesof the persons liablereporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangible assets as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to pay the stamp duty, whetherreporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss recognized cannot exceed the amount of duty isgoodwill assigned to a fixed or ad valorem amountreporting unit, and the time periodloss establishes a new basis in which the duty mustgoodwill. Subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted.
We rely on several assumptions when estimating the fair value of our reporting units using the discounted cash flow method. These assumptions include the estimated future cash flows from operations, required discount rate, as well as projected loan losses, an estimate of terminal value and other inputs. Our estimated future cash flows are largely based on our historical actual cash flows and industry and economic trends, among other considerations. Although management has used the estimates and assumptions it believes to be paid, depending onmost appropriate in the naturecircumstances, it should be noted that even relatively minor changes in certain valuation assumptions used in management's calculation would result in significant differences in the results of the instrument. impairment test.
The Stamp Duties Act also sets outvaluation of goodwill is dependent on forward-looking expectations related to nationwide and local economic conditions and our associated financial performance. In the consequences for failure to stamp instruments which are subject to duty.
Generally,future, if a stampable document has been executed in Bermudaour acquisitions do not yield expected returns or has been executed outside of Bermuda and then brought into Bermuda and stamp duty is not paid, the document is not valid for any purpose (including registration) in Bermuda, until such time as it is stamped. In addition, a stampable document which is not stamped

(i) is not admissible in court proceedings in Bermuda, except in criminal proceedings or stamp duty violation prosecutions; and (ii) may not be acted upon, filed, or registered by any public official or by any company. For any instrument which is liable to stamp duty that is not duly stamped, every person who is specified in the Stamp Duties Act as liable for stamping commits an offense.
Limits on Shareholding
Generally, limits are imposed by the Companies Act on the percentage of shares in a local company carrying on business in Bermuda which may be held by persons who are non-Bermudian as that term is defined in the Companies Act. As described above, although the Bank relies on an exemption under section 114(1)(e) of the Companies Act to these ownership requirements and related control requirements, the bye-laws of the Bank currently restrict the voting rights of a person who is not "Bermudian" (as such term is defined in the Companies Act) and who is "interested" (as such term is defined in the bye-laws) in the shares of the Bank which constitute more than 40% of all shares then issued and outstanding is not entitled to vote the shares which are in excess of such 40% interest at any general meeting without the prior written approval of the Minister of Finance.
In addition, there are certain prior approval requirements pursuant to the BDCA, the Trusts Business Act and the Investment Business Act with respect to any person who seeks to become a "shareholder controller" (as definedchanges in each of those Acts) of the Bank.
Deposit Insurance Scheme
Pursuant to the Deposit Insurance Act 2011 and the Deposit Insurance Rules 2016 of Bermuda, a Deposit Insurance Scheme (“DIS”) has come into effect in Bermuda. The DIS is administered by the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation. The DIS is designed to protect the deposits of individuals, charities, unincorporated associations, partnerships, sole proprietors and small businesses by guaranteeing up to $25,000 of their aggregate Bermuda Dollar deposits in the event of a Bermuda deposit taking institution’s failure. The DIS is backed by a Deposit Insurance Fund which is in turn funded from premium contributions that are payable by all banks and credit unions licensed by the BMA . As a bank licensed by the BMA,discount rates, we are required to be a member of the DIS and pay contributions to the Deposit Insurance Fund. Currently, our premium contribution is calculated by the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation as 0.25% per annum of the average total amount of our Bermuda Dollar deposits that are covered by the DIS guarantee over a rolling three-month period based on information disclosed by us to the Bermuda Deposit Insurance Corporation. Each contribution to the Deposit Insurance Fund is payable every three months in arrears.
Personal Information Protection Act, 2016
Bermuda’s principal data protection legislation is the Personal Information Protection Act 2016 (“PIPA”). PIPA applies to every organization (which includes any individual, entity or public authority) that uses personal information in Bermuda where that personal information is used by automated or other means which form, or are intended to form, part of a structured filing system. For the purposes of PIPA, “personal information” means any information about an identified or identifiable individual (meaning a natural person), and “use” or “using” are very broadly defined and effectively include possessing or carrying out any operation on personal information. The Bank uses and holds individuals’ personal information in Bermuda, so must comply with the provisions of PIPA.
The majority of the operative provisions of PIPA, which include certain personal information privacy rights for individuals and specific obligations on organizations that control the processing of personal information, are not yet in force in Bermuda. The first Bermuda Privacy Commissioner was appointed with effect from January 20, 2020, and this appointment is an important step in bringing the remaining operative provisions of PIPA into force. However, as of February 2020 there is still no clear timetable for the publication of PIPA codes of practice or the actual implementation of the remaining operative provisions.
The Cayman Islands
The Cayman Islands Monetary Authority ("CIMA")
Our activities in the Cayman Islands are monitored by CIMA. CIMA is responsible for currency management, regulation and supervision of the Cayman Islands financial services sector (which includes securities and investments business, banking, insurance and fiduciary services), advice to the Cayman Islands government and cooperation with overseas regulatory authorities. CIMA's principal focus is to promote and maintain a sound financial system in the Cayman Islands and to promote and enhance market confidence, consumer protection and the reputation of the Cayman Islands as a financial center.
CIMA has broad statutory powers of enforcement. These powers are intended to permit CIMA to have access to information held or maintained by a licensee as necessary and to enable CIMA to take appropriate remedial action if a licensee is in default of its obligations under applicable laws.
Relevant Legislation/Regulations
Banks & Trust Companies Law (2020 Revision)
The Banks and Trust Companies Law (2020 Revision) (the "BATCL") provides that it is an offense to conduct banking business or trust business without the appropriate license. Bank of Butterfield (Cayman) Limited holds a category "A" banking license and a trust license, both issued by CIMA.
The BATCL is supplemented by certain regulations which, among other things, prescribe the fees that are payable by licensees and certain information that must be submitted to CIMA in connection with any license application.
Licensees must adhere to certain capital adequacy requirements and must file audited financial statements with CIMA within three months of their financial year-end. Prior written approval of CIMA is required in a number of circumstances including, but are not limited to, the issue, transfer or disposal of any shares, the appointment of a new director or senior officer or where the licensee wishes to conduct business that deviates from its business plan submitted at the time of its license application.
Securities Investment Business Law (2020 Revision), as amended
The Securities Investment Business Law (2020 Revision), as amended (the "SIBL") provides that a person shall not carry on, or purport to carry on, securities investment business in or from the Cayman Islands unless that person is for the time being licensed under SIBL or is exempted from the requirement to hold a license pursuant to SIBL. Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited holds a securities investment business license, issued by CIMA, to conduct its business.
SIBL is essentially designed to achieve the licensing and regulation of securities investment providers and applies to (i) any company, foreign company or partnership incorporated or registered in the Cayman Islands and carrying on "securities investment business" anywhere in the world, or (ii) any entity which has a "place of business" in the Cayman Islands through which "securities investment business" is carried on. The entity need not have a physical presence in the Cayman Islands in order for such entity to fall within the ambit of SIBL.

Certain activities are explicitly excluded that would otherwise fall within the definition of securities investment business. In addition, SIBL exempts certain persons who are engaged in securities investment business with, among other things, sophisticated or high net worth persons (as such terms are defined in SIBL) from the full licensing requirements of SIBL, provided that they file an annual declaration with CIMA and pay an annual fee.
Insurance Law, 2010 (as amended)
CIMA regulates the insurance industry in the Cayman Islands pursuant to the Insurance Law, 2010 (as amended) (the "IL"). Such regulation includes licensing, ongoing supervision, and enforcement.
Pursuant to the IL, a company is required to hold a license in order to carry on insurance or reinsurance business or business as an insurance agent, insurance broker or insurance manager in or from the Cayman Islands. Bank of Butterfield (Cayman) Limited (which is not itself an insurer) holds an insurance agent license, issued by CIMA, permitting it to solicit domestic business on behalf of not more than one general insurer and one long term insurer.
Companies Law (2020 Revision) as amended
Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited is an ordinary resident company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, meaning that, subject to it being licensed under the BATCL, it can carry on business within the Cayman Islands. Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited is required to comply with the requirements of the Companies Law (2020 Revision), this being the principal statute governing the incorporation and ongoing operations of the Cayman Islands companies.
Anti-Money Laundering Regulations (2020 Revision); Proceeds of Crime Law (2019 Revision); and Terrorism Law (2018 Revision), each as amended
Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited is subject to the Anti-Money Laundering Regulations (2020 Revision) (the "Regulations") made pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Law (2019 Revision) (the "PCL"), each as amended. The Regulations apply to anyone conducting "relevant financial business" in or from the Cayman Islands intending to form a business relationship or carry out a one-off transaction. The Regulations require a financial service provider to maintain certain anti-money laundering procedures including those for the purposes of verifying the identity and source of funds of an "applicant for business" except in certain circumstances, including where an entity is regulated by a recognized overseas regulatory authority and/or listed on a recognized stock exchange in an approved jurisdiction. In addition, if any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects, or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct, or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property, and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person willmay be required to report such knowledge or suspiciontake additional charges to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands (the "FRA"), pursuant to the PCL, if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering; or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the FRA, pursuant to the Terrorism Law 2018 Revision), if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property.
The Cayman Islands Data Protection Law, 2017
The Data Protection Law (the “DPL”) came into force on September 30, 2019 and establishes a framework of rights and duties designed to safeguard individuals’ personal data, balanced against the need of public authorities, businesses and organizations to collect and use personal data for legitimate purposes. The DPL was developed in line with international best practices while ensuring that it reflects the specific needs of the Cayman Islands. It isour earnings based substantially on the Data Protection Act, 1998 of the United Kingdom. The DPL defines “personal data” very widely to include any dataimpairment assessment process, which enables a living individual to be identified.
In common with most businesses, Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited records information in respect of individuals, particularly those who are employees, clients or suppliers, and the obligations under the DPL require a detailed review or establishment of policies and procedures in order to achieve compliance. Non-compliance with the DPL may have serious ramifications.
The DPL is centered on eight data protection principles under which personal data must:
be processed fairly and only when specific conditions are met, including where consent has been given, where there is a legal obligation, or where it is necessary for the performance of a contract to which the data subject is a party. Additional conditions apply in respect of “sensitive personal data” (examples of which include racial or ethnic origin, political opinions, religious beliefs, trade union membership, genetic data, health, sex life and offences);
be obtained only for one or more specified lawful purposes, and shall not be further processed in any manner incompatible with such purposes;
be adequate, relevant and not excessive in relation to the purpose or purposes for which they are collected or processed;
be accurate and, where necessary, kept up to date;
not be kept for longer than is necessary for the purpose;
be processed in accordance with the rights of individuals as specified under the DPL;
be protected by appropriate technical and organizational measures against unauthorized or unlawful processing, and against accidental loss, destruction or damage; and
not be transferred abroad unless the country or territory to which it is transferred ensures an adequate level of protection for the rights and freedoms of data subjects in relation to the processing of personal data.
Under the DPL, individuals have the right to be informed how personal data is processed and Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited is required to provide individuals with a privacy notice in this regard. Individuals also have the right (i) to request access to their personal data, (ii) to request rectification or correction of personal data, (iii) to request that processing of personal data be stopped or restricted and (iv) to require Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited to cease processing personal data for direct marketing purposes.
Individuals who believe that their personal data has been handled incorrectly or are not satisfied with responses from Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited to any requests made regarding the use of their personal data have a right under the DPL to complain to the Cayman Islands’ Ombudsman.
The Bahamas
The Central Bank of The Bahamas
Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited has been granted a license from the Central Bank of The Bahamas to conduct trust business from within The Bahamas. As the primary regulator of Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited, the Central Bank of The Bahamas is responsible for the regulation and supervision of Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited with respect to all of its operations, corporate governance issues, and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The Central Bank of The Bahamas' regulations on capital adequacy and the regulatory framework within The Bahamas take into account the recommendations of the BCBS.

Relevant Legislation/Regulations
The Banks and Trust Companies Regulation Act and Regulations
The Banks and Trust Companies Regulation Act and Regulations set forth the basic provisions relating to the licensing and operations of banks and trust companies in The Bahamas, as well as the powers of the Central Bank of The Bahamas to supervise and audit the activities of such entities. As it relates to the preservation of confidentiality, the Banks and Trust Companies Regulation Act makes it an offense for certain individuals to disclose without customer consent, inter alia, the identity, assets, liabilities, transactions or accounts of a customer of a licensee, save for in specified circumstances.
The Central Bank of The Bahamas Act and Regulations
The Central Bank of The Bahamas Act provides general provisions relating to the structure and operation of the Central Bank of The Bahamas, the regulatory reporting required to be submitted to the Central Bank of The Bahamas by the licensees and the penalties that may be imposed for failure to comply with the orders of the Central Bank of The Bahamas. From time to time, the Central Bank issues regulations, guidelines and policies which are available on its website.
Financial Intelligence and Reporting
The Financial Intelligence Unit Act provides for the establishment of the financial intelligence unit organization in The Bahamas that is responsible for receiving, analyzing, obtaining and disseminating information which relates to or may relate to the proceeds of offenses under the Proceeds of Crime Act or the Anti-Terrorism Act.
The Financial Transactions Reporting Act and Regulations provides the basic requirements applicable to financial institutions in The Bahamas with respect to verifying the identities of facility holders and bank customers, the obligation to report suspicious transactions to the financial intelligence unit, and minimum record retention policies and procedures.
Data Protection (Privacy of Personal Information) Act
This Data Protection (Privacy of Personal Information) Act makes provision for the protection of the privacy of the personal data of individuals and the regulation of its collection, processing, keeping, use and disclosure.
Other Relevant Legislation
Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited is also subject to various other acts and regulations, including the Proceeds of Crime Act, which sets forth that it is a crime in The Bahamas for a person to conceal, transfer or deal with the proceeds of criminal conduct (such as money laundering) and the Anti-Terrorism Act, which sets forth that it is a crime in The Bahamas for a person to provide or collect funds or provide financial services or make such services available to persons with the intention that such funds or services are to be used in full or in part to carry out a terrorist act. In addition to the laws and regulations set forth above, Butterfield Trust (Bahamas) Limited is also obligated to comply with the guidelines released by the Central Bank of The Bahamas from time to time.
Guernsey
Guernsey Financial Services Commission
Our activities in Guernsey are monitored by the Guernsey Financial Services Commission (the "GFSC") through its Probability Risk and Impact System. The primary objective of the GFSC is to regulate and supervise finance businesses in the Bailiwick of Guernsey ("Guernsey," or the "Bailiwick"). Almost all financial service activities in Guernsey are required to be licensed by the GFSC. Once licensed, the businesses are subject to the regulation, oversight, investigatory, information gathering and enforcement powers of the GFSC.
The various divisions of the GFSC perform regular visits with the purpose of understanding the business and reviewing the risk management and internal control environment (including monitoring and any outsourced functions). Such visits also monitor compliance with applicable law and regulation.
In addition to conducting on-site reviews, the GFSC has a continuing duty to determine whether entities it regulates and the persons who own or run them remain fit and proper. Licensees therefore have a statutory obligation to notify the GFSC of various changes, which are set out in comprehensive rules and regulations. The GFSC also requires financial services businesses to submit periodic returns for statistical analysis and inclusion in thematic studies.
The GFSC has wide powers of enforcement to address shortcomings and breaches by financial services businesses. These range from private warnings and reprimands to revocation and suspension of applicable licenses and consents, fines and referral for criminal prosecution, among others.
The Banking Supervision (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1994
The Banking Supervision (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1994 (the "BSL") provides that no person shall in the Bailiwick accept a deposit in the course of carrying on, whether in Guernsey or elsewhere, a deposit-taking business except under the authority of and in accordance with the conditions of a license granted by the GFSC. Butterfield Bank (Guernsey) Limited holds a license under the BSL. In order to be granted a license, a company's business must be carried on with prudence, integrity, professional skills and in a manner which will not tend to bring the Bailiwick into disrepute. The business must also be directed by at least two individuals who are resident in the Bailiwick of Guernsey with appropriate standing and experience and sufficiently independent of each other. Businesses must also adhere to codes, principles, rules and instructions issued from time to time.
Regulation of Fiduciaries, Administration Businesses and Company Directors, etc. (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law 2000
The Regulation of Fiduciaries, Administration Businesses and Company Directors, etc. (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law 2000 (the "Guernsey Fiduciaries Law") provides that only a person licensed by the GFSC under the Guernsey Fiduciaries Law can operate fiduciary businesses, which includes:
formation, management and administration or trusts;
company or corporate administration;
provision of executorship services; and
the formation and management of foundations.

The GFSC can grant two different categories of license, including a full fiduciary license, which can only be granted to a company or a partnership, and a personal fiduciary license. The full fiduciary license covers any director, manager, partner or employee acting in the course of their employment.
The Protection of Investors (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1987
Under the Protection of Investors (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1987, as amended (the "POI Law"), a person shall not (subject to certain exemptions) carry on, or hold himself out as carrying on, any controlled investment business in or from within the Bailiwick, except under and in accordance with the terms of a license. For the purposes of the POI Law, a controlled investment includes collective investment schemes and general securities and derivatives. All Guernsey domiciled funds have to be authorized by or registered with the GFSC and be administered by a Guernsey licensed administrator. In addition, open-ended funds must also have a Guernsey licensed custodian.
The Financial Services Commission (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1987
The Financial Services Commission (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1987 provides that the general functions of the GFSC are to supervise the finance business in the Bailiwick, to counter financial crime and the financing of terrorism and to maintain confidence in the Bailiwick's reputation as an international finance center.
The Criminal Justice (Proceeds of Crime) (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1999
The Criminal Justice (Proceeds of Crime) (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1999 established certain offenses in connection with the proceeds of criminal conduct including concealing of transferring the proceeds of crime, assisting another person to retain the proceeds of criminal conduct, acquisition, possession or use of proceeds of criminal conduct and tipping-off.
The Terrorism and Crime (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Regulations, 2007
The Terrorism and Crime (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Regulations, 2007 provides for a positive obligation on businesses to report internally any suspicions of money laundering. A money laundering reporting officer must be appointed to fulfill this function and to make disclosure to the relevant division of Guernsey's police unit.
Deposit Compensation Scheme, 2008
Pursuant to the Banking Deposit Compensation Scheme (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Ordinance, 2008, a Guernsey DCS is in effect in Guernsey. The Guernsey DCS provides compensation of up to £50,000 per qualifying deposit in the event of the failure of a Guernsey licensed bank. The maximum total amount of compensation is capped at £100 million in any 5 year period. If claims exceed this cap, compensation will be reduced pro rata. The cap also means that compensation in respect of any one bank cannot exceed £100 million. The Guernsey DCS is paid for by Guernsey banks through an annual administration levy and, in the event of a bank failure, a compensation levy.
Data Protection (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 2017
The Data Protection (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 2017 ("DPL 2017") came into force on May 25, 2018 to coincide with the enforcement of the EU's General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679. The DPL 2017 updated Guernsey's data protection framework to ensure that Guernsey retained its data protection 'adequacy' status with the European Commission.
The DPL 2017 applies to the processing of personal data and provides rights to data subjects (i.e. individuals) and places obligations on data controllers and processors of personal data including, among other matters, in relation to subject access requests, transfers of personal data and notification of data breaches.
The Office of the Data Protection Authority is the independent regulatory authority responsible for the regulatory functions under the DPL 2017, including the ability to levy fines.
Jersey
Butterfield Bank (Jersey) Limited is regulated by the Jersey Financial Services Commission (“JFSC”) to carry on deposit-taking business under The Banking Business (Jersey) Law 1991 (as amended); investment business pursuant to the Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998 (as amended); fund services business pursuant to the Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998 (as amended); and money service business pursuant to the Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998 (as amended).
The JFSC uses four key areas in supervising banks which are the development of regulatory requirements including laws and codes of practice; on-site examinations and meetings; off-site supervision including the analysis of financial information; and international dialogue and liaison with other regulators involved in the supervision of the broader group.
The JFSC has wide powers of enforcement to address shortcomings and breaches by financial services businesses. These range from private warnings and reprimands to revocation and suspension of applicable licenses and consents, fines and referral for criminal prosecution, among others.
Financial Services Commission (Jersey) Law 1998
The Financial Services Commission (Jersey) Law 1998 provides that the JFSC is, among other things, responsible for the supervision and development of financial services in or from within Jersey, preparing and submitting recommendations for legislation regarding financial services, supervising regulated entities, and administering laws such as the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Law 1947 and the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. It will also have particular regard to the reduction of risk to the public of financial loss, to protecting and enhancing the reputation and integrity of Jersey, and to the best economic interests of Jersey and the need to counter financial crime.
Banking Business (Jersey) Law 1991
The Banking Business (Jersey) Law 1991 (the "BBL") provides that no person shall carry on or hold themselves out as carrying on a deposit taking business in or from within Jersey unless they are registered under the BBL. Butterfield Bank (Jersey) Limited holds a license under the BBL. In order to be granted a license, the JFSC will consider the integrity, competence and financial standing of a company's business and that it would be in the best interests of persons who may deposit money that the company should be registered. The business must also have a physical presence in Jersey involving meaningful decision making and management, and be subject to supervision by a relevant supervisory authority. Businesses must adhere to secondary legislation and codes issued from time to time. This law also contains provisions regarding notification of principal persons, key persons and shareholders, and sets out further powers of the JFSC.

Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998
This law regulates investment, trust company, general insurance mediation, money service, fund services and alternative investment fund services business. It includes requirements to register if carrying on regulated business, provisions for the supervision of financial services (including requirements to notify of changes to principal persons, key persons and shareholders), and gives the JFSC powers to issue directions and public statements, request information, and issue further orders and regulations. It also sets out the offenses of market manipulation, misleading information and insider dealing.
Collective Investment Funds (Jersey) Law 1988
Under the Collective Investment Funds (Jersey) Law, a person shall not (subject to certain exemptions) hold himself out as being a functionary of a recognized fund in or from within Jersey, except under a permit. For the purposes of this law, a recognized fund is a type of collective investment fund subject to additional regulations. Any person carrying on the business of an unclassified fund must also hold a certificate. This law also contains provisions regarding notification of principal persons, key persons and shareholders, and sets out further powers of the JFSC.
Proceeds of Crime (Jersey) Law 1999 and Terrorism (Jersey) Law 2002
The Proceeds of Crime (Jersey) Law 1999 established certain offenses in connection with the proceeds of criminal conduct including acquiring, using or having possession or control of criminal property, concealing, disguising, converting, transferring or removing such criminal property from Jersey, and tipping off and interference with material.
The Terrorism (Jersey) Law 2002 contains similar offenses regarding using, possessing, providing, collecting or receiving property for the purposes of terrorism, and otherwise dealing with terrorist property.
Both the Proceeds of Crime (Jersey) Law 1999 and the Terrorism (Jersey) Law 2002 provide for a positive obligation on businesses to report any suspicions of money laundering or terrorist financing.
Depositors Compensation Scheme, 2009
Pursuant to the Banking Business (Depositors Compensation) (Jersey) Regulations 2009, the Jersey Bank Depositors Compensation Scheme ("Jersey DCS") is in effect in Jersey. The law covers all "eligible deposits" and, in the event of the failure of a Jersey bank, provides protection of up to £50,000 for deposits placed in Jersey per person, per banking group, for local and international depositors. The maximum liability of the Jersey DCS is capped at £100 million in any 5 year period.
Data Protection (Jersey) Law, 2018 / Data Protection Authority (Jersey) Law, 2018
The Data Protection (Jersey) Law 2018 ("DPJL"), and its companion statute the Data Protection Authority (Jersey) Law 2018 ("DPAJL"), came into force on May 25, 2018 to coincide with implementation of the EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679 ("GDPR"). The DPJL updated Jersey's data protection framework expressly to mirror the GDPR and ensure that Jersey retained its data protection 'adequacy' status with the European Commission.
In outline, the DPJL governs the processing of personal data in Jersey or in relation to Jersey residents; it provides rights to data subjects (i.e. individuals) and places obligations on data controllers and processors of personal data including, among other matters, in relation to subject access requests, transfers of personal data and notification of data breaches. The DPAJL requires any organization which is 'established' in Jersey to be registered with the Jersey Office of the Information Commissioner ("JOIC") and to pay an annual charge.
The JOIC is the independent authority responsible for the regulatory and enforcement functions of the DPJL and DPAJL, including the ability to levy fines.
United Kingdom
Regulatory Regime
Butterfield Mortgages Limited provides UK residential property lending services.
The primary legislation governing the provision of Butterfield UK's services is the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 ("FSMA") and its secondary regulations. FSMA requires that in order to carry on mortgage and investment services in the UK, a firm must be authorized (or exempt) and have the necessary permissions. Butterfield Mortgages Limited is authorized and has permissions to enter into, advise on and administer regulated mortgage contracts.
Because its permissions are limited to mortgage activities, Butterfield Mortgages Limited is regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA"). The FCA has responsibility for both prudential and conduct of business regulation of Butterfield Mortgages Limited.
Butterfield Mortgages Limited must comply with the FCA handbook which contains detailed rules and guidance in respect of governance and conduct matters. The FCA's Principles for Business require, among other things, that Butterfield Mortgages Limited conducts its business with integrity and due skill, care and diligence and deal with its regulators in an open and co-operative way. In addition, certain persons occupying senior management functions and certifications at Butterfield Mortgages Limited are subject to statements of principle and a code of practice that describes behaviors expected of persons operating in the regulated sector. The implementation of the senior management and certification regime from December 9, 2019 increases individual accountability to the regulator.
Control
FSMA requires any person seeking to obtain (and in certain circumstances increase) control over Butterfield UK to first get approval from the FCA. A person will become a controller if it holds (itself or with another where they are acting together) (i) 20% or more in the shares of Butterfield UK or in any parent undertaking; or (ii) 20% or more of the voting power in Butterfield UK or any parent.
The Companies Act 2006 requires that UK incorporated companies maintain a register of persons who have significant control over them. A person will be considered to have significant control if it holds (itself or with another where they are acting together) 25% or more of the company's shares or voting rights or has the ability to appoint a majority of the board of directors.

Capital
Butterfield UK is subject to capital rules under the FCA's Prudential sourcebook for Mortgage and Home Finance Firms and Insurance Intermediaries handbook ("MIPRU"). The MIPRU capital rules stipulate the minimum level and quality of capital that must be maintained to support the activities carried on.
AML and Financial Crime
Butterfield UK is subject to a range of legislation at a UK and European level requiring it to take steps to detect and prevent potential money laundering, financial crime or terrorist financing. The FCA and HM Treasury have investigatory powers in relation to suspected breaches.
Relevant legislation at the EU level is the Fourth Money Laundering Directive (2015/849) which has been implemented in the UK through The Money Laundering, Terrorist Financing and Transfer of Funds (Information on the Payer) Regulations 2017 ("MLRs 2017") from June 26, 2017.
At the UK level, Butterfield UK must comply with its obligations under the Proceeds of Crime Act 2002, the Terrorism Act 2000 and the Anti-terrorism, Crime and Security Act 2001, Counter-Terrorism Act 2008 (Schedule 7), MLRs 2017 and certain specific obligations the Transfer of Funds (Information on the Payer) Regulations 2007 and certain specific obligations in FSMA (in particular with respect to market abuse and insider dealing) and the FCA Handbook. Together, this legislation requires regulated firms to create appropriate and risk-sensitive policies and procedures in relation to customer due diligence procedures and monitoring of transactions, to avoid financing terrorism or money laundering or facilitating either of these, to avoid dealing with certain persons specified by HM Treasury, and to disclose suspicious activity to the relevant regulatory authorities. In addition, the UK and all entities of the Bank must adhere to the Bribery Act 2010 which has broad extra-territorial reach.
Butterfield UK must also comply with legislation of third countries to the extent that such legislation has extra-territorial effect and is applicable to it. Examples of this are the US PATRIOT Act of 2001 and The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ("FATCA") of 2010.
Data Protection Act, 2018
The Data Protection Act 2018 (“DPA”) implements the EU General Data Protection Regulation (2016/679). Butterfield UK is required to have in place compliant policies and procedures to meet the DPA obligations to deal with data appropriately. The DPA applies to any business or person using or holding personal data on individuals within the EU and UK. Breaches of the legislation are criminal offenses and can result in severe penalties. The Information Commissioner’s Office has regulatory and disciplinary powers and breach of the DPA can give rise to financial penalties based on a percentage of annual turnover.
Following the UK leaving the EU on January 31, 2020, the GDPR is incorporated into the UK’s domestic law under The European Union (Withdrawal Agreement) Act 2020 that makes legal provision for ratifying the Brexit Withdrawal Agreement of January 24, 2020 and implementing it into the domestic law of the United Kingdom.
Switzerland
Financial Institutions Act
The Swiss Federal Financial Institutions Act ("FinIA") and the implementing ordinance to the Swiss Federal Financial Institutions Act ("FinIO") entered into force on January 1, 2020. FinIA and FinIO set forth the basic provisions relating to the licensing in Switzerland of financial institutions, which includes trustees and (collective) asset managers but excludes banks and insurance companies as they are already subject to specific legislation. Pursuant to FinIA, Swiss trustees acting on a professional basis in Switzerland or from Switzerland, must obtain a license from the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority ("FINMA") to carry on their trustee-activities. A Swiss branch or a Swiss representative office of a foreign trustee must also obtain a license from FINMA.
FINMA is responsible for granting the license and for taking any enforcement actions. In order to obtain a license from FINMA, a trustee will first need to affiliate to a Supervisory Organisation, which is licensed and supervised by FINMA. The Supervisory Organisation will conduct the day-to-day supervision and perform regular audits of the affiliated trustees. In order to obtain a license, the applicant must further, inter alia, comply with minimum capital requirements, have an appropriate level of own funds, an appropriate organization, qualified executives and generally meet a "fit and proper" requirement.
Existing trustees, including Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Ltd, must notify FINMA of their intention to apply for a license before June 30, 2020. Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Ltd will then have until December 31, 2022 to affiliate to a Supervisory Organisation, comply with the licensing requirements as set forth under FinIA and apply for a license to FINMA. During such period, it may continue to provide trustee-services, provided it remains affiliated to a Self-Regulatory Organization for anti-money laundering compliance purposes.
Swiss Anti-Money Laundering Act
The Swiss Federal Act on Combating Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing of 10 October 1997 ("AMLA") and the related implementing ordinances apply to financial intermediaries, which includes trustees. It governs the combating of money laundering and terrorist financing. It ensures the exercise of due diligence by the financial institutions in the conduct of financial transactions. Pursuant to AMLA, financial institutions must affiliate to a recognized Self-Regulatory Organisation or a recognized Supervisory Organisation (see above under Financial Institutions Act) which shall supervise compliance by financial intermediaries of their duties set out in AMLA. Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Ltd must comply with its obligations under AMLA and is currently affiliated to OAR-G, a Self-Regulatory Organisation licensed and supervised by FINMA.
Swiss Data Protection Act
The Swiss Federal Act on Data Protection of June 19, 1992 ("DPA") and the Ordinance to the Federal Data Protection of June 14, 1993 ("DPO") aims to protect the privacy and the fundamental rights of persons when their data is processed. The DPA and DPO provide for several requirements and limits with respect to data processing in Switzerland as well as the transfer of data outside Switzerland. The data protection legislation applies to any private entity processing data related to individuals or corporate entities. Data processing is defined as any operation with personal data, irrespective of the means applied and the procedure, and in particular the collection, storage, use, revision, disclosure, archiving or destruction of data. The DPA and DPO impose a series of duties on the so-called controller of the database, i.e. the entity that defines the purpose and controls the content of the collected data. The activities of Butterfield Trust (Switzerland) Ltd imply data processing on various data subjects. As a result, it is to comply with the provisions of the DPA when processing data.
The general principles of the Swiss data protection legislation include the obligations to lawfully, accurately and not excessively process data. Further, data processing must be protected by appropriate technical and organizational measures against accidental destruction, loss, theft and any other unauthorized use. The persons or entities whose data are being processed must be granted a right of access to their data if they request so and must have the opportunity to request the correction of the data that is inaccurate.

The Swiss Parliament is currently reviewing a proposal to amend the DPA in order to bring it in line with the EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU 2016/679) ("GDPR"). It is expected that these amendments could be enacted by the end of 2020. In a second phase, the Swiss legislator intends to review and amend the DPA in more depth. The GDPR has extra-territorial scope and although Switzerland is not a member of the EU, Swiss companies may under circumstances have to comply with the GDPR if they process personal data of individuals located within the EU.
Singapore
Butterfield (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (“BSPL”) holds a trust business license issued by the Monetary Authority of Singapore (“MAS”) pursuant to the Trust Companies Act (Chapter 336 of Singapore) ("TCA").
As the integrated financial services regulatory authority in Singapore, the MAS administers (among other financial services related statutes) the TCA and regulates and supervises (among other types of financial institutions) trust business license holders (such as BSPL) in accordance with the TCA and all related subsidiary legislation, notices, guidelines and other regulatory instruments issued by the MAS ("MAS Instruments"). These MAS Instruments cover a wide range of ongoing obligations relating to, inter alia, capital adequacy, audit, conduct of business, confidentiality, anti-money laundering and countering of terrorist financing and also impose approval and/or notification requirements in respect of controllers, directors and key officers.
Under the TCA, the MAS is empowered to conduct inspections and/or investigations of BSPL to ensure that BSPL is in compliance with requirements contained in the MAS Instruments. Where there is a breach, the MAS may pursue a wide range of enforcement sanctions, including private warnings, private or public reprimands, composition offers (i.e. allowing the offense to be compounded by payment of a fine), prohibition orders, suspension or revocation of licenses, civil penalties and criminal prosecution.
United States
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)
Under FATCA, US federal tax legislation passed in 2010, a 30% withholding tax will be imposed on "withholdable payments" made to non-US financial institutions (including non-US investment funds and certain other non-US financial entities) that fail (or, in some cases, that have 50% affiliates which are also non-US financial institutions that fail) to provide certain information regarding their US accountholders and/or certain US investors (such US accountholders and US investors, "US accountholders") to the IRS. For non-US financial institutions that fail to comply, this withholding will generally apply without regard to whether the beneficial owner of a withholdable payment is a US person or would otherwise be entitled to an exemption from US federal withholding tax. "Withholdable payments" generally include, among other items, payments of US-source interest and dividends. Furthermore, FATCA may also impose withholding on non-US source payments by non-US financial institutions that comply with FATCA to non-US financial institutions that fail to comply with FATCA. However, under proposed Treasury regulations, such withholding will not apply to payments made before the date that is two years after the date on which final regulations defining the term "foreign pass thru payment" are published. In general, non-publicly traded debt and equity interests in investment vehicles will be treated as "accounts" and subject to these reporting requirements. In addition, certain insurance policies and annuities are considered accounts for these purposes.
Some countries, including the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Jersey, the UK, Singapore, Switzerland and The Bahamas, have entered into, and other countries are expected to enter into, intergovernmental agreements ("IGAs") with the United States to facilitate the type of information reporting required under FATCA. While the existence of IGAs will not eliminate the risk of the withholding described above, these agreements are expected to reduce that risk for financial institutions and investors in countries that have entered into IGAs. IGAs will often require financial institutions in those countries to report some information on their US accountholders to the taxing authorities of those countries, which will then pass the information to the IRS.
The Group closely monitors all present and new legislation that is or will be applicable for its organization, and is continuing to monitor all implications of FATCA and legislation of countries that have entered into IGAs. While monitoring these implications, the Group is and will be in close contact with all of its stakeholders, including its peers and financial industry representative organizations.
The Group has taken all the steps it believes are necessary to comply with current FATCA regulations, including analysis of its group entities and conclusions as to their FATCA classifications, entering into agreements with the US tax authorities (as necessary), identification of reportable accounts, and timely and accurate filing of all required annual FATCA filings, all in accordance with the appropriate IGA. Certain payments to the Group may be subject to withholding under FATCA if, in the future, the Group cannot enter into such agreements or satisfy the requirements thereunder (including as a result of local laws in non-IGA countries prohibiting information-sharing with the IRS, as a result of contracts or local laws prohibiting withholding on certain payments to accountholders, policyholders, annuitants or other investors, or as a result of the failure of accountholders, policyholders, annuitants or other investors to provide requested information). The possibility of such withholding and the need for US accountholders, policyholders, annuitants and investors to provide certain information may adversely affect the sales of certain of the Group's products. In addition, entering into agreements with the IRS and compliance with the terms of such agreements and with FATCA and any regulations or other guidance promulgated thereunder or any legislation promulgated under an IGA may substantially increase the Group's compliance costs.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
The US Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC"), administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries and regimes, under authority of various laws, including designated foreign countries, nationals and others. OFAC publishes lists of specially designated targets and countries. OFAC sanctions apply to all transactions that take place in the United States. Transactions that take place outside the United States may become subject to the jurisdiction of the United States and subject to compliance with OFAC sanctions if they involve US persons or payment in US dollars. Such payments typically are cleared through the US Dollar settlement system located in the United States and involve the intermediation of US financial institutions. Although we currently do not have any operations in the United States,harm our operations may involve transactions with US persons or in US Dollars and as a result, in order to comply with OFAC sanctions, we are responsible for, among other things, blocking any such transactions with designated targets and countries and reporting blocked transactions after their occurrence. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required.
Anti-Money Laundering and the USA PATRIOT Act
A major focus of worldwide governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. In particular, United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations including the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, applicable to non-US banks with operations in the United States, including banks that engage in transactions outside the United States with US persons or in US Dollars, such as the Bank, impose significant compliance and due diligence obligations. Under these laws and regulations, financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must use enhanced due diligence procedures in their dealings with certain types of high-risk customers and implement a written customer identification program. Financial institutions

must also take certain steps to assist government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and report certain types of suspicious transactions. Regulatory authorities routinely examine financial institutions for compliance with these obligations, and failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Institutions that violate these obligations can be subject to cease and desist orders, civil money penalties and criminal sanctions.
Future Legislation and Regulation
The above jurisdictions and the other jurisdictions in which we operate may enact legislation from time to time that affects the regulation of the financial services industry or that affect the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in those jurisdictions. These governments and their regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. The substance or impact of pending or future legislation or regulation, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although enactment of the proposed legislation could impact the regulatory structure under which we operate and may significantly increase our costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital and modify our business strategy, and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. We had $25.4 million of goodwill as of December 31, 2021 and $25.6 million as of December 31, 2020, and the results of the impairment analysis for both annual periods resulted in no impairment being required.
Employee Benefit Plans
We maintain trusteed pension plans for substantially all employees as either non-contributory defined benefit plans or prospects may be adversely affected, perhaps materially,defined contribution plans. Benefits under the defined benefit plans are primarily based on the employee's years of credited service and average annual salary during the final years of employment as a result.

Additional Information

defined in the plans. We also provide post-retirement medical benefits for certain qualifying active and retired Bermuda-based employees.
The Butterfield Actcalculations of the amounts recorded require the use of various actuarial assumptions, such as discount rates, assumed rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, and turnover rates. We review our actuarial assumptions on an annual basis and make modifications to the assumptions based on current amendedrates and restated bye-laws have been filedtrends when appropriate. We believe that the assumptions used in recording our defined benefit plan obligations are reasonable based on our experience and advice from our actuaries.
The post-retirement medical benefits obligation is determined using our assumptions regarding health care cost trend rates. The health care trend rates are developed based on historical cost data, the near-term outlook on health care trends and the likely long-term trends.
In accordance with GAAP, actual results that differ from the assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, generally affect recognized expense and the recorded obligation of future periods. While management believes that the assumptions used are appropriate, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions may affect the defined benefit obligations and future expense.
See "Note 11: Employee benefit plans" to our audited consolidated financial statements as exhibits to this annual reportat December 31, 2021 for more information on Form 20-F.our pension plans and post-retirement medical benefit plan, along with the key actuarial assumptions.
Share-based Compensation
    We engage in equity settled share-based payment transactions in respect of services received from eligible employees. The information contained in these exhibitsfair value of the services received is incorporatedmeasured by reference herein.

Information regardingto the rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to each classfair value of our common and preferredthe shares as well as other information regarding director and shareholder rights and proceedings,or share options granted on the date of the grant. The cost of the employee services received in respect of the shares or share options granted is describedrecognized in the section entitled "Descriptionconsolidated statements of Share Capital" in our registration statement on Form F-1 filed withoperations over the SEC on February 12, 2017 withshorter of the file number 333-216018 and incorporated by reference herein.vesting or service period.

99
91



    The fair value of the options granted is determined using option pricing models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the risk-free interest rate, expected dividend rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors. The fair value of unvested share awards is deemed to be the closing price of the publicly traded Bank shares on the grant date. The fair value of time vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of shares or share options included in the measurement of the cost of employee services so that ultimately, the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of operations reflects the number of vested shares or share options. The Bank recognizes compensation cost for awards with performance conditions if and when the Bank concludes that it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved, net of an estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures (e.g., due to termination of employment prior to vesting).
    See "Note 21: Share-based payments" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for more information on share-based compensation.
Business Combinations
    All business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Identifiable intangible assets (mostly customer relationships) are recognized separately from goodwill and are initially valued at fair value using discounted cash flow calculations and other recognized valuation techniques. Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid for the acquisition of a business over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Contingent purchase consideration is measured at its fair value and recorded on the purchase date. Any subsequent changes in the fair value of a contingent consideration liability will be recorded through the consolidated statements of operations.
    See "Note 26: Business combinations" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for more information on business combinations.
92


ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A.Directors and Senior Management
Board
Our Board oversees the affairs of the Bank. The current Board is composed of ten members, consisting of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Group Chief Financial Officer and nineeight non-executive independent directors. The Bank's bye-laws provide that the Board shall consist of not less than six and not more than twelve directors. The Board holds regular meetings five times per year and ad hoc meetings as necessary.
Persons may be proposed for election or appointed as directors at a general meeting either by the Board or by one or more shareholders holding shares which in the aggregate carry not less than 5% of the voting rights in respect of the election of directors. There is only a single class of director and each director holds office until the next annual general meeting.
Prior to the completion of our registered secondary offering on February 28, 2017, Carlyle owned approximately 14% of the Bank's common shares and had the right to nominate two persons for election by the shareholders as directors pursuant to an Amended and Restated Investment Agreement, dated as at August 4, 2016, between Carlyle and us (the "Amended Investment Agreement"). Mr. James Burr was appointed as a director on our Board by Carlyle pursuant to the Amended Investment Agreement. Following the completion of the offering, Carlyle no longer owns any of our common shares and no longer has the right to nominate any persons for election by our shareholders as members of the Board. For more information, see "Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions—Our Relationship with the Carlyle Group".
As a foreign private issuer we are allowed to follow our "home country" corporate governance practices in lieu of the NYSE governance requirements for NYSE-listed U.S.US companies. Notwithstanding this, our Board has determined that, under current NYSE listing standards regarding independence (to which we are not currently subject), and taking into account any applicable committee standards, a majority of our Board, including Alastair Barbour, Sonia Baxendale, James Burr, Michael Covell, Caroline Foulger, Mark Lynch, Conor O'Dea, Meroe Park,Jana Schreuder, Pamela Thomas-Graham and John Wright, are independent directors.
As the regulatory environment in which we operate becomes more complex, our governance practices and the structures and methodology we use to operate the Bank continue to be of key strategic significance. With the exception of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, our Board is comprised entirely of Directors who are not employees of the Bank. Our Board reviews and oversees the Bank's implementation of corporate governance policies and practices in accordance with prevailing standards. The following table lists the names, positions and date of birthages of the Directors of the Bank:
NameAgePosition
Michael Collins5658Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Alastair Barbour6769Non-ExecutiveLead Independent Director
James BurrSonia Baxendale5459Non-Executive Director
Michael CovellJames Burr6556Non-Executive Director
Caroline FoulgerMichael Covell5967Non-Executive Director
Mark Lynch5860Non-Executive Director
Conor O'DeaJana Schreuder6063Non-Executive Director
Meroe ParkMichael Schrum53Non-Executive Director and Group Chief Financial Officer
Pamela Thomas-Graham5658Non-Executive Director
John Wright7880Non-Executive Director
Each of our directors may be reached at our registered office at: 65 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda, or by postal mail at P.O. Box HM 195, Hamilton HM AX, Bermuda.
Michael Collins joined the Board in September of 2015 when he was named Chief Executive Officer of the Bank. He was named Chairman in July of 2017. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Collins was Senior Executive Vice President with responsibility for all of the Bank's client businesses in Bermuda, including Corporate, Private and Retail Banking, as well as the Operations, Custody and Marketing functions in Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. Mr. Collins has over 30 years'more than 35 years of experience in financial services, having held progressively senior positions at Morgan Guaranty Trust Company in New York and later at Bank of Bermuda and HSBC in Bermuda. Before joining the Bank in 2009, Mr. Collins was Chief Operating Officer at HSBC Bank Bermuda. Mr. Collins holds a BA in Economics from Brown University.
Alastair Barbour joined the Board in 2012 and was appointed Lead Independent Director in October 2021. He is a Chartered Accountant with more than 25 years of experience providing auditing and advisory services to publicly traded companies, primarily in the financial services industry. Mr. Barbour was employed with KPMG from 1978 until his retirement in 2011. During his time there, he held various positions both locally and overseas. In 1985, he was named a Partner at KPMG (Bermuda). Mr. Barbour's most recent position was head of KPMG's Financial Services Group in Scotland. Currently, Mr. Barbour serves as Chairman of Liontrust Asset Management plc and as a Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Phoenix Group Holdings plc. Mr. Barbour trained with Peat, Marwick, Mitchell & Co. in London and holds a Bachelor of Science from the University of Edinburgh. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England & Wales.
Sonia Baxendale joined the Board in November 2020. She is currently the President and CEO of the Global Risk Institute, a government, industry and academic partnership. From 1992 to 2011, Ms. Baxendale held senior leadership roles within Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (“CIBC”), including six years as Senior Executive Vice President and President of Retail Banking and Wealth Management. Prior to joining CIBC, Ms. Baxendale held progressively senior positions with Saatchi & Saatchi and American Express Canada. Ms. Baxendale serves on the Boards of several public and private companies, including Foresters Financial and Laurentian Bank of Canada. Ms. Baxendale also serves as Chair of the Board of Directors of the Hospital for SickKids Foundation and on the Board of Trustees for Toronto’s Hospital for Sick Children. She holds a Bachelor of Arts in Political Science and Economics from Victoria College, University of Toronto.
James Burr joinedjoined the Board in 2016 and was namedserved as Lead Independent Director in 2018. Mr. Burr was originally appointed as a Director upon Carlyle's designation pursuant to the Investment Agreement (as defined herein). Presently,from October 2018 until October 2021. Mr. Burr is a Managing Director in the Global Financial Services Group of The Carlyle Group, where he focuses on investing in management buyouts, growth capital opportunities and strategic minority investments in financial services. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Burr served as Corporate Treasurer of Wachovia Bank, where he was responsible for activities relating to funding, investing, risk transference, balance sheet management, liquidity and capital usage. He served in various other roles at Wachovia Bank, including as Assistant Treasurer, Controller of the Corporate and Investment Bank and Management Analyst since 1992.Analyst. Mr. Burr began his career at Ernst & Young, where he was a certified public accountant focused on banking and computer audit issues. Mr. Burr formerly served on the Board of Directors of Central Pacific Financial Corp.
Alastair Barbour joined the Board in 2012. He is a Chartered Accountant with more than 25 years of experience providing auditing and advisory services to publicly traded companies, primarily in the financial services industry. Mr. Barbour was employed with KPMG from 1978 until his retirement in 2011. During his time there, he held various positions both locally and overseas. In 1985, he was named Partner at KPMG (Bermuda). Mr. Barbour's most recent position was head of KPMG's Financial Services Group in Scotland. Currently, Mr. Barbourcurrently serves as Chairman of Liontrust Asset Management plc and as a Director of several private companies, including The Hilb Group, Benefit Mall and Chairman of the Audit Committees of RSAJen Cap Insurance Group plc and Phoenix Group Holdings plc. Mr. Barbour trained with Peat, Marwick, Mitchell & Co. in London and holds a Bachelor of Science from the University of Edinburgh. He is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England & Wales.Solutions.

93


Michael Covell joined the Board in 2018. Mr. Covell currently serves as non-executive Chairman of several private companies, including Acolin, Ascot Lloyd, Sackville Capital and C Le Masurier Limited.Masurier. Previously, Mr. Covell was Chairman of both the Tilney Group and Hawksford International. He was also a Director of the International Property Securities Exchange and Leeds Castle Foundation. Mr. Covell retired from Goldman Sachs in 2008, where he was a Managing Director of their European Private Wealth Management Division. Prior to Goldman Sachs, he was a senior partner at Rawlinson & Hunter, an international accountancy firm. Mr. Covell is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, and Member of the Society of Trust & Estate Practitioners.

Caroline FoulgerMark Lynch joined the Board in 2013. Prior to her retirement in 2012, Ms. Foulger was a Partner with PricewaterhouseCoopers Bermuda, where she led the firm's insurance and public sector groups. She holds directorship positions with several listed and private companies, including Hiscox Ltd. and Oakley Capital Investments Limited. Ms. Foulger graduated with honors, from University College, University of London. Currently, she is either a Fellow or Member of several professional bodies, namely, the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, Institute of Chartered Professional Accountants of Bermuda, and the Institute of Directors.
Mark Lynch joined the Board in 2019, and is an investment manager and analyst with a specialization in financial services.October 2019. Until June 30, 2019, he was a partner of Boston-based Wellington Management Co., where he had served as the firm’s senior financial services analyst since 1994 and a partner since 1996. He was also a portfolio manager of mutual funds, hedge funds, and institutional portfolios over that period. Prior to joining Wellington, Mr. Lynch was a U.S.US regional bank analyst with Lehman Brothers and Bear Stearns. He holds a degree in European History from Harvard College.
Conor O'DeaJana Schreuder joined the Board in 2016 following his retirementAugust 2020. She is an experienced executive who most recently served as the Group's President & Chief Operating Officer and Managing Director of Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited. He joined Butterfield in 1989 and was named Managing Director, Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited in 1997. In 2010, he was named Senior Executive Vice President Caribbean, and in 2011 Senior Executive Vice President, International Banking. Mr. O'Dea is a Chartered Accountant who has worked in the financial services industry in the Cayman Islands and internationally for over 30 years. He is Chairman of Cayman Finance (a financial services industry group) and is a past President of the Cayman Islands Chamber of Commerce and the Cayman Islands Bankers Association. Mr. O’Dea serves as a Director of several listed and private companies, including BF&M Limited and Digicel Cayman Limited. Mr. O’Dea holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University College Dublin and has been a Fellow of Chartered Accountants in Ireland since 1995.
Meroe Park joined the Board of Directors in 2017. Currently, Ms. Park serves as the Deputy Secretary and Chief Operating Officer of Northern Trust Corporation, a role from which she retired in 2018. Ms. Schreuder joined Northern Trust in 1980 and during her tenure held multiple roles as a member of the Smithsonian. Sheexecutive management team, including: President of Wealth Management from 2011 through 2014; President of Operations & Technology from 2007 through 2010; and Chief Risk Officer from 2005 through 2006. Ms. Schreuder currently serves as a Director and Chair of the Compensation Committees of Kyndryl Holdings Inc. and Blucora, Inc. Since 2008, Ms. Schreuder has served as a Director and is currently Chair of the Compensation Committee for Entrust Corporation. From 2016 to 2018, Ms. Schreuder was most recentlya member of the Executive Vice PresidentBoard of Directors of LifePoint Health. Ms. Schreuder received her Bachelor of Business Administration degree from Southern Methodist University and a Master’s degree in finance and marketing management from Northwestern University's Kellogg Graduate School of Management. Ms. Schreuder is a member of the Governance and Membership Committee and the New York Chapter of Women Corporate Directors and the National Association of Corporate Directors, from which she has received the NACD Directorship Certification.
Michael Schrum joined the Board in April 2020. Mr. Schrum has served as the Bank’s Group Chief Financial Officer since September 2015. He was previously Chief Financial Officer at HSBC Bank Bermuda. Mr. Schrum has more than 25 years of financial services experience in London, New York and Bermuda, mainly in banking, insurance and tax. He joined HSBC in Bermuda in 2001 and held progressively more senior positions within the Partnership for Public Servicebank’s Commercial Banking, Strategy, and before that was ExecutiveFinance divisions. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. Mr. Schrum holds Master’s (University of London) and Bachelor’s (Southern Denmark Business School) degrees in Economics. Mr. Schrum is a Director of the United States Central Intelligence Agency (the “CIA”), serving as the Agency’s chief operating officer in its most senior career post. Prior to her retirement in June 2017, Ms. Park was a 27-year career intelligence officer and oneBermuda Institute of the US Government’s leading professionals. She held increasingly senior positions at the CIA, including Chief of Human Resources and a Senior Mission Support Officer for locations in Eurasia and Western Europe. Ms. Park successfully led key strategic initiatives, including the modernization of the CIA’s technology systems and organizational structure,Ocean Sciences and the implementation of talent initiatives focused on workforce development and inclusion. Ms. Park also served on the Advisory Board for Chart National Management and on the Board of Managers of Sequoia Solutions LLC, a company that has developed a commercial cloud product for the U.S. government’s classified cloud regions. Ms. Park has earned a number of awards during her career and has twice been the recipient of the Presidential Rank Award, the Executive Branch’s highest honor for government career professionals. She holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Georgetown University, where she is also a Distinguished ExecutiveRoyal Danish Consul in Residence.Bermuda.
Pamela Thomas-Graham joined the Board in 2017. She is the Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Dandelion Chandelier LLC, a private digital media enterprise focused on the intersection of luxury, marketing and technology. Prior to establishing Dandelion Chandelier, Ms. Thomas-Graham spent six years with Credit Suisse where she served as Chief Talent, Branding and Communications Officer, and Chief Marketing and Talent Officer & Head of Private Banking and Wealth Management New Markets. From 2008 to 2010, she was Managing Director of private equity firm, Angelo, Gordon & Company, leading the firm’s investments in the consumer and retail sectors. Before assuming leadership roles in financial services, Ms. Thomas-Graham was Senior Vice President, Global Brand Development and Group President, Apparel Brands at Liz Claiborne (now Kate Spade & Company) where she was responsible for the P&L of 18 global brands. Prior to joining Liz Claiborne, she spent six years at NBC Universal, where she served as President and Chief Executive Officer of CNBC.com, and later President and Chief Operating Officer, and Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of CNBC. Ms. Thomas-Graham began her career at global consulting firm McKinsey & Company in 1989, and became the firm’s first African-American female partner in 1995. She serves as a Director for several private and listed companies, including as the Lead Independent Director for Clorox, a DirectorRivian Automotive, Inc., Compass, Inc., Peloton Interactive, Inc. and member of the Audit Committee of Norwegian Cruise Line Holdings Limited and a Director of Peloton Interactive.Bumble Inc. Ms. Thomas-Graham holds Bachelor of Arts in Economics, MasterMasters of Business Administration, and Doctor of Law degrees from Harvard University.
John Wright joined the Board in 2002. Mr. Wright served as a non-executive director of Butterfield UK from 2001 through 2014. Mr. Wright retired as chief executive of Clydesdale & Yorkshire Banks in 2001. Mr. Wright’s career in commercial banking spans over 43 years and includes assignments in the UK, India, Sri Lanka, West Africa, Canada, Hong Kong and the United States. He is a visiting Professor at Heriot-Watt University Business School and he serves on the Board of Directors of several public and private U.K. and overseas companies, including Dhofar Insurance Company, LLC, where he serves on the Audit Committee, XM International Associates Limited, where he serves as Senior Independent Director of DAMAC Properties, Chairman of the Advisory Board, of XM International Associates Limited and Director of Rasmala UK Limited. He is also a past President of the Irish Institute of Bankers and a past Vice President of the Chartered Institute of Bankers in Scotland. Mr. Wright was educated at Daniel StewartsStewart's College Edinburgh.
94


Executive Management Team
The Group's current executive management team is as follows:
NameAgePosition
Michael Collins5658Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Elizabeth BaumanAndrew Burns5943Group Head of Human Resources
Andrew BurnsKevin Dallas4143Group Head of Internal AuditMarketing and Communications
Siân DalrympleBri Hidalgo5642Group Head of Compliance and Operational Risk
Michael McWatt5456Managing Director, Cayman
Shaun Morris5961General Counsel, Group Chief Legal Officer
Michael Neff5658Managing Director, Bermuda and International Wealth
Jane Pearce52Group Head of Trust
Richard Saunders5052Managing Director, Channel Islands and the UK
Michael Schrum5153Group Chief Financial Officer
Sabeth Siddique59Group Chief Risk Officer
Each member of our executive management team may be reached at our registered office at 65 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda, or by postal mail at P.O. Box HM 195, Hamilton HM AX, Bermuda.
Elizabeth BaumanAndrew Burns currently serves aswas named Group Head of Human Resources with responsibility for the overall management and development of the Human Resources function. Mrs. Bauman joined the Group in September 2015. She has more than 25 years of progressive leadership experience in financial services with a focus on human resources management. She2020. He was previously President of Crestview Business Consulting, providing strategic planning and change management advisory services to clients in several industries. Prior to founding Crestview, Mrs. Bauman held the positions of Chief Administrative Officer and SVP, Human Resources at First Niagara Financial Group and

Business Chief Financial Officer (Personal Financial Services), SVP Strategy & Development and SVP Human Resources at HSBC Bank USA. Mrs. Bauman holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from Allegheny College and a Master of Business Administration from State University of New York at Buffalo New York.
Andrew Burns currently serves as Group Head of Internal Audit. Mr. Burns was named Group Head of Internal Audit infrom 2016, and became a member of the Group Executive Committee in October 2017. He is responsible for all aspects of the Internal Audit function across the Butterfield Group. Mr. Burns has more than 1820 years of progressive leadership experience in the financial services sector, having begun his career with PricewaterhouseCoopersPricewaterhouseCoopers’ financial services group in Australia. He first joined the Butterfield Group of companies in the Fund Services subsidiary in Bermuda before transferring to the Internal Audit team in 2007, where he has held progressively senior management roles. Mr. Burns is a Chartered Accountant.Accountant and a Certified Internal Auditor. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of Melbourne, Australia.
Siân Dalrymple
Kevin Dallascurrently serves joined Butterfield as Group Head of Compliance. Ms. Dalrymple was named to the Group Executive CommitteeMarketing and Communications in October 2020. Mr. Dallas was previously Chief Executive Officer at the Bermuda Tourism Authority from 2017 after joiningto 2020, overseeing the strategy, operations, and financial management of Bermuda’s independent public authority, which focuses on delivering economic growth through tourism. He was previously Chief Product and Marketing Officer at Worldpay Group plc (2013 to 2016), and spent 13 years at Monitor Group LLP and Bain & Company Inc., as a Partner, in London and Johannesburg. Mr. Dallas holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Brown University.

Bri Hidalgo joined Butterfield in December 2016 as Group Head of Compliance. She has more than 25 years’ experienceCompliance and Operational Risk in September 2020. Before joining Butterfield, Ms. Hidalgo spent 14 years with Wells Fargo Bank in compliance and risk management in Europe and Asia.roles, with her most recent role having been Chief Risk Officer, Wealth & Investment Management. Prior to joining Butterfield,Wells Fargo, she was Regional Headworked in senior risk management and compliance roles at Wachovia Securities and First State Investments in the US and the UK. Ms. Hidalgo holds a Bachelor of Compliance - Asia/Pacific for Deutsche Bank. Her previous roles include progressively senior positions within compliance at leading financial institutions including Bank of America, ABN AMRO, J. Henry Schroder & Co. (now Citi), Société Générale and Guinness Mahon (now Investec).Science degree from San Francisco State University.

Michael McWatt currently serves as Managing Director for Butterfield Bank (Cayman) Limited, with responsibility for the overall operations of the bank in the Cayman Islands. Mr. McWatt joined the Group in 1999 and was appointed Managing Director in 2016. He has held progressively senior leadership positions with the Group, including Deputy Managing Director, EVP Group Head of Community Banking and SVP Group Chief Credit Officer. Mr. McWatt is a career banker with more than 2530 years of experience in Canada, Bermuda and the Cayman Islands. He has been with the Group for over 19 years and previouslyPrior to joining Butterfield he held progressively senior positions in Corporate Banking and Risk Management in Canada. Mr. McWatt holds a BA in Economics from McMaster University, an Honors Commerce Degree from University of Windsor and is a graduate of the Ivey Executive Program at Western University. He is a Director and past president of the Cayman Islands Bankers’ Association and is a Director of Cayman Finance.

Shaun Morris currently serves as General Counsel and Group Chief Legal Officer. Mr. Morris joined the Group as General Counsel and Group Chief Legal Officer in 2012. From 2005 to 2012, Mr. Morris was the Managing Partner of Appleby's Bermuda Office. Appleby is the largest offshore law and fiduciary group operating in Bermuda. Prior to joining the Group,Butterfield, Mr. Morris spent his entire professional career at Appleby and was a Partner in the Banking and Asset Finance team in Bermuda. In that role, he practiced corporate and commercial law, specializing in shipping, capital markets, mergers & acquisitions and project finance. Mr. Morris holds an MA (Economics) from Dalhousie University in Canada and a Bachelor of Laws from the London School of Economics & Political Science. He is currently a member of the Bermuda Bar Association.

Michael Neff currently serves as Managing Director, of Bermuda and International Wealth, havingWealth. He previously served as the Bank's Group Head of Wealth Management and prior to that Group Head of Asset Management. Mr. Neff has over 30 years’ experience in financial services, having held senior roles in wealth management, commercial banking, client services, and business development functions. He began his career at Chemical Bank’s Private Banking Group where he ultimately served on the Executive Committee and led relationship management across the group. Mr. Neff then led the implementation of the global wealth management client relationship model at Citibank’s Private Bank before leaving to establish AnswerSpace Inc., a financial planning technology consultancy in 1998. He went on to found Monetaire Inc., a leading provider of financial and investment planning software that was acquired by the RiskMetrics Group. At RiskMetrics, he initially served as Global Head of Wealth Management, rising to become Co-Head of the firm’s Global Financial Risk Management business in 2009. Mr. Neff holds a Bachelor of Arts from Middlebury College and a Master of Business Administration from Columbia Business School.

Jane Pearce joined Butterfield as Group Head of Trust in 2020. Prior to joining Butterfield, she was Regional Managing Director of Vistra’s UK, Ireland and Channel Islands businesses. She has previously worked in senior positions at several Jersey-based firms, including Ernst & Young, Deutsche Bank, Kleinwort Benson, and Ogier. Ms. Pearce has been named to the Citywealth Leaders List and the IFC Powerwomen Top 200. She is a Fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants, and holds degrees from Teesside University and the Scottish School of Physical Education.

Richard Saunders currently serves as Managing Director, Channel Islands, with responsibility for Butterfield Bank (Guernsey) Limited, Butterfield Bank (Jersey) Limited and Butterfield Mortgages Limited in London. Mr. Saunders joined the Group in 2001 and was appointed Managing Director in 2015. He has held progressively senior leadership positions with the Group, including Head of European Asset Management. Mr Saunders joined the Butterfield Group Executive Committee in July 2018. He has more than 25 years of
95


progressive management experience, having begun his career at Royal Bank of Canada in Guernsey. Mr. Saunders is a Chartered Member of the London-based Chartered Institute for Securities & Investment (“CISI”) and holds a Bachelor’s degree in Mathematics and Sports Science from Loughborough University, England.

Michael SchrumSabeth Siddique has servedjoined Butterfield as the Bank’s Group Chief FinancialRisk Officer sincein September 2015. He was previously Chief Financial Officer at HSBC Bank Bermuda.2020. Mr. SchrumSiddique has more than 20over 30 years of financial services experience in London, New Yorkrisk management and Bermuda, mainlybanking. He
was formerly Assistant Director in banking, insuranceBanking Supervision and tax. He joined HSBCRegulation with the Federal Reserve Board in BermudaWashington DC and has also held senior level positions with money
center and regional banks in 2001the US and held progressively more senior positions within the bank’s Commercial Banking, Strategy, and Finance divisions. He isAsia as well as management consulting experience with a Chartered Financial Analystleading global consulting firm. Mr. Siddique holds a Master of Business
Administration degree from Carnegie Mellon University and a FellowBachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering from Rutgers University.
B.Compensation
Senior Management and Director Compensation
In 2021, senior management included the following executives: Michael Collins, Andrew Burns, Kevin Dallas, Bri Hidalgo, Michael McWatt, Shaun Morris, Michael Neff, Jane Pearce, Richard Saunders, Michael Schrum and Sabeth Siddique. Our compensation program is designed to reward and retain senior management and includes base salary, annual short-term cash and equity incentive compensation, long-term equity incentive compensation and miscellaneous employee benefits and fringe benefits (including, among others, executive medical benefits). In 2021, our compensation program for directors was comprised of an annual cash retainer and an equity grant. None of our directors have entered into service contracts with the Group that provide for benefits upon the termination of their service as a director.
The CEO is required to own a minimum aggregate value of our common shares equal to five times base salary. Eligible stock includes vested shares, unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units, and other stock held by the CEO. The intrinsic value of vested or unvested stock options is not considered eligible stock. The CEO complies with this requirement. If the market value of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. Mr. Schrum holds Master’s (University of London) and Bachelor’s (Southern Denmark Business School) degrees in Economics. Mr. Schrum is a Director of Ascendant Group Limited and ChairmanCEO’s common stock falls below the requirements, the CEO must retain 50% of the Bermuda Community Foundation.shares he receives as compensation until he achieves the specified ownership level.
CommitteesEffective April 2020, senior management are required to own a minimum aggregate value of our common shares equal to two times base salary by December 31, 2022, or within five years following first appointment. Eligible stock includes vested shares, unvested restricted shares, and other stock held by senior management. The intrinsic value of vested or unvested stock options is not considered eligible stock. If the market value of senior management's common stock falls below the required threshold, senior management must retain 50% of the shares they receive as compensation until they achieve the specified ownership level. All members of senior management currently or intend to comply with this requirement.
The aggregate amount of compensation, including the value of in-kind benefits, paid to our directors and senior management during fiscal year 2021 was $16.3 million. During 2021, the Group did not sponsor any deferred compensation plans (other than the equity compensation programs described below) and no amounts were set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to directors or senior management, other than employer matching contributions to retirement accounts on terms applicable to employees generally.
Short-Term Incentive Compensation
Senior management participates in our annual discretionary bonus program. Our compensation committee establishes an annual bonus pool based on overall company-wide performance during the applicable fiscal year. Once the compensation committee has approved the pool, the pool is allocated to eligible employees, including senior management, based on the employee's achievement of pre-established performance goals during the applicable fiscal year. Annual bonuses for executives are paid 50% in cash and 50% in the form of restricted stock unit awards that vest in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.
Equity Compensation
The Group sponsors two equity incentive plans in which our senior management and directors have been or are eligible to participate: the 2010 Omnibus Share Incentive Plan (the "2010 Plan") and the 2020 Omnibus Share Incentive Plan (the "2020 Plan") which was approved and adopted by the Board on April 30, 2020. The Group no longer grants equity awards under the 1997 Stock Option Plan for Employees (the "1997 Plan") and all remaining unvested stock options under the 1997 Plan expired in 2019. The Group previously granted equity awards under the 2010 Plan, which was replaced with the adoption of the 2020 Plan. Awards granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan prior to the adoption of the 2020 Plan that remain outstanding will continue to be governed by the 2010 Plan, but no new awards are issued thereunder. The Group currently grants restricted stock unit and performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards under the 2020 Plan. As at December 31, 2021, in the aggregate, our members of senior management held 671,565 restricted stock units (assuming that performance with respect to performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards is satisfied at target levels) and no options.
Senior management participates in our long-term equity incentive compensation program. During 2021, our compensation committee granted annual restricted stock unit and performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards under our 2010 and 2020 Plan. Restricted stock unit awards granted in 2019, 2020 and 2021 were granted (i) under our long-term equity incentive compensation program in the form of performance shares, generally vesting upon the achievement of certain performance targets in the three-year period from the effective grant date, and (ii) under the omnibus programs in the form of time-based restricted stock units, generally vesting in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. Certain members of senior management also participate in our 2010 and 2020 Executive Stock Purchase Plan, which allows participants to borrow against their common shares held in a restricted account to purchase common shares.
During calendar year 2021, in the aggregate, our compensation committee granted senior management 265,796restricted stock units (which includes restricted stock unit awards granted under both the annual bonus program and long-term equity incentive compensation, and assumes that performance with respect to performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards is satisfied at target levels).
C.Board Practices
The Bank's bye-laws authorize the Board to delegate certain of its duties to committees of directors. The principal board committees are the: (1) Audit Committee, (2) Risk Policy & Compliance Committee, (3) Corporate Governance Committee, and (4) Compensation & Human Resources Committee, and (5) Executive Committee. Members of committees are appointed by, from and among the non-executive members of the Board (other than the Executive Committee which includes our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer).Board. The responsibilities and compositions of these committees are described below.
Audit CommitteeSenior Management and Director Compensation
In 2021, senior management included the following executives: Michael Collins, Andrew Burns, Kevin Dallas, Bri Hidalgo, Michael McWatt, Shaun Morris, Michael Neff, Jane Pearce, Richard Saunders, Michael Schrum and Sabeth Siddique. Our Audit Committee, on behalfcompensation program is designed to reward and retain senior management and includes base salary, annual short-term cash and equity incentive compensation, long-term equity incentive compensation and miscellaneous employee benefits and fringe benefits (including, among others, executive medical benefits). In 2021, our compensation program for directors was comprised of an annual cash retainer and an equity grant. None of our directors have entered into service contracts with the Group that provide for benefits upon the termination of their service as a director.
The CEO is required to own a minimum aggregate value of our common shares equal to five times base salary. Eligible stock includes vested shares, unvested restricted stock and restricted stock units, and other stock held by the CEO. The intrinsic value of vested or unvested stock options is not considered eligible stock. The CEO complies with this requirement. If the market value of the Board, monitors: (1)CEO’s common stock falls below the integrityrequirements, the CEO must retain 50% of the financial reportsshares he receives as compensation until he achieves the specified ownership level.
Effective April 2020, senior management are required to own a minimum aggregate value of our common shares equal to two times base salary by December 31, 2022, or within five years following first appointment. Eligible stock includes vested shares, unvested restricted shares, and other financial information providedstock held by senior management. The intrinsic value of vested or unvested stock options is not considered eligible stock. If the market value of senior management's common stock falls below the required threshold, senior management must retain 50% of the shares they receive as compensation until they achieve the specified ownership level. All members of senior management currently or intend to comply with this requirement.
The aggregate amount of compensation, including the value of in-kind benefits, paid to our directors and senior management during fiscal year 2021 was $16.3 million. During 2021, the Group did not sponsor any deferred compensation plans (other than the equity compensation programs described below) and no amounts were set aside or accrued to any governmental bodyprovide pension, retirement or similar benefits to directors or senior management, other than employer matching contributions to retirement accounts on terms applicable to employees generally.
Short-Term Incentive Compensation
Senior management participates in our annual discretionary bonus program. Our compensation committee establishes an annual bonus pool based on overall company-wide performance during the public; (2)applicable fiscal year. Once the independent auditor's qualificationscompensation committee has approved the pool, the pool is allocated to eligible employees, including senior management, based on the employee's achievement of pre-established performance goals during the applicable fiscal year. Annual bonuses for executives are paid 50% in cash and independence; (3)50% in the performanceform of restricted stock unit awards that vest in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the Group's internal audit functiondate of grant.
Equity Compensation
The Group sponsors two equity incentive plans in which our senior management and directors have been or are eligible to participate: the 2010 Omnibus Share Incentive Plan (the "2010 Plan") and the independent auditors; (4) compliance with legal2020 Omnibus Share Incentive Plan (the "2020 Plan") which was approved and regulatory requirements; (5) the Group's system of internal controls regarding finance, accounting, legal and ethics as established by management and the Board; and (6) the Group's auditing, accounting and financial reporting processes generally. Subject to shareholder approval, the Audit Committee has responsibility for the appointment or replacement of the independent auditor and for the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor. In addition, the Audit Committee is responsible for approving all audit services, internal control-related services and permitted non-audit services. With respect to internal controls, the Audit Committee reviews and evaluates any major issues as to the adequacy of the Bank's internal controls, and any major control deficiencies or changes in internal controls over financial reporting are discussed with the Bank's management and the independent auditor. With respect to financial reporting, the Audit Committee consults with management, the independent auditor and the internal auditors about the integrity of the financial reporting process, reviews significant financial reporting risk exposure and management's responses, reviews significant auditor findings and establishes, reviews procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints about accounting and auditing matters, and reviews and recommends for the Board's approval the Group's financial reports.
Our Audit Committee consists of five directors that are independent under the NYSE requirements. Each member of the Audit Committee also meets the additional criteria for independence of Audit Committee members set forth in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.


The members of the Audit Committee are appointedadopted by the Board on April 30, 2020. The Group no longer grants equity awards under the 1997 Stock Option Plan for Employees (the "1997 Plan") and all remaining unvested stock options under the 1997 Plan expired in 2019. The Group previously granted equity awards under the 2010 Plan, which was replaced with the adoption of the 2020 Plan. Awards granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan prior to the adoption of the 2020 Plan that remain outstanding will continue to be governed by the 2010 Plan, but no new awards are issued thereunder. The Group currently grants restricted stock unit and performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards under the 2020 Plan. As at December 31, 2021, in the aggregate, our members of senior management held 671,565 restricted stock units (assuming that performance with respect to performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards is satisfied at target levels) and no options.
Senior management participates in our long-term equity incentive compensation program. During 2021, our compensation committee granted annual restricted stock unit and performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards under our 2010 and 2020 Plan. Restricted stock unit awards granted in 2019, 2020 and 2021 were granted (i) under our long-term equity incentive compensation program in the form of performance shares, generally vesting upon the recommendationachievement of certain performance targets in the three-year period from the effective grant date, and (ii) under the omnibus programs in the form of time-based restricted stock units, generally vesting in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the Corporate Governance Committee. date of grant. Certain members of senior management also participate in our 2010 and 2020 Executive Stock Purchase Plan, which allows participants to borrow against their common shares held in a restricted account to purchase common shares.
During calendar year 2021, in the aggregate, our compensation committee granted senior management 265,796restricted stock units (which includes restricted stock unit awards granted under both the annual bonus program and long-term equity incentive compensation, and assumes that performance with respect to performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards is satisfied at target levels).
C.Board Practices
The Audit Committee's membership is as follows:
NamePosition
Alastair BarbourChairperson
Michael CovellMember
Caroline FoulgerMember
Mark LynchMember
Pamela Thomas-GrahamMember
Mr. Barbour and Ms. Foulger each qualify asBank's bye-laws authorize the Board to delegate certain of its duties to committees of directors. The principal board committees are the: (1) Audit Committee, financial expert.
Risk Policy & Compliance Committee
The(2) Risk Policy & Compliance Committee, on behalf of the Board, acts as the oversight function in respect to those activities throughout the Group that give rise to credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational, cyber security and reputational risks and reviews compliance with laws and regulations. Specifically, the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities by overseeing the Group's risk profile and its performance against approved risk appetites and tolerance thresholds. It approves and ensures compliance with the capital allocation model and approves overall insurance coverage for the Group. The Risk Policy & Compliance Committee also reviews the credit risk of the Group with respect to country and financial institution risk, large exposures, reserves and provisioning, off-balance sheet risk and related capital needs, as well as market, interest rate and liquidity risks. The Risk Policy & Compliance Committee monitors operational risks, including cybersecurity risks, material breaches of agreed risk limits, appropriate product risk profiles and senior management policies for identification and management of risk. In doing so, the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee seeks to ensure compliance with all applicable policies and establishes the Group's risk appetite and tolerance.
The Risk Policy & Compliance Committee’s membership is as follows:
NamePosition
Conor O'DeaChairperson
James BurrMember
Mark LynchMember
Meroe ParkMember
John WrightMember
Corporate Governance Committee
The(3) Corporate Governance Committee, on behalf of the Board, reviews the effectiveness and performance of the Board as a whole, each Board committee and the boards and board committees of the Bank's subsidiaries in accordance with the corporate governance guidelines and policies of the Group. This committee acts as the nomination committee for the Board. The principal duties of the Corporate Governance Committee include reviewing and recommending to the Board membership criteria and director nominees, membership of the Board’s committees and matters relating to the performance, diversity and independence of directors. The Corporate Governance Committee oversees questions of director independence and conflicts of interest, induction and ongoing training for directors and the Board’s corporate governance policies and procedures. The Corporate Governance Committee also recommends director compensation and reviews and approves related-party transactions and reviews the Board's performance, the performance and effectiveness of the committees of the Board and the committees of the Bank's subsidiary boards.
The Corporate Governance Committee's membership is as follows:
NamePosition
Pamela Thomas-GrahamChairperson
Alastair BarbourMember
Michael CovellMember
Compensation & Human Resources Committee
The Compensation & Human Resources Committee, on behalf of the Board, reviews and approves executive compensation, employee salary ranges, levels and degrees of participation in incentive compensation programs (including bonuses and equity-based incentive plans) and oversees employee development, relations and succession. Specifically, the Compensation & Human Resources Committee evaluates the fairness and effectiveness of the compensation practices implemented by the Group, approves overall compensation packages for executives, provides regular updates on executive compensation to the Board, approves changes in employee salary ranges for employees, approves the criteria and design of the Group's incentive bonus plans and approves changes to the other employee benefit plans. The Compensation & Human Resources Committee also recommends to the Board changes in the Group's equity-based incentive plans and the granting of awards under such plans, reviews and approves changes to our pension plans, reviews periodic management reports on our compensation and benefits, as well as other matters bearing on the relationship between management and employees, while making recommendations to the Board concerning our senior level organization structure and staffing, training and employee development programs.

The Compensation & Human Resources Committee's membership is as follows:
NamePosition
James BurrChairperson
Meroe ParkMember
John WrightMember
Executive Committee
The Executive Committee may act on behalf of the Board to approve certain matters requiring immediate action in the intervals between regularly scheduled Board meetings when it it is not possible to convene a full Board meeting. The other principal duties of the Executive Committee are to monitor the progress of, and provide guidance on, important Group initiatives. The Executive Committee's membership is comprised of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the chair of the Corporate Governance Committee, the chair of the Audit Committee, the chair of the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee and the chair of the(4) Compensation & Human Resources Committee. The ChairmanMembers of committees are appointed by, from and among the non-executive members of the Board serves as the chairBoard. The responsibilities and compositions of the Executive Committee.
The Executive Committee's membership is as follows:
NamePosition
Michael CollinsChairperson
James BurrMember
Alastair BarbourMember
Conor O'DeaMember
Pamela Thomas-GrahamMember
Governance of Geographical Segments
Our banking business operates in three geographical segments — Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK— and each geographical segment utilizes operating subsidiary companies of the Bank within these jurisdictions. See "Information on the Company — Our International Network and Group Structure", which presents the corporate structure chart of our principal subsidiaries as at December 31, 2019. Our principal operating subsidiariescommittees are each regulated by their respective geographical regulator and are fully capitalized as stand-alone operating companies, each with its own board of directors consisting of both executive and non-executive independent directors. Guidance on general corporate governance, board sub-committee structuring, and the various governance policies and procedures of the operating subsidiaries is determined at the Group level.described below.
Current Executive Compensation Arrangements
Senior Management and Director Compensation
In 2019,2021, senior management included the following executives: Michael Collins, Elizabeth Bauman, Andrew Burns, Siân Dalrymple,Kevin Dallas, Bri Hidalgo, Michael McWatt, Shaun Morris, Michael Neff, Jane Pearce, Richard Saunders, Michael Schrum and Michael Schrum.Sabeth Siddique. Our compensation program is designed to reward and retain senior management and includes base salary, annual short-term cash and equity incentive compensation, long-term equity incentive compensation and miscellaneous employee benefits and fringe benefits (including, among others, executive medical benefits). In 2019,2021, our compensation program for directors was comprised of an annual cash retainer and an equity grant. None of our directors hashave entered into service contracts with the Group that provide for benefits upon the termination of their service as a director.
On December 12, 2016, the Board approved a newThe CEO Stock Ownership Guideline (the "Guideline") which requires the CEOis required to own a minimum aggregate value of our common shares equal to five times base salary. Eligible stock includes vested shares, unvested restricted shares,stock and restricted stock units, and other stock held by the CEO. The intrinsic value of vested or unvested stock options is not considered eligible stock under the Guideline.stock. The CEO complies with this Guideline.requirement. If the market value of the CEO’s common stock falls below the Guideline,requirements, the CEO must retain 50% of the shares he receives as compensation until he achieves the specified ownership level.
Effective April 2020, senior management are required to own a minimum aggregate value of our common shares equal to two times base salary by December 31, 2022, or within five years following first appointment. Eligible stock includes vested shares, unvested restricted shares, and other stock held by senior management. The intrinsic value of vested or unvested stock options is not considered eligible stock. If the market value of senior management's common stock falls below the required threshold, senior management must retain 50% of the shares they receive as compensation until they achieve the specified ownership level. All members of senior management currently or intend to comply with this requirement.
The aggregate amount of compensation, including the value of in-kind benefits, paid to our directors and senior management during fiscal year 20192021 was $26.1$16.3 million. During 2019,2021, the Group did not sponsor any deferred compensation plans (other than the equity compensation programs described below) and no amounts were set aside or accrued to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to directors or senior management, other than employer matching contributions to retirement accounts on terms applicable to employees generally.
Short-Term Incentive Compensation
Senior management participates in our annual discretionary bonus program. Our compensation committee establishes an annual bonus pool based on overall company-wide performance during the applicable fiscal year. Once the compensation committee has approved the pool, the pool is allocated to eligible employees, including senior management, based on the employee's achievement of pre-established performance goals during the applicable fiscal year. Annual bonuses for executives are paid 50% in cash and 50% in the form of restricted stock unit awards that vest in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.
Equity Compensation
The Group sponsors two equity incentive plans the 1997 Stock Option Plan for Employees (the "1997 Plan") and the 2010 Omnibus Share Incentive Plan (the "2010 Plan"), in which our senior management and directors have been or are eligible to participate.participate: the 2010 Omnibus Share Incentive Plan (the "2010 Plan") and the 2020 Omnibus Share Incentive Plan (the "2020 Plan") which was approved and adopted by the Board on April 30, 2020. The Group no longer grants equity awards under the 1997 Stock Option Plan for Employees (the "1997 Plan") and all remaining unvested stock options under the 1997 Plan expired in 2019. The Group previously granted optionsequity awards under the 2010 Plan, andwhich was replaced with the adoption of the 2020 Plan. Awards granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan prior to the adoption of the 2020 Plan that remain outstanding will continue to be governed by the 2010 Plan, but no new awards are issued thereunder. The Group currently grants restricted stock unit and performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards under the 20102020 Plan. As at December 31, 2019,2021, in the aggregate, our members of senior management held no options and 620,166671,565 restricted stock units (assuming that performance with respect to performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards is satisfied at target levels). and no options.
Senior management participates in our long-term equity incentive compensation program. OurDuring 2021, our compensation committee grantsgranted annual restricted stock unit and performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards under our 2010 and 2020 Plan. Restricted stock unit awards granted in 2015, 2016, 2017, 20182019, 2020 and 20192021 were granted (i) under our long-term equity incentive compensation program in the form of performance shares, generally vesting upon the achievement of certain performance targets in the three-year period from the effective grant date.date, and (ii) under the omnibus programs in the form of time-based restricted stock units, generally vesting in three equal installments on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. Certain members of senior management also participate in our 2010 and 2020 Executive Stock Purchase Plan, which allows participants to borrow against their common shares and vested options held in a restricted account to purchase common shares.

During calendar year 2019,2021, in the aggregate, our compensation committee granted senior management 297,489 265,796restricted stock units (which includes restricted stock unit awards granted under both the annual bonus program and long-term equity incentive compensation, and assumes that performance with respect to performance-vesting restricted stock unit awards is satisfied at target levels).
C.Board Practices
The Bank's bye-laws authorize the Board to delegate certain of its duties to committees of directors. The principal board committees are the: (1) Audit Committee, (2) Risk Policy & Compliance Committee, (3) Corporate Governance Committee, and (4) Compensation & Human Resources Committee. Members of committees are appointed by, from and among the non-executive members of the Board. The responsibilities and compositions of these committees are described below.
Audit Committee
Our Audit Committee, on behalf of the Board, monitors: (1) the integrity of the financial reports and other financial information provided by the Group may, from time to time,any governmental body or the public; (2) the independent auditor's qualifications and independence; (3) the performance of the Group's internal audit function and the independent auditors; (4) compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (5) the Group's system of internal controls regarding finance, accounting, legal and ethics as established by management and the Board; and (6) the Group's auditing, accounting and financial reporting processes generally. Subject to shareholder approval, the Audit Committee has responsibility for the appointment or replacement of the independent auditor and for the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor. In addition, the Audit Committee is responsible for approving all audit services, internal control-related services and permitted non-audit services. With respect to internal controls, the Audit
96


Committee reviews and evaluates any major issues as to the adequacy of the Bank's internal controls, and any major control deficiencies or changes in internal controls over financial reporting are discussed with the Bank's management and the independent auditor. With respect to financial reporting, the Audit Committee consults with management, the independent auditor and the internal auditors about the integrity of the financial reporting process, reviews significant financial reporting risk exposure and management's responses, reviews significant auditor findings and establishes and reviews procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints about accounting and auditing matters, and reviews and recommends for the Board's approval the Group's financial reports.
Our Audit Committee consists of five directors that are independent under the NYSE requirements. Each member of the Audit Committee also meets the additional criteria for independence of Audit Committee members set forth in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.
The members of the Audit Committee are appointed by the Board upon the recommendation of the Corporate Governance Committee. The Audit Committee's membership is as follows:
NamePosition
Alastair BarbourChairperson
Sonia BaxendaleMember
Mark LynchMember
Pamela Thomas-GrahamMember
John WrightMember
Mr. Barbour qualifies as the Audit Committee financial expert.
Risk Policy & Compliance Committee
The Risk Policy & Compliance Committee, on behalf of the Board, acts as the oversight function in respect of those activities throughout the Group that give rise to credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational, cyber security and reputational risks and reviews compliance with laws and regulations. Specifically, the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities by overseeing the Group's risk profile and its performance against approved risk appetites and tolerance thresholds. It approves and ensures compliance with the capital allocation model and approves overall insurance coverage for the Group. The Risk Policy & Compliance Committee also reviews the credit risk of the Group with respect to country and financial institution risk, large exposures, reserves and provisioning, off-balance sheet risk and related capital needs, as well as market, interest rate and liquidity risks. The Risk Policy & Compliance Committee monitors operational risks, including cybersecurity risks, material breaches of agreed risk limits, appropriate product risk profiles and senior management policies for identification and management of risk. In doing so, the Risk Policy & Compliance Committee seeks to ensure compliance with all applicable policies and establishes the Group's risk appetite and tolerance.
The Risk Policy & Compliance Committee’s membership is as follows:
NamePosition
Mark LynchChairperson
James BurrMember
Jana SchreuderMember
Corporate Governance Committee
The Corporate Governance Committee, on behalf of the Board, reviews the effectiveness and performance of the Board as a whole, each Board committee and the boards and board committees of the Bank's subsidiaries in accordance with the corporate governance guidelines and policies of the Group. This committee acts as the nomination committee for the Board. The principal duties of the Corporate Governance Committee include reviewing and recommending to the Board membership criteria and director nominees, membership of the Board’s committees and matters relating to the performance, diversity and independence of directors. The Corporate Governance Committee oversees questions of director independence and conflicts of interest, induction and ongoing training for directors and the Board’s corporate governance policies and procedures. The Corporate Governance Committee also recommends director compensation and reviews and approves related-party transactions.
The Corporate Governance Committee's membership is as follows:
NamePosition
Pamela Thomas-GrahamChairperson
Sonia BaxendaleMember
Michael CovellMember
Compensation & Human Resources Committee
The Compensation & Human Resources Committee, on behalf of the Board, reviews and approves executive compensation, employee salary ranges, levels and degrees of participation in incentive compensation programs (including bonuses and equity-based incentive plans) and oversees employee development, relations and succession. Specifically, the Compensation & Human Resources Committee evaluates the fairness and effectiveness of the compensation practices implemented by the Group, approves overall compensation packages for executives, provides regular updates on executive compensation to the Board, approves changes in employee salary ranges for employees, approves the criteria and design of the Group's incentive bonus plans and approves changes to the other employee benefit plans. The Compensation & Human Resources Committee also recommends to the Board changes in the future establish or sponsor new equityGroup's equity-based incentive plans includingand the granting of awards under such plans, reviews and approves changes to replace any existing plan.our pension plans, reviews periodic management reports on our compensation and benefits, as well as other matters bearing on the relationship between management and employees, while making recommendations to the Board concerning our senior level organization structure and staffing, training and employee development programs.

97


The Compensation & Human Resources Committee's membership is as follows:
NamePosition
James BurrChairperson
Alastair BarbourMember
Michael CovellMember
Jana SchreuderMember
John WrightMember
Governance of Geographical Segments
Our banking business operates in three geographical segments — Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the UK— and each geographical segment utilizes operating subsidiary companies of the Bank within these jurisdictions. See Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Our International Network and Group Structure", which presents the corporate structure chart of our principal subsidiaries as at December 31, 2021. Our principal operating subsidiaries are each regulated by their respective geographical regulator and are fully capitalized as stand-alone operating companies, each with its own board of directors consisting of both executive and non-executive independent directors. Guidance on general corporate governance, board sub-committee structuring, and the various governance policies and procedures of the operating subsidiaries is determined at the Group level.
Board Leadership Structure and Qualifications
The Bank must comply with the BMA Corporate Governance Policy, which requires the Bank to appoint board members who have appropriate experience, competencies and personal qualities, including professionalism and personal integrity.
It is the Bank's policy to ensure that all companies within the Group have board members who are fit and proper persons to direct the Bank's business with prudence, integrity and professional skills. The Boards of the Bank and the Bank's subsidiaries are composed of individuals who possess diverse skills, experience and knowledge that are key to understanding the Bank's business and the execution of the Bank's strategies.
The Bank has established guidelines that address the size and composition of its own Board and those of its subsidiaries, and for identifying and selecting suitable candidates for appointment to these boards. The Corporate Governance Committee makes appointment recommendations to the Board and the appointment procedure is formal, rigorous and transparent. Each of the Bank and the Bank's subsidiary Boards are reviewed at least every two years or earlier whenever circumstances dictateas appropriate in order to assess whether the Board composition is commensurate with the Bank's strategic objective and diversity principles.
In assessing continuity of service on the Board there is a general presumption that individuals should serve for a maximum of 15 years in order that the Board tenure be refreshed. Non-executive directors who have served for a period of more than 15 years are subject to an independent assessment in accordance with applicable legal requirements and regulatory and listing standards.
Board Oversight of Risk Management
The Board believes that effective risk management and control processes are critical to our safety and soundness, our ability to predict and manage the challenges that we face and, ultimately, our long-term corporate success. The Board, both directly and through its committees, is responsible for overseeing our risk management processes, with each of the committees of the Board assuming a different and important role in overseeing the management of the risks we face.
The Risk Policy & Compliance Committee oversees our enterprise-wide risk management framework, including cybersecurity risk, which establishes our overall risk appetite and risk management strategy and enables our management to understand, manage and report on the risks we face. The Risk Policy & Compliance Committee also reviews and oversees policies and practices established by management to identify, assess, measure and manage key risks we face, including the risk appetite metrics developed by management and approved by the Board. The Audit Committee of the Board is responsible for overseeing risks associated with financial, accounting and legal matters (particularly financial reporting, accounting practices and policies, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting), reviewing and discussing generally the identification, assessment, management and control of our risk exposures on an enterprise-wide basis and engaging as appropriate with Thethe Risk Policy & Compliance Committee to assess our enterprise-wide risk framework. The Compensation & Human Resources Committee of the Board has primary responsibility for risks and exposures associated with our compensation policies, plans and practices, regarding both executive compensation and the compensation structure generally. In particular, our Compensation & Human Resources Committee, in conjunction with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Group Head of Human Resources and Group Chief Risk Officer and other members of our management as appropriate, reviews our incentive compensation arrangements to ensure these programs are consistent with applicable laws and regulations, including safety and soundness requirements, and do not encourage imprudent or excessive risk-taking by our employees. The Corporate Governance Committee of the Board oversees risks associated with the independence of the Board and potential conflicts of interest.
Our senior management is responsible for implementing and reporting to the Board regarding our risk management processes, including by assessing and managing the risks we face, including strategic, operational, cybersecurity, regulatory, investment and execution risks, on a day-to-day basis. Our senior management is also responsible for creating and recommending to the Board for approval appropriate risk appetite metrics reflecting the aggregate levels and types of risk we are willing to accept in connection with the operation of our business and pursuit of our business objectives.
The role of the Board in our risk oversight is consistent with our leadership structure, with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the other members of senior management having responsibility for assessing and managing our risk exposure, and the Board and its committees providing oversight in connection with those efforts. We believe this division of risk management responsibilities presents a consistent, systemic and effective approach for identifying, managing and mitigating risks throughout our operations.




98



D.Employees
As at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we had the following employees:
As at December 31
202120202019
Per segment:
Bermuda413449520
Cayman Islands241236296
Channel Islands and the UK369363425
Other Segment254266271
Total per full-time equivalency basis1,277 1,314 1,512 
Of which:
Full-time and part-time employees1,217 1,258 1,389 
Temporary employees60 56 123 
Total per full-time equivalency basis1,277 1,314 1,512 
Staffing levels overall remained fairly constant from 2020 to 2021 although there was some relocation of non-client facing roles across jurisdictions. The decrease from 2019 to 2020 was as a result of the COVID-19 related cost restructuring program, which included voluntary separation, early retirement and redundancies across all operating segments.
We have not experienced any material employment-related issues or interruptions of services due to labor disagreements and are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements.
E.Share Ownership
See Item 7.A. "Major Shareholders".
99


ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
A.Major Shareholders
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares as at February 15, 2022, unless noted otherwise, in each case by: each person or entity known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our issued and outstanding common shares; each of our directors and executive officers individually; and all of our directors and executive officers as a group. As at February 15, 2022, we had approximately 50 million common shares issued and outstanding.

Under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares "voting power," which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or "investment power," which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of such securities as to which such person has voting or investment power. Except as described in the footnotes below, to our knowledge, each of the persons named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the common shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

Unless otherwise noted, the address for each shareholder listed on the table below is: c/o The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited, 65 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda.
Name of beneficial ownerNumber of common shares beneficially ownedBeneficial ownership percentage
Major Shareholders:
Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.(1)
3,883,140 7.8 %
Blackrock, Inc. (2)
2,560,605 5.1 %
Directors and Executive Officers:
Alastair Barbour16,241 *
Sonia Baxendale6,645 *
Andrew Burns(3)
11,320 *
James F. Burr(4)
6,796 *
Michael Collins(5)
125,136 *
Michael Covell5,982 *
Kevin Dallas(6)
12,162 *
Bri Hidalgo(7)
4,787 *
Mark Lynch(8)
178,908 *
Michael McWatt(9)
21,184 *
Shaun Morris(10)
37,582 *
Michael Neff(11)
25,109 *
Jane Pearce(12)
2,939 *
Richard Saunders(13)
14,926 *
Jana Schreuder4,549 *
Michael Schrum(14)
107,254 *
Sabeth Siddique(15)
539 *
Pamela Thomas-Graham6,283 *
John R. Wright(16)
10,298 *
All directors and executive officers as a group (19 persons)598,640 *
*    Indicates less than 1%
(1)    Based on the Schedule 13G/A filed on February 11, 2022 by Davis Selected Advisers, L.P., which reported that as at December 31, 2021, Davis Selected Advisers, L.P. beneficially owned 3,883,140 common shares, with sole voting power over 3,883,025 shares, no voting power over 115 shares and sole dispositive power over 3,883,140 shares. The business address of Davis Selected Advisers, L.P. is 2949 East Elvira Road, Suite 101, Tucson, Arizona 85756.  
(2)    Based on the Schedule 13G filed on February 3, 2022 by Blackrock, Inc., which reported that as at December 31, 2021, Blackrock, Inc. beneficially owned 2,560,605 common shares, with sole voting over 2,496,470 of such shares and sole dispositive power over 2,560,605 of such shares. The business address of Blackrock, Inc. is 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055.  
(3)    Consists of 11,320 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of February 15, 2022.
(4)    Consists of (i) 5,892 ordinary shares held by Mr. Burr directly and (ii) 904 ordinary shares held by Wells Fargo over which Mr. Burr exercises voting and dispositive control.
(5)    Consists of 125,136 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of February 15, 2022.
(6)    Consists of (i) 6,049 ordinary shares and (ii) 6,113 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of February 15, 2022.
(7)    Consists of (i) 2,140 ordinary shares and (ii) 2,647 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of February 15, 2022.
(8)    Consists of (i) 178,108 ordinary shares held by Mr. Lynch directly and (ii) 800 ordinary shares held by a family member over which Mr. Lynch exercises voting and dispositive control.
(9)    Consists of (i) 2,176 ordinary shares and (ii) 19,008 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of February 15, 2022.
(10)    Consists of (i)12,753 ordinary shares and (ii) 24,829 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of February 15, 2022.
(11)    Consists of (i) 5,938 ordinary shares and (ii)19,171 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of February 15, 2022.
(12)    Consists of (i) 2,075 ordinary shares and (ii) 864 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of February 15, 2022.
(13)    Consists of 14,926 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of February 15, 2022.
(14)    Consists of (i) 42,792 ordinary shares held jointly with his spouse and (ii) 64,462 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of February 15, 2022.
(15)    Consists of 539 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock units that will vest within 60 days of February 15, 2022.
(16)    Consists of 10,298 ordinary shares held jointly with his spouse.
100


The shareholders listed above do not have voting rights that are different from those held by any other holder of common shares of the Bank. As at January 31, 2022, approximately 83% of our common shares were held by holders and/or Custodians of record located in the United States, and there were approximately 217 holders of record of our common shares located in the United States. As at January 31, 2022, approximately 16% of our common shares were held by holders of record located in Bermuda, and there were approximately 3,768 holders of record of our common shares located in Bermuda.
B.Related Party Transactions
See "Note 27: Related party transactions" to our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2021 for information on transactions with related parties and with directors and executive officers.
Employment Agreements
The Group has entered into employment agreements with senior management. The compensation paid in 2021 to senior management under the employment agreements is described above under Item 6.B. "Compensation". The senior management employment agreements generally provide for terms and conditions of employment, including the payment of a base salary, participation in the Group’s short and long-term incentive compensation programs, notice provisions, severance benefits, change in control, double-trigger equity award vesting and participation in the Group’s health, welfare and retirement programs available to all senior executives. For certain members of senior management, the employment agreements also provide for executive life insurance and participation in the Group’s share purchase programs.
Related-Party Transaction Policy
The Board has adopted a written policy governing the review, approval or ratification of transactions between the Bank or any of its subsidiaries and any "related party," which is a person or entity: (1) that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Bank; (2) that is an associate of the Bank; (3) that is a shareholder of the Bank that has significant influence by virtue of its ownership of the Bank; (4) that is a director, executive officer or other key management person at the Bank; or (5) in which a substantial interest in its voting power is held by the persons described in (3) or (4) above. The policy calls for the related-person transactions to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved or ratified by our Corporate Governance Committee. In determining whether or not to approve or ratify a related-person transaction, our Corporate Governance Committee takes into account, among other factors it deems important, whether the related-person transaction is in our best interests and whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances. In the event that a member of our Corporate Governance Committee is not disinterested with respect to the related-person transaction under review, that member may not participate in the review, approval or ratification of that related-person transaction. Approval of the disclosure of any related party transaction included in our financial statements or any other SEC filing is the responsibility of the Audit Committee.
C.Interests of Experts and Counsel
Not applicable.
101


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Refer to Part III, Item 17 for the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

A.Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
Refer to Part III, Item 17 for the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Legal Proceedings
From time to time we are a party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct and in the ordinary course of our business.
As publicly announced, in November 2013, the US Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York applied for and secured the issuance of so-called John Doe Summonses to six US financial institutions with which the Bank had correspondent bank relationships in connection with a US cross border tax investigation. On August 3, 2021, the Bank announced it had reached a resolution with the United States Department of Justice concerning this inquiry. The resolution is in the form of a non-prosecution agreement with a three-year term. The Bank paid $5.6 million in respect of Forfeiture and Tax Restitution Amounts which is consistent with that previously provisioned for.
Dividend Policy

It is our intention to pay a quarterly dividend subject to the requisite approvals. There can be no assurance, however, that we will pay any dividend for any given period, and the declaration of dividends remains subject to the approval of our Board and receipt of a letter of no objection from the BMA.

Although we currently expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may elect not to pay dividends. Any declarations of dividends will be at the discretion of the Board and will be subject to the receipt of a letter of no objection from the BMA. Such dividends may be declared and paid by the Board only as permitted under applicable law. In determining the amount of any future dividends, the Board may take into account: (1) our financial results; (2) our available cash, as well as anticipated cash requirements (including debt servicing); (3) our capital requirements, including the capital requirements of our subsidiaries; (4) contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions on, and implications of, the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders; (5) general economic and business conditions; (6) restrictions applicable to us and our subsidiaries under Bermuda and other applicable laws, regulations and policies, including the requirement to obtain a letter of no objection from the BMA for the payment of dividends on our common shares; and (7) any other factors that the Board may deem relevant. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will declare or pay any dividends to holders of the common shares, or as to the amount of any such dividends. See Item 3.D "Risk Factors - Risks Relating to the Common Shares".

Our Historical Dividends

Since 2013 we have declared and paid dividends on a quarterly basis. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we declared four quarterly dividends of $0.44 per quarter totaling $1.76 for each common share held on record as of the applicable record dates.

The following table sets forth dividends paid per common share during the periods indicated.
Year ended December 31
202120202019
(in $, unless otherwise indicated)
Period
First Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Second Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Third Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Fourth Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Total dividends per common share1.76 1.76 1.76 
Total dividends per common share as a percentage of earnings per share (in %)53.7 %60.5 %52.9 %
On February 14, 2022, the Board of Directors declared an interim dividend of $0.44 per common share to be paid on March 14, 2022 to shareholders of record on February 28, 2022.

B.Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report, no significant change has occurred since December 31, 2021.
102


ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
A.Offering and Listing Details
The Bank's common shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB" and on the Bermuda Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB.BH".
B.Plan of Distribution
Not applicable.
C.Markets
The Bank's common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB" on September 21, 2016 and on the Bermuda Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB.BH" on February 2, 1971.
D.Selling Shareholders
Not applicable.
E.Dilution
Not applicable.
F.Expenses of the Issue
Not applicable.
103


ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.Share Capital
Not applicable.
B.Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation
Information can be found in the following Exhibits:
1.1 Amended and Restated Bye-laws of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the registrants Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018)
1.2 The N.T. Butterfield & Son Bank Act, 1904 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form F-1, filed on August 4, 2016)
2.2 Description of Securities
C.Material Contracts
We have not entered into any material contracts outside the ordinary course of business within the last two years.
D.Exchange Controls
Refer to Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation".
E.Taxation
Bermuda Tax Considerations
Under Bermuda law, there are currently no stamp or documentary taxes, duties or similar taxes in connection with a conveyance or transfer on sale, or a conveyance or transfer to effect or having the effect of a voluntary disposition inter vivos or any agreement for the lending and borrowing of the Bank's shares which are listed on the BSX or NYSE.
We are not required by any Bermuda law or regulation to make any deductions or withholdings in Bermuda from any payment we may make in respect of the Bank's shares. However, during 2018 the Bermuda Tax Reform Commission proposed the introduction of a withholding tax on interest and dividend income, amongst other reforms. The Bermuda government has not introduced this tax as yet. In January 2021, the Bermuda Government passed the Tax Reform Commission Amendment Act 2021, which allows the Minister of Finance to appoint a further Tax Reform Commission. The Bermuda Government has announced that it expects to form a new Tax Reform Commission in 2021, with such commission to report on tax reform within six months of creation. This new Tax Reform Commission may reiterate the 2018 commission’s recommendation for a withholding tax on interest and dividend income, but it is unclear what changes will be proposed to Bermuda’s system of taxation, as well as whether or not such changes will be implemented and on what terms. If additional taxes are introduced, whether in the form of withholding or otherwise, there may be an impact on holders of the Bank’s shares, along with an increase in our compliance obligations.
Furthermore, Bermuda currently has no corporate or capital gains taxes.
Material US Federal Income Tax Consequences
This section describes the material US federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common shares of the Bank. It applies solely to US shareholders (as defined below) that hold shares as capital assets for US federal income tax purposes. This section does not describe the tax consequences arising under the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax or all the tax consequences that may apply to members of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:
a dealer in securities or foreign currencies;
a regulated investment company;
a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings;
a tax-exempt organization;
a bank, an insurance company, or any other financial institution;
a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more, by vote or value, of the Bank;
a person that holds the Bank's common shares as part of a straddle or a hedging, conversion, or other risk reduction transaction for US federal income tax purposes;
a person that purchases or sells common shares as part of a wash sale for tax purposes;
an entity classified as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes; or
a person whose functional currency is not the US Dollar.
This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "IRC"), its legislative history, existing and proposed Treasury regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
If an entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes holds common shares, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in an entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes holding common shares should consult its tax advisers with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of the ownership and disposition of the Bank's common shares.
          Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the US federal, state and local and foreign and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of the Bank's common shares in their particular circumstances.
Special adverse US federal income tax rules apply if a US shareholder owns shares of a company that is or was treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes for any taxable year during which the US shareholder held such shares. US shareholders should consult their own tax advisers as to the potential application of the PFIC rules to their ownership and disposition of the Bank's common shares.
104


US Shareholders
For the purposes of this discussion, a "US shareholder" is a beneficial owner of common shares that is:
an individual that is a citizen or resident of the United States,
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia,
an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source, or
a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust's administration and one or more US persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations
Special adverse US federal income tax rules apply if a US shareholder holds shares of a company that is treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which the US shareholder held such shares. This conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. A foreign corporation will be considered a PFIC with respect to a US Shareholder for any taxable year if (i) at least 75% of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the "asset test"). Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business), annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% (by value) of the shares or stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated, for purposes of the PFIC tests, as owning a proportionate share of the other corporation's assets and receiving its proportionate share of the other corporation's income.
Banks generally derive a substantial part of their income from assets that are interest bearing or that otherwise could be considered passive under the PFIC rules. The IRS has issued a notice, and has proposed regulations, that exclude from passive income any income derived in the active conduct of a banking business by a qualifying foreign bank.
Based upon the proportion of our income derived from activities that are "bona fide" banking activities for US federal income tax purposes, we believe that we were not a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2021 (the latest period for which the determination can be made) and, based further on our present regulatory status under local laws, the present nature of our activities, and the present composition of our assets and sources of income, we do not expect to be a PFIC for the current year or any future years. However, because PFIC status is a factual determination and because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, there can be no assurances that we will not be a PFIC for any particular year. In addition, our current position that we are not a PFIC is based in part upon the value of our goodwill which is based on the market value for our shares. Accordingly, we could become a PFIC in the future if there is a substantial decline in the value of our shares.
If the Bank were a PFIC in any taxable year during which a US shareholder owns the Bank's common shares and the US shareholder does not make a "mark-to-market" election, as discussed below, or a special "purging" election, the Bank generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such US shareholder in all succeeding taxable years, regardless of whether the Bank continues to meet the income or asset test discussed above. US shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the tax consequences to them if the Bank were to become a PFIC for any taxable year in which they own the common shares.
If the Bank is a PFIC for any taxable year during which a US shareholder holds the common shares and the US shareholder does not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, the US shareholder will be subject to special rules with respect to:
any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of its common shares; and
any "excess distribution" that the Bank makes to the US shareholder (generally, any distributions to the US shareholder during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the US shareholder in respect of its common shares during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the portion of the US shareholder's holding period for the common shares that preceded the current taxable year).
Under these rules:
the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the US shareholder's holding period for the common shares;
the amount allocated to the taxable year in which the US shareholder realized the gain or excess distribution and to years before the Bank became a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income; and
the amount allocated to each other taxable year, with certain exceptions, will be subject to additional tax calculated by multiplying the amount allocated to such other taxable year by the highest tax rate in effect for that taxable year for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.
Alternatively, if a US shareholder owns shares in a PFIC that are treated as "marketable stock," the US shareholder may make a mark-to-market election. The common shares will be treated as marketable stock if they are regularly traded on a "qualified exchange." For these purposes, the common shares will be considered regularly traded during any calendar year during which it is traded, other than in negligible quantities, on a qualified exchange, which includes the NYSE, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. Any trades that have as their principal purpose meeting this requirement will be disregarded.
A US shareholder that makes a mark-to-market election will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above. Instead, the US shareholder will include as ordinary income each year that the Bank is a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its common shares at the end of the taxable year over its adjusted basis in the common shares. These amounts of ordinary income will not be eligible for the favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains discussed above. The US shareholder will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its common shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year that the Bank is a PFIC (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). The US shareholder's basis in its common shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts recognized. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of the common shares in a taxable year when the Bank is a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). Distributions paid on the common shares will be treated as discussed below under "- Taxation of Dividends".
A mark-to-market election will continue to be in effect for all taxable years in which the Bank is a PFIC and the common shares are treated as marketable stock, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If the US shareholder makes a mark-to-market election with respect to its common shares, it will be treated as having a new holding period in its common shares beginning on the first day of the first taxable year beginning after the last taxable year for which the mark-to-market election applies. The application of the mark-to-market rules to an investment in a PFIC with a subsidiary that is also a PFIC is not entirely clear; however, there is a significant risk that some or all of such an investment will be subject to the special rules described above that apply if a mark-to-market election is not made, even if a mark-to-market election is made with respect to the parent PFIC. In the event that the Bank is a PFIC, US shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the mark-to-market election, and whether the election would be advisable in the holder's particular circumstances.
105


The PFIC rules outlined above would also not apply to a US shareholder if such holder were to elect to treat us as a qualified electing fund ("QEF"). An election to treat us as a QEF will not be available, however, if the Bank does not provide the information necessary to make such an election. The Bank will not provide US shareholders with the information necessary to make a QEF election, and thus, the QEF election will not be available with respect to the common shares.
Notwithstanding any election made with respect to the common shares, dividends received with respect to the common shares will not constitute "qualified dividend income" if we are a PFIC (or are treated as a PFIC with respect to the relevant US shareholder) in either the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year. Dividends that do not constitute qualified dividend income are not eligible for taxation at the reduced tax rate available to certain non-corporate holders described below in "- Taxation of Dividends". Instead, such dividends would be subject to tax at ordinary income rates.
If a US shareholder owns common shares during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, the US shareholder generally must file annual tax returns (including on Form 8621), for each taxable year that the US shareholder owns the common shares, unless its ownership satisfies a de minimis test.
Taxation of Dividends
Subject to the preceding discussion under the heading "— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations" above, a US shareholder must include in its gross income as dividends the gross amount of any distribution paid by the Bank to the extent that it is paid out of the Bank's current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for US federal income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the US shareholder's basis in the common shares of the Bank, causing a reduction in the US shareholder's adjusted basis in such common shares, and thereafter as a capital gain. Because the Bank does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under US federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to US shareholders as dividends.
Dividends paid to certain non-corporate US shareholders by a "qualified foreign corporation" that constitute qualified dividend income are taxable to the shareholder at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided that the shareholder holds the shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meets other holding period requirements. For this purpose, common shares of the Bank will be treated as stock of a "qualified foreign corporation" if the Bank was not a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend was paid, or the preceding taxable year and if such common shares are listed on an established securities market in the United States, such as the NYSE. The common shares of the Bank are listed on the NYSE. Accordingly, subject to the preceding discussion under the heading "— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations", dividends the Bank pays with respect to the common shares will constitute qualified dividend income, assuming the holding period requirements are met.
The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.
Dividends generally will be treated as foreign source income for US foreign tax credit purposes. Under Section 904(h) of the IRC, however, dividends paid by a foreign corporation that is treated as 50% or more owned, by vote or value, by US persons for US federal income tax purposes may be treated as US source income (rather than foreign source income) for foreign tax credit purposes, to the extent the foreign corporation earns US source income. In general, therefore, the application of Section 904(h) of the IRC may adversely affect a US shareholder's ability to use foreign tax credits. As a result of the listing of the common shares of the Bank on the NYSE, the Bank may be treated as 50% or more owned by US persons for purposes of Section 904(h) of the IRC. US shareholders are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the possible impact if Section 904(h) of the IRC should apply.
Taxation of Capital Gains
Subject to the preceding discussion under the heading "— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations", a US shareholder that sells or otherwise disposes of common shares of the Bank will recognize a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount that the US shareholder realizes and the US shareholder's tax basis in those common shares. Capital gain of a non-corporate US shareholder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will be US source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The deduction of capital losses is subject to limitations.
F.Dividends and Paying Agents
Not applicable.
G.Statements by Experts
Not applicable.
H.Documents on Display

As a foreign private issuer, we are also exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. We are, however, still subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the Securities Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations required of us as a foreign private issuer are different than those required by other United States domestic reporting companies, the Bank’s shareholders, potential shareholders and the investing public in general should not expect to receive information about us in the same amount, and at the same time, as information is received from, or provided by, other United States domestic reporting companies. We are liable for violations of the rules and regulations of the SEC which do apply to us as a foreign private issuer, see ‘‘Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer’’.

The SEC maintains an internet site at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. These SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services.
I.Subsidiary Information
Not applicable.
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Refer to Risk Management discussion in Item 5.A. "Operating Results".


106



ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

107


PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDENDS ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.


ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.


ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

    As of the end of the period covered by this report, Butterfield carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of Butterfield’s management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Butterfield’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act), to ensure that information required to be disclosed by Butterfield in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to Butterfield’s management, including its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon that evaluation, Butterfield’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in all material respects, as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Reports Regarding Internal Controls

    Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included on pages F-2 and F-3, respectively.

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Refer to Item 6.A. "Directors and Senior Management".

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

Code of Conduct and Ethics and WhistleblowerRelated-Party Transaction Policy
The Board has adopted a Group Codewritten policy governing the review, approval or ratification of Conducttransactions between the Bank or any of its subsidiaries and Ethics (the "Code") based upon recommended principlesany "related party," which is a person or entity: (1) that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Bank; (2) that is an associate of corporate governance.the Bank; (3) that is a shareholder of the Bank that has significant influence by virtue of its ownership of the Bank; (4) that is a director, executive officer or other key management person at the Bank; or (5) in which a substantial interest in its voting power is held by the persons described in (3) or (4) above. The Code sets outpolicy calls for the guidelinesrelated-person transactions to be reviewed and, procedures for establishingif deemed appropriate, approved or ratified by our Corporate Governance Committee. In determining whether or not to approve or ratify a high standard of ethical conduct, accountability and transparency to which all ofrelated-person transaction, our employees are expected to comply and which are consistent with our high standards of ethics and core values. The Board, in conjunction with the Corporate Governance Committee takes into account, among other factors it deems important, whether the related-person transaction is in our best interests and Risk Policy & Compliancewhether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances. In the event that a member of our Corporate Governance Committee are responsible for administering the Code. The Code is available on our website at www.butterfieldgroup.com.
The Board has adopted a Whistleblower Policy which augments the Code. The policy is designed to serve as a tool to assist employees who believe they have or may have discovered illegal, unethical, or questionable practices to communicate their concerns confidentially and without fear of reprisals. It is also designed to protect the integrity of the Bank's financial reporting and its business dealings.
Foreign Private Issuer Status
The listing rules of the NYSE include certain accommodationsnot disinterested with respect to corporate governancethe related-person transaction under review, that member may not participate in the review, approval or ratification of that related-person transaction. Approval of the disclosure of any related party transaction included in our financial statements or any other SEC filing is the responsibility of the Audit Committee.
C.Interests of Experts and Counsel
Not applicable.
101


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Refer to Part III, Item 17 for the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

A.Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
Refer to Part III, Item 17 for the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Legal Proceedings
From time to time we are a party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct and in the ordinary course of our business.
As publicly announced, in November 2013, the US Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York applied for and secured the issuance of so-called John Doe Summonses to six US financial institutions with which the Bank had correspondent bank relationships in connection with a US cross border tax investigation. On August 3, 2021, the Bank announced it had reached a resolution with the United States Department of Justice concerning this inquiry. The resolution is in the form of a non-prosecution agreement with a three-year term. The Bank paid $5.6 million in respect of Forfeiture and Tax Restitution Amounts which is consistent with that previously provisioned for.
Dividend Policy

It is our intention to pay a quarterly dividend subject to the requisite approvals. There can be no assurance, however, that we will pay any dividend for any given period, and the declaration of dividends remains subject to the approval of our Board and receipt of a letter of no objection from the BMA.

Although we currently expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may elect not to pay dividends. Any declarations of dividends will be at the discretion of the Board and will be subject to the receipt of a letter of no objection from the BMA. Such dividends may be declared and paid by the Board only as permitted under applicable law. In determining the amount of any future dividends, the Board may take into account: (1) our financial results; (2) our available cash, as well as anticipated cash requirements that allow foreign private issuers, such as(including debt servicing); (3) our capital requirements, including the capital requirements of our subsidiaries; (4) contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions on, and implications of, the payment of dividends by us to follow "home country" corporate governance practices in lieuour shareholders; (5) general economic and business conditions; (6) restrictions applicable to us and our subsidiaries under Bermuda and other applicable laws, regulations and policies, including the requirement to obtain a letter of otherwise applicable NYSE corporate governance standardsno objection from the BMA for listed U.S. companies. However, foreign private issuers are requiredthe payment of dividends on our common shares; and (7) any other factors that the Board may deem relevant. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will declare or pay any dividends to have an audit committee that satisfies certainholders of the NYSE standards, includingcommon shares, or as to the requirementsamount of any such dividends. See Item 3.D "Risk Factors - Risks Relating to the Common Shares".

Our Historical Dividends

Since 2013 we have declared and paid dividends on a quarterly basis. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we declared four quarterly dividends of $0.44 per quarter totaling $1.76 for each common share held on record as of the SEC’s Rule 10A-3. Our Audit Committee satisfies such requirements. The NYSE also requires a foreign private issuer to provide certain written affirmations and notices to the NYSE.
SEC rules require foreign private issuers to disclose the significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from NYSE listing standards. A description of how our corporate governance practices compare to NYSE listing standards is set forth below:

A Majority of Independent Directors. The NYSE requires the majority of the board of directors of a listed U.S. company to be independent directors pursuant to applicable NYSE standards. As required by our Corporate Governance Guidelines, a majority of our Board is independent according to the NYSE's standards.
A Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee. The NYSE requires a listed U.S. company to have a nominating/corporate governance committee consisting of independent directors as well as a written charter specifying the purpose and responsibilities of the committee. We currently have a Corporate Governance Committee, and the composition of this committee and its written charter are determined pursuant to the NYSE standards. A copy of the charter is available on our website at www.butterfieldgroup.com.
A Compensation Committee. The NYSE requires a listed U.S. company to have a compensation committee consisting of independent directors that also meet additional independence requirements as set forth in the NYSE rules as well as a committee charter specifying the purpose and responsibilities of the committee. We currently have a Compensation & Human Resources Committee, and the composition of this committee and its written charter are determined pursuant to the NYSE standards. A copy of the charter is available on our website at www.butterfieldgroup.com.
Executive Sessions. The NYSE requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management. The NYSE also requires that all independent directors meet in an executive session at least once a year. Our non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management present. In 2019, the Board held five executive sessions with only our independent directors present.
Company Policies. The NYSE requires a listed U.S. company to adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and corporate governance guidelines that address certain governance standards. As noted above, the Board has adopted the Code. In addition, the Board has adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines that address Board composition and qualifications, director responsibilities, director access to management and the Board’s authority to engage advisors. Furthermore, we have adopted a Corporate Governance Policy that addresses director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and Board assessments. The Code and the Corporate Governance Guidelines are available on our website at www.butterfieldgroup.com.
Shareholder Approval of Equity Compensation Plans. The NYSE requires a listed U.S company to receive shareholder approval of any equity compensation plans. The Bank does not submit its equity compensation plans to shareholders for approval.

We believe that our established corporate governance practice satisfies the NYSE listing standards applicable to foreign private issuers. If at any time we cease to be a "foreign private issuer" under the rules of the NYSE and no other exemptions apply, or if we otherwise so elect, the Board will take any additional actions necessary to comply with NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to listed U.S. companies, subject to a permitted "phase-in" period.

106


record dates.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following table sets forth information with respectdividends paid per common share during the periods indicated.
Year ended December 31
202120202019
(in $, unless otherwise indicated)
Period
First Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Second Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Third Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Fourth Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Total dividends per common share1.76 1.76 1.76 
Total dividends per common share as a percentage of earnings per share (in %)53.7 %60.5 %52.9 %
On February 14, 2022, the Board of Directors declared an interim dividend of $0.44 per common share to the beneficial ownershipbe paid on March 14, 2022 to shareholders of ourrecord on February 28, 2022.

B.Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report, no significant change has occurred since December 31, 2021.
102


ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
A.Offering and Listing Details
The Bank's common shares as at February trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB" and on the Bermuda Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB.BH".
B.17,Plan of Distribution
Not applicable.
C. 2020, unless noted otherwise, in each case by: each person or entity known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our issued and outstanding common shares; each of our directors and executive officers individually; and all of our directors and executive officers as a group. As at February Markets17, 2020, we had approximately 53 million
The Bank's common shares issuedbegan trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB" on September 21, 2016 and outstanding.on the Bermuda Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB.BH" on February 2, 1971.
D.Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.
Under the rules
E.Dilution
Not applicable.
F.Expenses of the SecuritiesIssue
Not applicable.
103


ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.Share Capital
Not applicable.
B.Memorandum and Exchange Commission, a person is deemed toArticles of Incorporation
Information can be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that person has or shares "voting power," which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or "investment power," which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of such securities as to which such person has voting or investment power. Except as describedfound in the footnotes below, to our knowledge, eachfollowing Exhibits:
1.1 Amended and Restated Bye-laws of the persons named in the table below has sole voting and investment power with respect to the common shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable.

Unless otherwise noted, the address for each shareholder listed on the table below is: c/o The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 65 Front Street, Hamilton, HM 12, Bermuda.(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the registrants Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018)

1.2 The N.T. Butterfield & Son Bank Act, 1904 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form F-1, filed on August 4, 2016)
2.2 Description of Securities
C.Material Contracts
Name of beneficial owner Number of common shares beneficially owned Beneficial ownership percentage
Major Shareholders:    
Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.(1) 
 3,305,458
 6.00%
     
Directors and Executive Officers:    
Alastair Barbour 11,692
 *
Elizabeth Bauman(2)
 30,987
 *
Andrew Burns(3)
 3,244
 *
James F. Burr(4)
 2,337
 *
Michael Collins(5)
 102,088
 *
Michael Covell 1,433
 *
Siân Dalrymple(6)
 4,196
 *
Caroline Foulger 8,865
 *
Mark Lynch(7)
 19,352
 *
Michael McWatt(8)
 25,143
 *
Shaun Morris(9)
 56,839
 *
Michael Neff(10)
 31,153
 *
Conor O'Dea 61,595
 *
Meroe Park 1,868
 *
Richard Saunders(11)
 5,095
 *
Michael Schrum(12)
 117,212
 *
Pamela Thomas-Graham 1,734
 *
John R. Wright(13)
 11,403
 *
All directors and executive officers as a group (18 persons) 496,236
 *
We have not entered into any material contracts outside the ordinary course of business within the last two years.

*
Indicates less than 1%
(1)
Based on the Schedule 13G filed on February 13, 2019 by Davis Selected Advisers, L.P., which reported that as at December 31, 2019, Davis Selected Advisers, L.P. beneficially owned 3,305,458 common shares, with sole voting and dispositive power over all such shares. The business address of Davis Selected Advisers, L.P. is 2949 East Elvira Road, Suite 101, Tucson, Arizona 85756.  
(2)
Consists of (i) 28,603 ordinary shares and (ii) 2,384 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock that will vest within 60 days of February 17, 2020.
(3)
Consists of (i) 2,150 ordinary shares and (ii) 1,094 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock that will vest within 60 days of February 17, 2020.
(4)
Consists of (i) 1,433 ordinary shares held by Mr. Burr directly and (ii) 904 ordinary shares held by Wells Fargo over which Mr. Burr exercises voting and dispositive control.
(5)
Consists of (i) 80,745 ordinary shares and (ii) 21,343 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock that will vest within 60 days of February 17, 2020.
(6)
Consists of (i) 2,499 ordinary shares and (ii) 1,697 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock that will vest within 60 days of February 17, 2020.
(7)
Consists of (i) 18,552 ordinary shares held by Mr. Lynch directly and (ii) 800 ordinary shares held by a family member over which Mr. Lynch exercises voting and dispositive control
(8)
Consists of (i) 23,357 ordinary shares and (ii) 1,786 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock that will vest within 60 days of February 17, 2020.
(9)
Consists of (i) 54,298 ordinary shares and (ii) 2,541 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock that will vest within 60 days of February 17, 2020.
(10)
Consists (i) 29,199 ordinary shares and (ii) 1,954 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock that will vest within 60 days of February 17, 2020.
(11)
Consists of (i) 3,488 ordinary shares and (ii) 1,607 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock that will vest within 60 days of February 17, 2020.
(12)
Consists of (i) 105,349 ordinary shares and (ii) 11,863 ordinary shares underlying restricted stock that will vest within 60 days of February 17, 2020.
(13)
Consists of 11,403 ordinary shares held jointly with his spouse.

The shareholdersD.Exchange Controls
Refer to Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation".
E.Taxation
Bermuda Tax Considerations
Under Bermuda law, there are currently no stamp or documentary taxes, duties or similar taxes in connection with a conveyance or transfer on sale, or a conveyance or transfer to effect or having the effect of a voluntary disposition inter vivos or any agreement for the lending and borrowing of the Bank's shares which are listed above doon the BSX or NYSE.
We are not have voting rights that are different from those heldrequired by any Bermuda law or regulation to make any deductions or withholdings in Bermuda from any payment we may make in respect of the Bank's shares. However, during 2018 the Bermuda Tax Reform Commission proposed the introduction of a withholding tax on interest and dividend income, amongst other holderreforms. The Bermuda government has not introduced this tax as yet. In January 2021, the Bermuda Government passed the Tax Reform Commission Amendment Act 2021, which allows the Minister of Finance to appoint a further Tax Reform Commission. The Bermuda Government has announced that it expects to form a new Tax Reform Commission in 2021, with such commission to report on tax reform within six months of creation. This new Tax Reform Commission may reiterate the 2018 commission’s recommendation for a withholding tax on interest and dividend income, but it is unclear what changes will be proposed to Bermuda’s system of taxation, as well as whether or not such changes will be implemented and on what terms. If additional taxes are introduced, whether in the form of withholding or otherwise, there may be an impact on holders of the Bank’s shares, along with an increase in our compliance obligations.
Furthermore, Bermuda currently has no corporate or capital gains taxes.
Material US Federal Income Tax Consequences
This section describes the material US federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common shares of the Bank. AsIt applies solely to US shareholders (as defined below) that hold shares as capital assets for US federal income tax purposes. This section does not describe the tax consequences arising under the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax or all the tax consequences that may apply to members of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:
a dealer in securities or foreign currencies;
a regulated investment company;
a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings;
a tax-exempt organization;
a bank, an insurance company, or any other financial institution;
a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more, by vote or value, of the Bank;
a person that holds the Bank's common shares as part of a straddle or a hedging, conversion, or other risk reduction transaction for US federal income tax purposes;
a person that purchases or sells common shares as part of a wash sale for tax purposes;
an entity classified as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes; or
a person whose functional currency is not the US Dollar.
This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "IRC"), its legislative history, existing and proposed Treasury regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
If an entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes holds common shares, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in an entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes holding common shares should consult its tax advisers with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of the ownership and disposition of the Bank's common shares.
          Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the US federal, state and local and foreign and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of the Bank's common shares in their particular circumstances.
Special adverse US federal income tax rules apply if a US shareholder owns shares of a company that is or was treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes for any taxable year during which the US shareholder held such shares. US shareholders should consult their own tax advisers as to the potential application of the PFIC rules to their ownership and disposition of the Bank's common shares.
104


US Shareholders
For the purposes of this discussion, a "US shareholder" is a beneficial owner of common shares that is:
an individual that is a citizen or resident of the United States,
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia,
an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source, or
a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust's administration and one or more US persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations
Special adverse US federal income tax rules apply if a US shareholder holds shares of a company that is treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which the US shareholder held such shares. This conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. A foreign corporation will be considered a PFIC with respect to a US Shareholder for any taxable year if (i) at January 31, 2020, approximately 83%least 75% of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the "asset test"). Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business), annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% (by value) of the shares or stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated, for purposes of the PFIC tests, as owning a proportionate share of the other corporation's assets and receiving its proportionate share of the other corporation's income.
Banks generally derive a substantial part of their income from assets that are interest bearing or that otherwise could be considered passive under the PFIC rules. The IRS has issued a notice, and has proposed regulations, that exclude from passive income any income derived in the active conduct of a banking business by a qualifying foreign bank.
Based upon the proportion of our income derived from activities that are "bona fide" banking activities for US federal income tax purposes, we believe that we were not a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 2021 (the latest period for which the determination can be made) and, based further on our present regulatory status under local laws, the present nature of our activities, and the present composition of our assets and sources of income, we do not expect to be a PFIC for the current year or any future years. However, because PFIC status is a factual determination and because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, there can be no assurances that we will not be a PFIC for any particular year. In addition, our current position that we are not a PFIC is based in part upon the value of our goodwill which is based on the market value for our shares. Accordingly, we could become a PFIC in the future if there is a substantial decline in the value of our shares.
If the Bank were a PFIC in any taxable year during which a US shareholder owns the Bank's common shares and the US shareholder does not make a "mark-to-market" election, as discussed below, or a special "purging" election, the Bank generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such US shareholder in all succeeding taxable years, regardless of whether the Bank continues to meet the income or asset test discussed above. US shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the tax consequences to them if the Bank were heldto become a PFIC for any taxable year in which they own the common shares.
If the Bank is a PFIC for any taxable year during which a US shareholder holds the common shares and the US shareholder does not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, the US shareholder will be subject to special rules with respect to:
any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of its common shares; and
any "excess distribution" that the Bank makes to the US shareholder (generally, any distributions to the US shareholder during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the US shareholder in respect of its common shares during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the portion of the US shareholder's holding period for the common shares that preceded the current taxable year).
Under these rules:
the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the US shareholder's holding period for the common shares;
the amount allocated to the taxable year in which the US shareholder realized the gain or excess distribution and to years before the Bank became a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income; and
the amount allocated to each other taxable year, with certain exceptions, will be subject to additional tax calculated by multiplying the amount allocated to such other taxable year by the highest tax rate in effect for that taxable year for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.
Alternatively, if a US shareholder owns shares in a PFIC that are treated as "marketable stock," the US shareholder may make a mark-to-market election. The common shares will be treated as marketable stock if they are regularly traded on a "qualified exchange." For these purposes, the common shares will be considered regularly traded during any calendar year during which it is traded, other than in negligible quantities, on a qualified exchange, which includes the NYSE, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. Any trades that have as their principal purpose meeting this requirement will be disregarded.
A US shareholder that makes a mark-to-market election will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above. Instead, the US shareholder will include as ordinary income each year that the Bank is a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its common shares at the end of the taxable year over its adjusted basis in the common shares. These amounts of ordinary income will not be eligible for the favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains discussed above. The US shareholder will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its common shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year that the Bank is a PFIC (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). The US shareholder's basis in its common shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts recognized. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of the common shares in a taxable year when the Bank is a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). Distributions paid on the common shares will be treated as discussed below under "- Taxation of Dividends".
A mark-to-market election will continue to be in effect for all taxable years in which the Bank is a PFIC and the common shares are treated as marketable stock, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If the US shareholder makes a mark-to-market election with respect to its common shares, it will be treated as having a new holding period in its common shares beginning on the first day of the first taxable year beginning after the last taxable year for which the mark-to-market election applies. The application of the mark-to-market rules to an investment in a PFIC with a subsidiary that is also a PFIC is not entirely clear; however, there is a significant risk that some or all of such an investment will be subject to the special rules described above that apply if a mark-to-market election is not made, even if a mark-to-market election is made with respect to the parent PFIC. In the event that the Bank is a PFIC, US shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the mark-to-market election, and whether the election would be advisable in the holder's particular circumstances.
105


The PFIC rules outlined above would also not apply to a US shareholder if such holder were to elect to treat us as a qualified electing fund ("QEF"). An election to treat us as a QEF will not be available, however, if the Bank does not provide the information necessary to make such an election. The Bank will not provide US shareholders with the information necessary to make a QEF election, and thus, the QEF election will not be available with respect to the common shares.
Notwithstanding any election made with respect to the common shares, dividends received with respect to the common shares will not constitute "qualified dividend income" if we are a PFIC (or are treated as a PFIC with respect to the relevant US shareholder) in either the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year. Dividends that do not constitute qualified dividend income are not eligible for taxation at the reduced tax rate available to certain non-corporate holders and/described below in "- Taxation of Dividends". Instead, such dividends would be subject to tax at ordinary income rates.
If a US shareholder owns common shares during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, the US shareholder generally must file annual tax returns (including on Form 8621), for each taxable year that the US shareholder owns the common shares, unless its ownership satisfies a de minimis test.
Taxation of Dividends
Subject to the preceding discussion under the heading "— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations" above, a US shareholder must include in its gross income as dividends the gross amount of any distribution paid by the Bank to the extent that it is paid out of the Bank's current or Custodiansaccumulated earnings and profits as determined for US federal income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of record locatedcurrent and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the US shareholder's basis in the common shares of the Bank, causing a reduction in the US shareholder's adjusted basis in such common shares, and thereafter as a capital gain. Because the Bank does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under US federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to US shareholders as dividends.
Dividends paid to certain non-corporate US shareholders by a "qualified foreign corporation" that constitute qualified dividend income are taxable to the shareholder at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided that the shareholder holds the shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meets other holding period requirements. For this purpose, common shares of the Bank will be treated as stock of a "qualified foreign corporation" if the Bank was not a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend was paid, or the preceding taxable year and if such common shares are listed on an established securities market in the United States, and there were approximately 240 holders of record of oursuch as the NYSE. The common shares located in the United States. As at January 31, 2020, approximately 16% of our common shares were held of record by holders located in Bermuda, and there were approximately 4,100 holders of record of our common shares located in Bermuda.


107


Our Relationship with The Carlyle Group
Prior to the completion of our registered secondary offering on February 28, 2017, Carlyle held approximately 14% of our equity voting power along with the right to designate two persons for nomination for election by the shareholders as members of the Board. FollowingBank are listed on the completion of the offering, Carlyle no longer owns any shares of our common stock and no longer has the right to nominate any persons for election by our shareholders as members of the Board.
Investment Agreement
In connection with the subscription by Carlyle and certain other investors for newly issued common shares and preference shares that have since been converted to our common shares, we entered into an Investment Agreement, dated as at March 2, 2010 (the "Investment Agreement") with Carlyle. The Investment Agreement provides for, among other items,NYSE. Accordingly, subject to the terms set forth inpreceding discussion under the heading "— Passive Foreign Investment Agreement, certain transfer restrictions and Carlyle's rightCompany Considerations", dividends the Bank pays with respect to designate two persons for nomination for election by the shareholders as members of the Board. The Investment Agreement also contained certain standstill and other provisions which have generally expired.
Amended Investment Agreement
Prior to our IPO, in August 2016, we entered into the Amended Investment Agreement with Carlyle.
The Amended Investment Agreement provides that, subject to certain exceptions for ordinary public market trades, Carlyle may not transfer the common shares it holdswill constitute qualified dividend income, assuming the holding period requirements are met.
The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to any person or group if, to its knowledge, such transferee (directly or together with its affiliates) would own 10%US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.
Dividends generally will be treated as foreign source income for US foreign tax credit purposes. Under Section 904(h) of the IRC, however, dividends paid by a foreign corporation that is treated as 50% or more owned, by vote or value, by US persons for US federal income tax purposes may be treated as US source income (rather than foreign source income) for foreign tax credit purposes, to the extent the foreign corporation earns US source income. In general, therefore, the application of Section 904(h) of the outstanding voting power inIRC may adversely affect a US shareholder's ability to use foreign tax credits. As a result of the Bank.
In addition,listing of the Amended Investment Agreement provided that (a) until our common shares heldof the Bank on the NYSE, the Bank may be treated as 50% or more owned by Carlyle represented less than 10%US persons for purposes of our issued and outstandingSection 904(h) of the IRC. US shareholders are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the possible impact if Section 904(h) of the IRC should apply.
Taxation of Capital Gains
Subject to the preceding discussion under the heading "— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations", a US shareholder that sells or otherwise disposes of common shares Carlyle was entitled to nominate two persons for election as members of the BoardBank will recognize a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount that the US shareholder realizes and (b) if ourthe US shareholder's tax basis in those common sharesshares. Capital gain of a non-corporate US shareholder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will be US source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The deduction of capital losses is subject to limitations.
F.Dividends and Paying Agents
Not applicable.
G.Statements by Carlyle represented less than 10% but at least 5%Experts
Not applicable.
H.Documents on Display

As a foreign private issuer, we are also exempt from the requirements of our issued and outstanding common shares, Carlyle was entitledRegulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to nominate one person for election as a memberensure that select groups of the Board (such nominees, "Carlyle Directors"), in each caseinvestors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. We are, however, still subject to the Carlyle Directors' satisfactionanti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of legal requirements regarding servicesthe SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the Securities Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations required of us as a director. The Amended Investment Agreement provided that we would use our reasonable best effortsforeign private issuer are different than those required by other United States domestic reporting companies, the Bank’s shareholders, potential shareholders and the investing public in general should not expect to cause the Carlyle Directors to be elected to the Board and would solicit proxies for the Carlyle Directors toreceive information about us in the same extent that we doamount, and at the same time, as information is received from, or provided by, other United States domestic reporting companies. We are liable for our other nominees to the Board, and that if requested by Carlyle, one Carlyle Director chosen by Carlyle would be appointed to certain committees and subcommitteesviolations of the Board.rules and regulations of the SEC which do apply to us as a foreign private issuer, see ‘‘Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer’’.
Under the terms set forth in the Amended Investment Agreement, until our common shares held by Carlyle represented less than 5% of our issued and outstanding common shares, we also agreed to share certain financial
The SEC maintains an internet site at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with Carlyle and Carlyle was generally obliged to treat information provided to it as confidential, and to comply with all applicable rules and regulations in relationthe SEC. These SEC filings are also available to the usepublic from commercial document retrieval services.
I.Subsidiary Information
Not applicable.
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Refer to Risk Management discussion in Item 5.A. "Operating Results".


106



ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

107


PART II

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDENDS ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.


ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.


ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and disclosure of such information.Procedures

As of the completionend of our registered secondary offering on February 28, 2017, Carlyle no longer holds any of our issued and outstanding common shares. As such, Carlyle is no longer entitled to the applicable rights set forth aboveperiod covered by this report, Butterfield carried out an evaluation, under the Amended Investment Agreement,supervision and with the participation of Butterfield’s management, including the right to nominate persons for election by our shareholders as membersChairman and Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, of the Board.
This summary does not purporteffectiveness of the design and operation of Butterfield’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act), to ensure that information required to be a comprehensive descriptiondisclosed by Butterfield in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to Butterfield’s management, including its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon that evaluation, Butterfield’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in all material respects, as of the Amended Investment Agreement, and is qualified in its entirety by the full textend of the Amended Investment Agreement filed as an exhibit toperiod covered by this report.
Transactions with Related Parties and with Directors and Executive Officers
Financing Transactions

Reports Regarding Internal Controls
Certain directors and executives of the Bank, companies in which they are principal owners and/or members of the board, and trusts in which they are involved, have loans and deposits with the Bank. Loans to directors were made in the ordinary course of business at normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateral requirements. Loans to executives may be eligible for preferential rates. All of these loans were considered performing loans as at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018. Loan balances with directors and executives of the Bank, companies in which they are principal owners and/or members of the board, and trusts in which they are involved were as follows:
Balance at December 31, 201730,575
Loans issued during the year77,269
Loan repayments and the effect of changes in the composition of related parties(10,649)
Balance at December 31, 201897,195
Loans issued during the year45,602
Loan repayments and the effect of changes in the composition of related parties(104,156)
Balance at December 31, 201938,641
Consolidated balance sheets December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Deposits 12,838
17,232
    
 Year ended December 31
Consolidated statement of operations201920182017
Interest and fees on loans1,887
4,533
1,100


Certain affiliates of the Bank have loans and deposits with the Bank which were made and are maintained in the ordinary course of business    Management’s Annual Report on normal commercial terms. Balances with these parties were as follows:
Consolidated balance sheets
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Loans
9,888
10,180
Deposits
342
352





Year ended December 31
Consolidated statement of operations201920182017
Interest and fees on loans677
635
647
Total non-interest expense1,717
1,769
1,939

Capital Transaction

Up to February 28, 2017, investment partnerships associated with The Carlyle Group held approximately 14% of the Bank's equity voting power along with the right to designate two persons for nomination for election by the shareholders as members of the Bank’s Board of Directors. On February 28, 2017, as a result of a secondary public offering, the Carlyle Group sold their holdings in the Bank, and as a result, the investment agreement between the BankInternal Control over Financial Reporting and the Carlyle Group was terminated.

Financial Transactions With Related Parties
The Bank holds seed investments in several Butterfield mutual funds, which are managed by a wholly-owned subsidiaryReport of the Bank. These investmentsIndependent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in equity securities at their fair valueon pages F-2 and are as follows:
Consolidated balance sheets December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Equity securities   
  Fair value 7,142
6,176
  Unrealized gain 2,142
1,176

As at December 31, 2019, several Butterfield mutual funds which are managed by a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, had loan balances and deposit balances held with the Bank. The Bank also earned asset management revenue and custody and other administration services revenue from funds managed by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank and from directors and executives, companies in which they are principal owners and/or members of the board and trusts in which they are involved, as well as other income from other related parties.
Consolidated balance sheets December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Loans 16
1,843
Deposits 3,492
36,655
    
 Year ended December 31
Consolidated statement of operations201920182017
Asset management10,273
9,412
7,697
Custody and other administration services1,452
1,376
1,036
Other non-interest income1,458
972
122

Employment Agreements

F-3, respectively.
The Group has entered into employment agreements with senior management. The compensation paid in
ITEM 16. [RESERVED]
2019
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Refer to senior management under the employment agreements is described above under ‘‘Management — Current Executive Compensation Arrangements". The senior management employment agreements generally provide for termsItem 6.A. "Directors and conditions of employment, including the payment of a base salary, participation in the Group’s short and long-term incentive compensation programs, notice provisions, severance benefits, change in control equity award vesting and participation in the Group’s health, welfare and retirement programs available to all senior executives. For certain members of senior management, the employment agreements also provide for executive life insurance and participation in the Group’s share purchase programs.Senior Management".

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

Related-Party Transaction Policy
The Board has adopted a written policy governing the review, approval or ratification of transactions between the Bank or any of its subsidiaries and any "related party," which is a person or entity: (1) that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the Bank; (2) that is an associate of the Bank; (3) that is a shareholder of the Bank that has significant influence by virtue of its ownership of the Bank; (4) that is a director, executive officer or other key management person at the Bank; or (5) in which a substantial interest in its voting power is held by the persons described in (3) or (4) above. The policy calls for the related-person transactions to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved or ratified by our Corporate Governance Committee. In determining whether or not to approve or ratify a related-person transaction, our Corporate Governance Committee takes into account, among other factors it deems important, whether the related-person transaction is in our best interests and whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances. In the event that a member of our Corporate Governance Committee is not disinterested with respect to the related-person transaction under review, that member may not participate in the review, approval or ratification of that related-person transaction. Approval of the disclosure of any related party transaction included in our financial statements or any other SEC filing is the responsibility of the Audit Committee.


C.Interests of Experts and Counsel
Not applicable.
109
101



ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
CERTAIN TAXATION CONSIDERATIONS
Refer to Part III, Item 17 for the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

A.Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
Refer to Part III, Item 17 for the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Legal Proceedings
From time to time we are a party to various litigation matters incidental to the conduct and in the ordinary course of our business.
As publicly announced, in November 2013, the US Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York applied for and secured the issuance of so-called John Doe Summonses to six US financial institutions with which the Bank had correspondent bank relationships in connection with a US cross border tax investigation. On August 3, 2021, the Bank announced it had reached a resolution with the United States Department of Justice concerning this inquiry. The resolution is in the form of a non-prosecution agreement with a three-year term. The Bank paid $5.6 million in respect of Forfeiture and Tax Restitution Amounts which is consistent with that previously provisioned for.
Dividend Policy

It is our intention to pay a quarterly dividend subject to the requisite approvals. There can be no assurance, however, that we will pay any dividend for any given period, and the declaration of dividends remains subject to the approval of our Board and receipt of a letter of no objection from the BMA.

Although we currently expect to pay dividends according to our dividend policy, we may elect not to pay dividends. Any declarations of dividends will be at the discretion of the Board and will be subject to the receipt of a letter of no objection from the BMA. Such dividends may be declared and paid by the Board only as permitted under applicable law. In determining the amount of any future dividends, the Board may take into account: (1) our financial results; (2) our available cash, as well as anticipated cash requirements (including debt servicing); (3) our capital requirements, including the capital requirements of our subsidiaries; (4) contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions on, and implications of, the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders; (5) general economic and business conditions; (6) restrictions applicable to us and our subsidiaries under Bermuda and other applicable laws, regulations and policies, including the requirement to obtain a letter of no objection from the BMA for the payment of dividends on our common shares; and (7) any other factors that the Board may deem relevant. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will declare or pay any dividends to holders of the common shares, or as to the amount of any such dividends. See Item 3.D "Risk Factors - Risks Relating to the Common Shares".

Our Historical Dividends

Since 2013 we have declared and paid dividends on a quarterly basis. For the year ended December 31, 2021, we declared four quarterly dividends of $0.44 per quarter totaling $1.76 for each common share held on record as of the applicable record dates.

The following table sets forth dividends paid per common share during the periods indicated.
Year ended December 31
202120202019
(in $, unless otherwise indicated)
Period
First Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Second Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Third Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Fourth Quarter0.44 0.44 0.44 
Total dividends per common share1.76 1.76 1.76 
Total dividends per common share as a percentage of earnings per share (in %)53.7 %60.5 %52.9 %
On February 14, 2022, the Board of Directors declared an interim dividend of $0.44 per common share to be paid on March 14, 2022 to shareholders of record on February 28, 2022.

B.Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report, no significant change has occurred since December 31, 2021.
102


ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING
A.Offering and Listing Details
The Bank's common shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB" and on the Bermuda Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB.BH".
B.Plan of Distribution
Not applicable.
C.Markets
The Bank's common shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB" on September 21, 2016 and on the Bermuda Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB.BH" on February 2, 1971.
D.Selling Shareholders
Not applicable.
E.Dilution
Not applicable.
F.Expenses of the Issue
Not applicable.
103


ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A.Share Capital
Not applicable.
B.Memorandum and Articles of Incorporation
Information can be found in the following Exhibits:
1.1 Amended and Restated Bye-laws of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the registrants Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018)
1.2 The N.T. Butterfield & Son Bank Act, 1904 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form F-1, filed on August 4, 2016)
2.2 Description of Securities
C.Material Contracts
We have not entered into any material contracts outside the ordinary course of business within the last two years.
D.Exchange Controls
Refer to Item 4.B. "Business Overview - Supervision and Regulation".
E.Taxation
Bermuda Tax Considerations
Under Bermuda law, there are currently no stamp or documentary taxes, duties or similar taxes in connection with a conveyance or transfer on sale, or a conveyance or transfer to effect or having the effect of a voluntary disposition inter vivos or any agreement for the lending and borrowing of the Bank's shares which are listed on the BSX or NYSE.
We are not required by any Bermuda law or regulation to make any deductions or withholdings in Bermuda from any payment we may make in respect of the Bank's shares. However, during 2018 the Bermuda Tax Reform Commission proposed the introduction of a withholding tax on interest and dividend income, amongst other reforms. The Bermuda government has not introduced this tax as yet. In January 2021, the Bermuda Government passed the Tax Reform Commission Amendment Act 2021, which allows the Minister of Finance to appoint a further Tax Reform Commission. The Bermuda Government has announced that it expects to form a new Tax Reform Commission in 2021, with such commission to report on tax reform within six months of creation. This new Tax Reform Commission may reiterate the 2018 commission’s recommendation for a withholding tax on interest and dividend income, but it is unclear what changes will be proposed to Bermuda’s system of taxation, as well as whether or not such changes will be implemented and on what terms. If additional taxes are introduced, whether in the tax is introduced,form of withholding or otherwise, there may be an impact on holders of the Bank’s shares, along with an increase in our compliance obligations.
Furthermore, Bermuda currently has no corporate or capital gains taxes.
Material US Federal Income Tax Consequences
This section describes the material US federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common shares of the Bank. It applies solely to US shareholders (as defined below) that hold shares as capital assets for US federal income tax purposes. This section does not describe the tax consequences arising under the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax or all of the tax consequences that may apply to members of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:
a dealer in securities or foreign currencies;
a regulated investment company;
a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings;
a tax-exempt organization;
a bank, an insurance company, or any other financial institution;
a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more, by vote or value, of the Bank;
a person that holds the Bank's common shares as part of a straddle or a hedging, conversion, or other risk reduction transaction for US federal income tax purposes;
a person that purchases or sells common shares as part of a wash sale for tax purposes;
an entity classified as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes; or
a person whose functional currency is not the US Dollar.
This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "IRC"), its legislative history, existing and proposed Treasury regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as of the date hereof. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
If an entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes holds common shares, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in an entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes holding common shares should consult its tax advisers with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of the ownership and disposition of the Bank's common shares.
          Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the US federal, state and local and foreign and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of the Bank's common shares in their particular circumstances.
Special adverse US federal income tax rules apply if a US shareholder owns shares of a company that is or was treated as a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes for any taxable year during which the US shareholder held such shares. US shareholders should consult their own tax advisers as to the potential application of the PFIC rules to their ownership and disposition of the Bank's common shares.
104


US Shareholders
For the purposes of this discussion, a "US shareholder" is a beneficial owner of common shares that is:
an individual that is a citizen or resident of the United States,
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia,
an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source, or
a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust's administration and one or more US persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations
Special adverse US federal income tax rules apply if a US shareholder holds shares of a company that is treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which the US shareholder held such shares. This conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. A foreign corporation will be considered a PFIC with respect to a US Shareholder for any taxable year if (i) at least 75% of its gross income for the taxable year is passive income, (the "income test"), or (ii) at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the "asset test"). Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business), annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% (by value) of the shares or stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated, for purposes of the PFIC tests, as owning a proportionate share of the other corporation's assets and receiving its proportionate share of the other corporation's income.
Banks generally derive a substantial part of their income from assets that are interest bearing or that otherwise could be considered passive under the PFIC rules. The IRS has issued a notice, and has proposed regulations, that exclude from passive income any income derived in the active conduct of a banking business by a qualifying foreign bank.
Based upon the proportion of our income derived from activities that are "bona fide" banking activities for US federal income tax purposes, we believe that we were not a PFIC for the taxable year ending December 31, 20192021 (the latest period for which the determination can be made) and, based further on our present regulatory status under local laws, the present nature of our activities, and the present composition of our assets and sources of income, we do not expect to be a PFIC for the current year or any

future years. However, because PFIC status is a factual determination and because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, there can be no assurances that we will not be a PFIC for any particular year. In addition, our current position that we are not a PFIC is based in part upon the value of our goodwill which is based on the market value for our shares. Accordingly, we could become a PFIC in the future if there is a substantial decline in the value of our shares.
If the Bank were a PFIC in any taxable year during which a US shareholder owns the Bank's common shares and the US shareholder does not make a "mark-to-market" election, as discussed below, or a special "purging" election, the Bank generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such US shareholder in all succeeding taxable years, regardless of whether the Bank continues to meet the income or asset test discussed above. US shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the tax consequences to them if the Bank were to become a PFIC for any taxable year in which they own the common shares.
If the Bank is a PFIC for any taxable year during which a US shareholder holds the common shares and the US shareholder does not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, the US shareholder will be subject to special rules with respect to:
any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of its common shares; and
any "excess distribution" that the Bank makes to the US shareholder (generally, any distributions to the US shareholder during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by the US shareholder in respect of its common shares during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the portion of the US shareholder's holding period for the common shares that preceded the current taxable year).
Under these rules:
the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the US shareholder's holding period for the common shares;
the amount allocated to the taxable year in which the US shareholder realized the gain or excess distribution and to years before the Bank became a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income; and
the amount allocated to each other taxable year, with certain exceptions, will be subject to additional tax calculated by multiplying the amount allocated to such other taxable year by the highest tax rate in effect for that taxable year for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.
Alternatively, if a US shareholder owns shares in a PFIC that are treated as "marketable stock," the US shareholder may make a mark-to-market election. The common shares will be treated as marketable stock if they are regularly traded on a "qualified exchange." For these purposes, the common shares will be considered regularly traded during any calendar year during which it is traded, other than in negligible quantities, on a qualified exchange, which includes the NYSE, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. Any trades that have as their principal purpose meeting this requirement will be disregarded.
A US shareholder that makes a mark-to-market election will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above. Instead, the US shareholder will include as ordinary income each year that the Bank is a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its common shares at the end of the taxable year over its adjusted basis in the common shares. These amounts of ordinary income will not be eligible for the favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains discussed above. The US shareholder will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its common shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year that the Bank is a PFIC (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). The US shareholder's basis in its common shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts recognized. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of the common shares in a taxable year when the Bank is a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). Distributions paid on the common shares will be treated as discussed abovebelow under "- Taxation of Dividends".
A mark-to-market election will continue to be in effect for all taxable years in which the Bank is a PFIC and the common shares are treated as marketable stock, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If the US shareholder makes a mark-to-market election with respect to its common shares, it will be treated as having a new holding period in its common shares beginning on the first day of the first taxable year beginning after the last taxable year for which the mark-to-market election applies. The application of the mark-to-market rules to an investment in a PFIC with a subsidiary that is also a PFIC is not entirely clear; however, there is a significant risk that some or all of such an investment will be subject to the special rules described above that apply if a mark-to-market election is not made, even if a mark-to-market election is made with respect to the parent PFIC. In the event that the Bank is a PFIC, US shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the mark-to-market election, and whether the election would be advisable in the holder's particular circumstances.
105


The PFIC rules outlined above would also not apply to a US shareholder if such holder were to elect to treat us as a qualified electing fund ("QEF"). An election to treat us as a QEF will not be available, however, if the Bank does not provide the information necessary to make such an election. The Bank will not provide US shareholders with the information necessary to make a QEF election, and thus, the QEF election will not be available with respect to the common shares.
Notwithstanding any election made with respect to the common shares, dividends received with respect to the common shares will not constitute "qualified dividend income" if we are a PFIC (or are treated as a PFIC with respect to the relevant US shareholder) in either the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year. Dividends that do not constitute qualified dividend income are not eligible for taxation at the reduced tax rate available to certain non-corporate holders described abovebelow in "- Taxation of Dividends". Instead, such dividends would be subject to tax at ordinary income rates.
If a US shareholder owns common shares during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, the US shareholder generally must file annual tax returns (including on Form 8621), for each taxable year that the US shareholder owns the common shares, unless its ownership satisfies a de minimis test.
Taxation of Dividends
Subject to the preceding discussion under the heading "— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations" above, a US shareholder must include in its gross income as dividends the gross amount of any distribution paid by the Bank to the extent that it is paid out of the Bank's current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for US federal income tax purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the US shareholder's basis in the common shares of the Bank, causing a reduction in the US shareholder's adjusted basis in such common shares, and thereafter as a capital gain. Because the Bank does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits under US federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to US shareholders as dividends.
Dividends paid to certain non-corporate US shareholders by a "qualified foreign corporation" that constitute qualified dividend income are taxable to the shareholder at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gains provided that the shareholder holds the shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meets other holding period requirements. For this purpose, common shares of the Bank will be treated as stock of a "qualified foreign corporation" if the Bank was not a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend was paid, or the preceding taxable year and if such common shares are listed on an established securities market in the United States, such as the NYSE. The common shares of the Bank are listed on the NYSE. Accordingly, subject to the preceding discussion under the heading "— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations", dividends the Bank pays with respect to the common shares will constitute qualified dividend income, assuming the holding period requirements are met.

The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations.
Dividends generally will be treated as foreign source income for US foreign tax credit purposes. Under Section 904(h) of the IRC, however, dividends paid by a foreign corporation that is treated as 50% or more owned, by vote or value, by US persons for US federal income tax purposes may be treated as US source income (rather than foreign source income) for foreign tax credit purposes, to the extent the foreign corporation earns US source income. In general, therefore, the application of Section 904(h) of the IRC may adversely affect a US shareholder's ability to use foreign tax credits. As a result of the listing of the common shares of the Bank on the NYSE, the Bank may be treated as 50% or more owned by US persons for purposes of Section 904(h) of the IRC. US shareholders are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the possible impact if Section 904(h) of the IRC should apply.
Taxation of Capital Gains
Subject to the preceding discussion under the heading "— Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations", a US shareholder that sells or otherwise disposes of common shares of the Bank will recognize a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount that the US shareholder realizes and the US shareholder's tax basis in those common shares. Capital gain of a non-corporate US shareholder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will be US source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The deduction of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Medicare Tax
F.Dividends and Paying Agents
Not applicable.
G.Statements by Experts
Not applicable.
H.Documents on Net Investment IncomeDisplay
A US person that is an individual or estate, or
As a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that isforeign private issuer, we are also exempt from such tax, isthe requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. We are, however, still subject to a 3.8% tax (the "Medicare tax") on the lesser of (i) the US person's "net investment income" (or "undistributed net investment income" in the case of an estate or trust) for the relevant taxable yearanti-fraud and (ii) the excessanti-manipulation rules of the US person's modified adjusted gross income forSEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of individuals is between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on the individual's circumstances). A shareholder's net investment income generally includes its dividend income and its net gains from the disposition of shares, unless such dividends or net gains are derived in the ordinary courseSecurities Act. Since many of the conductdisclosure obligations required of us as a trade or business (otherforeign private issuer are different than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). If a shareholder is a US person that is an individual, estate or trust, the shareholder is urged to consult the shareholder's tax advisers regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to the shareholder's income and gains in respect of the shareholder's investment in the Bank's common shares.
Information with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets
Owners of "specified foreign financial assets" with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 (and in some cases, a higher threshold) may bethose required to file an information report with respect to such assets with their tax returns. "Specified foreign financial assets" include any financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as any of the following, if they are held for investment and not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non-US persons, (ii) financial instruments and contracts that have non-US issuers or counterparties and (iii) interests in foreign entities. US shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the application of this legislation to their ownership of the Bank's common shares.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Information reporting requirements for a non-corporate US shareholder, on IRS Form 1099, will apply to (i) dividend payments or other taxable distributions made to such US shareholder within the United States domestic reporting companies, the Bank’s shareholders, potential shareholders and (ii) the payment of proceedsinvesting public in general should not expect to such US shareholder from the sale of the Bank's common shares effected at a US office of a broker.
Additionally, backup withholding may apply to such payments to a non-corporate US shareholder that (i) fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number, (ii) (in the case of dividend payments) is notified by the IRS that such US shareholder has failed to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on such US shareholder's federal income tax returns, or (iii) in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.
A US shareholder may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules that exceed the shareholder's income tax liability by properly filing a refund claim with the IRS.
Payment of proceeds from the sale of shares effected at a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject toreceive information reporting or backup withholding. However, a sale effected at a foreign office of a broker could be subject to information reportingabout us in the same manneramount, and at the same time, as information is received from, or provided by, other United States domestic reporting companies. We are liable for violations of the rules and regulations of the SEC which do apply to us as a sale withinforeign private issuer, see ‘‘Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer’’.

The SEC maintains an internet site at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the United States, (and in certain cases may be subject to backup withholding as well) if (i) the broker has certain connectionsSEC. These SEC filings are also available to the United States, or (ii) the sale has certain other specified connections with the United States.public from commercial document retrieval services.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act Withholding
PursuantI.Subsidiary Information
Not applicable.
ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Refer to the FATCA enactedRisk Management discussion in 2010, a 30% withholding tax will be imposed on certain payments to certain non-US financial institutions that fail to comply with certain information-reporting, account identification, withholding, certification and other FATCA-related requirements in respect of their direct and indirect United States shareholders and/or United States accountholders. To avoid becoming subject to FATCA withholding, we and other non-US financial institutions may be required to report information to the IRS regarding the holders of the common shares and to withhold on a portion of payments under the common shares to certain holders that fail to comply with the relevant information reporting requirements (or the holders of the common shares directly or indirectly through certain non-compliant intermediaries)Item 5.A. "Operating Results". However, under proposed Treasury regulations, such withholding will not apply to payments made before the date that is two years after the date on which final regulations defining the term "foreign passthru payment" are enacted.


112
106



ENFORCEMENT
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF CIVIL LIABILITIESSECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

The Bank is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. As a result, the rights of holders of the Bank’s common shares will be governed by Bermuda law, the Butterfield Act and the Bank’s bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. Some of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this annual report are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in US courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws. However, we may be served with process in the United States with respect to actions against us arising out of or in connection with violations of US federal securities laws relating to offers and sales of common shares made hereby by serving C T Corporation System, 28 Liberty Street, New York, 10005, our US agent irrevocably appointed for that purpose.Not applicable.

It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions, or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.


113
107



PART II
DISCLOSURE
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDENDS ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

None.


ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Not applicable.


ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, Butterfield carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of Butterfield’s management, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Butterfield’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act,Act), to ensure that information required to be disclosed by Butterfield in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to Butterfield’s management, including its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based upon that evaluation, Butterfield’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Group Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective, in all material respects, as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Reports Regarding Internal Controls

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included on pages F-2 and F-3, respectively.


114

ITEM 16. [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Refer to Item 6.A. "Directors and Senior Management".

ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS

Code of Conduct and Ethics and Whistleblower Policy
The Board has adopted a Group Code of Conduct and Ethics (the "Code") based upon recommended principles of corporate governance. The Code sets out the guidelines and procedures for establishing a high standard of ethical conduct, accountability and transparency to which all of our employees are expected to comply and which are consistent with our high standards of ethics and core values. The Board, in conjunction with the Corporate Governance Committee, is responsible for administering the Code. The Code is available on our website at www.butterfieldgroup.com.
The Board has adopted a Whistleblower Policy which augments the Code. The policy is designed to serve as a tool to assist employees who believe they have or may have discovered illegal, unethical, or questionable practices to communicate their concerns confidentially and without fear of reprisals. It is also designed to protect the integrity of the Bank's financial reporting and its business dealings.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
    
The following table sets forth for the fiscal years indicated the fees charged by our principal accountant and its associated entities for various services provided during those periods:
In millions of $Fiscal Year Ended
Type of ServicesDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020Description of Service
Audit services5.36.3(1)
Audit-related services0.20.1(1)
Other services0.10.2(2)
Total5.66.6

(1)    Professional services rendered for the audit and review of the consolidated financial statements of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited and statutory audits of the financial statements of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited and its subsidiaries, compliance with local regulations, review of documents filed with the BMA and the SEC (including services provided by independent experts to the audit firms in connection with the audit).

(2)    The non-audit services required during the years disclosed above were subject to the Audit Committee's pre-approval process pursuant to paragraph (c) (7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.




108

In millions of $ Fiscal Year Ended  
Type of Services December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Description of Service
Audit services 6.5
 7.4
 (1)
Audit-related services 0.1
 
 (1)
Tax services 
 
 (2)
Other services 0.2
 0.2
 (3)
Total 6.8
 7.6
  



(1)Professional services rendered for the audit and review of the consolidated financial statements of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited and statutory audits of the financial statements of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited and its subsidiaries, compliance with local regulations, review of documents filed with the BMA and the SEC (including services provided by independent experts to the audit firms in connection with the audit).

(2)Services that are normally performed by the independent accountants, ancillary to audit services.

(3)The non-audit services required during the years disclosed above were subject to the Audit Committee's pre-approval process pursuant to paragraph (c) (7)(i)(C) of Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X.

Pre-approval Procedures
    
To ensure PwC's independence, all services provided by PwC have to be pre-approved by the Audit Committee. A pre-approval may be granted either for a specific mandate or in the form of a blanket pre-approval authorizing a limited and well-defined type and amount of services. The Audit Committee reviews and approves a list of blanket pre-approvals annually.

The Audit Committee has delegated pre-approval authority to its Chairman up to a maximum of $500,000 for any engagement, and the Group Chief Financial Officer and Group Head of Finance submit all proposals for services by PwC to the Chairman of the Audit Committee, unless there is a blanket pre-approval in place. The Audit Committee is informed of the approvals granted by its Chairman on a quarterly basis.


115


ITEM 16D. EXEMPTION FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
ISSUER
Not applicable.

ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASES

The below details purchases made by or on behalf of the issuer or any "affiliated purchaser," as defined in §240.10b-18(a)(3), of shares or other units of any class of the issuer's equity securities that isare registered by the issuer pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78I) during the year ended December 31, 2019.

2021.

From time to time, the Bank, may seek to repurchase and retire equity securities of the Bank, through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise. Such transactions, if any, depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.
As previously reported, on December 6, 2018,    On February 10, 2021, the Board approved with effect from December 10, 2018 to February 29, 2020, a new common share repurchase program, authorizing the purchase for treasury of up to 2.52.0 million common shares. shares through to February 2022.

On December 2, 2019,February 14, 2022, the Board approved a new $125 million common share repurchase program, authorizing the purchase for treasury of up to 3.52.0 million common shares through to February 28, 2021. The new program came into effect on December 20, 2019 following completion of the previous program.2023. In the year ended December 31, 2019,2021, the Bank retired 2,928,788534,828 shares which were previously held as treasury shares as a result of these buy-backs.

The following table summarizes our repurchases of our common shares during the year ended December 31, 2019.2021.

PeriodTotal number of shares purchasedAverage price paid per shareTotal number of shares purchased as part of a publicly announced programMaximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the program
February 10, 2021— — — 2,000,000 
February 16 to 28, 202136,000 34.50 36,000 1,964,000 
March 1 to 31, 202154,828 38.41 90,828 1,909,172 
April 1 to 30, 202140,000 38.14 130,828 1,869,172 
May 1 to 31, 202140,000 38.74 170,828 1,829,172 
June 1 to 30, 202138,000 36.92 208,828 1,791,172 
July 1 to 31, 202142,000 34.54 250,828 1,749,172 
August 1 to 31, 202144,000 33.60 294,828 1,705,172 
September 1 to 30, 202136,000 32.63 330,828 1,669,172 
October 1 to 31, 202142,000 37.78 372,828 1,627,172 
November 1 to 30, 2021124,000 38.76 496,828 1,503,172 
December 1 to 31, 202138,000 37.22 534,828 1,465,172 

ITEM 16F. CHANGES IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
    
Period Total number of shares purchasedAverage price paid per shareTotal number of shares purchased as part of a publicly announced programMaximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the program
January 1 to 31, 2019 420,000
33.72
420,000
1,825,788
February 1 to 28, 2019 365,000
37.12
785,000
1,460,788
March 1 to 31, 2019 360,000
37.31
1,145,000
1,100,788
April 1 to 30, 2019 340,000
36.89
1,485,000
760,788
October 1 to 31, 2019 150,000
32.58
1,635,000
610,788
November 1 to 30, 2019 383,600
33.79
2,018,600
227,188
December 1 to 19, 2019 227,188
35.81
2,245,788

December 20 to 31, 2019 48,000
37.38
48,000
3,452,000


Not applicable.



ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE


116


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

AsThe listing rules of the NYSE include certain accommodations with respect to corporate governance requirements that allow foreign private issuers, such as us, to follow "home country" corporate governance practices in lieu of otherwise applicable NYSE corporate governance standards for listed US companies. However, foreign private issuers are required to have an audit committee that satisfies certain of the NYSE standards, including the requirements of the SEC’s Rule 10A-3. Our Audit Committee satisfies such requirements. The NYSE also requires a foreign private issuer we are also exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. We are, however, still subjectprovide certain written affirmations and notices to the anti-fraudNYSE.
SEC rules require foreign private issuers to disclose the significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from NYSE listing standards. A description of how our corporate governance practices compare to NYSE listing standards is set forth below:
A Majority of Independent Directors. The NYSE requires the majority of the board of directors of a listed US company to be independent directors pursuant to applicable NYSE standards. As required by our Corporate Governance Guidelines, a majority of our Board is independent according to the NYSE's standards.
A Nominating/Corporate Governance Committee. The NYSE requires a listed US company to have a nominating/corporate governance committee consisting of independent directors as well as a written charter specifying the purpose and anti-manipulationresponsibilities of the committee. We currently have a Corporate Governance Committee, and the composition of this committee and its written charter are determined pursuant to the NYSE standards. A copy of the charter is available on our website at www.butterfieldgroup.com.
109


A Compensation Committee. The NYSE requires a listed US company to have a compensation committee consisting of independent directors that also meet additional independence requirements as set forth in the NYSE rules as well as a committee charter specifying the purpose and responsibilities of the committee. We currently have a Compensation & Human Resources Committee, and the composition of this committee and its written charter are determined pursuant to the NYSE standards. A copy of the charter is available on our website at www.butterfieldgroup.com.
Executive Sessions. The NYSE requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management. The NYSE also requires that all independent directors meet in an executive session at least once a year. Our non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management present. In 2021, the Board held five executive sessions with only our independent directors present.
Company Policies. The NYSE requires a listed US company to adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and corporate governance guidelines that address certain governance standards. As noted above, the Board has adopted the Code. In addition, the Board has adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines that address Board composition and qualifications, director responsibilities, director access to management, director orientation and continuing education, succession planning and management development and Board assessments. The Code and the Corporate Governance Guidelines are available on our website at www.butterfieldgroup.com.
Shareholder Approval of Equity Compensation Plans. The NYSE requires a listed US company to receive shareholder approval of any equity compensation plans. The Bank does not submit its equity compensation plans to shareholders for approval.

We believe that our established corporate governance practice satisfies the NYSE listing standards applicable to foreign private issuers. If at any time we cease to be a "foreign private issuer" under the rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 underNYSE and no other exemptions apply, or if we otherwise so elect, the Securities Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations required of us asBoard will take any additional actions necessary to comply with NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to listed US companies, subject to a foreign private issuer are different than those required by other United States domestic reporting companies, the Bank’s shareholders, potential shareholders and the investing public in general should not expect to receive information about us in the same amount, and at the same time, as information is received from, or provided by, other United States domestic reporting companies. We are liable for violations of the rules and regulations of the SEC which do apply to us as a foreign private issuer, see ‘‘Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer’’.permitted "phase-in" period.

The SEC maintains an internet site at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. These SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 16I. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.
117
110




PART III

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

-
INDEX TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audited Consolidated Financial StatementsPage
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 1403)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as at December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 20182020
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 20172019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 20172019
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 20172019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 20172019
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 20172019



F- 1
F-1



Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (“Butterfield” or the “Bank”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Bank's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by Butterfield's Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Butterfield's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records, that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Bank’s assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Bank are being made only in accordance with authorizations of Butterfield’s management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Bank's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management has completed an assessment of the effectiveness of Butterfield's internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2019.2021. In making the assessment, management used the “Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)” promulgated by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
On July 15, 2019, the Bank completed the acquisition of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited (“ABN AMRO Channel Islands”). ABN AMRO Channel Islands' total assets and total net revenues represented approximately 7.4% and 0.7%, respectively of the Bank's total assets and total net revenues as at and for the year ended December 31, 2019. As permitted under SEC guidance, the Bank has excluded ABN AMRO Channel Islands from the Bank's assessment scope for the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2019 because it was acquired by the Bank in a business combination during 2019.
Based upon the assessment performed, management concluded that as at December 31, 2019,2021, Butterfield's internal control over financial reporting was effective. There have been no changes in Butterfield’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report which have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect Butterfield’s internal control over financial reporting.
The Bank's internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 2019,2021, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers Ltd,Ltd., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report on page F-3 of this annual report.


/s/ Michael Collins
Michael Collins
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


/s/ Michael Schrum
Michael Schrum
Group Chief Financial Officer




F- 2
F-2



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited and its subsidiaries (the(the “Company”) as of December 31, 20192021 and 2018, 2020,and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019,2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidatedfinancial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 2021and 2018, 2020,and the results of itsoperations and itscash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 2021in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as ofDecember 31, 2019,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for credit losses on certain financial instruments in 2020.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management'sManagement’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidatedfinancial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidatedfinancial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidatedfinancial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidatedfinancial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidatedfinancial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited (“ABN”) from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2019. We have also excluded ABN from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. ABN’s total assets and total net revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent approximately 7.4% and 0.7%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019.


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
F-3


with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit mattersmatter communicated below are mattersis a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that werewas communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relaterelates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit mattersmatter below, providing a separate opinionsopinion on the critical audit mattersmatter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.it relates.
Acquisition of ABN
As described in Notes 2 and 27 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company completed the acquisition of ABN for net consideration of $201.1 million in 2019, which resulted in $654.5 million and $24.4 million of loans and intangible assets being recorded, respectively. Management applied judgment in estimating the fair value of loans and intangible assets acquired, which involved the use of estimates and assumptions, including the timing and amounts of cash flow projections and discount rates.
The principal considerations for our determination that the acquisition of ABN is a critical audit matter are (i) significant audit effort and judgment were required in evaluating management’s assumptions, including the timing and amounts of cash flow projections and the discount rates; and (ii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing the procedures and evaluating the audit evidence.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the acquisition accounting, which included controls over the development of the judgments and assumptions related to the valuation of the loans and intangible assets, including cash flow projections, and discount rates. These procedures also included, among others testing the appropriateness of the valuation models used, the reasonableness of the aforementioned assumptions, the completeness and accuracy of the data provided by management and cash flow projections used to estimate the fair value of the loans and intangible assets, using professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in doing so.
Allowance for Credit Losses

As described in Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, management assesses the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses based on evaluations of the loan portfolio utilizing quantitative and qualitative criteria. At December 31, 2019,2021, the allowance for credit losses was $23.6$28.1 million on total loans retained of $5.2$5.3 billion. As discloseddescribed by management, the allowance is management’s estimate of credit losses incurredexpected in its lending and off-balance sheet credit-related arrangements and comprisesbased upon a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model. The quantitative criteria used in the specific and general allowance components. The specific allowance model focuses on the identification of potentially impaired loans on an exposure-by-exposure basis throughprimarily includes the Company’s internal risk rating framework. Theframework and historical credit loss experience, relevant available information relating to past events and current conditions, and specific allowanceallowances for an individual loan is computed as the difference between the recorded investment in the loan and the present value of expected cash flows and is dependent upon the assumptions on the timing and amounts of the receipt of future cash flows or the fair value of collateral-dependentimpaired loans. Management subjectively assesses the adequacy of the generaltotal allowance for credit losses and the need for adjustments to the quantitative model estimate, with consideration given to qualitative assumptions such as changes in geographicunderwriting practices, vintage, portfolio mix, delinquency level and external economic factors,term as well as changes in the concentrations of the loan

portfolio,environmental conditions such as changes in the trends in volume of past due loansmacroeconomic factors and the effect of environmental factors such as industry conditionscollateral values not adequately included in the quantitative model estimate.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the qualitative assessment of the allowance for credit losses is a critical audit matter are:are (i) the significant audit effort was requiredjudgment by management in evaluating management’sdetermining the assumptions and estimation process; and (ii) there wasused in the qualitative assessment, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment in performing procedures relating to evaluate the significant assumptions used in management’s qualitative assessment; and (ii) significant audit effort in evaluating audit evidence availablerelating to support themanagement’s assumptions used by management in developing the estimate, including geographic and external economic factors, changes in the concentrations of the loan portfolio, changes in the trends in volume of past due loans and the effect of environmental factors such as industry conditions not included in the quantitative model estimate.estimation process.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the Company’s allowance estimation process for the allowance for credit losses, which included controls over the assumptions used within management’s qualitative assessment. These procedures also included, assessingamong others, testing management’s process for determining the allowance for credit losses by evaluating the appropriateness of the methodology and models, testing the completeness and accuracy of the data used in the estimatesestimate and testingevaluating the reasonableness of the aforementioned assumptions.



significant assumptions used in management’s qualitative assessment. Evaluating the assumptions used in the model involved evaluating (i) the reasonableness of the impact of external macroeconomic factors and events that have occurred but are not yet otherwise reflected in the quantitative model estimate for the allowance for credit losses; and (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data and consistency with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit.



/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers Ltd.
Hamilton, Bermuda
February 26, 2020

23, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1961.


F- 5
F-4

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data)


As at
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Assets
Cash and demand deposits with banks - Non-interest bearing115,651 133,363 
Demand deposits with banks - Interest bearing437,644 433,511 
Cash equivalents - Interest bearing1,626,538 2,722,718 
Cash due from banks2,179,833 3,289,592 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell96,107 197,039 
Short-term investments1,198,918 823,039 
Investment in securities
Equity securities at fair value222 7,317 
Available-for-sale at fair value (amortized cost: $3,495,564 (2020: $2,588,335))3,473,730 2,661,116 
Held-to-maturity (fair value: $2,786,112 (2020: $2,304,756))2,763,344 2,194,371 
Total investment in securities6,237,296 4,862,804 
Loans
Loans5,268,743 5,194,908 
Allowance for credit losses(28,073)(34,098)
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses5,240,670 5,160,810 
Premises, equipment and computer software, net of accumulated depreciation138,686 150,752 
Goodwill25,356 25,627 
Other intangible assets, net60,750 67,192 
Equity method investments12,614 12,933 
Other real estate owned, net691 4,052 
Accrued interest and other assets144,279 144,794 
Total assets15,335,200 14,738,634 
Liabilities
Deposits
Non-interest bearing2,820,609 3,012,360 
Interest bearing11,049,614 10,237,724 
Total deposits13,870,223 13,250,084 
Employee benefit plans126,230 131,279 
Accrued interest and other liabilities189,378 203,861 
Total other liabilities315,608 335,140 
Long-term debt171,876 171,462 
Total liabilities14,357,707 13,756,686 
Commitments, contingencies and guarantees (Note 12)00
Shareholders' equity
Common share capital (BMD 0.01 par; authorized voting ordinary shares 2,000,000,000 and
   non-voting ordinary shares 6,000,000,000) issued and outstanding: 49,911,351 (2020: 50,010,948)
499 500 
Additional paid-in capital1,017,640 1,013,326 
Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)104,329 33,918 
Less: treasury common shares, at cost: 619,212 (2020: 619,212)(20,058)(16,116)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)(124,917)(49,680)
Total shareholders’ equity977,493 981,948 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity15,335,200 14,738,634 
 As at
 December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Assets  
Cash and demand deposits with banks - Non-interest bearing88,031
91,722
Demand deposits with banks - Interest bearing839,320
520,048
Cash equivalents - Interest bearing1,622,719
1,442,113
Cash due from banks2,550,070
2,053,883
Securities purchased under agreements to resell142,283
27,341
Short-term investments1,218,380
52,336
Investment in securities  
Equity securities at fair value7,419
6,495
Available-for-sale2,220,341
2,182,749
Held-to-maturity (fair value: $2,255,987 (2018: $2,036,214))2,208,663
2,066,120
Total investment in securities4,436,423
4,255,364
Loans  
Loans5,166,210
4,068,991
Allowance for credit losses(23,588)(25,102)
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses5,142,622
4,043,889
Premises, equipment and computer software, net of accumulated depreciation158,233
158,060
Accrued interest23,560
20,870
Goodwill24,838
23,991
Other Intangible assets, net71,665
50,751
Equity method investments14,480
14,660
Other real estate owned, net3,842
5,346
Other assets135,179
66,687
Total assets13,921,575
10,773,178
   
Liabilities  
Customer deposits  
Non-interest bearing2,229,974
2,111,496
Interest bearing10,177,892
7,306,923
Total customer deposits12,407,866
9,418,419
Bank deposits33,759
33,822
Total deposits12,441,625
9,452,241
Employee benefit plans110,347
117,203
Accrued interest8,363
5,072
Other liabilities253,997
172,997
Total other liabilities372,707
295,272
Long-term debt143,500
143,322
Total liabilities12,957,832
9,890,835
Commitments, contingencies and guarantees (Note 12)


   
Shareholders' equity  
Common share capital (BMD 0.01 par; authorized voting ordinary shares 2,000,000,000 and
non-voting ordinary shares 6,000,000,000) issued and outstanding: 53,005,177 (2018: 55,359,218)
530
554
Additional paid-in capital1,081,569
1,171,435
Accumulated deficit(9,237)(92,676)
Less: treasury common shares, at cost: 619,212 (2018: 1,254,212)(22,022)(48,443)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(87,097)(148,527)
Total shareholders’ equity963,743
882,343
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity13,921,575
10,773,178
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
/s/ Michael Collins
Michael Collins
Chairman of the Board

F-5
F- 6

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands of US dollars, except per share data)


Year endedYear ended
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Non-interest income Non-interest income
Asset management28,721
25,603
24,711
Asset management29,853 29,225 28,721 
Banking49,347
45,010
43,772
Banking51,920 47,346 49,347 
Foreign exchange revenue37,001
32,895
32,222
Foreign exchange revenue43,434 37,180 37,001 
Trust51,220
51,004
44,936
Trust52,873 50,653 51,220 
Custody and other administration services12,868
9,262
8,149
Custody and other administration services15,232 13,845 12,868 
Other non-interest income4,818
4,912
4,035
Other non-interest income4,795 5,610 4,818 
Total non-interest income183,975
168,686
157,825
Total non-interest income198,107 183,859 183,975 
Interest income Interest income
Interest and fees on loans234,032
218,495
187,020
Interest and fees on loans221,544 230,656 234,032 
Investments (none of the investment securities are intrinsically tax-exempt) Investments (none of the investment securities are intrinsically tax-exempt)
Available-for-sale60,686
68,936
65,299
Available-for-sale48,422 50,621 60,686 
Held-to-maturity68,735
55,327
36,132
Held-to-maturity53,488 58,607 68,735 
Deposits with banks41,625
24,830
17,178
Deposits with banks and otherDeposits with banks and other1,444 12,125 41,625 
Total interest income405,078
367,588
305,629
Total interest income324,898 352,009 405,078 
Interest expense Interest expense
Deposits51,486
17,617
10,931
Deposits15,490 25,116 51,486 
Long-term debt7,876
6,949
4,954
Long-term debt9,601 9,294 7,876 
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase14
33

Securities sold under agreement to repurchase — 14 
Total interest expense59,376
24,599
15,885
Total interest expense25,091 34,410 59,376 
Net interest income before provision for credit losses345,702
342,989
289,744
Net interest income before provision for credit losses299,807 317,599 345,702 
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)184
6,991
5,837
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)3,128 (8,491)184 
Net interest income after provision for credit losses345,886
349,980
295,581
Net interest income after provision for credit losses302,935 309,108 345,886 
Net gains (losses) on equity securities925
(329)511
Net gains (losses) on equity securities85 658 925 
Net realized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investments1,624
1,100
4,186
Net realized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investments(239)1,220 1,624 
Net gains (losses) on other real estate owned(5)(322)(2,383)Net gains (losses) on other real estate owned(53)(104)(5)
Net other gains (losses)223
(1,304)(1,045)Net other gains (losses)(1,154)(552)223 
Total other gains (losses)2,767
(855)1,269
Total other gains (losses)(1,361)1,222 2,767 
Total net revenue532,628
517,811
454,675
Total net revenue499,681 494,189 532,628 
Non-interest expense Non-interest expense
Salaries and other employee benefits183,659
159,778
145,138
Salaries and other employee benefits161,317 173,662 183,659 
Technology and communications62,633
60,280
53,999
Technology and communications63,843 65,156 62,633 
Professional and outside services27,952
26,034
27,181
Professional and outside services21,400 21,263 27,952 
Property24,181
21,825
19,878
Property30,862 29,392 24,181 
Indirect taxes21,109
19,485
18,050
Indirect taxes22,091 21,323 21,109 
Non-service employee benefits expense5,649
5,570
8,090
Non-service employee benefits expense3,888 2,640 5,649 
Marketing8,050
6,116
5,739
Marketing4,561 4,443 8,050 
Amortization of intangible assets5,451
5,091
4,210
Amortization of intangible assets6,011 5,819 5,451 
Restructuring costs

1,772
Other expenses18,240
17,164
16,279
Other expenses19,917 20,896 18,240 
Total non-interest expense356,924
321,343
300,336
Total non-interest expense333,890 344,594 356,924 
Net income before income taxes175,704
196,468
154,339
Net income before income taxes165,791 149,595 175,704 
Income tax benefit (expense)1,371
(1,284)(1,087)Income tax benefit (expense)(3,123)(2,378)1,371 
Net income177,075
195,184
153,252
Net income162,668 147,217 177,075 
 
Earnings per common share Earnings per common share
Basic earnings per share3.33
3.55
2.82
Basic earnings per share3.28 2.91 3.33 
Diluted earnings per share3.30
3.50
2.76
Diluted earnings per share3.26 2.90 3.30 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F- 7
F-6

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(In thousands of US dollars)

 Year ended
 December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Net income177,075
195,184
153,252
    
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes   
Net change in unrealized gains and losses on translation of net investment in foreign operations(952)(2,317)2,603
Accretion of net unrealized (gains) losses on held-to-maturity investments transferred from available-for-sale investments71
43
140
Net change in unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments55,438
(27,893)6,943
Employee benefit plans adjustments6,873
10,692
5,942
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes61,430
(19,475)15,628
    
Total comprehensive income238,505
175,709
168,880


Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Net income162,668 147,217 177,075 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes
Unrealized net gains (losses) on translation of net investment in foreign operations152 (247)(952)
Unrealized net gains (losses) on held-to-maturity investments transferred from available-for-sale investments151 665 71 
Unrealized net gains (losses) on available-for-sale investments(94,761)60,971 55,438 
Employee benefit plans adjustments19,221 (23,972)6,873 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes(75,237)37,417 61,430 
Total comprehensive income (loss)87,431 184,634 238,505 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F- 8
F-7

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity


Year endedYear ended
December 31, 2019December 31, 2018December 31, 2017December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Number of shares
In thousands of
US dollars

Number of shares
In thousands of
US dollars

Number of shares
In thousands of
US dollars

Number of sharesIn thousands of
US dollars
Number of sharesIn thousands of
US dollars
Number of sharesIn thousands of
US dollars
Common share capital issued and outstanding Common share capital issued and outstanding
Balance at beginning of year55,359,218
554
54,692,630
547
53,284,872
533
Balance at beginning of year50,010,948 500 53,005,177 530 55,359,218 554 
Retirement of shares(2,928,788)(29)



Retirement of shares(534,828)(5)(3,452,000)(35)(2,928,788)(29)
Issuance of common shares574,747
5
666,588
7
1,407,758
14
Issuance of common shares435,231 4 457,771 574,747 
Balance at end of year53,005,177
530
55,359,218
554
54,692,630
547
Balance at end of year49,911,351 499 50,010,948 500 53,005,177 530 
 
Additional paid-in capital Additional paid-in capital
Balance at beginning of year 1,171,435
 1,155,542
 1,142,608
Balance at beginning of year1,013,326 1,081,569 1,171,435 
Share-based compensation 17,459
 11,664
 8,110
Share-based compensation14,539 14,608 17,459 
Share-based settlements 257
 918
 289
Share-based settlements612 637 257 
Retirement of common shares (107,926) 
 
Cost of issuance of common shares 
 
 22
Retirement of sharesRetirement of shares(10,834)(85,222)(107,926)
Issuance of common shares, net of underwriting discounts and commissions 344
 3,311
 4,514
Issuance of common shares, net of underwriting discounts and commissions(3)1,734 344 
Sale of treasury common shares 
 
 (1)
Balance at end of year 1,081,569
 1,171,435
 1,155,542
Balance at end of year1,017,640 1,013,326 1,081,569 
 
Accumulated deficit 
Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)
Balance at beginning of year (92,676) (204,156) (287,677)Balance at beginning of year33,918 (9,237)(92,676)
Net income for year 177,075
 195,184
 153,252
Common share cash dividends declared and paid, $1.76 per share (2018: $1.52 per share; 2017: $1.28 per share) (93,636) (83,704) (69,731)
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (Note 2)Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (Note 2) (7,841)— 
Net Income for the yearNet Income for the year162,668 147,217 177,075 
Common share cash dividends declared and paid, 1.76 per share (2020: $1.76 per share)Common share cash dividends declared and paid, 1.76 per share (2020: $1.76 per share)(87,285)(88,932)(93,636)
Retirement of sharesRetirement of shares(4,972)(7,289)— 
Balance at end of year (9,237) (92,676) (204,156)Balance at end of year104,329 33,918 (9,237)
 
Treasury common shares Treasury common shares
Balance at beginning of year1,254,212
(48,443)

2,066
(42)Balance at beginning of year619,212 (16,116)619,212 (22,022)1,254,212 (48,443)
Purchase of treasury common shares2,293,788
(81,534)1,254,212
(48,443)

Purchase of treasury common shares534,828 (19,754)3,452,000 (86,640)2,293,788 (81,534)
Sale of treasury common shares



(380)13
Share-based settlements



(1,686)29
Retirement of shares(2,928,788)107,955




Retirement of shares(534,828)15,812 (3,452,000)92,546 (2,928,788)107,955 
Balance at end of year619,212
(22,022)1,254,212
(48,443)

Balance at end of year619,212 (20,058)619,212 (16,116)619,212 (22,022)
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Balance at beginning of year (148,527) (129,052) (144,680)Balance at beginning of year(49,680)(87,097)(148,527)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes 61,430
 (19,475) 15,628
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes(75,237)37,417 61,430 
Balance at end of year (87,097) (148,527) (129,052)Balance at end of year(124,917)(49,680)(87,097)
Total shareholders' equity 963,743
 882,343
 822,881
Total shareholders' equity977,493 981,948 963,743 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8
F- 9

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands of US dollars)

Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income162,668 147,217 177,075 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to operating cash flows
Depreciation and amortization69,456 62,435 48,390 
Provision for credit (recoveries) losses(3,128)8,491 (184)
Share-based payments and settlements15,151 15,245 17,716 
Net change in equity securities at fair value7,096 102 (925)
Net realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale investments239 (1,220)(1,624)
Net (gains) losses on other real estate owned53 104 
(Increase) decrease in carrying value of equity method investments(123)(1,298)(340)
Dividends received from equity method investments442 2,845 520 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets13,295 (8,143)(18,583)
Increase (decrease) in employee benefit plans, accrued interest payable and other liabilities(13,800)(37,628)26,672 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities251,349 188,150 248,722 
Cash flows from investing activities
(Increase) decrease in securities purchased under agreements to resell100,932 (54,756)(114,942)
Short-term investments other than restricted cash: proceeds from maturities and sales2,365,631 2,214,870 568,944 
Short-term investments other than restricted cash: purchases(2,748,942)(1,815,887)(1,657,456)
Available-for-sale investments: proceeds from sale189,417 352,965 225,305 
Available-for-sale investments: proceeds from maturities and pay downs650,347 565,028 348,665 
Available-for-sale investments: purchases(1,771,776)(1,313,884)(563,007)
Held-to-maturity investments: proceeds from maturities and pay downs652,359 538,345 274,490 
Held-to-maturity investments: purchases(1,233,329)(533,379)(420,018)
Net (increase) decrease in loans(99,007)25,555 (362,624)
Additions to premises, equipment and computer software(15,724)(20,566)(22,777)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned4,430 — 1,102 
Gross cash received from (disbursed for) business acquisition — 2,815,752 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities(1,905,662)(41,709)1,093,434 
F-9
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Cash flows from operating activities   
Net income177,075
195,184
153,252
Adjustments to reconcile net income to operating cash flows   
Depreciation and amortization48,390
46,476
50,398
Provision for credit (recovery) losses(184)(6,991)(5,837)
Share-based payments and settlements17,716
12,582
8,410
Net realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale investments(1,624)(1,100)(4,186)
Net (gains) losses on other real estate owned5
322
2,383
(Increase) decrease in carrying value of equity method investments(340)(1,118)(1,028)
Dividends received from equity method investments520
556
412
Changes in operating assets and liabilities   
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable(1,582)3,838
(1,761)
(Increase) decrease in other assets(17,001)(7,813)25,600
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable3,111
2,774
82
Increase (decrease) in employee benefit plans and other liabilities23,561
51,635
14,396
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities249,647
296,345
242,121
    
Cash flows from investing activities   
(Increase) decrease in securities purchased under agreements to resell(114,942)151,428
(29,956)
Short-term investments other than restricted cash: proceeds from maturities and sales568,944
252,028
837,272
Short-term investments other than restricted cash: purchases(1,657,456)(63,913)(559,484)
Net change in equity securities at fair value(925)329
(511)
Available-for-sale investments: proceeds from sale225,305
854,160
213,047
Available-for-sale investments: proceeds from maturities and pay downs348,665
480,765
524,971
Available-for-sale investments: purchases(563,007)(242,087)(730,765)
Held-to-maturity investments: proceeds from maturities and pay downs274,490
166,406
113,573
Held-to-maturity investments: purchases(420,018)(903,958)(385,813)
Net (increase) decrease in loans(362,624)(321,944)(130,107)
Additions to premises, equipment and computer software(22,777)(18,529)(19,218)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned1,102
5,896
2,689
Purchase of intangible assets
(1,308)
Gross cash received (disbursed for) from business acquisition2,815,752
(20,722)
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities1,092,509
338,551
(164,302)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F- 10

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands of US dollars)

Year endedYear ended
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Cash flows from financing activities Cash flows from financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in deposits(744,610)(22,543)(621,105)Net increase (decrease) in deposits642,815 692,635 (744,610)
Proceeds from issuance of common shares, net of underwriting discounts and commissions

13
Issuance of subordinated capital, net of underwriting fees
73,218

Issuance of subordinated capital, net of underwriting fees 97,647 — 
Repayment of long-term debt
(47,000)
Repayment of long-term debt (70,000)— 
Common shares repurchased(81,534)(48,443)
Common shares repurchased(19,754)(86,640)(81,534)
Proceeds from stock option exercises349
3,318
4,546
Proceeds from stock option exercises 1,739 349 
Cash dividends paid on common shares(93,636)(83,704)(69,731)Cash dividends paid on common shares(87,285)(88,932)(93,636)
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities(919,431)(125,154)(686,277)Cash provided by (used in) financing activities535,776 546,449 (919,431)
Net effect of exchange rates on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash86,056
2,646
46,645
Net effect of exchange rates on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash7,536 42,707 86,056 
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash508,781
512,388
(561,813)Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash(1,111,001)735,597 508,781 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: beginning of year2,070,120
1,557,732
2,119,545
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: beginning of year3,314,498 2,578,901 2,070,120 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: end of year2,578,901
2,070,120
1,557,732
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: end of year2,203,497 3,314,498 2,578,901 
 
Components of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year





Components of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year
Cash due from banks2,550,070
2,053,883
1,535,138
Cash due from banks2,179,833 3,289,592 2,550,070 
Restricted cash included in short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets28,831
16,237
22,594
Restricted cash included in short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets23,664 24,906 28,831 
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year2,578,901
2,070,120
1,557,732
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year2,203,497 3,314,498 2,578,901 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash interest paid56,265
27,374
15,968
Cash interest paid24,464 39,125 56,265 
Cash income taxes paid2,628
544
696
Cash income taxes paid463 5,052 2,628 
 
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash items Supplemental disclosure of non-cash items
Transfer to (out of) other real estate owned(397)2,437

Transfer to (out of) other real estate owned704 314 (397)
Initial recognition of right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities22,370


Initial recognition of right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities1,575 323 22,370 
Reduction in net loans due to initial adoption of a current expected credit loss modelReduction in net loans due to initial adoption of a current expected credit loss model 7,841 — 
Extinguishment of loan in exchange for available-for-sale investments3,347


Extinguishment of loan in exchange for available-for-sale investments — 3,347 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F- 11
F-10

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)



Note 1: Nature of business

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (“Butterfield”, the “Bank” or the “Company”) is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and has a banking license under the Banks and Deposit Companies Act, 1999 (“the Act”). Butterfield is regulated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority (“BMA”), which operates in accordance with Basel principles.

Butterfield is a full service bank and wealth manager headquartered in Hamilton, Bermuda. The Bank operates its business through 3 geographic segments: Bermuda, the Cayman Islands, and the Channel Islands and the United Kingdom ("UK"), where its principal banking operations are located and where it offers specialized financial services. Butterfield offers banking services, comprised of retail and corporate banking, and wealth management, which consists of trust, private banking, and asset management. In the Bermuda and Cayman Islands segments, Butterfield offers both banking and wealth management. In the Channel Islands and the UK segment, the Bank offers wealth management and residential property lending. Butterfield also has operations in the jurisdictions of The Bahamas, Canada, Mauritius, Singapore and Switzerland, which are included in our Other segment.

The Bank's common shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "NTB" and on the Bermuda Stock Exchange ("BSX") under the symbol "NTB.BH".

Note 2: Significant accounting policies

The Bank's reporting currency is United States ("US") dollars. Assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses denominated in Bermuda dollars are translated to US dollars at par.

A. Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates and Assumptions
The accounting and financial reporting policies of the Bank and its subsidiaries conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year, and actual results could differ from those estimates.

Critical accounting estimates are those that require management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Changes that may be required in the underlying assumptions or estimates in these areas could have a material impact on the future financial condition and results of operations. Management believes that the most critical accounting policiesestimates upon which the financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:
Allowance for credit losses
Fair value and impairment of financial instruments
Impairment of long-lived assets
Impairment of goodwill
Employee benefit plans
Share-based paymentscompensation
Business combinations

B. Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively the “Bank”), and those variable interest entities (“VIEs”) where the Company is the primary beneficiary.. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. VIEs are entities that, by design, either (1) lack sufficient equity to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or (2) have equity investors that do not have the ability to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations through voting rights, or do not have the obligation to absorb the expected losses, or do not have the right to receive the residual returns of the entity.

The Bank is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and is the primary beneficiary of a VIE if it has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE economic performance and an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The determination of whether the Bank meets the criteria to be considered the primary beneficiary of a VIE requires a periodic evaluation of all transactions (such as investments, loans and fee arrangements) with the entity. The Bank performs on-going reassessments of: (1) whether entities previously evaluated under the majority voting-interest framework have become VIEs, based on certain events, and are therefore subject to the VIE consolidation framework; and (2) whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding the Bank’s involvement with a VIE cause the Bank’s consolidation conclusion to change.

Certain Bank sponsored asset management funds are structured as limited partnerships or limited companies (collectively the “funds”). The funds have various investment strategies (including but not limited to fixed income, equities and fund of funds) and are financed by non-affiliated investors. A subsidiary of the Bank is either the general partner or investment manager to the funds but does not have any significant variable interests in these entities. For those funds where the non-affiliated investors have the ability to remove the subsidiary of the Bank as the general partner or investment manager without cause (i.e. kick out rights), based on a simple majority vote, or the non-affiliated investors have rights to participate in important decisions, the Bank does not consolidate such voting interest entities. In cases where the non-affiliated investors do not have substantive kick out or participating rights, the Bank evaluates the funds as VIEs and consolidates if it is the general partner or investment manager and has a potentially significant interest.

During the three years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Bank had no interests in VIEs where the Bank was considered the primary beneficiary, nor did the Bank have any significant variable interests in a VIE where the Bank was not considered the primary beneficiary. For the variable interests the Bank holds in entities which are not considered VIEs, the Bank utilized the majority voting interest framework. The Bank consolidates these entities where it holds, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting rights or where it otherwise exercises control.

Entities where the Bank holds 20% to 50% of the voting rights and/or has the ability to exercise significant influence other than investments in designated VIEs, are accounted for under the equity method, and the pro rata share of their income (loss) is included in other non-interest income.


F- 12

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


C. Foreign Currency Translation
Assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses denominated in Bermuda dollars are translated to US dollars at par. Assets and liabilities of the parent company arising from other foreign currency transactions are translated into US dollars at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. The resulting gains or losses are included in foreign exchange revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

The assets and liabilities of foreign currency-based subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet date, while associated revenues and expenses are translated to US dollars at the average rates of exchange prevailing throughout the year. Unrealized translation gains or losses on investments in foreign currency- based subsidiaries are recorded as a separate component of Shareholders' equity within accumulated other comprehensive lossincome (“AOCL”AOCI”). Gains and losses on foreign currency-based subsidiaries are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations when the Bank ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a foreign currency-based subsidiary.

D. Assets Held in Trust or Custody
Securities and properties (other than cash and deposits held with the Bank and its subsidiaries) held in trust, custody, agency or fiduciary capacity for customers are not included in the consolidated balance sheets because the Bank is not the beneficiary of these assets.

E. Cash Due from Banks
Cash due from banks includes cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, amounts due from correspondent banks and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in fair value. Such investments are those with a maturity of three months or less from the date of acquisition and include unrestricted term deposits, certificates of deposit and treasury bills.

F. Securities Purchased Under Agreement to Resell
Securities purchased under agreement to resell are treated as collateralized lending transactions. The obligation to resell is recorded at the value of the cash paid on purchase adjusted for the amortization of the difference between the purchase price and the agreed resell price. The amortization of this amount is recorded as interest income.


F-11

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

G. Short-Term Investments
Short-term investments have maturities of less than one year or less from the date of acquisition, are only subject to an insignificant risk of change in fair value and comprise (1) restricted term and demand deposits, and (2) unrestricted term deposits, certificate of deposits and treasury bills with a maturity greater than three months from the date of acquisition.

H. Investments
Equity method investments which include investments whereby the Bank has the ability to influence, but not control, the financial or operating policies of such entities, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, with unrealized gains and losses included in the consolidated statements of operations as net gains (losses) on equity securities.

Contained within other assets are investments in private equity for which the Bank does not have sufficient rights or ownership interests to follow the equity method of accounting. Unquoted equity investments which are held directly by the Bank and which do not have readily determinable fair values are recorded at cost, less impairment, plus or minus observable price changes from transactions of identical or similar securities.

Equity method investments which include investments whereby the Bank has the ability to influence, but not control, the financial or operating policies of such entities, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

Debt securities are classified as trading, available-for-sale (“AFS”) or held-to-maturity (“HTM”).

Investments are classified as trading when management has the intent to sell these investments for profit. Debt securities classified as trading investments are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, with unrealized gains and losses included in the consolidated statements of operations as net gains (losses) on trading investments. Investments are classified primarily as AFS when used to manage the Bank’s exposure to interest rate and liquidity movements, as well as to make strategic longer-term investments. AFS investments are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses reported asin AOCL, net increase or decrease to AOCL.of the allowance for credit losses. Investments that the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as HTM and are carried at amortized cost in the consolidated balance sheets.sheets, net of the allowance for credit losses. Unrecognized gains and losses on HTM securities are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains and losses on trading and AFS investments, which are included in net trading gains and losses(losses) on equity securities and net realized gains and losses(losses) on AFS investments respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations.

Dividend and interest income, including amortization of premiums and discounts, on securities for which cash flows are not considered uncertain are included in interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. For securities with uncertain cash flows, the investments are accounted for under the cost recovery method, whereby all principal

Impairment and coupon payments received are applied as a reduction of the amortized cost and carrying amount. Accrual of income is suspended in respect of debt securities that are in default, or from which it is unlikely that future interest payments will be received as scheduled.

Recognition of other-than-temporary impairmentscredit losses (From January 1, 2020)
For debt securities, where management considers a decline in fair value to be other-than-temporary when it does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Investments in debt securities in unrealized loss positions are analyzed as part of management’s ongoing assessment of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). When managementsecurity and intends to sell such securities or it is more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the securities before recovering the amortized cost, itthe Bank recognizes an impairment loss equal to the full difference between the amortized cost basis and the fair value of those securities. securities through the statement of operations. Following the recognition of impairment, the security's new amortized cost basis is the previous basis less impairment.

When management does not intend to sell or it is more likely than not that the Bank will hold such securities until recovering the amortized cost, management determines whether any credit losses exist. See "Note 2.J: Allowance for Credit Losses".

Recognition of other-than-temporary impairments (Prior to January 1, 2020)
For debt securities, management considers a decline in fair value to be other-than-temporary when it does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security.
Investments in debt securities in unrealized loss positions are analyzed as part of management’s ongoing assessment of other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). When
management intends to sell such securities or it is more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell the securities before recovering the amortized cost, it recognizes an
impairment loss equal to the full difference between the amortized cost basis and the fair value of those securities. When management does not intend to sell or it is more likely
than not that the Bank will hold such securities until recovering the amortized cost, management determines whether any credit losses exist to identify any OTTI.

Under certain circumstances, management will perform a qualitative determination and consider a variety of factors, including the length of time and extent to which the fair
value has been less than cost; adverse conditions specifically related to the industry, geographic area or financial condition of the issuer or underlying collateral of a security;
payment structure of the security; changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency; the volatility of the fair value changes; and changes in fair value of the security after
the balance sheet date. Alternatively, management estimates cash flows over the remaining lives of the underlying security to assess whether credit losses exist.


F- 13

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


In situations where there is a credit loss, only the amount of impairment relating to credit losses on AFS and HTM investments is recognized in net income. For AFS
investments, the decrease in fair value relating to factors other than credit losses is recognized in AOCL. Cash flow estimates take into account expectations of relevant market
and economic data as of the end of the reporting period, including, for example, underlying loan-level data, and structural features of securitization, such as subordination,
excess spread, over collateralization or other forms of credit enhancement. The degree of judgment involved in determining the recoverable value of an investment security is
dependent upon the availability of observable market prices or observable market parameters. When observable market prices and parameters do not exist, judgment is
necessary to estimate recoverable value which gives rise to added uncertainty in the assessment. The assessment takes into consideration factors such as interest rate
changes, movements in credit spreads, default rate assumptions, prepayment assumptions, type and quality of collateral, and market sentiment.

Management's fair valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation, thereby resulting in values which may be greater or
lower than the actual value at which the investments may be ultimately sold or the ultimate cash flows that may be recovered. If the assumptions on which management based
its fair valuations change, the Bank may experience additional OTTI or realized losses or gains, and the period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly.

I. Loans
Loans are reported as the principal amount outstanding, net of allowance for credit losses, unearned income, fair value adjustments arising from hedge accounting and net deferred loan fees. Interest income is recognized over the term of the loan using the effective interest method, or on a basis approximating a level rate of return over the term of the loan, except for loans classified as non-accrual. Prepayments are treated as a reduction of principal outstanding which is recognized upon receipt of payment. Prepayment penalties, if applicable under the terms of the specific loan agreement, are recognized also upon receipt of payment.

Acquired loans
Acquired loans are recorded at fair value atthat, as of the date of acquisition. No allowance for credit losses is recorded on the acquisition, date as the fair value of the acquired assets incorporates assumptions regarding credit risk. Acquired loans with evidence ofhave experienced a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality deterioration for which it is probable that the Bank will not receive all contractually required payments receivablesince origination, are accounted for as purchased credit-impairedcredit-deteriorated ("PCD") loans. PCD loans are recorded at their purchase price with an adjustment to the amortized cost basis for the initial expected credit losses at the time of acquisition i.e. via a balance sheet gross-up. Changes in estimates of expected credit losses after acquisition are recognized as a movement in provision for credit recoveries (losses) in the statement of operations. Generally, acquired loans that meet the Bank's definition for non-accrual status are considered to be credit-impaired.

The excess of the cash flows expected to be collected on purchased credit-impaired loans, measured as of the acquisition date, over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan using an effective yield methodology. The difference between contractually required payments as of the acquisition date and the cash flows expected to be collected is referred to as the non-accretable difference which is included as a reduction of the carrying amount of the purchased credit-impairedPCD loans.

F-12

The Bank evaluates at each balance sheet dateof N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the estimated cash flows and corresponding carrying valueConsolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


The Bank's purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans inoutstanding as at January 1, 2020 are now classified as PCD loans and both the same manner as for the measurement of impaired loans, as is described below. The Bank evaluates at each balance sheet date whether the carrying value of its purchased credit-impaired loans has decreasedamortized cost and if so, recognizes an allowance for expected credit losses in its consolidated statements of operations. For any increases in cash flows expected to be collected, theare disclosed and included with other non-PCD loans' figures. The Bank adjusts any prior recorded allowance for purchased credit-impaired loans first, and then the amount of accretable yield recognized on a prospective basis over the purchased credit-impaired loan’s remaining life. Purchased credit-impaired loans are not considered non-performing andwill continue to have an accretablerecognize the amortization of the noncredit discount, if any, as interest income based on the yield of such assets as long as there is a reasonable expectation aboutat the timing and amountdate of cash flows expected to be collected.purchase.

Participated or Assigned Loans
The Bank may act as lead lender on large loans from time to time and may for strategic or commercial reasons, assign portions of such loans to other market participants. Such assignments are without full right of recourse to the Bank as the lead lender and participants/assignees accept all risks and obligations of the ultimate borrower associated with their proportional participation and assignment in such loans. The Bank records the unassigned portion of the principal outstanding in such loans on the consolidated balance sheets and records only its proportional share of interest income on the unassigned portion of the loan in the consolidated statement of operations.

Impaired loans
A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, the Bank determines that it will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. Impaired loans include all non-accruing loans and all loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (‘‘TDR’’) even if full collectability is expected following the restructuring.

When a loan is identified as impaired, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except when the sole (remaining) source of repayment for the loan is the operation or liquidation of the collateral. In these cases the current fair value of the collateral, less selling costs, is used instead of discounted cash flows.

If the Bank determines that the expected realizable value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (net of previous charge-offs, deferred loan fees or costs and unamortized premium or discount), impairment is recognized through an allowance estimate. If the Bank determines that part of the allowance is uncollectible, that amount is charged off.

Non-accrual
Commercial, commercial real estate and consumer loans (excluding credit card consumer loans) are placed on non-accrual status if:
in the opinion of management, full payment of principal or interest is in doubt; or
principal or interest is 90 days past due.

Residential mortgages are placed on non-accrual status immediately if:
in the opinion of management, full payment of principal or interest is in doubt; or
when principal or interest is 90 days past due, unless the loan is well secured and any ongoing collection efforts are reasonably expected to result in repayment of all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan.

Interest income on non-accrual loans is recognized only to the extent it is received in cash. Cash received on non-accrual loans where there is no doubt regarding full repayment (no impairment recognized in the form of a specific allowance) is first applied as repayment of the past due principal amount of the loan and secondly to past due interest and fees.

Where there is doubt regarding the ultimate full repayment of the non-accrual loan (impairment recognized in the form of a specific allowance), all cash received is applied to reduce the principal amount of the loan. Interest income on these loans is recognized only after the entire balance receivable is recovered and interest is actually received.


F- 14

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Loans are returned to accrual status when:
none of the principal or accrued interest is past due (with certain exceptions as noted below) and the Bank expects repayment of the remaining contractual obligation; or
when the loan becomes well secured and in the process of collection.

Loans modified in a TDR
A modification of a loan constitutes a TDR when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the modification constitutes a concession from originally agreed terms. If a restructuring is considered a TDR, the Bank is required to make certain disclosures into the notes of the consolidated financial statements and individually evaluate the restructured loan for impairment. The Bank employs various types of concessions when modifying a loan which may include extension of repayment periods, interest rate reductions, principal or interest forgiveness, forbearance, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral.

Commercial and industrial loans modified in a TDR may involve temporary interest-only payments, term extensions, and converting revolving credit lines to term loans. Additional collateral, a co-borrower, or a guarantor may be requested. Commercial mortgage and construction loans modified in a TDR may involve extending the maturity date at an interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, or substituting or adding a new borrower or guarantor. Construction loans modified in a TDR may also involve extending the interest-only payment period.

Residential mortgage modifications generally involve a short-term forbearance period after which the missed payments are added to the end of the loan term, thereby extending the maturity date. Interest continues to accrue on the missed payments and as a result, the effective yield on the mortgage remains unchanged. As the forbearance period usually involves an insignificant payment delay they typically do not meet the reporting criteria for a TDR.

Automobile loans modified in a TDR are primarily composed of loans where the Bank has lowered monthly payments by extending the term.

When a loan undergoes a TDR, the determination of the loan's accrual versus non-accrual status following the modification depends on several factors. As with the risk rating process, the accrual status decision for such a loan is a separate and distinct process from the loan's TDR analysis and determination. Management considers the following in determining the accrual status of restructured loans:
If the loan was appropriately on accrual status prior to the restructuring, the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms, and the Bank's credit evaluation shows the borrower's capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms (both principal and interest payments), it is likely that the appropriate conclusion is for the loan to remain on accrual at the time of the restructuring. This evaluation must include consideration of the borrower's sustained historical repayment performance for a reasonable period prior to the date on which the loan was restructured. A sustained period of repayment performance generally would be a minimum of six months and would involve payments of cash or cash equivalents; or
If the loan was on non-accrual status before the restructuring, but the Bank's credit evaluation shows the borrower's capacity to meet the restructured terms, the loan would likely remain as non-accrual until the borrower has demonstrated a reasonable period of sustained repayment performance. As noted above, this period generally would be at least six months (thereby providing reasonable assurance as to the ultimate collection of principal and interest in full under the modified terms). Sustained performance before the restructuring may be taken into account.

F-13

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

Loans that have been modified in a TDR are restored to accrual status only when interest and principal payments are brought current for a continuous period of six months under the modified terms. However, performance prior to the modification, or significant events that coincide with the modification, are included in assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms and may result in the loan being returned to accrual status at the time of loan modification or after a shorter performance period. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is uncertain, the loan remains on non-accrual status.

A loan that is modified in a TDR prior to becoming impaired will be left on accrual status if full collectability in accordance with the restructured terms is expected. The Bank may enter into a TDR for loans that are in default, or at risk of defaulting, even if the loan is not impaired.

A loan that had previously been modified in a TDR and is subsequently refinanced under current underwriting standards at a market rate with no concessionary terms is accounted for as a new loan and is no longer reported as a TDR.

Delinquencies
The entire balance of an account is contractually delinquent if the minimum payment of principal or interest is not received by the specified due date. Delinquency is reported on loans that are more than 30 days past due.

Charge-offs
The Bank recognizes charge-offs when it determines that loans are uncollectible, and this generally occurs when all commercially reasonable means of recovering the loan balance have been exhausted.

Commercial and consumer loans are either fully or partially charged-off down to the fair value of collateral securing the loans when:
management judges the loan to be uncollectible;
repayment is expected to be protracted beyond reasonable time frames;
the asset has been classified as a loss by either the Bank’s internal loan review process or third party appraisers; or
the customer has filed bankruptcy and the loss becomes evident owing to a lack of assets or cash flow.

The outstanding balance of commercial and consumer real estate secured loans and residential mortgages that are in excess of the estimated property value, less costs to sell, is charged-off once there is reasonable assurance that such excess outstanding balance is not recoverable.

Credit card consumer loans that are contractually 180 days past due and other consumer loans with an outstanding balance under $100,000 that are contractually 180 days past due are generally written off and reported as charge-offs.

J. Allowance for Credit Losses
Accounting for Financial instruments - Credit losses
Starting on January 1, 2020 the Bank adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326). Accordingly, from the date of adoption, the Bank uses a current expected credit loss model ("CECL") which is based on expected losses. The model used by the Bank up to December 31, 2019 to estimate credit losses was based on incurred losses. The CECL model is applied by the Bank to the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments at amortized cost, including loan receivables and held-to-maturity ("HTM") debt securities. The Bank also applies the CECL model to certain off-balance sheet credit exposures such as undrawn loan commitments, standby letters of credit, financial guarantees, and other similar instruments. In line with Topic 326, the Bank will present credit losses on available-for-sale ("AFS") securities as a valuation allowance rather than as a direct write-down. Changes in expected credit losses are recorded through the respective credit loss allowances on the consolidated balance sheets as well as in the provision for credit losses (recoveries) in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Bank's PCI loans outstanding as at January 1, 2020 were classified as PCD loans and both the amortized cost and an allowance for expected credit losses were disclosed and included with other non-PCD loans' figures. The Bank will continue to recognize the amortization of the noncredit discount, if any, as interest income based on the yield of such assets.

The Bank has not restated comparative information previously accounted for under the incurred loss and the PCI models. The total adjustment resulting from the adoption of this methodology on the opening balance of the Bank’s accumulated deficit as at January 1, 2020 was a negative adjustment of $7.8 million relating to the Bank's loan portfolio.

Under the CECL model, the Bank collects and maintains attributes as they relate to its financial instruments that are within scope of CECL including fair value of collateral, expected performance over the lifetime of the instruments and reasonable and supportable assumptions about future economic conditions. The Bank's measurement of expected losses takes into account historical loss information and is primarily based on the product of: the respective instrument’s probability of default (“PD”), loss given default (“LGD”) and exposure at default (“EAD”). For AFS securities, any allowance for credit losses is based on an impairment assessment.

The Bank made the accounting policy election to write off accrued interest receivable on loans that are placed on non-accrual status by reversing the then accrued interest balance against interest income revenue.

The Bank maintains an allowance for credit losses, which in management’s opinion is adequate to absorb all estimated credit-related losses that are incurredexpected in its lending and off-balance sheet credit-related arrangements at the balance sheet date. The

Management measures expected credit losses on held-to-maturity and available-for-sale debt securities on a collective basis by major security type when similar risk
characteristics exist, or failing that, on an individual basis.

For available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, the Bank first assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell
the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to
fair value through income. For debt securities available-for-sale that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the Bank evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted
from credit losses or other factors. In making this assessment, management considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, any changes to the rating of the
security by a rating agency, and adverse conditions specifically related to the security, among other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present
value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security is compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of cash flows expected to be
collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses consistsis recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is
less than the amortized cost basis. Any impairment that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income.

Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of specific allowances and a general allowance as follows:


an available-for-sale security is confirmed or when either of the criteria regarding
F- 15
F-14

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

intent or requirement to sell is met.

The allowance for credit losses on loans is a valuation account that is deducted from the loans’ amortized cost basis to present the net amount expected to be collected on the
loans. Loans are charged off against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Expected recoveries typically do not exceed the aggregate of amounts previously charged-off and expected to be charged-off.

Management estimates the allowance balance using relevant available information, from internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and
reasonable and supportable forecasts as well as the Bank's internal risk rating framework. Historical credit loss experience provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses. Adjustments to historical loss information are made for differences in the current-loan specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting practices, vintage, portfolio mix, delinquency level, term as well as changes in environmental conditions, such as changes in macroeconomic factors and collateral values.

The allowance for credit losses is measured on a collective pool basis when similar risk characteristics exist. In each of its jurisdictions, the Bank has identified the following portfolio segments: Residential mortgages, Consumer loans (including overdrafts), Commercial loans, Commercial overdrafts, Commercial real estate loans and Credit cards. For Loans and overdrafts, Management uses a probability of default and loss-given-default model to estimate the allowance for credit losses. Loans that do not share risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis. Loans evaluated individually are not included in the collective evaluation. For Credit cards, Management uses a loss rate to estimate expected credit losses.

Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of the loans. The contractual term excludes potential extensions, renewals and modifications unless management
has a reasonable expectation at the reporting date that the extension or renewal options included in the original contract will occur or that a troubled debt restructuring will be
executed. Credit card receivables do not have stated maturities, therefore establishing a contractual term is performed by using an analytical approximation of behavior.

Prior to January 1, 2020, under the incurred loss model, the allowance for credit losses consisted of specific allowances and a general allowance as follows:

Specific allowances
Specific allowances are determined on an exposure-by-exposure basis identified through the Bank's internal risk rating framework and reflect the associated estimated credit
loss. The specific allowance for an individual loan is computed as the difference between the recorded investment in the loan and the present value of expected future cash
flows and is dependent upon the assumptions on the timing and amounts of the receipts or the fair value of collateral-dependent loans. The effective rate of return on the loan is
used for discounting the cash flows. However, when foreclosure of a collateral-dependent loan is probable, the Bank measures impairment based on the fair value of the
collateral. The Bank considers estimated costs to sell, on a discounted basis, in the measurement of impairment if those costs are expected to reduce the cash flows available to
repay or otherwise satisfy the loan. If the measurement of an impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, then the Bank recognizes impairment by creating an
allowance with a corresponding charge to provision for credit losses.

For all commercial and commercial real estate TDRs, the Bank conducts further analysis to determine the probable amount of loss and establishes a specific allowance for the
loan, if appropriate. The Bank estimates the impairment amount by comparing the loan’s carrying amount to the estimated present value of its future cash flows or the fair value
of its underlying collateral. For collateral-dependent impaired commercial and commercial real estate loans, the excess of the Company’s recorded investment in the loan over
the fair value of the collateral, less cost to sell, is charged off to the specific allowance.

For consumer and residential mortgage TDRs that are not collateral-dependent, allowances are developed using the present value of expected future cash flows, compared to
the recorded investment in the loans. Expected re-default factors are considered in this analysis. The fair value of collateral is periodically monitored subsequent to the
modification.

General allowances
The allowance for credit losses attributed to the remaining portfolio of smaller balance homogeneous loans is established through various analyzesmodels that estimate the incurred
loss at the balance sheet date inherent in the lending and off-balance sheet credit-related arrangements portfolios. These analyzesmodels may consider historical default and loss
rates, geographic, industry, economic, and other environmental factors. Management may also consider overall portfolio indicators including trends in internally risk rated
exposures, delinquent (defined as loans that are more than 30 days past due), non-performing, trends in volumes and terms of loans, cash-basis loans, historical and forecasted
write-offs, and a review of industry, geographic and portfolio concentrations, including current developments within those segments. In addition, management may consider the
current business strategy and credit process, including lending policies and procedures such as limit setting and compliance, credit approvals, loan underwriting criteria and loan
workout procedures.

K. Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets
All business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Identifiable intangible assets (mostly customer relationships) are recognized separately from goodwill and are initially valued at fair value using discounted cash flow calculations and other recognized valuation techniques. Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid for the acquisition of a business over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Contingent purchase consideration is measured at its fair value and recorded on the purchase date. Any subsequent changes in the fair value of a contingent consideration liability will be recorded through the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the reporting unit level, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate there may be impairment. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit, including the allocated goodwill, exceeds its fair value, goodwill impairment is measured as the excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit's allocated goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. Other acquired intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, not exceeding 15 years. Intangible assets' estimated lives are re-evaluated annually and an impairment test is carried out if certain indicators of impairment exist.


F-15

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

L. Premises, Equipment and Computer Software
Land is carried at cost. Buildings, equipment and computer software, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. The Bank generally computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of an asset, which is 50 years for buildings, and three3 to 10 years for other equipment. For leasehold improvements the Bank uses the straight-line method over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility or the estimated economic life of the improvement. The Bank capitalizes certain costs, including interest cost incurred during the development phase, associated with the acquisition or development of internal use software. Once the software is ready for its intended use, these costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the software's expected useful life, which is between five5 and 10 years.

The Bank capitalizes certain implementation costs for cloud computing arrangements, which includes infrastructure as a service, and these costs are then amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the arrangement. Management reviews the recoverability of the carrying amount of premises, equipment and computer software when indicators of impairment exist and an impairment charge is recorded when the carrying amount of the reviewed asset is deemed not recoverable by future expected cash flows to be derived from the use and disposition of the asset. If there is a disposition out of premises, equipment and computer software, a gain is recorded if the difference of the proceeds on disposition is in excess of the assetsasset's carrying value. Otherwise, a loss is recorded. If there is an abandonment out of premises, equipment and computer software, the full carrying value of the asset is recognized as a loss.

M. Other Real Estate Owned
Other real estate owned (“OREO”) comprises real estate property held for sale and commercial and residential real estate properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of loans acquired through foreclosure proceedings, acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or by taking possession of assets that were used as loan collateral. These properties are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell the property. If the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the property’s fair value at the time of acquisition, a charge-off is recorded against the specific allowance. If the carrying value of the real estate exceeds the property’s fair value at the time of reclassification, an impairment charge is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. Subsequent decreases in the property’s fair value below the new cost basis are recorded through the use of a valuation allowance. Subsequent increases in the fair value of a property may be used to reduce the allowance but not below zero. Any operating expenses of the property are recognized through charges to non-interest expense.

N. Leases
In the normal course of operation,operations, the Bank enters into leasing agreements either as the lessee or the lessor. Starting on January 1, 2019 (the adoption date of the new lease accounting guidance Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842)), the Bank recognized (prospectively, with no adjustments to prior periods) right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for operating leases and for finance leases. Lease liabilities are measured as the present value of future lease payments, including term renewals that are reasonably certain to occur, discounted using the Bank’s incremental borrowing interest rate. Right-of-use assets are measured as the carrying amount of the related lease liabilities adjusted for: prepaid or accrued lease payments, unamortized lease incentive received, unamortized initial direct costs and any impairment of the right-of-use asset.

On January 1, 2019 the Bank elected the practical expedient: (1) not to reassess whether any expired or existing contracts are or contain leases; (2) not to reassess the lease classification for any expired or existing leases and (3) not to reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases.

The Bank also elected: (1) the practical expedient not to separate lease components from non-lease components for all classes of underlying assets; and (2) the practical expedient not to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for leases with a term at inception of 12 months or less, including renewal options that are reasonably certain to be exercised (referred to as “short term leases”).

F- 16

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)



O. Derivatives
All derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value. On the date that the Bank enters into a derivative contract, it designates the derivative as either: a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability (a fair value hedge); a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows that are to be received or paid in connection with a recognized asset or liability (a cash flow hedge); a hedge of an exposure to foreign currency risk of a net investment in a foreign operation (a net investment hedge); or, an instrument that is held for trading or non-hedging purposes (a trading or non-hedging derivative instrument).

All instruments utilized as a hedging instrument in a fair value hedge or cash flow hedge must have one or more underlying notional amounts, no or a minimal net initial investment and a provision for net settlement in the contract to meet the definition of a derivative instrument. Instruments utilized as a hedging instrument in a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations may be derivative instruments or non-derivatives.

The changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current year earnings.the statement of operations.

The changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge, to the extent that the hedge is effective, are recorded in other comprehensive lossincome ("OCL"OCI") and the ineffective portion is recorded in current year earnings.statement of operations. That is, ineffectiveness from a derivative that overcompensates for changes in the hedged cash flows is recorded in earnings.statement of operations. However, the ineffectiveness from a derivative that under compensates is not recorded in earnings.the statement of operations.

The changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a foreign currency hedge is recorded in either current year earnings or OCL,OCI, depending on whether the hedging relationship satisfies the criteria for a fair value or cash flow hedge. If, however, a derivative is used as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, the changes in the derivative’s fair value, to the extent that the derivative is effective as a hedge, are recorded in the cumulative translation adjustment (“CTA”) account within OCL.OCI.

Changes in the fair value of trading and non-hedging derivative instruments are reported in current year earnings.the statement of operations.

The Bank formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value, cash flow, or foreign currency hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets or specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions.

The Bank also formally assesses whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain highly effective in future periods.

For those hedge relationships that are terminated, hedge designations that are elected to be removed, forecasted transactions that are no longer expected to occur, or the hedge relationship ceases to be highly effective, the hedge accounting treatment described in the paragraphs above is no longer applied and the end-user derivative is terminated or transferred to the trading designation. For fair value hedges, any changes to the carrying value of the hedged item prior to the discontinuance remain as part of the basis of the asset or liability. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, the net derivative gain (loss) remains in AOCLAOCI unless it is probable that the forecasted transaction will not occur in the originally specified time period.
F-16

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

P. Collateral
The Bank pledges assets as collateral as required for various transactions involving security repurchase agreements, deposit products and derivative financial instruments. Assets that have been pledged as collateral, including those that can be sold or repledged by the secured party, continue to be reported on the Bank’s consolidated balance sheets under the same line items as non-pledged assets of the same type.

Q. Employee Benefit Plans
The Bank maintains trusteed pension plans for substantially all employees as either non-contributory defined benefit plans or defined contribution plans. Benefits under the defined benefit plans are based primarily on the employee's years of credited service and average annual salary during the final years of employment as defined in the plans. The Bank also provides post-retirement medical benefits for certain qualifying active and retired Bermuda-based employees.

Expense for the defined benefit pension plans and the post-retirement medical benefits plan is composed of (a) the actuarially determined benefits for the current year's service, (b) imputed interest on the actuarially determined liability of the plan, (c) in the case of the defined benefit pension plans, the expected investment return on the fair value of plan assets and (d) amortization of certain items over the expected average remaining service life of employees in the case of the active defined benefit pension plans, estimated average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants in the case of the inactive defined benefit pension plans and the expected average remaining service life to full eligibility age of employees covered by the plan in the case of the post-retirement medical benefits plan. The items amortized are amounts arising as a result of experience gains and losses, changes in assumptions, plan amendments and the change in the net pension asset or post-retirement medical benefits liability arising on adoption of revised accounting standards.

For each of the defined benefit pension plans and for the post-retirement medical benefits plan, the assets and liabilities recognized for accounting purposes are reported in other assets and employee benefit plans respectively. The actuarial gains and losses, transition obligation and prior service costs of the defined pension plans and post-retirement medical benefits plan are recognized in OCLOCI net of tax and amortized to net income over the average service period for the active defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement medical benefits plan and average remaining life expectancy for the inactive defined benefit pension plans.

For the defined contribution pension plans, the Bank and participating employees provide an annual contribution based on each participating employee's pensionable earnings. Amounts paidaccrued are expensed in the period.

R. Share-Based Compensation
The Bank engages in equity settled share-based payment transactions in respect of services received from eligible employees. The fair value of the services received is measured by reference to the fair value of the shares or share options granted on the date of the grant. The cost of the employee services received in respect of the shares or share options granted is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations over the shorter of the vesting or service period.


F- 17

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


The fair value of the options granted is determined using option pricing models, which take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the risk-free interest rate, expected dividend rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors. The fair value of unvested share awards is deemed to be the closing price of the publicly traded Bank shares on grant date. The fair value of time vesting conditions areis taken into account by adjusting the number of shares or share options included in the measurement of the cost of employee services so that ultimately, the amount recognized in the consolidated statements of operations reflects the number of vested shares or share options. The Bank recognizes compensation cost for awards with performance conditions if and when the Bank concludes that it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved, net of an estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures (e.g., due to termination of employment prior to vesting).

S. Revenue Recognition
Trust, custody and other administration services fees include fees for private and institutional trust, executorship, and custody services. Asset management fees include fees for investment management, investment advice and brokerage services. Fees are recognized as revenue over the period of the relationship or when the Bank has rendered all services to the clientsclient and is entitled to collect the fee from the client, as long as there are no contingencies associated with the fees.

Banking services fees primarily include fees for letters of credit and other financial guarantees, compensating balances, overdraft facilities and other financial services-related products as well as credit card fees. Letters of credit and other financial guarantees fees are recognized as revenue over the period in which the related guarantee is outstanding. Credit card fees are comprised of merchant discounts, late fees and membership fees, net of interchange and rewards costs. Credit card fees and other fees are recognized in the period in which the service is provided.

Foreign exchange revenue includes fees earned on currency exchange transactions which are recognized when such transactions occur, as well as gains and losses recognized when translating financial instruments held or due in currencies other than the local functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date.

Loan interest income is accrued and recognized in revenues over time and also includes the amortization of deferred non-refundable loan origination and commitment fees. These fees are recognized as an adjustment of yield over the life of the related loan. Loan origination and commitment fees are offset by their related direct costs and only the net amounts are deferred and amortized into interest income.

Dividend and interest income, including amortization of premiums and discounts, on securities for which cash flows are not considered uncertain are included in interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. Loans placed on non-accrual status and investments with uncertain cash flows are accounted for under the cost recovery method, whereby all principal, dividends, interest and coupon payments received are applied as a reduction of the amortized cost and carrying amount.

T. Fair Values
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Bank determines the fair values of assets and liabilities based on the fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The relevant accounting standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value. InvestmentsEquity securities and debt investments classified as trading and AFS, and derivative assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.

Level 1, 2 and 3 valuation inputs
Management classifies items that are recognized at fair value on a recurring basis based on the level of inputs used in their respective fair value determination as described below.

Fair value inputs are considered Level 1 when based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

F-17

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

Fair value inputs are considered Level 2 when based on inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly, including inputs in markets that are not considered to be active.

Fair value inputs are considered Level 3 when based on internally developed models using significant unobservable assumptions involving management's estimations or non-binding bid quotes from brokers.

The following methods and assumptions were used in the determination of the fair value of financial instruments:

Cash due from banks
The carrying amount of cash and demand deposits with banks, being short-term in nature, is deemed to approximate fair value.

Cash equivalents include unrestricted term deposits, certificates of deposits and Treasury bills with a maturity of less than three months from the date of acquisition and the carrying value at cost is considered to approximate fair value because they are short term in nature, bear interest rates that approximate market rates, and generally have negligible credit risk.

Short-term investments
Short-term investments comprise restricted term and demand deposits and unrestricted term deposits, certificates of deposit and treasury bills with less than one year but greater than three months' maturity from the date of acquisition. The carrying value at cost is considered to approximate fair value because they are short term in nature, bear interest rates that approximate market rates, and generally have negligible credit risk.

Equity securities, defined benefit pension plan equity securities, and mutual funds
These include equities and mutual funds. The fair value of listed equity securities is based upon quoted market values. Investments in actively traded mutual funds are based on their published net asset values.

AFS and HTM investments and defined benefit pension plan fixed income securities
The fair values for AFS investments are generally sourced from third parties. The fair value of fixed income securities is based upon quoted market values where available, “evaluated bid” prices provided by third party pricing services (“pricing services”) where quoted market values are not available, or by reference to broker or underwriter bid indications where pricing services do not provide coverage for a particular security. To the extent the Bank believes current trading conditions represent distressed transactions, the Bank may elect to utilize internally generated models. The pricing services typically use market approaches for valuations using primarily Level 2 inputs (in the vast majority of valuations), or some form of discounted cash flow analysis.


F- 18

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Pricing services indicate that they will only produce an estimate of fair value if there is objectively verifiable information available to produce a valuation. Standard inputs to the valuations provided by the pricing services listed in approximate order of priority for use when available include: reported trades, benchmark yields, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers, and reference data. The pricing services may prioritize inputs differently on any given day for any security, and not all inputs listed are available for use in the evaluation process on any given day for each security evaluation. However, the pricing services also monitor market indicators and industry and economic events. When these inputs are not available, pricing services identify “buckets” of similar securities (allocated by asset class types, sectors, sub-sectors, contractual cash flows/structure, and credit rating characteristics) and apply some form of matrix or other modeled pricing to determine an appropriate security value which represents their best estimate as to what a buyer in the marketplace would pay for a security in a current sale.

It is common industry practice to utilize pricing services as a source for determining the fair values of investments where the pricing services are able to obtain sufficient market corroborating information to allow them to produce a valuation at a reporting date. In addition, in the majority of cases, although a value may be obtained from a particular pricing service for a security or class of similar securities, these values are corroborated against values provided by other pricing services. While the Bank receives values for the majority of the investment securities it holds from pricing services, it is ultimately management’s responsibility to determine whether the values received and recorded in the financial statements are representative of appropriate fair value measurements.

Broker/dealer quotations are used to value investments with fixed maturities where prices are unavailable from pricing services due to factors specific to the security such as limited liquidity, lack of current transactions, or trades only taking place in privately negotiated transactions. These are considered Level 3 valuations, as significant inputs utilized by brokers may be difficult to corroborate with observable market data, or sufficient information regarding the specific inputs utilized by the broker was not available to support a Level 2 classification.

For disclosure purposes, HTM investments are fair valued using the same methods described above.

Loans
The majority of loans are variable rate and re-price in response to changes in market rates and hence management estimates that the fair value of loans is not significantly different than their carrying amount. For significant fixed-rate loan exposures, fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows, using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities, of such loans. Management includes the effects of specific provisions raisedany credit losses recorded against individual loans, which factors in a loan's credit quality, as well as accrued interest in determining the fair value of loans.

Accrued interest
The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable and payable are assumed to approximate their fair values given their short-term nature.

OREO
OREO assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. The determination of fair value, which aims at estimating the realizable value of the properties, is based either on third-party appraisals, when available, or on internal valuation models. Appraisals of OREO properties are updated on an annual basis. Where the fair value of the related property is based on an unadjusted appraised value, the OREO is generally classified as Level 2. Where significant adjustments are made to the appraised value, or based on an internally generated valuation model, the OREO is generally classified as Level 3.

Deposits
The fair value of fixed-rate deposits has been estimated by discounting the contractual cash flows, using market interest rates offered at the balance sheet date for deposits of similar terms. The carrying amount of deposits with no stated maturity date is deemed to equate to the fair value.

Long-term debt
The fair value of the long-term debt has been estimated by discounting the contractual cash flows, using current market interest rates.

F-18

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

Derivatives
Derivative contracts can be exchange traded or over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative contracts and may include forward, swap and option contracts relating to interest rates or foreign currencies. Exchange-traded derivatives typically fall within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy depending on whether they are deemed to be actively traded or not. OTC derivatives are valued using market transactions and other market evidence whenever possible, including market-based inputs to models, model calibration to market clearing transactions, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources where an understanding of the inputs utilized in arriving at the valuations is obtained.

Where models are used, the selection of a particular model to value an OTC derivative depends upon the contractual terms and specific risks inherent in the instrument as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. The Bank generally uses similar models to value similar instruments. Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates and correlations of such inputs. For OTC derivatives that trade in liquid markets, such as generic forwards, interest rate swaps and options, model inputs can generally be verified and model selection does not involve significant management judgment.

Goodwill
The fair value of reporting units for which goodwill is recognized is determined when an impairment assessment is performed by discounting estimated future cash flows using discount rates reflecting valuation-date market conditions and risks specific to the reporting unit.

U. Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
Impairment losses are recognized when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected from its use and disposal. The impairment recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Long-lived assets that are to be disposed of other than by sale are classified and accounted for as held for use until the date of disposal or abandonment. Assets that meet certain criteria are classified as held for sale and are measured at the lower of their carrying amounts or fair value less estimated costs to sell.

V. Credit-Related Arrangements
In the normal course of business, the Bank enters into various commitments to meet the credit requirements of its customers. Such commitments, which are not included in the consolidated balance sheet, include:
commitments to extend credit, which represent undertakings to make credit available in the form of loans or other financing for specific amounts and maturities, subject to certain conditions;
standby letters of credit, which represent irrevocable obligations to make payments to third parties in the event that the customer is unable to meet its financial obligations; and,

F- 19

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


documentary and commercial letters of credit, related primarily to the import of goods by customers, which represent agreements to honor drafts presented by third parties upon completion of specific activities.

These credit arrangements are subject to the Bank's normal credit standards and collateral is obtained where appropriate. The contractual amounts for these commitments set out in the table in Note 12 represent the maximum payments the Bank would have to make should the contracts be fully drawn, the counterparty default, and any collateral held prove to be of no value. As many of these arrangements will expire or terminate without being drawn upon or are fully collateralized, the contractual amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank does not carry any liability for these obligations.

W. Income Taxes
The Bank uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the consolidated financial statements' carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Accordingly, a deferred income tax asset or liability is determined for each temporary difference based on the enacted tax rates to be in effect on the expected reversal date of the temporary difference. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Bank records net deferred tax assets to the extent the Bank believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. Net deferred income tax assets or liabilities accumulated as a result of temporary differences are included in other assets or other liabilities, respectively. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amount more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Bank considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In the event the Bank were to determine that it would be able to realize the deferred income tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, the Bank would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Bank records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) the Bank determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained based on the technical merits of the position and (2) where those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Bank recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

Income taxes on the consolidated statements of operations include the current and deferred portions of the income taxes. The Bank recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to income taxes in operating expenses. Income taxes applicable to items charged or credited directly to shareholders’ equity are included in such items.

X. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash due from banks include cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, amounts due from correspondent banks and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of change in fair value, and restricted cash included in short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets.

Y. Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share have been calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year (see also Note 21)20: Earnings per share). In periods when basic earnings per share is positive, the dilutive effect of share-based compensation plans is calculated using the treasury stock method, whereby the proceeds received from the exercise of share-based awards are assumed to be used to repurchase outstanding common shares, using the quarterly average market price of the Bank’s shares for the period.


Z. New Accounting Pronouncements
The following accounting developments were issued during the year ended December 31, 2019 or are accounting standards pending adoption:

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) published ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments – Credit Losses. The amendments in this update provide a new impairment model, known as the current expected credit loss model (“CECL") that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. The amendments in this update are also intended to reduce the complexity and reduce the number of impairment models entities use to account for debt instruments. For public business entities that meet the GAAP definition of a Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filer, the effective date for this update is for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The CECL model is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments at amortized cost, including loan receivables and HTM debt securities. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures not accounted for as insurance (loan commitments, standby letters of credit, financial guarantees, and other similar instruments) and net investments in certain leases recognized by a lessor. In addition, the amendments to Topic 326 require credit losses on AFS securities to be presented as a valuation allowance rather than as a direct write-down.

For debt securities, the guidance will be applied prospectively. Existing purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) assets will be grandfathered and classified as purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) assets at the date of adoption. The assets will be grossed up for the allowance for expected credit losses for all PCD assets at the date of adoption and will continue to recognize the noncredit discount in interest income based on the yield of such assets as of the adoption date. For all other assets within the scope of CECL, which are primarily loans for the Bank, a cumulative-effect adjustment will be recognized in retained earnings (accumulated deficit) as of the date of application. Subsequent changes in expected credit losses will be recorded through the respective allowance.

The Bank will apply the provisions of ASU 2016-13 with effect from January 1, 2020. The Bank does not intend to restate comparative information. In addition to the adjustment to opening accumulated deficit and the measurement of expected credit losses, the standard will also result in revisions to accounting policies and procedures, new and additional financial statement note disclosures, changes and amendments to internal control documents, the development of a new risk model and associated methodologies, as discussed above. The new loss model will also require the Bank to collect and maintain attributes as it relates to its financial instruments that are within scope of CECL including fair value of collateral, expected performance over the lifetime of the instrument and reasonable and supportable assumptions about future economic conditions. Changes in the required allowance for credit losses will be recorded in the consolidated statement of operations.

The Bank had previously established a governance process and a working group with multiple members from applicable departments, including credit risk management and finance, to evaluate the requirements of this new standard, to develop a loss model consistent with lifetime expected loss estimates and to design and implement any changes required to current processes. The design and implementation of the new impairment process has been completed with the measurement of expected losses to be primarily based on the product of the respective instrument’s probability of default (“PD”), loss given default (“LGD”), and exposure at default (“EAD”), and historically incurred loss rates, respectively. For AFS securities, any allowance for credit losses is based on an impairment assessment.

The total expected adjustment as at December 31, 2019 resulting from the adoption of this methodology on the opening balance of the Bank’s net equity at January 1, 2020 is an estimated decrease of $7.8 million relating to the Bank's loan portfolio. The Bank will continue to monitor and enhance elements of its impairment process in advance of the financial reporting for the first quarter of 2020.

F- 20
F-19

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Z. New Accounting Pronouncements
The following accounting developments were issued during the year ended December 31, 2021 or are accounting standards pending adoption:

In April 2019 and November 2019, respectively,January 2021, the FASB published ASU 2019-042021-01 Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Scope. The amendments to ASU 2021-01 clarify that certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 for contract modifications and hedge accounting apply to derivatives that are affected by the discounting transition, specifically derivative instruments that use an interest rate for margining, discounting, or contract price alignment that is modified as a result of reference rate reform. The Bank elected to early adopt ASU 2019-11 Codification Improvements2021-01 as of December 31, 2020. This ASU did not have a material impact on the Bank's consolidated financial statements.

In August 2021, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") published ASU 2021-06 - Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), Financial Services—Depository and Lending (Topic 942), and Financial Services—Investment Companies (Topic 946): Amendments to Topic 326,SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Final Rule Releases No. 33-10786, Amendments to Financial Instruments—Credit Losses affectingDisclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses, and No. 33-10835, Update of Statistical Disclosures for Bank and Savings and Loan Registrants (SEC Update). The amendments are effective for fiscal years ending on or after December 15, 2021. This ASU did not have a variety of topics including Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, Topic 825,material impact on the Bank's consolidated financial statements.

In October 2021, the Financial Instruments and Sub-topic 805-20, Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") published ASU 2021-08 - Accounting Standards Update 2021-08—Business Combinations—IdentifiableCombinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. This Update was issued to improve the accounting for acquired revenue contracts with customers in a business combination by addressing diversity in practice and Any Noncontrolling Interest.inconsistency related to the following: (1) Recognition of an acquired contract liability; (2) Payment terms and their effect on subsequent revenue recognized by the acquirer. The amendments clarify, correct and improve various aspects of the guidance in the following ASU's related to financial instruments: ASU 2016-01 Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Liabilities, ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, and ASU 2017-12 Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities. The amendments relating to ASU 2016-01 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019,2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years, early adoption is permitted and it should be applied on a modified-retrospective transition basis. The amendments relating to ASU 2016-13 are effective as noted in ASU 2016-13. The amendments relating to ASU 2017-12 are effective as noted in ASU 2017-12. Other than the impact of ASU 2016-13 as disclosed above, ASU 2019-04 and ASU 2019-11 are not expected to have a material impact on the Bank's financial statements.

In May 2019, the FASB published ASU 2019-05 Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) - Targeted Transition Relief. The amendments in this update provide targeted transition relief that is an option for, and will be available to, all reporting entities within the scope of Topic 326. It provides entities with an option to irrevocably elect the fair value option in Subtopic 825-10, applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis for eligible instruments that are within the scope of Subtopic 326-20 upon adoption of Topic 326. The fair value option election does not apply to HTM debt securities. The effective date and transition methodology for the amendments in this update are the same as in ASU 2016-13. The Bank has elected not to adopt this elective guidance.

In March 2019, the FASB published ASU 2019-01 Leases (Topic 842) - Codification Improvements. The amendments in this update provide clarification on three issues relating to ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842): (1) determining the fair value of the underlying asset by lessors that are not manufactures or dealers; (2) presentation on the statement of cash flows - sales-type and direct financing leases for all lessors that are depository and lending entities within the scope of Topic 942; and (3) transition disclosures related to Topic 250, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. The transition and effective date provisions for this update apply to Issue 1 and Issue 2 and are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years, for public business entities. Issue 3 amendments are to the original transition requirements in Topic 842 to clarify that the transition disclosures for Topic 250, paragraphs 250-10-50-1(b)(2) and paragraph 250-10-50-3 are excluded from interim disclosure requirements for Topic 842.years. The Bank does not anticipate this ASU to have a material impact on the Bank.

its consolidated financial statements.

Note 3: Cash due from banks

In 2019, the classification of certain interest bearing and non-interest bearing cash items was amended and the 2018 classification presented below was revised accordingly.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Non-interest bearing Non-interest bearing
Cash and demand deposits with banks88,031
91,722
Cash and demand deposits with banks115,651 133,363 
 
Interest bearing¹ Interest bearing¹
Demand deposits with banks839,320
520,048
Demand deposits with banks437,644 433,511 
Cash equivalents1,622,719
1,442,113
Cash equivalents1,626,538 2,722,718 
Sub-total - Interest bearing2,462,039
1,962,161
Sub-total - Interest bearing2,064,182 3,156,229 
 
Total cash due from banks2,550,070
2,053,883
Total cash due from banks2,179,833 3,289,592 
¹ Interest bearing cash due from banks includes certain demand deposits with banks as at December 31, 20192021 in the amount of $439.5$280.5 million (December 31, 2018: $236.72020: $156.2 million) that are earning interest at a negligible rate.

Note 4: Short-term investments
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Unrestricted
Maturing within three months818,340 469,580 
Maturing between three to six months252,340 326,836 
Maturing between six to twelve months104,574 1,717 
Total unrestricted short-term investments1,175,254 798,133 
Affected by drawing restrictions related to minimum reserve and derivative margin requirements
Non-interest earning demand deposits 260 
Interest earning demand and term deposits23,664 24,646 
Total restricted short-term investments23,664 24,906 
Total short-term investments1,198,918 823,039 
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Unrestricted  
Maturing within three months594,749
25,459
Maturing between three to six months591,212
9,641
Maturing between six to twelve months2,584

Total unrestricted short-term investments1,188,545
35,100
   
Affected by drawing restrictions related to minimum reserve and derivative margin requirements  
Non-interest earning demand deposits2,270
2,401
Interest earning demand and term deposits27,565
14,835
Total restricted short-term investments29,835
17,236
   
Total short-term investments1,218,380
52,336
















F- 21
F-20

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Note 5: Investment in securities

Amortized Cost, Carrying Amount and Fair Value
On the consolidated balance sheets, equity securities and AFS investments are carried at fair value and HTM investments are carried at amortized cost.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Amortized
 cost
Gross
 unrealized
 gains
Gross
 unrealized
 losses
Fair valueAmortized
 cost
Gross
 unrealized
 gains
Gross
 unrealized
 losses
Fair value
Equity securitiesEquity securities
December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Amortized
cost

Gross
unrealized
gains

Gross
unrealized
losses

Fair value
Amortized
cost

Gross
unrealized
gains

Gross
unrealized
losses

Fair value
Equity securities 
Mutual funds5,724
2,142
(447)7,419
5,724
1,176
(405)6,495
Mutual funds724  (502)222 5,274 2,531 (488)7,317 
Total equity securities5,724
2,142
(447)7,419
5,724
1,176
(405)6,495
Total equity securities724  (502)222 5,274 2,531 (488)7,317 
 
Available-for-sale Available-for-sale
US government and federal agencies2,040,171
18,617
(6,342)2,052,446
1,820,808
3,355
(37,656)1,786,507
US government and federal agencies3,163,964 30,945 (51,285)3,143,624 2,493,659 72,713 (306)2,566,066 
Non-US governments debt securities26,118
82
(524)25,676
25,804
19
(398)25,425
Non-US governments debt securities291,119  (1,526)289,593 22,797 — (389)22,408 
Corporate debt securities



80,177

(1,464)78,713
Asset-backed securities - Student loans13,290

(399)12,891
13,290

(664)12,626
Asset-backed securities - Student loans13,290  (116)13,174 13,290 — (345)12,945 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities



125,806
6
(2,603)123,209
Residential mortgage-backed securities128,952
654
(278)129,328
160,492

(4,223)156,269
Residential mortgage-backed securities27,191 218 (70)27,339 58,589 1,108 — 59,697 
Total available-for-sale2,208,531
19,353
(7,543)2,220,341
2,226,377
3,380
(47,008)2,182,749
Total available-for-sale3,495,564 31,163 (52,997)3,473,730 2,588,335 73,821 (1,040)2,661,116 
 
Held-to-maturity¹ Held-to-maturity¹
US government and federal agencies2,208,663
47,814
(490)2,255,987
2,066,120
5,012
(34,918)2,036,214
US government and federal agencies2,763,344 57,497 (34,729)2,786,112 2,194,371 110,526 (141)2,304,756 
Total held-to-maturity2,208,663
47,814
(490)2,255,987
2,066,120
5,012
(34,918)2,036,214
Total held-to-maturity2,763,344 57,497 (34,729)2,786,112 2,194,371 110,526 (141)2,304,756 
¹ For the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 2017, non-credit2019, impairments recognized in AOCLother comprehensive income for HTM investments were NaN.nil.

Investments with Unrealized Loss Positions
The Bank does not believe that the AFS and HTM investmentdebt securities that were in an unrealized loss position as atof December 31, 2019 (and December 31, 2018), which were composed of 682021, comprising 67 securities representing 23%73.6% of the AFS and HTM portfolios' carrying value (December 31, 2018: 1982020: 13 and 75%, respectively)5.9%), represent an OTTI.credit losses. Total gross unrealized AFS losses were 0.8%2.1% of the fair value of the affected securities (December 31, 2020: 0.7%).

The Bank’s HTM debt securities are comprised of US government and federal agencies securities and have a zero credit loss assumption under the CECL model. HTM debt securities that were in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2021, were comprised of 57 securities representing 59.1% of the HTM portfolios’ carrying value (December 31, 2020: 3 and 1.7%). Total gross unrealized HTM losses were 2.2% of the fair value of affected securities (December 31, 2018: 2.6%2020: 0.4%).

Management does not intend to sell and it is likely that management will not be required to sell the securities prior to theirthe anticipated recovery.recovery of the cost of these securities. Unrealized losses were attributable primarily to changes in market interest rates, relative to when the investment securities were purchased, and not due to a decrease in the credit quality of the investment securities. The issuers continue to make timely principal and interest payments on the securities. The following describes the processes for identifying credit impairment in security types with the most significant unrealized losses as shown in the preceding tables.

Management believes that all the US government and federal agencies securities securities do not have any credit losses, given the explicit and implicit guarantees provided by the US federal government.

Management believes that all the Non-US governments debt securities do not have any credit losses, given the explicit guarantee provided by the issuing government.

Investments in Asset-backed securities - Student loans are composed primarily of securities collateralized by Federal Family Education Loan Program loans (“FFELP loans”). FFELP loans benefit from a US federal government guarantee of at least 97% of defaulted principal and accrued interest, with additional credit support provided in the form of over-collateralization, subordination and excess spread, which collectively total in excess of 100%. Accordingly, the vast majority of FFELP loan-backed securities are not exposed to traditional consumer credit risk.

Investments in Residential mortgage-backed securitiesrelate to 74 securities (December 31, 2020: none) which are rated AAA and possess similar significant credit enhancement as described above. No credit losses were recognized on these securities as the weighted average credit support and the weighted average loan-to-value ratios (“LTV”) range from 11%15% - 22%38% and 54%51% - 63%57% , respectively. Current credit support is significantly greater than any delinquencies experienced on the underlying mortgages.


F- 22
F-21

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


In the following tables, debt securities with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be OTTIcredit impaired and for which an allowance for credit losses has not been recorded are categorized as being in a loss position for "less than 12 months" or "12 months or more" based on the point in time that the fair value most recently declined below the amortized cost basis.
 Less than 12 months12 months or more  
December 31, 2019
Fair
value

Gross
unrealized
losses

Fair
value

Gross
unrealized
losses

Total
 fair value

Total gross
unrealized
losses

Available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses      
US government and federal agencies376,262
(1,786)435,999
(4,556)812,261
(6,342)
Non-US governments debt securities202
(1)22,246
(523)22,448
(524)
Asset-backed securities - Student loans

12,891
(399)12,891
(399)
Residential mortgage-backed securities6,038
(30)50,254
(248)56,292
(278)
Total available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses382,502
(1,817)521,390
(5,726)903,892
(7,543)
       
Held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses      
US government and federal agencies47,038
(214)46,411
(276)93,449
(490)
       
 Less than 12 months12 months or more  
December 31, 2018
Fair
value

Gross
unrealized
losses

Fair
value

Gross
unrealized
losses

Total
fair value

Total gross
unrealized
losses

Available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses      
US government and federal agencies372,283
(1,586)1,027,638
(36,070)1,399,921
(37,656)
Non-US governments debt securities

22,360
(398)22,360
(398)
Corporate debt securities14,914
(114)63,799
(1,350)78,713
(1,464)
Asset-backed securities - Student loans

12,626
(664)12,626
(664)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities812

117,379
(2,603)118,191
(2,603)
Residential mortgage-backed securities49,804
(1,313)106,465
(2,910)156,269
(4,223)
Total available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses437,813
(3,013)1,350,267
(43,995)1,788,080
(47,008)
       
Held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses      
US government and federal agencies647,484
(11,468)724,974
(23,450)1,372,458
(34,918)


Less than 12 months12 months or more
December 31, 2021Fair
value
Gross
 unrealized
 losses
Fair
value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Total
 fair value
Total gross
unrealized
losses
Available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses
US government and federal agencies2,144,105 (47,214)102,428 (4,071)2,246,533 (51,285)
Non-US governments debt securities267,201 (1,125)22,392 (401)289,593 (1,526)
Asset-backed securities - Student loans  13,174 (116)13,174 (116)
Residential mortgage-backed securities8,051 (70)  8,051 (70)
Total available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses2,419,357 (48,409)137,994 (4,588)2,557,351 (52,997)
Held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses
US government and federal agencies1,568,315 (33,554)29,713 (1,175)1,598,028 (34,729)
Less than 12 months12 months or more
December 31, 2020Fair
value
Gross
 unrealized
 losses
Fair
value
Gross
unrealized
losses
Total
fair value
Total gross
unrealized
losses
Available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses
US government and federal agencies120,599 (279)236 (27)120,835 (306)
Non-US governments debt securities15 — 22,393 (389)22,408 (389)
Asset-backed securities - Student loans— — 12,945 (345)12,945 (345)
Total available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses120,614 (279)35,574 (761)156,188 (1,040)
Held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses
US government and federal agencies36,079 (141)— — 36,079 (141)
Investment Maturities
The following table presents the remaining term to contractual maturity of the Bank’s securities. The actual maturities may differ as certain securities offer prepayment options to the borrowers.
Remaining term to maturity
December 31, 2021Within
 3 months
3 to 12
 months
1 to 5
 years
5 to 10
 years
Over
10 years
No specific or single
 maturity
Carrying
 amount
Available-for-sale
US government and federal agencies  640,654 183,155  2,319,815 3,143,624 
Non-US governments debt securities  289,593    289,593 
Asset-backed securities - Student loans     13,174 13,174 
Residential mortgage-backed securities     27,339 27,339 
Total available-for-sale  930,247 183,155  2,360,328 3,473,730 
Held-to-maturity
US government and federal agencies     2,763,344 2,763,344 
 Remaining term to maturity  
December 31, 2019
Within
 3 months

3 to 12
 months

1 to 5
 years

5 to 10
 years

Over
10 years

No specific or single
 maturity

Carrying
 amount

Equity securities       
Mutual funds




7,419
7,419
        
Available-for-sale       
US government and federal agencies




2,052,446
2,052,446
Non-US governments debt securities



22,449
3,227


25,676
Asset-backed securities - Student loans




12,891
12,891
Residential mortgage-backed securities




129,328
129,328
Total available-for-sale

22,449
3,227

2,194,665
2,220,341
        
Held-to-maturity       
US government and federal agencies




2,208,663
2,208,663
Total investments

22,449
3,227

4,410,747
4,436,423
        
Total by currency       
US dollars



22,449
3,227

4,410,469
4,436,145
Other




278
278
Total investments

22,449
3,227

4,410,747
4,436,423


F- 23

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)



Pledged Investments
The Bank pledges certain US government and federal agencies investment securities to further secure the Bank's issued customer deposit products. The secured party does not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Pledged Investments Amortized
 cost
 Fair
 value
 Amortized
 cost
 Fair
 value
Available-for-sale807 842 1,387 1,456 
Held-to-maturity33,102 31,958 2,460 2,623 
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Pledged Investments Amortized
cost

 Fair
 value

 Amortized
cost

 Fair
 value

Available-for-sale3,848
3,912
42,531
42,400
Held-to-maturity5,449
5,552
70,818
69,030








F-22

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

Sale Proceeds and Realized Gains and Losses of AFS Securities
Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Sale proceedsGross realized gainsGross realized
(losses)
Sale
proceeds
Gross realized
 gains
Gross realized
(losses)
Sale
proceeds
Gross realized
 gains
Gross realized
(losses)
US government and federal agencies189,417 1,563 (1,802)349,699 1,171 (55)35,001 115 — 
Non-US governments debt securities   3,266 104 — — — — 
Corporate debt securities   — — — 64,787 49 (141)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities   — — — 124,545 901 (272)
Pass-through note   — — — 972 972 — 
Total189,417 1,563 (1,802)352,965 1,275 (55)225,305 2,037 (413)
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019
 
Sale
proceeds

Gross realized
gains

Gross realized
(losses)

US government and federal agencies35,001
115

Corporate debt securities64,787
49
(141)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities124,545
901
(272)
Pass-through note972
972

Total225,305
2,037
(413)
 Year ended
 December 31, 2018
 Sale
proceeds

Gross realized
gains

Gross realized
(losses)

US government and federal agencies812,720
1,599
(1,263)
Corporate debt securities24,975

(87)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities15,260

(354)
Pass-through note1,205
1,205

Total854,160
2,804
(1,704)
 Year ended
 December 31, 2017
 Sale
proceeds

Gross realized
gains

Gross realized
(losses)

Corporate debt securities202,700
1,684

Commercial mortgage-backed securities7,785

(60)
Pass-through note2,562
2,562

Total213,047
4,246
(60)


Taxability of Interest Income
None of the investments' interest income have received a specific preferential income tax treatment in any of the jurisdictions in which the Bank owns investments.


F- 24

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Note 6: Loans

The principal means of securing residential mortgages, personal, credit card and business loans are entitlements over assets and guarantees. Mortgage loans are generally repayable over periods of up to thirty30 years and personal and business loans are generally repayable over terms not exceeding five years. Government loans are repayable over a variety of terms which are individually negotiated. Amounts owing on credit cards are revolving and typically a minimum amount is due within 30 days from billing. The effective yield on total loans as at December 31, 20192021 is 4.73%4.00% (December 31, 2018: 5.53%2020: 4.13%).
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Commercial loans  
Government370,753
105,664
Commercial and industrial535,715
513,863
Commercial overdrafts28,547
33,094
Total gross commercial loans935,015
652,621
Less specific allowance for credit losses(4,904)(4,453)
Net commercial loans930,111
648,168

  
Commercial real estate loans  
Commercial mortgage659,293
496,975
Construction94,940
78,669
Total gross commercial real estate loans754,233
575,644
Less specific allowance for credit losses(470)(600)
Net commercial real estate loans753,763
575,044

  
Consumer loans  
Automobile financing21,462
20,224
Credit card87,674
84,089
Overdrafts7,858
12,886
Other consumer140,147
63,491
Total gross consumer loans257,141
180,690
Less specific allowance for credit losses(676)(274)
Net consumer loans256,465
180,416
   
Residential mortgage loans3,219,821
2,660,036
Less specific allowance for credit losses(11,628)(9,588)
Net residential mortgage loans3,208,193
2,650,448

  
Total gross loans5,166,210
4,068,991
Less specific allowance for credit losses(17,678)(14,915)
Less general allowance for credit losses(5,910)(10,187)
Net loans5,142,622
4,043,889



F- 25

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Age Analysis of Past Due Loans (Including Non-Accrual Loans)
The following tables summarize the past due status of theinterest receivable on total loans as at December 31, 20192021 is $7.6 million (December 31, 2020: $8.7 million). The interest receivable is included in Accrued interest and December 31, 2018. The aging of past due amounts are determined basedother assets on the contractual delinquency status of payments under theconsolidated balance sheets and is excluded from all loan andamounts disclosed in this aging may be affected by the timing of the last business day at period end. Loans less than 30 days past due are included in current loans.note.
December 31, 2019
30 - 59
days

60 - 89
days

More than 90 days
Total past
 due loans

Total
current

Total
loans

Commercial loans      
Government



370,753
370,753
Commercial and industrial276

7,487
7,763
527,952
535,715
Commercial overdrafts

2
2
28,545
28,547
Total commercial loans276

7,489
7,765
927,250
935,015

      
Commercial real estate loans      
Commercial mortgage445

3,250
3,695
655,598
659,293
Construction

3,128
3,128
91,812
94,940
Total commercial real estate loans445

6,378
6,823
747,410
754,233

      
Consumer loans      
Automobile financing53
58
135
246
21,216
21,462
Credit card630
221
424
1,275
86,399
87,674
Overdrafts

34
34
7,824
7,858
Other consumer994
139
1,028
2,161
137,986
140,147
Total consumer loans1,677
418
1,621
3,716
253,425
257,141

      
Residential mortgage loans31,931
9,487
47,132
88,550
3,131,271
3,219,821

      
Total gross loans34,329
9,905
62,620
106,854
5,059,356
5,166,210
       
December 31, 2018
30 - 59
days

60 - 89
days

More than 90 days
Total past
 due loans

Total
current

Total
loans

Commercial loans      
Government

3,750
3,750
101,914
105,664
Commercial and industrial231

7,379
7,610
506,253
513,863
Commercial overdrafts

2
2
33,092
33,094
Total commercial loans231

11,131
11,362
641,259
652,621

      
Commercial real estate loans      
Commercial mortgage837
1,282
4,062
6,181
490,794
496,975
Construction



78,669
78,669
Total commercial real estate loans837
1,282
4,062
6,181
569,463
575,644

      
Consumer loans      
Automobile financing125
29
162
316
19,908
20,224
Credit card351
313
126
790
83,299
84,089
Overdrafts

4
4
12,882
12,886
Other consumer456
183
577
1,216
62,275
63,491
Total consumer loans932
525
869
2,326
178,364
180,690

      
Residential mortgage loans31,015
8,859
36,394
76,268
2,583,768
2,660,036

      
Total gross loans33,015
10,666
52,456
96,137
3,972,854
4,068,991


Loans' Credit Quality
The four credit quality classifications set out in the following tables (which exclude purchased credit-impaired loans) are defined below and describe the credit quality of the Bank's lending portfolio. These classifications each encompass a range of more granular internal credit rating grades assigned.

F- 26

grades. Loans' internal credit ratings are assigned by the Bank's customer relationship managers as well as members of the Bank's jurisdictional and Group Credit Committees. The borrowers' financial condition is documented at loan origination and maintained periodically thereafter at a frequency which can be up to monthly for certain loans. The loans' performing status, as well as current economic trends, are continuously monitored. The Bank's jurisdictional and Group Credit Committees meet on a monthly basis. The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limitedalso has a group Provisions and Impairments Committee which is responsible for approving significant provisions and other impairment charges.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)



A pass loanloan shall mean a loan that is expected to be repaid as agreed. A loan is classified as pass where the Bank is not expected to face repayment difficulties because the present and projected cash flows are sufficient to repay the debt and the repayment schedule as established by the agreement is being followed. Loans in this category are reviewed by the Bank’s management on at least an annual basis.

A special mention loan shall mean a loan under close monitoring by the Bank’s management.management on at least a quarterly basis. Loans in this category are currently protected and still performing, (current with respect to interest and principal payments), but are potentially weak and present an undue credit risk exposure, but not to the point of justifying a classification of substandard.

A substandardloan shall mean a loan whose evident unreliability makes repayment doubtful and there is a threat of loss to the Bank unless the unreliability is averted. Loans in this category are under close monitoring by the Bank’s management on at least a quarterly basis.

A non-accrualloan shall mean either management is of the opinion full payment of principal or interest is in doubt or when principal or interest is 90 days past due and forunless it is a residential mortgage loansloan which are notis well secured and collection efforts are reasonably expected to result in amounts due. Loans in this category are under close monitoring by the process of collection.Bank’s management on at least a quarterly basis.

Based on the most recent analysis performed, the credit quality classifications by class of loan is as follows:
December 31, 2019Pass
Special
 mention

Substandard
Non-accrual
Total gross
 recorded loans

Commercial loans     
Government370,753



370,753
Commercial and industrial469,591
57,438
1,119
7,567
535,715
Commercial overdrafts23,529
4,565
451
2
28,547
Total commercial loans863,873
62,003
1,570
7,569
935,015

     
Commercial real estate loans     
Commercial mortgage581,450
71,638
2,955
3,250
659,293
Construction91,812

3,128

94,940
Total commercial real estate loans673,262
71,638
6,083
3,250
754,233

     
Consumer loans     
Automobile financing21,229
78

155
21,462
Credit card87,250

424

87,674
Overdrafts5,270
2,504
50
34
7,858
Other consumer135,534
3,550

1,063
140,147
Total consumer loans249,283
6,132
474
1,252
257,141

     
Residential mortgage loans3,019,105
80,135
82,251
38,330
3,219,821

     
Total gross recorded loans4,805,523
219,908
90,378
50,401
5,166,210
      
December 31, 2018Pass
Special
 mention

Substandard
Non-accrual
Total gross
recorded loans

Commercial loans     
Government101,914


3,750
105,664
Commercial and industrial501,241
4,097
1,146
7,379
513,863
Commercial overdrafts29,896
2,705
491
2
33,094
Total commercial loans633,051
6,802
1,637
11,131
652,621

     
Commercial real estate loans     
Commercial mortgage444,397
45,390
3,126
4,062
496,975
Construction78,669



78,669
Total commercial real estate loans523,066
45,390
3,126
4,062
575,644

     
Consumer loans     
Automobile financing19,927
119
16
162
20,224
Credit card83,963

126

84,089
Overdrafts12,650
232

4
12,886
Other consumer60,766
1,869
10
846
63,491
Total consumer loans177,306
2,220
152
1,012
180,690

     
Residential mortgage loans2,501,814
47,039
78,697
32,486
2,660,036

     
Total gross recorded loans3,835,237
101,451
83,612
48,691
4,068,991
F-23

F- 27

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


The amortized cost of loans by credit quality classifications and allowance for expected credit losses by class of loans is as follows:
December 31, 2021PassSpecial
mention
SubstandardNon-accrualTotal amortized costAllowance for expected credit lossesTotal net loans
Commercial loans
Government259,572    259,572 (969)258,603 
Commercial and industrial353,337  1,079 18,549 372,965 (10,115)362,850 
Commercial overdrafts104,814 145 446 2 105,407 (42)105,365 
Total commercial loans717,723 145 1,525 18,551 737,944 (11,126)726,818 
Commercial real estate loans
Commercial mortgage673,167 4,034 1,578 4,740 683,519 (1,168)682,351 
Construction9,645    9,645  9,645 
Total commercial real estate loans682,812 4,034 1,578 4,740 693,164 (1,168)691,996 
Consumer loans
Automobile financing21,412   117 21,529 (88)21,441 
Credit card72,569  284  72,853 (1,420)71,433 
Overdrafts42,293   4 42,297 (236)42,061 
Other consumer1
76,963  72 1,038 78,073 (1,276)76,797 
Total consumer loans213,237  356 1,159 214,752 (3,020)211,732 
Residential mortgage loans3,464,857 14,070 107,361 36,595 3,622,883 (12,759)3,610,124 
Total5,078,629 18,249 110,820 61,045 5,268,743 (28,073)5,240,670 
Evaluation of Loans For ImpairmentDecember 31, 2019December 31, 2018
 
Individually
 evaluated

Collectively
 evaluated

Individually
 evaluated

Collectively
 evaluated

Commercial48,388
886,627
12,096
640,525
Commercial real estate12,999
741,234
10,957
564,687
Consumer1,260
255,881
1,023
179,667
Residential mortgage115,535
3,104,286
116,211
2,543,825
Total gross loans178,182
4,988,028
140,287
3,928,704
1 Other consumer loans’ amortized cost includes $13 million of cash and portfolio secured lending and $57 million of lending secured by buildings in construction or other collateral.
December 31, 2020PassSpecial
mention
SubstandardNon-accrualTotal amortized costAllowance for expected credit lossesTotal net loans
Commercial loans
Government279,417 — — — 279,417 (1,453)277,964 
Commercial and industrial422,616 5,841 1,082 18,226 447,765 (9,926)437,839 
Commercial overdrafts70,324 1,686 451 72,462 (230)72,232 
Total commercial loans772,357 7,527 1,533 18,227 799,644 (11,609)788,035 
Commercial real estate loans
Commercial mortgage627,512 79,168 2,362 6,300 715,342 (847)714,495 
Construction4,950 39,870 — — 44,820 (1,257)43,563 
Total commercial real estate loans632,462 119,038 2,362 6,300 760,162 (2,104)758,058 
Consumer loans
Automobile financing22,491 52 — 127 22,670 (103)22,567 
Credit card68,025 — 234 — 68,259 (2,795)65,464 
Overdrafts23,934 1,127 — 25,063 (162)24,901 
Other consumer1
112,466 1,031 215 1,048 114,760 (1,416)113,344 
Total consumer loans226,916 2,210 449 1,177 230,752 (4,476)226,276 
Residential mortgage loans3,212,218 61,499 83,846 46,787 3,404,350 (15,909)3,388,441 
Total4,843,953 190,274 88,190 72,491 5,194,908 (34,098)5,160,810 
1 Other consumer loans’ amortized cost includes $54 million of cash and portfolio secured lending and $45 million of lending secured by buildings in construction or other collateral.


Changes in General and Specific Allowances For Credit Losses
 Year ended December 31, 2019
 Commercial
Commercial
 real estate

Consumer
Residential
 mortgage

Total
Allowances at beginning of year6,913
4,092
802
13,295
25,102
Provision increase (decrease)733
(2,596)1,701
(22)(184)
Recoveries9

1,186
445
1,640
Charge-offs(374)
(2,193)(449)(3,016)
Other

6
40
46
Allowances at end of year7,281
1,496
1,502
13,309
23,588
Allowances at end of year: individually evaluated for impairment4,904
470
676
11,628
17,678
Allowances at end of year: collectively evaluated for impairment2,377
1,026
826
1,681
5,910
 Year ended December 31, 2018
 Commercial
Commercial
 real estate

Consumer
Residential
 mortgage

Total
Allowances at beginning of year6,309
10,360
888
17,910
35,467
Provision increase (decrease)865
(6,290)211
(1,777)(6,991)
Recoveries14
28
656
201
899
Charge-offs(275)
(953)(2,931)(4,159)
Other
(6)
(108)(114)
Allowances at end of year6,913
4,092
802
13,295
25,102
Allowances at end of year: individually evaluated for impairment4,453
600
274
9,588
14,915
Allowances at end of year: collectively evaluated for impairment2,460
3,492
528
3,707
10,187
 Year ended December 31, 2017
 Commercial
Commercial
 real estate

Consumer
Residential
 mortgage

Total
Allowances at beginning of year3,377
16,224
965
23,681
44,247
Provision increase (decrease)2,853
(5,895)1,059
(3,854)(5,837)
Recoveries106

730
483
1,319
Charge-offs(34)(1)(1,869)(2,475)(4,379)
Other7
32
3
75
117
Allowances at end of year6,309
10,360
888
17,910
35,467
Allowances at end of year: individually evaluated for impairment2,866
583
274
9,901
13,624
Allowances at end of year: collectively evaluated for impairment3,443
9,777
614
8,009
21,843



F- 28
F-24

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Non-Performing Loans (excluding purchased credit-impaired loans)December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
 Non-accrual
Past
 due more than 90 days and accruing

Total non-
performing
 loans

Non-accrual
Past
 due more than 90 days and accruing

Total non-
performing
 loans

Commercial loans      
Government


3,750

3,750
Commercial and industrial7,567

7,567
7,379

7,379
Commercial overdrafts2

2
2

2
Total commercial loans7,569

7,569
11,131

11,131

      
Commercial real estate loans





Commercial mortgage3,250

3,250
4,062

4,062
Construction
3,128
3,128



Total commercial real estate loans3,250
3,128
6,378
4,062

4,062

      
Consumer loans





Automobile financing155

155
162

162
Credit card
424
424

126
126
Overdrafts34

34
4

4
Other consumer1,063

1,063
846

846
Total consumer loans1,252
424
1,676
1,012
126
1,138

      
Residential mortgage loans38,330
12,008
50,338
32,486
6,332
38,818

      
Total non-performing loans50,401
15,560
65,961
48,691
6,458
55,149


Based on the most recent analysis performed, the amortized cost of loans by year of origination and credit quality indicator is as follows:
Impaired
December 31, 2021PassSpecial
 mention
SubstandardNon-accrualTotal amortized cost
Loans by origination year
2021911,403  232 13 911,648 
2020605,139   3 605,142 
2019917,700  290 181 918,171 
2018513,293 6,060 12,548 1,154 533,055 
2017493,091  3,400 12,215 508,706 
Prior1,393,929 11,131 93,620 47,474 1,546,154 
Overdrafts and credit cards244,074 1,058 730 5 245,867 
Total amortized cost5,078,629 18,249 110,820 61,045 5,268,743 

December 31, 2020PassSpecial
 mention
SubstandardNon-accrualTotal amortized cost
Loans by origination year
2020683,821 18,789 — 70 702,680 
20191,026,634 27,575 181 1,054,394 
2018684,716 65,570 559 1,407 752,252 
2017624,332 2,381 3,245 11,910 641,868 
2016447,293 2,073 7,993 4,939 462,298 
Prior1,183,869 69,934 75,466 52,174 1,381,443 
Overdrafts and credit cards193,288 3,952 746 1,987 199,973 
Total amortized cost4,843,953 190,274 88,190 72,491 5,194,908 

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans (excluding purchased credit-impaired loans)(Including Non-Accrual Loans)
A loan is considered to be impaired when,The following tables summarize the past due status of the loans. The aging of past due amounts are determined based on the contractual delinquency status of payments under the loan and this aging may be affected by the timing of the last business day at period end. Loans less than 30 days past due are included in current information and events, the Bank determines that it will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. Impaired loans include all non-accrual loans and all loans modified in a TDR even if full collectability is expected following the restructuring. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the amount of gross interest income that would have been recorded had impaired loans been current was $2.7 million (December 31, 2018: $2.1 million; December 31, 2017: $2.1 million).loans.
 Impaired loans with an allowance
Gross
 recorded
 impaired loans
 without an
 allowance

Total impaired loans
December 31, 2019
Gross
 recorded loans

Specific
 allowance

Net loans
Gross
 recorded loans

Specific
 allowance

Net loans
Commercial loans       
Commercial and industrial7,487
(4,904)2,583
1,019
8,506
(4,904)3,602
Commercial overdrafts


2
2

2
Total commercial loans7,487
(4,904)2,583
1,021
8,508
(4,904)3,604

       
Commercial real estate loans       
Commercial mortgage1,018
(470)548
5,186
6,204
(470)5,734

       
Consumer loans       
Automobile financing


155
155

155
Overdrafts


34
34

34
Other consumer676
(676)
387
1,063
(676)387
Total consumer loans676
(676)
576
1,252
(676)576

       
Residential mortgage loans57,887
(11,628)46,259
45,718
103,605
(11,628)91,977

       
Total impaired loans67,068
(17,678)49,390
52,501
119,569
(17,678)101,891


December 31, 202130 - 59
days
60 - 89
days
More than 90 daysTotal past
 due loans
Total
current
Total
amortized cost
Commercial loans
Government    259,572 259,572 
Commercial and industrial53  18,549 18,602 354,363 372,965 
Commercial overdrafts  1 1 105,406 105,407 
Total commercial loans53  18,550 18,603 719,341 737,944 
Commercial real estate loans
Commercial mortgage  4,739 4,739 678,780 683,519 
Construction    9,645 9,645 
Total commercial real estate loans  4,739 4,739 688,425 693,164 
Consumer loans
Automobile financing56 34 118 208 21,321 21,529 
Credit card471 681 285 1,437 71,416 72,853 
Overdrafts  5 5 42,292 42,297 
Other consumer67 15 1,038 1,120 76,953 78,073 
Total consumer loans594 730 1,446 2,770 211,982 214,752 
Residential mortgage loans12,602 1,501 44,763 58,866 3,564,017 3,622,883 
Total amortized cost13,249 2,231 69,498 84,978 5,183,765 5,268,743 



F- 29
F-25

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


December 31, 202030 - 59
days
60 - 89
days
More than 90 daysTotal past
 due loans
Total
current
Total
amortized
cost
Commercial loans
Government— — — — 279,417 279,417 
Commercial and industrial109 50 18,176 18,335 429,430 447,765 
Commercial overdrafts— — 90 90 72,372 72,462 
Total commercial loans109 50 18,266 18,425 781,219 799,644 
Commercial real estate loans
Commercial mortgage710 1,552 4,748 7,010 708,332 715,342 
Construction— — — — 44,820 44,820 
Total commercial real estate loans710 1,552 4,748 7,010 753,152 760,162 
Consumer loans
Automobile financing55 35 127 217 22,453 22,670 
Credit card480 224 234 938 67,321 68,259 
Overdrafts— — 25,061 25,063 
Other consumer56 1,043 1,102 113,658 114,760 
Total consumer loans591 262 1,406 2,259 228,493 230,752 
Residential mortgage loans6,304 4,023 59,957 70,284 3,334,066 3,404,350 
Total amortized cost7,714 5,887 84,377 97,978 5,096,930 5,194,908 

 Impaired loans with an allowance
Gross
 recorded
 impaired loans
 without an
 allowance

Total impaired loans
December 31, 2018
Gross
 recorded loans

Specific
 allowance

Net loans
Gross
 recorded loans

Specific
 allowance

Net loans
Commercial loans       
Government3,750
(1,687)2,063

3,750
(1,687)2,063
Commercial and industrial7,379
(2,766)4,613
965
8,344
(2,766)5,578
Commercial overdrafts


2
2

2
Total commercial loans11,129
(4,453)6,676
967
12,096
(4,453)7,643

       
Commercial real estate loans       
Commercial mortgage1,081
(600)481
6,108
7,189
(600)6,589

       
Consumer loans       
Automobile financing130
(75)55
32
162
(75)87
Overdrafts


4
4

4
Other consumer199
(199)
647
846
(199)647
Total consumer loans329
(274)55
683
1,012
(274)738

       
Residential mortgage loans49,431
(9,422)40,009
49,571
99,002
(9,422)89,580

       
Total impaired loans61,970
(14,749)47,221
57,329
119,299
(14,749)104,550
Changes in Allowances For Credit Losses
Specific allowance excludes $0.2 million recognized relating to purchased credit-impaired loans.

Average Impaired Loan Balances and Related Recognized Interest Income
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018December 31, 2017
 
Average gross
 recorded loans

Interest income
recognized¹

Average gross
 recorded loans

Interest income
recognized¹

Average gross
recorded loans

Interest income
recognized¹

 
Commercial loans      
Government1,875

3,750



Commercial and industrial8,425
69
8,415
68
5,057
63
Commercial overdrafts2

2

2

Total commercial loans10,302
69
12,167
68
5,059
63

      
Commercial real estate loans      
Commercial mortgage6,697
262
7,539
287
7,778
222

      
Consumer loans      
Automobile financing159

194

256

Overdrafts19

4

11

Other consumer955

665

598

Total consumer loans1,133

863

865


      
Residential mortgage loans101,304
4,621
97,378
4,568
89,063
4,378

      
Total impaired loans119,436
4,952
117,947
4,923
102,765
4,663
¹ All interest income recognized on impaired loans relate to loans previously modifiedThe decrease in a TDR.

Troubled Debt Restructuring
As atthe provision for credit losses during the year ended December 31, 2019,2021 was primarily attributable to changes in macroeconomic factors, such as GDP forecasts, and the repayment of some commercial facilities. As per the Bank’s accounting policy, as disclosed in Note 2, the Bank had 0continuously collects and maintains attributes related to financial instruments within the scope of CECL, including current conditions, and reasonable and supportable assumptions about future economic conditions.

Year end December 31, 2021
CommercialCommercial
 real estate
ConsumerResidential
 mortgage
Total
Balance at the beginning of period11,609 2,104 4,476 15,909 34,098 
Provision increase (decrease)(431)(936)(1,552)(581)(3,500)
Recoveries of previous charge-offs65  1,344 262 1,671 
Charge-offs(112) (1,248)(2,806)(4,166)
Other(5)  (25)(30)
Allowances for expected credit losses at end of year11,126 1,168 3,020 12,759 28,073 
Year end December 31, 2020
CommercialCommercial
 real estate
ConsumerResidential
 mortgage
Total
Balance at the beginning of period, before change in accounting policy (Note 2)7,281 1,496 1,502 13,309 23,588 
Cumulative effect from change in accounting policy (Note 2)4,109 1,026 2,506 200 7,841 
Provision increase (decrease)3,832 (418)1,095 3,803 8,312 
Recoveries of previous charge-offs12 — 1,247 379 1,638 
Charge-offs(3,635)— (1,876)(2,043)(7,554)
Other10 — 261 273 
Allowances for expected credit losses at end of year11,609 2,104 4,476 15,909 34,098 

Collateral-dependent loans
Management identified that were modified in a TDR during the preceding 12 months that subsequently defaulted (i.e., 90 daysrepayment of certain commercial and consumer mortgage loans is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or more past due following a modification). As at December 31, 2018,the sale of the collateral pledged to the Bank had 2 residential mortgage("collateral-dependent loans"). The Bank believes that for the vast majority of loans that were modified in a TDR duringidentified as collateral-dependent, the preceding 12 months that subsequently defaulted with a recorded investmentsale of $0.8 million. As at December 31, 2017, the Bank had 0 loans that were modified in a TDR duringcollateral will be sufficient to fully reimburse the preceding 12 months that subsequently defaulted.loan's carrying amount.






F- 30
F-26

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Loan Deferral Program

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, effective April 1, 2020, the Bank implemented a residential mortgage and consumer loan deferral program for qualified borrowers in the Bermuda and Cayman segments under which principal and interest payments on performing loans were automatically deferred for three months from April 1, 2020 to June 30, 2020 and the loan term extended. Borrowers had the option to notify the Bank if they preferred to continue with regular, scheduled payments (i.e. to opt-out). Commercial customers had the option to pay interest only on their monthly loan payments with no penalties. The Bank subsequently extended the residential mortgage and personal loan deferral program for a further three months from July 1, 2020 to September 30, 2020, however, borrowers had to notify the Bank of their intention to defer principal and interest payments (i.e. to opt-in). Loans that meet the requirements for deferral under the above programs or as a result of COVID-19 specific factors are not considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) or past due as the borrowers were current on their payments and were not experiencing financial difficulty at the time of modifications.
The following table presents loans by class modified as TDRs:
 Year ended December 31, 2019
 
Number of
 contracts

Pre-
modification
 recorded loans

Modification:
interest
capitalization

Post-
modification
  recorded loans

Residential mortgage loans3
1,381
101
1,482
Total loans modified in a TDR3
1,381
101
1,482
 Year ended December 31, 2018
 Number of
contracts

Pre-
modification
recorded loans

Modification:
interest
capitalization

Post-
modification
recorded loans

Residential mortgage loans19
7,864
846
8,710
Total loans modified in a TDR19
7,864
846
8,710
 Year ended December 31, 2017
 
Number of
 contracts

Pre-
modification
 recorded loans

Modification:
interest
capitalization

Post-
modification
  recorded loans

Commercial real estate loans2
1,544

1,544
Residential mortgage loans42
24,588
1,345
25,933
Total loans modified in a TDR44
26,132
1,345
27,477

 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
TDRs outstanding Accrual
Non-accrual
 Accrual
Non-accrual
Commercial loans939

965

Commercial real estate loans2,954
1,315
3,127
1,336
Residential mortgage loans65,275
9,576
66,516
8,154
Total TDRs outstanding69,168
10,891
70,608
9,490


In addition, the Bank also introduced deferrals on credit card payments for April and May 2020 in the Bermuda segment and May and June 2020 in the Cayman segment.
Purchased Credit-Impaired
There were no deferrals in effect for 2021.

Non-Performing Loans
TheDuring the year ended December 31, 2021, no interest was recognized on non-accrual loans. Non-performing loans at December 31, 2021 include PCD loans, which have all been on non-accrual status since their acquisition. No credit deteriorated loans were purchased during the period.

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Non-accrual loans with an allowanceNon-accrual loans without an allowancePast due more than 90 days and accruingTotal non-
performing
 loans
Non-accrual loans with an allowanceNon-accrual loans without an allowancePast due more than 90 days and accruingTotal non-
performing
 loans
Commercial loans
Commercial and industrial18,530 19  18,549 18,207 19 — 18,226 
Commercial overdrafts 2  2 — 89 90 
Total commercial loans18,530 21  18,551 18,207 20 89 18,316 
Commercial real estate loans
Commercial mortgage885 3,855  4,740 952 5,348 — 6,300 
Total commercial real estate loans885 3,855  4,740 952 5,348 — 6,300 
Consumer loans
Automobile financing117   117 126 — 127 
Credit card  284 284 — — 234 234 
Overdrafts 4  4 — — 
Other consumer850 188  1,038 869 179 — 1,048 
Total consumer loans967 192 284 1,443 995 182 234 1,411 
Residential mortgage loans29,549 7,046 12,969 49,564 36,897 9,890 18,788 65,575 
Total non-performing loans49,931 11,114 13,253 74,298 57,051 15,440 19,111 91,602 

Loans modified in a TDR
As at December 31, 2021, the Bank acquired certain credit-impairedhad nil loans as part ofthat were modified in a TDR during the November 7, 2014 acquisition of substantially all retail loans of HSBC Bank (Cayman) Limited. The accretable difference (or "accretable yield") representspreceding 12 months that subsequently defaulted (December 31, 2020: nil; December 31, 2019: nil).

TDRs entered into during the excess of a loan's cash flows expected to be collected over the loan's carrying amount.period
Year ended December 31, 2021
Number of contractsPre-modification recorded loansModification: interest capitalizationPost-
modification
 recorded
 loans
Residential mortgage loans1 284 2 286 
F-27
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019
 
Contractual
 principal

Non-accretable
difference

Accretable
 difference

Carrying
 amount

Balance at beginning of year4,531
(901)(661)2,969
Advances and increases in cash flows expected to be collected45
28
(28)45
Reductions resulting from repayments(1,577)247
177
(1,153)
Increase (reduction) resulting from changes in allowances for credit losses
166

166
Reductions resulting from charge-offs(495)262

(233)
Balance at end of year2,504
(198)(512)1,794
 Year ended
 December 31, 2018
 
Contractual
 principal

Non-accretable
difference

Accretable
 difference

Carrying
 amount

Balance at beginning of year6,001
(1,239)(711)4,051
Advances and increases in cash flows expected to be collected25
42
(42)25
Reductions resulting from repayments(1,495)191
92
(1,212)
Increase (reduction) resulting from changes in allowances for credit losses
105

105
Balance at end of year4,531
(901)(661)2,969


F- 31

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Year ended December 31, 2020
Number of
 contracts
Pre-
modification recorded loans
Modification: interest capitalizationPost-
modification
 recorded
loans
Residential mortgage loans5,590 98 5,688 
TDRs Outstanding
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
 AccrualNon-accrual AccrualNon-accrual
Commercial loans847  901 — 
Commercial real estate loans1,578 2,445 2,362 1,811 
Residential mortgage loans60,453 12,653 61,937 17,129 
Total TDRs outstanding62,878 15,098 65,200 18,940 
 Year ended
 December 31, 2017
 
Contractual
 principal

Non-accretable
difference

Accretable
 difference

Carrying
 amount

Balance at beginning of year8,016
(1,617)(811)5,588
Advances and increases in cash flows expected to be collected36
48
(48)36
Reductions resulting from repayments(1,581)307
148
(1,126)
Reductions resulting from changes in allowances for credit losses
(99)
(99)
Reductions resulting from charge-offs(470)122

(348)
Balance at end of year6,001
(1,239)(711)4,051


Note 7: Credit risk concentrations

Concentrations of credit risk in the lending and off-balance sheet credit-related arrangements portfolios arise when a number of customers are engaged in similar business activities, are in the same geographic region, or when they have similar economic features that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic conditions. The Bank regularly monitors various segments of its credit risk portfolio to assess potential concentrations of risks and to obtain collateral when deemed necessary. In the Bank's commercial portfolio, risk concentrations are evaluated primarily by industry and by geographic region of loan origination. In the consumer portfolio, concentrations are evaluated primarily by products. Credit exposures include loans, guarantees and acceptances, letters of credit and commitments for undrawn lines of credit. Unconditionally cancellable credit cards and overdraft lines of credit are excluded from the tables below.

The following tables summarizetable summarizes the credit exposure of the Bank by business sector and by geographic region. The on-balance sheet exposure amounts disclosed are net of specific allowancesbelow do not include accrued interest and the off-balance sheet exposure amounts disclosed are gross of allowances for credit losses and gross of collateral held.held.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Geographic regionCash due from
 banks, resell agreements and
 short-term
 investments
LoansOff-balance
 sheet
Total credit
 exposure
Cash due from
 banks, resell agreements and
 short-term
 investments
LoansOff-balance
 sheet
Total credit
 exposure
Australia    220,871 — — 220,871 
Belgium8,675   8,675 4,271 — — 4,271 
Bermuda46,683 2,080,385 297,731 2,424,799 51,329 2,225,401 323,097 2,599,827 
Canada1,193,387   1,193,387 996,213 — — 996,213 
Cayman39,018 1,060,328 379,518 1,478,864 29,480 948,290 396,654 1,374,424 
Germany85,886   85,886 107,412 — — 107,412 
Guernsey1 735,786 169,904 905,691 779,915 213,461 993,377 
Ireland37,236   37,236 83,842 — — 83,842 
Japan4,873   4,873 6,029 — — 6,029 
Jersey 78,048 34,298 112,346 — 26,773 35,224 61,997 
New Zealand    23,463 — — 23,463 
Norway57,132   57,132 57,900 — — 57,900 
Switzerland2,441 002,441 4,510 — — 4,510 
The Bahamas1,511 9,361 010,872 1,516 12,024 — 13,540 
United Kingdom990,624 1,304,835 117,200 2,412,659 1,291,655 1,202,505 140,663 2,634,823 
United States1,003,365   1,003,365 1,428,090 — — 1,428,090 
Other4,026   4,026 3,088 — — 3,088 
Total gross exposure3,474,858 5,268,743 998,651 9,742,252 4,309,670 5,194,908 1,109,099 10,613,677 














F-28
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Business sectorLoans
Off-balance
 sheet

Total credit
 exposure

Loans
Off-balance
 sheet

Total credit
 exposure

Banks and financial services767,684
324,388
1,092,072
611,404
415,124
1,026,528
Commercial and merchandising563,494
189,060
752,554
316,349
182,440
498,789
Governments372,544
8,807
381,351
104,857

104,857
Individuals2,483,334
148,519
2,631,853
2,339,854
89,931
2,429,785
Primary industry and manufacturing383,395
110,947
494,342
120,088
1,003
121,091
Real estate371,758
6,312
378,070
395,086
1,547
396,633
Hospitality industry200,603
73
200,676
160,680
3,497
164,177
Transport and communication5,720
75
5,795
5,758
75
5,833
Sub-total5,148,532
788,181
5,936,713
4,054,076
693,617
4,747,693
General allowance(5,910)
(5,910)(10,187)
(10,187)
Total5,142,622
788,181
5,930,803
4,043,889
693,617
4,737,506

F- 32

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Geographic regionCash due from
banks, resell agreements and
short-term
investments

Loans
Off-balance
 sheet

Total credit
 exposure

Cash due from
banks, resell agreements and
short-term
investments

Loans
Off-balance
 sheet

Total credit
 exposure

Australia170,956


170,956
145,675


145,675
Barbados784


784

2,063

2,063
Belgium3,554


3,554
3,007


3,007
Bermuda38,059
2,237,372
347,802
2,623,233
36,827
2,133,859
333,845
2,504,531
Canada553,941


553,941
759,437


759,437
Cayman55,360
931,254
208,404
1,195,018
18,138
730,418
222,189
970,745
Guernsey4
855,553
123,376
978,933
6
290,578
22,619
313,203
Japan16,183


16,183
14,271


14,271
Jersey
7,219

7,219

9,083
449
9,532
Netherlands410,461


410,461




New Zealand6,174


6,174
1,082


1,082
Norway1,204


1,204
8,750


8,750
Saint Lucia
29,400

29,400

90,000

90,000
Switzerland8,015


8,015
6,637


6,637
The Bahamas1,607
12,859

14,466
1,534
14,367

15,901
United Kingdom1,742,676
1,074,875
108,599
2,926,150
725,634
783,708
114,515
1,623,857
United States898,262


898,262
411,248


411,248
Other3,493


3,493
1,314


1,314
Sub-total3,910,733
5,148,532
788,181
9,847,446
2,133,560
4,054,076
693,617
6,881,253
General allowance
(5,910)
(5,910)
(10,187)
(10,187)
Total3,910,733
5,142,622
788,181
9,841,536
2,133,560
4,043,889
693,617
6,871,066


Note 8: Premises, equipment and computer software
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
CategoryCostAccumulated
depreciation
Net carrying
 value
CostAccumulated
depreciation
Net carrying
 value
Land8,333  8,333 8,730 — 8,730 
Buildings169,806 (77,229)92,577 164,171 (71,721)92,450 
Equipment26,129 (17,509)8,620 25,150 (15,930)9,220 
Computer hardware and software in use197,941 (175,612)22,329 197,165 (161,801)35,364 
Computer software in development6,827  6,827 4,988 — 4,988 
Total409,036 (270,350)138,686 400,204 (249,452)150,752 
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
CategoryCost
Accumulated
depreciation

Net carrying
value

Cost
Accumulated
depreciation

Net carrying
value

Land8,730

8,730
8,612

8,612
Buildings156,756
(66,370)90,386
144,196
(61,853)82,343
Equipment22,928
(17,062)5,866
21,323
(15,490)5,833
Computer hardware and software in use189,380
(144,236)45,144
177,017
(121,652)55,365
Computer software in development8,107

8,107
5,907

5,907
Total385,901
(227,668)158,233
357,055
(198,995)158,060
Year ended
Depreciation charged to operating expensesDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Buildings (included in Property expense)6,005 5,511 4,492 
Equipment (included in Property expense)2,323 1,929 1,524 
Computer hardware and software (included in Technology and communication expense)18,902 21,773 20,620 
Total depreciation charged to operating expenses27,230 29,213 26,636 

 Year ended
Depreciation charged to operating expensesDecember 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Buildings (included in Property expense)4,492
4,283
3,781
Equipment (included in Property expense)1,524
1,413
1,336
Computer hardware and software (included in Technology and communication expense)20,620
20,441
18,382
Total depreciation charged to operating expenses26,636
26,137
23,499





F- 33

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Note 9: Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill
Segment
CaymanChannel Islands and the UKOtherTotal
Balance at December 31, 2018551 21,427 2,013 23,991 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment— 818 29 847 
Balance at December 31, 2019551 22,245 2,042 24,838 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment— 719 70 789 
Balance at December 31, 2020551 22,964 2,112 25,627 
Foreign exchange translation adjustment (226)(45)(271)
Balance at December 31, 2021551 22,738 2,067 25,356 
 Segment 
 Cayman
Channel Islands and the UK
Other
Total
Balance at December 31, 2016
19,622

19,622
Foreign exchange translation adjustment
1,907

1,907
Balance at December 31, 2017
21,529

21,529
Acquisitions during the year551
1,231
2,086
3,868
Foreign exchange translation adjustment
(1,333)(73)(1,406)
Balance at December 31, 2018551
21,427
2,013
23,991
Foreign exchange translation adjustment
818
29
847
Balance at December 31, 2019551
22,245
2,042
24,838

Customer Relationship Intangible Assets
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Business segmentCost
Accumulated
amortization

Net carrying
amount

Cost
Accumulated
amortization

Net carrying
amount

Bermuda29,785
(13,579)16,206
29,785
(11,733)18,052
Cayman17,728
(5,672)12,056
17,728
(4,571)13,157
Channel Islands and the UK90,069
(51,435)38,634
65,698
(51,210)14,488
Other5,563
(794)4,769
5,563
(509)5,054
Total143,145
(71,480)71,665
118,774
(68,023)50,751


December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
SegmentCostAccumulated
 amortization
Net carrying
 amount
CostAccumulated
 amortization
Net carrying
 amount
Bermuda29,785 (16,438)13,347 29,785 (15,009)14,776 
Cayman16,517 (6,663)9,854 17,728 (6,773)10,955 
Channel Islands and the UK89,396 (56,030)33,366 90,069 (53,279)36,790 
Other5,563 (1,380)4,183 5,563 (892)4,671 
Total141,261 (80,511)60,750 143,145 (75,953)67,192 
Customer relationships are initially valued based on the present value of net cash flows expected to be derived solely from the recurring customer base existing as at the date of acquisition. Customer relationship intangible assets may or may not arise from contracts.

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, no new customer intangible assets were acquired. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Bank acquired $24.4 million new customer intangible assets with an estimated useful life of 15 years through a business acquisition (see Note 27:"Note 26: Business combinations)combinations"). During the year ended December 31, 2018,2021, $1.2 million and $0.7 million were written off in the Bank acquired $18.2 million new customer intangible assets with an estimated useful life of 15 years, of which $16.9 million was acquired through a business acquisition (see Note 27: Business combinations)Cayman and $1.3 million via asset acquisitions. DuringChannel Islands and the year endedUK segments, respectively, as they were fully amortized (December 31, 2020: nil, December 31, 2017, 0 new customer intangible assets were acquired. The2019: nil) .The amortization expense amounted to $5.5$6.0 million (December 31, 2018: $5.12020: $5.8 million, December 31, 2017: $4.22019: $5.5 million) and the foreign exchange translation adjustment decreasedincreased the net carrying amount by $2.0$0.4 million (December 31, 2018:2020: decreased by $1.5$1.3 million, December 31, 2017:2019: decreased by $1.0$2.0 million). The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the succeeding five years is $5.9 million.

F-29
F- 34

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Note 10: Customer deposits and deposits from banksDeposits
By Maturity         
 DemandTotal
demand
deposits

TermTotal
term
deposits

 
December 31, 2019Non-interest
bearing

Interest
bearing

Within 3
months

3 to 6
months

6 to 12
months

After 12 months
Total
deposits

Customers         
 Demand or less than $100k¹2,229,974
7,131,016
9,360,990
31,666
9,355
13,497
16,478
70,996
9,431,986
 Term - $100k or moreN/A
N/A

2,398,802
224,435
290,917
61,726
2,975,880
2,975,880
Total customer deposits2,229,974
7,131,016
9,360,990
2,430,468
233,790
304,414
78,204
3,046,876
12,407,866
          
Banks         
 Demand or less than $100k8,282
21,047
29,329





29,329
 Term - $100k or moreN/A
N/A

3,817
510
103

4,430
4,430
Total bank deposits8,282
21,047
29,329
3,817
510
103

4,430
33,759










Total deposits2,238,256
7,152,063
9,390,319
2,434,285
234,300
304,517
78,204
3,051,306
12,441,625
          
 DemandTotal
demand
deposits

TermTotal
term
deposits

 
December 31, 2018Non-interest
bearing

Interest
bearing

Within 3
months

3 to 6
months

6 to 12
months

   After 12 months
Total
deposits

Customers         
 Demand or less than $100k¹2,111,496
5,338,347
7,449,843
31,101
9,692
12,754
15,151
68,698
7,518,541
 Term - $100k or moreN/A
N/A

1,206,918
218,449
419,615
54,896
1,899,878
1,899,878
Total customer deposits2,111,496
5,338,347
7,449,843
1,238,019
228,141
432,369
70,047
1,968,576
9,418,419
          
Banks         
 Demand or less than $100k8,100
18,965
27,065





27,065
 Term - $100k or moreN/A
N/A

6,656

101

6,757
6,757
Total bank deposits8,100
18,965
27,065
6,656

101

6,757
33,822










Total deposits2,119,596
5,357,312
7,476,908
1,244,675
228,141
432,470
70,047
1,975,333
9,452,241
By Maturity
Demand      Total
demand
deposits
TermTotal
term
deposits
December 31, 2021Non-interest
 bearing
Interest
bearing
Within 3
 months
3 to 6
 months
6 to 12
 months
After 12 monthsTotal
deposits
 Demand or less than $100k¹2,820,609 8,104,668 10,925,277 30,181 8,949 13,094 12,426 64,650 10,989,927 
 Term - $100k or moreN/AN/A 1,627,330 578,096 589,161 85,709 2,880,296 2,880,296 
Total deposits2,820,609 8,104,668 10,925,277 1,657,511 587,045 602,255 98,135 2,944,946 13,870,223 
DemandTotal
demand
deposits
TermTotal
term
deposits
December 31, 2020Non-interest
 bearing
Interest
bearing
Within 3
 months
3 to 6
 months
6 to 12
 months
   After 12 monthsTotal
deposits
 Demand or less than $100k¹3,012,360 7,577,642 10,590,002 30,551 8,402 13,138 14,875 66,966 10,656,968 
 Term - $100k or moreN/AN/A— 1,553,178 625,533 330,773 83,632 2,593,116 2,593,116 
Total deposits3,012,360 7,577,642 10,590,002 1,583,729 633,935 343,911 98,507 2,660,082 13,250,084 
¹ The weighted-average interest rate on interest-bearing demand deposits as at December 31, 20192021 is 0.20%-0.03% (December 31, 2018: 0.13%2020: -0.04%).
By Type and SegmentDecember 31, 2019December 31, 2018
 
Payable
on demand

Payable on a
fixed date

Total
Payable
on demand

Payable on a
fixed date

Total
Bermuda      
Customers3,137,577
1,265,679
4,403,256
3,537,510
958,092
4,495,602
Banks8,282

8,282
8,100

8,100
Cayman      
Customers2,974,866
475,418
3,450,284
2,847,793
472,442
3,320,235
Banks20,253
4,430
24,683
17,564
6,757
24,321
Channel Islands and the UK      
Customers3,248,547
1,305,779
4,554,326
1,064,540
538,042
1,602,582
Banks794

794
1,401

1,401
Total Customers9,360,990
3,046,876
12,407,866
7,449,843
1,968,576
9,418,419
Total Banks29,329
4,430
33,759
27,065
6,757
33,822
Total deposits9,390,319
3,051,306
12,441,625
7,476,908
1,975,333
9,452,241



F- 35

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


By Type and SegmentDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Payable
on demand
Payable on a
fixed date
TotalPayable
on demand
Payable on a
fixed date
Total
Bermuda3,820,647 690,102 4,510,749 4,107,156 705,490��4,812,646 
Cayman4,087,131 524,918 4,612,049 3,577,120 531,602 4,108,722 
Channel Islands and the UK3,017,499 1,729,926 4,747,425 2,905,726 1,422,990 4,328,716 
Total deposits10,925,277 2,944,946 13,870,223 10,590,002 2,660,082 13,250,084 

Note 11: Employee benefit plans

The Bank maintains trusteed pension plans including non-contributory defined benefit plans and a number of defined contribution plans, and provides post-retirement medical benefits to its qualifying retirees. The defined benefit provisions under the pension plans are generally based upon years of service and average salary during the relevant years of employment. The defined benefit and post-retirement medical plans are not open to new participants and are non-contributory and the funding required is provided by the Bank, based upon the advice of independent actuaries. The defined benefit pension plans are in the Bermuda, Guernsey and UK jurisdictions, and the defined benefit post-retirement medical plan is in Bermuda. The Bank has a residual obligation on top of its defined contribution plan in Mauritius.

Bermuda Defined Benefit and Post-Retirement Medical Benefit Plan
The Bank amortizes prior service credit resulting from plan amendments that occurred when plan members were active employees, on a linear basis over the expected average remaining service period (to full eligibility) of active members expected to receive benefits under the plan. Such remaining service periods are as follows: 3.1 years for the 2010 plan amendments and 4.6 years for the 2011 plan amendments. Plan amendments occurring in 2014 and 2019 resulted in the recognition of new prior service costcosts on December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2019 on a plan for which substantially all members are now inactive and, in accordance with GAAP, theinactive. The Bank has elected to amortize these new prior service costs on a linear basis over 21 years and 16 years, respectively, which was the average remaining life expectancy of members eligible for benefits under the plan at the time of the amendments.

Guernsey Defined Benefit Pension Plan
Effective October 2014, all the participants of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan became inactive and in accordance with GAAP, the net actuarial loss of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan will beis amortized over the then estimated average remaining life expectancy of the inactive participants of 39 years. Prior to all of the Guernsey participants being inactive, the net actuarial loss of the Guernsey defined benefit pension plan was amortized to net income over the estimated average remaining service period for active members of 15 years.

UK Defined Benefit Pension Plan
The UK defined benefit pension plan closed to new members effective April 1, 2002 and subsequently closed to further accrual of new benefits effective October 1, 2012. During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the pension plan settled in cash the liability of several plan members and an insurance policy was purchased in the name of the trustees of the plan to match the liabilities of remaining members who were pensioners as at March 31, 2016.

Mauritius Portable Retirement Gratuity Fund
Under the Mauritius Workers’ Right Act of 2019, the Portable Retirement Gratuity Fund was established for the purpose of providing for the payment of a gratuity on the death or retirement of an employee and came into effect on January 1, 2020. The Fund operates as a centralized defined contribution scheme with employers required to make upfront contributions at prescribed rates based on employees monthly remuneration. Any shortfall in this lump sum gratuity in the employees accumulated fund upon death or retirement, is to be funded by the Bank. Accordingly, the Bank recognizes the related service and net interest costs as well as the related net actuarial liability.








F- 36
F-30

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


The following table presents the financial position of the Bank’s defined benefit pension plans and the Bank’s post-retirement medical benefit plan, which is unfunded. The Bank measures the benefit obligations and plan assets annually on each December 31 and therefore, the most recent measurement date is December 31, 2019.2021.
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018December 31, 2017
 Pension
plans

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan

Pension
plans

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan

Pension
plans

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year168,791
110,347
148,966
117,203
179,613
127,687
       
Change in projected benefit obligation      
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year148,966
117,203
179,613
127,687
178,068
126,334
Service cost
58

63

64
Interest cost5,034
4,741
4,971
4,305
5,361
4,703
Benefits paid(7,546)(4,010)(17,274)(3,263)(13,444)(2,118)
Prior service cost

212



Plan amendment
2,369




Settlement and curtailment of liability(2,549)
(1,825)
(6,108)
Actuarial (gain) loss21,950
(10,014)(12,423)(11,589)7,384
(1,296)
Foreign exchange translation adjustment2,936

(4,308)
8,352

Projected benefit obligation at end of year168,791
110,347
148,966
117,203
179,613
127,687
       
Change in plan assets      
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year154,151

185,495

172,206

Actual return on plan assets25,225

(11,618)
14,801

Employer contribution2,605
4,010
3,653
3,263
8,448
2,118
Plan settlement(2,043)
(1,608)
(5,123)
Benefits paid(7,546)(4,010)(17,274)(3,263)(13,444)(2,118)
Foreign exchange translation adjustment3,008

(4,497)
8,607

Fair value of plan assets at end of year175,400

154,151

185,495

       
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:      
Prepaid benefit cost included in other assets6,609

5,185

6,993

Accrued pension benefit cost included in employee benefit plans liability
(110,347)
(117,203)(1,111)(127,687)
Surplus (deficit) of plan assets over projected benefit obligation at measurement date6,609
(110,347)5,185
(117,203)5,882
(127,687)


The 2021 net actuarial gain recognized in the defined benefit plans is largely due to an increase in discount rates as well as an update to census data used to value the benefit obligation and actual returns on investments being higher than expected. This was partially offset by a change in the mortality tables applied in 2021.


December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Pension
plans
Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan
Pension
plans
Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan
Pension
plans
Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan
Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year157,478 125,968 179,018 128,167 168,791 110,347 
Change in projected benefit obligation
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year179,018 128,167 168,791 110,347 148,966 117,203 
Service cost 82 43 66 — 58 
Interest cost2,729 2,594 3,957 3,270 5,034 4,741 
Benefits paid(9,050)(3,712)(7,412)(4,069)(7,546)(4,010)
Prior service cost403  48 — — — 
Plan amendment  — — — 2,369 
Settlement and curtailment of liability(5,906) (7,505)— (2,549)— 
Actuarial (gain) loss(9,093)(1,163)18,326 18,553 21,950 (10,014)
Foreign exchange translation adjustment(623) 2,770 ��� 2,936 — 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year157,478 125,968 179,018 128,167 168,791 110,347 
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year182,516  175,400 — 154,151 — 
Actual return on plan assets10,265  14,945 — 25,225 — 
Employer contribution1,680 3,712 2,917 4,069 2,605 4,010 
Plan settlement(5,625)0(5,903)— (2,043)— 
Benefits paid(9,050)(3,712)(7,412)(4,069)(7,546)(4,010)
Foreign exchange translation adjustment(761) 2,569 — 3,008 — 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year179,025  182,516 — 175,400 — 
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of:
Prepaid benefit cost included in other assets21,809  6,610 — 6,609 — 
Accrued pension benefit cost included in employee benefit plans liability(262)(125,968)(3,112)(128,167)— (110,347)
Surplus (deficit) of plan assets over projected benefit obligation at measurement date21,547 (125,968)3,498 (128,167)6,609 (110,347)
F- 37
F-31

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


  Year ended
  December 31, 2019December 31, 2018December 31, 2017
  Pension
plans

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan

Pension
plans

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan

Pension
plans

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:     
Net actuarial gain (loss), excluding deferred taxes(67,118)(2,660)(65,506)(12,946)(62,521)(27,150)
Net prior service credit (cost)(190)(8,390)(202)(6,397)
(6,436)
Deferred income taxes assets (liabilities) 996

816

1,180

Net amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss(66,312)(11,050)(64,892)(19,343)(61,341)(33,586)
        
Annual Benefit Expense       
Expense componentLine item in the consolidated statements of operations      
Service costSalaries and other employee benefits
58

63

64
Interest costNon-service employee benefits expense5,034
4,741
4,971
4,305
5,361
4,703
Expected return on plan assetsNon-service employee benefits expense(7,563)
(8,720)
(8,199)
Amortization of net actuarial (gains) lossesNon-service employee benefits expense2,197
272
2,106
2,615
2,238
3,514
Amortization of prior service (credit) lossNon-service employee benefits expense20
376

39

(759)
(Gain) loss on settlementNet other gains (losses) / Non-service employee benefits expense572

1,757

1,232

Defined benefit (income) expense 260
5,447
114
7,022
632
7,522
Defined contribution expense 8,340

7,442

6,521

Total benefit (income) expense 8,600
5,447
7,556
7,022
7,153
7,522
The components of benefit expense (income) other than the service cost component are included in the line item non-service employee benefits expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
        
Other Changes Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)     
Net gain (loss) arising during the year(3,472)10,014
(5,987)11,589
1,472
1,296
Prior service credit (cost) arising during the year 
(2,369)(212)


Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses 2,407
272
2,106
2,615
2,247
3,514
Amortization of prior service (credit) cost 19
376

39

(759)
Change in deferred taxes 149

(298)
(595)
Foreign exchange adjustment (523)
840

(1,233)
Total changes recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)(1,420)8,293
(3,551)14,243
1,891
4,051


Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Pension
plans
Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan
Pension
plans
Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan
Pension
plans
Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:
Net actuarial gain (loss), excluding deferred taxes(55,809)(18,371)(73,506)(21,213)(67,118)(2,660)
Net prior service credit (cost)(591)(7,342)(226)(7,866)(190)(8,390)
Deferred income taxes assets (liabilities)  1,477 — 996 — 
Net amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss(56,400)(25,713)(72,255)(29,079)(66,312)(11,050)
Annual Benefit Expense
Expense componentLine item in the consolidated statements of operations
Service costSalaries and other employee benefits58 82 97 66 — 58 
Interest costNon-service employee benefits expense2,729 2,594 3,960 3,270 5,034 4,741 
Expected return on plan assetsNon-service employee benefits expense(6,437)N/A(7,547)N/A(7,563)— 
Amortization of net actuarial (gains) lossesNon-service employee benefits expense2,766 1,679 2,412 — 2,197 272 
Amortization of prior service (credit) lossNon-service employee benefits expense(25)524 21 524 20 376 
(Gain) loss on settlementNet other gains (losses)/Non-service employee benefits expense1,679  1,326 — 572 — 
Defined benefit (income) expense770 4,879 269 3,860 260 5,447 
Defined contribution expense8,259  8,933 — 8,340 — 
Total benefit (income) expense9,029 4,879 9,202 3,860 8,600 5,447 
The components of benefit expense (income) other than the service cost component are included in the line item non-service employee benefits expense in the consolidated statements of operations.
Other Changes Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Net gain (loss) arising during the year14,772 1,163 (8,363)(18,553)(3,472)10,014 
Prior service credit (cost) arising during the year(399) (47)— — (2,369)
Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses2,766 1,679 2,412 — 2,407 272 
Amortization of prior service (credit) cost(25)524 20 524 19 376 
Change in deferred taxes(1,462) 456 — 149 — 
Foreign exchange adjustment203  (421)— (523)— 
Total changes recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)15,855 3,366 (5,943)(18,029)(1,420)8,293 
To develop the expected long-term rate of return on the plan assets assumption for each plan, the Bank considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocations of the assets. The weighted average discount rate used to determine benefit obligations at the end of the year is derived from interest rates on high quality corporate bonds with maturities that match the expected benefit payments.



F- 38
F-32

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Actuarial Assumptions
Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Pension
plans
Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan
Pension
plans
Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan
Pension
plans
Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan
Actuarial assumptions used to determine annual benefit expense
Weighted average discount rate1.90 %2.53 %2.65 %3.38 %3.65 %4.40 %
Weighted average rate of compensation increases 1
2.20 %N/A2.30 %N/A2.50 %N/A
Weighted average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets3.65 %N/A4.60 %N/A5.00 %N/A
Weighted average annual medical cost increase rateN/A7.2% to 4.5% in 2040N/A7.3% to 4.5% in 2040N/A7.5% to 4.5% in 2035
Actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at end of year
Weighted average discount rate2.30 %2.88 %1.90 %2.53 %2.65 %3.38 %
Weighted average rate of compensation increases 1
3.00 %N/A2.20 %N/A2.30 %N/A
Weighted average annual medical cost increase rateN/A7.0% to 4.5% in 2040N/A7.2% to 4.5% in 2040N/A7.3% to 4.5% in 2040
1 Only the UK subsidiary plan is impacted by potential future compensation increases.
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018December 31, 2017
 
Pension
plans

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan

Pension
plans

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan

Pension
plans

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan

Actuarial assumptions used to determine annual benefit expense      
Weighted average discount rate3.65%4.40%3.05%3.73%3.40%4.37%
Weighted average rate of compensation increases 1
2.50%N/A
2.50%N/A
2.50%N/A
Weighted average expected long-term rate of return on plan assets5.00%N/A
4.70%N/A
4.75%N/A
Weighted average annual medical cost increase rateN/A
7.5% to 4.5% in 2035
N/A
7.7% to 4.5% in 2035
N/A
7.8% to 4.5% in 2035
       
Actuarial assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at end of year      
Weighted average discount rate2.65%3.38%3.65%4.40%3.05%3.73%
Weighted average rate of compensation increases 1
2.30%N/A
2.50%N/A
2.40%N/A
Weighted average annual medical cost increase rateN/A
7.3% to 4.5% in 2040
N/A
7.5% to 4.5% in 2035
N/A
7.7% to 4.5% in 2035
1 Only the UK subsidiary plan is impacted by potential future compensation increases.
     


Investments Policies and Strategies
The pension plans’ assets are managed according to each plan's investment policy statement, which outlines the purpose of the plan, statement of objectives and guidelines and investment policy. The asset allocation is diversified and any use of derivatives is limited to hedging purposes only.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Weighted average actual and target asset allocations of the pension plans by asset categoryActual
 allocation
Target
 allocation
Actual
 allocation
Target
 allocation
Debt securities (including debt mutual funds)39 %32 %37 %30 %
Equity securities (including equity mutual funds)51 %53 %50 %52 %
Other10 %15 %13 %18 %
Total100 %100 %100 %100 %
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Weighted average actual and target asset allocations of the pension plans by asset category
Actual
 allocation

Target
 allocation

Actual
 allocation

Target
 allocation

Debt securities (including debt mutual funds)32%36%33%47%
Equity securities (including equity mutual funds)51%47%55%37%
Other17%17%12%16%
Total100%100%100%100%


Fair Value Measurements of Pension Plans' Assets
The following table presents the fair value of the plans' assets by category and level of inputs used in their respective fair value determination as described in Note"Note 2: Significant accounting policies,policies", except the level 3 security, for which the valuation determination is described following the below table:
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
 Fair value determinationFair value determination
 Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
fair value

Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
fair value

US government and federal agencies
19,445

19,445

10,221

10,221
Non-US governments debt securities
1,089

1,089

1,039

1,039
Corporate debt securities
35,688

35,688

39,589

39,589
Equity securities and mutual funds1,112
88,631

89,743
925
83,638

84,563
Other10,049
406
18,980
29,435

1,779
16,960
18,739
Total fair value of plans' assets11,161
145,259
18,980
175,400
925
136,266
16,960
154,151


December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Fair value determinationFair value determination
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
fair value
Level 1Level 2Level 3Total
fair value
US government and federal agencies 23,040  23,040 — 21,566 — 21,566 
Non-US governments debt securities 1,090  1,090 — 1,132 — 1,132 
Corporate debt securities 45,596  45,596 — 45,871 — 45,871 
Equity securities and mutual funds1,111 90,193  91,304 925 90,574 — 91,499 
Other180 431 17,384 17,995 727 226 21,495 22,448 
Total fair value of plans' assets1,291 160,350 17,384 179,025 1,652 159,369 21,495 182,516 
The Level 3 assets consist of insured annuity policies covering the full pension benefits of certain plan members. The fair value of these policies is deemed equal to the actuarial value of the projected benefit obligation for the insured benefits. At December 31, 2019, 26.8%2021, 29.2% (December 31, 2018: 32.6%2020: 28.4%) of the assets of the pension plans were mutual funds and equity securities managed or administered by wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Bank. At December 31, 2019,2021, 0.6% (December 31, 2018: 0.6%2020: 0.5%) of the plans' assets were invested in common shares of the Bank.

The investments of the pension funds are diversified across a range of asset classes and are diversified within each asset class. The assets are generally actively managed with the goal of adding some incremental value through security selection and asset allocation.


F- 39
F-33

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Estimated 20202022 Bank contribution to and estimated benefit payments for the next ten years under the pension and post-retirement medical benefit plans are as follows:
Pension
plans
Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan
Estimated Bank contributions for the full year ending December 31, 2022 4,798 
Estimated benefit payments by year:
20227,500 4,798 
20237,300 5,044 
20247,200 5,286 
20257,400 5,536 
20267,100 5,786 
2027-203137,400 31,614 
 
Pension
plans

Post-
retirement
medical
benefit plan

Estimated Bank contributions for the full year ending December 31, 20202,472
4,161
Estimated benefit payments by year:

20207,300
4,161
20217,300
4,474
20227,300
4,716
20237,200
4,959
20247,100
5,194
2025-202934,400
29,109


Note 12: Credit related arrangements, repurchase agreements and commitments

Commitments
As at December 31, 2019,2021, the Bank was committed to expenditures under contract for information technology services sourcing of $27.6$53.3 million (December 31, 2018: $39.22020: $13.0 million). The Bank funded its expenditures with its own resources and plans to fund those currently in progress with its own resources, which may be obtained through cash on hand, cash flows from operations and issuances of debt and equity securities.

The following table summarizes the Bank's commitments for sourcing, long-term leases and other agreements:
Year ending December 31Sourcing
Other
Total
202015,598
12,561
28,159
202111,998
7,006
19,004
2022
2,889
2,889
2023
1,581
1,581
2024
1,212
1,212
2025 & thereafter
1,028
1,028
Total commitments27,596
26,277
53,873

Year ending December 31SourcingOtherTotal
202213,459 19,018 32,477 
202311,301 13,262 24,563 
202410,424 4,435 14,859 
202510,018 1,794 11,812 
20268,112 309 8,421 
2027 & thereafter 17 17 
Total commitments53,314 38,835 92,149 

The Bank enters into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of the Bank's commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance for possible loanexpected credit losses.

The Bank has a facility bywith 1 of its custodians, whereby the Bank may offer up to US $200 million of standby letters of credit to its customers on a fully secured basis. Under the standard terms of the facility, the custodian has the right to set-off against securities held of 110% of the utilized facility. At December 31, 2019, $143.62021, $145.7 million (December 31, 2018: $137.42020: $153.2 million) of standby letters of credit were issued under this facility.
Outstanding unfunded commitments to extend creditDecember 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Commitments to extend credit549,049
445,215
Documentary and commercial letters of credit355
561
Total unfunded commitments to extend credit549,404
445,776

Outstanding unfunded commitments to extend creditDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Commitments to extend credit717,077 836,710 
Documentary and commercial letters of credit1,522 981 
Total unfunded commitments to extend credit718,599 837,691 
Allowance for credit losses(551)(179)

Credit-Related Arrangements
Standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee are issued at the request of a Bank customer in order to secure the customer’s payment or performance obligations to a third party. These guarantees represent an irrevocable obligation of the Bank to pay the third party beneficiary upon presentation of the guarantee and satisfaction of the documentary requirements stipulated therein, without investigation as to the validity of the beneficiary’s claim against the customer. Generally, the term of the standby letters of credit does not exceed one year, while the term of the letters of guarantee does not exceed four years. The types and amounts of collateral security held by the Bank for these standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee isare generally represented by deposits with the Bank or a charge over assets held in mutual funds.

The Bank considers the fees collected in connection with the issuance of standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee to be representative of the fair value of its obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. In accordance with applicable accounting standards related to guarantees, the Bank defers fees collected in connection with the issuance of standby letters of credit and letters of guarantee. The fees are then recognized in income proportionately over the life of the credit agreements. The following table presents the outstanding financial guarantees. Collateral is shown at estimated market value less selling cost. Where the collateral is cash, it is shown gross including accrued income.
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Outstanding financial guaranteesGross
Collateral
Net
Gross
Collateral
Net
Standby letters of credit230,971
223,711
7,260
245,156
237,051
8,105
Letters of guarantee7,806
7,672
134
2,685
2,599
86
Total238,777
231,383
7,394
247,841
239,650
8,191
F-34


F- 40

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Outstanding financial guaranteesGrossCollateralNetGrossCollateralNet
Standby letters of credit276,464 269,204 7,260 265,959 258,699 7,260 
Letters of guarantee3,588 3,552 36 5,449 5,413 36 
Total280,052 272,756 7,296 271,408 264,112 7,296 

Repurchase agreements
The Bank utilizes repurchase agreements and resell agreements (reverse repurchase agreements) to manage liquidity. The risks of these transactions include changes in the fair value in the securities posted or received as collateral and other credit-related events. The Bank manages these risks by ensuring that the collateralscollateral involved areis appropriate and by monitoring the value of the securities posted or received as collateral on a daily basis.

As at December 31, 2019,2021, the Bank had 1319 open positions (December 31, 2018: 2)2020: 5) in resell agreements with a remaining maturity of less than 30 days involving pools of mortgages issued by US federal agencies. The amortized cost of these resell agreements is $142.3$96.1 million (December 31, 2018: $27.32020: $197.0 million) and are included in securities purchased under agreementagreements to resell on the consolidated balance sheets. As at December 31, 2019,2021, there were no positions (December 31, 2018:2020: no positions) which were offset on the consolidated balance sheetsheets to arrive at the carrying value, and there was no collateral amount which was available to offset against the future settlement amount.

Legal Proceedings
There are actions and legal proceedings pending against the Bank and its subsidiaries which arose in the normal course of its business. Management, after reviewing all actions and proceedings pending against or involving the Bank and its subsidiaries, considers that the resolution of these matters would in the aggregate not be material to the consolidated financial position of the Bank, except as noted in the following paragraphs.paragraph.

As publicly announced, in November 2013, the US Attorney'sAttorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York applied for and secured the issuance of so-called John Doe Summonses to 6 US financial institutions with which the Bank had correspondent bank relationships.relationships in connection with a US cross border tax investigation. On August 3, 2021, the Bank announced it had reached a resolution with the United States Department of Justice concerning this inquiry. The resolution is in the form of a non-prosecution agreement with a three-year term. The Bank has been fully cooperatingpaid $5.6 million in respect of Forfeiture and Tax Restitution Amounts which is consistent with the US authorities in their ongoing investigation. Specifically, the Bank has conducted an extensive review and account remediation exercise to determine the US tax compliance status of US person account holders. The review process and results have been shared with the US authorities.that previously provisioned for.

Management believes that as at December 31, 2019, a provision of $5.5 million (December 31, 2018: $5.5 million), which has been recorded, is appropriate. As the investigation remains ongoing at this time, the timing and terms of the final resolution, including any fines or penalties, remain uncertain and the financial impact to the Bank could exceed the amount of the provision. In this regard, we note that the US authorities have not approved or commented on the adequacy or reasonableness of the estimate. The provision is included on the consolidated balance sheets under other liabilities.

Note 13: Leases

The Bank enters into operating lease agreements either as the lessee or the lessor, mostly for office and parking spaces as well as for small office equipment. The terms of the existing leases, including renewal options that are reasonably certain to be exercised, extend up to the year 2035. Certain lease payments will be adjusted during the related lease's term based on movements in the relevant consumer price index. Rental expense for premises leased on a long-term basis for the year ended December 31, 2018 amounted to $5.6 million (December 31, 2017: $4.9 million).
Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Lease costs
Operating lease costs8,248 7,932 
Short-term lease costs1,407 1,500 
Sublease income(1,359)(1,205)
Total net lease cost8,296 8,227 
Operating lease income1,243 940 
Other information for the period
Right-of-use assets related to new operating lease liabilities1,575 323 
Operating cash flows from operating leases8,402 8,330 
Year ended
Other information at end of periodDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Operating leases right-of-use assets (included in other assets on the balance sheets)39,525 46,244 
Operating lease liabilities (included in other liabilities on the balance sheets)38,789 44,940 
Weighted average remaining lease term for operating leases (in years)9.8110.14
Weighted average discount rate for operating leases5.25 %5.25 %
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019
Lease costs 
Operating lease costs6,606
Short-term lease costs858
Sublease (income)(534)
Total net lease cost6,930
Operating lease income677
Other information for the period

Right-of-use assets related to new operating lease liabilities28,703
Operating cash flows from operating leases7,071
  
Other information at end of periodAs at December 31, 2019
Operating leases right-of-use assets (included in other assets on the balance sheets)47,947
Operating lease liabilities (included in other liabilities on the balance sheets)48,334
Weighted average remaining lease term for operating leases (in years)10.37
Weighted average discount rate for operating leases5.25%
  
The following table summarizes the maturity analysis of the Bank's commitments for long-term leases as at December 31, 2019: 
Year ending December 31Operating Leases
20208,570
20218,312
20227,923
20237,004
20244,324
2025 & thereafter27,194
Total commitments63,327
Less: effect of discounting cash flows to their present value(14,993)
Operating lease liabilities48,334


F- 41F-35

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


The following table summarizes the maturity analysis of the Bank's commitments for long-term leases as at December 31, 2021:
Year ending December 31Operating Leases
20228,066 
20236,895 
20246,240 
20253,957 
20262,998 
2027 & thereafter21,754 
Total commitments49,910 
Less: effect of discounting cash flows to their present value(11,121)
Operating lease liabilities38,789 
Note 14: Exit cost obligations

During December 2015, the Bank agreed to commence an orderly wind-down of the deposit taking and investment management businesses in the United Kingdom jurisdiction in the Channel Islands and the UK segment as reflected in management segment reporting described in Note 16: Segmented information. In making this determination, the Bank considered the increasing regulatory pressure along with periods of negative profitability and made the determination that an orderly wind-down of the deposit taking and investment management businesses in the UK was prudent for Butterfield as a group. The orderly wind-down was largely completed by the end of 2016 with the change in business operations to mortgage lending services and the change in name from Butterfield Bank (UK) Limited to Butterfield Mortgages Limited. The amounts expensed shown in the following table were included in the consolidated statements of operations as restructuring costs under non-interest expenses.

Related to this orderly wind-down, it was determined that the core banking system utilized in the operations of the UK jurisdiction was impaired (included in premises, equipment and computer software on the consolidated balance sheets). This determination was based upon the realizable value of this software upon completion of the orderly wind-down and was expensed in the year ended December 31, 2015.
 Total exit costs recognized
Total amounts paid
Exit cost liability
 Years 2015 - 2017
Years 2015 - 2017
As at December 31, 2019
As at December 31, 2018
Staff redundancy expenses3,680
3,680


Professional services4,388
4,388


Lease termination expenses649
649


Other expenses1,504
1,504


Total10,221
10,221




Note 15:14: Loan interest income
Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Contractual interest earned214,539 224,474 228,892 
Amortization
Amortization of fair value hedge(281)(300)(316)
Amortization of loan origination fees (net of amortized costs)6,847 5,436 5,456 
Amortization of fair value adjustment on purchased loans439 1,046 — 
Total loan interest income221,544 230,656 234,032 
Balance of unamortized fair value hedge included in loans as at year end1,095 1,376 1,676 
Balance of unamortized loan fees included in loans as at year end11,926 12,204 11,628 
 Year ended

December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Contractual interest earned228,892
213,908
183,571

   
Amortization   
Amortization of fair value hedge(316)(501)(722)
Amortization of loan origination fees (net of amortized costs)5,456
5,088
4,171
Total loan interest income234,032
218,495
187,020

   
Balance of unamortized fair value hedge included in loans as at year end1,676
1,992
2,493
Balance of unamortized loan fees included in loans as at year end11,628
10,010
9,364


Note 15: Segmented information
Note 16: Segmented information

The Bank is managed by the GroupChairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) on a geographic basis. In 2017, theThe Bank presented 6presents 4 reportable segments, which includedthree geographical and one other: Bermuda, Cayman, Guernsey, Switzerland, The Bahamas and the UK. In 2018, the Bank reassessed the segment reporting as a result of acquisitions which were announced in 2017 and early 2018 and concluded on the following 3 geographic segments: Bermuda, Cayman, and Channel Islands and the UK.UK, and Other. The Other segment is composed of several non-reportable operating segments that have been aggregated in accordance with GAAP. Each reportable segment has a managing director who reports to the GroupChairman and CEO. The GroupChairman and CEO and the segment managing director have final authority over resource allocation decisions and performance assessment.

The geographic segments reflect this management structure and the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by the Chairman and CEO. Segment results are determined based on the Bank's management reporting system, which assigns balance sheet and income statement of operations items to each of the geographic segments. The process is designed around the Bank's organizational and management structure and, accordingly, the results derived are not necessarily comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions. A description of each reportable segment and table of financial results is presented below.

Accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2: Significant accounting policies. Transactions between segments are accounted for on an accrual basis and are all eliminated upon consolidation. The Bank generally does not allocate assets, revenues and expenses among its business segments, with the exception of certain corporate overhead expenses and loan participation revenue and expense.expenses. Loan participation revenue and expenses are allocated pro-rata based onupon the percentage of the total loan funded by each jurisdiction participating in the loan.

The Bermuda segment provides a fullcomprehensive range of retail, commercial and private banking services. Retail services are offered to individuals and small to medium-sized businesses through 3 branch locations and through internet banking, mobile banking, automated teller machines (“ATMs”) and debit cards. Retail services include deposit services, consumer and mortgage lending, credit cards and personal insurance products. Commercial banking includes commercial lending and mortgages, cash management, payroll services, remote banking and letters of credit. Treasury services include money market and foreign exchange activities. Bermuda’s wealth management offering consists of Butterfield Asset Management Limited, which provides investment management, advisory and brokerage services and Butterfield Trust (Bermuda) Limited, which provides trust, estate, company management and custody services. Bermuda is also the location of the Bank's head offices and accordingly, retains the unallocated corporate overhead expenses.

The Cayman segment provides a comprehensive range of retail, commercial and private banking services. Retail services are offered to individuals and small to medium-sized businesses through 3 branch locations and through internet banking, mobile banking, ATMs and debit cards. Retail services include deposit services, consumer and mortgage lending, credit cards and property/auto insurance. Commercial banking includes commercial lending and mortgages, cash management, payroll services, remote

F- 42

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


banking and letters of credit. Treasury services include money market and foreign exchange activities. Cayman’s wealth management offering comprises investment management, advisory and brokerage services and Butterfield Trust (Cayman) Limited, which provides trust, estate and company management.

The Channel Islands and the UK segment includes the jurisdictions of Guernsey and Jersey (Channel Islands), and the UK. In the Channel Islands, a broad range of services are provided to private clients and financial intermediaries including mortgage lending, private banking and treasury services, internet banking, wealth management and fiduciary services. The UK jurisdiction provides mortgage services for high-value residential properties.

F-36

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

The Other segment includes the jurisdictions of The Bahamas, Canada, Mauritius, Singapore and Switzerland. These operating segments individually and collectively do not meet the quantitative threshold for segmented reporting and are therefore aggregated as non-reportable operating segments.
Total Assets by SegmentDecember 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Bermuda5,220,016
5,387,347
Cayman3,839,074
3,705,468
Channel Islands and the UK5,108,357
1,966,547
Other35,148
30,035
Total assets before inter-segment eliminations14,202,595
11,089,397
Less: inter-segment eliminations(281,020)(316,219)
Total13,921,575
10,773,178

2019 Net interest incomeProvision for credit recoveries (losses)
Non-interest
 income

Net revenue
 before gains
 and losses

Gains and
 losses

Total net revenue
Total
expenses

Net income
Year ended December 31Customer
Inter- segment
Bermuda182,674
1,236
(3,088)89,114
269,936
2,172
272,108
209,417
62,691
Cayman113,493
1,071
1,893
51,853
168,310
570
168,880
61,057
107,823
Channel Islands and the UK49,486
(2,307)1,379
34,319
82,877
43
82,920
74,217
8,703
Other49


22,119
22,168
(18)22,150
24,292
(2,142)
Total before eliminations345,702

184
197,405
543,291
2,767
546,058
368,983
177,075
Inter-segment eliminations


(13,430)(13,430)
(13,430)(13,430)
Total345,702

184
183,975
529,861
2,767
532,628
355,553
177,075
          
2018 Net interest incomeProvision for credit recoveries (losses)
Non-interest
 income

Net revenue
 before gains
 and losses

Gains and
 losses

Total net revenue
Total
expenses

Net income
Year ended December 31Customer
Inter- segment
Bermuda202,901
2,383
6,823
87,352
299,459
(20)299,439
202,318
97,121
Cayman102,793
416
1,297
47,781
152,287
349
152,636
60,666
91,970
Channel Islands and the UK37,276
(2,799)(1,129)26,824
60,172
(1,185)58,987
50,353
8,634
Other19


15,157
15,176
1
15,177
17,718
(2,541)
Total before eliminations342,989

6,991
177,114
527,094
(855)526,239
331,055
195,184
Inter-segment eliminations


(8,428)(8,428)
(8,428)(8,428)
Total342,989

6,991
168,686
518,666
(855)517,811
322,627
195,184
          
2017 Net interest incomeProvision for credit recoveries (losses)
Non-interest
 income

Net revenue
before gains
and losses

Gains and
 losses

Total net revenue
Total
expenses

Net income
Year ended December 31Customer
Inter- segment
Bermuda178,600
1,324
4,618
81,416
265,958
2,785
268,743
192,293
76,450
Cayman86,074
3
1,033
46,004
133,114
(28)133,086
59,400
73,686
Channel Islands and the UK24,978
(1,367)186
24,445
48,242
(1,488)46,754
43,758
2,996
Other92
40

11,424
11,556

11,556
11,436
120
Total before eliminations289,744

5,837
163,289
458,870
1,269
460,139
306,887
153,252
Inter-segment eliminations


(5,464)(5,464)
(5,464)(5,464)
Total289,744

5,837
157,825
453,406
1,269
454,675
301,423
153,252



F- 43

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Total Assets by SegmentDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Bermuda5,728,466 5,924,779 
Cayman4,973,402 4,479,937 
Channel Islands and the UK5,234,880 4,826,671 
Other33,059 32,928 
Total assets before inter-segment eliminations15,969,807 15,264,315 
Less: inter-segment eliminations(634,607)(525,681)
Total15,335,200 14,738,634 

2021 Net interest incomeProvision for credit recoveries (losses)Non-interest
 income
Net revenue
 before gains
 and losses
Gains and
 losses
Total net revenueTotal
expenses
Net income
Year ended December 31CustomerInter- segment
Bermuda147,295 (1,304)2,206 84,641 232,838 880 233,718 186,806 46,912 
Cayman89,757 1,241 1,415 58,058 150,471 213 150,684 58,945 91,739 
Channel Islands and the UK62,752 63 (493)45,294 107,616 (2,454)105,162 81,654 23,508 
Other3   27,549 27,552  27,552 27,043 509 
Total before eliminations299,807  3,128 215,542 518,477 (1,361)517,116 354,448 162,668 
Inter-segment eliminations   (17,435)(17,435) (17,435)(17,435) 
Total299,807  3,128 198,107 501,042 (1,361)499,681 337,013 162,668 
2020 Net interest incomeProvision for credit recoveries (losses)Non-interest
 income
Net revenue
 before gains
 and losses
Gains and
 losses
Total net revenueTotal
expenses
Net income
Year ended December 31CustomerInter- segment
Bermuda158,790 778 (8,750)85,216 236,034 1,970 238,004 192,781 45,223 
Cayman94,211 1,149 483 49,294 145,137 491 145,628 62,605 83,023 
Channel Islands and the UK64,591 (1,927)(224)40,698 103,138 (1,238)101,900 82,057 19,843 
Other— — 14,384 14,391 (1)14,390 15,262 (872)
Total before eliminations317,599 — (8,491)189,592 498,700 1,222 499,922 352,705 147,217 
Inter-segment eliminations— — — (5,733)(5,733)— (5,733)(5,733)— 
Total317,599 — (8,491)183,859 492,967 1,222 494,189 346,972 147,217 
2019 Net interest incomeProvision for credit recoveries (losses)Non-interest
 income
Net revenue
 before gains
 and losses
Gains and
 losses
Total net revenueTotal
expenses
Net income
Year ended December 31CustomerInter- segment
Bermuda182,674 1,236 (3,088)89,114 269,936 2,172 272,108 209,417 62,691 
Cayman113,493 1,071 1,893 51,853 168,310 570 168,880 61,057 107,823 
Channel Islands and the UK49,486 (2,307)1,379 34,319 82,877 43 82,920 74,217 8,703 
Other49 — — 22,119 22,168 (18)22,150 24,292 (2,142)
Total before eliminations345,702 — 184 197,405 543,291 2,767 546,058 368,983 177,075 
Inter-segment eliminations— — — (13,430)(13,430)— (13,430)(13,430)— 
Total345,702 — 184 183,975 529,861 2,767 532,628 355,553 177,075 

Note 17:16: Derivative instruments and risk management

The Bank uses derivatives for risk management purposes and to meet the needs of its customers. The Bank’s derivative contracts principally involve OTCover-the-counter ("OTC") transactions that are negotiated privately between the Bank and the counterparty to the contract and include interest rate contracts and foreign exchange contracts.

The Bank may pursue opportunities to reduce its exposure to credit losses on derivatives by entering into International Swaps and Derivatives Association master agreements (“ISDAs”). Depending on the nature of the derivative transaction, bilateral collateral arrangements may be used, as well. When the Bank is engaged in more than one outstanding derivative transaction with the same counterparty, and also has a legally enforceable master netting agreement with that counterparty, the net marked-to-market exposure represents the netting of the positive and negative exposures with that counterparty. When there is a net negative exposure, the Bank regards its credit exposure to the counterparty as being zero. The net marked-to-market position with a particular counterparty represents a reasonable measure of credit risk when there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement between the Bank and that counterparty.

F-37

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

Certain of these agreements contain credit risk-related contingent features in which the counterparty has the option to accelerate cash settlement of the Bank's net derivative liabilities with the counterparty in the event the Bank's credit rating falls below specified levels or the liabilities reach certain levels.

All derivative financial instruments, whether designated as hedges or not, are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value within other assets or other liabilities. These amounts include the effect of netting. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative in the consolidated statements of operations depends on whether the contract has been designated as a hedge and qualifies for hedge accounting.

Notional Amounts
The notional amounts are not recorded as assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as they represent the face amount of the contract to which a rate or price is applied to determine the amount of cash flows to be exchanged. Notional amounts represent the volume of outstanding transactions and do not represent the potential gain or loss associated with market risk or credit risk of such instruments. Credit risk is limited to the positive fair value of the derivative instrument, which is significantly less than the notional amount.

Fair Value
Derivative instruments, in the absence of any compensating up-front cash payments, generally have no market value at inception. They obtain value, positive or negative, as relevant interest rates, exchange rates, equity or commodity prices or indices change. The potential for derivatives to increase or decrease in value as a result of the foregoing factors is generally referred to as market risk. Market risk is managed within clearly defined parameters as prescribed by senior management of the Bank. The fair value is defined as the profit or loss associated with replacing the derivative contracts at prevailing market prices.

Risk Management Derivatives
The Bank enters into interest derivative contracts as part of its overall interest rate risk management strategy to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. The Bank’s goal is to manage interest rate sensitivity by modifying the repricing or maturity characteristics of certain consolidated balance sheet assets and liabilities so that movements in interest rates do not adversely affect the net interest margin. Derivative instruments that are used as part of the Bank’s risk management strategy include interest rate swap contracts that have indices related to the pricing of specific consolidated balance sheet assets and liabilities. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and variable-rate interest payments between two parties, based on a common notional principal amount and maturity date. The Bank uses foreign currency derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to foreign currency risk. Certain hedging relationships are formally designated and qualify for hedge accounting as fair value or net investment hedges. Risk management derivatives comprise fair value hedges, net investment hedges and derivatives not formally designated as hedges as described below.

Fair value hedges consist ofinclude designated interest ratecurrency swaps andthat are used to minimize the Bank's exposure to variability in the fair value of available-for-sale investments due to movements in foreign exchange rates. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities duethe hedging instrument is recognized in current year earnings consistent with the related change in fair value of the hedged items attributable to movements in interestforeign exchange rates. The Bank previously entered into interest rate swaps to convert its fixed-rate long-term loans to floating-rate loans, and convert fixed-rate deposits to floating-rate deposits. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank canceled its interest rate swaps designated asFor fair value hedges, hedging effectiveness of loans receivable and therefore discontinued hedge accounting for these financial instruments. The fair value attributable to the hedged loansitem and the hedging instrument are accounted for prospectivelyassessed and are being amortized to net income over the remaining life of each individual loan, which could extend to year 2029,managed at inception and on an ongoing basis using the effective interesta partial-term method.

Net investment hedges includesinclude designated currency swaps and qualifying non-derivative instruments and are used to minimize the Bank’s exposure to variability in the foreign currency translation of net investments in foreign operations. The effective portion of changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recognized in AOCLAOCI consistent with the related translation gains and losses of the hedged net investment. For net investment hedges, all critical terms of the hedged item and the hedging instrument are matched at inception and on an ongoing basis to minimize the risk of hedge ineffectiveness.

For derivatives designated as net investment hedges, the Bank follows the method based on changes in spot exchange rates. Accordingly:
- The change in the fair value of the derivative instrument that is reported in AOCLAOCI (i.e., the effective portion) is determined by the changes in spot exchange rates.
- The change in the fair value of the derivative instrument attributable to changes in the difference between the forward rate and spot rate are excluded from the measure
of the hedge ineffectiveness and that difference is reported directly in the consolidated statements of operations under foreign exchange revenue.
Amounts recorded in AOCLAOCI are reclassified to earnings only upon the sale or substantial liquidation of an investment in a foreign subsidiary.

For foreign-currency-denominated debt instruments that are designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations, the translation gain or loss that is recorded in AOCLAOCI is based on the spot exchange rate between the reporting currency of the Bank and the functional currency of the respective subsidiary. See Note 24:23: Accumulated other comprehensive lossincome (loss)" for details on the amount recognized into AOCLAOCI during the current period from translation gain or loss.

Derivatives not formally designated as hedges are entered into to manage the interest rate risk of fixed rate deposits and foreign exchange risk of the Bank's exposure. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments not formally designated as hedges are recognized in foreign exchange income.revenue.

Client service derivatives
The Bank enters into foreign exchange contracts and interest rate caps primarily to meet the foreign exchange needs of its customers. Foreign exchange contracts are agreements to exchange specific amounts of currencies at a future date at a specified rate of exchange. Changes in the fair value of client services derivative instruments are recognized in foreign exchange income.revenue


F- 44

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


The following table shows the aggregate notional amounts of derivative contracts outstanding listed by type and respective gross positive or negative fair values and classified by those used for risk management (sub-classified as hedging and those that do not qualify for hedge accounting), client services and credit derivatives. Fair value of derivatives is recorded in the consolidated balance sheets in other assets and other liabilities. Gross positive fair values are recorded in other assets and gross negative fair values are recorded in other liabilities, subject to netting when master netting agreements are in place.
December 31, 2019Derivative instrumentNumber of contracts
Notional 
amounts 

Gross
 positive
fair value

Gross
 negative
fair value

Net 
fair value 

Risk management derivatives      
Net investment hedgesCurrency swaps1
9,502

(118)(118)
Derivatives not formally designated as hedging instrumentsCurrency swaps9
207,032
1,632
(1,339)293
Subtotal risk management derivatives 
216,534
1,632
(1,457)175
       
Client services derivativesSpot and forward foreign exchange352
3,280,636
31,060
(30,602)458

      
Total derivative instruments 
3,497,170
32,692
(32,059)633
       
December 31, 2018Derivative instrumentNumber of contracts
Notional 
amounts 

Gross
 positive
fair value

Gross
 negative
fair value

Net 
fair value 

Risk management derivatives      
Net investment hedgesCurrency swaps1
2,935

(32)(32)
Derivatives not formally designated as hedging instrumentsCurrency swaps8
235,875
269
(569)(300)
Subtotal risk management derivatives 
238,810
269
(601)(332)
       
Client services derivativesSpot and forward foreign exchange288
2,064,762
13,331
(12,671)660
       
Total derivative instruments 
2,303,572
13,600
(13,272)328
F-38

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


December 31, 2021Derivative instrumentNumber of contractsNotional 
amounts 
Gross
 positive
fair value
Gross
 negative
fair value
Net 
fair value 
Risk management derivatives
Net investment hedgesCurrency swaps4 61,641 1,071 (163)908 
Fair value hedgesCurrency swaps4 174,169 1,216 (2,535)(1,319)
Derivatives not formally designated as hedging instrumentsCurrency swaps36 1,552,733 14,538 (9,566)4,972 
Subtotal risk management derivatives1,788,543 16,825 (12,264)4,561 
Client services derivativesSpot and forward foreign exchange125 331,837 1,138 (1,003)135 
Total derivative instruments2,120,380 17,963 (13,267)4,696 
December 31, 2020Derivative instrumentNumber of contractsNotional 
amounts 
Gross
 positive
fair value
Gross
 negative
fair value
Net 
fair value 
Risk management derivatives
Net investment hedgesCurrency swaps68,231 — (4,586)(4,586)
Fair value hedgesCurrency swaps197,987 4,039 — 4,039 
Derivatives not formally designated as hedging instrumentsCurrency swaps42 1,471,632 2,678 (21,239)(18,561)
Subtotal risk management derivatives1,737,850 6,717 (25,825)(19,108)
Client services derivativesSpot and forward foreign exchange241 770,113 7,128 (6,862)266 
Total derivative instruments2,507,963 13,845 (32,687)(18,842)
In addition to the above, as at December 31, 20192021 foreign denominated deposits of £251.4£192.3 million (December 31, 2018: £124.52020: £192.8 million) and CHF 0.4 million (December 31, 2018:2020: CHF 0.4 million) were designated as a hedge of foreign exchange risk associated with the net investment in foreign operations.

We manage derivative exposure by monitoring the credit risk associated with each counterparty using counterparty specific credit risk limits, using master netting arrangements where appropriate and obtaining collateral. The Bank elected to offset in the consolidated balance sheets certain gross derivative assets and liabilities subject to netting agreements.

The Bank also elected not to offset certain derivative assets or liabilities and all collateralscollateral received or paid that the Bank or the counterparties could legally offset in the event of default. In the tables below, these positions are deducted from the net fair value presented in the consolidated balance sheets in order to present the net exposures. The collateral values presented in the following table are limited to the related net derivative asset or liability balance and, accordingly, do not include excess collateral received or paid.


Gross fair
 value
 recognized
Less: offset
 applied
 under master
 netting
 agreements
Net fair value
presented in the
 consolidated
 balance sheets
Less: positions not offset in the consolidated balance sheets
December 31, 2021Gross fair value of derivatives
Cash collateral
 received / paid
Net exposures
Derivative assets
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swaps17,963 (9,843)8,120   8,120 
Derivative liabilities
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swaps13,267 (9,843)3,424  (818)2,606 
Net positive fair value4,696 
Gross fair
 value
 recognized
Less: offset
 applied
 under master
 netting
 agreements
Net fair value
presented in the
 consolidated
 balance sheets
Less: positions not offset in the consolidated balance sheets
December 31, 2020Gross fair value of derivativesCash collateral
 received / paid
Net exposures
Derivative assets
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swaps13,845 (7,153)6,692 — (3)6,689 
Derivative liabilities
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swaps32,687 (7,153)25,534 — (3,042)22,492 
Net negative fair value(18,842)
F- 45
F-39

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


 Gross fair
value
recognized

Less: offset
 applied
 under master
 netting
 agreements

Net fair value
presented in the
 consolidated
 balance sheets

Less: positions not offset in the consolidated balance sheets 
December 31, 2019Gross fair value of derivatives

Cash collateral
 received / paid

Net exposures
Derivative assets      
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swaps32,692
(2,233)30,459

(3,224)27,235

      
Derivative liabilities      
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swaps32,059
(2,233)29,826

(997)28,829
Net positive fair value  633
   
       
 Gross fair
value
recognized

Less: offset
 applied
 under master
 netting
 agreements

Net fair value
presented in the
 consolidated
 balance sheets

Less: positions not offset in the consolidated balance sheets 
December 31, 2018Gross fair value of derivatives

Cash collateral
 received / paid

Net exposures
Derivative assets      
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swaps13,600
(2,036)11,564

(3,216)8,348

      
Derivative liabilities      
Spot and forward foreign exchange and currency swaps13,272
(2,036)11,236

(1,861)9,375
Net positive fair value  328
   


The following tables show the location and amount of gains (losses) recorded in either the consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of comprehensive income on derivative instruments outstanding.
Year ended
Derivative instrumentConsolidated statements of operations line itemDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Spot and forward foreign exchangeForeign exchange revenue(131)(191)(202)
Currency swaps, not designated as hedgeForeign exchange revenue23,531 (18,854)592 
Currency swaps - fair value hedgesForeign exchange revenue(5,357)4,039 — 
Total net gains (losses) recognized in net income18,043 (15,006)390 
Derivative instrumentConsolidated statements of comprehensive income line itemDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Currency swaps - net investment hedgeNet change in unrealized gains and (losses) on translation of net investment in foreign operations5,495 (4,469)(85)
Total net gains (losses) recognized in comprehensive income5,495 (4,469)(85)
  Year ended
Derivative instrumentConsolidated statements of operations line itemDecember 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Spot and forward foreign exchangeForeign exchange revenue(202)(25)541
Currency swaps, not designated as hedgeForeign exchange revenue592
1,697
(4,916)
Currency swaps - net investment hedgeForeign exchange revenue

(11,334)
Total net gains (losses) recognized in net income390
1,672
(15,709)
     
Derivative instrumentConsolidated statements of comprehensive income line itemDecember 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Currency swaps - net investment hedgeNet change in unrealized gains and (losses) on translation of net investment in foreign operations(85)
(4,410)
Total net gains (losses) recognized in comprehensive income(85)
(4,410)


Note 18:17: Fair value measurements

The following table presents the financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Management classifies these items based on the type of inputs used in their respective fair value determination as described in Note"Note 2: Significant accounting policies.policies".

Management reviews the price of each security monthly, comparing market values to expectations and to the prior month’s price. Management's expectations are based upon knowledge of prevailing market conditions and developments relating to specific issuers and/or asset classes held in the investment portfolio. Where there are unusual or significant price movements, or where a certain asset class has performed out-of-line with expectations, the matter is reviewed by management.

Financial instruments in Level 1 include actively traded redeemable mutual funds.funds and US and UK Government Treasury notes.

Financial instruments in Level 2 include government debt securities, corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities and other asset-backed securities, forward foreign exchange contracts and mutual funds not actively traded.

Financial instruments in Level 3 include asset-backed securities for which the market is relatively illiquid and for which information about actual trading prices is not readily available.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 or Level 2 and Level 3 during the year ended December 31, 20192021 and the year ended December 31, 2018.2020.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Fair valueTotal carrying
amount /
fair value
Fair valueTotal carrying
amount /
fair value
Level 1Level 2Level 3Level 1Level 2Level 3
Items that are recognized at fair value on a recurring basis:
Financial assets
Equity securities
Mutual funds 222  222 7,081 236 — 7,317 
Total equity securities 222  222 7,081 236 — 7,317 
Available-for-sale investments
US government and federal agencies823,809 2,319,815  3,143,624 — 2,566,066 — 2,566,066 
Non-US governments debt securities267,200 22,393  289,593 — 22,408 — 22,408 
Asset-backed securities - Student loans  13,174 13,174 — — 12,945 12,945 
Residential mortgage-backed securities 27,339  27,339 — 59,697 — 59,697 
Total available-for-sale1,091,009 2,369,547 13,174 3,473,730 — 2,648,171 12,945 2,661,116 
Other assets - Derivatives 8,120  8,120 — 6,692 — 6,692 
Financial liabilities
Other liabilities - Derivatives 3,424  3,424 — 25,534 — 25,534 

F- 46
F-40

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 
 Fair value
Total carrying
amount /
fair value

Fair value
Total carrying
amount /
fair value

 Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
         
Items that are recognized at fair value on a recurring basis:     
Financial assets        
Equity securities        
Mutual funds7,141
278

7,419
6,176
319

6,495
Total equity securities7,141
278

7,419
6,176
319

6,495

        
Available-for-sale investments        
US government and federal agencies
2,052,446

2,052,446

1,786,507

1,786,507
Non-US governments debt securities
25,676

25,676

25,425

25,425
Corporate debt securities




78,713

78,713
Asset-backed securities - Student loans

12,891
12,891


12,626
12,626
Commercial mortgage-backed securities




123,209

123,209
Residential mortgage-backed securities
129,328

129,328

156,269

156,269
Total available-for-sale
2,207,450
12,891
2,220,341

2,170,123
12,626
2,182,749

        
Other assets - Derivatives
30,459

30,459

11,564

11,564

        
Financial liabilities        
Other liabilities - Derivatives
29,826

29,826

11,236

11,236


Level 3 Reconciliation
The Level 3 financial instruments,instrument, shown as Asset-backed securities - Student loans in the above table, is a federal family education loan program guaranteed student loan security and is valued using a non-binding broker quote. The fair value provided by the broker is based on the last trading price of similar securities but as the market for thequote from an external security is illiquid, a Level 2 classification is not supported.pricing service.

The table below summarizes realized and unrealized gains and losses for Level 3 assets still held at the reporting date.
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Available-
 for-sale investments
Available-
 for-sale investments
Available-
 for-sale investments
Carrying amount at beginning of year12,945 12,891 12,626 
Change in unrealized gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income229 54 265 
Carrying amount at end of year13,174 12,945 12,891 
Cumulative gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income(116)(345)(399)
 December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
 
Available-
 for-sale investments

Available-
 for-sale investments

Available-
for-sale investments

Carrying amount at beginning of year12,626
12,493
12,493
Realized and unrealized gains (losses) recognized in other comprehensive income265
133

Carrying amount at end of year12,891
12,626
12,493
Items Other Than Those Recognized at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
LevelCarrying
amount
Fair
 value
Appreciation /
(depreciation)
Carrying
amount
Fair
 value
Appreciation /
(depreciation)
Financial assets
Cash due from banksLevel 12,179,833 2,179,833  3,289,592 3,289,592 — 
Securities purchased under agreements to resellLevel 296,107 96,107  197,039 197,039 — 
Short-term investmentsLevel 11,198,918 1,198,918  823,039 823,039 — 
Investments held-to-maturityLevel 22,763,344 2,786,112 22,768 2,194,371 2,304,756 110,385 
Loans, net of allowance for credit lossesLevel 25,240,670 5,265,049 24,379 5,160,810 5,193,240 32,430 
Other real estate owned¹Level 2691 691  4,052 4,052 — 
Financial liabilities
Term depositsLevel 22,944,946 2,948,625 (3,679)2,660,082 2,665,463 (5,381)
Long-term debtLevel 2171,876 158,993 12,883 171,462 170,086 1,376 
¹ The current carrying value of OREO is adjusted to fair value only when there is devaluation below carrying value.



F- 47
F-41

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Items Other Than Those Recognized at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis:     
  December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
 Level
Carrying
amount

Fair
 value

Appreciation /
(depreciation)

Carrying
amount

Fair
 value

Appreciation /
(depreciation)

Financial assets       
Cash due from banksLevel 12,550,070
2,550,070

2,053,883
2,053,883

Securities purchased under agreements to resellLevel 2142,283
142,283

27,341
27,341

Short-term investmentsLevel 11,218,380
1,218,380

52,336
52,336

Investments held-to-maturityLevel 22,208,663
2,255,987
47,324
2,066,120
2,036,214
(29,906)
Loans, net of allowance for credit lossesLevel 25,142,622
5,161,257
18,635
4,043,889
4,047,262
3,373
Other real estate owned¹Level 23,842
3,842

5,346
5,346

        
Financial liabilities       
Customer deposits (excluding demand deposits)       
Term depositsLevel 23,046,876
3,050,383
(3,507)1,968,576
1,970,004
(1,428)
Deposits from banksLevel 233,759
33,759

33,822
33,822

Long-term debtLevel 2143,500
147,574
(4,074)143,322
146,261
(2,939)
¹ The current carrying value of OREO is adjusted to fair value only when there is devaluation below carrying value.

Note 19:18: Interest rate risk

The following tables set out the assets, liabilities and shareholders' equity on the date of the earlier of contractual maturity, expected maturity or repricing date. Use of these tables to derive information about the Bank’s interest rate risk position is limited by the fact that customers may choose to terminate their financial instruments at a date earlier than the contractual maturity or repricing date. Examples of this include fixed-rate mortgages, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may pre-pay earlier, and certain term deposits, which are shown at contractual maturity but which may be withdrawn before their contractual maturity subject to prepayment penalties. Investments are shown based on remaining contractual maturities. The remaining contractual principal maturities for mortgage-backed securities (primarily US government agencies) do not consider prepayments. Remaining expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature. In 2019, the classification of certain interest bearing and non-interest bearing cash items was revised. The 2018 table below was revised to conform to current year presentation.
December 31, 2021Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date
(in $ millions)Within 3
 months
3 to 6
 months
6 to 12
 months
1 to 5
 years
After
 5 years
Non-interest
 bearing funds
Total
Assets
Cash due from banks2,064     116 2,180 
Securities purchased under agreement to resell96      96 
Short-term investments842 252 105    1,199 
Investments14 9 14 1,173 5,027  6,237 
Loans4,208 22 91 705 182 33 5,241 
Other assets     382 382 
Total assets7,224 283 210 1,878 5,209 531 15,335 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
Shareholders’ equity     977 977 
Demand deposits8,077  27   2,821 10,925 
Term deposits1,658 587 602 98   2,945 
Other liabilities     316 316 
Long-term debt   172   172 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity9,735 587 629 270  4,114 15,335 
Interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(304)(419)1,608 5,209 (3,583) 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap(2,511)(2,815)(3,234)(1,626)3,583   
December 31, 2020Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date
(in $ millions)Within 3
 months
3 to 6
 months
6 to 12
 months
1 to 5
 years
After
 5 years
Non-interest
 bearing funds
Total
Assets
Cash due from banks3,156 — — — — 134 3,290 
Securities purchased under agreement to resell197 — — — — — 197 
Short-term investments494 327 — — — 823 
Investments13 13 27 92 4,711 4,863 
Loans4,170 39 71 652 187 42 5,161 
Other assets— — — — — 405 405 
Total assets8,030 379 100 744 4,898 588 14,739 
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
Shareholders’ equity— — — — — 982 982 
Demand deposits7,578 — — — — 3,012 10,590 
Term deposits1,584 634 344 99 — — 2,661 
Other liabilities— — — — — 335 335 
Long-term debt— — — 171 — — 171 
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity9,162 634 344 270 — 4,329 14,739 
Interest rate sensitivity gap(1,132)(255)(244)474 4,898 (3,741)— 
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap(1,132)(1,387)(1,631)(1,157)3,741 — — 

F- 48
F-42

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


December 31, 2019Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date  
(in $ millions)
Within 3
 months

3 to 6
 months

6 to 12
 months

1 to 5
 years

After
 5 years

Non-interest
 bearing funds

Total
Assets       
Cash due from banks2,462




88
2,550
Securities purchased under agreement to resell142





142
Short-term investments622
591
3


2
1,218
Investments415
23
11
102
3,878
7
4,436
Loans4,025
16
148
292
648
14
5,143
Other assets




433
433
Total assets7,666
630
162
394
4,526
544
13,922
        
Liabilities and shareholders' equity       
Shareholders’ equity




964
964
Demand deposits7,151




2,239
9,390
Term deposits2,435
234
305
78


3,052
Other liabilities




373
373
Long-term debt70


73


143
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity9,656
234
305
151

3,576
13,922
        
Interest rate sensitivity gap(1,990)396
(143)243
4,526
(3,032)
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap(1,990)(1,594)(1,737)(1,494)3,032


        
December 31, 2018Earlier of contractual maturity or repricing date  
(in $ millions)
Within 3
 months

3 to 6
 months

6 to 12
 months

1 to 5
 years

After
 5 years

Non-interest
 bearing funds

Total
Assets       
Cash due from banks1,962




92
2,054
Securities purchased under agreement to resell27





27
Short-term investments40
10



2
52
Investments488
35
8
245
3,473
6
4,255
Loans3,160
278
38
223
330
15
4,044
Other assets




341
341
Total assets5,677
323
46
468
3,803
456
10,773
        
Liabilities and shareholders' equity       
Shareholders’ equity




882
882
Demand deposits5,357




2,120
7,477
Term deposits1,245
228
432
70


1,975
Other liabilities




296
296
Long-term debt70


73


143
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity6,672
228
432
143

3,298
10,773
        
Interest rate sensitivity gap(995)95
(386)325
3,803
(2,842)
Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap(995)(900)(1,286)(961)2,842




F- 49

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Note 19: Long-term debt
Note 20: Long-term debt

On May 28, 2003, the Bank issued US $125 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and in 2 tranches, namely US $78 million in Series A notes due 2013 and US $47 million in Series B notes due 2018. The issuance was by way of private placement with US institutional investors. The notes were listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. Part of the proceeds of the issue were used to repay the entire amount of the US $75 million outstanding subordinated notes redeemed in July 2003. The notes issued under Series A paid a fixed coupon of 3.94% until May 27, 2008 when it was redeemed in whole by the Bank. The Series B notes paid a fixed coupon of 5.15% until May 27, 2013 when they became redeemable in whole at the Bank’s option. The Series B notes were priced at a spread of 1.35% over the 10-year US Treasury yield. In May 2018, the Bank fully redeemed the 2003 issuance Series B for its nominal value of $47 million.

On June 27, 2005, the Bank issued US $150 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par in 2 tranches, namely US $90 million in Series A notes due 2015, which were redeemed at face value in January 2014, and US $60 million in Series B notes due 2020. The issuance was by way of private placement with US institutional investors. The notes arewere listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. The notes issued under Series A paid a fixed coupon of 4.81% until July 2, 2010 after which the coupon rate became floating and the principal became redeemable in whole at the Bank's option. The Series B notes paid a fixed coupon of 5.11% until July 2, 2015 when they also became redeemable in whole at the Bank’s option. The Series A notes were priced at a spread of 1.00% over the five-year US Treasury yield and the Series B notes were priced at a spread of 1.10% over the 10-year US Treasury yield. During September 2011, the Bank repurchased a portion$15 million of the outstanding 5.11% 2005 Series B Subordinated notes (“the Note”). The face value of the portion of the Note repurchased was $15 million and the purchase price paid for the repurchase was $13.875balance of $45 million which realized a gain of $1.125 million. During January 2014, the Bank fully redeemed the 2005 issuance Series A subordinated debt for its nominal value of $90 million.matured on July 2, 2020.

On May 27, 2008, the Bank issued US $78 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and in 2 tranches, namely US $53 million in Series A notes due 2018, which were redeemed at face value in May 2013 and US $25 million in Series B notes due 2023. The issuance was by way of private placement with US institutional investors. The notes arewere listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. The proceeds of the issue were used to repay the entire amount of the US $78 million outstanding subordinated notes redeemed in May 2008. The notes issued under Series A paid a fixed coupon of 7.59% until May 27, 2013 when they became redeemable in whole at the option of the Bank. In May 2013, the Bank exercised its option to redeem the Series A note outstanding at face value. The Series B notes paypaid a fixed coupon of 8.44% until May 27, 2018 when they became redeemable in whole at the Bank’s option. The Series B notes were priced at a spread of 4.51% over the 10-year US Treasury yield.yield and were redeemed at face value in November 2020.

On May 24, 2018, the Bank issued US $75 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and due on June 1, 2028.  The issuance was by way of a registered offering with US institutional investors. The notes are listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. The proceeds of the issue were used, among other, to repay the entire amount of the US $47 million outstanding subordinated notes series 2003-B. The notes issued pay a fixed coupon of 5.25% until June 1, 2023 when they become redeemable in whole at the option of the Bank. The notes were priced at a spread of 2.27% over the 10-year US Treasury yield. The Bank incurred $1.8 million of costs directly related to the issuance of these capital notes. These costs have been capitalized directly against the carrying value of these notes on the balance sheet, and will be amortized over the life of the notes.

NaNOn June 11, 2020, the Bank issued US $100 million of Subordinated Lower Tier II capital notes. The notes were issued at par and due on June 15, 2030.  The issuance was by way of a registered offering with US institutional investors. The notes are listed on the BSX in the specialist debt securities category. The proceeds of the issue were used, among others, to repay the entire amount of the US $45 million outstanding subordinated notes series 2005-B which matured on July 2, 2020. The notes issued pay a fixed coupon of 5.25% until June 15, 2025 when they become redeemable in whole at the option of the Bank. The notes were priced at a spread of 4.43% over the 10-year US Treasury yield. The Bank incurred $2.3 million of costs directly related to the issuance of these capital notes. These costs have been capitalized directly against the carrying value of these notes on the balance sheet, and will be amortized over the life of the notes.

No interest was capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 2017.2019.

In the event the Bank would be in a position to redeem long-term debt, priority would go to the redemption of the higher interest-bearing Series, subject to availability relative to the earliest date the Series is redeemable at the Bank's option.

The following table presents the contractual maturity and interest payments for long-term debt issued by the Bank as at December 31, 2019.2021. The interest payments are calculated until contractual maturity using the current London Inter-bank OfferedLIBOR and Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("LIBOR"SOFR") rates..

Interest payments until contractual maturity
Long-term debtEarliest date redeemable at the Bank's optionContractual maturity dateInterest rate until date redeemableInterest rate from earliest date redeemable to contractual maturityPrincipal  OutstandingWithin
 1 year
1 to 5
 years
After
 5 years
Bermuda
2018 issuanceJune 1, 2023June 1, 20285.25 %3 months US$ LIBOR + 2.255%75,000 3,938 8,535 2,813 
2020 issuanceJune 15, 2025June 15, 20305.25 %3 months US$ SOFR + 5.060%100,000 5,250 20,904 18,140 
Total175,000 9,188 29,439 20,953 
Unamortized debt issuance costs(3,124)
Long-term debt less unamortized debt issuance costs171,876 
       Interest payments until contractual maturity
Long-term debtEarliest date redeemable at the Bank's optionContractual maturity dateInterest rate until date redeemable
Interest rate from earliest date redeemable to contractual maturityPrincipal  Outstanding
Within
 1 year

1 to 5
 years

After
 5 years

Bermuda        
2005 issuance - Series BJuly 2, 2015July 2, 20205.11%3 months US$ LIBOR + 1.695%45,000
1,234


2008 issuance - Series BMay 27, 2018May 27, 20238.44%3 months US$ LIBOR + 4.929%25,000
1,738
4,326

2018 issuanceJune 1, 2023June 1, 20285.25%3 months US$ LIBOR + 2.255%75,000
3,938
14,606
11,085
Total




145,000
6,910
18,932
11,085
Unamortized debt issuance costs    (1,500)   
Long-term debt less unamortized debt issuance costs   143,500
   



F- 50

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Note 21:20: Earnings per share

Earnings per share have been calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year after deduction of the shares held as treasury stock. The dilutive effect of share-based compensation plans was calculated using the treasury stock method, whereby the proceeds received from the exercise of share-based awards are assumed to be used to repurchase outstanding shares, using the average market price of the Bank’s shares for the year. Numbers of shares are expressed in thousands.

During the year ended December 31, 2019,2021, there were no options to purchase an average of 0.2 millioncommon shares outstanding (December 31, 2018: 0.32020: 0.1 million, December 31, 2017: 0.92019: 0.2 million) common shares were outstanding.. During the year ended December 31, 2019,2021, the average number of outstanding awards of unvested common shares was 0.91.0 million (December 31, 2018:2020: 0.9 million, December 31, 2017:2019: 0.9 million). Only awards for which the sum of 1) the expense that will be recognized in the future (i.e., the unrecognized expense) and 2) its exercise price, if any, was lower than the average market price of the Bank‘s common shares were considered dilutive and, therefore, included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. An award's unrecognized expense is also considered to be the proceeds the employees would need to pay to purchase accelerated vesting of the awards. For purposes of calculating dilution, such proceeds are assumed to be used by the Bank to buy back common shares at the average market price. The weighted-average number of outstanding awards, net of the assumed weighted-average number of common shares bought back, is included in the number of diluted participating shares.
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Net income177,075
195,184
153,252
    
Basic Earnings Per Share   
Weighted average number of common shares issued54,338
55,159
54,296
Weighted average number of common shares held as treasury stock(1,166)(213)
Weighted average number of common shares (in thousands)53,172
54,946
54,296

   
Basic Earnings Per Share3.33
3.55
2.82
    
Diluted Earnings Per Share   
Weighted average number of common shares53,172
54,946
54,296
Net dilution impact related to options to purchase common shares118
223
561
Net dilution impact related to awards of unvested common shares369
576
594
Weighted average number of diluted common shares (in thousands)53,659
55,745
55,451

   
Diluted Earnings Per Share3.30
3.50
2.76
F-43

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Net income162,668 147,217 177,075 
Basic Earnings Per Share
Weighted average number of common shares issued50,145 51,128 54,338 
Weighted average number of common shares held as treasury stock(619)(619)(1,166)
Weighted average number of common shares (in thousands)49,526 50,509 53,172 
Basic Earnings Per Share3.28 2.91 3.33 
Diluted Earnings Per Share
Weighted average number of common shares49,526 50,509 53,172 
Net dilution impact related to options to purchase common shares 55 118 
Net dilution impact related to awards of unvested common shares349 286 369 
Weighted average number of diluted common shares (in thousands)49,875 50,850 53,659 
Diluted Earnings Per Share3.26 2.90 3.30 


Note 21: Share-based payments
Note 22: Share-based payments

The common shares transferred to employees under all share-based payments are either taken from the Bank's common treasury shares or from newly issued shares. All share-based payments are settled by the ultimate parent company which, pursuant to Bermuda law, is not taxed on income. There are 0no income tax benefits in relation to the issue of such shares as a form of compensation.

In conjunction with the 2010 capital raise, the Board of Directors approved the 2010 Omnibus Plan (the "2010 Plan"). Under the 2010 Plan, 5% of the Bank’s fully diluted common shares, equal to approximately 2.95 million shares, were initially available for grant to certain officers in the form of stock options or unvested sharesshare awards. Both types of awards are detailed below. In 2012 and 2016, the Board of Directors approved an increase to the equivalent number of shares allowed to be granted under the 2010 Plan to 5.0 million and 7.5 million shares, respectively.

In May 2020, the Board of Directors approved the 2020 Omnibus Plan (the "2020 Plan") which replaces the 2010 Plan. Under the 2020 Plan, 3.0 million shares are initially available for grant to employees in the form of stock options or unvested share awards. Both types of awards are detailed below.

Stock Option Awards
1997 Stock Option Plan
Prior to the capital raise on March 2, 2010, the Bank granted stock options to employees and Directors of the Bank that entitle the holder to purchase 1 common share at a subscription price equal to the market price on the effective date of the grant. Generally, the options granted vest 25 percent at the end of each year for four years, however,
as a result of the 2010 capital raise, the options granted under the Bank's 1997 Stock Option Plan to employees became fully vested and options awarded to certain executives were surrendered.

2010 Planand 2020 Plans
Under the 2010 Plan,and 2020 Plans, options are awarded to Bank employees and executive management, based on predetermined vesting conditions that entitle the holder to purchase 1 common share at a subscription price usually equal to the price of the most recently traded common share when granted and have a term of 10 years. The subscription price is reduced for all special dividends declared by the Bank. Stock option awards granted under the 2010 Planand 2020 Plans vest based on 2 specific types of vesting conditions i.e., time and performance conditions, as detailed below:

Time vesting condition
50% of each option award was granted in the form of time vested options and vested 25% on each of the second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the effective grant date.

In addition to the time vesting conditions noted above, the options will generally vest immediately:
• by reason of the employee’s death or disability,
• upon termination, by the Bank, of the holder’s employment, unless if in relation with the holder’s misconduct, or
• in limited circumstances and specifically approved by the Board, as stipulated in the holder’s employment contract.


F- 51

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


In the event of the employee’s resignation, any unvested portion of the awards shall generally be forfeited and any vested portion of the options shall generally remain exercisable during the 90-day period following the termination date or, if earlier, until the expiration date, and any vested portion of the options not exercised as of the expiration of such period shall be forfeited without any consideration therefore.

Performance vesting condition
50% of each option award was granted in the form of performance options and would vest (partially or fully) on a “valuation event” date (the date that any of the March 2, 2010 new investors transfers at least 5% of the total number of common shares or the date that there is a change in control and any of the new investors realize a predetermined multiple of invested capital (“MOIC”)). On September 21, 2016, it was determined that a valuation event occurred during which a new investor realized a MOIC of more than 200% of the original invested capital of $12.09 per share and accordingly, all outstanding unvested performance options vested.
Changes in Outstanding Stock Option Plans       
 Number of shares transferable upon exercise (thousands)
Weighted average
 exercise price ($)
Weighted average
 remaining life (years)
Aggregate
 intrinsic value
 ($ thousands)

Year ended December 31, 2019
1997 Stock
 Option Plan

2010 Stock
 Option Plan

Total
1997 Stock
 Option Plan

2010 Stock
 Option Plan

1997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
Outstanding at beginning of year25
189
214
64.51
11.98



Exercised
(30)(30)
11.50


659
Expiration at end of plan life(25)
(25)64.51




Outstanding at end of year
159
159

12.07
0.000.733,958
Vested and exercisable at end of year
159
159

12.07
0.000.73
         
 Number of shares transferable upon exercise (thousands)
Weighted average
 exercise price ($)
Weighted average
 remaining life (years)
Aggregate
 intrinsic value
 ($ thousands)

Year ended December 31, 2018
1997 Stock
 Option Plan

2010 Stock
 Option Plan

Total
1997 Stock
 Option Plan

2010 Stock
 Option Plan

1997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
Outstanding at beginning of year58
476
534
113.46
11.73
   
Exercised
(287)(287)
11.56
  10,172
Forfeitures and cancellations(33)
(33)150.46

   
Outstanding at end of year25
189
214
64.51
11.98
0.201.673,665
Vested and exercisable at end of year25
189
214
64.51
11.98
0.201.67 
         
 Number of shares transferable upon exercise (thousands)
Weighted average
 exercise price ($)
Weighted average
 remaining life (years)
Aggregate
 intrinsic value
 ($ thousands)

Year ended December 31, 2017
1997 Stock
 Option Plan

2010 Stock
 Option Plan

Total
1997 Stock
 Option Plan

2010 Stock
 Option Plan

1997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
Outstanding at beginning of year116
1,950
2,066
132.13
11.57
   
Exercised
(1,474)(1,474)
11.51
  32,333
Forfeitures and cancellations(58)
(58)151.20

   
Outstanding at end of year58
476
534
113.46
11.73
0.632.4811,700
Vested and exercisable at end of year58
476
534
113.46
11.73
0.632.48 

F-44

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)

Changes in Outstanding Stock Option Plans
Number of shares transferable upon exercise (thousands)Weighted average
 exercise price ($)
Weighted average
 remaining life (years)
Aggregate
 intrinsic value
 ($ thousands)
Year ended December 31, 20211997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
Total1997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
1997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
Outstanding at beginning of year���     
Exercised      
Forfeitures and cancellations     
Outstanding at end of year     0.000.00 
Vested and exercisable at end of year     0.000.00
Number of shares transferable upon exercise (thousands)Weighted average
 exercise price ($)
Weighted average
 remaining life (years)
Aggregate
 intrinsic value
 ($ thousands)
Year ended December 31, 20201997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
Total1997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
1997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
Outstanding at beginning of year— 159 159 — 12.07 
Exercised— (143)(143)— 12.13 2,192 
Forfeitures and cancellations— (16)(16)— 11.50 
Outstanding at end of year— — — — — 0.000.00— 
Vested and exercisable at end of year— — — — — 0.000.00
Number of shares transferable upon exercise (thousands)Weighted average
 exercise price ($)
Weighted average
 remaining life (years)
Aggregate
 intrinsic value
 ($ thousands)
Year ended December 31, 20191997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
Total1997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
1997 Stock
 Option Plan
2010 Stock
 Option Plan
Outstanding at beginning of year25 189 214 64.51 11.98 
Exercised— (30)(30)— 11.50 659 
Expiration at end of plan life(25)— (25)64.51 — 
Outstanding at end of year— 159 159 — 12.07 0.000.733,958 
Vested and exercisable at end of year— 159 159 — 12.07 0.000.73

Share-Based PlansIncentive Programs
Recipients of unvested share awards are entitled to the related common shares at no cost, at the time the award vests. Recipients of unvested shares may be entitled to receive additional unvested shares having a value equal to the cash dividends that would have been paid had the unvested shares been issued and vested. Such additional unvested shares granted as dividend equivalents are subject to the same vesting schedule and conditions as the underlying unvested shares.

Unvested shares subject only to the time vesting condition generally vest upon retirement, death, disability or upon termination, by the Bank, of the holder’s employment unless if in connection with the holder’s misconduct. Unvested shares subject to both time vesting and performance vesting conditions remain outstanding and unvested upon retirement and will vest only if the performance conditions are met. Unvested shares can also vest in limited circumstances and if specifically approved by the Board, as stipulated in the holder’s employment contract. In all other circumstances, unvested shares are generally forfeited when employment ends.

The grant date weighted average fair value of unvested share awards granted in the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 2018was $33.26, $33.35 and 2017 was $35.77, $39.25 and $31.13, respectively. The Bank expects to settle these awards by issuing new shares.

Employee Deferred Incentive PlanProgram (“EDIP”)
Under the Bank’s EDIP, Plan, shares are awarded to Bank employees and executive management based on the time vesting condition, which states that the shares will vest equally over a three-year period from the effective grant date.

Executive Long-Term Incentive Share PlanProgram (“ELTIP”) - Years 2013 - 2019
The 2019 ELTIP was approved on January 14, 2019. Under the Bank’s ELTIP, plans for the years 2013 through 2019, performance shares as well as time-vested shares were awarded to executive management. The performance shares will generally vest upon the achievement of certain performance targets in the three-year period from the effective grant date. The time-vested shares will generally vest over the three-year period from the effective grant date.

Employee Share Purchase Plan ("ESPP")
The Bank's ESPP was approved in July 2021 and registered in November 2021. The first offering period is planned to start in May 2022. Under the Bank's ESPP, eligible employees may elect to contribute up to 15% of their regular compensation toward the purchase of Bank's shares at a 10% discount from market price on the closing date of each offering period. The ESPP specifies 2 consecutive six month offering periods per year. In the case of termination of employment or voluntary partial or full withdrawal from the plan, the related current offering period ESPP contributions are refunded to the employee and thus cannot be used to purchase shares under the ESPP.
F- 52
F-45

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Changes in Outstanding ELTIP and EDIP awards (in thousands of shares transferable upon vesting)
Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
EDIPELTIPEDIPELTIPEDIPELTIP
Outstanding at beginning of year364 658 251 618 234 697 
Granted118 283 245 209 169 317 
Vested (fair value in 2021: $13.9 million, 2020: $9.6 million; 2019: $18.9 million)(183)(237)(129)(162)(149)(389)
Forfeitures (resignations, retirements, redundancies)(2) (3)(7)(3)(7)
Outstanding at end of year297 704 364 658 251 618 
Changes in Outstanding ELTIP and EDIP awards (in thousands of shares transferable upon vesting)  
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018December 31, 2017
 EDIP
ELTIP
EDIP
ELTIP
EDIP
ELTIP
Outstanding at beginning of year234
697
244
679
215
640
Granted169
317
130
241
132
236
Vested (fair value in 2019: $18.9 million, 2018: $16.0 million, 2017: $10.2 million)(149)(389)(138)(220)(102)(196)
Forfeitures (resignations, retirements, redundancies)(3)(7)(2)(3)(1)(1)
Outstanding at end of year251
618
234
697
244
679

Share-based Compensation Cost Recognized in Net Income
Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
EDIP and
 ELTIP
EDIP and
 ELTIP
EDIP and
 ELTIP
Cost recognized in net income14,539 14,608 17,459 
Share-based Compensation Cost Recognized in Net Income  
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
 
EDIP and
 ELTIP

EDIP and
 ELTIP

EDIP and
 ELTIP

Cost recognized in net income17,459
11,664
8,110
Unrecognized Share-based Compensation CostDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Unrecognized costWeighted average years over which it is expected to be recognizedUnrecognized costWeighted average years over which it is expected to be recognized
EDIP4,896 1.456,588 1.91
ELTIP
Time vesting shares17 0.12156 1.09
Performance vesting shares8,840 1.768,187 1.60
Total unrecognized expense13,753 14,931 

Unrecognized Share-based Compensation CostDecember 31, 2019December 31, 2018
 Unrecognized costWeighted average years over which it is expected to be recognizedUnrecognized costWeighted average years over which it is expected to be recognized
EDIP4,744
1.714,442
1.73
     
ELTIP    
Time vesting shares121
0.481,746
1.03
Performance vesting shares9,765
1.807,880
1.85
Total unrecognized expense14,630
 14,068
 


Note 23:22: Share buy-back plans

The Bank initially introduced 2 share buy-back programs on May 1, 2012 as a means to improve shareholder liquidity and facilitate growth in share value. Each program was approved by the Board of Directors for a period of 12 months, in accordance with the regulations of the BSX. The BSX must be advised monthly of shares purchased pursuant to each program.

From time to time, the Bank's associates, insidersBank may seek to repurchase and insiders' associates as defined by the BSX regulations may sell shares which may result in such shares being repurchased pursuant to each program, provided no more than any such person's pro-rata shareretire equity securities of the listed securities is repurchased. Pursuant to the BSX regulations, all repurchases made byBank, through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions, or otherwise. Such transactions, if any, issuer pursuant to a securities repurchase program must be made: (1) in the opendepend on prevailing market conditions, liquidity and not by private agreement;capital requirements, contractual restrictions, and (2) for a price not higher than the last independent trade for a round lot of the relevant class of securities.other factors.

Common Share Buy-Back Program
On February 15, 2018, the Board approved, with effect on April 1, 2018, the 2018 common share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase for treasury of up to 1.0 million common shares.

On December 6, 2018, the Board approved, with effect from December 10, 2018 to February 29, 2020, a common share buy-back program, authorizing the purchase for treasury of up to 2.5 million common shares.

On December 2, 2019, the Board approved a new $125 million common share repurchase program, authorizing the purchase for treasury of up to 3.5 million common shares through to February 28, 2021. The new program came into effect on December 20, 2019 following the completion of the previous program.

On February 10, 2021, the Board approved a new common share repurchase program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through to February 28, 2022.

On February 14, 2022, the Board approved a new common share repurchase program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through to February 28, 2023.

In the year ended December 31, 2019,2021, the Bank repurchased and retired 2,928,788 shares which were previously held as Treasury Shares resulting from these buybacks.534,828 shares.
Year ended December 31
Common share buy-backs202120202019
Acquired number of shares (to the nearest 1)534,828 3,452,000 2,293,788 
Average cost per common share36.93 25.10 35.55 
Total cost (in US dollars)19,753,336 86,639,889 81,534,076 
  Year ended December 31 
Common share buy-backs 2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
Total
Acquired number of shares (to the nearest 1) 2,293,788
1,254,212

97,053
250,371
3,895,424
Average cost per common share 35.55
38.62

16.36
19.42
35.02
Total cost (in US dollars) 81,534,076
48,442,768

1,588,189
4,862,248
136,427,281
F-46






F- 53

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Note 24:23: Accumulated other comprehensive lossincome (loss)
Unrealized net gains (losses)
 on translation of
 net investment in
 foreign
 operations
Unrealized net
 gains (losses)
 on HTM
 investments
Unrealized net
 gains (losses)
 on AFS
 investments
Employee benefit plans adjustments
Year ended December 31, 2021PensionPost-retirement
 healthcare
Subtotal -
 employee
benefits plans
Total AOCL
Balance at beginning of year(21,065)(60)72,779 (72,255)(29,079)(101,334)(49,680)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes152 151 (94,761)15,855 3,366 19,221 (75,237)
Balance at end of year(20,913)91 (21,982)(56,400)(25,713)(82,113)(124,917)
Unrealized net gains (losses)
 on translation of
 net investment in
 foreign
 operations
Unrealized net
 gains (losses)
 on HTM
 investments
Unrealized net
 gains (losses)
 on AFS
 investments
Employee benefit plans adjustments
Year ended December 31, 2020PensionPost- retirement
 healthcare
Subtotal -
 employee
benefits plans
Total AOCL
Balance at beginning of year(20,818)(725)11,808 (66,312)(11,050)(77,362)(87,097)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes(247)665 60,971 (5,943)(18,029)(23,972)37,417 
Balance at end of year(21,065)(60)72,779 (72,255)(29,079)(101,334)(49,680)
Unrealized net gains (losses)
 on translation of
 net investment in
 foreign
 operations
Unrealized net
 gains (losses)
 on HTM
 investments
Unrealized net
 gains (losses)
 on AFS
 investments
Employee benefit plans adjustments
Year ended December 31, 2019PensionPost- retirement
 healthcare
Subtotal -
 employee
benefits plans
Total AOCL
Balance at beginning of year(19,866)(796)(43,630)(64,892)(19,343)(84,235)(148,527)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes(952)71 55,438 (1,420)8,293 6,873 61,430 
Balance at end of year(20,818)(725)11,808 (66,312)(11,050)(77,362)(87,097)
 Unrealized (losses)
on translation of
net investment in
foreign
operations

HTM
 investments

Unrealized
gains (losses)
on AFS
investments

Employee benefit plans 
Year ended December 31, 2019Pension
Post-retirement
 healthcare

Subtotal -
 employee
benefits plans

Total AOCL
Balance at beginning of year(19,866)(796)(43,630)(64,892)(19,343)(84,235)(148,527)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes(952)71
55,438
(1,420)8,293
6,873
61,430
Balance at end of year(20,818)(725)11,808
(66,312)(11,050)(77,362)(87,097)
        
 Unrealized (losses)
on translation of
net investment in
foreign
operations

HTM
 investments

Unrealized
gains (losses)
on AFS
investments

Employee benefit plans 
Year ended December 31, 2018Pension
Post- retirement
 healthcare

Subtotal -
 employee
benefits plans

Total AOCL
Balance at beginning of year(17,549)(839)(15,737)(61,341)(33,586)(94,927)(129,052)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes(2,317)43
(27,893)(3,551)14,243
10,692
(19,475)
Balance at end of year(19,866)(796)(43,630)(64,892)(19,343)(84,235)(148,527)
        
 Unrealized (losses)
on translation of
net investment in
foreign
operations

HTM
 investments

Unrealized
gains (losses)
on AFS
investments

Employee benefit plans 
Year ended December 31, 2017Pension
Post- retirement
 healthcare

Subtotal -
 employee
benefits plans

Total AOCL
Balance at beginning of year(20,152)(979)(22,680)(63,232)(37,637)(100,869)(144,680)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes2,603
140
6,943
1,891
4,051
5,942
15,628
Balance at end of year(17,549)(839)(15,737)(61,341)(33,586)(94,927)(129,052)
F-47


F- 54

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Net Change of AOCI ComponentsYear ended
Line item in the consolidated statements of operations, if anyDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Net unrealized gains (losses) on translation of net investment in foreign operations adjustments
Foreign currency translation adjustmentsN/A(3,129)9,991 16,200 
Gains (losses) on net investment hedgeN/A3,281 (10,238)(17,152)
Net change152 (247)(952)
Held-to-maturity investment adjustments
Amortization of net gains (losses) to net incomeInterest income on investments151 665 71 
Net change151 665 71 
Available-for-sale investment adjustments
Gross unrealized gains (losses)N/A(94,960)62,191 57,062 
Transfer of realized (gains) losses to net incomeNet realized gains (losses) on AFS investments239 (1,220)(1,624)
Foreign currency translation adjustments of related balancesN/A(40)— — 
Net change(94,761)60,971 55,438 
Employee benefit plans adjustments
Defined benefit pension plan
Net actuarial gain (loss)N/A14,772 (8,363)(3,472)
Net loss (gain) on settlement reclassified to net incomeNet other gains (losses) — — 
Prior service credit (cost) arising during the yearN/A(399)(47)— 
Amortization of net actuarial (gains) lossesNon-service employee benefits expense2,766 2,412 2,407 
Change in deferred taxesN/A(1,462)456 149 
Amortization of prior service (credit) costNon-service employee benefits expense(25)20 19 
Foreign currency translation adjustments of related balancesN/A203 (421)(523)
Net change15,855 (5,943)(1,420)
Post-retirement healthcare plan
Net actuarial gain (loss)N/A1,163 (18,553)10,014 
Prior service costN/A — (2,369)
Amortization of net actuarial (gains) lossesNon-service employee benefits expense1,679 — 272 
Amortization of prior service (credit) costNon-service employee benefits expense524 524 376 
Net change3,366 (18,029)8,293 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes(75,237)37,417 61,430 
Net Change of AOCL Components   Year ended
  Line item in the consolidated statements of operations, if any December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Net unrealized gains (losses) on translation of net investment in foreign operations adjustments      
Foreign currency translation adjustments N/A 16,200
(13,764)12,568
Gains (loss) on net investment hedge N/A (17,152)11,447
(9,965)
Net change   (952)(2,317)2,603
       
Held-to-maturity investment adjustments      
Amortization of net gains (losses) to net income Interest income on investments 71
43
140
Net change   71
43
140
       
Available-for-sale investment adjustments      
Gross unrealized gains (losses) N/A 57,062
(26,793)11,129
Transfer of realized (gains) losses to net income Net realized gains (losses) on AFS investments (1,624)(1,100)(4,186)
Net change   55,438
(27,893)6,943
       
Employee benefit plans adjustments      
Defined benefit pension plan      
Net actuarial gain (loss) N/A (3,472)(7,541)1,472
Net loss (gain) on settlement reclassified to net income Net other gains (losses) 
1,554

Prior service credit (cost) arising during the year N/A 
(212)
Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses Non-service employee benefits expense 2,407
2,106
2,247
Change in deferred taxes N/A 149
(298)(595)
Amortization of prior service (credit) cost Non-service employee benefits expense 19


Foreign currency translation adjustments of related balances N/A (523)840
(1,233)
Net change   (1,420)(3,551)1,891
       
Post-retirement healthcare plan      
Net actuarial gain (loss) N/A 10,014
11,589
1,296
Prior service cost N/A (2,369)

Amortization of net actuarial (gains) losses Non-service employee benefits expense 272
2,615
3,514
Amortization of prior service (credit) cost Non-service employee benefits expense 376
39
(759)
Net change   8,293
14,243
4,051
       
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes   61,430
(19,475)15,628


Note 24: Capital structure
Note 25: Capital structure

Authorized Capital
On September 16, 2016, theThe Bank began tradingtrades on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol "NTB". The offering of 12,234,042 common shares consisted of 5,957,447 newly issued common shares sold by Butterfield and 6,276,595 common shares sold by certain selling shareholders, including 1,595,744 common shares sold by certain of the selling shareholders pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, which was exercised in full prior to the closing.

On July 25, 2016, the Bank’s board of directors approved a consolidation of the existing common shares on the basis of a 10 to 1 ratio, subject to shareholder approval. As a result of this consolidation, effective September 6, 2016 upon shareholder approval, every 10 common shares of par value BM$0.01 were consolidated into 1 common share of par value BM$0.10 (the “Share Consolidation”)BSX under the symbol "NTB.BH".

In addition, as at September 6, 2016, theThe par value of each issued common share and each authorized but unissued common share was reduced from BM$0.10 tois BM$0.01 and the authorized share capital of the Bank was correspondingly reduced from 2,000,000,000 common shares of par value BM$0.10 each, 6,000,000,000 non‑voting ordinary shares of par value BM$0.01 each, 110,200,001 preference shares of par value US$0.01 each and 50,000,000 preference shares of par value £0.01 each tocomprises 2,000,000,000 common shares of par value BM$0.01 each, 6,000,000,000 non‑voting ordinary shares of par value BM$0.01 each, 110,200,001 preference shares of par value US$0.01 each and 50,000,000 preference shares of par value £0.01 each, without any payment by the Bank to the holders of the voting ordinary shares in respect thereof (the “Reduction in Par Value” and together with the Share Consolidation, the “Reverse Share Split”). Immediately following the Reduction in Par Value, the Bank repurchased any and all fractions of common shares issued and outstanding from the holders thereof. Prior to the Reverse Share Split, the Bank’s total authorized share capital consisted of (i) 20 billion common shares of par value BM$0.01, (ii) 6 billion non‑voting ordinary shares of par value BM$0.01; (iii) 110,200,001 preference shares of par value US$0.01 and (iv) 50 million preference shares of par value £0.01.each.


F- 55

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Dividends Declared
During the year ended December 31, 2019,2021, the Bank declared and paid cash dividends of $1.76 (December 31, 2018: $1.52,2020: $1.76, December 31, 2017: $1.28)2019: $1.76) for each common share as of the related record dates. On February 12, 2020,14, 2022, the Board of Directors declared an interim dividend of $0.44 per common share to be paid on March 11, 202014, 2022 to shareholders of record on February 26, 2020.28, 2022.

The Bank is required to comply with Section 54 of the Companies Act 1981 issued by the Government of Bermuda (the “Companies Act”) each time a dividend is declared or paid by the Bank and also obtain a letter of no objection from the BMA pursuant to the Banks and Deposit Companies Act 1999 for any dividends declared. The Bank has complied with Section 54 and has obtained the BMA's letter of no objection for all dividends declared during the periods presented.



F-48

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Regulatory Capital
Effective January 1, 2016, theThe Bank’s regulatory capital is determined in accordance with current Basel III guidelines as issued by the BMA. Basel III adopts Common Equity Tier 1 ("CET1") as the predominant form of regulatory capital with the CET1 ratio as a new metric. Basel III also adopts the new Leverage Ratio regime, which is calculated by dividing Tier 1 capital by an exposure measure. The Leverage Ratio Exposure Measure consists of total assets (excluding items deducted from Tier 1 capital) and certain off-balance sheet items converted into credit exposure equivalents as well as adjustments for derivatives to reflect credit risk and other risks.

The Bank is fully compliant with all regulatory capital requirements to which it is subject, and it maintains capital ratios in excess of regulatory minimums as at December 31, 20192021 and 2018.2020. The following table sets forth the Bank's capital adequacy in accordance with the Basel III framework:
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
 Actual
Regulatory minimum
Actual
Regulatory minimum
Capital    
CET 1 capital848,821
N/A
846,043
N/A
Tier 1 capital848,821
N/A
846,043
N/A
Tier 2 capital103,243
N/A
121,521
N/A
Total capital952,064
N/A
967,564
N/A
     
Risk Weighted Assets4,897,851
N/A
4,321,354
N/A
     
Leverage Ratio Exposure Measure14,377,474
N/A
11,139,677
N/A
     
Capital Ratios (%)    
CET 1 capital17.3%10.0%19.6%9.4%
Tier 1 capital17.3%11.5%19.6%10.9%
Total capital19.4%16.3%22.4%15.6%
Leverage ratio5.9%5.0%7.6%5.0%


December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
ActualRegulatory minimumActualRegulatory minimum
Capital
CET 1 capital896,263 N/A816,009 N/A
Tier 1 capital896,263 N/A816,009 N/A
Tier 2 capital183,998 N/A187,090 N/A
Total capital1,080,261 N/A1,003,099 N/A
Risk Weighted Assets5,101,474 N/A5,068,590 N/A
Leverage Ratio Exposure Measure15,921,624 N/A15,349,363 N/A
Capital Ratios (%)
CET 1 capital17.6 %10.0 %16.1 %10.0 %
Tier 1 capital17.6 %11.5 %16.1 %11.5 %
Total capital21.2 %13.5 %19.8 %13.5 %
Leverage ratio5.6 %5.0 %5.3 %5.0 %

Note 26:25: Income taxes

The Bank is incorporated in Bermuda, and pursuant to Bermuda law is not taxed on either income or capital gains. The Bank’s subsidiaries in the Cayman Islands and The Bahamas are not subject to any taxes in their respective jurisdictions on either income or capital gains under current law applicable in the respective jurisdictions. The Bank’s subsidiaries in Canada, the United Kingdom, Guernsey, Jersey, Switzerland, Singapore and Mauritius are subject to the tax laws of those jurisdictions.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018,2021, 2020, and 2017,2019, the Bank did not record any unrecognized tax benefits or expenses and has no uncertain tax positions as at December 31, 2019, 2018,2021, 2020, and 2017.2019.

The Bank records income taxes based on the enacted tax laws and rates applicable in the relevant jurisdictions for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018,2021, 2020, and 2017.2019. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018,2021, 2020, and 2017,2019, the Bank did not incur any interest or pay any penalties.
Year ended
Income taxes in consolidated statements of operationsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
   Current tax expense2,818 2,382 1,860 
   Deferred tax (recovery) expense305 (4)(3,231)
Total tax (benefit) expense3,123 2,378 (1,371)
 Year ended
Income taxes in consolidated statements of operationsDecember 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
   Current tax expense1,860
721
856
   Deferred tax (recovery) expense(3,231)563
231
Total tax (benefit) expense(1,371)1,284
1,087


Reconciliation between the Effective Income Tax Rate and the Statutory Income Tax Rate

Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
$%$%$%
Income tax expense in international offices taxed at different rates3,366 2.0 2,695 1.8 695 0.4 
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes408 0.2 299 0.2 104 0.1 
Prior year tax adjustments(231)(0.1)41 — 160 0.1 
Effect of change in tax rate(1,217)(0.7)— — — — 
Change in valuation allowance585 0.4 (582)(0.4)(2,429)(1.4)
Other - net212 0.1 (75)(0.1)99 0.1 
Income tax (benefit) expense at effective tax rate3,123 1.9 2,378 1.6 (1,371)(0.8)
F- 56
F-49

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Reconciliation between the Effective Income Tax Rate and the Statutory Income Tax Rate
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018December 31, 2017
 $
%
$
%
$
%
Income tax expense in international offices taxed at different rates695
0.4 %876
0.4%232
0.2%
Prior year tax adjustments160
0.1 %(79)%(55)%
Change in valuation allowance(2,429)(1.4)%432
0.2%597
0.4%
Other - net203
0.1 %55
%313
0.2%
Income tax (benefit) expense at effective tax rate(1,371)(0.8)%1,284
0.7%1,087
0.7%

Deferred income taxesDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Deferred income tax asset
   Tax loss carried forward8,269 8,134 
   Pension liability 1,448 
   Fixed assets (905)
   Allowance for compensated absence 44 
Deferred income tax asset before valuation allowance8,269 8,721 
Less: valuation allowance(4,842)(4,257)
Deferred income tax asset after valuation allowance3,427 4,464 
Deferred income tax liability
   Fixed assets(735)— 
   Allowance for compensated absence(27)— 
   Other (19)
Total Deferred income tax liability(762)(19)
Net deferred income tax assets2,665 4,445 
Deferred income taxesDecember 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Deferred income tax asset  
   Tax loss carried forward8,427
6,261
   Pension liability968
789
   Fixed assets(691)(746)
   Allowance for compensated absence15
14
Deferred income tax asset before valuation allowance8,719
6,318
Less: valuation allowance(4,839)(5,955)
Net deferred income tax assets3,880
363

  
Deferred income tax liability  
   Other(14)(5)
Net deferred income tax assets3,866
358


Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to evaluate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. On the basis of this evaluation, as at December 31, 2019,2021, a valuation allowance of $4.8 million (December 31, 2018: $6.02020: $4.3 million) has been recognized to record only the portion of the deferred tax asset that more likely than not will be realized. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carry-forward period change, or if there are changes in the available positive and negative evidence.

The Bank has net taxable loss carry forwards related to the Bank’s international operations of approximately $48.1$41.4 million (December 31, 2018: $34.42020: $47.4 million). Of these losses available to carry forward, $45.6$39.9 million (December 31, 2018: $34.42020: $45.2 million) have an indefinite life.

Note 27: Business combinations

Deutsche Bank’s Global Trust Solutions Acquisition
On March 29, 2018, the Bank concluded the acquisition of Deutsche Bank’s Global Trust Solutions (“GTS”) business, excluding its US operations, for net cash payments of $24.7 million (composed of an initial cash payment of $30.2 million followed by a refund of $5.5 million on May 29, 2018). The refund was received based upon the movement in the number of clients in the GTS portfolio between the time the acquisition was agreed upon and the conclusion of the acquisition, together with an adjustment based upon the net asset values of the companies transferred. Butterfield has taken over the ongoing management and administration of the GTS portfolio, comprising approximately 1,000 trust structures for some 900 private clients. Butterfield has also offered positions to all employees who are fully dedicated to GTS in the Cayman Islands, Guernsey, Switzerland, Singapore and Mauritius. The acquisition was undertaken to enhance the Bank's market presence in the global trust service market.

The Bank incurred transaction expenses related to this acquisition in the amount of $3.8 million, of which $1.9 million were expensed during the year ended December 31, 2018 (including $1.0 million of legal and professional fees) and $1.9 million were expensed during the year ended December 31, 2017 (including $1.6 million of legal and professional fees).

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the amount of revenues and net deficit relating to the acquired GTS operations that were not inextricably merged into the Bank’s operations were $6.5 million and $2.9 million respectively.

The assets acquired consist mainly of: customer relationships intangible assets, goodwill and accounts receivable. The liabilities assumed consist mainly of deferred revenues and accounts payable. Goodwill is made up of expected cash flows to be derived from new business and expected synergies resulting from leveraging existing support services and infrastructure within the Bank. The goodwill arising from the acquisition was allocated to reportable segments as per Note 9: Goodwill and other intangible assets.

F- 57

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


As at March 29, 2018
Total consideration transferred24,680


Assets acquired
Cash due from banks3,958
Intangible assets (estimated useful life of 15 years)16,932
Other assets4,548
Total assets acquired25,438


Liabilities acquired (included in Other liabilities on the balance sheet)4,626


Excess purchase price (Goodwill)3,868


Disclosure of the unaudited pro forma financial information to present a summary of the combined results of the Bank and GTS acquisition is impracticable for the year ended December 31, 2018. The disclosure is impracticable as the Bank does not have access to the complete historical revenue and expense data as it relates to GTS for the period preceding the acquisition.Note 26: Business combinations

Asset Acquisition
On February 15, 2018, the Bank announced that it had entered into an agreement to acquire Deutsche Bank's banking and custody business in the Cayman Islands, Guernsey and Jersey. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Bank began to onboard certain customer deposits relating to the acquisition, and this activity was completed in the first half of 2019.

ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited Acquisition
On April 25, 2019, the Bank announced that it entered into an agreement to acquire all the outstanding shares of ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited (“ABN AMRO Channel Islands”), the Channel Islands-based banking subsidiary of ABN AMRO Bank N.V. via one of the Bank's subsidiaries, Butterfield Bank (Guernsey) Limited. ABN AMRO Channel Islands offers banking, investment management and custody products to three distinct client groups, including trusts, private clients, and funds.

This agreement is part of the Bank's strategy to grow through acquisitions in offshore markets where the Bank already has scale and expertise in order to create an organization with a widened and diversified offering.

On July 15, 2019, the transaction completed as planned and the aggregate purchase price of £160.7 million ($201.1 million) was paid in cash. During 2020, it is expected that ABN AMRO Channel Islands' business and employees will bewere integrated with the existing Butterfield Guernsey operations and operate under the Butterfield name. In addition to the figures noted below, on July 15, 2019, ABN AMRO Channel Islands had estimated clients' assets under management and custody of $4.7 billion.

The fair value of the net assets acquired and allocation of purchase price is summarized as follows:
As at July 15, 2019
Total consideration transferred201,107
As at July 15, 2019
Total consideration transferredAssets acquired201,107
Assets acquired
Cash due from banks3,016,859
Loans654,503
Intangible assets - Customer relationships24,371
Other assets31,674
Total assets acquired3,727,407
Liabilities assumed
Deposits(3,493,239(3,493,239))
Other liabilities(33,061(33,061))
Total liabilities assumed(3,526,300(3,526,300))
Excess purchase price (Goodwill)


The acquired customer relationships intangible assets have an estimated finite useful life of 15 years.

The Bank incurred legal and professional transaction expenses related to this acquisition in the amount of $5.4 million all of which were incurred and expensed during the year ended December 31, 2019.
F-50

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


For the period beginning on July 15, 2019 (i.e. acquisition date) to December 31, 2019, the amount of revenues and earnings relating to the acquired ABN AMRO Channel Islands operations that were not inextricably merged into the Bank’s operations were $13.7 million and a net income of $1.5 million, respectively.


F- 58

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


The following selected unaudited pro forma financial information has been provided to present a summary of the combined results of the Bank and the acquired ABN AMRO Channel Islands operations, assuming the transaction had been effected on January 1, 2018. The unaudited pro forma data is for informational purposes only and does not necessarily represent results that would have occurred if the transaction had taken place on the basis assumed above. The pro forma financial information has been prepared based on the actual results realized by ABN AMRO Channel Islands from January 1, 2017 to July 15, 2019, and results estimated at the time of acquisition.
Year ended
Unaudited pro forma financial informationDecember 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Total net revenue555,341 563,786 
Total non-interest operating (expense)(372,796)(351,320)
Pro forma net income post business combination182,545 212,466 
  Year ended
Unaudited pro forma financial information December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Total net revenue 555,341
563,786
Total non-interest operating (expense) (372,796)(351,320)
Pro forma net income post business combination 182,545
212,466


Note 28:27: Related party transactions

Financing Transactions
Certain directors and executives of the Bank, companies in which they are principal owners and/or members of the board, and trusts in which they are involved, have loans, andand/or are guarantors for loans, deposits with the Bank. Loans to directors were made in the ordinary course of business at normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateral requirements. Loans to executives may be eligible for preferential rates. All of these loans were considered performing loans as at December 31, 20192021 and December 31, 2018.2020. Loan balances with directors and executives of the Bank, companies in which they are principal owners and/or members of the board, and trusts in which they are involved were as follows:

Balance at December 31, 2017201930,57538,641 
Loans issued during the year77,26937,073 
Loan repayments and the effect of changes in the composition of related parties(10,649(33,323))
Balance at December 31, 2018202097,19542,391 
Loans issued during the yearperiod45,6026,263
Loan repayments and the effect of changes in the composition of related parties(104,156(41,279))
Balance at December 31, 2019202138,6417,375
Consolidated balance sheetsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Deposits21,683 19,591 
Year ended December 31
Consolidated statement of operations202120202019
Interest and fees on loans1,209 1,444 1,887 
Consolidated balance sheets December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Deposits 12,838
17,232
    
 Year ended December 31
Consolidated statement of operations201920182017
Interest and fees on loans1,887
4,533
1,100


Certain affiliates of the Bank have loans and deposits with the Bank which were made and are maintained in the ordinary course of business on normal commercial terms. Balances with these parties were as follows:
Consolidated balance sheetsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Loans10,489 12,939 
Deposits441 423 
Year ended December 31
Consolidated statement of operations202120202019
Interest and fees on loans618 654 677 
Other gains/losses99 742 — 
Total non-interest expense1,519 1,431 1,717 
Consolidated balance sheets
December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Loans
9,888
10,180
Deposits
342
352





Year ended December 31
Consolidated statement of operations201920182017
Interest and fees on loans677
635
647
Total non-interest expense1,717
1,769
1,939


Capital Transaction
Up to February 28, 2017, investment partnerships associated with The Carlyle Group held approximately 14% of the Bank's equity voting power along with the right to designate 2 persons for nomination for election by the shareholders as members of the Bank’s Board of Directors. On February 28, 2017, as a result of a secondary public offering, the Carlyle Group sold their holdings in the Bank, and as a result, the investment agreement between the Bank and the Carlyle Group was terminated.

Investments
The Bank holdsheld seed investments in several Butterfield mutual funds, which arewere managed by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank. These investments arewere sold during the year ended December 31, 2021 and were included in equity securities at their fair value and are as follows:
Consolidated balance sheets December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Equity securities   
  Fair value 7,142
6,176
  Unrealized gain 2,142
1,176



F- 59

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)



Consolidated balance sheetsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Equity securities
  Fair value7,081 
  Unrealized gain2,531 
As at December 31, 2019,2021, several Butterfield mutual funds which are managed by a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, had loan balances and deposit balances held with the Bank. The Bank also earned asset management revenue and custody and other administration services revenue from funds managed by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank
F-51

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


and from directors and executives, companies in which they are principal owners and/or members of the board and trusts in which they are involved, as well as other income from other related parties.
Consolidated balance sheets December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
Loans 16
1,843
Deposits 3,492
36,655
    
 Year ended December 31
Consolidated statement of operations201920182017
Asset management10,273
9,412
7,697
Custody and other administration services1,452
1,376
1,036
Other non-interest income1,458
972
122


F- 60

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


Consolidated balance sheetsDecember 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Loans 2,518 
Deposits22,346 26,541 
Year ended December 31
Consolidated statement of operations202120202019
Asset management5,217 7,131 10,273 
Custody and other administration services622 1,108 1,452 
Other non-interest income6 729 1,458 

Note 29:28: Condensed financial statements of the parent company only

Condensed financial statements of the Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (the ultimate parent company) without consolidation of its subsidiaries were as follows:
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (parent company only)  
Condensed Balance Sheets  
(In thousands of US dollars)  
 As at
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018
Assets  
Cash and demand deposits with banks - Non-interest-bearing38,615
21,677
Demand deposits with banks - Interest-bearing118,583
316,872
Cash equivalents - Interest-bearing329,494
364,714
Cash due from banks486,692
703,263
Securities purchased under agreements to resell142,283
27,341
Short-term investments44,512
13,736
Investment in securities  
Equity securities at fair value7,420
6,495
Available-for-sale1,252,749
1,345,408
Held-to-maturity (fair value: $1,030,183 (2018: $1,076,979))1,003,248
1,088,564
Total investment in securities2,263,417
2,440,467
Net assets of subsidiaries - Banks610,217
415,227
Net assets of subsidiaries - Non-banks10,303
24,195
Loans to third parties, net of allowance for credit losses2,046,406
1,949,701
Loans to subsidiaries - Banks13,241
12,754
Loans to subsidiaries - Non-banks56,951
56,020
Accrued interest13,172
12,824
Other assets, including premises, equipment and computer software, equity method investments, receivables from subsidiaries and other real estate owned194,724
203,599
Total assets5,881,918
5,859,127
   
Liabilities  
Customer deposits  
Non-interest bearing1,430,409
1,378,539
Interest bearing2,972,847
3,117,063
Total customer deposits4,403,256
4,495,602
Bank deposits199,572
154,101
Total deposits4,602,828
4,649,703
Employee benefit plans110,347
117,203
Accrued interest4,017
2,908
Other liabilities, including payables to subsidiaries57,483
63,648
Total other liabilities171,847
183,759
Long-term debt143,500
143,322
Total liabilities4,918,175
4,976,784

  
Total shareholders’ equity963,743
882,343
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity5,881,918
5,859,127


The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (parent company only)
Condensed Balance Sheets
(In thousands of US dollars)
As at
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Assets
Cash and demand deposits with banks - Non-interest-bearing41,993 44,086 
Demand deposits with banks - Interest-bearing135,038 99,035 
Cash equivalents - Interest-bearing591,294 1,244,878 
Cash due from banks768,325 1,387,999 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell96,107 197,039 
Short-term investments242,691 16,277 
Investment in securities
Equity securities at fair value222 7,316 
Available-for-sale (amortized cost: $1,419,712 (2020: 1,058,195))1,417,117 1,092,325 
Held-to-maturity (fair value: $1,030,969 (2020: $1,023,424))1,011,584 967,926 
Total investment in securities2,428,923 2,067,567 
Net assets of subsidiaries - Banks594,930 618,461 
Net assets of subsidiaries - Non-banks17,091 11,971 
Loans to third parties, net of allowance for credit losses1,966,895 2,025,358 
Loans to subsidiaries - Banks13,534 13,669 
Loans to subsidiaries - Non-banks61,901 58,515 
Other assets, including accrued interest, premises, equipment and computer software, equity method investments, receivables from subsidiaries and other real estate owned188,263 199,273 
Total assets6,378,660 6,596,129 
Liabilities
Deposits
Non-interest bearing1,686,985 1,945,042 
Interest bearing3,360,185 3,298,165 
Total deposits5,047,170 5,243,207 
Employee benefit plans125,968 128,167 
Other liabilities, including accrued interest and payables to subsidiaries56,153 71,345 
Total other liabilities182,121 199,512 
Long-term debt171,876 171,462 
Total liabilities5,401,167 5,614,181 
Total shareholders’ equity977,493 981,948 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity6,378,660 6,596,129 
F- 61
F-52

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (parent company only)   
Condensed Statements of Operations   
(In thousands of US dollars)   
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019December 31, 2018December 31, 2017
Non-interest income   
Banking24,870
23,506
22,836
Foreign exchange revenue10,613
11,727
11,623
Custody and other administration services7,625


Other non-interest income5,650
6,330
4,570
Dividends from subsidiaries - Banks122,776
60,000
50,000
Dividends from subsidiaries - Non-banks23,371
19,095
16,060
Total non-interest income194,905
120,658
105,089
Interest income


Interest and fees on loans132,104
133,124
118,092
Investments68,721
73,698
61,928
Deposits with banks9,156
12,932
10,661
Total interest income209,981
219,754
190,681
Interest expense


Deposits17,410
6,709
5,011
Long-term debt7,876
6,949
4,955
Securities sold under agreement to resell13
33

Total interest expense25,299
13,691
9,966
Net interest income before provision for credit losses184,682
206,063
180,715
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)(3,088)6,823
4,618
Net interest income after provision for credit losses181,594
212,886
185,333
Net gains (losses) on equity securities925
(329)511
Net realized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investments1,053
758
4,241
Net gains (losses) on other real estate owned(5)(323)(2,416)
Net other gains (losses)2

258
Total other gains (losses)1,975
106
2,594
Total net revenue378,474
333,650
293,016
Non-interest expense


Salaries and other employee benefits77,923
75,949
72,440
Technology and communications36,008
36,466
33,051
Professional and outside services27,954
22,696
20,685
Property6,927
6,693
6,438
Indirect taxes15,355
14,669
12,900
Non-service employee benefits expense5,879
6,427
7,854
Marketing4,372
3,034
3,384
Amortization of intangible assets169
169
169
Other expenses9,260
4,230
4,351
Total non-interest expense183,847
170,333
161,272
Net income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries194,627
163,317
131,744
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries(17,552)31,867
21,508
Net income177,075
195,184
153,252
Other comprehensive income, net of tax61,430
(19,475)15,628
Total comprehensive income238,505
175,709
168,880


The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (parent company only)
Condensed Statements of Operations
(In thousands of US dollars)
Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Non-interest income
Banking24,465 24,429 24,870 
Foreign exchange revenue9,660 9,166 10,613 
Custody and other administration services7,693 6,927 7,625 
Other non-interest income3,372 5,924 5,650 
Dividends from subsidiaries - Banks82,327 121,522 122,776 
Dividends from subsidiaries - Non-banks22,656 19,864 23,371 
Total non-interest income150,173 187,832 194,905 
Interest income
Interest and fees on loans116,031 123,774 132,104 
Investments44,663 52,135 68,721 
Deposits with banks and other2,056 3,109 9,156 
Total interest income162,750 179,018 209,981 
Interest expense
Deposits6,405 9,386 17,410 
Long-term debt9,601 9,294 7,876 
Securities sold under agreement to resell — 13 
Total interest expense16,006 18,680 25,299 
Net interest income before provision for credit losses146,744 160,338 184,682 
Provision for credit recoveries (losses)2,206 (8,750)(3,088)
Net interest income after provision for credit losses148,950 151,588 181,594 
Net gains (losses) on equity securities85 658 925 
Net realized gains (losses) on available-for-sale investments 702 1,053 
Net gains (losses) on other real estate owned(84)(104)(5)
Net other gains (losses)850 714 
Total other gains (losses)851 1,970 1,975 
Total net revenue299,974 341,390 378,474 
Non-interest expense
Salaries and other employee benefits62,405 69,521 77,923 
Technology and communications35,675 35,434 36,008 
Professional and outside services27,726 27,791 27,954 
Property9,586 9,092 6,927 
Indirect taxes15,906 15,633 15,355 
Non-service employee benefits expense4,493 3,462 5,879 
Marketing2,497 2,418 4,372 
Amortization of intangible assets169 169 169 
Other expenses9,502 9,896 9,260 
Total non-interest expense167,959 173,416 183,847 
Net income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries132,015 167,974 194,627 
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries30,653 (20,757)(17,552)
Net income162,668 147,217 177,075 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax(75,237)37,417 61,430 
Total comprehensive income87,431 184,634 238,505 
F- 62
F-53

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (parent company only)   
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows   
(In thousands of US dollars)   
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Cash flows from operating activities   
Net income177,075
195,184
153,252
Adjustments to reconcile net income to operating cash flows  
Depreciation and amortization21,734
21,425
23,982
Provision for credit (recovery) losses3,088
(6,823)(4,618)
Share-based payments and settlements17,716
12,582
8,410
Net realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale investments(1,053)(758)(4,241)
Net (gains) losses on other real estate owned5
323
2,416
(Increase) decrease in carrying value of equity method investments(290)(1,033)(1,152)
Dividends received from equity method investment385
376
307
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries17,552
(31,867)(21,508)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities   
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable(347)(755)2,886
(Increase) decrease in other assets7,155
(11,160)12,167
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable1,109
1,737
(519)
Increase (decrease) in employee benefit plans and other liabilities(4,862)(2,523)22,282
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities239,267
176,708
193,664
    
Cash flows from investing activities   
(Increase) decrease in securities purchased under agreement to resell(114,942)151,428
(29,956)
Short-term investments other than restricted cash: proceeds from maturities and sales
106,221
610,164
Short-term investments other than restricted cash: purchases(32,953)(18,953)(267,579)
Net change in equity securities at fair value(925)329
(511)
Available-for-sale investments: proceeds from sale114,058
681,656
205,257
Available-for-sale investments: proceeds from maturities and pay downs204,105
340,114
324,907
Available-for-sale investments: purchases(196,652)(156,271)(595,526)
Held-to-maturity investments: proceeds from maturities and pay downs137,622
82,853
59,424
Held-to-maturity investments: purchases(53,228)(525,637)(199,145)
Net (increase) decrease in loans to third parties(99,793)15,184
(46,391)
Net (increase) decrease in loans to bank subsidiaries(487)764
40,689
Net (increase) decrease in loans to non-bank subsidiaries(930)1,812
(2,713)
Additions to premises, equipment and computer software(14,009)(9,830)(14,777)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned1,102
5,896
1,795
Injection of capital in subsidiary(175,107)(64,029)(12,802)
Return of capital from a subsidiary12,972
8,244
12,376
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities(219,167)619,781
85,212


The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (parent company only)
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands of US dollars)
Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income162,668 147,217 177,075 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to operating cash flows
Depreciation and amortization28,617 26,562 21,734 
Provision for credit (recovery) losses(2,206)8,750 3,088 
Share-based payments and settlements15,151 15,245 17,716 
Net change in equity securities at fair value7,096 102 (925)
Net realized (gains) losses on available-for-sale investments (702)(1,053)
Net (gains) losses on other real estate owned84 104 
(Increase) decrease in carrying value of equity method investments31 (1,376)(290)
Dividends received from equity method investments291 2,710 385 
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries(30,653)20,757 17,552 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets10,665 754 6,808 
Increase (decrease) in employee benefit plans, accrued interest payable and other liabilities(14,597)9,456 (3,753)
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities177,147 229,579 238,342 
Cash flows from investing activities
(Increase) decrease in securities purchased under agreements to resell100,932 (54,756)(114,942)
Short-term investments other than restricted cash: proceeds from maturities and sales163,396 68,272 — 
Short-term investments other than restricted cash: purchases(391,996)(35,319)(32,953)
Available-for-sale investments: proceeds from sale367 205,770 114,058 
Available-for-sale investments: proceeds from maturities and pay downs299,367 295,547 204,105 
Available-for-sale investments: purchases(669,391)(317,451)(196,652)
Held-to-maturity investments: proceeds from maturities and pay downs269,311 229,576 137,622 
Held-to-maturity investments: purchases(316,820)(195,898)(53,228)
Net (increase) decrease in loans to third parties60,395 8,263 (99,793)
Net (increase) decrease in loans to bank subsidiaries135 (428)(487)
Net (increase) decrease in loans to non-bank subsidiaries(3,386)(1,564)(930)
Additions to premises, equipment and computer software(10,372)(11,313)(14,009)
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned314 — 1,102 
Injection of capital in subsidiary(1,465)(1,522)(175,107)
Return of capital from a subsidiary 3,314 12,972 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities(499,213)192,491 (218,242)
F- 63
F-54

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(In thousands of US dollars, unless otherwise stated)


The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (parent company only)
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands of US dollars)
Year ended
December 31, 2021December 31, 2020December 31, 2019
Cash flows from financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in demand and term deposit liabilities(192,756)630,141 (64,027)
Issuance of subordinated capital, net of underwriting fees 97,647 — 
Repayment of long-term debt (70,000)— 
Common shares repurchased(19,754)(86,640)(81,534)
Proceeds from stock option exercises 1,739 349 
Cash dividends paid on common shares(87,285)(88,932)(93,636)
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities(299,795)483,955 (238,848)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalent and restricted cash(621,861)906,025 (218,748)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: beginning of year1,404,276 498,251 716,999 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: end of year782,415 1,404,276 498,251 
Components of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year
Cash due from banks768,325 1,387,999 486,692 
Restricted cash included in short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets14,090 16,277 11,559 
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year782,415 1,404,276 498,251 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash interest paid15,156 19,532 24,190 
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash items
Transfer to (out of) other real estate owned307 314 — 
Initial recognition of right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities536 — 133 
Reduction in net loans due to initial adoption of a current expected credit loss model 3,899 — 
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (parent company only)   
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows   
(In thousands of US dollars)   
 Year ended
 December 31, 2019
December 31, 2018
December 31, 2017
Cash flows from financing activities   
Net increase (decrease) in demand and term deposit liabilities(64,027)(603,925)(811,322)
Proceeds from issuance of common shares, net of underwriting discounts and commissions

13
Issuance of subordinated capital, net of underwriting fees
73,218

Repayment of long-term debt
(47,000)
Common shares repurchased(81,534)(48,443)
Proceeds from stock option exercises349
3,318
4,546
Cash dividends paid on common shares(93,636)(83,704)(69,731)
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities(238,848)(706,536)(876,494)
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalent and restricted cash(218,748)89,953
(597,618)
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: beginning of year716,999
627,046
1,224,664
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash: end of year498,251
716,999
627,046
    
Components of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year  
Cash due from banks486,692
703,263
604,993
Restricted cash included in short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets11,559
13,736
22,053
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year498,251
716,999
627,046
    
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information   
Cash interest paid24,190
15,428
9,447
    
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash items   
Transfer to (out of) other real estate owned
2,041

Initial recognition of right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities133




Note 29: Subsequent events
Note 30: Subsequent events

On February 12, 2020,14, 2022, the Board of Directors declared an interim dividend of $0.44 per common share to be paid on March 11, 202014, 2022 to shareholders of record on February 26, 2020.28, 2022.

On February 14, 2022, the Board approved a new common share repurchase program, authorizing the purchase of up to 2.0 million common shares through to February 28, 2023.

F- 64
F-55



ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Item
Not applicable.
i


ITEM 19. ExhibitsEXHIBITS
The SEC maintains an internet site at https://www.sec.gov that contains reports and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. These SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services.
(a)    The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:
Exhibit No.Description

Amended and Restated Bye-laws of The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the registrantsregistrant's Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018)

The N.T. Butterfield & Son Bank Act, 1904 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form F-1, filed on August 4, 2016)

Form of Specimen of Common Registered Share Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form F-1/A, filed on August 30, 2016)

Description of Securities

Amended and Restated Investment Agreement by and among The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited, Carlyle Global Financial Services Partners, L.P., and CGFSP Coinvestment L.P., dated as at August 4, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form F-1, filed on August 4, 2016)

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 2010 Omnibus Share Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form F-1, filed on August 4, 2016)

First Amendment to The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 2010 Omnibus Share Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8, filed on October 27, 2016)

Subordinated Debt Securities Indenture between The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, dated as at May 24, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed on May 24, 2018)

First Supplemental Indenture, between The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, dated as at May 24, 2018, to Subordinated Debt Securities Indenture, dated as at May 24, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed on May 24, 2018)

Purchase Agreement, dated April 24, 2019, by and among Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited, Butterfield Bank (Guernsey) Limited and ABN AMRO (Channel Islands) Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant's report on Form 6-K filed on April 25, 2019)

The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 2020 Omnibus Share Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8, filed on May 6, 2020)
Second Supplemental Indenture, between The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited and The Bank of New
York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee, dated as at June 11, 2020, to Subordinated Debt Securities
Indenture, dated as at May 24, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant's report on
Form 6-K filed on June 11, 2020)
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited 2021 Employee Share Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8, filed on November 2, 2021)
List of Subsidiaries

Certification of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Certification of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Ltd.
100101 
The following materials from our annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 20192021 formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Financial Statements and (ii) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and in detail.
104 Cover page interactive data file (formatted as Inline XBRL and included in Exhibit 101)








ii



SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
The Bank of N.T. Butterfield & Son Limited
By:/s/ Michael Collins
Name:Michael Collins
Title:Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Date:February 26, 202023, 2022

III - 1
iii



Glossary of abbreviations and defined terms

AFS        Available-for-sale
AMLA        Swiss Federal Act on Combating Money Laundering and
Terrorist Financing of 10 October 1997
AOCIL        Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
AT1        Additional Tier 1 capital
AUA        Assets Under Administration
AUC        Assets Under Custody
AUM        Assets Under Management
Basel III        Basell III Accord
BATCA        Banks and Trust Companies Act (2020 Revision)
BBH        Brown Brothers Harriman
BBL        Banking Business (Jersey) Law 1991
BCBS        Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
BDCA         Banks and Deposit Companies Act 1999
BMA         Bermuda Monetary Authority
BNYM         Bank of New York Mellon
Board         Board of Directors
BRR        Borrower Risk Ratings
BSL         Banking Supervision (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 1994
BSX Act         Bermuda Stock Exchange Company Act 1992
BSX         Bermuda Stock Exchange
CARP        Capital Assessment and Risk Profile
CCR        Counterparty Credit Risk
CD        Certificates of Deposit
CEACS         Core net income attributable to common shareholders
CECL         Current Expected Credit Loss Model
CEO         Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
CET1         Common Equity Tier 1 capital
CFO         Chief Financial Officer
CIMA         Cayman Islands Monetary Authority
Core ROATA     Core return on average tangible assets
Core ROATCE     Core return on average tangible common equity
CP        Commercial Paper
CRM        Credit Risk Management
CSPB         Corporate Service Provider Business Act 2012
CTA        Cumulative translation adjustment
DIS        Deposit Insurance Scheme
DPA        Data Protection Act
DPAJL         Data Protection Authority (Jersey) Law 2018
DPJL        Data Protection (Jersey) Law 2018
DPL 2017         Data Protection (Bailiwick of Guernsey) Law, 2017
D-SIB        Domestic Systemically Important Bank
DXC        DXC Technologies
EAD        Exposure at Default
ECAIs        External Credit Assessment Institutions
ECOFIN        EU’s Economic and Financial Affairs Council
EVE        Economic Value of Equity
Exchange Act        Securities Exchange Act of 1934
FATCA        Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
FATF        Financial Action Task Force
FCA        Financial Conduct Authority
FCRA        Fair Credit Reporting Act
FIC        Financial Institutions Committee
FinIA         Swiss Federal Financial Institutions Act
FinIO        Swiss Federal Financial Institutions Act
FINMA        Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority
FPI        Foreign Private Issuers
FSMA        Financial Services and Markets Act 2000
GAAP         Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United     
    States of America
GALCO        Group Asset and Liability Committee
GCC        Group Credit Committee
GDPR         EU General Data Protection Regulation (EU) 2016/679
GDP        Gross Domestic Product
GFSC         Guernsey Financial Services Commission
GRC        Group Risk Committee
Guernsey DCS     Guernsey Deposit Compensation Scheme
HTM        Held-to-maturity
IGAs         Intergovernmental Agreements
IRC        Internal Revenue Code of 1986
IRS         US Internal Revenue Service
IRRBB        Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book
ISDA        International Swaps and Derivatives Association
Jersey DCS     Jersey Bank Deposit Compensation Scheme
JFSC         Jersey Financial Services Commission
JOIC         Jersey Office of the Information Commissioner
KBRA         Kroll Bond Rating Agency
LCR        Liquidity Coverage Ratio
LIBOR         London Interbank Offered Rate
LGD        Loss-Given Default
LTV        Loan-to-Value
MAS         Monetary Authority of Singapore
MIPRU         Mortgage and Home Finance Firms and Insurance
Intermediaries
Moody's     Moody's Investor Service
NACL         Non-Accrual Loan
NCO         Net Charge-Off
NII        Net Interest Income
NIM         Net interest margin
NPA         Non-Performing Assets
NPL         Non-Performing Loan
NRSROs         Nationally recognized statistical rating organizations
NSFR         Net Stable Funding Ratio
NYSE         New York Stock Exchange
OCL        Other comprehensive loss
OFAC         US Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets
Control
OREO         Other Real Estate Owned
OTC        Over-the-counter
PCD        Purchased Credit-Deteriorated
PCI        Purchased Credit-Impaired
PCL         Proceeds of Crime Act (2020 Revision)
PD        Probability of Default
PFIC         Passive Foreign Investment company
PIPA         Personal Information Protection Act 2016
Regulation FD     Regulation Fair Disclosure
ROA         Return on average assets
ROE         Return on average common shareholders' equity
RPCC        Risk Policy and Compliance Committee
RWA         Risk-weighted Assets
SA-CCR        Standardised Approach for measuring Counterparty
Credit Risk exposures
SREP        Supervisory Review and Evaluation Process
S&P         Standard & Poor's
SEC         Securities and Exchange Commission
SIBA         Securities Investment Business Act (2020 Revision)
SWIFT         Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial
Telecommunication
TCA         Trust Companies Act
TCE/TA         Tangible Common Equity/Tangible Assets
TDR         Troubled debt restructuring
TE/TA         Tangible total Equity/Tangible Assets
USAO         U.S Attorney's Office for the Southern District of New
York












iv